Full text of "Sierra Club bulletin"

See other formats

Bey te Mail | VO Abbe | TY GY aoe »
eae ee An Why Dwi | ie

mA | ty Att. ih
eT (lite “ MNUtndaaasal crater, ASS RM Lda es
oe Z. by A oe hl SAN AEE pee ori pb eee NLA reed) rn o- Viftiyty ial ve -
Cot Bod my} ae & ec $ a - hy | Mobs. ‘ oe. aa oP, ha ha PONO | as =
Mee] TULL LT | eee vith edtetad vy aa!
log : a fe sue Serta Sap ght
AB . ~'al ee

: =p ip vey
Al ads wx avery v’ A # —~ =o ,
sean " rr ee. “ Wey Resa 7 Ws 1 Ww yy

“lip rh,

~ AS, we PRN tias |

ly
| LLL SSsRaeeers my
‘Wis, hiy Men hy aa ret ct Ti NN
. Mg Poca v nent 4 uearuig c=. ypuseore-’ 10008 ve roe
seer" , . r . rn
er istiubea, Vie. ; il
Eh ds see? ie a sp
3 a ue Wa : eae nee ene wy “At
| Pale Tite ec tNNes, Nyapnnemmsccnein nt oy roman l
y ad By ~s8 ph wk We . wt 7?
el ae Monty, thssan WMA esaggnanon oan sev 99 OS dances
Updvee'™ mn a ie Mn NOMS ‘tt e Vetta Fatah yeh
woh sei Wye TTT TAA Ahoy
- prAna j |

wy SNe DT Scam
WANs 2. Swit. ,™ Ad > in a_i ee 3 e =
a wn wh ae ee | | |

yr Thy Ppene ene he. nal
ayes Ss elahhid SPEC eenith

afte, alate nial % Addu, UT

peeanual

Jiuer Ade ““aetee Tee |
Lee Ppt Wey a ot bike
jaan | he Tt Ney ye rent ty ete Won)... nS om
ores Se eles — ty ty eee ane Ne wtih oy Le ‘AIAN -
~~ ws avy V Ww iy y |

nico ‘ ee "Mute sd “ny TTT Then vane |
ete) ru Wee stan oe We zs Veh aa MAAN vas rity Mi meee t. i

de he ‘ a, | ey) =u a <2 Kohee TY
AAP SST |) Pry Me ink Wiha a MANN a: vs
NW gn ’ 4 ear aeuly ; ies te ye Wvtir’ pin
OMT | 5 tga 4 nat oe payee anette N !

4, Ve Co SSES nm ahs =

Died tA ~ VEN ree
Je” UN Adv uyauuer”” Ger ceeyt T Mires

jueves Niue WH. div TT oe os agen
‘ J v ES ] LP pais
ih, Me ane | | | LL) set yal mul oalye

“Os = 4 whe os ol rs L
rey 4 vamos ee SEER CA reg gf

° RS ON Sac eae ee sad
SON yg painnt eee AL TAA Hi, ae TUCO UME, a ersaenenn,
tye aver , : ee dae . : PEED Sent y -d0@um,
phdver eabeer as ey bP WANS | WAG 1! Shue REM ETT SY Bote oye Ns yh Sg:
HAPPEN rovegey te TSI Act UNM AaMga en ETON viel
14] are ANA gm, Vt Fo Tre wee whe Ww, betetbehtebes ~ he Sy ane
SPARES i” We Ip Sas Aa\, ' | ww athe! v Se wyANnwnt ayy hnyy |
vy =e «. Le a by Pail MATT || Sher
Ph nennyy wer y® "3, i Heyy twannnn nod Aadl Xf ee Feet
Saga Naty "ath wheel’ Se | PS, hukdy eee ates,
7 pr Vow ” 7, . e-™ way Hy vw’
MT a i y'' \ qo F hy o wn ie set eal uu dell,
Sap saaht TP fe a MS ttc oy
hte) | Se . i es “aN

SETUP ENA
ee ie Pye

bAaranes” we NA Ulery. ONY
OG ead KE | a yl 9 a fas Bs taf pyereyys
| kaha Te siding Nia “erential si Tea
oh id Ja pings wr ee BA Ld TNS ASets shctatee ws PALL) CNN
ei TMA an Tee me Wy ‘Wier o!amagn(y wu :
Wes | Cuwantli Pit - vaio yee iain,
; Wbepertayy yetige 4 Ak. ait AT ae

Nii

pe LETT

1 Wp w
— i~ Penn,

e, SE! Uy "\ ayh® a + my ¥
| aaa LNG fale’ :
LU | J Ny Wye. PAR

cy rr
at | SN Ua “aancuny sie ¢ is » parka
\ rover bhal T | | Came

YyY #2 &€ FF Ss.

Ne wee

4
\
\
6 '
‘
5
'
,
Plan
a t f
\
}
’
N
j i
!
'
i
Dijin
’
'
ry .
4
;
Bee ;
a9
’ ry .
1
he

¥ . ,
s
‘
\
'
‘ ‘
‘
y
.
7 !
+
.
1
’ ~
!
/
\
&
’
4 Enh
y etna!
\

TACs
F
‘
i
‘
t h ‘
Fe ie,
4 ek. 4
Dae
' vi “1
ae |
. ; |
: a
A
= , ae
; yey
2 (any
: f "
Via .
‘ tl ;
; hy ns
‘
ms f *
v
4
=
Ws
’ ia]
t ne ts
{
=
le
«
ae
‘
y)

.
. AS
7 .
. $ ' \ A
~ ‘
.
7
R . 3
; : i
‘ y "
if
- i"
- \ " <
ay bs
, =
‘ a
P «
Li 5] '
‘ al
vs
e :
: !
\
<
.
t
: i - : i
;
s
'
. 4 ig P
, ‘
‘ kf i '
\:
A
A ; '
.
‘
\
. ene ~ -
‘
= ii :e ‘
.
y! ,
. . . j
e g —
-
: \
A
‘
= s
t
i
- ,
od |
| P
. }

-
.
'
.
*
,
sd \
‘
-
‘
‘
.
?
~

.
.
‘ £* s ~
‘
i
ys '
Y
’
=e = 7
,
= ,
,
* 2
. .
ty g
.
‘ .
2
oy y Pe Poll
«
: ® =
. ‘
J *
at Us,
‘
‘

THE
SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN

| Volume X
1916-1919

i MAYO) Adi

ic aa | TH/

THE SIERRA CLUB
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA

191g

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X.

Author
BapbtE, WILLIAM FREDERIC
BARRELL, JOSEPH
BRADLEY, CORNELIUS BEACH

Bryce, JAMES

Cotsy, Wo. E.
Doran, JENNIE ELLIOTT
GRINNELL, JOSEPH

Hackett, C. NELSon
Jepson, WILLIS LINN
Jounson, RoperT UNDERWOOD
Jorpan, A. L.
JorpaNn, Davip STARR
KEELER, CHARLES

KELLOGG, CHARLOTTE HOFFMAN .

Kettocc, Mary FRANCES
Le ConTE, JOSEPH N.

MarsSHALL, ROBERT B.
MCALLISTER, ELLIOTT
MeErrRIAM, C. Hart

MItts, Enos
Monroe, HARRIET
Murr, JoHN

Mutrorp, WALTER
Ossorn, HENRY FAIRFIELD
Parsons, Marion RANDALL

PuHovutTRIDES, ARISTIDES E.
Ricuarpson, D. R.
SARGENT, CHARLES SPRAGUE
Storer, Tracy I.

SwarTH, Harry S.

coe t een t® Feo eeeseee

eoeeeecer ee ee eee eo eo

eee reece ee

eo ee eo eee eee ee

eee e eet Fe eereere et ©

eeerecee oe eres ee eee

eoeee

esceee

eee e eee ee oe

CONTENTS
>
Title Page
POA IS HEN! SVCTM ASN eiejele hie Mieke Wile eisceate amine a 38
Grove Karl Gilbert: An Appreciation ......... 397
...4 Reference List to John Muir’s Newspaper
Fa aed CACHE Pais ERE SENET ASEH OTE RRL REALE AO 55
The Junipers of hove PLAT AUER ACAES A ee REU ag al er 298
A Message and Appreciation ...cscccvsccecaee I
John Muir, President of the Sierra Club ...... 2
A Bibliography of John Muir ...ccccecceecaee 41
The Yosemite Cony—A Chapter in the Naneal
History of the Yosemite National Park 159
VAD Cer CHa certs ce Re le CN alo eur ieetel ate 179
The White Mountains of California ......... 282
ssJonn Muarias LT Kew Fie yo ecsiais wise so alee 9
Knapsacking in the Kings-San Joaquin Region . 292
HORM VEUAR STN Ru dallass ale als Saree leirelenlesie, oh elle he iovanele e ereita 8
Recollections of John Muir ..... ccc c ee eee 16
“De Burial of SOW VMI a ee ein laleisls Miesete ee 15
Muir Lodge: An Appreciation ....ccceesecees 60
Die Ster va Cla raperey ss aiatecn sie letyy Mem tMehae aneres eee 135
Record of an Early Exploration of Tenaya
COONS a ae Gite le Liat a fenetne Maat eta! JAM 276
EDN HIN BC ACPA ATER AU GD PERU ea oR AAR 23
Ten Volumes of Publications (1892 to 1917) 152
To the Memory of John Muir ...ceeccccences 146
Indian Village and Camp Sites in Yosemite
PRG ey RUA NY RNC AL Aneta GAN CDA aay nA 202
Grove Karl Gilbert, the Man ...... eee ceeeees 391
ToT Magar Nila cstavereies ees uatdie aC. ieia ote ieiede lelfade estas ole 25
A ALP PTE CALTON olen e's sialie fol el 'eailty slats ssetel alienate al ave 26
Studies in the Sierra:
II. Mountain Sculpture, Origin of Yosemite
TALC SN EE Wert UU URN DAN AL IM Seba 62
ITI. Ancient Glaciers and Their Pathways 184
IV... Glacial Denudattan: |||... s\0\s/s's o's is 10s wie\si «eho 304
V. Post-Glacial Denudation .......0.50.5- 414
The War-Zone Forest of the Kern .......0+-. 155
TOV IS IVIAUT TN beens ota eRe, | a Ae Gs LW) SN 29
John Muir and the Alaska Book” ...........42. 33
A Week Around Mount Robson .......+-2005. 269
INE OMA LAU CLEIRDETS Miia ela eiaid aha aie a fetelic/siialenaiay eels 286
PP OROSSOT POCO N UN NUN NN hue AI (ad ot 400
PARC) FA th ATTEN le SM By OL SIE SP NB LCE A 37
The Yosemite Cony—A Chapter in the Natural
History of the Yosemite National Park 159
Some Sierran Chipmunks ..ccccccsccccscvves 401

iV Sierra Club Bulletin

Author Title Page
ALLOMPSON, GEORGE Godse ine eck The Climb of Dunderberg via VirginiaCaiion .. 287
(DIETPENS AOU NDGE leis ofcicle slehenats The Sacred Mountain of China ......ceeeeees 165
TREAT, JESSIE MCGILVRAY ....--. The Kern River Outing of 1916 ... see ssccuee 170
ORGANIZATION OF THE OTERRA|\ CLUB) Y.ciclvecincieciscreliereicine oeinieteeiions 78, 210, 319, 429
EDI TORTAUS) (igeu cite ieveitayiove alent idictel a tencliscste le neti aati Daghe taf eS) mc tALa arcs era 79, 211, 322, 430
REPORTS. 55) os caine Slower shal die. 8 sielale ye: Se SERA Oe OL ere okotleie aia ae 82, 215, 326, 435
NOTES AND CORRESPONDENGE || 05) cciscas sere koi erochersin oteieheierens ehaleielote enter 86, 221, 332, 438
INATIONAL PARKS (1 5 cusrecs. cic: es5,c0s lorscoachtunueseheyercnc, oveosirole ererevs ois auelerevevers ceaions 97, 241, 362, 476
War SERVICE RECORD‘AND LETTERS). .'. 1. Gis 0 aysieveetele-ais oe cle caiers ious oles eres OG 320, 450
SrERRA CLUB EIONOR ROEL.. sonecsccichs.i6 2, siiase okoia of ahsie rerelialsleiere. oe © enehe eiel ate verona) cheek naaa 447
IORESTRY. NOTES © se jo/5 jose exe: io. eie ie tedster opers a Forene o touenerttueere cose! eeone ele Glia rere 115, 253, 373, 483

IBOOK REVIEWS) © site 'aieisunielcnusistetstolioustescnheeceestskorane he tokecs ois, stei el skeleton toposes 121, 258, 379, 487

PLATE

CXXX.
CXXXI.
CXXXII.
CXXXIII.
CXXXIV.
CXXXV.

CXXXVI.

CXXXVII.
CXXXVITI.
CXXXIX.

CX,
CXLI.
CXLII.

CXLIITI.
CXLIV.

CXLV.
CXLVI.

CXLVII.
CXLVIII.

CXLIX.
CL.

CLI.

CLII.
CLITI.

CLIV.

CLV.
CLVI.
CLVII.
CLVIII.

CLIX.

CLX.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

>
PaGE

OITA NEUTER al ieN SAE Oe ioc: raisin siielartet eats wade la icalbie tah siaterula ole ialiase aa! ene I
A Lesson on the Trail from John Muir ...............222 eee eee 4
John Muir in the Big Arroyo Camp, Kern Cafion, 1908 .......... 5
oka iat iy eee Create cP rca MI Tats) ote letehavariel aleveile lalallala tele realias) allie 8
Molar Erare ere ee ie lata als ehainha ana: wha lalatfaadey S.lallealelley alle scieterete\ oipe! lle 9
Charles Keeler, John Muir, William Keith, Francis Fisher Browne

ANGNOh WH BuUTCOUhs Hie ole leis Myaticlehalleaielelie lotion epietellen els tellers sls doves 16
Pencil Sketch of the Pacific Glacier, in Glacier Bay, from John

Morris) Alaska INOtebooks) ils alee etee eiietore distaueler sieliese eleleiel elecovele s 17
Forest.of Magninhicent Silver Bins) 5 eo. oles ails oleh s sbate, 6) 0:lae elle iotay'a/ 24
Voune Votmuntain ELemlocks iyi ala. ccs talarelalianatalalianeyel Stem ellet ails lols leleite 25
Pencil Sketch of the Alaska Fiords, from John Muir’s Alaska

INO FED OOKS eA UC URL AU WOOT ST een Ss hy Sune 32
John Mitr at Itome,: September) 1903) ) 5. e/0/4).'s'<.6 0) 0)s)sie'e s'ee) ejshelee « 33
Nolme Wat Among, them Pinese 62) ei eyo cele ayalia’s) evelse)t Sie) ei s)e «afer sis! 6 ese 40
Pencil Sketches of Totems from the Old Stickeen Village, from

John Muir’s Alaska Notebooks .........2.0ccscccceccccone 41
Pencil Sketch of Dease Lake, from John Muir’s Alaska Notebooks 48
Pencil Sketch from John Muir’s Alaska Notebooks .............. 49
METI IE OU eae Usa RNa y uence re cenide ead Nau CY Uva AUP bale val els chal euanebetiapeus 60
Pencil Sketches of Totems from the New Stickeen Village, from

Votn) Muir’ s'Ataska Notebooks) isi) sijelo! sece5s¢ elaiol's lols leeele cle ial 61
The Parsons Memorial Lodge, Tuolumne Meadows ............. 80
Interior of Parsons Memorial Lodge during Construction ........ 81
Parsons Memorial Lodge, Closed for the Winter ............... 81
Parsons Memorial Lodge during Construction ...............-- 88

Building Suspension Bridge over Piute Creek near Pavilion Dome.. 89
Construction Work on John Muir Trail—Trail near Seldon Pass,

North of Blaney Micadows i cues oc), Sine e's) 0 ee «el ele elelsjele 89
Changes in Crater of Mount Lassen:
June 28, 1914. View across ancient crater from southern rim,
showing new crater with escaping steam ........00.00ee0008 96

May 27, 1915. From approximately same position, showing cha-
otic mass of old lava uplifted and filling the former craters ... 96

Destruction of Timber by Mud-Flow from Mt. Lassen .......... 97
Along the Route of John Muir Trail:
SevenGables from Bear Creek oo) cise) ehalaeee ces ase’ sels sid 00/0 0 aye 104
VOOR Wace ee eer SUMe Rs he CAL UT cialletal ita folie Se aleiay is Sh Wala lal chia ta evans 104
Along the Route of John Muir Trail:
Mount Abbott from Mono Pass ........ csc e ccc er crv cceccsees 105
Colby Mead OW ie ele ehaleralieta pis Kelle ator ale ola loletes el esi Sarsiets veils (eyeyole/e/sietala 105
Head of Deer Creek Cafion, Looking toward Middle Fork ....... 135
John Muir's First Letter about the Sierra Club) 20.0). sc. es. 138
First Headquarters of the Sierra Club in Yosemite Valley (1898).. 142
weiConte! Memorial WOdRE Wi sels eieveiele she lsllelet olele eierclclarel ele sles els 143
Parsons) Wlemorial OGRE |) o).)2 i /shealelie tes ialeliel oie e) ole sy sine! sie/le/a leis eles, 0s\s 6 143
Timber Line and Adjacent Forest (Foxtail Pine) between East
Fork ofKern River:and Tyndall Creek (ii. fie eee es 158
White-Bark Pine, near John Muir Trail, Shepard Creek Cafion 159

PLATE

CLXTI:

CLXAII.
CLXITI.
CLXIV.

CLXV.
CLXVI.
CLXVII.
CLXVIII.
CLXIX.
CLXX.

, CL XT.
CLXXII.
CLXXITI.
CLXXIV.
CLXXV.
CLXXVI.
CLXXVII.

CLXXVIII.
CLXXIX.
CLXXX.

CLXXXI.
CLXXXII.
CLXXXIII.
CLXXXIV.
CLXXXV.
CLXXXVI.
CLXXXVII.
CLXXXVIII.
CLXXXIX.
CXC.
CXCL
CXCII.
CXCIII.
CXCIV.
CXCV.
CXCV EE.
CXCVII.
CXCVITI.
CXCIX.
CEC.

CCI.

CCIE.
CCIII.
CCIV.

CeV,

CeCyT:
CCVII.
CCVIII.
CCIX.

CCX,
CCXI.

Zion Cafion

Sierra Club Bulletin

Pace
A Cony at the Margin of Its Rock-Slide Home .............000% 162
A Typical Observation-Post of the Cony .......-..ceseesecccves 162
Tai Shan, the Sacred Mountain of China ©... ©... cle e)elchstoleutertete 166
A Giant Foxtail Pine on Slope of Red Spur ........%.«. suleennenes 167
Little Kern Lake © 5. ci. y.deterss sj stessejere'eeie/she, oh ale)ic iskajey eels telat teen mean 170
A Rest on the Descent of Sawtooth). .iccc 2 <i 00 + «6 om elise 171
Moraine Lake: s x spsiaisicteve iis tevehoneQelel ales ste cohol sieysualtcelolenttoelet hae aeaeaamane 174
The Crest of the Sierra, Looking South from Mt. Whitney ...... 175
On the John Muir Trailiy) \s..00.s)6 5s /c\lsicrs © oo s aleieic « «010 oteistalele iene 178
East Vidette, from the Face of Kearsarge Pinnacles ............ 179
Nine-Lake Basin, at the Head of Big Arroyo ........e.seaccuees 182
Head of Roaring River Canon 9 s.15%<.0). s s6 + 00+ cles so ol eleletersteleieneielts 183
At the Foot of Kearsarge Pinnacles ............22cccecccecccce 189
Pothole Lake and University Peak ........ccccccessecsecsvcccs I9QI
Up Big Arroyo, from Rim above Moraine Lake ...............- 198
On the John Muir Trail) aici oo .2e oers «ese iors: gue 0 sneie © Sheleberere eae 199
Mottnt! Brewer, oi flicrane bus s.6 a1 ote ie cave ie: occuodore co,-evas a0) evs 6 0. Jo stalcia a eReetereene 206
The Kings-Kern Divide and Kearsarge Pinnacles from Mount
COU rie vicar rest oot sles ouenatin.g dd oo: arose @ Shoot, ueweke el ee ee 207
On'the Jobin: Mite Drag cc oii. orsjee'e acereweie-e to nie 6 scse seat, 2 ee 214
On'the Jobin Matic Wray ee ie bate abs ece aaah a ad Ss octane eel een 215
Suspension Bridge across Middle Fork of Kings River at Simpson
Meadows, * ic ficis Suerenctene alercrare avase wee wievele sce or 5, gi0) ogc eres engne ee eae 222
The Palisade Group fromthe South «2.0.06. 6 00 s.e1s'sis.e = shots tele ee 223
Mount Clarice mr eae esrcnste ei ctor op ood Givedeliol speisxe a) evoke (a Gish a yanenes nh ey alenenehe 230
Mount McClure and Mount Lyell, from Summit of Florence ..... 231
ake Ghelan! Ssccivccateless tele bielo's, opracde es allst) di sey erene: cle goede reek Ramee eRe 234
Fotel Field:"Head of Lake Chelan... occ soe «tee ce sieve claret net 235
Robson‘and Tumbling Glacter 26). 6... ai ee o.5oine be oe sel date eee 269
Emperor Falls:and Slope of Robson «2.4... ... .. ss 003% aoe ee 272
North Sidelof Mount Robson ..5..5506.066 5 c0 ens ete beeen 273
Southwest from Crest of Mount Pam)... cee eee eee ee cee eee 276
Robson and Resplendent from Mount Pam ........... eee eee eee 277
Caribou, Valley of Calumet Creek 6c... is chee 5 once pcre oe 280
Looking across Bere Wake scsi ces cies wietss sic ow sie ere die ee oe 281
Legends for Pigures!) Pig. 0 sees cdots ocece one wnsidveyd obele ere 284
METIS, ca phelictidie: osuwiie: s muare sw ae: 4ctes cayenne 284
Campiat (Vou, Wakes’ ck sues a whee 4 vie wie ee 0100's ene o esas Ghee a eee 285
Camp in Virginia Cafion, below Shepherd Crest .............800 288
Ragged '‘Peakiand Young Lake ...6. 26 ccs dea sacs nee 289
Conness Glacier from the Mountain Summit ..............00006 292
Fourth Recess; fromthe Mono Trail . oo6.00 «6 s0 66+ sees 293
Young Juniper, Glen. Alpine 2.2 620 6c ce oles wie ae ce scaler 300
Old Juniper, over ten ‘feet at base ©... 0... «slow «oho sale eee 304
Bigs DT win Juniper’ is ccere ois oce.s eee 0:0 oe sire eice.e 6 s!eis Ae 301
Poreupine,'Piute:Creele oi... 6 sec cae oe oo dis dine ee Nei a 296
Giant Juniper in Cathedral Cafion, Yosemite National Park ..... 305
Peak near Lion ge, Lakes, .0:5:is/s,0vai6) «010 6.6105. be we'eieteres «a 'skenuete EE ee 297
Unique Tamarack Pine Growth) «600.00. ss swsnose eee eee 328
One of the Exquisite Lakes in Ten Lake Basin ............0000- 329
Stummit of Mount'San Jacinto 632i. ss. ade siewn eee eee ee eee 332
Grove of Palms at Mouth of Andreas Cafion, an Old Indian
Camp- Ground oie ised alae husieceligs Searcy ae 332
Spearhead!) wiiis sialsus tose) Aisle pilerailere aie ew keke! aise steaandle Steph ae ee 333

eo ene eos eeeeeneseoeeesret Fee eeeecec eee eee e ee eee eese

PLATE

CCXII.
CCXIII.
CCXIV.
CCXV.
CCXVI.
CCXVII.

CCXVIII.
CCXIX.
CCXX.
CCXXI.
CCXXII.
CCX XIII.
CCXXIV.

CCXXV.
CCXXVI.
CCXXVII.
CCXXVIII.
CCXXIX.
CCXXX.
CCXXXI.

CCXXXII.
CCXXXITI.
CCXXXIV.

CCXXXV.

CCXXXVI.

CCXXXVII.
CCXXXVIII.
CCXXXIX.
CCXL.
CCXLI.
CCXLII.

List of Illustrations Vii
PaGE
Warton alk Crs ina'(oh ali AIA ANAEAL UMMA SLI Ae A NT SE See 337
Zion Canon——The Three Patriarchs (ie i/eist cic cle ss eels /sleelelaisis ia os 340
Zion Ganon——Courtios the Patriarch: 1.0/2) 5 Wale iiels cisle ie ctisalsls ies 341
Looking ap South Porkiof San Joaquin River (5 .)oi)i2)e sis ea). ics ole 344
Reovrd of Ue) S.' Coast and) Geodetic Survey: icici) sie: elaisls +e sehele! s/aie 345
A Corner of the Wood Technology Laboratory, Division of
Horestry, University of Califormiay eis yiie eb ok es ae Slee vieie ease 368
Remains of the Coast and Geodetic Survey’s Observatory ....... 369
Record of Ascent of Mount Conness ........ cece cece eee cccece 369
Grovel Karli Gilbert ew Geen eo WEN I ET MUST MR Nea an ead ota fal units 391
Mount Gilberts en a Eulese mu caielionr auc veimieuces natalie baler (una alah ale 394
Le Conte Memorial Lodge, December, 1918 ............2200e0ee 395
Alpine Chipmunk—naturalvsize! |) sieie)s och jes cis sicleie)> «+ ci 4 ce ole sale 402
Sierra Golden-mantled Ground-squirrel Gathering Prune-Pits 403
Tahoe Chipmunk on Trunk of Yellow Pine .................... 403
Wong Mare dC tipi tle hej .e lene suede ra oid us yo) sr ante aol ay'olelana ot ale ete laude las 406
Mount Brewer, Kearsarge Pinnacles and Lakes ................ 407
Ten Isake basin. Yosemite National Park |) \ocieisie ¢5 s acieles eve ve ei eoe 414
Ten! Lake) Basin, Yosemite National (Park: coos sc. sae a elec sis ele « 415
Junction Pass, John Muir Trail (elevation 13,300 ft.) ........... 422
Upper Kern Lake and Tower Rock, Kern River Cafion .......... 423
President Roosevelt at the Base of the Grizzly Giant, Mariposa
GOW eM eee te austell pista sistetaerslaysa tet etnies his tepedetazelsi ae) weve auale, Sy ened S 430
Rae Lake, Headwaters of South Fork of Kings River ........... 431
Mirstideutenant Robert So Gillett, (iii es oi siale'e, s-o1¢ a = tle! wll lela al 434
AAMAS HES OVE CADITA ie ails eiellels el eveteveleralave bie alee a iatevols eialadlb pty adlute tae 435
Mountaintion! Cubiten days Olay i )3.c/e siieeaie seis alc es, ola wilers, ahdlmisielate 442
Mrs. Sovulewski with one of the mountain lion cubs she raised on
aibottlean) VosemitenVialley isu ols aiscsusiouel arose clelevelions verelanals 442
EP AUSE ABOVE ERE IWADIVE | lalate fo et sts aie cele leg eid ohstellale lailal c caselelavaiay et 443
zy wo-F oot Cottonwood Cut by Beavers oi. ee elds ele oe cos 443
Head of Lyell Fork, Tuolumne Meadows, Yosemite National Park. 446
Mount Ritter and Banner Peak from Shadow Lake ............. 447
Caphedral)Peak and Wnnamed! Waker i) iisicicie ce lsieia ave: vs jee es ose ol ove als 470
GermaniA rm ri Order iis Wa vievssedcalelevell ye suet cleucseie gia bIn aca aie lel oelelnte ate 471
Male Mountain Lion two-thirds grown—eight months old ....... 486
Memayaeak an Wace Ne maya aver slo sie ieicue sie sus ios cuelel aslo aie npsteia ry ote 487

, Geek vast

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN

FOUNDED 1892

Edited for the Club by
WILLIAM FREDERIC BADE

January, 1916

{
|

‘ ; ‘ Wh P
eh WA Caaes
Vor. X CONTENTS Nowy
A MESSAGE AND APPRECIATION James Bryce % ‘
JoHN Muir, PRESIDENT OF THE SIERRA CLUB Wiliam E.Colby 2
Plates CXXXI, CXXXII. . ;
Joun Muir David Starr Jordan 8
Plates CXKXXIII, CXXXIV. ‘
JoHN Muir ASI KNEw Him Robert Underwood Johnson 9
THE Buriat or JOHN Muir ~ Charlotte Hoffman Kellogg 15
RECOLLECTIONS OF JOHN Muir Charles Keeler 16
Plates CKXXV, CXXXVI. \
JouHn Mur Robert B. Marshall 23
Joun Mum Enos Mills 25.
Plates CKX XVII, CX XXVIII. by
AN APPRECIATION Harriet Monroe 26
JoHn Muir Henry Fairfield Osborn 29
JoHN Murr AND THE ALASKA Book Marion Randall Parsons 33
, Plates CKXXIX, CXL. | 5
Joun Mur Charles Sprague Sargent 37
To HiGHER SIERRAS William Frederic Badé 38
Plates CXLI, CXLII. ;
' A BrsLioGRAPHY OF JOHN Muir Jenme Elliot Doran 41
Plates CXLIII, CXLIV. |
NcE List To JoHN IR’ : é
A palin Ngee gett a) PTUs } Cornelius Beach Bradley 55
Muir LopcE—AN APPRECIATION Mary Frances Kellogg 60 We
Plates CKLV, CXLVI.._ Mr enh Sy
STUDIES IN THE SIERRA: IT MouNTAIN Toki Meir Gan %
SCULPTURE, ORIGIN OF YOSEMITE VALLEYS Os te aa
ORGANIZATION OF THE SIERRA CLUB Poy |) Mi ‘i
EDITORIALS 79 if an
“Plates CXLVII, CXLVIII. Pa a aN
REPORTS OF COMMITTEES AY
Sih

- Nores AND CorRESPONDENCE
Plates CKLIX, CL, CLI, CLII.

NATIONAL PARK NOTES
Plates CLIII, CLIV.

Forestry Notes
Book REVIEWS

_. Correspondence concerning the distribution and sale of the publications o
with reference to advertising rates and space location, and concerning its bu
erally, should be addressed to the Secretary of the Sierra Club, Room 402 M

ing, San Francisco, California.

Price, 50 Cents Per Cory

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN,VOL. X PLATE CX XX

A_W. Elson & Co, Boston

Jt on Caen

WE. Dassonville. Photographer

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN

NUMBER
ONE

VOLUME
TEN

SAN FRANCISCO
JANUARY
1916

cA Message and Appreciation

from
“fames Bryce

Sf
To My Frienps anp FELLow MeEmpBeERs OF THE SIERRA CLUB:

MN. I venture to express to you the sorrow with

which the news of the death of our friend, the venera-
ble Fohn Muir, has filled me? He was the patriarch
of American lovers of mountains, one who had not only —
a passion for the splendours of Nature, but a wonderful
power of interpreting her to men. The very air of the
granite peaks, the very fragrance of the deep and sol-
emn forest, seem to breathe round us and soothe our
sense as we read the descriptions of his lonely wander-
ings in the Sierras when their majesty was first re-
vealed. California may well honour the service of one
who did so much to make known her charms and to
shield them from desecration. And you of the Club will
cherish the memory of a singularly pure and simple
character, who was in his life all that a worshipper
of nature ought to be.

February roth, 1915
Hindleap, Forest Row

Sussex

JOHN MUIR—PRESIDENT OF THE SIERRA CLUB
By WILLIAM E. CoLsy

John Muir was the Sierra Club’s first President and held that
office for twenty-two years—until his death. The Sierra Club
was organized in 1892 largely as a result of the wide-spread
interest in California’s wonderful mountain playgrounds, which
had been aroused by his twenty years of preaching the necessity
for their preservation before it should become too late. The
Yosemite National Park had just been created as one result of
his splendid work. While we could have this great leader of
all true mountaineers and lovers of “pure wildness,” it was
unthinkable that any one else should hold the office of President.

It was my good fortune to be Secretary of the Club for the
last fifteen years of this period and I came to know this wonder-
ful man as I have known few others. It is a priceless privilege
to be in close contact with a man whose mind was as pure and
whose ideals were as high as were John Muir’s, and moreover,
one who so thoroughly lived up to this ideal purity.

John Muir will never be fully appreciated by those whose
minds are filled with money getting and the sordid things of
modern every-day life. To such Muir is an enigma—a fanatic
—visionary and impractical. There is nothing in common to
arouse sympathetic interest. That anyone should spend his
whole life in ascertaining the fundamental truths of nature and
glory in their discovery with a joy that would put to shame even
the religious zealot is to many utterly incomprehensible. That
a man should brave the storms and thread the pathless wilder-
ness, exult in the earthquake’s violence, rejoice in the icy blasts
of the northern glaciers, and that he should do all this alone and
unarmed, year in and year out, is a marvel that but few can
understand. These solitary explorations were quite in contrast
with the usual heavily equipped expeditions which undertake
such work. John Muir loved and gloried in this sort of life and
approached it with an enthusiasm and power of will that made
hardships and those things which most human beings consider

John Muir—President of the Sierra Club ine

essentials, mere trifles by comparison. He was willing to sub-
ordinate everything in life to this work which he had set out to
do supremely well, and it is little wonder that he attained his
goal.

His latter days were so full of the rich experiences of these
earlier years of devotion to his chosen work and he looked with
such calm and serenity out upon the feverish haste and turmoil
of those about him, engaged in making everything within reach
“dollarable,” that he seemed to be living in a world apart—a
world created by his own wonderful spirit and efforts.

To those who thought him impractical and visionary, it is
only necessary to point out his early skill as an inventor, which,
if continued, would have made him world famous, or to his suc-
cess as an orchardist, making his friends, the trees, bear as they
had never been known to bear before or since. But these activi-
ties were chosen mainly because they seemed the duty of the
hour and when finished were left for the nobler pursuits that lay
nearest his heart.

His true position as a geologist will never be adequately rec-
ognized because his writings on his geological studies were so
minimized by contrast with that greater field of beautiful litera-
ture in which he excelled. But any one who has read his
“Studies in the Sierra” (now being reprinted in the SIERRA
CLus BULLETIN), and who realizes that his views on glaciation
as bearing on the origin of Yosemite Valley were written at a
time when geologists of great eminence were advancing other
theories, and had no patience with any glacial theory, will ap-
preciate that John Muir was no ordinary student of the physi-
cal laws of nature. I ran across the following extract from a
little pamphlet on the Yosemite, published in 1872:

“There is and has been for two years past, living in the Valley,
a gentleman of Scottish parentage, by name John Muir, who,
Hugh Miller like, is studying the rocks in and around the Val-
ley. He told me that he was trying to read the great book
spread out before him. He is by himself pursuing a course of
geological studies, and is making careful drawings of the dif-
ferent parts of the gorge. No doubt he is more thoroughly ac-
quainted with this valley than any one else. He has been far up
the Sierras where glaciers are now in action, ploughing deep

4 Sierra Club Bulletin

depressions in the mountains. He has made a critical examina-
tion of the superincumbent rocks, and already has much materi-
al upon which to form a correct theory.” (The Yosemite, by
John Erastus Lester.) (1873.) Prepared for and read before
the Rhode Island Historical Society.

When we bear in mind the fact that at that time Muir had
been in the Valley only a little over two years, and that his gla-
cial theory of the origin of the Valley is now quite generally
accepted, this prophecy is all the more striking.

John Muir himself can tell more fittingly than I am able to
his relation to the Club and, therefore, the following extracts
have been selected from some of his letters. From his home near
Martinez he wrote under date of January 15, 1907: “I herewith
return the draft of a Club report on Kings River region with
my hearty approval, excepting the first two pages of the MS.,
in which the Yosemite and Kings River regions are compared.
Every possible aid and encouragement should be given by the
Club for the preservation, road and trail building, etc., for the
development of the magnificent Kings River region, but unjust
one-sided comparisons seeking to build up and glorify one re-
gion at the expense of lowering the other is useless work and
should be left to real estate agents, promoters, rival hotel and
stage owners, etc. Certainly the Club has nothing to do with
such stuff, tremendous advantages, wealth and variety of moun-
tain sculpture depending on greater depths and heights, etc.,
suggest boys with eyes to depth and height of butter and honey,
seeing tremendous advantages in one slice of bread over an-
other cut from the same loaf.

“Have you seen the President’s Proclamation of Dec. 8, 1906,
creating the ‘Petrified Forest National Monument’ under the Act
of Congress of June 8, 1906? Contains 60,776.02 acres, and in-
cludes the Blue Jasper Forest Helen and I found. The large
new forest to the north of Adamana is to be added to the above.
Come up some Saturday night or Sunday and talk over mat-
ters.”

Martinez, Jan. 13, 1908: “Of course I heartily approve of the
proposed vote of thanks to Mr. Kent, and suggest a slight
change in the form of the resolution, as follows:

““Resolved: That the Sierra Club extend a hearty vote of

SUIY, “Y “O95) Aq OJOU
YINW NHOf WOU TIVYL AHL NO NOSSAT V

“IXXXO ALVId *X “IOA ‘NILATING ANID VUUTIS

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CXXXII.

At ts

eon ae . :
Ne aa

seal Py vane se

JOHN MUIR IN THE BIG ARROYO CAMP, KERN CANON, 1908
Photo by Walter L. Huber

John Muw—President of the Sierra Club 5

thanks to Mr. William Kent in testimony of its appreciation of
his noble gift to the Federal Government of the Redwood Cafi-
on on Mount Tamalpais, with its magnificent primeval groves
of Sequoia sempervirens, to be devoted as a public park and
pleasure-ground to the people forever.’”

Los Angeles, Cal., Jan. 16, 1911: “Thanks for your kind let-
ter and the book which you forwarded.

“IT am now at work on the Kings River yosemites, and I
would like to have the part of the Kings River region which
ought to be added to the General Grant and Sequoia National
parks definitely described, because I wish to recommend the
preservation of the region in the Yosemite Guide-book. . . . ”

New York City, May 26, 1911: “I have just received a copy
of ‘My First Summer in the Sierra.’ It is dedicated “To The Si-
erra Club, Faithful Defender of the People’s Playgrounds.’ Am
stopping with the Harrimans. The above will be my address un-
til the first of July. ;

“The American Alpine Club is arranging to give me a din-
ner, at which you may be sure there will be a lot of Hetch Het-
en work, i...

“We may lose this particular fight, but truth and right must
prevail at last. Anyhow we must be true to ourselves and the
Lord.”

Castle Rock, Garrisons on Hudson, N. Y., June 27, 1911:
“T’ve just written to Mr. McFarland assuring him of my help
in the Niagara fight and my eagerness to meet him. I had not
in the least forgotten him or his magnificent work, but since
coming here I’ve had so much Hetch Hetchy and book work to
do, besides planning for S. America, and have also been tousled
and tumbled hither thither, dinnered, honored, etc., almost out
of my wits, I could never set a day to see him. The society
weather is now growing calm as the thermometer rises, and I
hope to get a quiet week or two to see friends and finish my Yo-
semite book. ......

“The American Alpine Club gave me a fine dinner, so did the
Appalachian, and a great time at the Yale Commencement, get-
ting honor for helping to save Hetch Hetchy. Glad you like the
Sierra Club summer book. I’ll get the publishers to send some.
Remember me to Mrs. Colby and Parsons and your brave pair

6 Sierra Club Bulletin

of young mountaineers. Good luck for your outing. Greet them
all at your camp-fire with my warmest good wishes.”

Para, Brazil, Sept. 19, 1911: “I hope you all had a good time
this summer, the usual Sierra Club luck. When I left New York
August 12th, the Hetch Hetchy looked comparatively safe as
far as I could see, but the wicked, whether down or up, are
never to be trusted, so we must keep on watching, praying,
fighting, overcoming evil with good as we are able.

“T’ve had a glorious time up the Amazon. In about a week
from above date, I hope to be on my way to Rio de Janeiro.
Thence I intend going to Buenos Aires, sail up the Uruguay
and La Plata, cross the Andes to Valparaiso and southward
along the araucarian forests, etc. Then perhaps to South Afri-
ca to see its wonderful flora, etc.; may be home in the spring.

“My kindest regards to Mrs. Colby and the great pair of
boys and to the Parsons, and all the Club you see.”

On the Steamer “Windkirk,” near Zanzibar, Feb. 4, 1912:
“T’ve had a great time in South America and South Africa. In-
deed it now seems that on this pair of wild, hot continents I’ve
enjoyed the most fruitful year of my life. Some happy Califor-
nia day I’ll try to tell you about it. ’m now on my way from
Beira to Mombasa after a grand trip to the Zambesi Baobab
forests, Victoria Falls, and the magnificent glacial rock scenery
of Southern Rhodesia. From Mombasa I intend to make a short
trip into the Nyanza lake region, then home via Suez, Naples
and New York, hoping to find you and all the Sierra Club and
its friends and affairs hale and happy and prosperous.”

Martinez, May 1, 1912: “I'll be down Friday and stop over
for the Saturday meeting. If a few of the Club members wish
very much to give me an informal dinner I’ll not object, but my
dress suit is in Los Angeles; have nothing but old clothes here,
therefore the thing must be an informal sort of camp affair.”

Hollywood, Cal., June 24, 1912: “I thank you very much for
your kind wishes to give me a pleasant Kern River trip, and am
very sorry that work has been so unmercifully piled upon me
that I find it impossible to escape from it, so I must just stay
and work.

“T heartily congratulate you and all your merry mountain-
eers in the magnificent trip that lies before you. As you know,

a ar

John Muir—President of the Sierra Club 7,

I have seen something of nearly all the mountain chains in the
world, and have experienced their varied climates and attrac-
tions of forests and rivers, lakes and meadows, etc. In fact, I
have seen a little of all the high places and low places of the
continents, but no mountain range seems to me so kind, so
beautiful, or so fine in its sculpture as the Sierra Nevada. If
you were as free as the winds are, and the light, to choose a
camp ground in any part of the globe, I could not direct you to
a single place for your outing that, all things considered, is so
attractive, so exhilarating and uplifting in every way as just
the trip that you are now making. You are far happier than you
know. Good luck to you all, and I shall hope to see you all on.
your return, boys and girls, with the sparkle and exhilaration
of the mountains still in your eyes. With love and countless
fondly cherished memories, Ever faithfully yours,
Joun Murr.”

“Of course in all your camp-fire preaching and praying you

will never forget Hetch Hetchy.”

JOHN MUIR - MASTER OF ARTS - HARVARD UNIVERSITY

> JOHANNEM MVIR -

LOCORVM INCOGNITORVM
EXPLORATOREM INSIGNEM - FLVMINVM
QVI SVNT IN ALASKA
SERRATISQVE MONTIBVS CONGLACIATORVM
STVDIOSVM - DILIGENTEM SILVARVM
ET RERAM AGRESTIVM
FERARAMOVE INDAGATORVM
ARTIVM MAGISTRVM

CAMBRIDGE - MASSACHUSETTS CHARLES WILLIAM ELIOT
JUNE 24-A-D- 1896 PRESIDENT

JOHN MUIR

By Davip STARR JORDAN

— It is not easy to write of my good friend, John Muir. The im-
pression of his personality was so strong on those who knew
him that all words seem cheap beside it. Those who never knew
him can never, through any word of ours, be brought to realize
what they have missed.

John Muir first came to my notice in Indianapolis, forty years
ago, but he was gone before I came there. He was a printer, I
believe, in those days, and he made friends, for he was rich in
wisdom and in love of nature. Five years later, in San Francis-
co, I met him frequently. He was lately back from the Yosemi-
te, where, in rollicking enthusiasm, he had written the finest
bird biography in existence, the story of the Water Ouzel in the
“Ouzel Basin” of the Brewer range.

In those days every meeting with him was a fresh joy. He
was possessed with love and the enthusiasm for a fresh great
mountain range, almost new to literature in those days, but fit
to dominate it when the Alps and the Apennines have vanished,
swallowed up in the sea of blood. He had, moreover, a quaint,
crisp way of talking, his literary style in fact, and none of the
nature lovers, the men who know how to feel in the presence of
great things and beautiful, have expressed their craft better
than he.

There is another Scotsman of the cosmopolitan order to
whom, in many ways, John Muir bore a strong resemblance.
John Muir cared little for world-politics, and James Bryce
knew little of the songs of birds, but these two great men looked
on life and the universe in much the same way, both frank-
spoken and absolutely democratic; both open-eyed to all phe-
nomena of the world, whatever and wheresoever they be; both
wandering wide from their homes; both large-brained, cosmo-
politan citizens of the world, the world God made and which
lies open to us all the time.

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CXXXIII.

JOHN MUIR
Photo by W. E. Dassonville

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X.

JOHN MUIR
Photo by W. E. Dassonville

PLATE CXXXIV.

JOHN MUTROAS: T KNEW THIM*
By RoserT UNDERWOOD JOHNSON

Sometime, in the evolution of America, we shall throw off
the two shackles that retard our progress as an artistic nation—
philistinism and commercialism—and advance with freedom to-
ward the love of beauty as a principle. Then it will not be
enough that one shall love merely one kind of beauty, each
worker his own art, or that art shall be separated from life as
something too precious for use; men will search for beauty as
scientists search for truth, knowing that while truth can make
one free, it is beauty of some sort, as addressed to the eye, the
ear, the mind, or the moral sense, that alone can give perma-
nent happiness. When that apocalyptic day shall come, the
world will look back to the time we live in and remember the
voice of one crying in the wilderness and bless the name of
John Muir. To some, beauty seems but an accident of creation:
to Muir it was the very smile of God. He sung the glory of na-
ture like another Psalmist, and, as a true artist, was unashamed
of his emotions.

An instance of this is told of him as he stood with an ac-
quaintance at one of the great view-points of the Yosemite Val-
ley, and, filled with wonder and devotion, wept. His companion,
more stolid than most, could not understand his feeling, and
was so thoughtless as to say so. “Mon,” said Muir, with the
Scotch dialect into which he often lapsed, “Can ye see unmoved
the glory of the Almighty?” “Oh, it’s very fine,” was the reply,
“but I do not wear my heart upon my sleeve.” “Ah, my dear
mon,” said Muir, “in the face of such a scene as this, it’s no
time to be thinkin’ o’ where you wear your heart.”

No astronomer was ever more devout. The love of nature
was his religion, but it was not without a personal God, whom
he thought as great in the decoration of a flower as in the
launching of a glacier. The old Scotch training persisted

_ .* Read, in part, at the meeting of the American Academy of Arts and Letters,
in New York, January 6, 1916.

10 Sierra Club Bulletin

through all his studies of causation, and the keynote of his phil-
osophy was intelligent and benevolent design. His wonder grew
with his wisdom. Writing for the first time to a young friend,
he expressed the hope that she would “find that going to the
mountains is going home, and that Christ’s Sermon on the
Mount is on every mount.”

It was late in May, 1880, that I first met him. I had gone to
San Francisco to organize the series of papers afterward pub-
lished in the Century Magazine under the title of “The Gold-
hunters of California,’ and promptly upon my arrival he came
to see me. It was at the Palace Hotel in San Francisco. I was
dressing for dinner and was obliged to ask him to come up to
my room. He was a long time in doing so and I feared he had
lost his way. I can remember, as if it were yesterday, hearing
him call down the corridor, “Johnson, Johnson! where are you?
I can’t get the hang of these artificial cafions,” and before he
had made any of the conventional greetings or inquiries, he ad-
ded: “Up in the Sierra, all along the gorges, the glaciers have
put up natural sign-posts, and you can’t miss your way, but
here—there’s nothing to tell you where to go.”

With all his Scotch wit and his democratic feeling, Muir bore
himself with dignity in every company. He readily adjusted
himself to any environment. In the High Sierra he was indeed
a voice crying in the wilderness: moreover, he looked like John
the Baptist as portrayed in bronze by Donatello and others of
the Renaissance sculptors—spare of frame, hardy, keen of eye
and visage, and on the march eager of movement. It was diff-
cult for an untrained walker to keep up with him as he leaped
from rock to rock as surely as a mountain goat, or skimmed the
surface of the ground, a trick of easy locomotion learned from
the Indians. If he ever became tired nobody knew it, and yet,
though he delighted in badinage at the expense of the “tender-
foot,” he was as sympathetic as a mother. J remember a scram-
ble we had in the upper Tuolumne Cafion which afforded him
great fun at my expense. The detritus of the wall of the gorge
lay in a confused mass of rocks, varying in size from a market
basket to a dwelling house, the interstices overgrown with a
most deceptive shrub, the soft leaves of which concealed its iron
trunk and branches. Across such a Dantean formation Muir

John MuirasI Knew Him II

went with certainty and alertness, while I fell and floundered
like a bad swimmer, so that he had to give me many a helpful
hand and cheering word, and when at last I was obliged to rest,
Muir, before going on for an hour’s exploration, sought out for
me one of the most beautiful spots I had ever seen, where the
rushing river, striking pot-holes in its granite bed, was thrown
up into water wheels twenty feet high. When he returned to
camp he showered me with little attentions and tucked me into
my blankets with the tenderness that he gave to children and
animals.

Another Scotch trait was his surface antipathies. He did not
hate anything—not even his antagonists, the tree vandals—but
spoke of those “misguided worldlings” in terms of pity; yet he
had a wholesome contempt for the contemptible. His growl—he
never had a bark—was worse than his bite. His pity was often
expressed for the blindness of those who through tinenlightened
selfishness chose the lower utility of nature in place of the
higher.

Many have praised the pleasures of solitude—few have known
them as Muir knew them, roaming the High Sierra week after
week with only bread and tea and sometimes berries for his sus-
tenance, which he would have said were a satisfactory substi-
tute for the “locusts and wild honey” of his prototype. His trips
to Alaska were even more solitary and we should say forbidding
—but not he, for no weather, no condition of wildness, no ab-
sence of animal life could make him lonely. He was a pioneer
of nature, but also a pioneer of truth, and he needed no com-
rade. Many will recall his thrilling adventure on the Muir gla-
cier, told in his story entitled Stickeen, named for his compan-
ion, the missionary’s dog. I heard him tell it a dozen times—how
the explorer and the little mongrel were caught on a peninsula
of the glacier—and how they escaped. It is one of the finest
studies of dogliness in all literature, and told in Muir’s whimsi-
cal way, betrayed unconsciously the tenderness of his heart.
Though never lonely, he was not at all a professional recluse:
he loved companions and craved good talk, and was glad to
have others with him on his tramps, but it was rare to find con-
genial friends who cared for the adventures in which he rev-
eled. He was hungry for sympathy and found it in the visitors

12 Sierra Club Bulletin

whom he piloted about and above the Yosemite Valley—Emer-
son, Sir Joseph Hooker, Torrey, and many others of an older
day or of late years, including presidents Roosevelt and Taft.

Muir was clever at story-telling, and put into it both wit and
sympathy, never failing to give, as a background, more delight-
ful information about the mountains than a professor of ge-
ology would put into a chapter. With his one good eye—for the
sight of the other had been impaired in his college days in Wis-
consin by the stroke of a needle—he saw every scene, in detail
and in mass. This his conversation visualized until his imagina-
tion kindled the imagination of his hearer.

Adventures are to the adventurous. Muir, never reckless, was
fortunate in seeing nature in many a wonderful mood and as-
pect. Who that has read them can forget his wonderful de-
scriptions of the windstorm in the Yuba which he outrode in a
treetop, or of the avalanche in the Yosemite, or of the spring
floods pouring in hundreds of streams over the rim of the Val-
ley? And what unrecorded adventures he must have had as pi-
oneer of peak and glacier in his study of the animal and vegeta-
ble life of the Sierra. Did any observer ever come nearer than
he to recording the soul of Nature? If “good-will makes intelli-
gence,’ as Emerson avers, Muir’s love of his mountains amount-
ed to divination. What others learned laboriously, he seemed to
reach by instinct, and yet he was painstaking in the extreme and
jealous of the correctness of both his facts and his conclusions,
defending them as a beast defends her young. In the Arctic, in
the great forests of Asia, on the Amazon and in Africa at
seventy-three, wherever he was, he incurred peril, not for “the
game,” but for some great emprise of science.

But Muir’s public services were not merely scientific and liter-
ary. His countrymen owe him gratitude as the pioneer of our
system of national parks. Before 1889 we had but one of any
importance—the Yellowstone. Out of the fight which he led for
the better care of the Yosemite by the State of California grew
the demand for the extension of the system. To this many per- .
sons and organizations contributed, but Muir’s writings and en-
thusiasm were the chief forces that inspired the movement. All
the other torches were lighted from his. His disinterestedness
was too obvious not to be recognized even by opponents. To a

John Muir as I Knew Him 12

friend who in 1906 made an inquiry about a mine in California
he wrote: “I don’t know anything about the X mine or any
other. Nor do I know any mine owners. All this $ geology is out
of my line.” It was in his name that the appeal was made for
the creation of the Yosemite National Park in 1890, and for six
years he was the leader of the movement for the retrocession by
California of the Valley reservation, to be merged in the sur-
rounding park, a result which, by the timely aid of Edward H.
Harriman, was accomplished in 1905.

In 1896-7, when the Forestry Commission of the National
Academy of Sciences, under the chairmanship of Professor
Charles S. Sargent, of Harvard, was making investigations to
determine what further reservations ought to be made in the
form of national parks, Muir accompanied it over much of its
route through the far west and the northwest, and gave it his
assistance and counsel. March 27, 1899, he wrote: “I’ve spent
most of the winter on forest protection—at least I’ve done little
beside writing about it.”’ From its inception to its lamentable
success in December, 1913, he fought every step of the scheme
to grant to San Francisco for a water reservoir the famous
Hetch Hetchy Valley, part of the Yosemite National Park,
which, as I have said, had been created largely through his in-
strumentality. In the last stages of the campaign his time was
almost exclusively occupied with this contest. He opposed the
project as unnecessary, as objectionable intrinsically, and as a
dangerous precedent, and he was greatly cast down when it be-
came a law. But he was also relieved. Writing to a friend, he
said: “I’m glad the fight for the Tuolumne Yosemite is finished.
It has lasted twelve years. Some compensating good must sure-
ly come from so great a loss. With the New Year comes new
work. I am now writing on Alaska. A fine change from faithless
politics to crystal ice and snow.” It is also to his credit that he
first made known to the world the wonder and glory of the Big
Trees ; those that have been rescued from the saw of the sordid
lumbermen owe their salvation primarily to his voice.

Muir’s death,on Christmas Eve of 1914,though it occurred
at the ripe age of seventy-six and though it closed a life of dis-
tinguished achievement, was yet untimely, for his work was by
no means finished. For years I had been imploring him to

14 Sierra Club Bulletin

devote himself to the completion of his record. The material
for many contemplated volumes exists in his numerous note-
books, and though, I believe, these notes were to a great de-
gree written im extenso rather than scrappily, and thus con-
tain much available literary treasure, yet where is the one
that could give them the roundness of presentation and the
charm of style which are found in Muir’s best literary work?
One almost hesitates to use the word “great” of one who has
just passed away, but I believe that history will give a very
high place to the indomitable explorer who discovered the
great glacier named for him, and whose life for eleven years
in the High Sierra resulted in a body of writing of marked
excellence, combining accurate and carefully co-ordinated
scientific observation with poetic sensibility and expression.
His chief books, The Mountains of California, Our National
Parks and The Yosemite, are both delightful and convincing,
and should be made supplemental reading for schools. When he
rhapsodizes it is because his subject calls for rhapsody, and not
to cover up thinness of texture in his material. He is likely to
remain the one historian of the Sierra; he imported into his
view the imagination of the poet and the reverence of the wor-
shiper.

Muir was not without wide and affectionate regard in his
own state, but California was too near to him to appreciate
fully his greatness as a prophet, or the service he did in try-
ing to recall her to the gospel of beauty. She has, however,
done him and herself honor in providing for a path in the
High Sierra, from the Yosemite to Mount Whitney, to be
called the John Muir trail. William Kent, during Muir’s life,
paid him a rare tribute in giving to the nation a park of red-
woods with the understanding that it should be named Muir
Woods. But the nation owes him more. His work was not
sectional but for the whole people, for he was the real father
of the forest reservations of America. The National Gov-
ernment should create from the great wild Sierra forest re-
serve a national park, to include the Kings River Cafion, to
be called by his name. This recognition would be, so to
speak, an overt act, the naming of the Muir Glacier being
automatic by his very discovery of it. It is most appropriate

John Muir as I Knew Him 15

and fitting that a wild Sierra region should be named for
him. There has been but one John Muir.

The best monument to him, however, would be a successful
movement, even at this late day, to save the Hetch Hetchy Val-
ley from appropriation for commercial purposes. His death
was hastened by his grief at this unbelievable calamity and I
should be recreant to his memory if I did not call special atten-
tion to his crowning public service in endeavoring to prevent
the disaster. The Government owes him penance at his tomb.

In conclusion, John Muir was not a “dreamer”, but a prac-
tical man, a faithful citizen, a scientific observer, a writer of
enduring power, with vision, poetry, courage in a contest, a
heart of gold, and a spirit pure and fine.

THE BURIAL OF JOHN MUIR
By CHARLOTTE HOFFMAN KELLOGG

With thee, man-heart, where dawns on glaciers play
We went; by thy child-heart with joy were fed;
And by thy poet-heart to prayer were led.

Still following, we cross thy fields today,

Beside the stream, beneath the yew and bay ;

Lower thy body to its chosen bed.
Quail call—tree-shadows creep toward thy dear head

As in green boughs we wrap thee for alway.

Now holy memories still our questioning—

Thou know’st not their despair whose reason would
Leap with the spirit the blind brink of Time;

Here thus to seal eternal brotherhood
With sun and lily, where the foam-bells ring,

For thee is immortality sublime.

RECOLLECTIONS OF JOHN MURS
By CHARLES KEELER
-

My earliest recollections of John Muir date back some twen-
ty-odd years, to those golden days in William Keith’s rather
dingy but glorious studio on Montgomery Street, when Muir
would drop in from his Martinez retreat for a chat with his old
painter friend. The two Scotchmen, who had camped together
in Sierra wilds in summer outings, and cracked jokes at one
another’s expense in the studio or at one of the little French
restaurants where they lunched during winter visits, were big
elemental natures, both of them. The child-heart each had trea-
sured in his own peculiar way. They were We and Johnnie
in their bantering sallies.

Both were deeply religious natures, but emancipated from
formalism and tradition. Both were students and lovers of na-
ture, but where Keith saw color and atmosphere, poetry and
romance, in mountain and vale, tree and sky, Muir’s eyes were
fixed on the ever-changing processes of immutable law.

Those who knew Keith’s work best realized that it fell into
two groups—a comparatively hard, literal portrayal of the facts
of landscape, and a free, impassioned outburst of impression-
istic depicting of nature’s moods. In his own heart he scorned
the former and frankly gloried in the latter. His naturalistic
sketches in color were either studies of underlying fact or pot-
boilers for the uninitiated who were not up to his dream rhap-
sodies.

Muir was at heart a seer. But for him the wonder and glory
of nature lay not in its romance of atmosphere and its appeal
to human emotions. He saw in it rather the embodiment of di-
vine law, and in a picture looked for a naturalistic portrayal
rather than an impressionistic interpretation. So it was that he
failed to appreciate his artist friend’s finest work. With his dry
Scotch humor he loved to twit him in good-natured raillery.
Both in the old Montgomery Street studio, and later in the
larger Pine Street rooms, I have spent many a happy hour with

SHONONING NHOL GNV
ANMOUD YWAHSIA SIONVUA ‘HLIAM WVITTIIM ‘NIOW NHOfL ‘UATAaAM SATAVHOD

“AXXXO ALVId *X “IOA ‘NILATING ANTD VANAIS

“IAXXXO ALVId

ES) an yap

NHOL WOUd ‘AVA NAIOVID NI ‘MAIOVTID OIdIOVd AHL AO HOLAMS TIONAd

°X “IOA ‘NILATIING ANTO VaUTIS

Recollections of John Mur 7

these two great souls, looking at the pictures and listening to
Muir’s talk.

As his keen gray eye ranged over the pictures stacked in piles
all over the place, he would fall upon a big careful objective
study of a Sierra landscape.

“Now there’s a real picture, Willie,” he would exclaim. “Why
don’t you paint more like that?”

With a look of defiance the big shaggy-haired painter would
draw from the stack a mystical dream of live-oaks, with a green
and gold sunset sky, and stand it up on an easel with an impa-
tient wave of his hand.

“What are you trying to make of that? You’ve stood it up-
side down, haven’t you?” Muir would sally with a mischievous
twinkle.

And Keith would finally give it up with:

“There’s no use trying to show you pictures, Johnnie.”

But in spite of these little pleasantries, which revealed a
fundamentally different approach to nature, the two men had a
life-long admiration and friendship for one another.

Never have I met another man of such singleness of mind in
his devotion to nature as Muir. He lived and moved and had
his being as a devotee. He was naturally a recluse, but if he
could get a listener, whether of high or low degree, he would
talk by the hour of his beloved mistress. It was the passion of
his life, the awakening of the dull and circumscribed soul of the
average man or woman to the ineffable splendor of the great
out-of-doors.

During the memorable two months of the Harriman Expedi-
tion to Alaska, Muir and I were room-mates. He had the ten-
der kindliness of a father. Of himself he took little heed, but no
zealous missionary ever went abroad to spread the gospel with
his fervor in communicating a love of nature. And with him a
love of nature meant an understanding of her laws. He has
told me that he found it necessary, in getting people to listen,
to tell them stories such as his immortal tale of Stickeen, but
the real hope in his heart was to awaken their interest so they
would want to go to nature themselves and to delve into the
mysteries of her ways.

Our stateroom was filled with “brush’—pine and spruce

18 Sierra Club Bulletin

’

boughs, with cones or blossoms, and other trophies gathered on
shore rambles. “Look at that little muggins of a fir cone,” he
would say to me, lovingly stroking the latest accession with
which he littered the room, to the despair of the steward who
tried to keep it in order.

That other great child-soul of nature, John Burroughs, was
with us in Alaska, and the coming together of these two men
was an event in American life. Burroughs is naively human,
Muir intensely aloof. But Muir’s aloofness was never cold or
hard. It was the result of his almost fanatical absorption in the
thrilling play of nature.

We dubbed him “Ice Chief” in Alaska, because of his enthu-
siasm for the great ice sculptor of the Glacial Age who had
carved out the mountains in their present form. In those far
northern wilds he was in his element, for with glaciers thun-
dering their bergs into the inlets and sweeping majestically
down through rugged mountain defiles, it was easy for him to
show how all the carving of the mountains of the West was the
work of their Titan graving tools. He would not hear of earth-
quake faults as a factor even in the shaping of the Yosemite.
It was all the work of the ice, although he had himself wit-
nessed a great avalanche there as the result of an earthquake,
and loved to tell about rushing up on the great mass of granite
when the blocks were still hot from crashing down the moun-
tain.

To have explored with Muir the great glacier which bears
his name, to have wandered with him in the Yosemite and
Kings River Cafion, is to have come, through his enthusiasm
and vision, a little nearer the hidden mysteries of nature. Every
tree and flower, every bird and stone was to him the outward
token of an invisible world in process of making. He sauntered
over the mountains in his blue jeans overalls, claiming kinship
with the rocks and growing things and gathering them all to
his heart.

Nor can I forget the simple kindly welcome at his Martinez
home, the strolls about his broad acres of fruit and vine, and
the evening talks, prolonged far into the night, in his study, lit-
tered with the trophies of a life-time of communion with the
great out-doors in many lands. In the autumn, boxes of grapes

Recollections of John Mur 19

would come to prove that Muir was not so absorbed in his stud-
ies as to forget his friends, and on his visits to Berkeley, shin-
ing gold pieces would be slipped almost shyly into the children’s
hands.

Here was a real man, one who would get lost on the city
streets, but could find his way through any unmapped wilder-
ness; one who had the outward bearing of an unsophisticated
farmer but was at home with the most polished man of the
world. Devoid of all shams and affectations, sincere to the very
roots of his being, his deadly earnestness was saved by that
touch of Scotch humor and that deep tenderness and sympathy
which shone through his being despite the habitual absorption
in impersonal matters. And that Muir was able to fight, those
who know with what zeal and single-minded devotion to a cause
he carried on his campaign to save the Hetch Hetchy Valley,
can testify. Recluse and devotee of nature though he was, he
could come out among men and with unflinching courage, un-
tiring energy and rare practical sense, work to save his beloved
trees and mountains from being despoiled.

Others may praise him for his keen eye, his grasp of nature’s
laws, his enthusiasm as an explorer, his grace and charm of liter-
ary style, but for me he was a personality that defies analysis—
a great soul, a genuine friend, and I am grateful to share, with
all who touched his life closely, in the consciousness that we are
better and closer to the great primal things because we knew
and loved him.

MUIR OF THE MOUNTAINS
By ALEXANDER McCADIE

A scientific friend* recently sent me some measurements of
the displacement of earth particles at Ottawa caused by a moun-
tain slide in the Pamir. Seismographs in the Dominion Observ-
atory (and elsewhere) had faithfully recorded the train of
earth waves started by the trembling range ten thousand miles
away. Moreover it was possible to determine the mass, momen-
tum and energy involved in this fall of a mountain. John Muir
would have been interested in these measurements made at a
distance, but undoubtedly would have been far more interested
in a description of the fall itself, and would have cheerfully
started at a moment’s notice for Afghanistan or the uttermost
part of the earth if assured that another gigantic slide were im-
minent. Entirely regardless of comfort or personal security he
would have watched the mountain fall, exulting in the rare
privilege of thus viewing at close range the making and unmak-
ing of the “eternal” hills. We would have had a description,
both accurate and eloquent, for he would have written into it
not only what the eye beheld, but much that other men must
have failed to note, because they failed to feel. His nature was
keenly sensitive to the significance of motion in inanimate
things. One recalls his story of the earthquake in the Yosemite.
“A noble earthquake,” he cried, as he ran from his tent in the
early morning to get a better view of what was happening in the
Valley. This was the famous Inyo earthquake of March 26,
1872, about 2:30 a.m., with aftershocks until 6:30 a.m.; and
probably the greatest seismic disturbance that has occurred in
the United States for two centuries. It was quite severe in the
whole Sierra zone, and of course to those who were in the
Yosemite at the time was a most terrifying experience. Mr.
Muir often described the scene to the writer and fellow mem-
bers of the Sierra Club. It is plain that after the first two or

* Dr. Otto Klotz, the Dominion Astronomer.

Muir of the Mountains 21

three seconds of doubt and trepidation, Muir realized what was
happening and enthusiastically welcomed such an opportunity
for close observation of the swaying trees, and the piling up of
the talus by the torrent of rocks from the cliffs, forming a lu-
minous bow as they fell. His intense interest and forgetfulness
of self were not assumed, but the natural expression of a spirit
all eager to observe and interpret, if he could, the shaking earth
and allied phenomena. He was probably the one man in the Val-
ley who kept his head while these unnerving events were in
progress.

He had many stirring adventures while climbing and roam-
ing. One in particular was in later years somewhat joculary re-
ferred to as “a personally conducted ride on an avalanche,” al-
though at the time it was anything but a jocular matter. Here
again Muir showed remarkable presence of mind. And how he
exulted in the mountain storms! Nothing of their majesty and
might escaped his notice. He knew them well, from the tower-
ing cumulo-nimbus, whose slow upbuilding foretold the coming
thunder, to the wild rush and wrestling of the blast with the
forest monarchs. Sprung from a long line of Highland fore-
bears, he scanned with critical eye the gray low-flying scud and
the fast falling flakes that blotted out the landscape and bewil-
dered men. To Muir these were never-to-be-forgotten and ever-
to-be-enjoyed manifestations of Nature’s might and her thou-
sand ways of casting forth her strength.

Or turning from scenes of elemental strife to those of ele-
mental calm, we can picture him keeping lonely vigil on the
summit of Whitney. Wandering as night falls, near the crest of
the range, the solitary figure looms large against the sky-line.
Out of the world, yet in it; no human hand within touching dis-
tance, no human habitation within a day’s march; serene and
self-poised, like one of the prophets of old he strays from men.
And as the sun passes below the farther peaks, and darkness
broods o’er the vast stretch of earth, he holds communion with
the friendly stars, nor knows nor feels his loneliness.

Of all the mountains he had visited, and he had climbed many
in all parts of the world, his heart ever turned to and yearned
most for the Sierra, or, as he called them, the Mountains of
Light. They were his constant inspiration, and all their varying

22 Sierra Club Bulletin

moods he knew and loved. Loitering through the meadows or
scaling the heights, Muir was here at home and at his best. Not
infrequently he was called upon to act as guide, interpreter and
host to those who came from afar. For all such he mixed with
the independence of a mountaineer a true Highland hospitality.
It was delightful to hear him tell of Emerson’s visit, all too
brief, or the later, longer outing of an intrepid former presi-
dent, who insisted on having Muir for his escort and Muir only.
Both saw to it that the trivialities of city life were left behind
and forgotten. There was no room for artificialities in the
friendly mountains. Rather the long day’s tramp, the inspiring
views, the refreshment of the mountain stream, the growing ap-
petite, the simple meal, the quiet mind, the pine-bough bed and
restful sleep beside the camp-fire, that, flickering, threw into
bolder relief the sentinel Sequoia.

Muir was the keenest of observers and no mean scientist ; but
it was his power of expression and gift of interpretation that
made him known among men. He was able to convey to others
a full measure of his own enthusiasm, and kindle in them an un-
quenchable longing for out-of-door life, and golden, glorious
days and nights in Nature’s own playground, the mountains.
This was Muir’s mission and at it he wrought diligently. His
influence was not confined to one city or one State. It is indeed
a question if this was not greater in distant lands than in the
State and section where he dwelt and which he loved so well.

When a mountain falls and jars the planet’s crust, the earth
waves spread in all directions with ever widening circles but
ever diminishing energy. When a great man passes from the
sunlit way, human interest is stirred in many lands, but there is
no lessening of appreciation and sympathy with increasing dis-
tance. Thus it is with Muir. He stood as a great advocate for
the preservation of the wild and the beautiful; he gave the best
that was in him to the service of men; he strove earnestly to
turn their thoughts from the daily routine, with its unrest and
turmoil, to the peace and beauty of the hills.

His eloquent sentences will remain as long as our mother
tongue endures; his pleadings will not lose their force, and his
influence can but spread and strengthen as the years pass.

JOHN MUIR
By Ropert B. MARSHALL

I have put my brain to the test to find if it could choose words
expressive of the grand old man Muir. It does not respond at
all fittingly. My appreciation, feelings, respect and love for my
friend Muir are all of the heart, and so intense and sacred that
I cannot tell them even to my friends. Most of us have suf-
fered the loss of those dear to us, and each one who has so suf-
fered surely appreciates the force of my reluctance in attempt-
ing to put down in words my soul’s sorrow in the loss of a
friend so big, so powerful—and yet he was the plainest and
simplest person I ever knew. His simplicity was his power. He
knew nature as no one else did, and with his God, he wor-
shipped it. It was so much a part of him that the little children
could understand him and knew what he said, and loved him
even more than the older children, such as we all became in his
presence.

His affection for the commonplace little pine-needle was as
genuine as that for the most beautiful flower or the grandest
tree, and the little flakes of snow and the little crumbs of gran-
ite were each to him real life, and each had a personality worthy
of his wonderful mind’s attention; and he talked and wrote of
them as he did of the ouzel or the Douglas squirrel—made real
persons of them, and they talked and lived with him and were
a part of his life as is our own flesh and blood.

IT knew Mr. Muir long and intimately, and each day I learned
something new and beautiful of life and of his wonderful mind.
He did not enjoy answering questions, and in fact it was rarely
necessary to ask one. Only allow him to be with a person for
a short time and some sort of conversation would start ; then by
sheer force of intellect his mind would take the lead and his
companion would drink in the purest of English, charmingly
phrased, until soon a sermon of life was given that would re-
main one of the most wonderful experiences of a lifetime.

I cannot write a line worthy of the man we wish to honor.

24 Sierra Club Bulletin

One cannot describe Mount Rainier, one cannot describe the
Grand Canyon, one cannot describe his beloved Yosemite:
humanity is silent in their presence. So it was with John Muir
to all who knew him; so has his influence affected mankind,
and so will his life and work impress generations to come. This
most wonderful of men, lifted above death and time by his hu-
man sympathy no less than by his genius, will forever influence
the world, and it will be the better for his example and his in-
spiration.

JOHN MUIR - DOCTOR OF LAWS: UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

- JOHN MUIR -

BORN IN SCOTLAND - REARED IN THE
UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN - BY FINAL CHOICE
A CALIFORNIAN - WIDELY TRAVELED
OBSERVER OF THE WORLD WE DWELL IN
MAN OF SCIENCE AND OF LETTERS
FRIEND AND PROTECTOR OF NATURE
UNIQUELY GIFTED TO
INTERPRET UNTO OTHER MEN
HER MIND AND WAYS

BERKELEY - CALIFORNIA BENJAMIN IDE WHEELER
MAY 14-A-D- 1913 PRESIDENT

SUIY, “YT (095) Aq OJOY
ayulaso X ay [—,Sepsongq JO syooH XI] Ae oy} 9[3}0Ur ‘sauod adit oy} wor BuIdevosa ‘spoas
BulpuyM “Bursy oy} * * * UM UUNNe Ur }souUY ynq ‘e924 Jo Wt} AUB JSOWN[e je SpUNOIS SULJO}UNeS ULLT,,

MIA WAATIS LNADININOVW AO LSHdOd

“TIAXXXO ALVTd °*X “IOA ‘NILATTAG ANTO WuUaIS

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CXXXVIII.

YOUNG MOUNTAIN HEMLOCK

“No other of our alpine conifers as finely veils its strength; poised in thin white sunshine
. . . loving the ground, conscious of heaven and joyously receptive
of its blessings.’’—The Yosemite
Photo by Herbert W. Gleason

JOHN MUIR
By Enos MILits
-

In December, 1914, John Muir vanished into that mysterious
realm into which all trails inevitably lead. He rendered man-
kind a vast and heroic service. His triumphs were the very
greatest. They were made in times of peace for the eternal
cause of peace. We are yet too close to the deeds of this magnifi-
cent man to comprehend the helpfulness of his work to human-
ity. His books and his work are likely to be the most influential
force in this century. The twentieth century promises to be for
mankind the beautiful century of scenery.

The grandest character in national park history and in nature
literature is John Muir. He has written the great drama of the
outdoors. On Nature’s scenic stage he gave the wild life local
habitation and character—did with the wild folk what Shake-
speare did with man. He puts the woods in story, and in his
story you are in the wilderness. His prose poems illuminate the
forest, the storm, and all the fields of life. He has set Pan’s
melody to words. He sings of sun-tipped peaks and gloomy
cafions, flowery fields and wooded wilds. He has immortalized
the Big Trees. His memory is destined to be ever with the silent
places, with the bird songs, with wild flowers, with the great
glaciers, with snowy peaks, with dark forests, with white cas-
cades that leap in glory, with sunlight and shadow, with the
splendid national parks, and with every song that Nature sings
in the wild gardens of the world.

AN APPRECIATION
By Harriet MONROE

I was fortunate enough to take two Sierra Club outings
when John Muir was of the company during the whole four
weeks—the first in 1908, through the Kern, and again the next
year in the Yosemite. He talked often at the camp-fires, giving
generously of his knowledge and love of nature, as everyone
knows. But he talked also to smaller groups, and even to any
chance companion on the trail, and it is some of these casual
hours of happy intercourse which I remember most vividly.

One day, at the Big Arroyo camp, it was butterflies, for some
youth was trying to take a picture of one as it poised on a flow-
er. I was struck with the old man’s tenderness for these exqui-
site fairies of the forest, and with the depth and breadth of his
knowledge. This was a rare spirit; never had I encountered
such delicacy of sympathy with little fluttering, flitting lives.
Again, in some high place, it was of a certain species of little
bird he talked—I have forgotten their name—a Latin one, for
they live incredibly high, beyond the reach of the vulgar tongue
—and his voice softened as he described the valor of their daily
life. |

But it was on two occasions in the Yosemite that John Muir
gave me perhaps the richest of my mountain days. And each
day took form in a poem, which I shall probably quote on the
trail as we pass. One morning we were climbing out of the
Valley by way of Vernal and Nevada Falls. I was a poor climb-
er, always the last on the trail, and Nevada, the dancer, held
me back with her beauty. When at last I reached the level
granite above her, John Muir was there, mounted on the horse
which he rode now and then when no woman would accept the
loan of it. He was rapt, entranced; he threw up his arm in a
grand gesture. ‘This is the morning of creation,” he cried, “the
whole thing is beginning now! The mountains are singing to-
gether’—ah, I can not remember his dithyrambic pzan of
praise, which flowed on as grandly as the great white waters

An Appreciation 27

beside us. Four days later I made of it this poem, which offers
something of what he said, though his free biblical rhythms feel
somewhat cramped in my rhymes, and it was I who dragged the
human beings in:

It is creation’s morning—
Freshly the rivers run.

The cliffs, white brows adorning,
Sing to the shining sun.

The forest, plumed and crested,
Scales the steep granite wall.

The ranged peaks, glacier-breasted,
March to the festival.

The mountains dance together,
Lifting their domed heads high.

The cataract’s foamy feather
Flaunts in the streaming sky.

Somewhere a babe is borning,
Somewhere a maid is won.

It is creation’s morning—
Now is the world begun.

A few days later we took the “long, long hike,” as my diary
records it, from Lake Merced to Tuolumne Meadows. Before
many hours I met John Muir, who insisted on my riding his
horse most of the time; and so it was in his company that I
crossed the wet snows and slushy waters of Vogelsang Pass.
He introduced me to that lady of the snows, the mountain hem-
lock, who was just then lifting her head from under the white
weight of winter, and spreading her trailing garments in the
sun. He told me how she pushed out of the rock and grew, how
she bowed to the wind and gently resisted the storm; how she
bent under mountain-loads of ice each year, and rose again to
the beauty of the sun for a brief summer of joy. He described
her moods, revealed her graces—gave me her individuality, her
character, until I felt something of his love and intimacy. “You

28 Sierra Club Bulletin

poet, write about that!” he commanded, and so once more—a
few days later—I tried to catch the beauty of the moment:

The mountain hemlock droops her lacy branches
Oh, so tenderly
In the summer sun!
Yet she has power to baffle avalanches—
She, rising slenderly
Where the rivers run.

So pliant yet so powerful! Oh, see her
Spread alluringly
Her thin sea-green dress!
Now from white winter’s thrall the sun would free her
To bloom unenduringly
In his glad caress.

I wonder sometimes if there was ever such another lover of
nature as John Muir. Never at least for me! He really loved
every littlest thing that grows; studied the mole, the beetle, the
lily, with complete and perfect sympathy. And for his glorious
commanding love nothing was too sublime—not the sequoia,
the cataract, the blizzard in the mountains.

JOHN MUIR
By Henry FAIRFIELD OSBORN

I believe that John Muir’s name is destined to be immortal
through his writings on mountains, forests, rivers, meadows,
and the sentiment of the animal and plant life they contain. I do
not believe anyone else has ever lived with just the same senti-
ment toward trees and flowers and the works of nature in gen-
eral as that which John Muir manifested in his life, his conver-
sations and his writings.

In the splendid journey which I had the privilege of taking
with him to Alaska in 1896 I first became aware of his passion-
ate love of nature in all its forms and his reverence for it as the
direct handiwork of the Creator. He retained from his early re-
ligious training under his father this belief, which is so strongly
expressed in the Old Testament, that all the works of nature
are directly the work of God. In this sense I have never known
anyone whose nature philosophy was more thoroughly theistic;
at the same time he was a thorough-going evolutionist, and al-
ways delighted in my own evolutionary studies which I de-
scribed to him from time to time in the course of our journey-
ings and conversations.

It was in Alaska that he quoted the lines from Goethe’s Wil-
helm Meister which inspired all his travels:

Keep not standing fixed and rooted,
Briskly venture, briskly roam;

Head and hand, where ’er thou foot it,
And stout heart are still at home.

In each land the sun doth visit,
We are gay what ’er betide,

To give room for wandering is it
That the world was made so wide.

Another sentiment of his regarding trees and flowers always
impressed me: that was his attributing to them a personality,
an individuality such as we associate with certain human beings
and animals, but rarely with plants. To him a tree was some-

30 Sierra Club Bulletin

thing not only to be loved, but to be respected and revered. I
well remember his intense indignation over the proposal by his
friend Charles S. Sargent to substitute the name Magnolia foe-
tida for Magnolia grandiflora on the grounds of priority. He
quoted Sargent as saying, “After all, ‘what’s in a name?” and
himself as replying, “There is everything in the name; why in-
flict upon a beautiful and defenceless plant for all time the stig-
ma of such a name as Magnolia foetida? You yourself would
not like to have your own name changed from Charles S. Sar-
gent to ‘the malodorous Sargent.’”’

John Muir’s incomparable literary style did not come to him
easily, but as the result of the most intense effort. I observed his
methods of writing in connection with two of his books upon
which he was engaged during the years I911 and 1912. He
came to our home on the Hudson in June, 1911, after the Yale
Commencement, where he had received the degree of LL.D. on
June 21. He brought with him his new silken hood, in which
he said he had looked very grand in the Commencement parade.
On Friday, June 21, he was established in Woodsome Lodge,*
a log cabin on a secluded mountain height, to complete his vol-
ume on the Yosemite. Daily he rose at 4:30 o'clock, and after a
simple cup of coffee labored incessantly on his two books, The
Yosemite and Boyhood and Youth. It was very interesting to
watch how difficult it was for him. In my diary of the time I
find the following notes: “Knowing his beautiful and easy style
it is very interesting to learn how difficult it is for him; he
groans over his labors, he writes and rewrites and interpolates.
He loves the simplest English language and admires most of all
Carlyle, Emerson and Thoreau. He is a very firm believer in
Thoreau and starts my reading deeply of this author. He also
loves his Bible and is constantly quoting it, as well as Milton ©
and Burns. In his attitude toward nature, as well as in his spe-
cial gifts and abilities, Muir shares many qualities with Thoreau.
First among these is his mechanical ability, his fondness for
the handling of tools; second, his close identification with na-
ture; third, his interpretation of the religious spirit of nature;
fourth, his happiness in solitude with nature; fifth, his lack of

* The name is now changed to John Muir Lodge.

John Muir 31

sympathy with crowds of people; sixth, his intense love of ani-
mals.” Thoreau’s quiet residence at Walden is to be contrasted
with Muir’s world-wide journeyings from Scotland to Wiscon-
sin; his penniless journey down the Mississippi to Louisiana,
Florida, across Panama and northward into California in its
early grandeur; his establishment of the sawmill, showing again
his mechanical ability, as a means of livelihood in the Yosemite;
his climbs in the High Sierra and discovery of still living gla-
ciers; his eagerness to see the largest glaciers of Alaska and
his several journeys and sojourns there; his wandering all over
the great western and eastern forests of the United States; his
visits to special forests in Europe; his world tour, without pre-
conceived plan, including the wondrous forests of Africa, Aus-
tralia, New Zealand and Asia. Finally, his very last great
journey.

When starting out on this South American journey, from
which I among other friends tried to dissuade him, he often
quoted the phrase, “I never turn back.” Although he greatly
desired to have a comrade on this journey, and often urged me
to accompany him, he finally was compelled to start out alone,
quoting Milton: ‘‘I have chosen the lonely way.”

On July 26 I said good-bye to this very dear friend, leav-
ing him to work on his books and prepare for the long journey
to South America, especially to see the forests of Araucaria. I
know that at this time he had little intention of going on to
Africa. It was impulse which led him from the east coast of
South America to take a long northward journey in order to
catch a steamer for the Cape of Good Hope.

He remained at Garrison for more than two months, writing
his Boyhood and Youth and his Yosemite, and I have just de-
cided to erect a tablet at the log cabin where this work was done
and to name the cabin John Muir Lodge.

Among the personal characteristics which stand out like crys-
tal in the minds and hearts of his friends were his hatred of
shams and his scorn of the conventions of life, his boldness and
fearlessness of attack, well illustrated in his assault on the de-
spoilers of the Hetch Hetchy Valley of the Yosemite, whom he
loved to characterize as “thieves and robbers.” It was a great
privilege to be associated with him in this campaign. But cer-

22 Sierra Club Bulletin

tainly his chief characteristic was his intimate converse with
nature and passionate love of its beauties; also I believe his
marvelous insight into the creative powers of nature, closely
interwoven with his deep religious sentiments and beliefs.

There were published in the New York Evening Mail some
verses by Charles L. Edson with which I would close this all
too brief tribute:

John o’ the mountains, wonderful John,

Is past the summit and traveling on;

The turn of the trail on the mountain side,
A smile and “Hail!” where the glaciers slide,
A streak of red where the condors ride,

And John is over the Great Divide.

John o’ the mountains camps today

On a level spot by the Milky Way;

And God is telling him how He rolled

The smoking earth from the iron mold,

And hammered the mountains till they were cold,
And planted the Redwood trees of old.

And John o’ the mountains says: “I knew,
And I wanted to grapple the hand o’ you;
And now we’re sure to be friends and chums
And camp together till chaos comes.” .

PLATE CXXXIX.

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X.

eR ANAS

A NOTEBOOKS

/s
i

JOHN MUIR’S AL

PENGIE SKELECH OF THE ALASKA EIORDS FROM

PLATE CXL.

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X.

JOHN MUIR AT HOME, SEPTEMBER, 1913
Photo by Herbert W. Gleason

John Muir, Mrs. Herbert W. Gleason, Edward T. Parsons, Mrs. E. T. Parsons

JOHN MUIK AND THE ALASKA BOOK
By Marion RANDALL PARSONS

In November, 1912, not long after his return from his last
long journey across South America and Africa, Mr. Muir came
to Berkeley to begin work on his Alaska notes. For a month he
worked at my home with a stenographer, getting an exact
transcription of the journals. The travel-worn, weather-stained
little books carried on those memorable exploring trips of near-
ly forty years before were crammed with sketches and volum-
inous notes, jotted down perhaps in the canoe, or around the
camp-fire, but oftenest in the solitudes of the great glaciers in
whose study he cheerfully underwent so much cold and hunger
and hardship.

It was most amusing to watch Mr. Muir at work. His intense
interest in his subject led him to make many a long digression
as his notes brought this or that incident to mind. Time meant
nothing to him. Household machinery might stop, food grow
cold on the table, and the business members of the family miss
their morning trains while Mr. Muir pursued the tranquil
course of his subject to the end. And so for an hour or more he
might discourse while the stenographer sat with her hands
folded. Her stolidity and indifference exasperated him beyond
measure. To have no curiosity about the “terrestrial manifesta-
tions of God,” above all to have no interest in glaciers, was to
him both incomprehensible and sinful.

Once started on a task Mr. Muir was a tireless worker. The
book in hand might have lain fallow for thirty years, but when
it began to take form and substance he was all afire with eager-
ness to see it finished. Long evenings he spent poring over the
notebooks or drawing from them the texts of the monologues
he delighted in. His mind, indeed, dwelt with such complete
absorption on his work that his conversation nearly always in-
dicated its trend. His speech had all the beauty of phrase, the
force and vigor of style of his written word, but with an added
spell of fire and enthusiasm and glowing vitality that made it

34 Sierra Club Bulletin

an inspiration and never-ending delight. Many a page of this
Alaska book is for me a living record of our fireside hours of
companionship.

Not until many months later, however, did I have any close
acquaintance with Travels in Alaska. After working on it only
a short time, Mr. Muir laid the book aside to take an active
part in the fight for Hetch Hetchy. A few weeks after the final
defeat a severe illness, from whose effects he never fully recov-
ered, again interrupted the book. In his weakened condition the
mere sifting out of the enormous mass of material was a task
almost beyond his strength. Finding him one day utterly dis-
couraged over it, I offered to go to him a day or two each week
to help him until he could find the secretary to his mind. The
arrangement proved unexpectedly happy and congenial to us
both, and lasted until within a week of his death.

No one unacquainted with Mr. Muir’s habits of work and
living could appreciate the difficulty, nor, indeed, the humorous
nature of the task. He was living alone in the dismantled old
home, unused save for his study and sleeping porch. He went to
his daughter’s home for his meals, but neither she nor anyone
else was allowed to touch the study, overflowing as it was with
books and papers. Confusion was no word for the state of the
manuscripts. He had been collecting material for over thirty
years. In the interval that had elapsed since he began real work
on it the two typewritten copies of the journals had become
mixed, and in some cases both had been revised. Material from
certain parts of the journals, moreover, had been used in news-
paper letters and again in magazine articles, so as many as five
different versions of some passages were in existence. Even
had they been collected together and in order, to read and com-
pare and reject would have been sufficiently hard, but fresh ver-
sions were constantly coming to light, or in my absence Mr.
Muir would unearth a copy of some version already disposed of.
He was in the habit of making notes on anything that came to
hand—an opened envelope, a paper bag, the margin of a news-
paper. No scrap of manuscript could ever be destroyed, and
I could devise no system of putting the rejected material aside
that served to keep him from “discovering” it at some later
date. Finally I took to hiding copied and rejected sheets alike

John Muir and the Alaska Book 35

inside a great roll of papers conspicuously tied with red ribbons
and labeled in huge capitals “Copied!” and little by little the
orange-box full of manuscript and the piles of scattered notes
littering desk and table were reduced to a single working copy.

By seven o'clock each morning Mr. Muir had breakfasted
and was ready for the day’s work, usually lasting, with but the
interruption of an hour at lunch and dinner and another at mail
time, until ten at night. Composition was always slow and la-
borious for him. “This business of writing books,’ he would
often say, “is a long, tiresome, endless job.” To read his easy,
flowing, forceful sentences, as rich in imagery and simple in
diction as Bible English, no one would dream what infinite
pains had been taken in their creation. Each sentence, each
phrase, each word, underwent his critical scrutiny, not once but
twenty times before he was satisfied to let it stand. His rare
critical faculty was unimpaired to the end. So too was the fresh-
ness and vigor of his whole outlook on life. No trace of pessim-
ism or despondency, even in the defeat of his most deeply cher-
ished hopes, ever darkened his beautiful philosophy, and only
in the intense physical fatigue brought on by his long working
hours was there any hint of failing powers.

Mr. Muir himself, however, seemed to know that the end was
near. Very touching were his attempts to rehabilitate the old
house, whose forlorn emptiness and desolation were never al-
lowed to weigh upon his own serene spirit, to put it in readiness
for whomsoever should next live there. During the latter months
of his life he often expressed the conviction that he would never
live to write another book. His plan had long been to have his
books tell the story of his life and travels, and in the early days
of our work together he would often speak of the volumes of
this wanderer’s autobiography that he hoped yet to complete.
But he was curiously untroubled about leaving his work unfin-
ished. To a most unusual degree he seemed to feel that his had
been a glorious life, wholly worth while. “Oh, I have had a bully
life!” he said once. “I have done what I set out to do.” And
again: “To get these glorious works of God into yourself—
that’s the great thing; not to write about them.” That nature’s
beauty had a deep and lasting influence on character was one of
his most earnest beliefs. No impassable gulf between things ma-

36 Sierra Club Bulletin

terial and spiritual ever existed for him, and scientific study only
served to deepen his natural reverence and faith. Throughout
this book, as through all the others, rings his triumphant belief
in the harmony and unity of our universe, its imperishable beau-
ty, its divine conception, “reflecting the plans of God.”

It was a rare privilege to work with him day by day, a man of
the most original thought, of the very highest ideals, of sim-
plicity and truth and kindliness unsurpassed. He gave of his best
in conversation. His genial, whimsical humor, his acute ap-
praisal of character and motives, his wide knowledge of litera-
ture and intimate friendship with many of the leading men of
his time, made him a wonderful companion. The memory of our
long hours together will always remain a delight and an inspira-
tion, for they brought me not only increased love and reverence
for a beautiful spirit, but a new conception of the spiritual sig-
nificance of the great world of nature he loved so well.

The work on this book was the chief pleasure and recreation
of Mr. Muir’s last days, for through it he lived again many of
the most glorious experiences of his life. Always I shall remem-
ber the glow that would light his face whenever he paused in
his work to tell in stirring words the story of some particularly
inspiring day. Many years ago, after watching a sunrise in Gla-
cier Bay, he wrote: “We turned and sailed away, joining the
outgoing bergs . . . feeling that, whatever the future might
have in store, the treasures we had gained this glorious morning
would enrich our lives forever.”” How true this was, how vital a
part of his life these treasures of memory were, no one who met
him couid fail to know. For him neither time nor age had power
to dim the glory of that icy land, after the Sierra Nevada, the
best loved of all his wilderness homes.

JOHN MUIR
By CHARLES SPRAGUE SARGENT

Few men whom I have known loved trees as deeply and
intelligently as John Muir. The love of trees was born in
him, I am sure, and had abundant nourishment during his
wanderings over the Sierra, where for months at a time he
lived among the largest and some of the most beautiful trees
of the world. No one has studied the Sierra trees as living
beings more deeply and continuously than Muir, and no one
in writing about them has brought them so close to other
lovers of nature.

Muir and I traveled through many forests, and saw to-
gether all the trees of western North America, from Alaska
to Arizona. We wandered together through the great for-
ests which cover the southern Appalachian Mountains, and
through the tropical forests of southern Florida. Together
we saw the forests of southern Russia and the Caucasus
and those of eastern Siberia, but in all these wanderings
Muir’s heart never strayed very far from the California Si-
erra. He loved the Sierra trees the best, and in other lands
his thoughts always returned to the great sequoia, the sugar
pine, among all trees best loved by him; the incense cedar,
the yellow pine, the Douglas spruce, and the other trees
which make the forests of California the most wonderful
coniferous forests of the world. With these he was always
comparing all minor growths, and when he could not re-
turn to the Sierra his greatest happiness was in talking of
them and in discussing the Sierra trees.

TO AIGHER SIERRAS
By WILLIAM FREDERIC BADE
-

“Longest is the life that contains the largest amount of time-
effacing enjoyment—of work that is a steady delight. Such a
life may really comprise an eternity upon earth.” These words
of John Muir I noted down after one of our last conversations.
To few men was it given to realize so completely the element
of eternity—of time-effacing enjoyment in work—as it was to
John Muir. The secret of it all was in his soul, the soul of a
child, of a poet, and of a strong man, all blended into one.
Only such a one would have mounted the top of a pine tree in
a gale-swept forest in order to enjoy the better the passionate
music of the storm, and then tell how “we all travel the milky
way together, trees and men; but it never occurred to me until
this storm-day that trees are travelers in the ordinary sense.
They make many journeys, not extensive ones it is true; but
our own little journeys,away and backagain, are only little more
than tree-wavings—many of them not so much.” When the
storm had abated, he wrote, he “dismounted and sauntered
down through the calming woods. The storm-tones died away,
and turning toward the East, I beheld the countless hosts of the
forests hushed and tranquil, towering above one another on the
slopes of the hills like a devout audience. The setting sun filled
them with amber light, and seemed to say while they listened,
‘My peace I give unto you.’ ”

These quotations illustrate the irresistible charm of simplic-
ity, the directness of poetical feeling and perception, that were
a part of everything which Mr. Muir wrote, said, and did.
When he struck out upon the long trail he was not only fore-
most among the nature writers of America, but in many re-
spects the most distinguished figure among contemporary men
of letters. It will take more than this hasteful, fretful genera-
tion to take the measure of his greatness, and to explore the
sources of his power.

Before me lies a letter written to Mr. Muir by a friend forty-

To Higher Sierras 39

nine years ago. He was then twenty-nine years old and had
just received a serious injury to one of his eyes. “Dear John,”
the writer says, “I have often wondered what God was training
you for. He gave you the eye within the eye, to see in all na-
tural objects the realized ideas of His mind. He gave you pure
tastes, and the steady preference of whatsoever is most lovely
and excellent. He has made you a more individualized exist-
ence than is common, and by your very nature and organiza-
tion removed you from common temptations. . . . Do not
be anxious about your calling. God will surely place you where
your work is.”

Thus early did his friends see in him those personal qualities
and those powers of insight which gave a rare distinction to his
person and his presence. Evil thoughts fled at the sound of his
voice. An innate nobility of character, an unstudied reverence
for all that is sublime in nature or in life, unconsciously called
forth the best in his friends and acquaintances. In the spiritual
as in the physical realm flowers blossomed in his footsteps
where he went. After all it is to such men as John Muir that
we must look for the sustenance of those finer feelings that
keep men in touch with the spiritual meaning and beauty of the
universe, and make them capable of understanding those rare
souls whose insight has invested life with imperishable hope
and charm.

Not many years ago the Directors of the Sierra Club ar-
ranged for a quiet little dinner in honor of Sir James Bryce,
when he returned from his visit to Australia. To all intents
and purposes there were only two men at the dinner, Bryce and
Muir, for the rest were intent listeners—too intent, altogether,
to take more than mental notes. Both were enlarging upon the
value of the civilizing influences that arise from a deep and hu-
mane understanding of nature. Sir James ventured the remark
that the establishment of national parks, and the fostering of a
love of nature and out-door life among children, would do more
for the morals of the nation than libraries and law codes. Muir
welcomed this opinion, and added that children ought to be
trained to take a sympathetic interest in our wild birds and ani-
mals. “Under proper training,” he said, “even the most savage
boy will rise above the bloody flesh and sport business, the wild

40 Sierra Club Bulletin

foundational animal dying out day by day as divine uplifting,
transfiguring charity grows in.”

To all who knew John Muir intimately his gentleness and
humaneness toward all creatures that shared the world with
him, was one of the finest attributes of his character. He was
ever looking forward to the time when our wild fellow crea-
tures would be granted their indisputable right to a place in the
sun. The shy creatures of forest and plain have lost in him an
incomparable lover, biographer, and defender.

John Muir’s writings are sure to live—by the law that men
who lift their eyes at all from the commonplace ideals of work-
a-day life will inevitably fix them on the snowy crests of human
thought and achievement. Thence it is that they must derive
their power to hope and to toil. Long as daisies shall continue
to star the fields of Scotland men will choose to see them
through the eyes of Burns. Forgotten generations have heard
the nightingale sing her love-song at twilight ; but a finer music
is in her song since Keats listened to the notes from the thicket
on the hill. Nor will the name of Wordsworth ever be dissoci-
ated from the warble of the rising lark and the call of the
cuckoo across the quiet of rural England. John Muir is of their
number. Among those who have won title to remembrance as
prophets and interpreters of nature he rises to a moral as well
as poetical altitude that will command the admiring attention of
men so long as human records shall endure. He had “the eye
within the eye.” Thousands and thousands, hereafter, who go
to the mountains, streams and cafions of California will choose
to see them through the eyes of John Muir, and they will see
more deeply because they see with his eyes.

But while in a high sense his wisdom has become a part of
us forever, his going has left an aching void in the hearts of all
lovers of the California mountains. Long accustomed to meet
him where wild rivers go singing down the cafions, and skyey
trails are lost amid cloudy pines, they now must perforce apply
to him the simple words which sixteen years ago he wrote on
his visit to the grave of his friend Ralph Waldo Emerson: “He
had gone to higher Sierras, and, as I fancied, was again waving
his hand in friendly recognition.”

SUINT ‘yy ‘O9r) AY OJOU

SYID] [DUOMIN A1¢ "S19JUM SUL[LF 9} YIM psO9ow UL ‘SPUTM dy} YIM SurjuLyo ‘YSUIIS Aoy} UL SUI1Of91 SLODULLJUNOW pojJ-uNG,,

SANId AHL ONOWV YINW NHOL

“ITXO ALVId “TOA ‘NILAITTNG ANTS VANAIS

PLATE CXLII.

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X.

Re aus

TERS

(Op ag

Ge Dwi ADA AS Ra

PENCIL SKETCHES OF TOTEMS FROM THE OLD STICKEEN VILLAGE

FROM JOHN MUIR’S ALASKA NOTEBOOKS

A Pi BViIOGRAPHY OF JOHN MUIR*

By JENNIE ELtiot DorAN

This bibliography is an attempt to present an annotated list,
complete, with the exception of newspaper articles, of John
Muir’s writings and of works about him. The arrangement of
material is alphabetical under the different headings—Muir’s
writings being followed by the works about him.

For assistance in the preparation of this list thanks are due
Professor C. B. Bradley of the University of California, for the
use of his “Reference List to the Published Writings of John
Muir,” published in 1897} Earlier lists published in the Over-
land Monthly by E. A. Avery and W. T. Kittredge have also
been used.

HONORS

A.M., Harvard University, 1806.
LL. D., University of Wisconsin, 1897.
Litt. D., Vale University, Iort.
LL.D. University of Califorma, ror3.
Member, American Academy of Arts and Letters.
Member, Washington Academy of Science.
Fellow, American Association for the Advancement of Science.
President, Sierra Club.
President, American Alpine Club.

*[Note.—This bibliography is a thesis for graduation from the Library School of
the University of Wisconsin, prepared by Miss Doran in June, 1915, under the su-
pervision of Miss Mary Emogene Hazeltine, Preceptor of the school. Miss Doran
had found some help in her work from the use of a Reference List made by me in
1897, and on completing it was good enough to remember me with a copy of her
manuscript. Being myself under promise to the editor to furnish a bibliography for
the forthcoming Muir Memorial number of the S1ErrRA CLuB BULLETIN, I was of
course overjoyed to find the work thus done to my hand, and, as appeared on ex-
amination, so well done that very little was left for me to do save to add the publi-
cations which have appeared since Miss Doran completed her work, and a few older
ones which have recently come to my notice, together with an occasional note of
information which seemed worthy of being included in the record. All material so
added by me has been included within square brackets. An asterisk indicates that
the reference has not been personally verified because the publication itself was not
available for verification either in Madison or here in California.

Both Miss Doran and her preceptor have kindly consented to its publication here.
And it seems in every way fitting that this—which seems likely to be the definite
bibliography—should be the work of a student of John Muir’s own university, and
should be published by the Sierra Club with which he was ever increasingly identi-
fied from its very beginning to the day on which he left us.

CoRNELIUS BEACH BRADLEY.
January 15, 1916.]

+ University of California Magazine, December, 1897.

42 Sierra Club Bulletin

BIBLIOGRAPHIES
Avery, E. A. Bibliography of John Muir. Overland, Oct.,
1885, v. 6, p. 445-446.

Bradley, C. B. Reference List to the Published Writings of
John Muir. Berkeley, University of California, 1898.
From the University of California Magazine, Dec., 1897.

Kittredge, W. T. Bibliography of John Muir. Overland, Oct.,
1886. v. 8, p. 441-442.
A revision of the bibliography published by E. A. Avery in Over-
land, Oct., 1885, v. 6, p. 445-446.

San Francisco Public Library. Writings of John Muir. Bul-
letin, Feb. 1902. v. 8, p. 19.

BOOKS BY MUIR

Edward Henry Harriman. Doubleday, 1912. Gratis to libra-
ries.

“Enumerates the characteristics that made Harriman a fundamen-
tal and progressive factor in the financial world, and no less among
his fellow men.” Book Review Digest.

Reviewed in Dial, June I, 1912, v. 52, p. 442.

Letters to a Friend. Houghton, 1915. 300 copies, $3.00.

“They were written in the impressionable years of early manhood,
soon after their writer had completed his four years of unprescribed
studies at the University of Wisconsin.” Dial.

Reviewed in Dial, April 15, 1915, v. 58, p. 204-295, by P. F. Bick-
nell; N. Y. Times, April 18, 1915, v. 20, p. 144, by Hildegarde Haw-
thorne.

Mountains of California. Century, 1894. $1.50. New and en-
larged edition, IQII.
“We have here nature pure and unadulterated . . . sixteen chap-
ters, each a gem of landscape or animal painting.” Nation.
Reviewed in Atheneum, Jan. 19, 1895, p. 77-78; Dial, Feb. 1, 1895,
v. 18, p. 75-77, by A. M. Earle; Nation, Nov. 15, 1894, v. 59, p. 366-
6

The book is chiefly made up of articles, revised and enlarged, which
appeared in Century and Scribner’s Monthly under the following
titles and dates:

Bee-pastures of California. Century, June-July, 1882, v. 24, p. 222-
220, 388-306.

Coniferous Forests of the Sierra Nevada. Scribner’s Monthly,
Sept., 1881, v. 22, p. 710-723, 921-931.

Douglass [Douglas] Squirrel of California. Scribner’s Monthly,
Dec., 1878, v. 17, p. 260-266.

Glacier Meadows of the Sierra. Scribner’s Monthly, Feb., 1879, v.
17, D. 478-483. Me

Humming-bird of the California Waterfalls. Scribner’s Monthly,
Feb., 1878, v. 15, P. 545-554.

In the Heart of the California Alps. Scribner’s Monthly, July,
1880, v. 20, p. 345-352.

Mountain Lakes of California. Scribner’s Monthly, Jan., 1879, v.

17, p. 411-420.

A Bibliography of John Mur 43

Passes of the Sierra. Scribner’s Monthly, March, 1879, v. 17, p
644-652.

Wild Sheep of the Sierra. Scribner’s Monthly, May, 1881, v. 22, p.
I-II.

Wind Storm in the Forests of the Yuba. Scribner’s Monthly, Nov.,
1878, Vv. 17, DP. 55-59.

My First Summer in the Sierra. Houghton, 1911. $2.50.

“As a revelation of ‘the glory and freedom of the out-of-doors’ ex-
emplified in the Sierra Nevada Mountains in and about the Yosemite
Valley, Mr. Muir’s narrative of his first impressions in those regions
is most charming and refreshing.” Dial.

Reviewed in A. L. A. Booklist, Sept., 1911, v. 8, p. 25; Dial, Oct. 1,
HOER, We 51, Pp. 251-252, by CA. Kofoid; Literary Digest, Aug. 5, 1011,
WiA3) pi 210), Nation,’ Jine 20; 1O1l, v: 02, p: 651; N.,Y. Times, June
II, IQII, v. 16, 6. 374; Review of Reviews, July, I9II, v. 44, p. 123.

Enlarged from sketches published in the Atlantic, Jan.-April, 1911,
v. 107, p. I-II, 170-181, 339-349, 521-528.

Our National Parks. Houghton, 19o1. $1.75. New and en-
larged edition, 1909. $3.00.

“Throughout this volume there is a mixture of aesthetic apprecia-
tion, scientific knowledge, and personal adventure that gives it a
unique charm.” Nation.

Reviewed in Dial, March 1, 1902, v. 32, p. 163-164; Nation, April Io,
1902, V. 74, PD. 204-205.

The book is made up of sketches published in the Atlantic under
the following titles and dates:

American Forests. Aug., 1897, v. 80, p. 145-157.

Among the Animals of the Yosemite. Nov., 1898, v. 82, p. 617-631.

Among the Birds of the Yosemite. Dec., 1898, v. 82, p. 751-760.

Forests of Yosemite. April, 1900, v. 85, p. 493-507.

Fountains and Streams of Yosemite National Park. April, 1901, v.
87, D. 556-565.

Hunting Big Redwoods. Sept., 1901, v. 88, p. 304-320.

Wild Gardens of the Yosemite Park, Aug, 1900, v. 86, p. 167-179.

Wild hanes and Forest Reservations of the West. Jan., 1898, v. 81,
p. 15-28.

Yellowstone National Park. April, 1898, v. 81, p. 509-522.

Yosemite National Park. Aug., 1899, v. 84, p. 145-152.

Stickeen. Houghton, 1909. 6oc. New edition, 1914. 25c. (Riv-
erside literature series. )

“Relates the narrow escape of the explorer and his faithful dog
companion during a storm in the glacier country.” A. L. A. Booklist.

Reviewed in A. L. A. Booklist, May, 1909, v. 5, p. 149; Nation, July
8, 1900, v. 89, p. 37; N. Y. Times, April 3, 1909, v. 14, p. 197; Review
of Reviews, Aug., 1900, v. 40, p. 253.

Enlarged from a sketch published in Century, Sept. 1897, v. 54, P
769-776, under the title “An Adventure with a Dog and a Glacier.”

Story of My Boyhood and Youth. Houghton, 1913. $2.00.

“The author’s adventures as a wholesome, nature-loving boy in a
strict Presbyterian home in Scotland, his emigration to America, his
interest in the domestic animals and wild life about his home in Wis-
consin,. . . his enthusiasm as an inventor, and his life at the Univer-

44 Sierra Club Bulletin

sity of Wisconsin, are recounted in a vivid and interesting style, with
many well told anecdotes and much humor.” A. L. A. Booklist.
Reviewed in A. L. A. Booklist, May, 1913, v. 9, p. 382; Dial, April
I, 1913, V. 54, p. 293-294, by P. F. Bicknell; Independent, July 3, 1913,
v. 75, D. 43-44; Literary Digest, July 5, 1913, v. 47, p. 26-27; Nation,
April 17, 1913, v. 96, p. 391-392; N. Y. Times, March 23, 1913, v. 18,
p. 158; Outlook, May Io, 1913, v. 104, p. 71-72; Review of Reviews,
June, 1913, v. 47, p. 761; Wisconsin Alumni Magazine, Dec., 1913, v.
15, p. 134; Yale Review, April, 1914, v. 3, p. 611-614, by W. E. Leon-
ard. :
Enlarged from sketches published in the Atlantic under the follow-
ing titles and dates:
Lessons of the Wilderness. Jan., 1913, v. I1I, p. 81-02.
My Boyhood. Nov., 1912, v. 110, p. 577-587.
Out of the Wilderness. Feb., 1913, v. III, p. 266-277.
Plunge Into the Wilderness. Dec., 1912, v. 110, p. 813-825.
Selections from the final chapter reprinted in the Wisconsin Alum-
ni Magazine, April, 1914, v. 15, p. 295-301.

[Travels in Alaska. Houghton, 1915. $2.50; large paper ed.,
$5.00.

The late and ripe fruitage of the remarkable series of explorations
made by Mr. Muir during the summers of 1879, 1880 and 1881. His
immediate impressions were graphically recorded in three series of
letters published in the San Francisco Bulletin. See Reference List
which follows this article, p. 58. ]

The Yosemite. Century, 1912. $2.40.

“Earthquake and avalanche adventures, careful studies of flowers,
trees, rocks, streams, and other features, by the most ardent of nature
lovers, go to make up a book of exceptional interest:” A. L. A. Book-
list.

Reviewed in A. L. A. Booklist, June, 1912, v. 8, p. 404; Bellman,
May. 18, 1012, v..12, p. 627; Dial, June 1, 1012, 'v. 52, p) 420.) by) PB
Bicknell; Literary Digest, June I, 1912, v. 44, p. 1165-1168, by John
Burroughs; Nation, May 9, 1912, v. 94, p. 472; N. Y. Times, April 28,
IQI2, v. 17, p. 253; Outlook, May 4, 1912, v. IoI, p. 43; Review of Re-
views, June, 1912, v. 45, p. 766-767.

CHAPTERS BY MUIR IN BOOKS AND PAMPHLETS

Alaska via Northern Pacific Railroad. St. Paul, 1892.

Railroad folder descriptive of Alaskan scenery.

Botanical Notes on Alaska (in U.S. House documents, 47th
Congress, 2d session, v. 23, No. 105, p. 47-53).

“Plants named will be valuable for comparison with the plants of
other regions.”

[Glaciers and Snow-banners. Contemporary biography of
California’s Representative Men. San Francisco. Ban-
ChoOlt, W882): Vv. 2) Pp 104-102:
The selection follows a two-page biographical notice. ]

A Bibliography of John Muir 45

Letters to Professor J. D. Butler (in Butleriana. Miscella-
nies. v. 2).

Contents: John Muir home from a year of world-circling, July 20,
1904—His telepathic search for Professor J. D. Butler, Aug., 1869.

Linnzus (in Warner, C. D., Library of the World’s Best Lit-
erature. 1897. v. 16, p. 9077-9083).
The life and writings of the Swedish naturalist, with special refer-
ence to his contributions to the science of botany.
Notes on the Pacific Coast Glaciers (in Harriman Alaska
Expedition!) 1901) v. I; p. 119-135. Woubleday, $7.50
each volume).

[On the Effects of the Earthquake of 26th March, 1872, in the

Yosemite Valley. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist; Proc., 1873, v
15, p. 185-186.

Extract from a letter of Mr. John Muir, read by Dr. S. Kneeland. ]

On the Glaciation of the Arctic and Sub-Arctic Regions vis-
ited by the United States steamer “Corwin” in the
year 1881 (in U.S. Senate documents, 48th Congress,
Ist session. v. 8, No. 204, p. 135-147).

On the Post-Glacial History of Sequoia Gigantea (in Ameri-
can Association for the Advancement of Science. Pro-
ceedings. Aug. 1876. v. 25, p. 242-253).

Clear and compact account of his explorations in the “Sequoia belt
of the Sierra Nevada.”

[Read by Professor Asa Gray at the meeting of the Association. |

Picturesque California and the Region West of the Rocky
Mountains from Alaska to Mexico; ed. by John Muir.
San Francisco, Dewing, 1888. 2 v.
The following chapters were written by Muir: Peaks and Glaciers
of the High Sierra, The Passes of the High Sierra, The Yosemite

Valley, Mount Shasta, Alaska, Washington and Puget Sound, The
Basin of the Columbia River.

Scenery of California (In California the Land of Promise, p.
16-21. State Board of Trade, San Francisco, 1897-
1898).
Selections (in In American Fields and Forests, 19009,
Houghton. $1.50).
[The selections by Mr. Muir are both from Our National Parks,
viz: Among the Birds of the Yosemite, p. 191-214; and The Sequoia,
p. 215-267. |
Studies in the Formation of Mountains in the Sierra Nevada,
California (in American Association for the Advance-
ment of science, Proceedings. Aug, 1874, v.23, pt. 2,
p. 49-64).

46 Sierra Club Bulletin

A scholarly article giving detailed information.
[This paper was read by Professor Asa Gray at the meeting of the
Association. ]
[Winter Phenomena of the Yosemite Valley. Bost. Soc. Nat.
list: Proc.,.1873, vi15,(p. 146-150.
Extracts from eine by Mr. Muir read before the Society by Dr.
S. Kneeland. ]

PERIODICAL ARTICLES BY MUIR
Note.—Periodical articles, subsequently collected in book form, have
been listed under the title of the specific book.
Alaska. American Geologist, May, 1893, v. II, p. 287-299.

Extremely interesting account of an Alaskan trip.

Alaska Trip. Century, Aug., 1897, v. 54, p. 513-526.

Descriptive of the rivers, forests, and glaciers of Alaska.

Ancient Glaciers of the Sierra. Californian, Dec., 1880, v. 2,
P. 550-557.
Characteristic specimens are described.
Browne the Beloved. Dial, June 16, 1913, v. 54, p. 492.

A tribute to the memory of Francis Fisher Browne.

By-ways of Yosemite Travel. Overland, Sept., 1874, v. 13,
p. 267-273.
Discovery of Glacier Bay. Century, June, 1895, v. 50, p. 234-
247.
An account of Muir’s explorations in Alaska in 1879 and 1880.
Endangered Valley. Century, Jan., 1900, v. 77, p. 464-469.
Description of the beauty of the Hetch-Hetchy Valley in the Ye-
semite National Park.

[Appeared also in what seem to be two editions of the same cam-
paign pamphlet with different titles, viz: a, “Let All the People Speak
and Prevent the Destruction of the Yosemite Park,” not dated, but
probably issued early in 1909; and b, “Let Every One Help to Save
the Famous Hetch-Hetchy Valley,” Nov., 1909, p. 14-17.]

Explorations in the Great Tuolumne Cajfion. Overland,
Ae, 1873, Vv. 1L)-py 139-147;

Method of study was to drift about “from pos to rock, from stream
to stream, from grove to grove.”

Features of the Proposed Yosemite National Park. Century,
Sept., 1890, v. 40, p. 656-667.

“Briefly touched upon a number of the chief features of a region
which it is proposed to reserve out of the public domain for the use
and recreation of the people.”

Flood-storm in the Sierra. Overland, June, 1875, v. 14, p.
489-496.

Vivid description of a storm witnessed by Muir.

A Bibhography of John Mur 47

Forest Reservations and National Parks. Harper’s Weekly,
June 55 1897, Vv. 4I, Pp. 563-567.
With special reference to their preservation and management.
[Same article in SrzrrRA CLUB BULLETIN, Jan., 1806, v. I, p. 271-284.]
Geologist’s Winter Walk. Overland, April, 1873, v. 10, p.
355-358.

A letter containing detailed descriptions of the cafions, rivers, and
mountains studied on a walking trip.

Grand Cafion of the Colorado. Century, Nov., 1902, v. 65,

p. 107-116,
Clear and interesting descriptions of the wonders of “a gigantic
sunken landscape made out of . . . limestone and sandstone.”

Hetch-Hetchy Valley. Overland, July, 1873, v. 11, p. 42-50.
Notes the similarity to the Yosemite Valley.

Letter from the Yosemite Valley. Craftsman, March, 1905,
v. 7, p. 654-665.
Description of the natural beauties observed on approaching the
Yosemite.

Living Glaciers of California. Harper’s Magazine, Nov.,

1875, Vv. 51, p. 769-776.

Discussion of the essential characteristics of glaciers.

Living Glaciers of California. Overland, Dec., 1872, v. 9,
P- 547-549.

Tells of the discovery of living glaciers, and of the method of prov-
ing that these ice-masses are glacial formations.

Reprinted in Journal of Science and Arts, Jan. 1873, v. 5, p. 69-71.

[The observations which form the kernel of this article seem first
to have taken shape in a letter to Mrs. Carr, now published on pages
140-142 of his Letters to a Friend. The language of the letter is re-
produced verbatim in the article. ]

New Forest Reservation. Mining and Scientific Press, v. 74,
Dp. 282.
New Sequoia Forests of California. Harper’s Magazine,
Nowe T878)\V..57, P..O13-827.
Studies of the big trees, their size, distribution, and beauty.

Rambles of a Botanist Among the Plants and Climates of
California. Old and New, June, 1872, v. 5, p. 767-772.

Rival of the Yosemite. Century, Nov., 1891, v. 43, p. 77-97.
Description of “The Cafion of the South Fork of Kings River, Cal-
ifornia.” Sub-title.
Sargent’s Silva. Atlantic, July, 1903, v. 92, p. 9-22.

A masterly review of The Silva of North America, 1890-1902, by
C. S. Sargent.

48 Sierra Club Bulletin

Snow Banners of the California Alps. Harper’s Magazine,
July, 1877, v. 55, p. 162-164.

Personal observations of a “storm phenomenon.”

Snow-storm on Mount Shasta. Harper’s Magazine, Sept.,
187/759 955, Pa 5212530)

Graphic account of personal experiences in a severe storm.

Studies in the Sierra. Overland, 1874-1875.

A series of articles which appeared in the above periodical under
the following titles and dates:

Ancient Glaciers and their Pathways. July, 1874, v. 13, p. 67-79.
Formation of Soils. Dec., 1874, v. 13, p. 530-540.

Glacial Denudation. Aug., 1874, v. 13, p. 174-184.

Mountain Building. Jan., 1875, v. 14, p. 64-73.

Mountain Sculpture. May, 1874, v. 12, p. 393-403.

Origin of Yosemite Valleys. June, 1874, v. 12, p. 489-500.
Post-glacial Denudation. Nov., 1874, v. 13, p. 393-402.

[The article on Mountain Sculpture is noticed and quoted from at
considerable length in Jour. Am. Sci., 1874, v. 7, p. 515-516; and
strangely enough is ascribed to Prof. Ezra F. Carr, who sent it to
the Journal. The error, due probably to the fact that the Overland did
not then print the names of its contributors along with their articles,
was corrected in the next volume (8) p. 8o.]

Three Adventures in the Yosemite. Century, March, 1912,
v. 63, p. 656-661.

Contents: Perilous Exploration of the Yosemite Fall—Ride on an
Avalanche—Earthquake Storms.

Treasures of the Yosemite. Century, Aug., 1890, v. 40, p.
483-500.

Description of the Yosemite Valley, “a noble mark for the traveler,
whether tourist, botanist, geologist, or lover of wilderness pure and
simple.”

Tuolumne Yosemite in Danger. Outlook, Nov. 2, 1907, v. 87,
p. 486-489.

Compares the Hetch-Hetchy Valley with Yosemite Valley, and

tells of the scheme to make it into a reservoir.

Twenty Hill Hollow. Overland, July, 1872, v. 9, p. 80-86.
“A word for the great central plain of California in general, and
for Twenty Hill Hollow, in Merced County, in particular.”
Wild Sheep of California. Overland, April, 1874, v. 12,
P. 358-363.

Describes their habits and appearance, and compares them with do- ~
mestic sheep.

Wild Wool. Overland, April, 1875, v. 14, p. 361-366.

Compares the quality of the wool of the wild sheep with that of the
domestic.

SMNOOTALON VMISVIV S.NIQW NHOf WOW ANVI ASVAC AO HOLAMS TIONAd

“IIITXOD ALVId *X “IOA ‘NILATING €ANTO VUNAIS

PLATE CXLIV.

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X.

PENCIL SKETCH FROM JOHN MUIR’S ALASKA NOTEBOOKS

i aa

A Bibliography of John Mur 49

Yosemite Storms and Floods. Outlook, June 3, 1905, v. 80,
Pp. 297-302.
The waterfalls of the Yosemite in flood time and storm.
Yosemite Valley in Flood. Overland, April, 1872, v. 8, p. 347-
350.

Account of a three days’ storm, and its resulting flood.

ARTICLES ON MUIR IN ENCYCLOPEDIAS AND OTHER
GENERAL REFERENCE WORKS

Adams, O. F. Dictionary of American Authors. 1901, p. 265.
4 lines.

American Men of Science. 1910, p. 338. 7 lines.

Americana. I912, v. 14, pages unnumbered. % col.

Appleton’s Cyclopedia of American Biography. 1900, v. 7,
p. 2012 col.

Appleton’s New Practical Cyclopedia. 1910, v. 4, p. 348.
y% col.

Century Cyclopedia of Names. IQII, p. 713. 14 lines.

Funk and Wagnall’s Standard Encyclopedia. 1913, v. 18,
Dp: 20,24 'col:

Harper’s Encyclopedia of United States History. 1902, v. 6,
pi300. 14 col. Por.

Lamb’s Biographical Dictionary. 1903, v. 5, p. 616. 34 col.

Men of America. 1908, p. 1668. 34 col.

National Cyclopedia of American Biography. 1899, v. 9,
p- 449. 2 col. Por.

Good biographical sketch, with special note of his periodical arti-
cles.

Nelson’s Perpetual Loose-Leaf Encyclopedia. 1909, v. 8,
p. 340. % col.
New International Encyclopzedia. 1905, v. 14, p. 91. % col.

New International Year Book. 1914, p. 470. 1% col.
Good summary of Muir’s activities and writings, written after his
death.
New Student’s Reference Work. IgI1, v. 3, p. 1275. % col.
Brief account of his explorations in studying glaciers.
Standard Reference Work. 1913, v. 4, pages unnumbered.
2 col.

Biographical sketch, and description of Muir Glacier, with good il-
lustration.

50 Sierra Club Bulletin

Thomas, Joseph. Universal Pronouncing Dictionary of Bi-
ography and Mythology. 1901, v. 2, p. 1781. 5 lines.

Warner, C. D. Library of the World’s Best Literature, by
C. D. Warner and others. 1897-1898, v. 18, p. 10405-
TOA1 4: Pore; Vii 20,1). /3O4.(Sulinies:

V. 18 contains a biographical sketch, followed by a selection, “A
Wind-storm in the Forests,” from his ‘““The Mountains of California.”

Who’s Who. 1914, v. 66, p. 1507. % col.
First entry made in 1903, v. 55, p. 990.

Who’s Who in America. 1914-1915, v. 8, p. 1689. % col.
First entry made in 1899-1900, v. I, p. 514.

CHAPTERS ABOUT MUIR IN BOOKS AND PAMPHLETS

Barrus, Clara. Our Friend John Burroughs. Houghton, 1914.
$2.

Scattered references to Muir. For pages see index under Muir.
California—Public Instruction Dept. Two California Neigh-
bors. Sacramento, published by the State) 1912)

Contains an extract from John Swett’s “Public Education in Cali-
fornia,” describing Swett’s friendship with Muir; also gives a bio-
graphical sketch by E. F. Strother.

James, G. W. Studious Hero of the Mountains, John Muir
(in James, G. W. Heroes of California. 1910, p. 338-
360. Little, $2.)

Interesting account of Muir’s life and character. Contains extracts
from his letters.

Markham, Edwin. John Muir, Poet-Scientist (in Markham,
Edwin. California the Wonderful. 1914, p. 368-369.
N. Y. Hearst’s International Library Co. $6.)
[Pammel, L. H. John Muir (in Major F. Lacey Memorial
Volume and Report of lowa Park and Forestry Asso-
ciation for 1913, p. 477-481.)
An appreciative sketch of his life and work.]
PERIODICAL ARTICLES ABOUT MUIR

An Act of Heroism. Craftsman, March, 1905, v. 7, p. 665-667.
Describes the heroic rescue, by Muir, of a companion in danger.
Badé, W. F. John Muir. Science, March 5, 1915, v. 41, p. 353-
354.
A concise, clear account of his life, activities and writings.
Baker, R. S. John Muir. Outlook, June 6, 1903, v. 74, p. 365-
377:

“Shows how the lad Muir prepared himself, unconsciously and un-
knowingly, for the work of the man Muir.” James.

A Bibliography of John Mur 5

Barrus, Clara. In the Yosemite with John Muir. Craftsman,
Mec) fOU2)iV.\23))p. 324-325. Por.
Personal impressions of Muir formed on a camping trip in the Yo-
semite.

With John o’ Birds and John o’ Mountains in the
Southwest. Century, Aug., 1910, v. 80, p. 521-528. Por.
Contrasts Muir’s character with Burrough’s.

Bland, H. M. John Muir. Overland, June, 1906, v. 47, p. 517-
525. Por.
Purely biographical.

Buckley, E. R. John Muir. Wisconsin Alumni Magazine,
fans, 1900, v.15 p. 141-146, ‘Por:

“The information and part of the phraseology of this biography
was taken from the “National Cyclopedia of American Biography.”
Footnote.

Carr, J. C. John Muir. Californian Illustrated Magazine,
ume. 1892) 17 2.,p. 86-04). Por.

Descriptions of Muir’s inventions as a young man, and of his wan-
derings and final arrival in California.

Clarken, G. G. At Home with John Muir. Overland, Aug.,
1908, v. 52, p. 125-128.
“A keen appreciation of Mr. Muir and his characteristics.” Over-
land.
Comrade of the Giant Trees. Literary Digest, Jan. 16, 1915,
VW, 50, p. 114-110.
“A man so moved by the spiritual forces that he actually compelled
a careless nation to preserve the Yosemite Valley, the Big Trees, and
the Yellowstone National Park as an everlasting heritage of the
people.”
In “ Personal Glimpses.”

Concerning an Old Student. Wisconsin Alumni Magazine,
Nov., 1900, v. 2, p. 75-76.

Description of Muir’s inventions during his student life at the Uni-
versity of Wisconsin.

Conversation with John Muir. World’s Work, Nov., 1906,
v. 13, p. 8249-8250.
In “Among the World’s Workers.”
Editorials on John Muir. Nation, Dec., 1914, v. 99, p. 762,
781-782.
Gives brief sketches of his life and works. Written after his death.
French, Harold. Psalmist of the Sierra. Sunset, Aug., 1914,
¥..33; PB» 355-357- For.

52 Sierra Club Bulletin

Graydon, Katherine Merrill. John Muir. Butler Alumni
Quarterly (Indianapolis), July, 1915, p. 81-92.

A series of remarkably vivid sketches of John Muir at successive
stages of his development and achievement, written by one who knew
him well and loved him; one who when a mere child used to accom-
pany her aunt as she came to his darkened room to befriend and com-
fort the suffering stranger after the accident to his eye. |

John Muir. Bookman, Dec., 1898, v. 8, p. 288-290. Por.

In “Chronicle and Comment.”

John Muir. Century, March, 1915, v. 89, p. 794-796.

Comparison with John Burroughs.
Same in Pattie, F.L., American Literature Since 1870. Not yet
published.

John Muir. Chautauquan, Sept., 1907, v. 48, p. 87-88.

As a nature student.

John Muir. Scientific American, Jan. 9, 1915, v. 112, p. 47.
Written after his death.

John Muir: Geologist, Explorer, Naturalist. Craftsman,
March, 1905, v. 7, p. 637-654.
Tells of the influences that helped to mold his character, and of his
later writings and activities.

John Muir: Naturalist. Outlook, Jan. 6, 1915, v. 109, p. I1-12.
Editorial written after his death.

“John o’ the Mountains.” Review of Reviews, Feb., 1915,
v. 51, p. 242-242.
Enumerates his activities and contains extracts from other periodi-
cal articles. Written after his death.

Johnson, R. U. Personal Impressions of John Muir. Outlook,
June 3, 1905, v. So, p. 303-306. Por:

Impressions gathered on a camping trip with Muir. Tells of the or-
igin of the Yosemite National Park.

Johnson, W. H. John Muir. Nation, Jan. 14, 1915, v. 100,
p..56:

A letter to the editor of the Nation noting the attractiveness of
Muir’s Stickeen, and suggesting a new low-priced edition.

Knapp, Adeline. Some Hermit Homes of California Writers.
Overland, Jan: 1900;\va135,\p..2-5. bom
Description of Muir’s “shelter in which he might take refuge dur-
ing the least endurable storms.”

Lore of the Late John Muir. Bookman, Feb., 1915, v. 40,
p. 616-618. Por.

An appreciation of his life and work. Written soon after his death.

A Bibliography of John Muir 53

Millard, Bailey. John Muir. Country Life, March, 1915, v. 27,

pe 70-77. Por.
Sketch of his life and activities. Written after his death.
*

John Muir. Suburban Life, Sept., 1908, v. 7, p. 121-
122,140.

Skyland Philosopher. Bookman, Feb., 1908, v. 26,
P. 593-599.
Biographical sketch containing anecdotes illustrating his character-
istics.
Nature-Study Transmuted Into Literature. Dial, Jan. 16,
1915, v. 58, p. 39.
Editorial expressing the regret caused by the death of Muir.
Reid, Harvey. John Muir. Outlook, Nov. 28, 1903, v. 75,
p. 763-764. |
Anecdotes by a classmate of Muir’s in the University of Wisconsin.
Roorbach, Eloise. John Muir. Craftsman, Feb., 1915, v. 27,
P. 479-480. |
A tribute to Muir’s power of interpreting nature. Written after his
death.
Roosevelt, Theodore. John Muir: an Appreciation. Outlook,
Jane 6, 1915, Vv. 109, p. 27-28.

Reminiscent of a few days spent with Muir in the Yosemite. Writ-
ten aiter his death.

Strother, French. John Muir. World’s Work, April, 1907,
v. 13, p. 8804-8808.

“Naturalist, geologist, interpreter of nature.” Sub-title.

Three Days with John Muir. World’s Work, March,
1909, V. 17, p. 11355-11358.

“Conversations with the man who has a most intimate knowledge
of nature—his home in the Alhambra Valley, and his excursions into
the Sierras.” Sub-title.

Sudworth, G. B. John Muir. American Forestry, March,
IQI5, V. 21, p. 184-185.

Recounts the value of his efforts in forest preservation. Written
after his death.

Swett, John. John Muir. Century, May, 1893, v. 46, p. 120-

122)
Biographical sketch, with special emphasis on his explorations and
discoveries.
Wyatt, Edith. John Muir. New Republic, Feb. 20, 1915, v. 2,
p. 69-71.

A tribute to his memory.

54 Sterra Club Bulletin

Young, S. H. Alaska Days with John Muir. Outlook, v. 110.
Three articles which appeared under the following

titles and dates:
The Mountain. May 26, 1915, v. 110, p. 189-199.
The Ice Chief. June 23, 1915, v. 110, p. 431-442.
The Lost Glacier. July 28, 1915, v. 110, p. 723-733.

The first is an intimate account of a mountain-climbing expedition
and of the author’s rescue by Muir from a perilous situation. The
other two are accounts of two long voyages of exploration and dis-
covery which Muir and the writer of these articles took together in
1879 and 1880. [The three were afterwards published in book form
under the same title as above, by Fleming H. Revell Co., 1915, $1.25.]

POEMS ABOUT MUIR
Bland, H. M. John Muir. Out West, March, 1915, v. 41,

Pp. 120,
Edson, C. L. John o’ the Mountains. Collier, Jan. 16, 1915,
v. 54, p. 14.

Tompkins, I. C. John Muir: the Mountaineer. Sunset, May,
1060, V2 5; Pp. 41.
Reprinted in the Wisconsin Alumni Magazine, Nov., 1900, v. 2, p.
74-

PORTRAITS OF MUIR

Chautauquan, May, 1904, v. 39, p. 256.

Craftsman, Feb., 1915, v. 27, p. 458.

Outing, May, 1903, v. 42, p. 140.

Outlook, Jan.:6, 1015; 'V 100; p. 32.

Overland, Aug., 1908, v. 52, p.05; May, 1013, v. G1, on4e4

Popular Science Monthly, March, 1915, v. 86, p. 310.

Review of Reviews, Nov., 1902, v. 26, p. 569.

Sunset, July, 1000, v.23, p. 2:

World’s Work, March, 1902, v. 3, p. 1802; Feb., 1910, v. 19,
p. 12529. (With John Burroughs.)

ARE PERENCE LIST TO JOHN MUIR’S NEWSPAPER
ARTIC ES

By CorNELIUS BEACH BRADLEY
-

Newspaper articles have no proper place in a bibliography.
If noticed at all, they must appear as addenda or as postscript
—as they do here. Yet Mr. Muir’s letters are of much more
than ordinary interest, not merely in themselves as immediate
memoranda of vivid experience and kindled feeling on the part
of a gifted personality, but also for the rdle they played in the
development of the writer’s powers. So far as he continued the
practice of writing them, they were the first drafts of chapters
in his later books—the fresh-quarried ore which, in his brood-
ing mind, through the long years was slowly transmuted into
the fine gold of his finished work.

In Mr. Muir’s case, indeed, the process began long before he
became a newspaper correspondent. We see it in his Letters to
a Friend—now happily accessible—portions of which are found
to have been transferred almost verbatim into subsequent pub-
lications. And the material of his very latest work, Travels in
Alaska, published since his death, first saw the light thirty-six
years ago in the shape of three series of letters to the San Fran-
cisco Bulletin.

Nearly all these newspaper letters are grouped in distinct se-
ries, each series being the record of a season’s explorations or
quest. The serial letters began with a group of three Yosemite
studies in 1871-1872, and were concluded eighteen years later
in another group of three written from the same beloved valley.

The stream of Mr. Muir’s writing of this sort rose steadily
for ten years to its flood-tide in 1881, in the famous series of
twenty-one letters written during the cruise of the “Corwin” in
search of the “Jeanette.” Then it suddenly ebbed. After that
there was one letter in 1885, three—already mentioned—in
1889, and one more in 1897. There ends Mr. Muir’s list. There
were probably a few more written later, but they were no long-
er an organic feature of his literary work.

56 Sierra Club Bulletin

The causes for this change are not far to seek. His later trav-
els were no more by untrodden ways and in unexplored realms.
The powerful stimulus of discovery became therefore less and
less an element in his inward prompting to write. Coincident
with this was the absence henceforth of financial necessity. He
no longer needed to write that he might have the means to con-
tinue his travels and studies. He was now free to address him-
self directly to putting into final and enduring shape the price-
less results already won through long years of toil and hard-
ship. But more potent probably than all these causes was the in-
ward ripening of the man himself in heart and mind, not unlike
that of Wordsworth when he exchanged the ecstasies—the
“aching joys’ and “giddy raptures’—of his youthful passion
for Nature and of his pursuit of her, for a more thoughtful and
more manly devotion. In Mr. Muir’s case the change was no
doubt less pronounced, but it was there, and it found significant
and noble expression thenceforth in his ceaseless efforts on the
one hand to rescue the glory and charm of Nature from selfish
spoliation and wanton destruction; and on the other, so to in-
terpret Nature that all men might worthily love and enjoy her.

* * * *K *K *

The newspaper articles here listed are the ones which ap-
peared in my Reference List of 1897, which again was based
chiefly upon Mr. Muir’s printed List of the Published Wnitings
of John Muir (Martinez, 1891), supplemented by entries in his
own handwriting which brought it down to 1897. No serious
attempt has been made to extend that list, both because after
that date Mr. Muir very rarely wrote for the newspapers, and
because no clue has been found to what he did write.

His list was chronological—was apparently a transcript from
a memorandum book in which he was in the habit of jotting
down the general topic or topics of the article, the publication
to which it was sent, and the date of writing or of sending—
month and year only, or sometimes only the month. The date of
publication never appeared at all. Since this last was absolutely
indispensable, if only for verification, a systematic search was
made through the newspaper files of those years to recover it.
The task was rendered the more laborious and perplexing by

John Mutr’s Newspaper Articles 57

two circumstances: In the first place, Mr. Muir’s articles were
dated letters, apparently without title or heading. The newspa-
per headings were therefore the work of the editor, and not at
all likely to correspond with Mr. Muir’s private memoranda.
In the second place, through irregularities of the mails, or
through accidents in the office, the letters did not always appear
in the order in which they were written. In some cases they
were delayed for months. Nevertheless the search was fairly
successful. In the Californian files only four articles out of
eighty-three remain undiscovered. Two of these, written in the
Alaskan wilderness, probably never reached their destination.
Files of the eastern newspapers concerned were not to be found
in California, and, so far, attempts to have them searched in the
East have not been successful. Four articles assigned to them
must therefore remain for the present without verification.

The alphabetical arrangement of the older list having proved
unsatisfactory for the present purpose, it has been replaced by
a serial arrangement in chronological sequence. The titles have
been revised to correspond in general with the published head-
ings, though, in certain cases where these seemed to give insuf-
ficient characterization, a more fitting title from Mr. Muir’s list
has been added or substituted.

Dates in round brackets are the dates of writing, square
brackets indicate that the article so included could not be found
after diligent search. An asterisk indicates that the reference
has not been verified because the files of the publication were
not available for examination.

i SERIAL LETTERS To THE (NEW YoRK TRIBUNE’
[ Yosemite Glaciers, Sept., 1871. ]

[ Yosemite in Winter. Jan. 1, 1872.]
[ Yosemite in Spring. May 7, 1872]—The dates are Mr. Muir’s.

II. SERIAL LETTERS To THE “SAN FRANCISCO BULLETIN”
First Series—The Shasta Region. 5 letters, Oct., 1874-Jan.,

1975)
Salmon-breeding on the McCloud River. (Oct. 24.) Oct. 29, 1874.
Shasta in Winter. (Nov. 24.) Dec. 2, 1874.
Shasta Game. (Nov. 29.) Dec. 12, 1874.
Modoc Memories—The Lava Beds. (No date.) Dec. 28, 1874.
Shasta Bees. (Dec. 17, 1874.) Jan 5, 1875.

58 Sierra Club Bulletin

Second Series—Summering in the Sierra. 11 letters, June-Nov.,

1875.
The Summer Flood of Tourists. (June 14.) June 22, 1875.
A Winter Storm in June. (June 17.) June 24, 1875.
In the Sierra Forests. (July ...) Aug. 3, 1875.
The Kings River Yosemite. (Aug. 5.) Aug. 13, 1875.
Ascent of Mount Whitney. (Aug. 17.) Aug. 24, 1875.
From Fort Independence to Yosemite. (Sept. ..) Sept. 15, 1875.
The Fresno Grove of Sequoia. (Sept. ..) Sept. 21, 1875.
The Giant Forest of the Kaweah. (Oct. 19.) Oct. 22, 1875.
[The Southern Limit of the Sequoia. (Oct., 1875) 2.28 ]
Tulare Levels. (Oct. 25.) Nov. 17, 1875.
South Dome. (Nov. 10.) Nov. 18, 1875.

Third Series—Summering in the Sierra; Second Season. 5
letters, July-September, 1876.

The Calaveras Sequoias. (July 13.) July 20, 1876.
Ancient River Channels. (July 17.) July 26, 1876.
Sierra Caves. (Aug. 6.) Aug. 12, 1876.

Yosemite Tourists. (Aug. 20.) Aug. 24, 1876.

The Summit of South Dome. (Aug. 28.) Sept. 6, 1876.

Fourth Series, AA—Notes from Utah. 4 letters, May-July, 1877.
The City of the Saints. (May 15.) May 22, 1877.
A Great Storm in the Basin of Salt Lake. (May 19.) May 25, 1877.
Bathing in Salt Lake. (May 20.) June 14, 1877.
Mormon Lilies. (July ..) July 109, 1877.

B.—Semi-tropical California. 2 letters, September, 1877.

San Gabriel Valley (Sept. 1.) Sept. 7, 1877.
In the San Gabriel Mountains. (No date.) Sept. 11, 1877.

Fifth Series—Nevada. 5 letters, October, 1878; January, 1879.

Nevada Farms. (Oct...) Oct. 5, 1878.

Nevada Forests. (Oct. 22.) Oct. 31, 1878.

Nevada’s Timber Belt. (Oct. 20.) Nov. 19, 1878.

Glacial Phenomena of the Great Basin. (Nov. 28.) Dec. 5, 1878.
Nevada’s Dead Towns.‘(No date.) Jan. 15, 1870.

Sixth Series—Notes of a Naturalist. 11 letters, Aug., 1879;
January, 1880.

Sea Voyage—British Columbia. (June 25.) Aug. 27, 1870.
Puget Sound. (June 28.) Aug. 29, 1870.

Fort Wrangel. (Aug. 8.) Sept. 6, 1870.

Alaska Glaciers, I. (Sept. 5.) Sept. 23, 1870.
Alaska Glaciers, II. (Sept. 7.) Sept. 27, 1870.
Alaska Coast Scenery. (Sept. 25.) Oct. 29, 1879.
Alaska Forests. (Oct. 3.) Oct. 30, 1879.

A Deserted Indian Village. (Oct. 12.) Nov. 1, 1879.
Alaska Climate. (Oct. 16.) Nov. 8, 1879.

Alaska Goldfields. (Dec. 22, 1879.) Jan. 10, 1880.
Alaska Rivers. (Dec. 27, 1879.) Jan. 20, 1880.

Seventh Series—Alaska Land. 6 (or 8?) letters. September-
November, 1880.

Canoe Voyage Among Islands and Icebergs. (Aug.18.) Sept. 25, 1880.
Sum Dum Bay. (Aug. 22.) Oct. 7, 1880.

John Muw’s Newspaper Articles 59

An Eventful Day. (Aug. 14.) Oct. 9, 1880.

(sue) Dum Bay >; Exploring Right Fork. (Aug. 1880.) ............ ]

An Alaska Yosemite. (Aug. 20.) Oct. 16, 1880.

benent Arm or sum Dum. (Aug. 1880.) 2.2.2... 2... ]

Among the Glaciers and Bergs of Sum Dum Bay. (Aug. 22.) Oct. 23,
1880.

Taku Fiords and Glaciers. (Aug. 24.) Nov. 13, 1880.

Eighth Series—Cruise of the ‘‘Corwin.” 21 letters. June-Octo-
ber, 1881.

At Ounalaska. (May 18.) June 20, 1881.

Ad St. Paul: (May 23.) July 13, 1881.

On the Siberian Coast. (May 31.) July 13, 1881.

Pushing Northwestward. (June 2.) July 13, 1881.

Weathering a Gale in St. Laurence Bay. (June 6.) July 13, 1881.

Dodging the Ice. (June 15.) July 13, 1881.

The Aleutian Islands. (May 21.) July 25, 1881.

Wreck of.the “Vigilant.” (June 29.) Aug. 15, 1881.

St. Laurence Island. (July 2.) Aug. 15, 1881.

Return to St. Michael’s. (July 8.) Aug. 15, 1881.

At St. Michael’s. (June 20.) Aug. 16, 1881.

At Metchigme Bay. (June 27.) Aug. 16, 1881.

At East Cape. (July 1.) Aug. 16, 1881.

Herald Island. (July 31.) Sept. 28, 1881.

Wrangel Land. (Aug. 16.) Sept. 29, 1881.

On Wrangel Land. (Aug. 17.) Oct. 22, 1881.

Perils of Whaling. (Aug. 18.) Oct. 24, 1881.

Arctic Coal Mines—The Diomede Bay Islands. (Aug. 25.) Oct. 25,
1881.

In Plover Bay—Reindeer. (Aug. 26.) Oct. 26, 1881.

An Ice-bound Shore. (Sept. 3.) Oct. 27, 1881.

Homeward Bound. (Oct. 4.) Oct. 31, 1881.

Ninth Series—3 letters from the Yosemite Region. June, 1889.

The Snow in the High Sierra. (No date.) June 22, 1880.
Yosemite Valley in Early Summer. (June 21.) June 27, 1889.
Forests of the Sierra. (No date.) June 29, 1889.

III. Occasional Letters

* Calypso Borealis. Boston Recorder, .......... 1865.

Yosemite Glaciers. Their Progress and Present Condition. N.Y. Trib-
une (Sept. 28, 1871), Dec. 5, 1871.

God’s First Temples: How Shall We Preserve Our Forests? Sacra-
mento Record-Union, Feb. 5, 1876.

Notes from Shasta. San Francisco Bulletin. (Sept. 10.) Sept. 12, 1877.

Lake Tahoe in Winter. San Francisco Bulletin. (No date.) April 3,
1878.

* Biographical Sketch of Daniel Muir. Portage (Wis.) Record, Oct.

1885.

The Yellowstone Park, San Francisco Bulletin, (Oct. 19.) Oct. 27,
1885.

Alaska Passes. San Francisco Examiner, Oct. 1, 1887.

IV. Book Reviews
Reminiscences of Scotch Life and Character, by Dean Ramsay. San
Francisco Bulletin, April 20, 1878.
[Life of Robert Dick. San Francisco Bulletin, (April 20, 1878) ....]
Socialism, with Preludes on Current Events, by Joseph Cook. Aug.
21, 1880.

MUIR LODGE—AN APPRECIATION
By Mary FRANCES KELLOGG
-

Of the worship due our western mountains, not a tithe has
been paid. Nor does the finest homage come from tourists
poured into resorts by swarming cities, but from the winnowed
few who behold the snow-girdled peaks, the innumerable moun-
tain lakelets and the myriads of flower-enameled, fern-brocaded
meadows circled by majestic sequoias. And how many of these
elect were imbued with enthusiasm by John Muir’s matchless
word-pictures! This above all is both his legacy to us and his
own crown of glory—to have taught us his beauty-lore.

So John Muir has no need of a memorial. Rather do we
long to express, though never so inadequately, the thanks we
owe him. From magnificent glaciers, and forests, and moun-
tains, even down to our own modest mountain home, all borrow
honor from his name.

If that which is essentially material ; if that which makes ease-
ful the mountaineer’s toil; if that which cements friendships of
the out-of-doors—if such may stand as an appreciation of one
so predominantly of the spirit, who shunned no privation or
hardship if it brought him into harmony with wildness, whose
feet wandered so much alone and whose passionate search for
understanding of the sculpturing of the ages found so few
kindred souls—then Muir Lodge is, as intended, an apprecia-
tion of John Muir. Though he walked alone, he valued friend-
ship as one of the finest of mortal possessions.

Muir Lodge is a brief home for the wayfarer, ever urging
beyond—on—on, up the wonder-trails leading over the heights
and far within the mountain barriers. In its simple plainness it
is appropriate. No complications of thought, language or char-
acter were his. All his life was as openly inspiring as one of his
own books.

John Muir could teach us because, like all great men, he ex-
emplified a singleness of p-1rpose—a perfect absorption in that
to which he was dedicated. Because he himself reverently

AQIGOT ALON

: LP
5 SE Ne

“ATXO ALVI1d *X “IOA ‘NILZIING ANID VaUTIS

‘IATXO ALVId

SMOOPALON VMSVTV S.NINW NHOL WOU

eybwrt ae app

pw Ae et

ops oo 49 MAYO f
eee

Spl gy Preyer hig

AQOVTTIA NAYMOILS MAN AHL WOU SNALOL AO SHHOLAMS TIONAd

X “IOA ‘NILDIING ANTO VuNAIS

Mut Lodge—an Appreciation 61

adored, he was able to give to us something of the majesty of
the mountains, the glory of the glaciers, the records of the
rocks, the teachings of the trees, the songs of the streams, the
friendliness of the flowers. Material as these things are they
roused in John Muir a very white heat of devotion—a devotion
his writings breathe in every line. John Muir’s lofty worship,
which thanked God for every good day and each bit of loveli-
ness, must have been most acceptable to the Maker of the
Universe, who saw that His works were good. Here is a man
we may delight to honor. How the memory of him steadies us
when our own understanding of essentials becomes warped.

The first time I ever saw John Muir he spoke of his inten-
tion to build some day a home close under the Sierra Madre
Mountains. He often later spoke of this longing. And though
it was never our good fortune to have him dwelling among us,
yet in Muir Lodge we have a sort of shrine for his spirit, where
none may sojourn without receiving the benediction of the
mountains, which John Muir, more than any other, taught us
to know aright. On the wall his pictured face first greets the
entering guest.

Such a true, simple heart could not fail to love to be loved.
At the time of the dedication of Muir Lodge, he wrote, “I’m
very glad to get the picture of the fine Muir Lodge. It’s pleas-
ant to be remembered in this way in the midst of this long-
drawn-out battle for our national parks.”

S PUDIES VIN THE SIE RiRss
By Joun Muir

No. 11. MOUNTAIN SCULPTURE, ORIGIN OF YOSEMITE VALLEYS
All the valleys and cafions of the western flank of the Sierra,
between 36° and 39° north latitude, naturally classify them-
selves under two genera, each containing two species. One ge-
nus comprehends all the slate valleys, the other all that are built
of granite. The latter is far the more important, both on ac-
count of the greater extent of its geographical range and the
grandeur and simplicity of its phenomena. All the valleys of
both genera are valleys of erosion. Their chief distinguishing
characteristics may be seen in the following descriptions:

SLATE VALLEYS

I. Cross-sections, V-shaped, or somewhat rounded at bottom,
walls wregular im structure, shattered and weak in appearance,
because of the development of slaty cleavage planes and joints,
which also prevent the formation of plane-faced precipices. Bot-
tom showing the naked bed-rock, or covered by rocky debris,
and sloping in the direction of the trend. Nearly all of the foot-
hill valleys belong to this species. Some of the older specimens
are smoothly covered with soil, but meadows and lakes are al-
ways wanting.

2. More or less widened, branching at the head. Bottom, with
meadows, or groves, or lakelets, or all together. Sections and
walls about as in No. 1. Fine examples of this species occur on
the head-waters of the San Joaquin.

GRANITE VALLEYS

1. Cross-sections narrowly or widely V-shaped. Walls seldom
interrupted by side cafions, magnificently simple in structure
and general surface character, and presenting plane precipices
in great abundance. Bottom sloping in the direction of the trend,

* Reprinted from the Overland Monthly of June, 1874. This is the second of a
series of seven studies in which Mr. Muir developed his theories of the geology of
the Sierra.—Editor.

Studies in the Sierra 63

mostly bare, or covered with unstratified glacial and avalanche
bowlders. Groves and meadows wanting.

2. Branching at head, with beveled and heavily abraded lips at
foot. Bottom level, meadowed, laked, or groved. Walls usually
very high, often interrupted by side cafions. Sections as in No.
1. To this species belongs the far-famed Yosemite* whose origin
we will now discuss.

Yosemite Valley is on the main Merced, in the middle region
of the range. It is about seven miles long from east to west, with
an average width at bottom of a little more than half a mile, and
at the top of a mile and a half. The elevation of the bottom above
sea level is about 4,000 feet. The average height of the walls is
about 3,000 feet, made up of a series of sublime rock forms,
varying greatly in size and structure, partially separated from
one another by small side cafions. These immense wall-rocks,
ranged picturesquely together, do not stand in line. Some ad-
vance their sublime fronts far out into the open valley, others
recede. A few are nearly vertical, but far the greater number
are inclined at angles ranging from twenty to seventy degrees.
The meadows and sandy flats outspread between support a lux-
uriant growth of sedges and ferns, interrupted with thickets of
azalea, willow and brier-rose. The warmer sloping ground along
the base of the walls is planted with noble pines and oaks, while
countless alpine flowers fringe the deep and dark side cafions,
through which glad streams descend in falls and cascades, on
their way from the high fountains to join the river. The life-
giving Merced flows down the valley with a slow, stately cur-
rent, curving hither and thither through garden and grove,
bright and pure as the snow of its fountains. Such is Yosemite,
the noblest of Sierra temples, everywhere expressing the work-
ing of Divine harmonious law, yet so little understood that it has
been regarded as “an exceptional creation,” or rather exception-
al destruction accomplished by violent and mysterious forces.
The argument advanced to support this view is substantially as
follows: It is too wide for a water-eroded valley, too irregular
for a fissure valley, and too angular and local for a primary
valley originating in a fold of the mountain surface during

* We will henceforth make use of the word Yosemite both as a specific and geo-
graphical term.

64 Sierra Club Bulletin

the process of upheaval; therefore, a portion of the moun-
tain bottom must have suddenly fallen out, letting the super-
incumbent domes and peaks fall rumbling into the abyss,
like coal into the bunker of a ship. This violent hypothesis,
which furnishes a kind of Tophet for the reception of bad moun-
tains, commends itself to the favor of many, by seeming to ac-
count for the remarkable sheerness and angularity of the walls,
and by its marvelousness and obscurity, calling for no investiga-
tion, but rather discouraging it. Because we can not observe the
bed-rock to ascertain whether or not it is fractured, this engulf-
ment hypothesis seems to rest safely under cover of darkness,
yet a film of lake gravel and a meadow blanket are its only con-
cealments, and, by comparison with exposed sections in other
Yosemites where the sheer walls unite with the solid, unfissured
bottom, even these are in effect removed. It becomes manifest,
by a slight attention to facts, that the hypothetical subsidence
must have been limited to the valley proper, because both at the
head and foot we find the solid bed-rock.

The breaking down of only one small portion of the mountain
floor, leaving all adjacent to it undisturbed, would necessarily
give rise to a very strongly marked line of demarcation, but no
such line appears; on the contrary, the unchanged walls are con-
tinued indefinitely, up and down the river cafion, and lose their
distinguishing characteristics in a gradual manner easily ac-
counted for by changes in the structure of the rocks and lack of
concentration of the glacial energy expended upon them. That
there is comparatively so small a quantity of debris at the foot
of Yosemite walls is advanced as an argument in favor of sub-
sidence, on the grounds that the valley is very old, and that a
vast quantity of debris must, therefore, have fallen from the
walls by atmospheric agencies,and that the hypothetical “abyss”
was exactly required to furnish storage for it. But the Yosemite
Valley is not very old. It is very young, and no vast quantity of
debris has ever fallen from its walls. Therefore, no abyss was
required for its accommodation.

If, in accordance with the hypothesis, Yosemite is the only
valley furnished with an abyss for the reception of debris, then
we might expect to find all abyssless valleys choked up with the
great quantity assumed to have fallen; but, on the contrary, we

Studies in the Sierra 65

find their debris in the same condition as in Yosemite, and not
more abundant. Indeed, in some portions of valleys as deep and
sheer as Yosemite there is absolutely no talus, and that there
never has been any is proved by both walls and bottom being
solid and ice-polished, Many examples illustrative of this truth
may be seen in the great Tuolumne and Kings River valleys.

Where the granite of Yosemite walls is intersected with feld-
spathic veins, as in the lowest of the Three Brothers and rocks
near Cathedral Spires, large masses are loosened, from time to
time, by the action of the atmosphere, and hurled to the bottom
with such violence as to shake the whole valley; but the aggre-
gate quantity which has been thus weathered off, so far from
being sufficient to fill any great abyss, forms but a small part of
the debris slopes actually found on the surface, all the larger
angular taluses having been formed simultaneously by severe
earthquake shocks that occurred three or four hundred years
ago, as Shown by their forms and the trees growing upon them.
The attentive observer will perceive that wherever a large talus
occurs, the wall immediately above it presents a scarred and
shattered surface whose area is always proportional to the size
of the talus, but where there is no talus the wall is invariably
moutonée or striated, showing that it is young and has suffered
little change since it came to light at the close of the glacial pe-
riod. On the 23rd of March, 1872, I was so fortunate as to wit-
ness the sudden formation of one of these interesting taluses by
the precipitation of the Yosemite Eagle Rock by the first heavy
shock of the Inyo earthquake, whereby their local character and
simultaneity of formation was fully accounted for. This new
earthquake gave rise to the formation of many new taluses
throughout the adjacent valleys, corresponding in every partic-
ular with the older and larger ones whose history we have been
considering.

As to the important question, What part may water have
played in the formation of Sierra valleys? we observe that, as
far as Yosemite is concerned, the five large streams which flow
through it are universally engaged in the work of filling it up.
The granite of the region under consideration is but slightly
susceptible of water denudation. Throughout the greater por-
tion of the main upper Merced Valley the river has not eroded

66 Sierra Club Bulletin

its channel to a depth exceeding three feet since it first began to
flow at the close of the glacial epoch, although acting under
every advantage of concentration and quick descent. The high-
est flood-mark the young river has yet recorded upon the clean
glacial tablets of its banks is only seven or eight feet above the
present level, at ordinary stages. Nevertheless, the aggregate
annual quantity that formerly passed down these cafion valleys
was undoubtedly far greater than passes at the present time, be-
cause on the gradual recession of the glaciers at the close of the
period, the supply would necessarily be more constant, from
their melting all through the seasons. The evidence, however, is
incontestable, which shows that the highest floods of Sierra riv-
ers in the upper and middle regions of the range never much
exceeded those of the present time.

Five immense glaciers from five to fifteen hundred feet in
depth poured their icy floods into Yosemite, uniting to form one
huge trunk, moved down through the valley with irresistible and
never-ceasing energy, crushing and breaking up its strongest
rocks, and scattering them in moraines far and near. Many,
while admitting the possibility of ice having been the great
agent in the production of Yosemite valleys, conjecture that
earthquake fissures, or cracks from cooling or upheaval of the
earth’s crust, were required to enable the glaciers to make a be-
ginning and to guide them in the work. We have already shown
(“Studies in the Sierra,” in Overland for May*) that cleavage
planes and joints exist in a latent or developed condition in all
the granite of the region, and that these exert immense influ-
ence on its glacial erodibility. During five years’ observation in
the Sierra, I have failed to discover a single fissure of any kind,
although extensive areas of clean-swept glacial pavements af-
ford ample opportunity for their detection, did they exist. Deep
slots, with regular walls, appearing as if sawed, or mortised,
frequently occur. These are formed by the disintegration of soft
seams a few inches or feet in thickness, contained between walls
of stronger granite. Such is the character of the so-called fissure
said to exist in a hard portion of the south wall of Yosemite, op-
posite the Three Brothers, so frequently quoted in speculations
upon the valley’s origin.

* Reprinted in S1ERRA CLuB BULLETIN, Vol. IX, No. 4, January, 1915.

Studies in the Sierra 67

The greatest effects of earthquakes on the valley we have al-
ready noticed in avalanche taluses, which were formed by the
precipitation of weak headlands, that fell like ripe fruit. The
greatest obstacle in the way of reading the history of Yosemite
valleys is not its complexity or obscurity, but simply the magni-
tude of the characters in which it is written. It would require
years of enthusiastic study to master the English alphabet if it
were carved upon the flank of the Sierra in letters sixty or sev-
enty miles long, their bases set in the foothills, their tops leaning
back among the glaciers and shattered peaks of the summit, oft-
en veiled with forests and thickets, and their continuity often
broken by cross-gorges and hills. So also the sculptured alpha-
bet cafions of the Sierra are magnificently simple, yet demand
years of laborious research for their apprehension. A thousand
blurred fragments must be conned and brooded over with stu-
dious care, and kept vital and formative on the edges, ready to
knit like broken living bones, while a final judgment is being
bravely withheld until the entire series of phenomena has been
weighed and referred to an all-unifying, all-explaining law. To
one who can leisurely contemplate Yosemite from some com-
manding outlook, it offers, as a whole, a far more natural com-
bination of features than is at all apparent in partial views ob-
tained from the bottom. Its stupendous domes and battlements
blend together and manifest delicate compliance to law, for the
mind is then in some measure emancipated from the repressive
and enslaving effects of their separate magnitudes, and gradual-
ly rises to a comprehension of their unity and of the poised har-
mony of their general relations.

Nature is not so poor as to possess only one of anything, nor
throughout her varied realms has she ever been known to offer
an exceptional creation, whether of mountain or valley. When,
therefore, we explore the adjacent Sierra, we are not astonished
to find that there are many Yosemite valleys identical in general
characters, each presenting on a varying scale the same species
of mural precipices, level meadows, and lofty waterfalls. The
laws which preside over their distribution are as constant and
apparent as those governing the distribution of forest trees.
They occur only in the middle region of the chain, where the
declivity is considerable and where the granite is Yosemitic in

68 Sierra Club Bulletin

its internal structure. The position of each valley upon the Yo-
semitic zone indicates a marked and inseparable relation to the
ancient glaciers, which, when fully deciphered, amounts to cause
and effect. So constant and obvious is this connection between
the various Yosemites and the névé amphitheatres which foun-
tained the ancient ice-rivers, that an observer, inexperienced in
these phenomena, might easily anticipate the position and size of
any Yosemite by a study of the glacial fountains above it, or the
position and size of the fountains by a study of their comple-
mentary Yosemite. All Yosemites occur at the junction of two
or more glacial cafions. Thus the greater and lesser Yosemites
of the Merced, Hetch Hetchy, and those of the upper Tuolum-
ne, those of Kings River, and the San Joaquin, all occur imme-
diately below the confluences of their ancient glaciers. If, in fol-
lowing down the cafion channel of the Merced Glacier, from
its origin in the névé amphitheatres of the Lyell group, we
should find that its sudden expansion and deepening at Yosemite
occurs without a corresponding union of glacial tributary cafi-
ons, and without any similar expansion elsewhere, then we
might well be driven to the doctrine of special marvels. But this
emphatic deepening and widening becomes harmonious when
we observe smaller Yosemites occurring at intervals all the way
down, across the Yosemitic zone, wherever a tributary canon
unites with the trunk, until, on reaching Yosemite, where the
enlargement is greatest, we find the number of confluent glacier-
cafions is also greatest, as may be observed by reference to
Fig. 1. Still further, the aggregate areas of their cross-sections
is approximately equal to the area of the cross-sections of the
several resulting Yosemites, just as the cross-section of a tree
trunk is about equal to the sum of the sections of its branches.
Furthermore, the trend of Yosemite valleys 1s always a direct
resultant of the sizes, directions, and dechivities of their conflu-
ent canons, modified by peculiarities of structure in their rocks.
Now, all the cafions mentioned above are the abandoned chan-
nels of glaciers; therefore, these Yosemites and their glaciers
are inseparably related. Instead of being local in character, or
formed by obscure and lawless forces, these valleys are the only
great sculpture phenomena whose existence and exact positions
we may confidently anticipate.

Studies in the Sierra 69

Fig. 3.—Mercep YosEeMITE. (A, Yosemite Creek Glacier; B, Hoffmann Glacier; C,
Tenaya Glacier; D, South Lyell Glacier; E, Illilouette Glacier; F, Pohono Glacier

70 Sierra Club Bulletin

DEPTH OF YOSEMITE

Much stress has been laid on the mere uncompared arithmeti-
cal depth of Yosemite, but this is a character of no consequence
to the consideration of its origin. The greatest Merced Yosemite
is 3,000 feet deep; the Tuolumne, 2,000; another, 1,000; but
what geologist would be so unphilosophical as to decide against
the identity of their origin from difference in depth only. One
pine tree is 100 feet high, lean and crooked, from repressing
winds and the poverty of the soil which nourished it; while an-
other, more fortunate in the conditions of its life, is 200 feet
high, erect and vigorous. So, also, one Yosemite is 3,000 feet
deep because of the favorable structure of its rocks and the
depth and number of the ice-rivers that excavated it; another is
half as deep, because of the strength of its rocks, or the scanti-
ness of the glacial force exerted upon it. What would be thought
of a botanist who should announce that our gigantic Sequoia
was not a tree at all, offering as a reason that it was too large
for a tree, and, in describing it, should confine himself to some
particularly knotty portion of the trunk? In Yosemite there is
an evergreen oak double the size of ordinary oaks of the region,
whose trunk is craggy and angular as the valley itself, and col-
ored like the granite bowlders on which it is growing. At a little
distance this trunk would scarcely be recognized as part of a
tree, until viewed in relation to its branches, leaves and fruit. It
is an admirable type of the craggy Merced cafion-tree, whose
angular Yosemite does not appear as a natural portion thereof
until viewed in its relations to its wide-spreading branches, with
their fruit and foliage of meadow and lake.

We present a ground-plan of three Yosemite valleys, showing
the positions of their principal glaciers, and the relation of their
trends and areas to them. The large arrows in Figs. 1, 2, 3 show
the positions and directions of movement of the main confluent
glaciers concerned in the erosion of three Yosemites. With re-
gard to the number of their main glaciers,the Tuolumne Yo-
semite may be called a Yosemite of the third power; the Kings
River Yosemite, of the fourth power; and the Merced Yosemite,
of the fifth power. The granite in which each of these three Yo-
semites is excavated is of the same general quality; therefore,
the differences of width, depth, and trend observed, are due al-

Studies in the Sierra 73

most entirely to the number, magnitude, declivity and mode of
combination of the glacial system of each. The similarity of their
ground-plans is obvious from a single glance at the figures ; their
cross-sections are no less similar. One of the most characteristic
from each of the valleys under consideration is shown in Figs.
4, 5 and 6, drawn on the same scale.

i st Pass “a 2
Fig. 4.—Section across the Hetch Fig. 5.—Section across the Kings River
Hetchy Valley, or Yosemite

lower Tuolumne Yosemite

Fig. 6.—Section across Merced reas Fig. 7

The perpendicularity of Yosemite walls is apt to be greatly
over-estimated. If the slopes of the Merced Yosemite walls were
to be carefully measured with a clinometer at intervals of say
100 yards, it would be found that the average angle they make
with the horizon is less than 50°, as shown in Fig. 7. It is not
possible that the bottom could drop out of a valley thus shaped,
no matter how great the upheaval or down-heaval, or side-
heaval.

Having shown that Yosemite, so-called, is not unique in its
ground-plan or cross-sections, we will now consider some of the
most remarkable of its rock forms. The beautiful San Joaquin
Dome in the cafion of the San Joaquin, near the confluence of
the south fork, looking south (Fig. 9), shows remarkable re-
semblance to the Yosemite Half Dome, as seen from Tenaya
Cafion (Fig. 8). They are similarly situated with reference to
the glaciers that denuded them, Half Dome having been assailed

72 Sierra Club Bulletin

by the combined Tenaya and Hoffman glaciers on the one side,
and by the South Lyell or Merced Glacier on the other; the San
Joaquin Dome, by the combined glaciers of the middle and
north forks, on one side, and by the glaciers of the south fork on
the other. The split dome of Kings River Yosemite is a worthy
counterpart of the great Half Dome of the Merced Yosemite.

They occur at about the same elevation, and are similarly situ-
ated with reference to the ancient glacial currents, which first
overswept them and then glided heavily by on either side, break-
ing them up in chips and slabs, until fashioned and sculptured
to their present condition. The Half Dome is usually regarded
as being the most mysterious and unique rock form in the val-
ley, or, indeed, in the world, yet when closely approached and
studied, its history becomes plain.

From A to B, Fig. 10, the height is about 1,800 feet; from A
to the base, 3,000. The upper portion is almost absolutely plain
and vertical, the lower is inclined at an angle with the horizon
of about 37°. The observer may ascend from the south side to
the shoulder of the dome at D, and descend along the face to-
ward A H. In the notch at F a section of the dome may be seen,
showing that it is there made up of immense slabs set on edge.
These evidently have been produced by the development of
cleavage planes, which, cutting the dome perpendicularly, have
determined the plane of its face, which is the most striking char-

Studies in the Sierra We

eas

acteristic of the rock. Along the front toward A H may be seen
the stumps of slabs which have been successively split off the
face. At H may be seen the edges of residual fragments of the
same slabs. At the summit we perceive the cut edges of the con-
centric layers which have given the curved dome outline, B B.
At D, a small gable appears, which has been produced by the
development of diagonal cleavage planes which have been cut
in front by vertical planes. After the passage of the main Tenaya
Glacier in the direction of the arrows, small glacierets seem to
have flowed down in front, eroding shallow groove channels in
the direction of greatest declivity ; and even before the total re-
cession of the main glacier a wing-shaped ice-slope probably

: pallid if ad Ei

Fig. 10. aes Facet or HAatr DoME, YOSEMITE VALLEY

74 Sierra Club Bulletin

At
Tie

A
_—
ea

petit

® ' H
Hy, ; ! 3
< oe fy ‘ wath
ee le eit em | f

Fig. 11.—Nortu Face or Hair DomE oF KiNGs RIVER YOSEMITE VALLEY

leaned back in the shadow, and with slow action eroded the up-
per portion of the dome. All the rocks forming the south walls
of deep Yosemite cafions exhibit more or less of this light after-
sculpture, effected in the shade after the north sun-beaten rocks
were finished. .

The south side of the dome has been heavily moutonée by
the Lyell Glacier, but is, nevertheless, nearly as vertical as the
north split side. The main body of the rock corresponds in form
and attitude with every other rock similarly situated with refer-
ence to ice-rivers, and to elevation above sea level, the special
split dome-top being, as we have seen, a result of special struc-
ture in the granite out of which it was formed. Numerous ex-
amples of this interesting species of rock may be culled from the
various Yosemites, illustrating every essential character on a
gradually changing scale.

Studies in the Sierra 75

Fig. 12 is a view of the back or south side of Half Dome, Yo-
semite, showing its moutonée condition; Fig. 13 represents El
Capitan of Yosemite, situated on the north side of the valley;
Fig. 14, El Capitan of Big Tuolumne Cafion, near the middle,
situated on the north side; Fig. 15, El Capitan of Big Tuolumne
Cafion, near the head, situated on the north side.

W Gif i ae
= Mh os 7
ae ow ! fe PIL Mi j di

(ge y
ia = Jy
vi) 3

The far-famed El Capitan rock presents a sheer cleaved
front, over three thousand feet high, and is scarcely less im-
pressive than the great dome. We have collected fine specimens
of this clearly defined rock form from all the principal Yosemi-
tes of the region. Nevertheless, it also has been considered ex-

76 Sierra Club Bulletin

ceptional. Their origin is easily explained. They are simply split
ends of ridges which have been broken through by glaciers.
For their perfect development the granite must be strong,and
have some of its vertical cleavage planes well developed, nearly
to the exclusion of all the others, especially of those belonging
to the diagonal and horizontal series. A powerful trunk glacier
must sweep past in front nearly in the direction of its cutting
planes, with small glaciers, tributary to the first, one on each
side of the ridge out of which the Capitan is to be made. This

] arrangement is illustrated in
Ye i

Fig. 16, where A represents a
ZIMA Ly,

horizontal section of a Capitan
rock, exposing the edges of
the cleavage planes which de-
termined the character of its
face; B, ‘the .)main)telaeien
sweeping down the valley in
front; and CU, the tributamies
isolating it from the adjacent
softer granite. The three Cap-
itans figured stand thus related
to the glaciers of the region where they are found. I have met
with many others,all of which are thus situated, though in some
instances one or both of the side glaciers had been wanting,
leaving the resulting Capitan less perfect, considering the bold
advancing Yosemite Capitan as a typical form.

When the principal surface features of the Sierra were being
blocked out, the main ice-sheet was continuous and moved in a
southerly direction, therefore the most perfect Capitans are in-
variably found on the north sides of valleys trending east and
west. The reason will be readily perceived by referring to Fig.
8 of No. 1, “Mountain Sculpture,” in Overland for May.*

To illustrate still further how fully the split fronts of rocks
facing deep cafions have the angles at which they stand meas-
ured by their cleavage planes, we give two examples (Figs. 17
and 18) of leaning fronts from the cafion of the north fork of
the San Joaquin River. Sentinel and Cathedral rocks also are
found in other glacial cafions, and in every instance their

* SIERRA CLuB BULLETIN, Vol. IX, No. 4, page 233.

Studies in the Sierra W7)

—

fi the Wy

| i 17

pein
AN

forms, magnitudes, and positions are obviously the necessary
results of the internal structure and general mechanical charac-
ters of the rocks out of which they were made, and of the gla-
cial energy that has been brought to bear on them. The abun-
dance, therefore, of lofty angular rocks, instead of rendering
Yosemite unique, is the characteristic which unites it most in-
timately with all the other similarly situated valleys in the range.

D Dink ROA Cn

Founded 1892
402 Mitts Burtpina, San Francisco, CALIFORNIA
Annual Dues: $3.00, (first year $5.00)

T THE PURPOSES OF THE CLUB ARE:
0 explore, enjoy, and render accessible the mountain regions of the Pacific
Coast; to publish authentic information concerning them; to enlist the sup-
port and co-operation of the people and the Government in preserving the
Sorests and other natural features of the Sierra Nevada.
-
Joun Murr, President 1892 to 1914

OFFICERS AND COMMITTEES FOR THE YEAR 1915-1916
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

JosrepH \N.:Le Conte, Berkeley: ..0.0..c020 4 cee President
VERNON Ly KErEocG) Stanford joc eck aoe ee ee Vice-President
Marion RANDALL Parsons, Berkeley... 20.00 \0 2.0 eee Treasurer
Wrisam FE. Cotsy; San Francisco. 6.).200. 645. idee «eee Secretary

Wi.u1AM F. Bank, Berkeley CHartes P. Douctas, San Diego
WALTER L. Huser, San Francisco
Vice Davip P. Barrows, Berkeley, resigned
Rosert M. Price, Reno, Nevada Crain S. TAppaan, Los Angeles

HONORARY VICE-PRESIDENTS
Sir JAMES Bryce, London, England

Henry S. Graves, Washington, D. C.

Rosert UNDERWOOD JOHNSON, New York City
Davip STARR JORDAN, Stanford University
J. Horace McFarvanp, Harrisburg, Pa.

ALEXANDER G. McApztg, Harvard University

Enos A. Mitts, Estes Park, Colorado

COMMITTEES

Outing Committee: Witt1am E. Cortsy (Chairman and Manager),
CLair S. TAPppAAN (Assistant Manager), JosepH N. LE Contre.

Committee on Local Walks: J. E. RotHer (Chairman), GrorcE Ep-
WARDS, HAROLD FRENCH, FRED R. PARKER.

Le Conte Memorial Lodge Committee: Marion RANDALL PARSONS
(Chairman), JosepH N. LE Conte, RoBert M. PRICE.

Librarian: NELL L. TAGGARD.

Southern California Section Executive Committee: EVERETT SHEPARD-
son (Chairman), CHarLtes J. Fox (Treasurer), Puit S. BERNAYS
(Secretary, 318 W. Third Street, Los Angeles), Hrram E. BaILey,
CuHarLes P. Doucitas, Mary F. Kettocc, MAaBELLE McCatia A,

MarTHA WALKER, GEORGE A. WHITE.
Co
SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN
Published annually for the members
EDITORIAL BOARD

WHLEetAM By BADE. ee Cee ne ON EN tea a ag Editor
WVTLETAM (EV COnBY Ou UN ORME Os uA Notes and Correspondence
MARION RANDALL! PARSON'S (0 2002 boo Ol Pavia aint Meise Book Reviews
WALTER Ti, TUBER hie ara Uae Mun nae leu RC ey tesa Forestry Notes

ALBERT H. ALLEN, FRANCIS P. FARQUHAR,
WILLIAM T. GoLDSBOROUGH, JOSEPH N. LE CONTE,
ELitiott MCALLISTER

EDITORIALS

Tue PresipENcy Since the organization of the Sierra Club in eighteen
OF THE CLUB hundred and ninety-two there has been but one Presi-
dent—John Muir. A year ago his death left vacant
the office which he filled so long and so ably. Professor J. N. Le Conte
has been chosen by the Board of Directors to serve as his successor.
There is fitness in this choice. The files of the Srzrra CLuB BULLETIN
bear distinguished testimony to his work as a mountaineer and explorer
of the Sierra Nevada. Of the present Board of Directors he is the one
who has seen the longest term of service. He was one of the charter
members of the Sierra Club, together with his father, Joseph Le Conte.
who was in his day the most distinguished geologist of the Pacific Coast.
In the office of treasurer, to which Mr. Le Conte was elected in eighteen
hundred and ninety-nine, he is now succeeded by Mrs. Marion Randall
Parsons. W. F. B.

JoHN Murr anp Members of the Sierra Club will read with pride and
JAMES BryYcE pleasure the fine tribute paid to our late President,
John Muir, by the distinguished author, diplomat and
fellow mountaineer, Sir James Bryce. In his letter to the Editor, Dr.
Bryce refers to his meeting with Mr. Muir on the occasion of a dinner
given by the Directors of the Club in the autumn of 1912. “It was a very
great pleasure to me,” he writes, “to have had that talk with him and
the rest of your party on that evening in San Francisco when I was re-
turning from Australia. . . . How often since have I thought of it and
wished that your city was not seven thousand miles from here! It is a
pleasure to think that our friend’s name and services to the world will
be commemorated by those superb woods on the slope of Tamalpais
which are called after him.” Dr. Bryce was President of the British Al-
pine Club from 1899 to Igo. W.F. B.

MOouNTAINEERING From the wide-spread ruin wrought by the great
AND THE WaR European war, mountaineering clubs, also, have not
been exempt. Although the famous Swiss Alpine Club
had an accession of over a thousand members during the past year, its
treasury has become so depleted that very little could be done to estab-
lish new alpine cabins or to repair old ones. There was found to be a
deficit at the end of the year, and for the first time in nearly fifty years no
“Year Book” is to be published.
The Alpine Clubs of Great Britain, France, Italy, Germany and Aus-
tria are prostrated by the scourge of war, and their memberships will be

So Sierra Club Bulletin

found sadly depleted when it finally ends. For most of the mountain regi-
ments of the various combatants were in considerable part composed of
alpinists. Foremost among the Italian army leaders stands the Duke of
Abruzzi, Prince Luigi Amadeo, who has an enviable record of explora-
tion and first ascents. Eighty-two members of the British Alpine Club

are now at the front, and six have been killed in action. W. F. B.

NATURAL HIsToRY In a previous BULLETIN we have called attention
SURVEY OF YOSEMITE to a natural history survey of Yosemite National
NATIONAL PARK Park which has been undertaken by the Museum

of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of Cali-
fornia. The Sierra Club has a deep interest in the completion of this
survey and has sought to encourage it both officially and through as-
sistance rendered by individual members. It is gratifying to learn from
Director Joseph Grinnell that a large amount of material and data have
been gathered which will be utilized in the preparation of the following
separate reports: “(1) a technical paper on the systematic status and re-
lationships of the lesser known vertebrate species of the region; (2) a
scientific treatise on the problems in animal distribution brought to light
by the field explorations; and (3) a semi-popular account, in book form,
of the natural history of the birds, mammals, reptiles and amphibians of
the Yosemite region, to be illustrated, and to include a discussion of
animal life as an asset of National Parks.” Members of the Club and all
who go into the High Sierra have a natural interest in the only poison-
ous reptile of the region. It is known that rattlesnakes do not occur in
the higher parts of the Sierra Nevada, but it is very desirable that a map
be prepared for publication showing accurately their range in the Yo-
semite Park. To this end members of the Sierra Club and others who
have been in the Yosemite National Park are invited to report all their
encounters with rattlesnakes, giving exact locality, altitude, date, and
any exceptional circumstances. This information should be sent to Di-
rector Joseph Grinnell at the University of California. W. E--B.

NaTIONAL Park Every one who has the welfare of the national parks
AFFAIRS at heart should “put his shoulder to the wheel” and
help to pass the bill now pending before Congress and
providing for a national park service. Practically every one is agreed
that this is eminently desirable, but Congressmen must be impressed
with its importance. Therefore, let each one write to as many Senators
and Representatives as possible, and especially to those of his own dis-
trict, urging the importance of passing such a measure. Do it now before
the inclination is forgotten, for here is a chance to help materially. The
terms of the bill are to be found in Notes and Correspondence of this
issue.
The good work inaugurated by Stephen T. Mather as assistant to the
Secretary of the Interior, goes on. His task has been a monumental one.

Agpieg ‘YT puowdey Aq oJoyg
SMOGVAW ANWNTIONL ‘ADGOT IVINOWAW SNOSUVd AHL

TLTATXD) ALY Id *X “IOA ‘NILATING ANTO VuUTIS

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CXLVIII.

INTERIOR OF PARSONS MEMORIAL LODGE DURING CONSTRUCTION
Photo by Marion Randall Parsons

PARSONS MEMORIAL LODGE, CLOSED FOR THE WINTER
Photo by Tracey I. Storer

Editorials SI

To bring order out of chaos and place the control and administration
of all the national parks on a firm working basis is no small undertak-
ing, especially when the red tape of Washington makes difficult even
simple innovations. Mr. Mather has kindly consented to tell us elsewhere
in this issue something of what he has done and is trying to do, but only
those who have followed his work closely realize how much he has ac-
complished and how hopeful he is making the future outlook for the
parks. We owe it to him and the private sacrifice he is making to carry
on this work, to do all we can to pass the National Park Service Bill,
and thus perpetuate this unification of management which he is building
up and which may all be lost later on without such an established ser-
vice.

As another step in the right direction, we note with profound satisfac-
tion the appointment of Robert Bradford Marshall as General Superin-
tendent of National Parks. Mr. Marshall succeeds Mr. Mark Daniels,
who during his term of office accomplished much good in the way of
suggesting plans for harmonious structures within the parks and the lay-
ing out of roads with the best landscape ideas in mind. The pressure of
private engineering practice compelled Mr. Daniels to tender his resig-
nation. Mr. Marshall brings to this work unusual qualifications and
sympathetic understanding. He has either personally mapped or super-
vised the mapping of all of the parks and has visited them frequently in
the past. He was Chief Geographer of the Geological Survey at the time
of his appointment, and unquestionably his highest indorsement is to be
found in one of John Muir’s letters to the Secretary of the Club when
he says: “I’m delighted we are to see Marshall. The best fellow of them
ale?

A bill is pending in Congress for the creation of a national park em-
bracing the Grand Cafion of the Colorado, which all agree should be
done. Another bill providing for the enlargement of the Sequoia Na-
tional Park by adding the wonderful Kern and Kings River region lying
to the east and north, will shortly be introduced and its passage should
be urged by our members. This will embrace the Kern River Cafion,
South Fork of Kings River Cafion and Tehipite Valley, all of them Yo-
semite-like valleys, and also countless wonderful features such as Mt.
Whitney, the highest mountain in the United States. John Muir during
his lifetime heartily indorsed this plan. The grazing and other interests
in this proposed area must receive some protection and the bill will
doubtless provide for this, but speaking comparatively, the scenic assets
of this region far outweigh the commercial uses to which it might be put.
It needs roads to make it accessible and usable, and the park control is

much more likely to provide the needed money for this purpose.
W.E. C.

REPORTS OF COMMITTEES
-

REPORT ON IQI5 OUTING

The 1915 Outing was a radical departure from the usual summer
trips taken by the Club. Instead of moving the main camp and having the
entire party travel over a rather comprehensive itinerary, a central camp
in the Tuolumne Meadows on the Soda Springs property controlled by
the Club was selected instead. From this camp side trips were taken to
numberless points of interest, for in variety of attractive nearby features
the Tuolumne Meadows surpasses any other campground in the entire
Sierra. Another departure from our usual custom was keeping this cen-
tral camp open for three months instead of the single month which
usually covers the duration of our annual trips. Another smaller camp
was established at Lake Tenaya for a portion of the time, since this was
necessary to add to the convenience of those traveling to and from Yo-
semite. A camp was also established in the Yosemite Valley for a couple
of weeks prior to the first of July, on which date the Soda Springs camp
was opened. The Outing was certainly a success judged from the stand-
point of those who enjoyed its advantages. There were more Eastern
visitors than usual and their enthusiasm was unbounded. All of us were
particularly impressed with the wisdom and advantage to the Club of
gaining control of the Soda Springs property. Now that we have the
Parsons Memorial Lodge erected there, which will probably be kept
open each summer by an attendant, our members will be able to derive a
distinct advantage from its acquisition. It is probably the most desirable
single piece of property which could be selected in the entire Sierra.
The opening of the Tioga Road has made this whole region easily ac-
cessible.

Financially the Outing was a great failure, and one of the members
of the Outing Committee was obliged to advance a large sum to cover
the shortage, since the By-laws of the Club will not permit any outing
deficit to be made good from the regular Club treasury. This shortage is
easily accounted for in the light of the experience, The attempt to keep
the camp running for so long a period, with the heavy continuing ex-
penses, whereas the attendance was more or less concentrated during a
portion of this time only, and the greater counter attraction of the Ex-
position, which very materially reduced the attendance of our own mem-
bers, explains the failure to make good the heavy initial outlay neces-
sary to equip such a camp. It may be that some of this shortage can be
recovered by either continuing a camp there in the future or by dispos-
ing of the equipment on hand.

Either the Club will have a camp there this next summer or Mr.
Desmond, who has the government concession for establishing a chain

Reports of Comnuttees 83

of camps throughout the park, will have a camp nearby which will be
available.

The regular Club Outing in July, 1916, will be as previously an-
nounced a trip into the famous Kern River Cafion, affording an easy
chance to climb Mt. Whitney and other peaks over 14,000 feet in eleva-
tion, and the party will then enter the upper basin of the South Fork of
the Kings River, which is another region of wonderful surprises, with
its splendid peaks, beautiful lakes, waterfalls, and some of the very best
of “pure Sierra wildness.” More can be seen on this trip, with greater
comfort and less expense, than would be possible under any other cir-
cumstances. Those planning to take this trip should enroll now as the
list is rapidly filling and the number will be strictly limited. Members
of any mountain club and their relatives are welcome. An announce-
ment giving complete details will be issued during the spring.

Wo. E. Cotsy, Chairman,

J. N. Le Conte,

Cairn S. TAPPAAN,
Outing Committee

REPORT ON LE CONTE MEMORIAL LODGE

The Le Conte Memorial Lodge, in Yosemite, was officially open this
year from May 18th to August 26th. On account of the Panama-Pacific
Exposition at San Francisco the majority of visitors were from the
Eastern States. The number registering was 1800, and, although there
must have been at least twice that number of visitors, there were fewer
this year than usual. This, I think, was due partly to the fact that the
majority did not know of the Lodge. It seems, therefore, that something
should be done to inform the public of its existence. Several times peo-
ple did not come in until their last day in the Valley, and expressed
their regret at not knowing of the Lodge earlier.

A number of improvements were made early in the season under the
direction of Professor Le Conte. The roof was repaired and the old and
warped floor in front of the fireplace was replaced. The work of piping
water to the Lodge was finished.

Perhaps the greatest addition this year was a set of the birds of the
Yosemite lent by the “Museum of Vertebrate Zoology” of the University
of California. Many visitors expressed their appreciation of this. Mr.
Romeyn B. Hough donated a transparency of “Specimen Pages from
American Woods.” Two or three books were donated to the library.

The Lodge is in need of two or three small tables on which to place
the photograph albums, etc., as those in use at present are old and dilap-
idated. The end walls of the wing storerooms have spread from the
roof and need repairing.

Besides serving as a reading room and place of information for the

84 Sierra Club Bulletin

tourists of the Valley, this year the Lodge was used as the headquarters
in the Yosemite Valley for the Sierra Club’s Camp in the Tuolumne
Meadows. Visitors to this camp could secure information at the Lodge
concerning it and leave their baggage there.

The:sale’of maps amounted to. .4. 2.8. $16.50
The sale of BULLETINS amounted to...... 2.50
G We) r:) Rr NAM tin NK EAL 7 $19.00

BayarD BucKHAM, Custodian,
Marion RANDALL Parsons, Chairman,
J. N. Le Conte,
R. M. Price,

Committee

REPORT ON PARSONS MEMORIAL LODGE

During the 1914 outing in the Yosemite National Park the suggestion
was made that there should be some sort of enduring memorial to the
late Edward Taylor Parsons, whose untimely death had so recently de-
prived the Club of the companionship and services of one of its most
loyal members. Towards the close of the outing the suggestion took
definite shape, when Mr. Russ Avery proposed at a camp-fire in Hetch
Hetchy that a memorial lodge be built on the property in Tuolumne
Meadows controlled by the Club. This location seemed particularly ap-
propriate to those who knew of Mr. Parsons’ enthusiasm for that partic-
ular spot and his interest in having it brought within the control of the
Sierra Club. The proposition was universally approved, and during the
next few months steps were taken to raise the necessary funds and to
prepare for the construction of the building. Mr. Mark White rendered
invaluable assistance in designing the lodge and personally supervising
during the early part of its construction, and Mr. Walter L. Huber made
plans covering the structural engineering. As soon as the trails were
open in the summer of 1915 the materials were sent forward, and early
in July the work of grading and construction was begun.

As far as possible the material was obtained from the immediate
neighborhood. An abundance of just the right kind of rock for the walls
was found close at hand, and logs for the roof and supports had to be
hauled but a short distance. The hardware and cement, however, had to
be packed in on animals by way of Yosemite, and the galvanized iron
for the roof was brought in by motor truck after the opening of the
Tioga Road. This roofing will later be covered with some better appear-
ing material. A very substantial form of construction was sought in or-
der to render it proof against the severities of winter. The walls are of
rough granite, bound by a core of cement mortar. They are nearly three
feet thick at the base, tapering to two feet at the top. The roof is of

Reports of Committees 85

hewn logs, laid side by side and covered with galvanized iron sheeting.
The rafters are bolted to the walls with large iron bolts and held secure
with heavy straps of iron designed for the purpose. The front door is of
four-inch planks bound with special straps and hinges. The windows are
fitted with heavy shutters which can be securely fastened when the lodge
is closed for the season, so that equipment can be stored with more than
ordinary safety. The interior is a single room, 40 by 26 feet, with two
windows on each side and two smaller ones in the front wall, and a
handsome fireplace at the end opposite the door. The external appear-
ance harmonizes well with the surroundings. As a prominent architect,
who has seen it, expresses it, “The building seems to grow out of the
ground naturally and to belong there just as much as the neighboring
trees and rocks.”

This lodge will be used as a headquarters for members of the Club
and probably will be in charge of a custodian during the summer months,
making the Soda Springs property controlled by the Club a desirable
center to visit and from which to make side excursions.

The cost of construction considerably exceeds the amount of the fund
- that has so far been raised for the purpose. Many of the members who
contributed to this fund originally have expressed their intention of add-
ing a further contribution, and there are doubtless many other members
who will be glad to be identified with this pioneer effort towards estab-
lishing a permanent headquarters in the High Sierra. Any contributions
in excess of the amount needed to make up the deficit will be applied to
improvements to the lodge.

A brief summary of the cost of construction and the condition of the
fund is appended:

Metemiale amy tOOlSwis eee ele ler aise $ 4090.23
Freight and express to Yosemite Valley...... 165.24
Wscansportation: to Seda Springs... 60.4000). 563.55
TS oYey GL MA SC be aa PA A a 1,244.95
Maimbenancer Or WwOrkimen: ote 6 ee ge ele 500.00
Miscellaneous) expenses! i Pt eek 47.51

Pata ee UN tc vapee cele ceene he Monch Mutu onal Wal $3,011.48
siotalveontribution tor tund so) ie we ee oe 1,906.15

1D, SISTCT ea Ss ANE ANSE SO eA INS GDR EE ARS $1,105.33

The deficit has been temporarily advanced by one of the committee in
charge of the building.
Wo. E. Corsy, Chairman,
J. N. LE Conte,
Wo. F. Bape,
Committee

NOTES AND CORRESPONDENCE
Edited by Wi1LL1AM E. CoLsy

-
THE JoHN Muir TRAIL

During the 1914 outing of the Sierra Club, a suggestion was made by
Mr. Meyer Lissner of Los Angeles that a State appropriation should be
secured for building trails with which to make the High Sierra more
accessible. After Mr. Muir’s death, the happy idea occurred of making
this appropriation a State recognition of his inestimable service in
bringing the wonderful mountains of California to the attention of the
world. Accordingly a bill was drafted by the Sierra Club making an ap-
propriation of $10,000 (to be paid in two equal annual installments)
with which to construct a trail from Yosemite to Mount Whitney, to
be known as the John Muir Trail. In spite of adverse financial condi-
tions, the State Legislature was persuaded by earnest work of the mem-
bers of the Sierra Club, aided by several civic organizations, to pass the
bill. Governor Johnson’s final approval made the construction of the trail
possible. It is, indeed, a most appropriate memorial to John Muir, who
spent many of the best years of his life exploring the region which it .
will make accessible. This trail will afford a route for traveling with
saddle and pack animals north and south along and near the crest of the
entire High Sierra. It will begin the work of making accessible one of
the grandest mountain regions on the American continent.

State Engineer Wilbur F. McClure was charged with the selection of
the final route and the actual construction of the trail. Mr. McClure,
after considering suggestions from the Sierra Club, from federal off-
cials and others, made two trips over the lower part of the trail before
determining its final location as follows:

Beginning at a ‘point on the north floor of the Yosemite Valley
and running from thence by the most practicable route northeasterly
to a junction with the Tioga Road at a point near Tenaya Lake;
thence northeasterly and easterly along and upon said Tioga Road
to a point near the Soda Springs in the Tuolumne Meadows; thence
in a general southeasterly direction up Lyell Cafion to the headwaters
of said cafion, to and over Donohue Pass; thence in a general south-
easterly direction across Rush Creek and Island Pass to Thousand
Island Lake; thence easterly and southeasterly through Agnew
Meadows, Pumice Flat, past Devil Post Pile, Reds Meadows, Fish
Creek Valley, over Silver Pass, and thence by the most feasible route
to the north fork of Mono Creek. Thence in a general southerly di-
rection down the north fork of Mono Creek Valley, and Mono Creek

Notes and Correspondence 87

Valley to Vermilion Valley; thence by the way of the present trav-
eled trail southeasterly and southerly to Marie Lake and to and over
Seldon Pass; thence continuing southerly and southeasterly along
the valley of the south fork of the San Joaquin River to the mouth
of Evolution Creek; thence continuing in a general southeasterly di-
rection up Evolution Creek Valley, past Evolution Lake, Wanda
Lake, over Muir Pass, down Le Conte Cafion to Grouse Meadow and
the mouth of Palisade Creek; thence easterly up Palisade Creek Val-
ley and over the pass between the waters of Palisade Creek and the
drainage of the south fork of Kings River; thence through the Se-
quoia National Forest, Upper Basin, and traversing headwaters of
the south fork of Kings River to the pass about one and one-half
miles southwest of Mount Pinchot; thence southerly and southwest-
erly along. Woods Creek and the south fork of same; thence by the
way of Rae Lake, Glenn Pass, Bullfrog Lake and Bubbs Creek to
and over an unnamed pass near Junction Peak; thence into the water-
shed of Tyndall Creek, and over and along the high sandy plateau
and to Crabtree Meadows; thence in a general easterly direction to
Mount Whitney.

For carrying on construction work, Mr. McClure wisely availed him-
self of the splendid organization which the Forest Service had available
for supervising the work. Thus neither time nor money was spent in
exploration by those unfamiliar with the region. In short, every dollar
spent bought the greatest possible value. In addition considerable valu-
able supervision was given by forest supervisors and rangers without cost
from the fund available for the John Muir Trail. The plans for co-
operation between the State Department of Engineering and the Forest
Service were agreed upon at a meeting held in the rooms of the Sierra
Club, June 4, 1915, at which were present Mr. W. F. McClure, State en-
gineer; Mr. Coert Du Bois, district forester; Mr. Roy Headley, assist-
ant district forester; Mr. Paul G. Redington, supervisor of the Sierra
National Forest; Mr. A. B. Patterson, superintendent of the Sequoia
National Forest; Mr. W. E. Colby, secretary of the Sierra Club, and
Mr. Walter L. Huber of the Sierra Club’s trail committee.

The appropriation did not become available until August 8, leaving a
short field season for work. However, in this short season much work
was accomplished. Progress within the Sierra National Forest is well
shown by Supervisor Redington’s report to the State Engineer, much of
which is here quoted:

REPORT ON JOHN Murr TRAIL Work, FOR SEASON OF 1915, SIERRA
NATIONAL ForREST

Route. The route which this trail will follow was outlined in a mem-
orandum transmitted with the State Engineer’s letter of August 12,
1915, to the District Forester. As a result of the field investigation made
this year, it is believed that for the sake of economy, variety and ease

88 Sierra Club Bulletin

of travel, and to obtain greater scenic attractions, the stipulated route
should be changed at certain points, which will be discussed in order.

1. From Grouse Meadow, which lies on the Middle Fork of Kings
River, near the mouth of Palisade Creek, the official routing of the trail
is specified as: “Thence easterly, up Palisade Creek Valley and over the
pass between the waters of Palisade Creek and the drainage of the south
fork of Kings River.” No old trail exists over the pass in question, al-
though a rough trail ascends Palisade Creek from its mouth to the
mouth of Cataract Creek.

Following a conference between the State engineer, Forest Service
officials and representatives of the Sierra Club, when the status of the
trail work previously done on the route up the Middle Fork of Kings
River from Simpson Meadow, by funds furnished by Fresno County,
the Sierra Club and the Forest Service, was explained, no work was
planned up Palisade Creek, since it was impracticable to get an outfit
there from the Owens River country, and impossible to move the trail
crew at work lower down on the Middle Fork, up to the mouth of Pal-
isade Creek. Later, the situation not having apparently been understood,
the matter was taken up in detail by correspondence, and the State en-
gineer authorized the continuance of the work on the Middle Fork
trail, as preliminary to the work which would finally be undertaken
from the mouth of Palisade Creek, east. Eventually the route over the
pass at the head of Palisade Creek may be constructed. It has seemed
to the Forest officers, however, since a good trail already exists from
the South Fork of Kings River up Copper Creek, over Granite Pass,
down to Simpson Meadow and thence up the Middle Fork to within
11%4 miles of the mouth of Palisade Creek, that for the present at least
the existing trail spoken of should be improved, and the new trail from
Cartridge Creek to Palisade Creek should be finished. It will cost less
money, so far as we can ascertain with certainty, to put the trail through
to Palisade Creek than to put a trail up Palisade Creek and over the
pass at its head at an elevation of 12,500 feet. Granite Pass, on the lower
trail, can be crossed earlier in the year than would be possible on Pal-
isade Pass, and the lower trail takes the traveler from Palisade Creek
down the magnificent cafion of the Middle Fork, across a spectacular
gorge near the mouth of Cartridge Creek, and into splendid camping
for man and beast at Simpson Meadow. The travel is varied, far more
than would be the case if the route over Palisade Pass was followed.
With available funds somewhat limited in amount, keeping in mind the
comparative maintenance cost, and with the desirability of making a
long connected piece of safe trail for the least expenditure of money, it
is recommended that the Palisade-South Fork unit be dropped from
consideration until the balance of the work has been completed on the
entire project.

2. The second material change recommended is toward the northern
end of the trail. The present route from Agnew Meadows to Thousand

uosez[y “MM MaqsapF Aq oJoyg
NOILONAULSNOO ONIYNd ADAOT TVIYONAWN SNOSUVd

*XIIXO ALVId *X “IOA ‘NILATIING ANTS VAUTIS

uOo}SUIPSY “5 [neg Aq sojoyg
TIVUL VINW NHOL NO MYOM NOILONULSNOO
sMOpeo] ADULT JO YVION ‘sseg uopjas jeanNy [les

“TID FALVITd °X "IOA ‘NILATING ANTO VaUTIS

Notes and Correspondence 89

Island Lake leads through average mountain country. If changed as
suggested it will take the traveler by the shores of three of the most
picturesque lakes in the entire region (where splendid fishing of golden
trout will be possible in 1917), and will give him a close view of the
Minarets and Mounts Banner and Ritter. The expense to put this trail
through will not exceed that necessary to establish a trail on the other
route.
METHODS OF WORK

Supervision. The Middle Fork of Kings River unit of this year’s
work was supervised by District Ranger Roy Boothe. He went in at the
start, visited the project again with the supervisor from August 5 to 9,
when the work being done was inspected and a reconnaissance of the
proposed route of the trail from Palisade Creek to Muir Pass was made.
He went again, in October, to help bring the crew out.

The Muir Pass-French Cafion unit was supervised by District Ranger
Frank Price, and during a large part of the work Assistant Ranger
Mark Cathey was with the crew. Price was on the job three times, work-
ing himself for over a week with the men. The supervisor visited this
project in the latter part of July, going over the route from Blaney
Meadow to Muir Pass. Later, in September, he inspected the work be-
ing done and went over the proposed route of the trail from Blaney
Meadow to the head of Fish Creek. He had in previous years gone over
the route from Reds Meadows north to Island Pass.

Deputy Supervisor Jordan, in September, went over the proposed
route from Reds Meadows to the head of Fish Creek. With the excep-
tion, therefore, of the stretch from the mouth of Palisade Creek to the
pass at its head, the entire route of the trail within the Sierra Forest,
as outlined by the State Engineer, has been gone over, and the situation
ahead is thoroughly known to the supervising officers.

Crews. Two crews were employed, one in the Middle Fork of Kings
River, the other on the Muir Pass-French Cafion unit. Number of men
in crews was eight, including foreman and cook. Wages paid foreman,
$3.00 per day and board; laborers, $2.00 per day and board; cook, $60.00
per month and board. The foremen selected were men of experience in
handling crews and in trail work. The foreman of the crew in the Mid-
dle Fork of Kings River, Sylvester Dehl, was chosen because of his
experience also in rock and powder work.

Transportation. The men walked to the job. Materials and supplies
were taken into camp on pack animals. Informal bids were obtained
from packers prior to start of work and lowest price accepted. Prices,
$1.00 per day for pack and saddle horses; $2.00 per day for packer, one
packer taking care of six animals. Each agimal packed a minimum load
of 150 pounds. The schedule of travel was determined by Forest offi-
cers and the packers were paid for the schedule time.

The proportion of the packing charge on a job of this kind to its
total cost will always be high on account of distance from supply points.

go Sierra Club Bulletin

Supplies. Formal bids on all supplies and materials needed in con-
nection with the job were obtained prior to start of work, and supplies
were purchased in accordance with the specifications of the accepted
bid. The tools, equipment, etc., were, upon completion of the season’s
work, cached in safe places convenient to the start of work for another
year. The food supplies were practically all consumed.

Trail Specifications. Tread, 30 inches minimum width. Plenty of
turnouts provided in dangerous places. Grade in no case except under
extraordinary conditions exceeding 15 per cent. The exceptions so far as
noted were extremely few.

Where grading work was done, ample clearance for packs was made
in cuts, and in timber country six feet clearance between trees was ob-
tained. Trail was placed, so far as possible, out of the way of slides, in
order to decrease cost of up-keep.

Monuments or trail blazes were placed close together, in no case more
than the distance of a chain apart. Generally all prominent trees along
the trail were blazed, the standard blaze of the Forest Service, which
consists of one long blaze with a notch above it, being used. In the
country above timber-line, monuments of large size were placed. Boggy
ground was avoided as far as possible. Sufficient overhead brushing was
done to allow of clearance of rider on horse of average height. Care
was taken where trail traversed slick rock to chink crevices closely.

Powder. The powder used on the Middle Fork of Kings River unit
was Hercules 40 per cent; that on the Muir Pass-French Cafion unit
was Trojan 40 per cent. Next year it is planned to use 60 per cent pow-
der in the hard-rock work.

Bridges. One bridge, that across the mouth of French Cafion, was
built. This bridge is one of the most important features of the entire
project.

Recommendations. It is recommended that if we continue to work
another year, we be notified at the start of the work of any overhead
to be charged against the season’s allotment by the State Engineer’s
office.

It is also recommended that all checks for labor be sent to the ad-
dresses of the individuals listed on the payrolls, or if this is not feas-
ible, to the Forest Supervisor at his official address. This year checks
were sent in one instance in care of the man who happened to have
signed the payroll as acting supervisor. He was on leave, and delivery
of the checks was delayed until the rangers felt it wise to avoid the
neighborhood of the men who had money coming to them. In a sense
the Forest Service, in having faeld charge of the work, is looked to for
payment, and delay therefore is blamed to the field officers. This is not
fair and can be avoided next year by following the above recommenda-
tion.

We shall keep in mind the State Engineer’s suggestion of obtaining
outfits from the east side of the mountains. The feasibility of this is

Notes and Correspondence OI

doubted, since we could not satisfactorily pick our personnel and would
have to hire unknown packers. Furthermore, the summit passes cannot
usually be crossed by animals in June, when we would want to start
work, and could get to the job readily from this side.

Acknowledgment.—I desire to place on record my appreciation of the
interest taken in the work by the men engaged in it, with particular
reference to Forest Rangers Roy Boothe and Frank Price and Assistant
Ranger Mark Cathey. The task of overseeing the packing of powder,
steel, supplies, etc., over difficult mountain trails, and of handling men,
the best of whom grow sick and tired of the isolation and monotony of
camp fifty to seventy miles from civilization, is no small one and requires
lots of patience and tact. I am glad to say that the work was so han-
dled that many of the men who worked on the job this summer, and
who are experienced, have asked to be considered for employment next
season. Respectfully submitted,

PAUL REDINGTON,

Forest Supervisor
Northfork, California, November 22, 1915.

REPORT ON JOHN MUIR TRAIL WORK, SEQUOIA NATIONAL FOREST
The route of the trail within the Sequoia National Forest was not
definitely determined as early as in the Sierra National Forest, but, in
the short period remaining after the final determination was made and
before the close of the field season, good progress was made. The follow-
ing expenditures were made for trail work within the Sequoia National
Forest from the appropriation for the John Muir Trail:

VV AGES) UA Ty ROE AN LUNE AUR CU a Rea an ae Aaa $ 650.50
SUPSISECHCE SHIP PIIES ye ke elie WON MINER GM uci hl) 209.47
@ther' supplies and equipment...) bl ss 281.50
iBnneiht express and |hauling, 4.0. ee yoke 104.42

TOG eT De AEN a UR ALR ISO a $1,245.89

Approximately six miles of the hardest portion of the trail is com-
pleted, and a route between Kern and Kings rivers is opened. A portion
of the trail at the head of Shepherd’s Creek was completed with co-
operative funds (not from John Muir Trail appropriation) at an ex-
pense of $200.00. This makes the total cost of the trail $1,445.89. Of the
$1,245.89 from the John Muir Trail appropriation, $76.60 was expended
for camp equipment and tools, and $1,169.29 for actual trail construc-
tion. With the additional $200.00 co-operative funds, the average cost
per mile for the six miles, exclusive of camp equipment, was $228.21.

Ranger Parkinson, who was directly in charge of the work, reported
on October 8:

“Saddle horses may pass from Center Basin to Tyndall
Creek at the present time, but additional work will be done

92 Sierra Club Bulletin

in the spring on a short portion leading from Junction Pass
to Center Basin, about 50 yards in distance . . . . Anexcel-
ent grade was obtained on the trail throughout, and the
scenery is beyond comprehension; ... .

“Work on this trail was discontinued on September 27
on account of weather conditions, and of the fact that the
workmen had to walk three and one-half miles to work.

“In the spring two men will be placed in Center Basin to
complete the portion to Bullfrog, two at East Fork, and five
at Crabtree Meadows.”

With the remainder of the appropriation a passable trail for saddle
and pack animals will be completed from Yosemite to Mount Whitney
during the field season of 1916. Further appropriations must be secured
to construct that part of the official John Muir Trail from Grouse
Meadow easterly up Palisade Creek, over the pass from Palisade Creek
to the South Fork of Kings River, down the latter and thence via Rae
Lake and Glenn Pass to Bubbs Creek, Additional expenditures for the
improvement of many places in the trail are also desirable. It is hoped
that, after the splendid work accomplished, and with increasing favorable
public sentiment, additional appropriations will be secured.

LASSEN’S SECOND YEAR OF REJUVENATION
By RuuirF S$. HoLway

In the Sierra CLuB BuLietin of January, 1915, Mr. William C.
Hodge gave a brief account of the eruptions of Lassen Peak during its
first two or three weeks of activity, with especial reference to the injury
to the forest-fire lookout house which had been placed on the highest
point of the mountain. The eruptions during the remainder of the year
1914 were on the average about as frequent as those during the first
month of activity, but the maximum intensity as measured by the height
of the column of steam and ash became approximately twice as great.
From July to October, inclusive, in one or more eruptions of each
month, the ejected ash column rose to estimated heights of 10,000 to
12,000 feet above the crater. By October, 1914, the new crater was re-
ported as being 900 feet in length and much more rounded in outline,
the area of the opening being some five times as great as at the end of
June.

Some further idea of the magnitude of the eruptions may be gained
from the record of distant observers. A letter from Professor Charles
F, Shaw, who was at Amadee, about sixty-five miles eastward from Las-
sen Peak on October 23, 1914, contains particularly interesting observa-
tions. The eruptions began at 5:40 p.M. The crest of the mountain
showed plainly over the tops of the nearer hills, and the smoke of the
eruption was clearly silhouetted against the western sky, extending di-
rectly upward from the peak.

Notes and Correspondence 93

“The smoke rolled up until practically the entire height (12,000 feet)
was reached before any change in form occurred, when just below the
top of the column there was a tendency to stratification, and a layer ex-
tended out toward the south and toward the north. When this appeared,
the smoke column began to lean toward the north and, from our point
of vision, apparently toward the northeast, and with this inclination of
the column distortion took place, the upper part spreading out into
streamers. As soon as the inclination of the smoke column became very
plain, we could readily distinguish indications of falling material. The
lower two-thirds of the column seemed to be dropping some material
that was falling in a slightly oblique line, the obliqueness pointing back
toward the mountain peak. As the eruption continued and the smoke
column blew out more toward the north, the streaked condition indi-
cating falling material became more and more apparent.”

So far as known to the writer, no one reached the summit of Lassen
during the interval from October, 1914, to March 15, 1915. On that date
Mr. George Olsen and Mr. Charley Yori, who remained during the win-
ter, the one at Chester, the other at Drakesbad, made the ascent, using
skis for the greater part of the way. Their report indicated some en-
largement of the crater since October, but the general shape and ap-
pearance were still the same.

Accompanying Mr. Hodge’s article was a tabular list of eruptions,
closing with No. 53, October 7, 1914, compiled by Forest Supervisor W.
J. Rushing. Mr. Rushing has kindly furnished the list as continued by
him to Nov. 22, 1915, to which date 132 eruptions are catalogued. Mr.
Rushing has done a valuable service in compiling this list, which is un-
doubtedly the best record available. It is well, however, to remind those
not acquainted with the topography and the winter climate of that
sparsely settled region that no list of eruptions can be complete, since
the surrounding peaks and ridges shut off the view from several of the
few near-by stations, particularly from the station nearest. which is
seven miles away. During winter clouds frequently prevent observations
from some directions and not from others, or shut off entirely any view
from near or far. Mr. Olsen at Chester, about twenty miles away in an
air line, was fortunate in having no hills to obstruct the view. From
November 11, 1914, to May 13, 1915, he reports over forty eruptions
with many cloudy periods intervening. During the same period Mr.
Rushing reports 16 eruptions not observed by Mr. Olsen, and does not
mention nineteen seen by Mr. Olsen. It seems therefore very probable
that the average number of eruptions per month during the winter ap-
proximated that of the preceding summer.

During the summer of 1915 the most spectacular eruptions and the
most interesting, scientifically, occurred on May 20 and 22. These erup-
tions marked the culmination of nearly three weeks of activity, for Mr.
Olsen’s record shows constant eruptions all day: May 4, 5, 6 and 7.
Clouds then prevented further observation until the thirteenth, when a
short period of clear sky revealed another eruption; after six more days

94 Sierra Club Bulletin

of storm a temporary break in the clouds showed Lassen in an active
state on the nineteenth. The eruption during the night of May 20 re-
sulted in the flood which swept down Hat Creek on the morning of May
21. The first telegraphed reports regarding this eruption told of molten
lava flowing down the mountain sides and of streams of mud ejected
from the crater itself, but the fact is now well established that the mat-
ter actually ejected from the crater consisted largely of rocks and ashes
and of very hot steam.

This eruption was markedly different from preceding eruptions in
that the column of steam and ash, instead of being projected upward as
usual, was directed obliquely down the slope of the mountain. Evidently
the throat of the crater had been choked by debris and from under the
edge of this lid the explosion forced the steam and highly heated rock
and ashes down upon the great mass of snow lying on the northeasterly
slope of the mountain; the resultant rapid melting produced the sudden
flood which swept down Hat Creek on the morning of May 21. The ac-
tual damage to the main farming which lies fully twenty miles to the
northward of Lassen Peak was greatly exaggerated in the early reports.
In fact in the lower valley it is highly probable that the value of the fer-
tilizing action of the mud more than compensated for the damage of the
flood. But at the foot of the mountain and along the headwaters of Hat
and Lost creeks no description nor photographs can adequately express
the feeling of desolation experienced when one sees the destruction of
the natural features of these valleys. The downward blast leveled the
forest as if it were no more than a grain field. That the trees were blown
down and not broken off by the flood which followed is shown by Plate
CLII, where trees leveled by the blast lie above the highest flood line.
The needles of the pine trees standing on the borders of the sharply de-
fined path of the blast were killed by the heat of the steam and ashes.

Another feature of this eruption that has received but scant attention
is the narrow fan-shaped belt of rock fragments projected for miles
across the country in the direction of the Hat Creek blast. At Hat
Mountain fragments ranging in size from dust particles to pieces seven
inches long covered the snow on the old crater rim (Plate CLI). At
Cinder Cone they were found “as large as hen’s eggs” and twenty miles
away about the size of ordinary marbles. At Eagle Lake, some forty
miles distant from Lassen, the lapilli were of the size of coarse sand.

At the time of these eruptions the snow on Lassen Peak was so deep
that it was not until May 27 that the actual crater was finally reached.
In this first party were Mr. David Durst, from Susanville, and Mr. Wil-
liam G. Reed and the writer, from the University of California. Even
with the skilful guidance of Charley Yori, of Drakesbad, in picking a
path among the snowdrifts, which covered rocks and gullies alike, the
party was six hours on horseback making the six miles to the little pla-
teau at the southeast base of the final peak.

Having in mind the new chasm which yawned in the middle of the
ancient crater, on climbing to the rim we were astounded to see an al-

Notes and Correspondence 95

most level plateau of ugly bare rocks, with hissing steam escaping from
the many cracks and crevices, and over all the shimmering air indi-
cating the heat below. Strange as it may seem, those of the party who
had visited the crater before found this uplifted mass of old lava more
awe-inspiring than the former depths of the crater, leading downward
to the internal forces which had produced the great explosions.

Closer inspection revealed the fact that the crater had not been filled
by ejected material, but that the entire mass had been shoved bodily up-
ward (Plate CLI). The old crater rim sloped downward some twenty
feet and there met the almost vertical wall of the uplifted center with a
strip of talus at its foot. Photographs taken later of the southwest and
northwest slopes show the dark rocks of the uplift filling the well-
known notches in the old crater rim, notches which prior to May, 1915,
gave, from some points of view, the impression of two separate peaks.

Interest in the eruptions occurring during the remainder of 1915 rests
largely in the question whether they indicate that the volcano is be-
coming quiescent once more. Professor Diller of the United States Geo-
logical Survey has expressed the opinion that the great outbursts in
May spent the present energy of the volcano and that it will again be-
come dormant. The writer was at first apprehensive that Professor Dil-
ler’s opinion was correct, but hope for continued activity is not yet lost.
Eruptions have occurred at rather frequent intervals throughout the
summer and fall. Many of them have thrown columns of steam and ash
to a height of several thousand feet. The eruption during the night of
October 30, 1915, was sufficient to cause a fall of ashes at Susanville,
forty miles away, as attested by Mr. David Durst, principal of the High
School at that place. The Shasta Courier of November 2 reports an
eruption seen from Redding on November 1, “the most spectacular since
May 22,” and estimates the ash column as 10,000 to 12,000 feet in height.

One further question should be discussed, and that is the one so often
asked: “Has any real lava been thrown out? Large quantities of real
lava which in a former period cooled and became solid down in the
throat of the volcano have been ejected, but there is no evidence that
molten lava has flowed from the crater during the present period of ac-
tivity. It is of course self evident that some source of great heat has
existed within the volcano for the past two years. Several of the reports
that hot rocks or luminous rocks have been seen during eruptions oc-
curring at night are too reliable to be discarded. The following extract
from a letter from Miss Inez Hyatt of Sacramento, whose party was
camped at Manzanita Lake, scarcely five miles from the top of Lassen
Peak, is clear and definite in its testimony.

“We really did see a wonderful eruption at ten o’clock at night, June
first (1915), when red-hot material shot up, looking very much like
flames, and we clearly saw one huge red-hot rock roll down the slope
toward Manzanita Creek. There were other rocks, too, which lodged, I
suppose, near the top, but this one big rock shot far down beyond the
rest. Then a big cloud of black smoke came out and hung like a big

96 Sierra Club Bulletin

balloon over the mountain for fifteen minutes and then disappeared. It
was an ideal night, dark, but clear so that all the stars were out.”

Subsequently Professor Diller found rocks in that vicinity which
seemed to have been recently fused on their surface. It would seem to
be a reasonable conclusion, then, that molten lava, whether actually
ejected or not, has been nearer the surface than usual during the recent
renewal of volcanic activity.

During the present winter it is not probable that many reliable ob-
servations of the crater can be made, but the general public as well as
the physiographer will await with interest the coming of another sum-
mer, which will give the opportunity to learn whether the volcano is
really declining in activity or whether the slowly accumulating stress of
the internal forces of the earth is to be relieved by an eruption greater
than any of the past two years. It may be said, however, that downward
blasts from volcanoes are relatively scarce and that the probabilities are
against the repetition of the particular combination of circumstances
which produced the Hat Creek flood.

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CLI.

June 28, 1914. View across ancient crater from southern rim, showing new
crater with escaping steam

May 27, 1915. From approximately same position, showing chaotic mass of old lava
uplifted and filling the former craters

CHANGES IN CRATER OF MOUNT LASSEN
Photos by R. S. Holway

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CLII.

DESTRUCTION OF TIMBER BY MUD-FLOW FROM MOUNT LASSEN

These areas were originally heavily forested. Note trees above line of
mud-flow which were felled by steam blast

Photos by R. S. Holway

NATIONAL PARK NOTES
>

NATIONAL PARKS—IHE FEDERAL Porticy, PAst AND FutTurReE*
To My Fellow-Members of the Sierra Club:

At the request of Mr. William E. Colby, your secretary, I am glad to
give you a statement for the Srrrra CLuB BULLETIN of my stewardship
over the National Parks during the past year, and something of the
plans that the Department of the Interior has outlined for the coming
year.

The Yosemite National Park, in which the Sierra Club is more vital-
ly interested than any of the others, has seen much interesting develop-
ment during the past year. The most important has been securing and
rebuilding the old Tioga Road, reaching some forty-five miles across
the Park, from the west to the east side. Over $30,000 has been spent
during the past season in putting this road in condition, constructing
new bridges, putting in culverts, and general surfacing work. It is now
passable to automobiles and is already an important link in the trans-
continental travel, besides opening up portions of the Park that have
hitherto been practically inaccessible to the ordinary tourist. The devel-
opment of the road has been accompanied by close co-operation with
State Engineer W. F. McClure. The State purchased the east and west
ends of the Tioga Road and Mr. McClure promptly went ahead with the
necessary work to put these sections into good condition, which made it
possible to open up the whole road by the twenty-eighth of July last. In
the estimates of appropriations for the coming year the Department of the
Interior is asking for $75,000 for the further improvement of the Tioga
Road. If Congress makes this appropriation the Department will arrange
for regrading a number of points along the road, particularly at the
crossing of Yosemite Creek. With the additional work which the State
intends to do on their portions, the end of next season should make the
Tioga road a perfect mountain highway, with grades that any car of
moderate power can negotiate, and with scenery along the route that
will be the equal of any in the land.

The Big Oak Flat Road has been purchased by Tuolumne County and
the portion within the Park given to the United States by the county
authorities. This leaves the Wawona Road as the only toll road in the
Park. The State authorities are arranging for the rebuilding of the por-
tion of the Big Oak Flat Road outside the Park, and surveys have been
made for the relocation at a point where it enters the Park near the
Tuolumne Grove of Big Trees. A survey has been made by State and

_ * The Assistant to the Secretary of the Interior, Mr. Stephen T. Mather, has.
kindly written this comprehensive statement at our request. [W. E. C.]

98 Sierra Club Bulletin

National authorities in co-operation, and the heavy grades along the por-
tion of the road just west of Crane Flat will be eliminated. $20.000 is be-
ing asked for the improvement of this road for next year. Congress is
also being asked for $110,000 to make the road between El Portal and
the Yosemite Valley a surfaced boulevard, with a width of twenty-eight
feet. If this amount is obtained, tourists will be landed in the Valley with
far greater comfort than before. The Department is also asking for
$4,000 for the construction of a trail to the Waterwheel Falls of the Tu-
olumne River, which will make these wonderful falls readily accessible
from Lake Tenaya.

Concessions have been given to the Desmond Commissary Company
for a new hotel to be erected in the Valley at a cost of approximately
$150,000, and a new hotel at Glacier Point to cost approximately $35,000,
and the establishment of at least four chalet camps in the upper Park
country. One of these is to be located at Harden Lakes, from which
point a view of the superb Tuolumne Cafion can readily be obtainable;
another at Lake Tenaya, and one each at Lake Merced and in the Little
Yosemite Valley. These are to be followed in later seasons by the es-
tablishment of additional camps for the accommodation of tourists at
low rates. The Desmond Company will establish an auto service between
El Portal and the Valley, as well as on the Big Oak Flat and Tioga
roads. In fact, it is planned to maintain an auto service on the Tioga
Road as far as the Sierra Club camp at the Soda Spring in Tuolumne
Meadows. If plans under way are developed, the service will also be
maintained from Tuolumne Meadows by way of Mono Lake and Bridge-
port to Lake Tahoe. A good saddle and pack horse service will also be
maintained between the various camps established by the Desmond
Company. Camps Curry, Lost Arrow and Ahwanee in the Yosemite Val-
ley will be maintained as heretofore.

Mr. Mark Daniels, for the past year general superintendent and
landscape engineer of National Parks, has given much personal work to
the development of plans for the new Yosemite Village, which will cen-
ter around the new hotel to be built under the shadow of Yosemite
Falls and directly across the river from the present Sentinel Hotel. Mr.
Daniels is deserving of much credit for the artistic work that he has
given in the development of his plan.

I want to thank the officers of the Sierra Club, particularly your
president, Professor Joseph N. Le Conte, and your secretary, Mr. Wil-
liam E. Colby, for the assistance they have given me in working out the
varied problems of this Park. Their intimate acquaintance and knowl-
edge of the Valley have made their suggestions and recommendations
of great value.

In Sequoia National Park little was done in the way of important
improvements during the past year, but for the next fiscal year the De-
partment is taking an important step in asking for an appropriation of
$50,000 to be expended by the Secretary of the Interior in the purchase

National Park Notes 99

of private holdings in the Park. This is for the purpose of securing some
of the stands of sequoias in the Giant Forest now in private ownership,
provided they can be obtained at a reasonable figure. Efforts have been.
made in the past to appropriate for these holdings, and it is hoped that
Congress this year will authorize the Secretary of the Interior to ex-
pend this proposed sum. The Department is also asking for an appro-
priation of $11,000 for the repair and improvement of the Mineral King
Road for a distance of eleven miles across the Park. The Tulare County
authorities are doing their part in improving the roads which lead to the
Park entrances, and the proposed improvement of the Mineral King
Road is intended to fit in with the work which they are doing.

In the Mount Raimer National Park, now under Supervisor D. L.
Reaburn, a civil engineer of high standing, much has been accomplished
during the past year. Supervisor Reaburn did particularly excellent work
in handling the auto traffic to Paradise Park without a single mishap,
and in putting the roads in excellent shape for the heavy travel which
they received during the past season. During the fall Mr. Reaburn made
a survey of the proposed new road along the Carbon River, which, when
built, will open up a new entrance to the Park from the northwest cor-
ner. In the estimates for the next fiscal year the Department is asking
for $46,000 for the construction of eight miles of this road, which would
bring it up to the Carbon River Glacier, and also assist in making ac-
cessible the beautiful Spray Park which lies on the northwest flanks of
the mountain.

Plans are well under way for a new camp hotel to be constructed in
Paradise Park at the opening of the season of 1916, and much of the
material is already on the ground. The Department also expects to con-
struct next season a shelter at Camp Muir, so that the mountain climb-
ers will have a refuge at this important point on the way to the summit.

In the Yellowstone National Park the most important event during
the past year was the opening of the Park on August 1 to automobiles.
Nearly 1,000 machines visited the Park, operating under schedule which
did not bring them in contact with the horse-drawn stages. During the
coming year it is expected that a number of camps for the benefit of
automobilists will be established at important points throughout the
Park, and an effort will be made to develop the Cody, or eastern, en-
trance of the Park, and, if feasible, an automobile stage service will be
established from this entrance to connect with horse-drawn stages at
Yellowstone Lake.

The road construction and repairs in the Yellowstone National Park
are carried on by the Engineer Corps of the Army, and the War Depart-
ment is asking for next year a total appropriation of $292,000. This will
be used largely in further improvement of the roads, and particularly in
surfacing the portion of the road from the Gardiner entrance with oil
and macadam. Under Major Fries of the Army nearly $200,000 was ex-
pended during the past year, and the roads in the Yellowstone Park are

100 Sierra Club Bulletin

now in far better shape than ever before. Nearly all the old wooden
bridges and culverts have been replaced by concrete, and the roadways
straightened and widened.

In the Crater Lake National Park the Army engineers are also in
charge of road construction, and during the fiscal year ending June 30,
1915, expended a total of $122,000. This work has made accessible to
tourists a number of very interesting views of the lake along the rim,
and has resulted in good roads being built to all the important entrances
in the Park. The War Department is asking for $100,000 for the next
fiscal year, to be used largely in surfacing the roads already completed.
The hotel which has been in course of erection for some seasons is now
practically finished, and if plans which the supervisor of the Park is ac-
tively pushing for a new road from Medford to the western entrance of
the Park are worked out by the State authorities, Crater Lake will be
accessible next season more fully than it ever has before.

The Rocky Mountain National Park was opened this summer and had
its dedication last August under the chairmanship of Enos Mills, which
was very largely attended. The State of Colorado, and the city of Den-
ver in particular, has taken a keen interest in the development of this,
the most eastern of our National Parks, and it is expected that from its
accessibility the number of tourists visiting it will be much larger than
visit any of the other parks.

In the Glacier National Park the most important development during
the past year was the opening up of the new Many Glaciers Hotel at
Lake McDermott. Appropriations are being asked for a total of about
$45,000 to improve the roads on the east side of the Park, making these
new improvements more easy of access to tourists. Congress is also be-
ing asked to appropriate $45,000 for the construction of a road along
Lake McDermott, at the foot of Gunsight Pass, with the ultimate plan
that a good automobile road will be built across Gunsight Pass to con-
nect up the east and west sides of the Park.

I feel that all of the friends of the National Parks are to be con-
gratulated in securing the services of Mr. R. B. Marshall, former chief
geographer and head of the topographic branch of the Geological Sur-
vey, who now becomes superintendent of National Parks, succeeding Mr.
Mark Daniels, whose personal business made it necessary for him to re-
sign this important post. Mr. Marshall has been closely in touch with
National Park work for many years and will give his close personal at-
tention to the development of the parks. One important plan which is
now under way and which will help materially in increasing an interest
in the parks is the proposed Park-to-Park Highway, intended to link up
the leading National Parks by good roads. Already much has been done
towards the work of connecting up the Rocky Mountains and the Yel-
lowstone National Parks by way of the Cody entrance to the latter. The
people of Wyoming and Colorado are co-operating heartily on this proj-.
ect and every indication points to the completion of this road by next

National Park Notes IOI

season. It is also planned to have appropriate gateways placed at the dif-
ferent entrances of all the parks, and the Department will welcome any
suggestions for any specific entrance. It is our purpose to have these
gateways harmonize with the particular park for which they are in-
tended. At the present time there are only two gateways of any dignity;
one the Gardiner entrance to Yellowstone National Park, and the other
the great gateway of cedar logs which marks the southern entrance of
Mount Rainier National Park. STEPHEN T. MATHER

EXTRACTS FROM THE ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE
INTERIOR (IQI5.)

PLACES OF BEAUTY AS AN ASSET

In casting up the assets of the United States as a landed proprietor
I have made no mention of one of the most delightful of our national
enterprises. To build a railroad, reclaim lands, give new impulse to en-
terprise, and offer new doors to ambitious capital—these are phases of
the ever-widening life and activity of this Nation. The United States
does more; it furnishes playgrounds to the people which are, we may
modestly state, without any rivals in the world. Just as the cities are
seeing the wisdom and the necessity of open spaces for the children, so
with a very large view the Nation has been saving from its domain the
rarest places of grandeur and beauty for the enjoyment of the world.

And this fact has been discovered by many only this year. Having an
incentive in the expositions on the Pacific Coast, and Europe being
closed, thousands have for the first time crossed the continent and seen
one or more of the national parks. That such mountains and glaciers,
lakes and cafions, forests and waterfalls were to be found in this coun-
try was a revelation to many, who had heard but had not believed. It
would appear from the experience of this year that the real awakening
as to the value of these parks has at last been realized, and that those
who have hitherto found themselves enticed by the beauty of the Alps
and the Rhine, and the soft loveliness of the valleys of France, may find
equal if not more stimulating satisfaction in the mountains, rivers, and
valleys which this Government has set apart for them and for all others.

It may reconcile those who think that money expended upon such
luxuries is wasted—if any such there are—to be told that the sober-
minded traffic men of the railroads estimate that this year more than a
hundred million dollars usually spent in Européan travel was divided
among the railroads, hotels, and their supporting enterprises in this
country.

During the year a new national park of distinction and unusual ac-
cessibility has come into existence. It crosses the Rockies in Colorado
at a point of supreme magnificence; hence its title, the Rocky Mountain
National Park. Through it, from north to south, winds the Continental

102 Sierra Club Bulletin

Divide—the Snowy Range in name and fact. Two hundred lakes grace
this rocky paradise, and bear and bighorn inhabit its fastnesses. It has
an area of 350 square miles and lies only 70 miles from Denver. Many
hotels lie at the feet of these mountains and three railroads skirt their
sides.

This is Colorado’s second national park, the other being Mesa Verde,
where this department, with the assistance of Dr. Jesse Walter Fewkes,
of the Smithsonian Institution, has uncovered during the last summer
prehistoric ruins of unprecedented scientific interest.

Oregon has but recently completed a great highway along the Colum-
bia River. This should be connected by road with Mount Hood and a
portion of the present forest reserve converted into a park. The limits
of Sequoia Park, in California, the home of the great redwoods, should
be so extended as to include the Kern River Cafion, a most practicable
project today, but tomorrow may be too late because of the lumber in-
terests. The Grand Cafion is not yet part of the park system, although
as part of a national forest it comes under the control of the Depart-
ment of Agriculture.

There is no reason why this Nation should not make its public health
and scenic domain as available to all its citizens as Switzerland and
Italy make theirs. The aim is to open them thoroughly by road and trail
and give access and accommodation to every degree of income. In this
belief an effort has been made this year as never before to outfit the
parks with new hotels which should make the visitor desire to linger
rather than hasten on his journey. One hotel was built on Lake Mc-
Dermott, in Glacier Park, one is to be built immediately on the shoulder
of Mount Rainier, in Paradise Valley, another in the valley of the Yose-
mite, with an annex high overhead on Glacier Point, while more mod-
est chalets are to be dotted about in the obscurer spots to make access-
ible the rarer beauties of the inner Yosemite. For with the new Tioga
road, which, through the generosity of Mr. Stephen T. Mather and a
few others, the Government has acquired, there is to be revealed a new
Yosemite, which only John Muir and others of similar bent have seen.
This is a Yosemite far different from the quiet, incomparable valley. It
is a land of forests, snow and glaciers. From Mount Lyell one looks,
as from an island, upon a tumbled sea of snowy peaks. Its lakes, many
of which have never been fished, are alive with trout. And through it
foams the Tuolumne River, which in a mile drops a mile, a water spec-
tacle destined to world celebrity. Meeting obstructions in its slanting
rush, the water now and again rises nearly perpendicularly, forming
upright foaming arcs sometimes 50 feet in height. These “water wheels,”
a dozen or more in number, will be accessible next summer by a trail to
be built when the snow melts in June.

While as the years have passed we have been modestly developing the
superb scenic possibilities of the Yellowstone, nature has made of it the
largest and most populous game preserve in the Western Hemisphere.
Its great size, its altitude, its vast wilderness, its plentiful waters, its fa-

National Park Notes 103

vorable conformation of rugged mountain and sheltered valley, and the
nearly perfect protection afforded by the policy and the scientific care of
the Government have made this park, since its inauguration in 1872, the
natural and inevitable center of game conservation for this Nation.
There is something of significance in this. It is the destiny of the nation-
al parks, if wisely controlled, to become the public laboratories of nature
study for the Nation. And from them specimens may be distributed to
the city and State preserves, as is now being done with the elk of the
Yellowstone which are too abundant, and may be later with the ante-
lope.

If Congress will but make the funds available for the construction of
roads over which automobiles may travel with safety (for all the parks
are now open to motors) and for trails to hunt out the hidden places of
beauty and dignity, we may expect that year by year these parks will be-
come a more precious possession of the people, holding them to the fur-
ther discovery of America and making them still prouder of its resour-
ces, esthetic as well as material.

NATIONAL PARKS AND RESERVATIONS

The creation of the Yellowstone National Park in Wyoming, Mon-
tana and Idaho by the act of March 1, 1872, marked the beginning of a
policy on the part of Congress of setting aside tracts of land as recrea-
tion grounds for all the people. Since that time 12 additional national
parks have been established in various sections of the country, the latest
being the Rocky Mountain National Park, in Colorado, which park was
opened to the public last June. The total amount of land embraced in
these reservations is 4,665,966.25 acres. To these parks should be added
as speedily as possible the Grand Cafion of the Colorado River, with its
wonderful scenic features.

Visitors: The interest of the general public in these national parks
has been clearly evidenced by the large number of requests for literature
regarding them. During the season just closed there has been very
marked increases in the number of tourists visiting these national play-
grounds. In the Yellowstone National Park in 1914 there were 20,250
visitors, and this year two and one-half times as many—51,895. Yosemite
National Park in California had 33,452 visitors during the 1915 season,
whereas in 1914 only 15,145 persons visited the park. Again, in Mount
Rainier National Park, Wash., there has been an increase in the num-
ber of visitors of over 100 per cent—35,166 in 1915 as against 15,038 in
1914.

Economic value of national parks: Leaving out of consideration the
cost to visitors of transportation from their homes to the parks, a fair
idea of the economic value of tourist travel in four of the larger parks
may be obtained by consideration of the financial reports of concession-
ers, which show gross receipts for past seasons in the following approx-
imate estimates: Yellowstone National Park in 1912, $1,067,161.34; in
1913, $1,186,811.36, and in 1914, $848,688.44. Yosemite National Park in

104 Sierra Club Bulletin

1912, $311,444.32; in 1913, $359,481.45, and in 1914, $334,914.32. Glacier
National Park in 1913, $161,510.87, and in 1914, $155,716.14. Mount Ra-
nier National Park in 1912, $56,735.93; in 1913, $66,942.76, and in 1914,
$61,078.08. .

Financial reports of concessioners in the parks for the season of 1915
have not yet been received in the department, but in view of the large
tourist travel to the far West initiated by the expositions held in Cali-
fornia, it is anticipated that marked increases in gross receipts by na-
tional-park concessioners will be noted.

Third national-park conference: In prior annual reports attention
has been directed to the very satisfactory results obtained from bring-
ing together in conference the various park superintendents for the pur-
pose of discussing the many difficult problems presented in the adminis-
tration of these reservations. In March of the present year the third
conference of superintendents was held at Berkeley, Cal., under the im-
mediate direction of the assistant to the secretary, at which there were
in attendance other representatives of this department, representatives
of the Departments of Agriculture and War, of the transcontinental
railways, of many of the concessioners in the parks, as well as a num-
ber of other persons interested in national park matters. Questions were
discussed pertaining to hotel accommodations, sanitation, transportation,
construction of roads, trails, and bridges, forestry, fire protection, pro-
tection of game, and other phases of park administration. A detailed re-
port of the conference will be published by the department.

The consensus of opinion at this conference as well as of those con-
ferences held in 1911 and 1912, was that as many of the problems of park
management were substantially the same throughout the several na-
tional parks, their supervision should be centralized or grouped together
under a single administrative bureau specifically charged with such
work. The conference developed many instances where economy and
efficiency would be increased by a central administration of all the
parks. For instance, the law does not permit the resident engineer of the
Yosemite to be utilized at times in any other national park. A temporary
surplusage of service or equipment can not be used to meet a corre-
sponding need elsewhere. Without a central administration the national
parks can not be handled together, like departments of one business, for
the good of all.

Bills. to create a national park service have heretofore been intro-
duced in Congress, but none has as yet been enacted into law.

Appropriations and revenues: The total of appropriations made by
Congress for protection and improvement of these parks during the year,
expendable under this department, was $283,590, and the total revenues
received from concessions in all the parks was $81,705.70.

Automobiles in the parks: Automobiles have heretofore been admit-
ted under strict regulations governing travel of the roads to the Mount
Rainier, Crater Lake, Glacier, Mesa Verde, General Grant, Platt, and
Wind Cave national parks; over the Giant Forest Road, in Sequoia Na-

UOJSUIPIY “4D [neg Aq sojoyg

TIVAL MINW NHOfL JO ALNON AHL ONOTV
Yo1Z UOTIN[OAY Jo peol[ 1vsu ‘ayey] uoinjoay

YooID 19g WoIJ sopqery usAas

“IITTID ALVITd *X “IOA ‘NILATING ANTD VANTIS

UoPSUIPEeY “H [Neg Aq sojoyg
TIVUL UINW NHOf AO ALNOU AHL ONOTV
Yao1Q UoIN[oOAY Uo o}is-dures [nfryneaq & “MOpeaTy Aq{od

Ade A SUIMGO 0} UISeq UINDeOf URS
dy} Wo1F 9JNo1 Plo 9y} UO SI ‘[reIy, AIM UYyoL wWo.rsZ sop moj} B ‘ssed SIYT, ‘sseq OUOT Wor} HOGIY JUNOIW

*X “IOA ‘NILATING €ANTO VAUTIS

“AITO ALVId

Nattonal Park Notes 105

tional Park; in Yosemite National Park, over the Coulterville Road
from the Merced Grove of Big Trees into Yosemite Valley, over the
Wawona Road leading to the Mariposa Big Tree Grove, and over the
Big Oak Flat Road; and in the Yellowstone National Park, over a road
in the northwestern section of the park not in general use, for the
special accommodation of people of Gallatin County, Mont.

During the past season the generally traveled roads in Yellowstone
National Park were opened to motor-driven vehicles, operated for pleas-
ure purposes only, under strict regulations which became effective on
August 1, 1915.

The opening during the year of Yellowstone National Park to auto-
mobiles used for pleasure purposes has been much appreciated by the
traveling public. They were operated under a very carefully worked out
schedule which has proved to be highly satisfactory.

This park .was visited during the season by 958 cars, carrying 3513
people, which points to a much fuller enjoyment of the wonders in this
park by motorists in 1916. The total receipts from automobiles and mo-
tor cycles in all the parks were $42,589.73 in 1915, as against $14,243.07
in 1914.

The extremely rapid development of motoring throughout the coun-
try, and its enjoyment by people of all degrees of income, has led to an
active policy of road extension in all the national parks. An example is
the acquisition and improvement of the old Tioga Road through the Yo-
semite National Park, establishing another highway over the Sierras.

Private holdings: The administration of affairs in all of the national
parks, with the exception of the Yellowstone, General Grant, Platt,
Wind Cave, and Sullys Hill, is considerably embarrassed by the fact that
within the respective boundaries are many patented lands and some toll
roads. These private holdings are as follows: Yosemite National Park,
19,827 acres; Sequoia National Park, 3,716.96 acres; Crater Lake Na-
tional Park, 1337 acres, and 1,121.11 acres of unperfected claims; Mesa
Verde National Park, 875 acres and 118 acres unperfected claims; Mount
Rainier National Park, 18.2 acres; and Glacier National Park, 8,864.40
acres of patented lands and 7,803.71 acres of unperfected claims.

The majority of these lands, including the Mineral King Road in Se-
quoia National Park, and the Coulterville and Wawona toll roads in
Yosemite National Park, should be acquired by the Government. Dur-
ing the year, through the instrumentality of Mr. Stephen T. Mather, as-
sistant to the Secretary, the title by donation to portions of the “Great
Sierra wagon and toll road” (also known as the Tioga Road) and the
portions of the “Big Oak Flat and Yosemite Toll roads,” within the
limits of Yosemite National Park, were transferred to the United States,
such donations being accepted by the Secretary of the Interior under
the provisions of the sundry civil act of March 3, 1915, authorizing the
Secretary of the Interior to accept patented lands or rights of way,
whether over patented or other lands, in Yosemite National Park that
may be donated for park purposes.

106 Sierra Club Bulletin

Congress, by the act approved April 9, 1912 (37 Stat., 80), authorized
the Secretary of the Interior, for the purpose of eliminating private
holdings within the Yosemite National Park and to preserve intact the
natural timber along the roads in the scenic portions of the park, both
on patented and park lands, in his discretion, to obtain by exchange
complete title to any and all of the lands within the boundaries of the
park held in private ownership. Among other things it was provided that
the value of patented lands within the park offered in the exchange and
the value of timber on park lands proposed to be given in the exchange
should be ascertained in such manner as the Secretary of the Interior
might direct.

The subject was taken up with the Yosemite Lumber Co., which has
a large area of patented lands in the park, principally along the Wawo-
na Road, and it was found that an exchange could not be made, for the
reason that the value of the lands owned by the company with the tim-
ber thereon was far in excess of the timber on the park lands, and Con-
gress, by the act approved April 16, 1914 (38 Stat., 345), amended sec-
tion 1 of the act of 1912 so as to authorize the secretaries of the Interior
and Agriculture, for the purpose of eliminating private holdings in said
park and preserving the timber along the roads adjoining the scenic por-
tions thereof on patented lands, to obtain and accept for the United
States a complete title to any and all patented lands within the bound-
aries of the park “by the exchange of timber or timber and lands within
the Yosemite National Park and the Sierra and Stanislaus National
Forests for such lands and the timber thereon within the park.”

Under this legislation the matter was taken up with the Yosemite
Lumber Co., and a contract was entered into on January 18, 1915, be-
tween it and the department under which the Government is to give tim-
ber and timber lands in Yosemite National Park and Sierra National
Forest to that corporation in exchange for lands and timber owned by
it in the park and forest, the exchange values in each case to be equal.
This contract is now being carried into effect under supervision of the
representatives of the department in the park.

The act of Congress approved May 13, 1914 (38 Stat., 376), for the
purpose of preserving scenic features and consolidating certain forest
lands belonging to the United States within the Sierra National Forest
and the Yosemite National Park, Cal., authorizes the Secretary of the
Interior, on the recommendation of the Secretary of Agriculture—

“and after obtaining and accepting for the Government of the United
States a valid title to the land to be acquired, which title shall be ap-
proved by the Secretary of the Interior, to exchange lands belonging to
the United States within the Sierra National Forest for privately owned
timberlands of approximately equal area lying within the boundaries of
said national forest and the Yosemite National Park.”

Under this statute an exchange of lands has been consummated which
will result in the addition of 160 acres of land to the park.

National Park Notes 107

Jurisdiction: The United States has exclusive jurisdiction over the
lands in Yellowstone Park within the State of Wyoming and also over
the lands within Glacier National Park, Mont., and Platt National Park,
Okla., and Congress has provided a means of enforcement of the laws
and regulations pertaining thereto. In the other national parks, how-
ever, over which the laws of the States in which they are located obtain,
great difficulties in administration have been encountered, owing to the
fact that the department has no jurisdiction to punish offenses in viola-
tion of the regulations relating thereto, and especially in the matter of
preventing depredations on game and the selling of liquor therein.

Conservation of wild animal life: The national parks, free as most of
them are from all public lumbering and private grazing enterprises, and
protected by law from hunting of any kind, alone have the seclusion and
other conditions essential for the protection and propagation of wild an-
imal life. Eventually they will become great public nature schools to
which teachers and students of animal life will repair yearly for investi-
gation and study.

The enormous increase of wild animals in the Yellowstone since it be-
came a national park in 1872 points the way. Deer, elk, moose, bison and
antelope here abound in greater numbers no doubt than before the days
of the white man, and many of them have become almost as fearless of
man as animals in captivity. From here many State, county and city
parks have been supplied, under proper restrictions, with surplus ani-
mals for propagation purposes. When interfering private holdings are
extinguished in other national parks and United States laws made to
supersede State laws, these, too, will become centers of animal preser-
vation as effective as the Yellowstone.

Increasing park areas: Congress so carefully cut the boundaries of
national parks to the express purpose for which each was created that,
in some instances, scenic features of the very first order were excluded.
In the careful study which the department has since made of each such
territory it has become apparent that, in several instances, outlying ter-
ritory should be added to these reservations. The most distinguished of
these instances is Sequoia National Park,the boundaries of which should
be extended to include the superb Kings Cafion on the north and on the
east the Kern Cafion and the west slope and summit of Mount Whitney,
the highest mountain under the American flag; also other instances are
the Continental Divide for a few miles south of the new Rocky Moun-
tain National Park, together with several small outlying features of ex-
traordinary beauty.

New national parks: Of the 10 or more scenic neighborhoods claim-
ing national-park status the most distinguished is the Grand Cafion of
the Colorado, now classed as a national monument. This is one of the
greatest natural show places of the world. It demands and should have
immediate recognition and development as a national park.

Other proposed national parks have scenic value and availability of

108 Sierra Club Bulletin

high degree and will be considered as they come prominently before
Congress through the desires and activities of the people of their re-
spective States. It is the policy of the department not to actively seek
the creation of new national parks but to develop and administer all
such reservations accepted by Congress and intrusted to its care.

General superintendent of national parks: Mr. Mark Daniels, gener-
al superintendent and landscape engineer of the national parks under
this department, made inspections during the year of the Mesa Verde,
Platt and Wind Cave national parks, and the Hot Springs Reservation;
supervised the enforcement of the regulations in the parks, the laying
out of roads and trails, designing of buildings and structures, and the plan-
ning of general improvements; provided for the establishment of a unit
cost-keeping system in the Yosemite National Park which has resulted
in considerable saving, supervised the construction of a concrete bridge
in the Mount Rainier National Park, and wooden bridges in the Yo-
semite National Park, and supplied plans and specifications for several
different types of concrete bridges for other parks; replanned the road
sprinkling system in Yosemite, established an automobile schedule there-
in, designed a complete road and trail system for five of the parks, pre-
pared plans for a new village in Yosemite, installed a purchasing branch
for the several national parks in San Francisco and purchased through
the same materials for most of the western parks, and gave attention to
many other details of park administration.

EXTRACTS FROM REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF THE CRATER LAKE
NATIONAL Park, 1915

HOTELS

During the season of 1915 Crater Lake Lodge was opened to the
public and is located directly on the rim of the lake, nearly 1000 feet
above the water, where comfortable quarters are available for guests.
The lodge is a cut-stone building containing about 60 rooms, some of
which contain hot and cold water and other conveniences. During the
season of 1916 it is proposed to build along the entire front of this
building, over 100 feet, a 16-foot porch and pergola, from which one
can look directly into the lake, nearly 1000 feet below. -

TUNNEL TO THE LAKE

From Crater Lake Lodge to the lake is a drop of nearly 1000 feet,
and to reach the lake a trail of 2300 feet is provided. Owing to the rug-
ged nature of the rim, this trail is necessarily steep and hard to climb,
and many visitors are unable to go over it, so that they are denied the
privilege of fishing or boating on the lake. This condition of affairs is
a disappointment to many visitors and some sort of provision should be
made to overcome it. A lift or other installation within the rim is
wholly impracticable, for the reason that every spring enormous slides

National Park Notes 109

of snow and rock would sweep any sort of framework into the lake.
Under such conditions I would suggest the construction of a tunnel
from a convenient point on the road, several hundred feet below the
rim, to the surface of the water. With this end in view an appropriation
of $1000 is desired with which to make investigations, surveys, etc.

EXTRACTS FROM REPORT OF THE SUPERVISOR OF THE MOUNT
RAINIER NATIONAL Park, 1915

The Mountaineers, about 90 in number, with a pack train of 50 horses,
made the circuit of the mountain in August. The trip around the moun-
tain can be made in about seven days, with an average march of twenty
miles over the trail. This trip, with proper advertising, should become a
very popular feature of the park. By making camp each night at certain
designated points in the natural parks and upland meadows, the tourist
can travel on foot by the shortest route, between camps, keeping above
timber line, and obtain a magnificent view of the mountain and sur-
rounding country from all angles, affording one of the most interesting
scenic trips in all the world.

EXTRACTS FROM REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF THE YOSEMITE
NATIONAL Park, 1915

Arrangements have been made for the erection of two new buildings,
to be used for fire-protection purposes, known as fire-lookout stations,
or triangulation stations. One will be situated on Mount Hoffman and
the other on Sentinel Dome.

During the past season there were constructed three new outpost or
checking stations, which are used by the park rangers for outpost pur-
poses, these cabins being located at Merced Grove, Crane Flat and Hog
Ranch.

The following new outpost stations for rangers’ use should be built
the coming year: One on the Wawona Road, somewhere in the vicinity
of Camp A. E. Wood, and a somewhat larger and more spacious out-
post than those constructed this year should be built at Tuolumne Mead-
ows, at which latter place are the Lambert Soda Springs and the Sierra
Club’s buildings, which accommodate a large crowd each season, and in
the near future it will probably be necessary for two park rangers to be
stationed at this outpost—one of the first class for ranger duty and one
of the second class to check automobiles, as the Tioga Road is now open
and a large number of cars will be passing over that road yearly.

Other new buildings especially needed are an administration build-
ing, outpost quarters of less elaborate construction than the checking
stations, and rescue lodges or chalets, as well as a new hospital.

IIO Sierra Club Bulletin

RANGERS

The ranger department was reorganized under the new park system
installed this year, the park rangers being divided into two classes,
known as park rangers of the first class (mounted) and park rangers
of the second class (unmounted) or automobile checkers. The park-rang-
er force consists of a chief park ranger, Mr. O. R. Prien, two assistant
chief park rangers, and two park rangers, all permanent employees, and
seven temporary park rangers, all of the first class, together with four
rangers of the second class or automobile checkers. With this ranger
department the Government has been able to handle the checking of the
automobiles, as well as the protection of the park against forest fires
and poachers, with the enforcement of the park rules and regulations.
This park-ranger force has very capably taken care of the work per-
formed in previous years by troops of cavalry detailed from the United
States Army and stationed in this park.

It is recommended that this park-ranger force be increased by at least
two permanent yearly men, one to take charge of the insect-control
work, which should be carried on each season and which has been un-
der the direction of Mr. J. J. Sullivan, entomological ranger, detailed
for duty in this park from the Bureau of Entomology, Department of
Agriculture, and the other to take charge of the newly established in-
formation bureau.

FOREST FIRES

This season the forest fires did very little damage and were easily
controlled by the park rangers, assisted by the other park employees.

Arrangements have been made and materials purchased for the con-
struction of two fire-lookout stations or triangulation stations for the
use of the ranger department for fire protection. Owing to the location
of these stations, one being on Mount Hoffman and the other on Sen-
tinel Dome, it will be possible with the high power instruments at hand
for the ranger department to instantly locate a fire or fires within the
district, and by the triangulation system be able to give the exact loca-
tion of the fire immediately the fire starts. It is absolutely necessary that
these two stations co-operate with the triangulation stations of the For-
est Service where possible in the surrounding districts and that we have
telephonic communication, so that we may work together in locating
forest fires, for the protection of the park as well as the national for-
ests surrounding the park. It would be well when funds are available to
establish one or more of these triangulation stations in other districts
of the park, as it will not be possible for these two stations to control the
whole park area. These stations will lessen the expense of fire protection
as well as afford a great protection to the forests of the park.

LAMBERT SODA SPRINGS

The Lambert Soda Springs at the Tuolumne Meadows, on the Tuo-
lumne River, about 25 miles by trail from Yosemite Valley, have been
of considerable interest to the visitors to the Yosemite National Park

National Park Notes TTT

this year, owing to the fact that it has been the first time in the history
of these springs that it has been practicable for tourists to make trips to
this part and have fine service, such as is given them by the Sierra Club
in connection with its camp located near the Soda Springs. There were
registered at this camp this season 2236 visitors.* This was partially due
to the Tioga Road, which has recently been opened and affords the tour-
ist a convenient way of reaching that point by automobile. The Lambert
Soda Springs have this year for the first time received any large extent
of recognition, and it would be well for the Government to take the nec-
essary steps to advertise these springs.

The following is an excerpt from the report of Mr. Gerald A. War-
ing, found on page 237 of Water-Supply Paper 338, of pamphlet entitled
“Springs of California,” edition of 1915, prepared by the United States
Geological Survey:

“The springs rise at the northern edge of Tuolumne Meadows, about
125 yards north of the river’s edge, at the upper border of a grassy
slope. There is only one spring of appreciable flow, but water bubbles
from numerous vents near by. The spring rises in a funnel-shaped pool
about 14 inches in diameter in a little log cabin that protects it. In Aug-
ust, 1909, it yielded about one gallon a minute, but its discharge is said
to vary somewhat. The water is clear, strongly carbonated, and effer-
vescing, but considerable iron is deposited in the pool. Within the cabin
are also two small vents of inappreciable discharge, marked by bubbling.
Six other similar pools, a few inches in diameter, lie on a low mound of
iron-stained lime carbonate beside the cabin, and another group of eight
small pools is located 15 to 25 yards northeast of the cabin. The water
in all of the pools is carbonated and small amounts of iron and lime car-
bonate are deposited at nearly all of them. Efflorescent soda salts also
appear in the adjoining grassy land. The following analysis shows the .
water to be primary and secondary alkaline in character:

Analysis of the Lambert Soda Springs

[Analyst and authority, F. M. Eaton (1909). Constituents
are in parts per million. |

ETRE Ce iS UUM SS ARI Wha h SGML MCE i 87. ©. (47° Fs)

Properties of reaction:
AA SA OILY nmi oer ieyaiee chars ih te WNIT wE MG el at 11
Bee er clcarayan SAMI SNM uel acct ye! esr Uncle Valeri ta lode eee uds labs kta gual 4 0
EMD IUIAVARSVIAMNILV Fy seNsca rarer TaN neha SVN URES MA eg at ik 0
MS RAaee Lavaca AIATIU EY, Wels) Nav eee cite DEN hee a IA We att alti Wibdalesota eis dieudi bia: duelt 36
Bae OIC Anay mre ELAE YY cadolscs shoe wivapn lahat ciel asec widlal Cle Biel dtese/ ea ial es 53
TGC se aul eed bso hh Gi HE OSes see AIR LEN ACS Ae a 7

c * The above was the registration at the ranger’s station, not at the Sierra Club
‘amp.

112 Sierra Club Bulletin

: Reacting
Constituents : By weight values
SodiunaiC Nae ee as oe ieee cee ne ee 9.96
Potassium (CK) (igiss eae ie anon (ae eee 5.5 14
Caleta “OC Ca yr icy pee oe ho solticge clon tater 196 9.81
Magnesium, (Mig). is. cleavable tine eect ater ae 20 1.64

Tiron’ GRO): defsateiadees cg siete he eel etc eases ae eee a
Atamiana CAV)! of aca a sareale ee abe, eter eee | oe =
Sulphate «CSO uc icn tase aon ene ae 24 .49
Chloride (CI) ons Sen en ne ee 66 1.87
Carbonate “CCO2) 2. lo Gate deren ae 564 18.80
Silica (SIOL) cond fl a ee 58 1.93
1168.5. ee
Carbon: idioxide: (CO2)i..3. eect ee Ace eee eee Present Present

EXTENSION OF THE PARK BOUNDARIES

Under the act approved February 7, 1905, entitled “An act to exclude
from the Yosemite National Park, Cal., certain lands therein described
and to attach and include the said lands in the Sierra Forest Reserve,”
542.88 square miles were excluded, certain parts of which lie on the
eastern boundary of the present park, and which contain many scenic
views such as the Devils Post Pile, lakes, high mountains, glaciers, cafi-
ons, which are in the judgment of many not equaled by any of the views
that are within the present park boundaries. Such beautiful lakes as
Thousand Island Lakes, Garnet Lake, and the Minaret, with the glaciers
leading into it, and the floating glaciers in the lakes are remarkable.
These lakes lie at the foot of Mount Ritter and Mount Banner, which
are of great beauty, and also Mount Ritter is of higher altitude than any
of the mountains within the boundaries of the present park and gives a
very commanding and impressive view. This section compares very fa-
vorably with the Canadian Rockies, and would make a beautiful trip of
scenic value in connection with the people visiting the Tuolumne Mead-
ows and the Lambert Soda Springs by automobiles traveling over the
Tioga Road.

I therefore would recommend to the Government that the necessary
steps be taken to have put back into the park boundaries all the land
excluded by this act lying on the eastern boundary of the park, and also
taking in township 1 north, range 25 east, which will include the won-
derful set of Saddlebag Lakes and also the Leevining Cafion, which is
traversed by the Tioga Road after leaving the park boundaries in its
route to Mono Lake, and which is of so much value to the park at the
present time that people travel from Yosemite Valley, a distance of 80
miles through the park land and out of its boundary on the east side, for
the one purpose of seeing Leevining Creek Cafion, which is in the opin-
ion of many people not equaled by the Grand Cafion for its impressive-
ness as to depth, ruggedness, and other scenic beauties. Its head is con-
tinuously capped with snow, large waterfalls pouring down the cajfion.

National Park Notes 113

From this road may be seen the Mono Craters, and one can see the edge
of the desert far in the distance. This additional land will mean a great
deal to the park from a scenic standpoint. Gro. V. Br,

Superintendent

EXTRACTS FROM REPORT OF THE GENERAL SUPERINTENDENT AND
LANDSCAPE ENGINEER OF NATIONAL Parks, 1915

Many of our parks are truly vast in area, encompassing within their
boundaries innumerable wonders. To reach these the tourist, upon ar-
riving at the park, must hire saddle animals, pack animals, a guide, cook
and other help. The expense of such an outfit is prohibitive to all but the
wealthy. Those who have waited and saved their money are denied the
fuller enjoyment of our parks, for they can not bear the expense of
transporting their supplies over the trails. There is but one solution of
the problem of caring for this class of tourists, and that is the establish-
ment of small inns at convenient intervals so that tourists may travel
the trails afoot, purchasing their provisions and other necessities as they
go. As you are aware, the first steps in an effort to bring about such a
condition have been taken in Yosemite National Park. If this work is
carried through, a blessing will have been conferred upon those whose
lack of money has shut them from the greater part of our national parks.
It will also be, in my opinion, the most potent factor in retaining,
through the medium of our parks, a material percentage of tourist travel
and will necessitate a careful consideration of the problem of a general
policy.

To the east of Sequoia National Park is some of the finest mountain
scenery in the world. The area in which the scenery lies is of little or no
value for purposes other than the pleasure of scenery lovers. It contains
the great Kern Cafion, Kings River Cafions, and Mount Whitney, the
highest peak in the United States, together with almost innumerable
other features. I can not recommend too strongly that the Sequoia Na-
tional Park be enlarged to take in the areas to the southeast and east,
which contain these examples of wonderful mountain scenery.

A Britt To EstABLIisH A NATIONAL PARK SERVICE*

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the
United States of America in Congress assembled:

Section 1. That there is hereby established in the Department of the
Interior a service to be called the National Park Service which shall be
under the charge of a director who shall be appointed by the Secretary,
and there shall also be in said service such assistants and other em-
ployees as the Secretary of the Interior shall deem necessary.

* The American Civic Association is largely responsible for this bill through its
national parks committee.

II4 Sierra Club Bulletin

Section 2. That the director shall, under the direction of the Secretary
of the Interior, have the supervision, management and control of the
several national parks, national monuments, the Hot Springs Reserva-
tion in the State of Arkansas, and such other national parks, national
monuments and reservations of like character as may hereafter be cre-
ated or authorized by Congress.

Section 3. That the Secretary of the Interior shall make and publish
such rules and regulations as he may deem necessary or proper for the
use and management of such parks, monuments and reservations, as are
hereby or may hereafter be placed under the jurisdiction of the National
Park Service, and any violation of any of the rules and regulations au-
thorized by this Act shall be punished, as provided for in Section 50 of
the Act entitled “An Act to codify and amend the penal laws of the
United States,” approved March 4, nineteen hundred and nine, as amend-
ed by Section Six of the Act of June 25, nineteen hundred and ten,
(Thirty-sixth United States Statutes at Large, page 857). He may also
upon terms and conditions to be fixed by him, sell or dispose of timber
in those cases where the cutting of such timber is requisite for properly
controlling the attacks of insects or disease, or of otherwise conserving
the scenery or the natural or historic objects in any park, monument or
other reservation; grant privileges, leases and permits for the use of
land, but only for the accommodation of visitors in the various parks,
monuments or other reservations herein provided for, but for periods
not exceeding twenty years, and that no natural curiosities, wonders or
objects of interest shall be leased, rented or granted to any one on such
terms as to interfere with free access to them by the public. It is
further provided that in the granting of leases and concessions, and in
the general management and development of said parks, monuments and
reservations, no action unless specifically provided for by future enact-
ments of Congress shall be detrimental to the fundamental object of
these aforesaid parks, monuments and reservations, which object is to
conserve the scenery and the natural and historic objects therein and to
provide for the enjoyment of said scenery and objects by the public in
any manner and by any means that will leave them unimpaired for the
enjoyment of future generations. The funds derived from such sales,
leases, permits and privileges, shall be deposited in the treasury as a gen-
eral fund to be expended by the director, under the supervision of the
Secretary of the Interior, in the administration, maintenance and im-
provements of the parks, monuments and reservations herein provided
for.

Section 4. That the expenses incident to the establishment of such
National Park Service shall be met out of funds allotted to the Interior
Department for similar purposes and shall be submitted in the book of
estimates furnished to the House of Representatives by the Department
of the Interior.

Section 5. That all acts or parts of acts inconsistent herewith are
hereby repealed.

FORESTRY NOTES
Edited by WALTER L. HUBER

CI
THE Forest Fire SEASON oF 1915 IN CALIFORNIA

During the forest fire season of 1915 there were reported in District 5
of the United States Forest Service, which includes California and
southwestern Nevada, 1190 fires. Of these 80.25 per cent were put out
when they had burned over areas of less than 10 acres. The total acre-
age burned inside the National Forests by these fires was 41,990.05, and
outside of the National Forests, 41,837.29. The damage is estimated at.
$7,343.79. These fires originated from the following causes: Railroads,
16; campers, 312; brush-burning, 62; lumbering, 58; lightning, 290; in-
cendiary, 261; miscellaneous, 59; unknown, 132. With a fire season of
the same number of days as that of last year the expenditure for fire
fighting was only one-third as large.

PREVENTING FIRES ON TAMALPAIS

As a result of the great fire of 1913 the Tamalpais Fire Association
was organized in the fall of that year. It has, therefore, been in opera-
tion for two seasons, and so far its record is an excellent one. During
the two years a total of only 640 acres has been burnt over, which, on a
yearly basis, is equal to eight-tenths of one per cent of the 40,000 acres
under protection. It is also worthy of remark that only 30 acres of brush
land were touched by fire, the remaining 610 acres being grass land. The
actual damage was slight and consisted for the most part of the scorch-
ing of fences and out-houses.

It is frequently said that the Association has been “lucky.” Of course
a certain amount of chance enters into any system of fire prevention,
and the results depend, to a certain extent, on the conditions of wind
and weather when small fires break out. However, it seems only fair to
assume that the good results on Tamalpais have been largely due to two
things. In the first place, a campaign of education has been carried on
which has impressed hunters, hikers and others using the mountain park
with the importance of being extremely careful with the use of fire; and
the education of the public has been supplemented by efficient policing
during the dry seasons, with strict enforcement of the regulation which
limits the building of camp fires to certain safely prepared spots, and
which obliges one first to procure a written permit from the patrolman
before lighting fires at these spots. These measures prevented the start
of many fires which undoubtedly would have occurred in the absence of
restrictions. In the second place, the organized fire-fighting forces of

Tro Sierra Club Bulletin

the Association reached and extinguished all the small fires so quickly
that they had no chance to spread beyond control. The preventing of
fires from starting and the prompt suppression of little fires were the re-
sult of systematic work; luck played a very small part.

There have now been constructed twenty-four miles of fire trails, and
this winter, which will complete the three-year construction period, it is
planned to build six miles additional. These thirty miles, of course, are
merely a beginning, for eventually every principal ridge and spur should
be traversed by a trail, even if the clearing is no wider than necessary
for a foot trail. Quick communication and bases from which to back-fire
are the first essentials in any brushy country. It seems probable that all
trails must be cleared out at least once every two years, calling for a
maintenance expense of about $25 per mile; the original cost of cleaning
out strips of from 10 to 20 feet in width has averaged in the neighbor-
hood of $100 per mile, and even at this cost the roots of the brush can
not be grubbed out.

Because of the fact that no fires have as yet approached the trails al-
ready constructed no test of their usefulness has occurred, although in
other regions the efficiency of fire trails has been demonstrated for many
years.

Several of the fires which have occurred during the past two seasons
have started along the right of way of the Mount Tamalpais and Muir
Woods Railway, doubtless from matches or burning tobacco carelessly
thrown from the cars. That source will always remain as a considerable
menace unless smoking on the trains should be prohibited. Other fires
have started chiefly from hunters, from the burning of rubbish, and
from boys playing with matches. The State fire laws are weak in many
ways, and in several of the towns around the mountain the fire ordinan-
ces are defective. Remedial legislation will be attempted.

The main needs of the Association at present are many more fire pa-
trolmen, more fire trails and a paid system for fire fighters. The creation
of the Marin Municipal Water District will naturally help the work of
fire prevention immensely, for it means the establishment of a 12,000-
acre public park in the very heart of the Tamalpais country, implying
permanent public management and greatly extended lines of travel. The
Tamalpais Fire Association will continue in existence at least until such
time as the water district is in a position to take over the work.

The plan of financial co-operation is the most unique part of the As-
sociation’s work. There is no other similar organization in the United
States in which so many and so different interests are welded together
for the public good. All the land is privately owned and neither the
State nor federal governments assist in any way whatsoever. The prop-
erty owners subscribe 10 cents per acre each year, according to the size
of their holdings; the towns contribute lump sums, more or less in pro-
portion to their assessed valuations; and the public which uses the
mountain as a playground aids financially through membership dues.
The property owners, without exception, have contributed generously

Forestry Notes LL,

and promptly, and, with one or two exceptions, the same is true of the
towns; but the public which enjoys the mountain has responded lament-
ably. Not only is the membership list ridiculously small; more unfortu-
nate still is the fact that one-third of the members lack sufficient inter-
est in the work to pay their dues.

Incidentally, one-quarter of the Association’s income is contributed by
Mr. William Kent.

FREDERICK EF, OLMSTED,
Consulting Forester

DEVELOPMENT OF THE RECREATION USE OF THE NATIONAL FORESTS
A CIRCULAR LETTER TO FOREST OFFICERS

Forest Supervisors and District Rangers, District 5:

What is the present status of the recreation use on your Forest? Not
that I want a collection of dry figures on the number of travelers that
annually go into the mountains. I want you to think about it. A few
hundred or a few thousand auto- or wagon-campers wind up your roads
in summer, or pack or hike over the trails in your back country. You
know in a general way who they are and where they come from; but
have you ever seriously studied them from the point of view of develop-
ing and promoting this use to the fullest possible extent?

What are the possibilities in this line? With no figures at all, simply
from our general knowledge and common sense, we know that they are
enormous. Every man or woman or child who gets out of a town or a
hot valley and puts in ten days in the mountains in summer is a health-
ier, happier and better citizen for it. Do you begin to see the possibilities
opening before us for contributing to the public welfare? Suppose we de-
fine the object we want to accomplish as increasing the recreation use
tenfold in five years on every ranger district in every National Forest in
California. Let’s see how we ought to go about it.

The man who is going on a summer vacation will be looking for
hunting or fishing grounds; for chances to live and sleep in the open—to
camp; for impressive or beautiful scenery; for opportunities for swim-
ming or boating, or for regions where he can explore unknown country
or regions of scientific interest. Our job is to facilitate the accomplish-
ment of these objects by the prospective vacationist. The most obvious
road to it is publicity.

What is wanted is to tell as many prospective visitors as possible all
they would want to know about a trip into the mountains. A map is
probably the most effective and useful means of conveying this informa-
tion. Suppose each Forest starts systematically to work this winter pre-
paring the very best “Recreation Map” possible. The information is all
collected—it is either in the files or in the heads of one or more officers.
It remains only to get it into usable shape.

Take the camper map as a base, and put all the recreation data on it

118 Sierra Club Bulletin

as shown in the attached legend. I am informed that it will be mechan-
ically impossible to run our existing camper maps through the press and
have this data printed on them. Therefore, each Forest will go ahead
and prepare the rough draft for a new edition of recreation maps which
we will request Washington to lithograph for us in large numbers.
These maps when completed should show to the prospective visitor
everything of interest or value, among which are:
1. Outfitting points :
Where camp supplies can be obtained.
Where gasoline can be obtained.
Where saddles and pack stock can be obtained.
Where guides, packers or camp-tenders can be obtained.
Ranches where butter, milk, eggs, etc., can be obtained.
Where meals and lodging can be obtained.
2. Routes of travel :
Roads passable for autos.
Roads passable for wagons.
Trails passable for stock.
Trails passable for foot travel.
3. Horse-feed :
Meadows where cattle-grazing is permitted.
Meadows where cattle-grazing is not permitted.
Meadows fenced for use of traveling public.
Meadows fenced for use of Forest officers only.
4. Particularly good camp grounds.
5. Interesting areas and scenic points:
Forest.
Particularly fine timber.
Forest Service stations or improvements.
Telephones, post-offices, stage stations, etc.
Of geological or historical interest.
Of botanical interest.
Ofinterest to mountain climbers (safest routes to top indi-
cated).
Of interest to hunters.
Localities where deer, bear, quail, grouse, etc., are most preva-
lent.
Of interest to fishermen.
Stocked streams and lakes, with kinds of fish.
Barriers impassable to fish.
Of general scenic interest.
Waterfalls.
Lakes.
Cafions.
Peaks.
Points from which wide views may be obtained.

Forestry Notes 119

Other features which should go on such a map will occur to you. I
should be glad to have you send them in, in order that all new ideas on
this subject may be circulated. We do not want Forest travelers to have
to learn to read recreation maps anew for every Forest, so the legend
should be standardized. I enclose a suggested standard legend, and shall
be glad to receive comments upon it.

Also, what do you think of getting up a recreation leaflet for each
Forest to supplement the Forest map—the leaflet to outline certain trips
and contain descriptive matter covering the principal recreation features,
tables of distances (when not on back of map), and possibly a few pho-
tographs? Would the work and expense of this be justified?

Another thing needed is a district poster, with some such title as “The
National Forests—California’s Recreation Grounds,” showing the loca-
tion of the National Forests in relation to the cities and railroads of the
State, and the terminals and routes of all auto and horse stage-lines
reaching from railroad points into the National Forests. Please send in
to this office the railroad terminal and stage-line data on a proclamation
or other small-scale map of your Forest.

A systematic plan must be made to secure the most effective distribu-
tion possible of the above information material. The district poster
should be sent in quantities to all railroad headquarter offices for posting
in every railroad station in the State. It should also be in all garages.
Forest recreation maps should be distributed from Forest and district
mailing lists; through universities, schools and State government bu-
reaus; through county governments, county and city boards of trade and
chambers of commerce; through sporting-goods dealers and clubs, and
through magazine and newspaper publishers. Further suggestions along
this line are wanted.

ne apd a hae Glee aa 3

Passively permitting the public to enter and occupy their own prop-
erty is no public service whatever. The question is, what more can be
done by Forest officers to promote recreation use?

There are many opportunities. We can encourage registration, in or-
der to get in touch with the traveler in case of emergency. We can take
careful note of campers’ horses so as to be of help in case any are lost.
Opportunities will arise for tactful hints on care of horses in camp—the
making of humane hobbles, for instance, or more comfortable camps.
We will put into general use the system of cards of introduction devised
by Ranger Wilson of the Tahoe. We can be sure that each party has all
the information needed about trails, routes or country. A lost man
ought to mean neglect somewhere and a black mark against the Forest
where it occurs. We have only started in the business of posting signs—
a real public service.

We will consider that the recreation use is one of our major lines of
work. Please be prepared to submit with your next improvement esti-
mates the most important projects along this line. We expect to spend

120 Sierra Club Bulletin

some money on it, and will want to consider projects for tourist trails,
drift fences to keep stock out of valuable recreation areas, fenced camp-
ers’ pastures, improved camp grounds, water troughs, hitching racks, re-
clamation of eroding meadows by ditching, auto turn-outs on roads now
unusable for lack of them, improvement of viewpoints, Forest portals
and signs, etc.

In your time-estimates, please include such activities as stocking
streams with fish, and exploration to develop new recreation areas.

There are many potentialities of securing co-operation in such im-
provements and activities. The camper trade is a profitable one for a lo-
cality, and county supervisors, chambers of commerce or sportsmen’s
clubs may be willing to work with us, Let us make sure that every or-
ganization which is willing has an opportunity to go the limit.

You or your deputy take many trips into interesting country on your
Forest each year. Work up a party or two to go with you next season,
made up of representative men from the region you wish to interest in
the recreation resources of your Forest. This need not interfere with
your regular work in the slightest, nor cost the government a cent. At
the same time it will not only be the most effective kind of advertising,
but will establish personal relations between the Service and recreation
users that will be immensely valuable.

Most important of all, every supervisor and district ranger must see
to it that he and every man on the job has the correct point of view.
The incorrect point of view is that campers are nothing more than a fire
risk, that they are a nuisance, or that their lack of knowledge of the
mountains is ridiculous. The correct point of view is that each one is a
citizen using the National Forest and becoming a better citizen by doing
so; that while there he is the guest of the Forest Service, and that we
have distinct responsibilities concerning him. It might be profitable to
think what impression we are making on the camper. We will have
made the correct one only when every visitor leaves the Forest convinced
of the fact that the pine-tree badge, wherever seen, means courtesy,
friendliness and helpfulness—and does not mean surveillance or offi-
ciousness.

(Signed) Corrt Dusots,
District Forester

BOOK REVIEWS
Edited by Marion RANDALL PARSONS

“TRAVELS IN. Whatever in the future may be given to the world of the
ALASKA’* journals and other unpublished writings of John Muir,
nothing is likely to come to us more alight with his person-
ality than are the two volumes published since his death. They bear an
interesting relationship to one another, for not only do the Letters end
just as he was embarking on the first of the journeys recorded in Travels
in Alaska, but the latter book, the last to leave his hands, is still ex-
pressive of the ideals and enthusiasms of the young John Muir so vividly
revealed to us in the letters. It is not often given to a man to have lived
his life with such singleness of purpose, nor at three-score years and ten
to have so completely fulfilled the aims and ideals of his youth.

Travels in Alaska is a record of three journeys of exploration by
canoe and afoot among the fiords and mountains of Southeastern Alas-
ka. Although prospectors, traders and a handful of missionaries were
scattered among the islands, and were beginning to push up the great
river valleys, the greater part of Alaska was in 1879 still unexplored, its
fiords uncharted since Vancouver’s day. With Fort Wrangell as his base,
Mr. Muir made several short steamer trips, which gave him the op-
portunity to learn something of the glaciers and forests of the vicinity.
After his return from an extended trip up the Stickeen River in October,
he set out with Mr. Young, a Wrangell missionary, and a crew of Indian
canoemen, to visit the fiords to northward, near the country of the war-
like Chilcat tribes. Their eventful journey culminated in the discovery of
Glacier Bay and its glorious company of glaciers, the largest of which
bears Mr. Muir’s name. The following year he continued his explorations,
particularly in the region of Sum Dum Bay and the Taku Fiord, and in
1890 returned a third time to the Muir Glacier for a more extended ex-
ploration of its upper fields and study of its flow.

Today, a generation after the journals were written that are the basis
of this book, it is easy to under-rate Mr. Muir’s great service to science.
He was the first American geologist to grasp the extent and scope of the
glacial phenomena of our continent. Others have followed in the paths of
research that he pioneered, and have laid before the world the truths he
was the first to recognize. “Many detailed proof-facts will be required to
compel the assent to this in the minds of most geologists . . . but the
glacial millennium will come.” In this, as in many another passage of the
original journal, omitted in the book, one may read Mr. Muir’s quiet

* Travels in Alaska. By JoHN Mutir. Houghton, Mifflin Company, Boston and
New York. 1915. Price, $2.50. i

122 Sierra Club Bulletin

confidence in the truth of his theories, his knowledge that the time was
not ripe for their general acceptance. It is a wonderful tribute to the
thoroughness and soundness of his early investigations that none of his
theories had to be modified in the light of later discoveries. His long, pa-
tient revision of his notes was devoted entirely to the task of bettering
the expression of his early thought, never to any change in the substance
of the thought itself.

No attempt has been made to rewrite or finish the book, which is pre-
sented as Mr. Muir left it, with the exception of some of the chapter di-
visions and the transposition of certain passages, and even these minor
changes were made in accordance with Mr. Muir’s expressed intentions.
It is not complete, inasmuch as it ends in the middle of the trip of 1890,
nor as a whole can it be regarded as a finished production. The inequali-
ties at once apparent in its style were not at all due to failing powers,
but only to the fact that time was not granted him to finish it. Mr. Muir’s
best work was always slow of fruition. To appreciate fully what the
world has lost, one has only to compare the earlier published story,
Stickeen, with the passages in Chapter XV, which give the incidents of
that story practically as they were first written in the journals. The
vivid, forceful language is there, the keen delight in the wild, stormy,
icy day, the sense of oneness with elemental things, and yet it lacks some-
thing of the flashes of insight, the philosophy, the poetry, the illuminat-
ing touches of the master hand that make the little story a classic.

Nevertheless the book abounds in passages of wonderful beauty. The
description of his camp-fire in the storm, of the auroras, of the sunrise
in Glacier Bay, of the view from Glenora Peak, and a score of others,
will rank among his best work. An interesting aspect of the book is the
new light in which it places Mr. Muir in his relation to humanity. His
fine, broad understanding of the Indians, their virtues, their failings, the
hopelessness of their situation, where the approach of civilization brought
mainly the “contamination of bad whites,” is manifested most sympa-
thetically throughout. His meeting with the coureur-de-bois, Le Claire,
and their intimate companionship for a day and a night before life parted
them forever, is another revealing glimpse of the John Muir known to
his friends, the big-hearted, open-minded companion, the lover of all
things simple, sincere and best in mankind.

In this as in all his other books two qualities stand out pre-eminently
—the sincerity of his enthusiasm, the intensity of his religious faith. The
sound in the flow of a stream, the note of a thrush, the roar of a rain-
laden gale—each of nature’s voices was to him the “very voice of God,
humanized, terrestrialized, entering one’s heart as to a home prepared
for it.” Perhaps in the years to come his greatest claim to the world’s
love and reverence will be that in an age of groping, dark materialism
he kept alight the flame of simple faith in God, of belief in the spiritual
character of nature’s influence on man. M: RoE;

Book Reviews 123

“LETTERS TO Slight in form in comparison with his later writings, these
A FRIEND’* early letters of John Muir to his friend come to us as a

voice from the past, bearing a charm and a fragrance like
that of his own dear flowers. Written to one who in motherly affection:
offered her appreciation and sympathy, they are the outpouring of a
heart in whose greatness many were to find companionship. But like all
who bear to mankind a revelation of the invisible, Muir was destined to
pass many lonely years with nature and with God before people in gen-
eral were willing to receive his message.

In 1868 Muir yielded to that silent but potent invitation which the
great forests and wild-flower gardens of our glorious California ever
extend to the lover of nature. Inquiring the way to Yosemite, he set out
afoot across the continuous flower fields of the central valley, pausing
at night to lie beneath their enfolding bloom, and pressing onward by
day toward the heavenly mountains that were to receive him as their
own.

With an undying enthusiasm this prophet of the mountains casts for-
ever aside the advice of his well-meaning friends, who would have him
enter a career that amounted to something, and, with unspeakable joy, he
roams over the untrodden paradise of our great Sierra Nevada.

Patiently he studies the life of bird, and flower, and tree, discovering
their inmost secrets and enabling them to converse with us in a common
language. He forms close acquaintance with glaciers, standing amid a
storm of criticism as their friend, for he showed how they have carved
and polished these mountains and made possible the peace and joy of
the valleys. Even the rocks seemed to reveal to him their age-long se-
crets as he saw in them God’s own writing.

In the incomparable waterfalls of Yosemite and other valleys of the
range Muir found an unending source of pure delight. How reverently
he worships their creator as he listens to their changing music! Each
tiny drop to him is a heaven-born voice, and all are singing in wondrous
melody. By night as well as by day he mingles with their spray, on one
occasion following a tiny ledge that led him far behind the great Yo-
semite Fall. Here, amid its ceaseless thunder, he watches the moon-
beams as they filter through the mist. As he lingers long, some spent
comets of the fall are blown inward, acquainting him with their hidden
power, and speedily inducing him to depart from their sanctuary.

But it is to the glorious, eternal mountains that Muir oftenest turns.
With only a crust of bread, living on air and water as only a mountain-
eer knows how, he seeks their distant summits. In all our wide domain
none are more transcendently beautiful than these heavenly mountains.
In their flowery valleys, filled with giant trees, innumerable lakes and
fairy falls, even the unfeeling traveler must linger with delight, while in

* Letters to a Friend. Written to Mrs. Ezra S. Carr, 1866-1879. By Joun Murr.
Houghton, Mifflin Co. 1915. $3.00 net.

124 Sierra Club Bulletin

the higher regions of the range the wanderer will long find solitudes and
mountain peaks unspoiled by man.

First of all, in spirit, Muir shares these joys with his friend, then re-
veals his heart in his letters. True friendship ever reaches far beyond
the lives of those who find it. We feel with him the passion pure for God
and His creation. Each mountain peak that Muir ascended calls us still
to worship as in distant years they called their friend and prophet. With
him we see again the holy morning’s Alpine glow crown Shasta’s dis-
tant summit, and by his side, in spirit led, our hearts respond in glad
thanksgiving.

While we commend these letters of John Muir to the attention of all
who are his true friends, we suggest that acquaintance with our great-
est prophet of nature, and that of the land he loved, be further formed
through his Mountains of California, Our National Parks, The Yosemite,
and Travels in Alaska. Then will one roam through the valleys and over
these mountains of God with seeing eye and understanding heart, while,
perchance, the vision of eternal beauty that was his will become one’s
own. LE Roy JEFFERS

“ALASKA Days’ Every lover of nature and of the mountains will find

WITH lasting enjoyment in this volume of Alaskan travel and
JoHN Murir’* adventure, and in the account written by John Muir
entitled Travels in Alaska. Mr. Young first went as a missionary to the
Indians of Southeastern Alaska in 1878. There he was visited in the sum-
mer of 1879 by Dr. Sheldon Jackson and other leaders of the Presby-
terian denomination. With them went John Muir, already famous for
his articles on the mountains of California.

Establishing their headquarters at Fort Wrangell, the party chartered
a steamer to visit the Indian villages and to explore the cafions of the
Stickeen. They found inspiring scenery between the precipitous walls of
the river, where beautiful groves of evergreen were carpeted with flow-
ers, and singing waterfalls filled the air with music.

Late one afternoon, John Muir, who was always an indefatigable
walker and mountain climber, started with Mr. Young for a distant peak
from whose summit they expected to view the sunset. They sauntered
along botanizing and enjoying the unfolding landscape as they ascended
the mountain. After crossing a glacier and climbing the cliff to a point
near the summit, they realized that they must proceed more rapidly if
they were to complete the ascent. Pressing forward, Muir fairly slid up
the mountain, while Young followed as fast as he was able. In crossing
a gulley Young’s footing gave way and he found himself sliding down-
ward with both shoulders dislocated. He was unable to check himself
until he actually overhung a thousand-foot precipice. Whistling in order

; * Alaska Days with John Muir. By S. Hatt Younc. New York: Revell. 1915.
1.00 net.

| (eda

Book Reviews 125

to encourage his friend, Muir was finally able to reach his side. Hanging
to the cliff with one hand, with the other he swung Young out over its
face, and, pulling him in, grasped his collar with his teeth. Then, with
both hands free to climb, he ascended for ten or twelve feet to compar-
ative safety. All that night Muir carried and assisted this helpless man
down through ten long miles of unknown glacier and cafion, reaching
the steamer in the morning. With this introduction it is little wonder
that these two became fast friends.

On another excursion they visited Glacier Bay, naming many of the
wonderful tumbling rivers of ice which flow into the sea. Muir’s de-
scription of the voyage among the islands, of the ever present glacier-
crowned mountains and of the marvelous colors of the floating ice, re-
veals an appreciation of beauty which has seldom been equalled.

In 1880 Muir and Young charter a canoe and sail northward, study-
ing the Indian tribes and speaking at their villages. These were the early
days of Alaska, and rivers of salmon were found in which there were
apparently more fish than water. The quest for gold held no allurements
for Muir, and awakened only pity in his heart when he beheld men
blind to all but a fortune. Muir’s treasure was of flower, and bird, and
tree; in them he rejoiced as only a soul that is free from the search for
outward things knows how.

A most interesting exploration is made of the fiords of Sum Dum
Bay, and far in the heart of one of these is found a wonderful valley
with flower-hung walls rising thousands of feet above the water, while
a great tumbling glacier hurls its bergs into the peaceful waters. This
was appropriately named Yosemite Bay.

Mr. Young’s story of the famous adventure with Stickeen is dramat-
ically told, but no one in search of adventure should fail to read Muir’s
own account of his trip over the vast Taylor Bay Glacier. Unlike most
men, he could not remain indoors during a storm, but regardless of
darkness or danger, would match his powers against all of nature’s
forces. In the worst weather, alone, except for Mr. Young’s little dog
Stickeen, Muir crosses this widely crevassed glacier. Returning at night,
they loose their way on its surface, and, after jumping an eight-foot
chasm, find themselves on an island, from which they escape only by
traversing a frail sliver of ice seventy-five feet in length. Muir often
seemed protected where other men would have met their fate.

Mr. Young has given us a vivid, lifelike impression of John Muir, of
his vitality and abounding enthusiasm, above all of his abiding conscious-
ness of God as directing all the processes of nature, and delighting in
the beauty of the life which He is constantly creating. For him the trees
wave and pray, while the lilies ring their bells for joy.

John Muir’s place in the literature of our western mountains, trees,
and flowers is easily foremost. His gospel of beauty and of joy is des-
tined to become increasingly known as the truth of his message is at-
tested in the experience of all who follow in his footsteps.

Le Roy JEFFERS

126 Sierra Club Bulletin

“PEAKS AND Mountaineering has its historians, and its men of science,
PRECIPICES”* its artists and its poets; Guido Rey is one of its poets, al-
though he writes in prose. Mountaineering, as it is known
in Europe at least, has also developed specialists in the several branches
of its technique, and Signor Rey is an eminent authority on his specialty.
This specialty, the reader of his books will discover, is that phase of
mountain climbing known colloquially among Sierrans as “rock-work.”
In the arduous scaling of precipices, demanding more than human na-
ture can normally supply of fortitude and endeavor, Signor Rey finds a
consuming joy. His book is an apology for that form of madness which
drives men to attempt these “impossible” climbs, and so frankly, so ap-
pealingly and so beautifully does he describe them and their noble ef-
fects of inspiration and elevation above the level of normal mortal ex-
perience, that at the end he almost convinces the reader of the reason-
ableness of these perilous enterprises; he is altogether convincing as to
the fascination of them.

Descriptions of ten of the author’s later climbs, literally “peaks and
precipices,” in the Dolomites and the Savoyan Alps, constitute his book.
But the combination of the specialist in his particular form of sport with
the vision of the poet which is the man himself makes his story some-
thing altogether different from the usual records of mountain climbs.
The pages fairly glow with the writer’s vibrant personality, which warms
the reader to an unusual intimacy of thought and feeling. And the man
himself wins the esteem of mountain lovers. Manly, simple, good-hu-
mored, unassuming in his narrative, Signor Rey yet loves his mountains
with an ardent passion which is more than phrases. Contact with them
gives inspiration and strength; they are “human, wholesome, loyal, un-
broken, incapable of treachery.” Each precipice and peak is individually
a friend, the more so for the terrific struggle of dominating it. But Sig-
nor Rey’s joy in these remarkable climbs is not from success in the
physical struggle, for all his natural but very modest pleasure in his
prowess (he had passed his fiftieth year when these later climbs were
made). He rejoices much more in the spiritual exaltation of the effort
and of the victory, in the “self-revelation which we attain through the
savage struggle with the mountains,” in the “arduous fatigue which
gives health to the body, the wonderful visions that ennoble the intellect,
the great emotions that mature the soul.”

It is fortunate that a man so sympathetic as Guido Rey with the
spiritual lessons of the mountains is so gifted with the power of ex-
pression. He lavishes upon the objects of his admiration a truly remark-
able beauty of description. The familiar thrilling details of daring climb-
ing are in his narrative described with unusual vividness. But still more
admirable are the veteran climber’s splendid tributes to the peaks he
loves so well. The fervor and the beauty of his thoughts are poetic. One

* Peaks and Precipices; Scrambles in the Dolomites and Savoy. By Guipo REy.

Translated from the Italian by J. E. C. Eaton. New York. Dodd, Mead & Company.
1915. 238 pages, 76 illustrations. Price, $3.50 net.

Book Reviews 127

is reminded of the directness of expression and the wealth of imagery
of our own John Muir, and feels that, like Muir’s many beautiful chap-
ters, these of Rey’s, “hymns of praise, proclaiming the ancient virtues
and the eternal beauties of this earth,” can come only from the depths of
a great and understanding soul. Mountain lovers will read this book and
rejoice in it. It is a classic of mountaineering literature.

The translator has shown himself in intimate sympathy with the au-
thor and his theme. The book is beautifully printed, illustrated with a
quantity of excellent plates, and well indexed. Joi ae

“THE OLp TESTAMENTIN ‘The theme of Professor Badé’s book is stated
THE LiGHToOF Topay’* in the subtitle, “A Study in Moral Develop-

ment.” It may seem to some that the author
is undertaking to expound the obvious—one must concede, it would
seem, a very considerable “moral development” from the Old Testament
records of primitive beliefs and social customs, of primitive worship and
ritual, to the standards of thought and belief of the later books. But even
if it be conceded that a moral development is involved—nor is this so
obvious to many, for many do not read the Old Testament from the
point of view to which this conclusion appears—it is an extremely in-
teresting and valuable work which Professor Badé has done in laying
that development clear before the reader.

Still more valuable is the service which this study renders to the Old
Testament in seeking to relieve it from a burden which it is not compe-
tent to bear—the burden of an immense moral authority, to which itself
it lays no claim, except perhaps for the particular civilization and time
to which it pertains. Doctrines still insist that the Old Testament shall
be regarded as divinely authoritative throughout as a guide to morals and
faith. A faith so founded must be found sooner or later to be incom-
patible with truth. Professor Badé shows the danger of such teaching to
our Christian beliefs. But while his analysis and discussion deprives the
Old Testament of the character which has been ascribed to it by dog-
mas, it enhances the value of these scriptures for what they really are—
the record of the development of a nation from the primitive worship of
nomadic barbarism into spiritual light. As such the Old Testament be-
comes the more instructive, and even inspiring.

Particularly valuable and instructive are the author’s chapters, “The
Moral Character of Jahveh and his Clients in the Early Literature, and
“The Origin and Moral Significance of the Decalogue.” AT AY

* The Old Testament in the Light of Today, a Study in Moral Development. By
WILLIAM FREDERIC BADE. Boston and New York, Houghton, Mifflin Company, 1915.
xiv—326 pages. Price, $1.75.

128 Sierra Club Bulletin

“THE CoNQUEST OF This beautifully illustrated and attractive volume is
Mount Coox’’* an interesting record of a woman’s mountaineering
experiences in the Southern Alps of New Zealand.
It is primarily a book of adventure, though the frequent descriptions of
the mountain scenes are sketched with clearness and appreciation. The
climbs made by Miss Du Faur are exceedingly difficult, involving dan-
gerous work on glaciers and steep rock faces, and entitle her to a place
in the front rank of woman mountaineers. Miss Du Faur was the first
woman to reach the summit of Mount Cook, and the first mountaineer
to attempt the complete traverse of its three peaks. Many other of her
climbs were first ascents. All of her climbing was done under the leader-
ship of the guides Peter and Alexander Graham, to whom she generous-
ly accords all the recognition they deserve. For the general reader the
only defect of the book is that the unusual features of New Zealand’s
mountain world—its tropical vegetation growing so close to the snows,
its bird life, where parrots are found displaying an interest in recumbent
mountaineers “altogether too personal for comfort,” are touched upon
only with tantalizing brevity. Miss Du Faur’s very notable career as a
mountain climber was inspired by a real love and appreciation of the
mountains, and all mountaineers will wish her success in her future
work. M. Ra Bs

“NATURE AND SCIENCEON The Pacific Coast Committee of the American
THE PaciFic Coast’ + Association for the Advancement of Science,

in issuing this “guide book for scientific trav-
elers in the West,” has performed a valuable service not only for travel-
ers, but for those of our own people in whom the interest in our out-
door world is awakening. We have not space here even to catalogue the
interesting material collected by Joseph Grinnell and the fellow mem-
bers of his committee in Nature and Science on the Pacific Coast. Three
historical sketches are followed by articles on meteorology, geology,
mineralogy, entomology, botany, irrigation, mountaineering, outdoor
life, etc., all signed by names that give weight and authority. Among
the contributors are many of our own members—Vernon Kellogg, Alex-
ander McAdie, Joseph Le Conte, David Starr Jordan, Charles Atwood
Kofoid, Willis Linn Jepson, William Albert Setchell, Harvey Monroe
Hall—distinguished authorities, many of them of international repute.
Maps of the chief Pacific Coast cities, geological and other charts, add
to the value and attractiveness of this very interesting book.

M.R. P.

* The Conquest of Mt. Cook. By Frepa Du Faur. An account of four seasons’
mountaineering on the southern Alps of New Zealand. New York, Chas. Scribner
Sons. London, George Allen & Unwin, Ltd. 1915. Pages, 250. Price, $3.50.

{+ Nature and Science on the Pacific Coast. A guide book for scientific travelers in
the West. Illustrated with nineteen text figures, twenty-nine half-tone plates and
Sena maps. Paul Elder & Company, San Francisco. 1915. Pages, 302. Price,

1.50.

Book Reviews 129

“Tn THE OREGON Catch an Easterner young enough and he may become
CountTRY’* more loyal to the West than many a born Westerner.
Perhaps because he has experienced the “conservative
pessimism” of the East he is the more likely to become enamoured of
the “impulsive optimism” of the Pacific Coast. In the Oregon Country
is a striking but not overdrawn picture of the West that Mr. Putnam
has grown to love since he first, nearly eight years ago, struck out on the
trail with the Sierra Club. Though the book deals chiefly with Oregon,
he ranges over its borders into Washington and California too. From
the mountaineer’s standpoint the latter part of the book will be found
most interesting, dealing as it does with the wilderness of the West
rather than its agricultural or economic development. The last chapter
is devoted to his summer in the Sierra, including a knapsack journey
through Yosemite Park and an outing in the Kern with the Sierra Club.
The book is well written, truthful and entertaining, and shows a real
love and enthusiasm for the present beauty as well as the hopeful future
of this country of his adoption. M. R. P:

“MouNTAIN Expitora- Mr. Alfred H. Brooks, chief of the division of
TION IN ALASKA” } Alaskan mineral resources of the United States

Geological Survey, is the author of Number 3 of
Alpina Americana, published by the American Alpine Club. After an ade-
quate description of the location and character of the principal mountain
systems and ranges of Alaska, particularly of their glaciers and glaci-
ation, Mr. Brooks gives a very interesting but brief account of explora-
tion and mountaineering there, from the first glimpse of St. Elias re-
corded by Stellar, naturalist of the Bering Expedition in 1741, to the
recent much-discussed ascents of Mount McKinley. Much of the explor-
ing fell to the lot of our indefatigable Geological Survey, especially in
connection with the International Boundary Survey in 1903.

The paper is uniform in size with the other two numbers of Alpina
Americana, “The High Sierra of California,” by Joseph N. Le Conte,
published in 1907, and “The Canadian Rocky Mountains,” by Charles
E. Fay, issued in 1911. Like the others of the series, it is magnificently
illustrated. It is unfortunate, from the point of view of those who es-
teem these excellent publications on the mountains of our continent, that
they are issued at such long intervals. AOA.

*In the Oregon Country. Out-doors in Oregon, Washington and California, to-
gether with some legendary lore and glimpses of the modern West in the making.
By Grorce PaLMER PutNAM. With 52 illustrations. G. P. Putnam’s Sons, New York
and London. 1915. Pages, 169. Price, $1.75.

{ Mountain Exploration in Alaska. By Atrrep H. Brooxs. Alpina Americana,
No. 3. Published by the American Alpine Club, Philadelphia. Baltimore, Williams &
Wilkins Company. 1915. Price, 85 cents.

130 Sierra Club Bulletin

“THE Rocky Mountain Enos A. Mills is one of those refreshing and
WoNDERLAND’’* satisfying authors who writes, not because he
wishes to make himself heard, but because he

has something really worth while to say. His books are all records of
the observation and experience of many years. His studies of the forests
and wild animals are particularly interesting. In his descriptions of the
wild animals he is at his best, for he is not only their observer, but their
friend, who has grown into intimate knowledge of their lives and habits
through long association with them. His style is crisp and vigorous, na-
tural and direct. His latest book, The Rocky Mountain Wonderland, is
full of interesting matter. Many of its chapters should prove no less ab-
sorbing to children than to their elders. For Sierra Club members it has
special value as it describes many features of our newest national park.

M.R. P.

Mount McKinitEy The Mount McKinley controversy is reopened by
AND MouNTAIN Edwin Swift Balch in a very interesting mono-
CLIMBER’S Proorst graph entitled “Mount McKinley and Mountain
Climber’s Proofs.” Mr. Balch is himself a noted
mountaineer and traveler, and his word carries with it the authority of
experience. He adopts the ingenious device of printing in parallel col-
umns quotations from the published descriptions of the three claimants
to the honor of the first ascent of McKinley—Dr. Frederick A. Cook,
1906; Thomas Lloyd and party, 1910, and Dr. Hudson Stuck, 1913. A
fourth column includes the description by Belmore Browne of the at-
tempt made by him and Herschel C. Parker on Mount McKinley in 1912,
when they reached a point within a few hundred feet of the summit, but
were driven back by storms. The case for Dr. Cook is strengthened by
the fact that his account of the climb was published long before that of
any of the others. In Mr. Balch’s opinion the “facts seem to be that the
four climbers who say they have been on or nearly on the top of Mount
McKinley told the truth, as well as they knew how, about their experi-
ences. That Cook, Lloyd, Brown and Stuck, reporting as they do, though
in different words, much the same facts and much the same experiences,
corroborate one another.” The discussion of Dr. Cook’s disputed photo-
graph of the summit would have been aided by a reproduction of that
photograph and the alleged parallel by Dr. Browne. The last word has
not been spoken on the subject, but Mr. Balch’s able presentation of one
of the most confused and disputed cases of mountaineering history de-
serves the careful consideration of all who are interested in the first as-
cent of America’s greatest mountain. Mu ROP:
* The Rocky Mountain Wonderland. By Enos A. Mitts. Houghton, Mifflin & Co.

Ease and New York. 1915. With illustrations from photographs. Pages, 353. Price,
5 net.

¥ Mount McKinley and Mountain Climber’s Proofs. By Epwin Swirt BAtcH,
Philadelphia, Campion and Company, 1914. Pages 142.

Book Reviews 131

“GuIpE Book OF THE The traveler in the Western part of the
WESTERN UNITED STATES”* United States may behold from the car

window monuments far more ancient and
often more picturesque than the ruins of antiquity that are to be found
in Europe. The mesas of Arizona and the weird rock formations of Wy-
oming and Utah have histories as full of stirring episodes as many a
Rhenish castle or Grecian citadel. It takes no special knowledge to un-
derstand the great geological drama that has been enacted throughout
our broad land; all that is needed is a sort of geological Baedeker to
point the way. Realizing the possibilities of such a guide, the United
States Department of the Interior, through the Geological Survey, has
begun the publication of just such a series. Four volumes have been is-
sued during the past year, and it is to be hoped that more are to follow,
so that in the future they may be as conspicuous on the railroad trains
of every line as the little red books are in Europe.

The plan of the series, as stated by the Director of the Geological
Survey, George Otis Smith, is “to present authoritative information that
may enable the reader to realize adequately the scenic and material re-
sources of the region he is traversing, to comprehend correctly the basis
of its development, and, above all, to appreciate keenly the real value of
the country he looks upon, not as so many square miles of territory rep-
resented on the map in a railroad folder by meaningless spaces, but
rather as land—real estate, if you please—varying widely in present ap-
pearance because differing largely in its history, and characterized by
even greater variation in values because possessing diversified natural
resources.”

Of the four volumes issued three trace the transcontinental lines of
the Northern Pacific, the Santa Fé, and the Overland routes, the fourth
deals with the Shasta Route and Coast Line. The text is indexed by the
railroad stations and is supplemented by well-chosen illustrations and by
admirable maps. These maps are one of the chief advantages of the
books. They show the principal features of the landscape for several
miles on either side of the route by means of contour lines at intervals
of 200 feet. Those who have used similar contour maps on outings in the
high mountains may take particular pleasure in checking off the thin
brown lines, enjoying at the same time the comfortable upholstery of the
Pullman.

We have only one regret to express in connection with these books,
and that is that they are not easy to find when wanted in a hurry. At
present the books are obtainable only by writing to the Superintendent of

* Guide Book of the Western United States. Department of the Interior. United
States Geological Survey, George Otis Smith, Director. Price, $1.00 per copy. $4.00
per set.

Part A. The Northern Pacific Route, with a side trip to Yellowstone Park. By
Marius CAMPBELL and others. BULLETIN 611, 1915.

Part B. The Overland Route, with a side trip to Yellowstone Park. By WILLIS
T. Lez, RatpH W. Stone, Hoyt ’S. GALE and others BULLETIN 612; 1915:

Part C. The Santa Fé Route, with a side trip to the Grand Cafion of the Color-
ado. By N. H. Darton and others. BULLETIN 613, 1915.

in ieee Shasta Route and Coast Line. By J. S. D1LLer and others. BULLE-
TIN

E32 Sierra Club Bulletin

Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. The price is
one dollar a copy or four dollars for the set. BP, Pink

“TRAIL AND The Colorado Mountain Club is to be congratulated on
TIMBERLINE’* this very original and beautiful first number of its “Re-
view in Picture.” Except for a short paragraph describ-
ing each picture printed on the opposite page, and for an organization
page giving the officers and committees of the club, the entire review is
given over to splendid photographic reproductions. The good taste
shown in their selection and their placing on the wide-margined pages
cannot be too highly praised. Among so many fine pictures it is difficult
to distinguish, but the very unusual “Inside a Glacial Crevasse” by Geo.
C. Barnard, and “The Tree Frontier” by Albert H. Haanstad may be
mentioned as making the strongest personal appeal. ME. Rave:

“PACIFIC Our members will be interested in the new monthly maga-
OutTpoors’f zine, Pacific Outdoors, whose initial number was issued

December, 1915. It is an attractively illustrated number
with articles of interest alike to sportsmen and mountaineers. The local
walks of the Sierra Club are to be announced monthly in its columns.
The following quotation from the leading editorial defines the purpose
and scope of the magazine:

“We are going to stand for conservation of wild life; for the proper
enforcement of those laws for its better protection; for new laws that
will still better protect such life; for the pleasures to be had in outdoor
life in fishing, hunting, camping, hiking, fly-casting, trap-shooting, yacht-
ing, motoring, both on land and sea, and for all clean sports that tend to
bring out the best in us, to the end that we may improve our physical
and mental sides and be better for it.” M. R. P.

The January, 1916, issue of American Forestry contains several arti-
cles of unusual interest to mountaineers. In particular we would mention
National Parks as an Asset, by the Honorable Franklin K. Lane; The
Sequoia National Park, a splendidly illustrated story by Mark Daniels,
and The Forests of Alaska, by Henry S. Graves.

* Trail and Timberline. An annual mountaineering review in picture. The Color-

ado Mountain Club, 1915. George H. Harvey, Jr., secretary, 3120 W. 23rd Ave.,
Denver, Colorado.

+ Pacific Outdoors. Gro. A. WENTWORTH, editor. Pacific Outdoors Publishing
Company, 35 Montgomery Street, San Francisco. Issued monthly. Yearly subscrip-
tion, $1.50; single copy, 15 cents.

Book Reviews 133

“Tur MOUNTAINEER” ‘The Mountaineers’ annual publication comes to
VoLumE VIII* hand as the S1rrRA CLUB BULLETIN goes to press.
It contains a most interesting article by Francois
E. Matthes, of the United States Geological Survey, on the methods used
in mapping the Mount. Rainier region, and in determining the height of
the mountain by carefully checked vertical angles from known points.
Other articles of great merit are by G. F. Allen, supervisor of the
Rainier National Forest, on forest types, and by Professor Edwin J.
Saunders, of the University of Washington, on the geological history of
Rainier. The activities of other mountaineering clubs are reviewed in a
series of communications from the different clubs. The narrative of the
1915 outing of the Mountaineers stimulates a most cordial feeling of un-
derstanding with these our brothers and sisters of Puget Sound.
AHA:

“THE CANADIAN The new volume of the Canadian Alpine Journal is
ALPINE JOURNAL} very largely devoted to the Northern Rockies in
the vicinity of Mount Robson, newly opened to trav-
el by the completion of the Grand Trunk Pacific Railway. Articles on
the little known Purcell Range of the Southern Selkirks also appear.
The records of the two camps established by the Canadian Alpine Club
in 1913 and the Upper Yoho camp of 1914 are likewise included. It is an
unusually interesting and well illustrated number. Mi Ro P:

Two splendidly illustrated reprints from the Geographical Journal of
March, 1914, and February, 1914, have been presented by the authors to
the library of the Sierra Club. “Physical Characteristics of the Siachen
Basin and Glacier System,” by William Hunter Workman, and “The Ex-
ploration of the Siachen or Rose Glacier, Eastern Karakoran,” by Fanny
Bullock Workman. Dr. Workman has also presented his English version
of an article from Zettschnifi fiir Gletscher Kunde. Band VIII, entitled
“Features of Karakoran Glaciers Connected with Pressure, Especially of
Affluents.” The thanks of our members are due Dr. and Mrs. Workman
for their courtesy in sending us these extremely interesting and valuable
papers. JAY, Rp Pea

SIERRA CLUB STATIONERY

The official die of the Sierra Club is now at the store of Paul Elder
& Co., 239 Grant Avenue, San Francisco, who are prepared to execute
orders for Club stationery.

* The Mountaineer, volume VIII. Published by the Mountaineers, Seattle, De-
cember, 1915. 118 pages. Price, 50 cents.

+ The Canadian Alpine Journal. Published by the Alpine Club of Canada, head-
quarters, Banff, Alberta. 1914 and 1915, Vol. VI, pages 263. Price, $1.50.

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

Northwestern Pacitic Railroad

The Land of Opportunity
“Good fortune awaits every man who is willing to work for it”

In Humboldt, Mendocino, Sonoma, Lake and Marin Coun-
ties are thousands of acres awaiting settlement that will pro-
duce vast quantities of

Apples Grain Dairy
Pears Hay Products
Other Cattle Prunes -
Deciduous Hogs Berries
Fruits Chickens Garden
Grapes Turkeys Truck

Now is the time to investigate and purchase. Literature on
request to

J. J. GEARY, Gen’l Pass. Agent

808 PHELAN BuILpDING, SAN FRANCISCO, CAL.

A Service You May Depend
Upon
7 TRAINS EACH WAY BETWEEN
SAN FRANCISCO, OAKLAND, SACRAMENTO

Regular Service

Modern Electric Block Signals
Comfortable Coaches
Rock-Ballasted Road-bed

Through Observation Car Service between Chico
and Bay Cities in connection
with Nor. Elec. Ry.

Write for Descriptive Folder

OAKLAND, ANTIOCH
& EASTERN RY.

SAN Francisco Depot: Key Route FERRY

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

as A he “Been There’’

| Outing Goods Store

Devoted exclusively to the needs of sportsmen and
sportswomen—with 35 years of progressive camp
experience to assist

OUR SUITS ARE IN EXCLUSIVE STYLES

Fashioned with “character” from standard gov-
ernment grade khaki to the famous auto woolen—
appropriate, practical and fairly priced

ELLERY HIKING BOOTS GIVE GENUINE
COMFORT

They also are of our own creation, possessing
leather, shape and construction which have made
them “standard” to the royalty of the trail

LEARN WHAT ELLERY QUALITY, SERVICE AND
PRICE MEANS

Impossible to enumerate the hundreds of seasonable articles
that cannot be bought elsewhere, so we invite your inspection,
with the reminder that attention to detail has
made our establishment

The Largest Outing Supply House in America

& Complete outing goods catalogue sent free on request “®&

QUALITY

|
When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Paine OF the” be
Pacific Coast _ oa

The Pacific Coast is Nature’s Bcpdenns two thousand
five hundred miles long, of wonderful climate, Hore hy
wonderful scenes, wonderful products = =

Tahoe—“The Mile High Lake” in the heart of the
Sierras. ty

ows, its glorious waterfalls. To miss Vase
is to lose a delightful experience.

trees, impressive in size and symmetry.
Kings and Kern Rivers Canyons, with Sequoia aud .

vast and rugged region to beni the sport 3
and mountaineer. ; |
Santa Cruz Mountains and Big Trees, and Calter
nia State Redwood Park— ooo acres of virgin
forest.)
Mount Shasta, Mount Whitney, Mount Wils
Mount Lassen (the only active volcano in th
United States), the Siskiyous, McLoughlin Peak.
Mount Jefferson, Mount Hood, Mount St, Hel-
ens, Mount Adams and Mount Rainiers os
Crater Lake National Park and the Klamath La es
; country—Oregon’ s marvelous tourist eran '
sportsman’ S paradise. re,

ALL ARE REACHED VIA LINES OF

outhern Pach ij

FIRST IN SAFETY ne

gat

_- PUBLICATIO
oh NUMER

SAN FRANCISCO,
| yANUARY
OL goa

FT!
R FIFTY-TWO |

a.
j
ay 4 i

BSIERRA CLUB

}

4] NUMBER

witacers

} aN
- } ‘
Pie
j ~
‘

5 ee

: nso

ies Pol
an ine

X | B BULI
FOUNDED 1892 |

eee | Edited for the Club by ae
UA nae WILLIAM FREDERIC BADE

January, 1917

Vente Op A MOO WR anal

Plate CLV. Head of Deer Creek Cafion 1 Fea i
Tue Sierra CLUB Joseph N. Le Conte ce

Plates CLVI, CLVII, CLVIIL.
To THE Memory oF JoHN Muir ©
TEN VOLUMES OF PUBLICATIONS (1892TOIQI7) —_—. Elliot M cAll

THE War-ZONE FoREST OF THE KERN
Plates CLIX, CLX.

THE YOSEMITE Cony—A CHAPTER IN THE NATURAL History OF THE

YosEMITE NATIONAL PARK as oseph Grinnell and Tracy I. St torer mi ‘15
Plate CLXI. | | | iceueter alle

Tue Sacrep MountAIN OF Cura . ha Eunice foe i. 6.
Plate CLXII. I 1 ey Bees Ce

THE Kern RIvER OUTING OF 1916 | : Jessie McGilvray Treat 1

_ Plates CLXIII, CLXIV, CLXV, CLXVI, CLXVII, CLX VIII, CLXIX,

CLXXII, CLXXIII, CLXXIV, CLXXV; CLXXVI, CLXXVII.

VIA Duck CREEK
Plates CLXX, CLXXI.

STUDIES IN THE SIERRA
ITI. ANCIENT GLACIERS AND AS a ERE

INDIAN VILLAGE AND Camp Sires In YOSEMITE VALLEY C. Hart Mer
cha ORGANIZATION OF THE SIERRA CLUB” ve

ee) EDITORIALS
La ea Plates CLXXVIII, CLXXIX.

REPORTS OF Caraee. tte ier

a Nores AnD CORRESPONDENCE ; re
| Plates CLXXX, CLXXXI, CLXXXII, CLXXXIII, CLXXXIV,

; Narronar Park NOTES

FORESTRY Notes
RE y

! ae) Reviews

_ Correspondence concerning the’ disirsbiticen A oie o tk
vitl _ reference to advertising rates and space locatio
ly, should be addressed to the Secretary of the
ing, San Francisco, Nea

ee 50 Cents Per Cors

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CLV.

Qo ee:

Life
‘ie
®RG UG

HEAD OF DEER CREEK CANON, LOOKING TOWARD
MIDDLE FORK OF KAWEAH RIVER
Photo by Walter L. Huber

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN

VOLUME
TEN

SAN FRANCISCO
TANUARY
1917

FA
“ton al Mus
THE SIERRA CLUB

By Josepu N. LE Conte
-

HE true grandeur of our Sierra Nevada was first opened

to the world by the discovery of the Yosemite Valley in
1851. In spite of the difficulties of travel, a great many people
found their way into this famous valley during the early fifties,
at a time when access was possible only on horseback and over
the roughest of trails. It is not surprising then that these hardy
pioneers soon discovered that the Yosemite was only the gate-
way to a vast alpine region whose equal was not to be found
within the boundaries of the United States. Incited by the re-
ports of early explorers, in the summer of 1863 Professor J. D.
Whitney, chief of the California Geological Survey, which was
created by act of legislature in 1860, decided to send an explor-
ing party into this remote region. The results of this first scien-
tific expedition were so remarkable that in 1864 a second party
was sent to explore the basins of the Kings and San Joaquin
rivers. The results of this early reconnaissance are to be found

aus

136 Sierra Club Bulletin

in volume I of the reports of the Geological Survey of Califor-
nia, published in 1865.

To J. D. Whitney, therefore, and his associates, William H.
Brewer, Clarence King, J. T. Gardner, and Charles F. Hoff-
mann, belong the credit of first exploring, describing, and map-
ping in outline this great area of difficult country.

In 1868 John Muir came to California and immediately made
his way into the Yosemite Valley, which by this time was re-
nowned throughout the world. He at once began his travels
and studies in the high Sierra, and his first contribution to the
literature of this subject was published in 1871. From then on
to the time of his death, his writings, more than any one thing,
have directed the attention of the public to the wonders of the
Sierra.

Beginning about 1870, expeditions were formed by enthusi-
astic mountain-lovers simply for the purpose of exploring and
enjoying the high Sierra. But these also were but pioneers,
and each party was obliged to work its own way through inde-
pendently, making use of the trails of the sheepmen who at a
very early date began using the rich pasturage of the alpine
meadows. Practically no detailed information was to be ob-
tained then in any published accounts. All descriptions so far
were of a general nature and lacked that accuracy of detail of
route and trail so necessary to the traveler,

It finally became evident that some organization was needed
whereby the experiences and practical results of travel might
be brought together and preserved for the use of others to fol-
low. This idea in a general way may have been in the minds of
some of the very earliest explorers in this field, but if so no
record of such has been found. The first definite move in this
direction seems to have been made by Professor J. H. Senger,
of the University of California, in 1886, and the beginnings are
shown in a short correspondence between himself and Mr. Den-
nison, then State Guardian of the Yosemite Valley. Professor
Senger’s first idea was to establish a library of mountaineering
literature in the Yosemite Valley, bringing together not only all
books relating to the California mountains, but collecting all
published maps, as well as sketch-maps and notes and itinera-
ries made by travelers. His idea was evidently that Yosemite

The Sierra Club 137

would be the natural starting-point from which all trips would
be made. Later the idea expanded, and by 1890 the proposi-
tion of forming a club or association was widely discussed, par-
ticularly among the students and faculty of the University of
California, and the name ‘Sierra Club” seems to have been
thought of at that time. Professor Senger discussed the mat-
ter with many of his friends, notably with Professor William
D. Armes, of the state university, with Mr, Warren Olney, of
San Francisco, and with John Muir. I myself realized the im-
portance of such a club during a trip through the Kings River
Sierra in 1890. At that time nothing was popularly known of
the trails in that section, and our party knew nothing from day
to day of what lay before us.

The one thing which finally brought matters to a head was the
creation of the Yosemite, Sequoia, and General Grant national
parks in October, 1890. The idea here was first conceived by
Mr. Robert Underwood Johnson, editor of the Century Mag-
azine. He visited Yosemite during the summer of 1889, and
was persuaded by Mr. Muir to accompany him to the high Si-
erra region about the headwaters of the Tuolumne and Merced
rivers. He noticed the sad destruction caused by sheep in the
meadows and wild-flower gardens, descriptions of which he
had read in Mr. Muir’s articles, and on his return he urged the
formation of a great national park which should include this
upper region, offering to Mr. Muir the use of the Century Mag-
azine to put before the public a proper description of this and
other scenic wonders of the Sierra. Right gladly Mr. Muir
took up the work, and, energetically backed by those who af-
terward were founders of the Sierra Club, the necessary bills
were passed through Congress and signed by President Cleve-
land.

The formation of the Sierra Club was now no longer a mat-
ter of doubt. It was decided to abandon the idea of headquar-
ters in Yosemite Valley, as that was obviously inappropriate to
the broader idea, and to make the place of business San Fran-
CiSCo.

On January 11, 1892, Professor Senger, encouraged by the
universal interest shown, wrote to Mr. Olney, whose letter in
reply follows:

138 Sierra Club Bulletin

RANCISCO : ,
Pror. HENRY SENGER, SAN Francisco, Jan. 14, 1892

Dear Sir: Your favor of the 11th was not received until yes-
terday.

I should be pleased to confer with you in regard to the forming
of a Sierra Club. Don’t know that I could take an active part,
but should be pleased to be present at the birth of the Club.

Truly yours,
WARREN OLNEY

On Saturday, January 16, Professor Senger called at Mr. Ol-
ney’s office and the matter was discussed, this being the first of
several such informal discussions. Finally it was decided to
call a meeting of interested persons for purposes of organiza-
tion. The following letter from John Muir, dated May 10,
1892, and reproduced in Plate cLv1, is the earliest I have been

able to find from him bearing on this subject:
Mr. Henry SENGER, MarTINEZ, May 10, 1802.
Dear Sir: I am greatly interested in the formation of an Alpine
Club, and think with you and Mr. Olney that the time has come
when such a club should be organized. You may count on me as
a member and as willing to do all in my power to further the in-
terests of such a club. I shall be glad to see you at my house near
Martinez, or to meet you in the city. Mr. Armes of the State
University is also interested in the organization of such a club,
and I advise you to correspond with him.
Yours truly,
JoHN Muir

Shortly afterward came a second letter from Mr. Muir,
which was as follows:

Pror. SENGER, MarTINEz, May 22.

Dear Sir: I will gladly attend the meeting on Saturday next at
Mr. Olney’s office. |

I suppose it will not be best to have a large number present at
the first meeting. I should like to have Mr. Thos. Magee invited
as likely to prove useful and Mr. Pelham Ames.

Hoping that we will be able to do something for wildness and

make the mountains glad, I remain j
Cordially yours,

JoHN Murr

This mentions a meeting to be called on “Saturday next,” which
was Saturday, May 28, one week before the articles of incor-

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CLVI.

wo oe
\ , giv A pd Ze ys
fi M , gf , Li a
aint ee Tg A/S 94,

py > ey, is hb de ty se = g -
Le De L Sou:

; | | | EL, oot eee “ 6
‘ oe ae ee Ae. gy ge Ce) ee he
ISS bs ia Yas eo Le a nee aa 2 x —— / ‘ LE ; , 8

. SE amy ea) LU 7
7 ¢ - C1 G or fs ey Fe
0 Jag Ome

es ue la — Sie A CUES Ls LS.
yo
ee 7 ace ad ao oo D> Cureasf _

OP Oe (ae Co ate 2 Ct 2 2 Bl 7 ra CW; 27 i

0 IL ake ; Ce; aD ee 1-tr

aa ae

; oo Glen. AE tm

JOHN MUIR’S FIRST LETTER ABOUT THE SIERRA CLUB

The Sierra Club 139

poration were signed. At this preliminary meeting the policy
of the proposed Sierra Club was outlined, and it was left to
Mr. Olney to draw up the papers necessary for incorporation.

The next meeting was on Saturday, June 4, 1892, and at this
the agreement of association, the articles of incorporation, and
the by-laws were signed. The first board of directors was
elected and consisted of:

Joun Murr, President, |

WarRREN OLNEY, First Vice-President,

J. C. BRANNER, Second Vice-President,
WittiaM D. ARMES, Secretary,

J. H. SENceEr, Corresponding Secretary,
Mark B. Kerr, Treasurer,

D. S. JoRDAN,

W. D. JoHNsSoN,

R. M. Price.

It will be noticed that John Muir was the first president, and he
held that office for twenty-two years, until the time of his death.

The purposes set forth in, and the wording of, the articles of
incorporation show a great deal of thought and care in the
preparation. Throughout the entire twenty-five years of active
life of the club they have served the purpose admirably. If
drawn today to serve present needs of our club, they could not
have been put in better form. Inasmuch as they appear in
complete form only in Publication No. 1 of the club, which is
now entirely out of print, I shall quote them in full.

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

Know all men by these presents:

That we, the undersigned, a majority of whom are citizens and
residents of the State of California, have this day voluntarily as-
sociated ourselves together for the purpose of forming a Corpor-
ation under the laws of the State of California. And we hereby
certify as follows, to-wit:

ip
That the name of said Corporation shall be the Sierra Cius.

II.
That the said Association is made, and the said Corporation is
formed, not for pecuniary profit.

140

Sierra Club Bulletin

IIT.

That the purposes for which this Corporation is formed are as
follows, to-wit: To explore, enjoy and render accessible the
mountain regions of the Pacific Coast; to publish authentic in-
formation concerning them; to enlist the support and co-operation
of the people and government in preserving the forests and other
natural features of the Sierra Nevada Mountains; to take, ac-
quire, purchase, hold, sell and convey real and personal property,
and to mortgage or pledge the same for the purpose of securing
any indebtedness which the Corporation may incur, and to make
and enter into any and all obligations, contracts and agreements
concerning or relating to the business or affairs of the Corpora-
tion, or the management of its property.

IV.

That the place where the principal business of said Corporation
is to be transacted is the City and County of San Francisco, State
of California.

That the term for which said Corporation is to exist is fifty

years from and after the date of its incorporation.

VI.

That the number of Directors or Trustees of said Corporation
shall be nine (9), and that the names and residences of the Direc-
tors or Trustees who are appointed for the first year, to serve un-
til the election and qualification of their successors, are as follows,
to-wit:

Joun Murr, Martinez, Cal.

WarrEN OLNEY, Oakland, Cal.

J. H. SenceEr, San Francisco, Cal.

WILLIAM D. ArMEs, Oakland, Cal.

Davin S. JorDAN, Palo Alto, Cal.

R. M. Price, Berkeley, Cal.

Mark BricKELL Kerr, Golden Gate, Alameda Co., Cal..
WiLarp D. JoHnson, Berkeley, Cal.

JouHN C. BRANNER, Palo Alto, Cal.

VII.

That the said Corporation has, and shall have, no capital stock.
And we further certify and declare: That the above-named Di-
rectors of the Corporation were duly elected Directors thereof by
the members of said Corporation, at an election for Directors
held at 101 Sansome Street, in the City and County of San Fran-
cisco, State of California, at eleven A.M., on this fourth day of
June, 1892, and that a majority of members of said Association

The Sierra Club IAI

and Corporation were present and voted at said election, and that
at such election each of said Directors received the votes of a ma-
jority of the members of the Corporation present; as more fully
appears from the certificate of the two Tellers of Election here-
unto annexed and hereby referred to and made part hereof.

In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and seals
this fourth day of June, A. D. 1892.

W. H. Beatty, Joun Murr,

RALPH C. Harrison, J. H. SENGER,
GEorGE C. PERKINS, WILLIAM D. ARMES,
G. B. BaytLey, MarK BricKELL Kerr,
Joun C. BRANNER, DorvILLeE Lipsy,
JAMES O. GRIFFIN, CHARLES A. BAILEY,
Witiarp D. JoHnson, C.D. Rosinson,
JosIAH KEEP, C. B. BRaDLEy,
HERMANN Kower, Frep S. PHEBY,
Husert P. Dyer, CuHar.es G. HARKER,
W. H. Henry, R. M. Price,

L. DE F. BARTLETT, WILL DENMAN,
W.L. Jepson, Jr., WARREN GREGORY.

WARREN OLNEY.

The certificate of the Secretary of State of the State of Cali-
fornia was issued June 17, 1892. It will be noticed in reading
the above purposes of the club that they show two distinct
points of view, which seem to reflect the characters of the two
most active organizers. A club to “explore, enjoy and render
accessible the mountain regions of the Pacific Coast; to pub-
lish authentic information concerning them” was evidently the
first idea conceived of by Professor Senger, while the purpose
of “enlisting the support and co-operation of the people and
the government in preserving the forests and other natural fea-
tures of the Sierra Nevada Mountains” shows the legal mind of
Mr. Olney.

The club began its work in a modest way with a charter
membership of 182, but from the first it began developing along
all the lines laid down by its founders. The first publication,
issued in the summer of 1892, has already been referred to as
containing the articles of incorporation and by-laws. The first
BULLETIN appeared January, 1893, and the second in June of
the same year. These first three publications were of smaller
size than the present BULLETIN, being only about 5 by 8 inches.
Beginning January, 1894, the BULLETIN was enlarged to its

142 Sierra Club Bulletin

present form. In 1893 also there were published two outline
maps, one of the Yosemite and the other of the Kings River
High Sierra, which were the only maps of the high mountains
at that time showing trails and routes. From the first also the
club took an active part in the protection of the national parks.
As early as October, 1892, the club considered, took action
against, and by its influence defeated the so-called Caminetti
Bill which proposed to cut down the boundaries of the Yosem-
ite National Park, and it also protested against certain illegal
timber-cutting in national parks. Money was also appropri-
ated for the improvement of trails and marking of routes in
the Tuolumne Sierra.

The question of a seal came up at an early date. When first
organized a simple seal was adopted, showing a pine tree within
a circular margin, with the words “AlI-
tiora peto” below. In the spring of
1894 Mr. Willis Polk designed the pres-
ent seal, with the Sequoia gigantea in
the foreground, Half Dome and a typi-
cal alpine group, Mount Ritter and Ban-
ner Peak, in the distance.

It would be quite impossible in the

The old Sierra Clubseal_ — short space of this article to follow all
the labors and achievements of the Sierra Club, and besides the
later work is already well known to a majority of the mem-
bers; so I merely mention here the most important pieces of
work that it has carried through or aided in carrying through
to successful completion. In 1893 the great Sierra Forest Re-
serves were established; a movement which had always been
strongly urged and fostered by the founders of the club. In
the fall of 1895 a large and enthusiastic meeting of the club
was held,* and notable addresses on the subject of forest pres-
ervation were made by Professor Le Conte, Mr. Muir, and Pro-
fessor Dudley. The effect of this was to give the club’s unqual-
ified indorsement to the policy of forest reserves, and this
greatly aided in the creation of new reserves soon afterward.

The next important work was the establishment of the
Yosemite headquarters in 1898. The summer before it was

* SrerRA CLus BULLETIN, Vol. I, p. 268.

33Uu07) JT 'N ‘f{ Aq o104ug
(8681) AATIVA ALINASOA NI ANID VUNAIS AHL AO SUALUVNOGVAH LSUlA

IIATO ALVId *X “IOA ‘NILATING ANTD VAUNTIS

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. xX.

LE CONTE MEMORIAL LODGE
Photo by J. N. Le Conte

PARSONS MEMORIAL LODGE
Photo by R. H. Bailey

PLATE CLVIII.

i i dd

The Sierra Club 143

suggested to the writer by Mr. Abbott Kinney, of Los Angeles,
then a member of the State Board of Yosemite Commissioners,
that the club establish a public reading-room and bureau of in-
formation such as originally contemplated by Professor Sen-
ger. The matter was brought to the attention of the commis-
sion, and it was agreed that the state should grant the use of a
building, to be furnished and equipped by our club, the salary
of the custodian to be shared equally by the commission and the
Sierra Club. The old Sinning cottage, opposite the present
superintendent’s office, was fitted up during the spring of 1808,
and the club was most fortunate in securing the services of
Mr. William E. Colby as the first custodian. The headquarters
were maintained in this way for several years, though with dif-
ficulty, since after the first three years the State Commission
was obliged to withdraw its financial support, due to lack of
funds. Finally, after the death of Professor Joseph Le Conte
in the valley, in 1901, it was decided to erect a memorial lodge,
which should also be used as a permanent headquarters. A
fund of $6000 was raised by subscription, and the beautiful
stone building with its bronze medallion of Professor Le Conte
over the fireplace was finished and dedicated in 1904.

One of the most important developments in the history of
the club, which came about this time, was the organization of
the annual outings in 1901. In 1900 Mr. Colby was elected to
the board of directors, and made secretary, and through his
efforts and those of Mr. E. T. Parsons the directors author-
ized the annual outing feature. The first outing was in the Tu-
olumne Meadows in 1901, the second in the Kings River Cafion,
and the third on the Kern. Since the beginning, the outings
have steadily grown in size and perfection of organization, until
now they stand out as the most popular single feature of the
club and a model for other mountaineering clubs.

The most important piece of work in which the club has ever
engaged was the passage of a bill through the legislature reced-
ing the Yosemite State Park to the Government, and the subse-
quent acceptance of it by Congress as a part of the national
park. Ever since the creation of the Yosemite National Park,
the state park, originally established June 30, 1864, required
an entirely needless duplication of administration within the

144 Sierra Club Bulletin

boundaries of the larger grant. This recession was vigorously
opposed by many of the members of the legislature, and by
some of the press as well, and it is generally conceded that ex-
cept for the strenuous work done by the Sierra Club the bill,
carried as it was by so small a margin, would never have gone
through. The good effects of this combination can now be
easily recognized. Whereas the state was never able to appro-
priate over $10,000 per annum, and usually less, Congress gave
$250,000 last year for the Yosemite National Park, and we are
asking for $319,000 this year.

About 1904, members residing in the vicinity of San Francis-
co suggested the idea of local Sunday walks which could be ar-
ranged by a committee and announced in advance, thus giving
those who could not afford the time for the summer outing an
opportunity to enjoy the beauties of nature in a milder way.
These first walks were announced in the advertising columns
of the daily papers each week, but soon this was replaced by
the regular printed schedule as at present. The local walks
have proved a great success, and these, together with the out-

ings, have done much to bring the membership of the club up

to its present large figure.

An increasing number of members from southern California
led to the establishment of the Southern California Section with
headquarters in Los Angeles in 1905, when the revised by-laws
were adopted by vote of the club in April of that year. It has
erected through private subscription the John Muir Lodge in
the Santa Anita Cafion.

In 1912 it was called to the attention of the directors of the
club that the famous Lambert Soda Springs property was for
sale. In order to prevent its passing into improper hands, Mr.
Colby promptly took an option on the property, and a year later
the entire amount of the purchase price was raised by sub-
scription amongst the club membership. After the death of
Mr. E. T. Parsons, in 1914, it was decided to erect on the prop-
erty a suitable stone building, to be known as the Parsons Me-
morial Lodge. This was accordingly done in 1915, at an ex-
pense of about $3000. It is now open in charge of a custodian
each summer.

One of the recent good deeds of the club has been the sav-

aia

The Sierra Club 145

ing of the remarkable and unique Devil’s Postpile from destruc-
tion. When an application was filed with the Bureau of For-
estry for a permit to blast it into the river to form a dam for
power purposes, the directors took the matter up at once, and
by personal letters to President Taft succeeded in having both
the Postpile and the Rainbow Fall made into a national monu-
ment.

The Sierra Club conceived the idea of the John Muir Trail,
for the starting of which the legislature appropriated $10,000
two years ago. We need an additional appropriation to finish
it and money to extend it northward to Lake Tahoe, and all
members of the club should urge the members of the state legis-
lature to appropriate the $20,000 required for its completion.
The greatest work which lies before us this winter is the pas-
sage through Congress of a bill which shall create a Greater Se-
quoia Park, including the headwaters of the Kern, Kaweah,
and Kings rivers, and a small portion of those of the San
Joaquin.

The club is now in a flourishing condition. It has over 1800
members, and its income from dues and advertising is some
$5000 per annum. Its publications fill nine volumes, and these
contain practically all the results of exploration in the high Si-
erra during the past twenty-five years, as well as work in other
mountain regions. Let every one then put his shoulder to the
wheel, so that, as Mr. Muir says in his letter, ““We will be able
to do something for wildness and make the mountains glad.”

TO THE MEMORY OF JOHN MUIR
By C. Hart MERRIAM
-

OHN MUIR was doubtless more widely known and more

generally loved than any other Californian. He was a famous
wanderer, and left a trail that is well worth following. It leads
to the mountains and forests, to health and happiness, and to a
better appreciation of nature. While he loved the mountains
and everything in them, his chief interests centered about the
dynamic forces that shaped their features and the vegetation
that clothed their slopes.

But, of all the objects in nature, trees appealed to him most
strongly. These he knewas no other man has knownthem, They
were ever-present in his mind and formed an inexhaustible
theme of conversation. On his walks and in his study he de-
lighted to talk of their individual peculiarities, and with his pen-
cil he would make rough but characteristic sketches showing
the dominant distinctive features of each species. He knew the
dates of flowering and the differences of the sexes, and could
tell offhand the time required by the several pines for maturing
their cones. In nearly every case he could recognize a tree ata
distance by its general habit, and when specimens were shown
him he could identify them at a glance by the branches, flowers,
fruit, or bark.

To gratify his love of forests and increase his knowledge of
them he traveled far, studying not only those of the Pacific
Coast from Alaska and British Columbia to southern California,
those of the Rocky Mountains from Montana to Arizona, those
of the Eastern states in both the northern and southern Alle-
ghanies and in the pine barrens and everglades of Florida, but
also traversing Russia, Siberia, and India, visiting Australia,
New Zealand, and the Philippines, and late in life even jour-
neying to South America to see for himself the great tropical
forests of the Amazon and the remarkable Araucaria of west-
ern Patagonia. Has any other human eye seen so many and di-
verse types of arboreous vegetation, or any other mind learned
so much of the great forests of the world?

To the Memory of John Muir 147

One often hears Muir spoken of as an authority on the ani-
mal life of the mountains. This is an error. For while he liked
to see birds and mammals in the wilderness andabouthis camps,
he rarely troubled himself to learn their proper names and re-
lationships. Now and then a particular species impressed itself
sufficiently upon his attention to appear in his writings, and ina
few instances to form the subject of a special article or chap-
ter. His accounts of the water-ouzel and Sierra red squirrel—
which latter he confused with the Douglas squirrel of the coast
—are real contributions to natural history, abounding in origi-
nal observations, full of sympathy, and charmingly told. But
for scientific study of the great army of small birds and mam-
mals he cared little. Plants, on the other hand, were always dear
to him; he knew the names of hundreds of species and could
tell at what altitude and in what situation each was likely to
be found.

He had a strong mechanical bent, was fond of machinery,
quick to grasp principles of mechanics, and was familiar with
the various applications of power. He loved to study the forces
of nature, and was one of the first to recognize the part played
by ice in sculpturing mountains, cafions, and valleys.

In 1870 or 1871 Muir took my father to Clouds Rest, from
which lofty outlook he pointed with enthusiasm and conviction
to the several channels through which deep rivers of ice had
found their way before uniting to form the glacier that had
plowed out and shaped Yosemite Valley. And later, when
traveling together in the upper Tuolumne and Mokelumne re-
gions, he often surprised me by the extent of his knowledge of
the depth of the former glaciers and the details of ice action in
those parts. It is a pity that his early studies of the ancient
glaciers of the Sierra were not recorded in permanent form, but
a matter of congratulation that his observations of those of
Alaska have finally been published.*

Muir was a great talker, but not a loud talker. And although
he usually monopolized the conversation, he was listened to

*See “On the Glaciation of the Arctic and Sub-Arctic Regions visited by the
United States Steamer ‘Corwin’ in the year 1881.”’ In U.S. Senate documents, 48th
Congress, 1st session. Vol. 8, No. 204, pp. 135-147.

“Notes on the Pacific Coast Glaciers.” In Harriman Alaska Expedition. Vol. 1,
PP. 119-135. 1901.

“Travels in Alaska.”’? 1915.

148 Sierra Club Bulletin

with attention and often with delight. Like most men who
have spent much of their lives in the mountains, he was an in-
dependent thinker and had well-digested opinions on a surpris-
ingly large number of topics. He was argumentative by nature,
and his Scotch blood showed in the persistence and tenacity
with which he upheld his point of view. On the other hand, he
was rarely aggressive or disagreeable. In fact, he was one of
the most charming companions J have ever known. In addition
to a kindly and generous nature, he possessed a keen sense of
humor and was something of a tease. When walking the deck
of the steamer on the Harriman Alaska Expedition, his most
constant companion was the eminent geographer, the late Henry
Gannett. Speaking of their friendship, he explained that when
he first saw Gannett he was impressed by what he called the
“preternatural solemnity” of his expression. This, he asserted,
with a merry look in his eye, had convinced him that Gannett,
like himself, was fond of humor, and he was not long in learning
that Gannett, though not a Scotchman, also loved an argument.
The result was that the two were always happy together.

Muir abhorred politics, and once, when speaking of a man
whom he regarded as having fallen from grace, remarked, “This
playing at politics saps the very foundations of righteousness.”

As a woodsman he was peculiar, combining an unusual
knowledge of forest and mountain with a remarkably slender
fund of what is commonly called woodcraft. For, in spite of
his having spent a large part of his life in the wilderness, he
knew less about camping than almost any man I have ever
camped with. He could choose a sheltered spot for the night,
was an adept in building a small fire in a safe place, and could
make an excellent cup of coffee in his tin cup. But of the art
and conveniences of camping as ordinarily understood he was
as innocent as a child. His earlier trips in the mountains had
been made afoot. He had carried no bed or blanket, and in the
way of food only bread and tea, so that his main concern was
in finding a protected place, usually a hollow beside a log, where
he could spend the night with a minimum of discomfort from
the cold. The heat of a small fire, requiring frequent replenish-
ment, served instead of the usual sleeping-bag or blankets.

In after years his visits to the mountains were made with

To the Memory of John Muir 149

others who looked after the camping. I shall never forget the
equipment he brought on his first trip with me into the High
Sierra. It was in the late fall, when we were likely to meet a
snow-storm at any time. And in fact two such storms over-
took us—one in Mokelumne Pass, the other in Mono Pass. Our
route lay in the high mountains from Lake Tahoe to Bloody
Cafion. The outfit he brought consisted of the clothes he wore
and a small leather grip containing a clean shirt, a change of
underclothing, and some extra socks. In spite of the lateness
of the season, the high altitude, the icy nights, the almost cer-
tainty of snow-storms—in spite of all these, he carried not so
much as a single blanket!

In reply to my inquiry as to the whereabouts of his bed, he
replied that he had tramped the mountains for years, but had
never carried one. I was amazed, but the condition confronting
us permitted no compromise. I told him, therefore, that, al-
though he had frequently slept on the ground without covering
in summer when many years younger, he was too old to do so
now, particularly at this late season of the year. I told him
also that I had a good sleeping-bag, just big enough for one,
with no extra blankets for two, and, further, that it was out of
the question for me to set out on such a trip with a companion
who had no bed. Recognizing the justice of my argument, he
compromised by asking, “Where can I buy a bed in the moun-
tains?’ This problem was soon solved and the trip was carried
out as had been planned. It may be added that, although my
ground-canvas was a large one and did duty for us both, as we
slept close together, yet the severity of the weather was such
that he suffered nearly every night from cold. He made no
complaint, but was always up and had a small fire burning and
coffee brewing before full daylight. The incident is mentioned
merely to emphasize a peculiarity of his character—that he
rarely made any provision beforehand for his own comfort.

Another marked peculiarity for a woodsman was that he
never carried a gun or killed game either for sport or meat, pre-
ferring to eat dry bread.

He was a light eater and never seemed really hungry. Even
when tired after a long tramp or arduous horseback ride, he
would rather talk than eat, and, as many who have camped with

150 Sierra Club Bulletin

him know, he often had to be urged to eat in order that the
camp-dishes might be packed to move on. And more than once
his companions at the table have quietly taken what was on his
plate while he, without noticing what had been done, kept right
on talking. I remember an occasion when a plate of fried trout
was set before him. It was well in the afternoon, and he had
had nothing to eat since a six-o’clock breakfast ; he had walked
many miles and was tired. Nevertheless, he talked continuously
of the forest and mountains through which he had gone, and
was utterly oblivious to the fact that his plate was filled and
emptied three times by his neighbors, while all he had taken
was a piece of bread and a cup of coffee. I finally told him that
it was time to go, and that if he would stop and eat I would do
the talking for a few minutes until he had finished.

Muir was a worker. He felt that he had a task to perform
and little time for idling. When in the wilderness he was con-
tinually making observations and recording them in his jour-
nals. These were usually, sometimes lavishly, illustrated by
sketches that served to explain or emphasize the text. When at
home he was busy looking after his fruit ranch or engaged in
writing; and, as the years went by, the latter occupation con-
sumed most of his time. While he did much writing, as shown
by his books and manuscripts, he never did it easily or with
pleasure, but from a sense of duty. More than once he spoke to
me of the difference in this respect between John Burroughs
and himself. Burroughs, he said, never would write except
when the mood was on him; then he wrote rapidly, and sent his
manuscript to the press with little or no revision, while he
(Muir) made it his business to write every day, whether in the
mood or not. To him writing was laborious, if not irksome, and
‘much time was spent in smoothing, balancing, paragraphing,
and arranging it for the press. He possessed a surprising
amount of literary acumen, and usually cut out and trimmed
down much that he had written, saying it was a serious error to
dwell too long on one detail; that the reader wearied of a single
theme, and should be led along by frequent changes. He had
never used a stenographer until a few years before his death.
When visiting the late E. H. Harriman at his Pelican Bay camp
on Klamath Lake, Mr. Harriman had urged him to dictate an

To the Memory of John Mur I51

outline of his life. This he finally consented to attempt, dictat-
ing to one of Mr. Harriman’s stenographers. The result formed
the basis of his autobiography, since published.

While Muir was a man of marked individuality and pro-
nounced tastes, and while at one period of his life he was much
alone, he nevertheless prized congenial companionship and num-
bered among his friends men eminent in constructive enter-
prise as well as in art, literature, and science. His most intimate
friends perhaps, outside his own family, were the educator
John Swett and the painter William Keith. Keith, like himself,
was a Scotchman, and the two were great cronies. To hear
them spar in their native dialect was a real treat.

How much Muir’s life work was influenced by his family it
would be hard to say. His wife, who died a few years before he
did, was a woman of more than ordinary character and ability.
For years she relieved him of most of the cares of the home
ranch at Martinez and a thousand and one little things that
would have worried him or interrupted his work. She was a
clever and noble woman, but so retiring that she was known to
only a few. He owed much also to the sympathetic loyalty of his
two daughters, Helen and Wanda, who, like their mother, were
devoted to him and the work he was doing.

Muir’s influence has been a strong factor in the development
of our national parks and forests and in their utilization as
camping and recreation grounds, while to the people who could
not go his writings have brought from the trees and mountains
an inspiration and message of happiness.

TEN VOLUMES OF PUBLICATIONS
1892 TO 1917
By Etitiott MCALLISTER

——

HE activities of the Sierra Club during the past twenty-five

years have found a faithful record in its publications. Am-
ple reward follows an examination of those records. In the
earlier volumes are found narratives of many pioneer trips into
regions that are now well known to many members of the club.
The explorations of Theodore S. Solomons, of Robert M.
Price, of Bolton Coit Brown, and the winter trips of J. E.
Church, Jr., are all notable in that regard. At that time J. N.
Le Conte commenced the publication of his valuable maps of
the High Sierra. The accuracy of these can be appreciated only
by one who has had occasion to use them. More interesting
than any of the fine photographs appearing throughout the pub-
lications are the original sketches of the high mountain regions
made by Bolton Coit Brown.

Joseph Le Conte’s Ramblings Through the High Sverra, the
diary of his trip through the Yosemite in 1870, which had been
privately printed in 1875, was republished by the club in 1900
in volume ITI.

All of these reports and accounts of what awaited the explor-
er brought about the demand for that splendid undertaking of
the club, its summer outing. Until 1900 the club had been tell-
ing its members of the beauties and wonders that awaited them,
but not until that year had anyone been found willing to under-
take the responsibility and labor attending upon organization
and control of an outing for all members that desired to attend.
At that time, however, the Outing Committee, composed of J.
N. Le Conte, E. T. Parsons, A. I. Street, and William E. Colby,
accepted this work, and in 1901 conducted the first outing into
the Tuolumne Meadows and from that point into the High
Sierra.

From the outset these summer outings were recognized as

Ten Volumes of Publications 153

one of the primary activities of the club, and after the neces-
sary experience acquired during the first, second, and third sea-
sons they have been of increasing success. The leaders of the
club in these outings have taken less-experienced members up
every notable mountain peak from Mount Rainier in the north
to Mount Whitney in the south; more particularly the region
from the Lyell group east of Yosemite and south to Mount
Whitney has been “explored, enjoyed, and rendered accessible,”
to quote from the articles of incorporation, and “authentic in-
formation published” in a way to compel the respect and co-
operation of the state and federal authorities.

Each of the outings had its faithful historian. The first one,
into Tuolumne Meadows in 1901, was described by Edward
Taylor Parsons. In these meadows fourteen years later the
memorial lodge to him was dedicated by his grateful and ap-
preciative fellow-members. These descriptions of the outings,
together with the other articles by individuals, have furnished
such a large amount of interesting matter and picture the life
of the club in the High Sierra so well that no less a person than
the distinguished mountain-climber Sir Martin Conway writes
the club under date of April, 1912:

The Sierra Club seems to me to preserve much of the old spirit
which was in Alpine climbers in the days when climbing was a
fresh thing. I like to think of your camping parties in the great
forest valleys and along their vast far-seeing slopes. I like to
think of the great trout found in the streams you have stocked. I
like to think of all the good you are doing and trying to do in for-
est conservation.
The above is from a man whose record in the Bolivian Andes
was Mount Aconcagua (23,090 feet).

Edward Whymper enjoyed these publications and expressed
this appreciation in the substantial bequest to the club of £50.

The late William Russell Dudley, from the beginning of our
publications until his death,in 1911, kept us constantly informed
in his carefully edited Forestry Notes. For over sixteen years
he patiently recorded and published in Forestry Notes any oc-
currence pertinent to forestry, reservations, national parks, and
kindred subjects. The indebtedness of the club to him for this
work is very great. These files always will be a useful refer-
ence for anyone interested in the subject.

154 Sierra Club Bulletin

The articles on the geological conditions of our mountains,
such as the domes and their structure, lake ramparts, glacial
erosion, may be mentioned among those contributed by men
well known in that special work. More particularly might be
mentioned the articles on the birds of the mountains and the re-
markable photographs connected therewith. Birds of the High
Mountains, by Kellogg, numerous articles by Bade, and a very
remarkable photograph of the water-ouzel at page 245, volume
VI, are worthy of special note.

The reader searching for information on the cone-bearing
trees or on the flora of the Yosemite Valley will find authorita-
tive accounts, and throughout all the volumes many have ex-
pressed their appreciation in poetry or in prose of the wonders
to be found throughout our Sierra Nevada Mountains.

The work of the Sierra Club having been firmly established
under the distinguished leadership of John Muir, will not fail
now that he is gone, but will continue to broaden its scope and
to increase its influence.

THE WAR-ZONE FOREST OF THE KERN

By WALTER MULFoORD
CI

HE Chagoopa Plateau, with its Sky-Parlor Meadow, its

Moraine Lake, its forest of subalpine pines, and its rock-
ribbed ring of impressive peaks—what a joy it was! Sunrise
over Mount Whitney and the main crest of the Sierra; sunset
behind the Great Western Divide, outlined sharply but not
harshly across the lake; the climb heavenward to the top of
Kaweah ; the descent to the beautiful cafion of the Big Arroyo;
the brilliant moonlight, making lodgepole and foxtail more im-
pressive and hiding for a time the scars of the grim fight waged
by these hardy pines against frost and wind, drought and beetle
—to those of us who were there nothing further is needed to
recall happy memories of a camp-site richly endowed with
charm and interest and comfort. Some of us went on long side-
trips. Some of us, responsive to the influence of high life, in-
dulged in that wild camp cabaret. Some of us even tried to get
lost on that confusing plateau. Finally, all of us passed on,
more or less thoughtlessly, to other parts of the wonderland.

More or less thoughtlessly! If anyone had asked us whether
we would wish the beauty of that high plateau to be permanent,
there could have been but one answer. If we had been asked
further whether it would still be beautiful without the forest,
there would have come an equally emphatic reply. Treeless
wastes are fascinating—or repellent. They are often inspiring
in their bigness, in their evidence of great power behind and
beyond. But they are rarely beautiful. And they are never
good places in which to live or camp. Unconsciously we knew
that we owed the beauty and comfort of our Chagoopa camp
primarily to the forest. Did we stop to wonder whether the
forest would be there always?

Perhaps we did not notice the signs of social instability in this
community of Chagoopa Forest. Most of the citizens are old
folks—several centuries old, although only from one to three
feet in diameter. Very many of them are far past their prime,

156 Sierra Club Bulletin

and their “spike-tops,”* most of which are due to old age or in-
sect attack, show that soon there will be many vacant places in
the big family. This must be the case in all communities of
trees and people. But the significant thing here is that there are
very few youths and almost no children on nearly all of the
plateau. And the infirmities of the old folks are likely to in-
crease more than proportionately to their advancing age, as the
death of neighbors deprives them of the mutual protection so
sorely needed in exposed localities. In the forest world, Cha-
goopa Town is doomed unless more young trees start in the
next half-century.

Nature is wasteful in Chagoopa Forest. Long searches for
seedlings were practically fruitless on most parts of the plateau.
Young trees were abundant only in a few places. Yet careful
counts in one small grove showed an average of 450,000 lodge-
pole-pine seedlings per acre—more than ten per square foot!
Nine hundred and ninety-nine of these must die before the
thousandth tree can come to maturity, for mere lack of grow-
ing space. Thirty-story, densely thronged tenements in one part
of town; thousands of vacant homes with light and air on other
streets! There are perhaps six thousand acres on the plateau.
There are about six acres in this area of closely packed seed-
lings. If Nature had spread out on one thousand acres the
seedlings she has crowded on one acre, there would be an aver-
age of about 450 seedlings per acre over the entire plateau. This
would be an admirable basis for the continuance of the com-
munity. But Nature rarely does things that way. She has never
studied scientific management as man has studied it for the
bricklayer.

Chagoopa Plateau is not an exceptional locality as regards
uncertainty for the future. On that wonderful day’s trip from
Crabtree Meadow to Tyndall Creek we were almost constantly
in a war zone. Now and again we were in the first line of
trenches itself, where the last tree outposts are struggling to
hold timber-line where it is. For a time we were in the uncon-
tested territory of the treeless waste, where the forest can never
enter unless the climate changes. But on that entire day’s trip
we were never in the undisputed domain of the forest. The

* “Spike-top”’ means that the upper portion of the tree-crown is dead.

The War-Zone Forest of the Kern 157

forest is one of Nature’s children. She has other children, and
she lets them struggle with one another with all the strength and
skill at their command. There is a firing-line and a wide war
zone in all our high altitudes, where wind and frost shout
“Back!” and the stubborn trees cry “Forward!” Through the
centuries the battle-line surges back and forth—forward into
the waste with discouraging slowness, often backward into the
forest with disheartening suddenness. Nature leaves the victory
to the stronger forces, and the laurel wreath does not always go
to the side which civilized man desires and needs to see win.

Nature is notoriously wasteful, not only in her treatment of
these disputed borderlands of the forest realm, but in all forests,
even those in which the results of her marvelous handiwork are
most awe-inspiring. Here she places too many trees; there, too
few. She almost invariably allows the most desirable trees to be
more or less displaced by others which are poorer from the
standpoint of their usefulness to man. Her trees do not grow
nearly so fast as when she takes man’s skill into partnership.
The difference in time required to produce merchantable trees
in timber-producing forests, as between Nature alone and Nat-
ure plus constructive man, is so great as to be measured in dec-
ades rather than years. Nature’s forest was well able to meet
the slight needs of savage man. Civilized man, with his vastly
greater demands on the forest, must help Nature to mend her
ways, else the forest fails.

It is now economically possible for man to assist Nature
greatly in the middle-altitude forests of the Sierra—that is, in
the great timber-producing zone. Aid of the highest importance
is being given in many ways in this belt, thanks to the national
forests and the national parks. In the higher zone in which
Chagoopa Forest and the Crabtree-Tyndall region are located,
we in the United States cannot afford at present to help directly
the timber-line forest in its fight. Such help has been given in
the Alps and Pyrenees by tree-planting and engineering works,
to the great advantage of the valleys below. But our govern-
mental agencies can and are giving powerful indirect help by
restricting man as a destructive animal. Chagoopa Forest is in
a more precarious condition now than is likely to have been the
case before the white man came, because until recently fires

158 Sierra Club Bulletin

which he started* and animals which he introduced roamed at
will, while trespassers cut trees without warrant. But its future
is more assured than it was twelve years ago, because fire, graz-
ing, and trespass are now controlled. The present scarcity of
seedlings is not necessarily discouraging. In situations so ex-
posed, it may happen that young trees will start in considerable
numbers only at infrequent intervals, when there happens to
come a good seed-year followed by weather conditions favor-
able to the germination of the seed and the first few years’ de-
velopment of the delicate seedlings. This combination of cir-
cumstances may not have occurred since the organization of the
National Forest in 1905. Even granting that planting is imprac-
ticable in that locality, there is still hope for Chagoopa Town.
The hope centers in the continuance of the forester’s care of
the region. There are powerful selfish interests still at work
quietly trying to undermine and finally break down the whole
structure of governmental forest administration, which has
been so painfully built up. The forest has all it can do along its
frontier to hold back its unavoidable foes. If to its natural
enemies we add man-made ones, the war-zone forest cannot
stand against the onslaught. Within certain limits, man as well
as Nature has a hand in determining where timber-line shall be.
At least, we can see to it that there is no unholy anti-forest alli-
ance between destructive man and the other (less ruinous?)
forces of Nature. We wish you well, Chagoopa Forest!

* Lightning starts many fires; man starts more.

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CLIX,

“There is a firing-line...

. . . anda wide war-zone in all our high altitudes”

TIMBER-LINE AND ADJACENT FOREST (FOXTAIL PINE) BETWEEN EAST
FORK OF KERN RIVER AND TYNDALL CREEK

Altitude, upper photograph, 11,200 feet; lower photograph, 11,100 feet
Photos by Walter Mulford

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CLX.

W HITE-BARK PINE, NEAR JOHN MUIR TRAIL, SHEPARD CREEK CANON
(Altitude, 10,800 feet)
Photo by Walter Mulford

THE YOSEMITE CONY—A CHAPTER IN
fue NATURAL HISTORY OF THE YOSEMITE
NATIONAL PARK

By JosepH GRINNELL AND Tracy I. STORER
>

(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of
California)

HE cold granite peaks and rock-walled glacial valleys of

the higher Sierra Nevada of California are inhabited by
comparatively few mammals and birds. The species which do
live there throughout the year are, by structure and habits, well
adapted to withstand the vicissitudes of life in a boreal region.
On the whole, it seems as if these high mountain residents have
come to fill the least desirable niches in the economy of nature,
those niches for which there is but little contest. Among the
mammals belonging to this category in the Yosemite National
Park there is none more deserving of particular attention than
the cony.

The cony is remotely related to the rabbits, but in both struc-
ture and habits it differs widely from those better-known ani-
mals. The cony is small,rarely exceeding seven inches in length
of body, and it is of comparatively chubby build (figs. 1 and 2).
The head is short and bluntly tapered, while the neck is scarce-
ly distinguishable. The eyes are small, but the ears are large
and rounded, and this combination gives the animal a peculiar-
ly knowing expression. The fore and hind legs are short and of
about equal length, while the tail is so reduced as not to be seen
except by examination of a specimen in hand. The clothing of
hair is thick and fluffy. The general coloration is grayish white,
but to this in late summer and fall there is added, as a result of
molt, a pale brown tint. At any season this coloration is doubt-
less exceedingly valuable to the animal in rendering it incon-
spicuous; even under the best of light conditions the observer
finds difficulty in catching sight of a cony except when it moves.

Conies, otherwise known as pikas, rock-rabbits, or little chief
hares, are found in the mountainous districts of Russia, Asia,

160 Sierra Club Bulletin

and northern North America. Each mountain system seems to
have one or more kinds of these animals, and this is notably
true of the mountains of California. In the Warner Mountains
of Modoc County there is a distinct species, the Warner Moun-
tain cony (Ochotona taylori), and on the Sierra-Cascade range
from Mount Shasta to Mount Whitney there are no less than
three slightly different forms. The northernmost of these, the
gray-headed cony (Ochotona schisticeps schisticeps), is found

\
Wagga

\
va

Fics. 1-3. TyPp1cAL ATTITUDES OF THE Cony

1 and 2. On observation-post. 3. ““Bleating.”? (About one-fourth life-size
Redrawn from field sketches made by Charles Lewis Camp)

from Mount Shasta south to the vicinity of Lake Tahoe; the
southernmost one, the Mount Whitney cony (Ochotona schisti-
ceps albatus), occurs in the vicinity of the peak for which it is
named ; while the third, the Yosemite cony, occupies the higher
portions of the Yosemite National Park and adjacent territory.
This last form was discovered by the field parties of the Cali-
fornia Museum of Vertebrate Zoology in 1915, when engaged
in making a zoological survey of the Park. It has been named
Ochotona schisticeps muiri, in remembrance of that most gifted
of Sierran naturalists, John Muir.

The Yosemite Cony 161

The Yosemite cony is an alpine species, found only in the
higher parts of the mountains above the fir belt, in the zone
occupied by the alpine hemlock, white-bark pine, heather, and
cassiope. Even within this narrow area it does not live every-
where, but is restricted to a single habitat, heaps or taluses of
broken granite. Altitudinally, the cony is found, in the Yo-
semite National Park, as low as 7700 feet, near Glen Aulin, on
the Tuolumne River; upward it ranges to about 12,000 feet, as
on the slopes of Mount Dana, and to the very summit of Par-
sons Peak, 12,120 feet. But within this restricted area the cony
is found in almost every glacial moraine and talus-heap. In
one typical rock-slide, at the head of Lyell Cafion, our estimates
indicated a population of at least one cony per 750 square yards.
This would mean a population of about six per acre in suitable
slide-rock. The range of an individual is short, probably rarely
exceeding the boundaries of the rock-slide which the animal in-
habits. While a cony will go some distance among rocks for
food materials, it will not venture more than two or three yards
beyond the limits of shelter.

The summer traveler in the mountains 1s first apprised of the
presence of conies by hearing one of the animals utter its far-
off-sounding “‘bleat.” In fact, this note, or call, is such a valuable
introductory aid that even the trained field observer finds that
the only practicable means of locating the animals is to wait in
a suitable locality and listen intently until one of them utters its
call and then to scrutinize the area whence the sound came
until its maker is discerned. This call is a moderately loud two-
or three-syllabled utterance, and has a nasal intonation, The
quality of the note is such as to suggest the clinking together of
flakes of granite. It has been variously rendered by our field
observers. One writes it, yink, yink; another, ke-ack’, ke-ack’, or
ke-ack’, ke-ack’, ke-ic'-ky; andanother, e-chak’, e-chak’, chee-ick’,
chee-ick’, chee-ick’-y. Sometimes the call is uttered but once;
again it may be repeated for ten or fifteen seconds, at first
rapidly, then more slowly, as if the cony’s breath was being
gradually exhausted. The animal accompanies its calls with
certain movements which seem essential to their production
(figure 3). The whole body is jerked violently forward, as if
considerable exertion were necessary to expel the air from the

162 Sierra Club Bulletin

lungs, and at the same time the ears are twitched upward, so
that in face view their outlines catch the observer’s eye.

For several months of each year snow covers everything
within the range of the cony. The various species of animals
which dwell there meet the resulting food scarcity in a number
of different ways. Most of the birds emigrate, the deer and
coyote descend to lower altitudes, the marmot hibernates, the
gopher constructs tunnels through the snow, and the white-
tailed jack-rabbit turns white and develops “snow-shoes” on its
feet so that it can forage above the snow. But the cony has
still another method of meeting the situation.

During the late summer and early autumn the cony is busy at
all hours of the day gathering materials to serve as food while it
is imprisoned among the rocks beneath the snow. It cuts and
stores away grasses and sedges and other plants which grow in
the vicinity of its home. These are carried into the rock-slides,
and stored in a dry, well-drained, shady yet airy place, sheltered
above from snow and rain, and free from the danger of running
water below—an ideal barn from the standpoint of a farmer.
This treatment is such as to preserve unfaded the natural col-
ors of the dried plants, and the fragrance is that of well-cured
hay free from mold. One such “hay-pile” seen by the senior
author on Warren Peak, Mono County, September 26, 1915,
was situated under a huge flat rock and comprised about half a
cubic yard of material. Samples from a similar but smaller pile
included twigs and needles of the lodgepole pine, sprigs of
“ocean spray” (Holodiscus discolor dumosa), two or more al-
pine species of sedge (Carex) ,with their characteristically rough
stems of triangular cross-section, a grass (Poa), and an epilo-
bium. The nearest sedge was twenty-five feet down-hill in a
wet place, while the nearest holodiscus was at least seventy-five
feet up the steep slope adjacent. Currant and red-elderberry
bushes grew nearer than any of the other plants named, but
neither had been touched, showing that the cony exercises some
selection in the choice of its food materials.

When foraging the cony secures as large an amount of cut
greens as can be held crosswise in its mouth and then carries
the bundle to the “barn.” Often stems of considerable length
are transported in this manner, and, as the animal moves about,

{soll

STERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CLXI,

A CONY AT THE MARGIN OF ITS ROCK-SLIDE HOME
Photo by H. S. Swarth

A TYPICAL OBSERVATION-POST OF THE CONY
Photo by T. I. Storer

The Yosemite Cony 163

the ends of these stems trail along beside or behind him. Many
of the pieces found in the hay-piles were over a foot in length,
and one piece of cut sedge measured forty-five inches in length;
but this latter had been folded several times. A hay-pile seen
near the head of the McClure fork of the Merced River con-
tained nearly a bushel of material, and, judging from the fact
that six adult-sized conies and one juvenile were trapped at this
pile, it may be that hay-piles are community or at least family
affairs.

While not foraging and not occupied beneath the surface of
the slide, the cony sits hunched up, usually with its back higher
than its head, in some protected place under a large overhang-
ing rock. The post usually selected is the crest of a backward-
slanting rock where the animal can enjoy a wide angle of view
and yet be in a position, when danger threatens, to dart back
into the shelter of the slide. These perches, or observation-
posts, are marked by accumulations of droppings of an oblately
spherical shape, like those of a rabbit but much smaller, and by
whitish stains due to the action of the liquid excrement on the
granite. When a cony comes to “attention” on an observation-
post the head is often raised, the nose wiggled, and the feet
“shuffled,” all suggestive of mannerisms of a rabbit; but the
movements of the head are much quicker. The hobbling gait
reminds one somewhat of the hopping of a brush-rabbit. The
cony moves rapidly and with apparent ease almost everywhere
in a slide, even over very steep and smooth rock surfaces. We
have never seen one of these animals assume the erect posture
which is common to rabbits.

The cony shares its rock-slide home with the bushy-tailed
wood-rat (Neotoma cinerea cinerea) and the Sierra marmot
(Marmota flaviventris sierrae), but we have learned nothing to
indicate that these two large rodents molest the cony in any way.
In the matter of enemies, there are only three carnivorous ani-
mals which dwell in the same situations as the cony and which
we have reason to believe may prey upon it. These are the
Sierra pine-marten (Martes caurina sierrae) and the least and
mountain weasels (Mustela muricus and Mustela arizgonensis).
At Vogelsang Lake, before sunrise of August 31, 1915, two
conies were heard “bleating” vociferously as they ran excitedly

164 Sierra Club Bulletin

here and there among the rocks. Investigation showed the
cause of the disturbance to be a least weasel. From the dis-
turbance which these conies made, it was inferred that they had
recognized the weasel as an enemy and were doing their best to
spread the alarm among their neighbors. It is improbable that
birds of prey, hawks and owls, levy much toll, because of the
protected situation in which the cony lives; and there are no
large snakes to search out and devour the animals, as would be
the case if the latter lived at lower altitudes.

Conies seem to be most active during the early morning and
evening hours; but they evince more or less activity at all times
of the day, and they have been heard “bleating” on moonlight
nights. They seem to enjoy coming out and running about or
sitting on their observation-posts just as the afternoon shadows
have begun to creep over the rock-slides. Sometimes they will
sit quietly for considerable periods of time, and the observer
must do likewise if he expects to catch sight of them.

As yet information concerning the breeding habits of the Yo-
semite cony is rather meager. We know that three or four
young are produced at a time. The breeding season would seem
to be rather extended, as in mid-July, 1915, young two-thirds to
three-fourths grown were already abroad, while a number of
the females had not yet given birth to their young. The young
conies are notably precocious, and, like rabbits, begin to forage
independently by the time they are only one-fourth to one-third
grown.

To the critical reader the account here given will seem super-
ficial and fragmentary, but it contains all we were able to find
out during the few weeks spent by us in the home of the cony.
A fascinating field for additional discovery lies at the disposal
of those persons more fortunate than we who are able to visit
the High Sierra year after year. The Sierra Club member who
is not intent merely upon establishing a record in miles of trail
covered will find in the painstaking study of the habits of the
cony, as also of many another animal of the high mountains,
enough to afford enjoyable and productive recreation for
many summers.

Berkeley, California, October ro, 1916

THE SACRED MOUNTAIN OF CHINA
By EunIcE TIETJENS

O CLIMB Tai Shan, the Most Sacred Mountain of China,
is to store up a memory which no succeeding event can
blur, nor can any western pride of accomplishment thereafter
ever quite banish the oriental certainty that man is as the white
breath of oxen in winter, and the little shadow that goeth be-
fore the sun. Other mountains, when one has climbed many,
tend to grow indistinct inthe memory. Their shapes blend and
blur confusedly. But Tai Shan, in memory as in reality, is part
of no chain of lesser mountains. It stands alone, surrounded by
a little cluster of foothills, set down as arbitrarily as a child’s
toy mountain in the great brown plain of the Middle Kingdom.
And in memory it will always seem that heaven is very near its
summit. |
For Tai Shan is the oldest place of continuous worship in the
world. Its beauty is not so much the sheer, breath-taking beauty
of nature as the piteous beauty of the eternal hope and aspira-
tion in the soul of man. When we first find Tai Shan, in the
dawn of one of the oldest histories of mankind, its origin as a
place of worship is already legendary. In the days of Confu-
cius, who lived five hundred years before Christ, men were al-
ready telling one another that since the birth of time heaven
had been worshiped from the summit of the Most Sacred
Mountain, and today thousands of their descendants in flapping
coats of dark-green silk climb its rocky gorge each year, their
women beside them borne in chairs or toiling in agony on their
tiny tortured feet. Religions have come, flourished, and de-
cayed, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Christianity, but still
heaven is worshiped from the cloudy summit of Tai Shan.
There is something very beautiful and simple about the old
Chinese conception which has remained till today in the wor-
ship on Tai Shan and in the Altar of Heaven in Peking. .““Heav-
en” is quite impersonal, the great source of all blessing and of
all malediction, the beginning and the end. But this pure form

166 Sierra Club Bulletin

is inevitably mixed with local superstitions and vagaries. Tai
Shan has a god, of course. His name seems to be simply that of
the mountain itself, Tai Shan. He is the rain-god, and, oddly
enough to a western mind, the god of the stability of the earth’s
surface. But his daughter, the Goddess Pi-hsia-yuan-ch’un,
Princess of Colored Clouds, is now more important than he.
She is a Buddhist deity, the thousand-handed goddess of the
dawn, and she has two acolytes, the “Goddess of Family In-
crease’ and the “Goddess of Good Sight.” It is to the latter
that the Chinese women pray to prevent the dreaded ophthal-
mic blindness in their children.

The beautiful temple with the golden roofs which crowns the
summit—the rock which by nature was the highest point juts
up in the center of a small courtyard—is dedicated to this god-
dess, and it is typical of the mixture of religions in China that,
while the temple itself is Buddhist, the priests who serve in it
today are Taoist. This temple is a modern affair, hardly two
hundred years old, but some sort of an altar has been there for
many centuries. The temple is now open only one day in the
year, for the spring festival, and on that day the steep steps
swarm with thousands of pilgrims of all stations in life. Many
emperors have been among them, and the humblest is not for-
bidden.

From the standpoint of an experienced mountain-climber the
ascent itself is insignificant, the height of the summit above the
plain being hardly more than forty-five hundred feet, and the
actual height between five and six thousand feet. Information
of precision is very hard to find in China, but everyone is agreed
that the distance along the trail is forty-two l1, about fourteen
miles.

This trail is really a small highway, about ten feet wide dur-
ing the entire distance,and decorously paved. The latter part of
the way, however, one is glad to walk on it, as it is cut out of
the solid rock and climbs otherwise very difficult places. It con-
tains six thousand steps.

The foundation of the rock seems to be blue granite, which
predominates largely, broken by ledges of white and pink
quartz. But there are many colors among the stones that are
built into the steps and line the trail. There are green stones

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. xX. : PLATE CLXII,

Station on the way up Tai Shan

TAI SHAN, THE SACRED MOUNTAIN OF CHINA

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. xX. PLATE CLXIII.

A GIANT FOXTAIL PINE ON SLOPE OF RED SPUR
Photo by Walter L. Huber

The Sacred Mountain of China 167

that look like malachite, bright purple stones, red stones, and
brown stones. Many of them seem to be varieties of granite and
are very hard, for the steps, which are very old, are hardly
worn at all.

The vegetation consists mainly of a few scraggly evergreens
and Japanesy pines, although on the lower reaches there are
little cultivated patches, only a few feet square, where the beg-
gars who live on the steep slopes raise vegetables and a little
grain.

The usual way to go up Tai Shan is to start from Taian Fu,
a town of about 30,000 people, and go up in bearer-chairs, little
wicker seats swung between two poles and carried on the shoul-
ders of two smiling, grunting, dirty coolies. Each chair has
four men, two to carry and two who rest. A coolie receives for
such a day’s work the whole sum of sixty cents “mex,” a little
over a quarter.

The peculiar charm of a trip up Tai Shan lies in the combi-
nation of the pleasure of climbing for its own sake with the fas-
cination of the Orient. After you have passed the arched gate-
way that begins the trail you pass an old, half-ruined temple,
where you are shown a dried man, infinitely old and withered,
ninety-four years old he was when he died, who sits in silk and
solemnity in the temple courtyard. All the way along you pass
at intervals similar temples, perched in crannies in the rock,
where dwell Buddhist nuns with shaved heads, or little tea-
houses with strange names. “Tiger Lying Hall” was, I remem-
ber, the place where we ate our lunch. Part way up you pass a
gateway inscribed “Horse Return Precipice,” where presum-
ably you part with your steed, though we saw nothing resem-
bling a horse on the way. The temples also have charming
names, ‘‘First Heaven Gate,” “(Half Heaven Gate,” and, at the
top of the steep rocky gorge which the trail follows all the lat-
ter part of the way, “South Heaven Gate.”

The sides of the gorge are carved at frequent intervals with
characters and inscriptions, in commemoration of pilgrimages
made by a contemporary of Cleopatra, or a pious emperor of
the Middle Ages, or even a wealthy silk merchant of today.
“Where there is prayer there is answer,” “Piety,” and other re-
ligious sentiments are everywhere. One inscription reads:

168 Sierra Club Bulletin

“Confucius took this route.’ Another, of four characters,
means literally, “Good, Emperor, Wind, Flows,” and illustrates
well the stenographic character of the Chinese language, for it
means “A good emperor goes up like wind and flows down like
water.” This is in commemoration of a successful trip by
some long-dead potentate.

Near the top is a precipice over which devotees used to throw
themselves in a religious ecstasy to the rocks below. So great
was the loss of life that the authorities have guarded the place
with a high wall.

The climb itself is very gradual and not at all difficult till
you reach the last stretch before the “South Heaven Gate” at
the top of the rocky gorge. Here the steps are very high and
very narrow, and travelers are wont to rest frequently. And
here an amusing incident occurred to me. I had hired a chair in
proper style, but I had not ridden in it at all on the way up, to
the delight of my coolies, who thought me nothing less than
half-witted to walk when I might have swung at ease. At this
last stretch they had gone ahead of me and were waiting on the
stairs. As I came up they all fell to clapping their hands and
giving nasal grunts that sound like “haw” and mean “good.”
They smiled and flattered till I was forced to laugh, for I knew
that, while part of it was surprise that a foreign lady could
walk so far, the greater part of it was fear lest at the last min-
ute I should show a white feather and climb into the chair. But
I plodded on alone, and they applauded joyously. |

After the “South Heaven Gate” the path tops the rocky gorge
and turns out over a wide plateau, on which at a little distance
stands the temple of the summit.

It is very clean and windy here. Below you on every side
stretches the flat brown plain, like the floor of earth. In the
foreground are green-flecked foothills and, beside you in this
airy space, the sloping gold-tiled temple roofs. A black bird, like
a crow, flies and circles over the blue abyss, and another bird
calls from somewhere with a song like our bob-white.

Besides the temple, in the infinite spaciousness and peace
where the great winds are, stands a broken and crumbling mon-
ument. Carved on it are the words, “On this spot once Confu-
ciusstoodand feltthesmallnessoftheworldbelow.” And though

The Sacred Mountain of China 169

the body of Confucius has lain these twenty-five hundred years
in Chu Fu, his spirit stands today, eternally, on the summit of
Tai Shan and looks out from the footstool of heaven over the
smallness of man and his world.

THE KERN RIVER OUTING OF 1916

By Jesse McGitvray TREAT
-

HE weeks and months of anticipation were at an end, for
the first of July had come at last, and we were actually
started for Kern River Cafion. The Fates had decreed from
the first moment that this should be the best outing ever taken
by the Sierra Club. High fog, heaven-sent, made the much
dreaded tramp through the foothills to Nelson’s a delight. In-
spired by that incomparable elation that comes when we can
live each moment for the sheer joy of it, and measure our days
only by our unrestrained pleasure and incessant delight, we
swung up the trail, radiant. The path led up a closely covered
foothill cafion, wooded with chaparral and occasional fine trees,
now and then crossing rushing creeks which later poured into
the South Fork of the Tule. An early luncheon close beside
the stream, a drowsy half-hour stretched out in the shade listen-
ing to the ceaseless chatter of the swirling water, and then, re-
freshed, we pushed on to Nelson’s. At this first camp all the old
Sierrans graciously offered advice and assistance to the new-
comers and the genial good-fellowship, which prevails through-
out the outing, was at once manifest. Toward evening a rift in
the fog gave us some idea of the beauty of the surrounding
hills, and a rosy sunset glow promised a sunny morrow. This
second day will be remembered by all forest-lovers, for our way
was through superb sequoia groves on both sides of the Tule-
Kern Divide. Fine specimens of sugar pine, yellow pine, and
fir added variety. Then we followed down Freeman’s Creek to
Lloyd’s Meadows, where we pitched our camp. Those who
fortunately arrived early had the joy of a swim and developed
great dexterity in catching the lemons which floated down-
stream from the soda-spring above, using them for manicure or
shampoo, as fancy or necessity dictated. :
Out of this meadow we climbed, a thousand feet, to drop
down again to the ford of the Little Kern, where we all antici-
pated much amusement. Some waded across, the swift current

SUISSOY] “WY 2oUaIMe'T Aq 010g
ANVI NAAN WILLIT

“AIXTO €ALVI1d *X “IOA ‘NILAT1ING ANTO VUATIS

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CLXV.

A REST ON THE DESCENT OF SAWTOOTH
Photo by James Rennie

The Kern River Outing of 1916 17d

and rocky bed of the stream making it an uncertain pleasure;
others were ferried across by a most obliging member, who
made countless trips with two animals; while on the opposite
bank were gathered those who had arrived earlier and were dry-
ing out. “Gabriel,” our most picturesque donkey, was almost
drowned in the stream, and his rescue added a thrill of excite-
ment.

Wednesday a delightful six-mile tramp over the Kernbut
brought us to Little Kern Lake, where we were to camp for
several days. The real trip had begun; we had at last reached
the Kern, our variable companion for several weeks to come.
We should know its every mood, and part with it reluctantly.
The fishermen here forgot their disappointment that this was
the closed season for golden trout in their endeavors to catch
the more familiar varieties. Lunch parties with trout cooked in
the ashes or on a hot rock or in the less picturesque frying-pan
were not infrequent. Excellent swimming in Little Kern Lake
made the small sandy beach a gay and busy place every after-
noon.

These days of lazy pleasure were soon over, and we jour-
neyed up the cafion past Lower Funston Meadow to the point
where the Big Arroyo tumbles down in white cascades to meet
the Kern. This trip was a varied eleven miles between the
precipitous walls of the cafion. The trail led now across talus
slopes, now over grassy, sparkling meadows, then across swift-
running torrents. Each day we became more adept at crossing
foaming, noisy streams on slippery logs, but the one over Rattle-
snake Creek was a wet and undulating sapling—a test of self-
control and coordination. The Big Arroyo camp was almost
surrounded by two rivers, and the Big Arroyo unkindly rose at
such a rapid rate after sundown that a hasty evacuation of
some of the most charming camp-sites was necessary.

On Sunday we zigzagged up a very steep slope toward the
Chagoopa Plateau, frequently stopping for breath and to enjoy
the ever-changing prospect down the Kern Cajion, so colorful
with living shadows. Pushing on through a splendid forest, we
suddenly came out into Sky-Parlor Meadow, too glorious a
spectacle to describe or to forget, a wide-spread amphitheater,
carpeted with flower-sprinkled green, encircled by dark pines

172 Sierra Club Bulletin

and crowned by solemn, jagged peaks and glacial cirques, not-
ably Sawtooth, Needham, and the many-hued Kaweah group.
Impossible as it seemed to leave this enchanting spot, our next
camp, Moraine Lake, was near, and we promised ourselves the
joy of coming often during our week’s sojourn.

Moraine Lake is an ideal camp-site. Dense forest fringes the
margin of this glacial basin. A clear, bubbling spring, icy
cold, supplied delicious drinking-water, and, despite snow-hung
mountains mirrored in the lake and the almost 10,000 feet of
altitude, swimming was more than possible—it was enjoyable.
This idyllic spot is centrally located for countless trips varying
in degrees of strenuousness to suit any inclination.

Then follow you, wherever hie

The traveling mountains of the sky.

Or let the streams in civil mode

Direct your choice upon a road.
An evening walk to the edge of the ridge gave one a glorious
comprehensive panorama from Mount Whitney, in the main
crest beyond the Kaweahs, along a sharply broken sky-line of
granite peaks in the Great Western Divide, to the unnamed
snow-clad cirques just across the gorge. From the almost per-
pendicular walls of the Big Arroyo one seemed to be perched on
the top of the world. A faint boom from the river far below
throbbed in the evening stillness. As the long purple shadows
filled this magnificent valley we hastened back to our forest-
hidden camp, elusive even by day.

Here were six days brimful of pleasure. One hundred and

forty intrepid ones climbed Kaweah Peak; knapsack parties
journeyed off in all directions, some to Lost Cafion, Columbine
Lake, and Sawtooth, some to Mount Needham; and toward the
end of the week ardent hikers with bed and board on their backs
journeyed up the Big Arroyo and across the Kern-Kaweah Di-
vide, descending through the wonderful Kern-Kaweah Cafion
to join the main party again at Junction Meadows. For those
not so energetic there was still much to be done—fishing parties
down at the Big Arroyo, dreamy days at Sky-Parlor Meadow,
and swimming and fishing in Moraine Lake. History has it that
once upon a time a mighty 814-pound trout was caught there;
but although many saw three gigantic beauties, neither secret

The Kern River Outing of 1916 173

sorcery, hypnotism, nor fancy flies could lure them to impale
themselves on any deadly hook.

As each day was more wonderful, so each night the spell of
the camp-fire drew us closer into the magic circle. “Lost and
found” were distributed with appropriate remarks, the trips de-
scribed in terms of Colby or Tappaan miles; and then came a
wide diversity of entertainment—interesting talks on birds,
trees, glaciers, Alaska; singing of solos or tout ensemble ; haunt-
ing melodies of flute and violin, peculiarly suited to these sur-
roundings.

The annual Sierra Club Vaudeville given here in the forest
theater was a high-class performance which brought out much
talent—“Street Scenes in Venice,” beautifully staged, was in-
terrupted somewhat by temperamental “Gabriel’’; music, skits,
monologues, and even Shakespeare dla mode, were greeted with
generous applause. Another day the bulletin-board announced
that a bandana exhibition would take place, and all were urged
to enter gaudy squares in this unique competition. Things of
beauty were produced from grimy dunnage-bags—hand-woven
brocades, block-printed silks, and oriental scarfs of much in-
terest. The last evening found the commissary metamorphosed
and we dined sumptuously and well at “Café Moraine,” served
by familiar faces rising above unfamiliar garments. The men
had raided the women’s camp and now appeared in flowered
kimono, highland kilt, or prim shirt-waist.

A wealth of stirring memories is associated with this camp—
the mysteriously fascinating eclipse of the moon, a “by request”
violin concert on the sloping hillside near the spring, a vivid
electrical storm over the upper Kern region—so it was with
genuine regret that we left the Chagoopa Plateau to return to
our former camp-site in Lower Funston Meadow for one night
and then push on eleven miles to Junction Meadows.

This day we crossed the mighty Kern itself and proceeded to
the upper end of the cafion, whose grandeur was enhanced by
mighty sculptured walls and forbidding cliffs, culminating in
minarets and domes, rushing streams, pouring at intervals from
some side cafion, and occasional mistlike waterfalls, “like down-
ward smoke, slow-dropping veils of thinnest lawn.” Junction
Meadows, where the Kern, Kern-Kaweah, and East Fork meet,

174 Sierra Club Bulletin

had been ravaged by a terrible tornado since the club camped
there in 1912 and splendid trees were everywhere lying prone.
The knapsackers returned, thrilled by the rare beauty of the
upper Kern-Kaweah, and, animated by their glowing descrip-
tion, many decided to explore for themselves. It seemed as if
some whim of creative force had hidden in this remote cafion
at least one perfect form of every kind of mountain scenery, as
a reward for those who persevere.

On Wednesday morning two hundred left for the Crabtree
Meadows base camp to ascend Mount Whitney the following
day. One hundred and seventy-five reached the summit, the
largest party of mountaineers ever registered there. Those of
us who remained below anxiously watched the angry clouds
pile up in the direction of Mount Whitney on Thursday. A
dark sky threatened rain, but only a few scattered drops fell at
noon; the clouds soon dispersed, and these spatters were the
only shower of the trip.

A long, steep pull out of Junction Meadows to the ridge,
although exhilarating, brought with it a certain sorrow that here
we must part with our many-mooded companion,the Kern. We
consoled ourselves with the ever-changing panorama as we
struggled on and up toward the crest. A glorious prospect was
here presented. Peaks of the High Sierra, especially Mount
Whitney, seemed broad, gently sloping masses, while Red Spur
and the Kaweahs, now seen from the north, looked unapproach-
able and awe-inspiring. The Whitney climbers straggled across
the upland meadows, each group content at times to nestle
down among protecting rocks and scan the marvelous beauty
radiating on all sides.

A desultory content had entered into the solils of most of us,
with Mount Whitney, the highest peak in the United States,
conquered ; but at the Tyndall Creek camp those insatiable ones
who must explore found Mount Tyndall and Mount Williamson
challenging them to their best efforts. In the evening at the
camp-fire all of us scrambled up Williamson’s chimney, blis-
tered our hands on the hot rocks, and pulled ourselves through
the small “window” to the apex—vicariously.

Off early in the gray of Sunday morning, the crisp coldness of
the air most stimulating, we were conscious that this day was

PLATE CLXVI.

iy VOL.) &.

TI}

RRA CLUB BULLI

Nine sone:

sae.

esses eetneinane Ast:

POR

Zo 7

MORAINE LAKE
Photo by Walter L. Huber

roqny "TJ J917e@ MA Aq o10Ng
PUNOIZIIOJ UL SO[PIIN I9[99 NF

AUNLIHM LNOOW WOT HLNOS DNIMOOT ‘VUAUNAIS AHL AO LSAYO AHL

“IIAXTO ALVTd *X ‘TOA ‘NILATING ANTO VUNAIS

The Kern River Outing of 1916 175

to bring the climax of the outing. Swinging up a gradual rise
toward Shepard’s Pass, we paused often to admire the wild
majestic beauty of the Great Western Divide—Table Mountain,
with its mesa-like summit, Thunder Mountain, dark and sulky,
then farther southward that unique shaft of granite, Milestone.
Suddenly, rounding a rocky crag, we were almost overwhelmed
by the glorious spectacle before us—dazzling snow-fields with
the trail descending in zigzags across their gleaming surface on
toward a retreating cafion whose walls were hung with pur-
ple shadows. Farther down this rugged gorge opened out into
Owens Valley, a shimmering desert, whose farther margin
merged into the foothills of the Inyo Mountains, broken and
undulating. Slowly we clambered down this slippery way to a
pyramid of rocks which bore this significant message, written
on a slip of paper: “Sierra Club, turn here and work toward
the plateau covered with trees.” Now the route became rock-
work. Scrambling and jumping from boulder to boulder, we
eventually reached the storm-beaten stunted pines cowering on
the upper edge of the timber-line. Here we found ourselves on
the recently completed portion of the John Muir Trail, one of
the most worthy results of the Sierra Club’s concerted efforts.
At such an easy grade is the trail built that the ascent to the
highest point, Junction Pass (13,200 feet), was surprisingly
comfortable. This route from the Kern River basin over
Shepard’s and Junction passes into the Kings River watershed
is through one of the most impressive and utterly wild regions
of the High Sierra.

At the summit of the pass, where all were to await informa-
tion concerning the safety of the pack-train before advancing
farther, we snuggled down among wind-breaking rocks and with
the satisfaction that comes after such a climb serenely enjoyed
the elemental wonder of it all. Spread before us in splendid di-
versity were alpine lakes, sparkling streams, glacial slopes, som-
ber cafions, precipitous crags, grassy meadows, wind-swept for-
ests, and silent peaks. On the left Mount Stanford loomed bold-
ly, while to the right was a sharply serrated ridge culminating at
intervals in peaks—Mount Keith, a few hundred feet higher
than the pass, Mount Bradley, and finally University Peak.
Above timber-line one is submitted to direct actinic rays and

176 Sierra Club Bulletin

kindly shade is hard to find. But out of the sun the wind was
too cold, and the consumption of much variously flavored
snow had made exercise desirable. When word came that the
pack-train had crossed the first snow-fields and we could pro-
ceed to Vidette Meadows at our pleasure, small groups at once
began to descend over a flinty trail toward the lovely lakes in
Center Basin.

Encircling Center Peak, now towering high above us, we came
upon an unnamed glacial lake, colorful and perfect. Mirrored in
its waters were bluest sky, fleecy clouds, and snowy peak; its
edges were beds of mossy green, flower-scattered. With East
Vidette to beckon us, we pushed down toward our next camp-
ing-place, but each time we stopped to take our bearings that
deceptive landmark seemed just as far away. In the late after-
noon we arrived at the junction of Vidette and Bubbs creeks.
A long and varied day was drawing to a close. Seventeen of
the most wonderful miles ever traveled had been accomplished,
and reluctantly we felt darkness creep upon us, as “by punc-
tual eve the stars were lit.” .

But this Vidette camp at night was one of rarest beauty—here
there was the silence of the High Sierra meadows uninterrupted
save by an undertone from the smoothly flowing stream, “the
floor of heaven . . . thick inlaid with patines of bright gold,”
and outlined against this glittering curtain towered that majes-
tic pyramid, East Vidette.

From this location knapsack parties went to Mount Brewer
or Rae Lake. The main camp became a scene of bustling ac-
tivity ; the weighing of food and stowing it in small bags; the
sorting and packing and resorting of the “thirty-five pounds” ;
the trying-on of “packs” of food and bed, and attempting to
persuade oneself that this unwieldy excrescence is a bundle of
joy—all these occupations were everywhere in evidence. The
much-heralded beauty of Rae Lake accounted for this restless
uncertainty among us, and even the avowedly indolent were
strongly tempted to try this one knapsack trip. Rumors of the
difficulty of the trip varied widely. Some admitted Glenn Pass
to be a stubborn climb through talus and heavy snow, while
others promised a comfortable yet thrilling trip, possible to
anyone who had survived so far. Fully fifty finally went, and

The Kern River Outing of 1916 177

all of them confided to the “stay-at-homes” later that it had
been worth the effort.

Good fishing in Bubbs Creek, East Creek, and Lake Char-
lotte; the opportunity to explore the upper reaches of Vidette
Creek, with its well-concealed lakes; the walk down Bubbs
Creek to the falls, or farther to the wooded ravine from which
East Creek pours forth and where a fine view of Mount Brew-
er was to be had—these jaunts were compensation for the in-
timidated.

Thursday we moved camp a short distance to Sunset Lake,
one of the chain of sparkling sapphire pools which lie at the
base of Kearsarge Pinnacles. Many were off early to visit Lake
Charlotte on the way, a delightful place to spend the day, with
good fishing, and for those who went merely to “fry them in
the pan” there was the additional interest of greeting the knap-
sack parties from Rae Lake and being the first appreciative au-
dience. Reluctant we were to leave this heavenly spot, for to-
morrow afternoon would find us in Independence, back among
watermelons and white folks. :

The last night in the mountains our commissary was estab-
lished on a narrow neck of land between two lakes, and long
before summons to dinner sounded there was “standing room
only.” After each knapsack trip, despite the glowing tales of
scorched rice and superabundance of fish, the returned adven-
turers are always conspicuously first to dinner, and with heap-
ing plate and brimming cup immediately go to the end of the
line, in order to waste no time between first and second help-
ings. The evening air here was rather chill, and as the sunset
glow faded from the tips of the Pinnacles all of us showed a
decided preference for the camp-fire. It was a fitting climax to
these characteristic gatherings that we should hear a chapter
from John Muir’s Florida diary, as yet unpublished. Little did
we realize that on the morrow some of us would follow his ex-
ample and find a comfortablecamping-place in a cemetery. Then
we sang “High, high, high,” and hied ourselves to our sleep-
ing-bags. Throughout the women’s camp the fires sprang to
life, reminding one of the old illustrations of Dante’s master-
piece, each ledge with its flame dancing and changing and
throwing mysterious shadow-figures. How grateful were these

178 Sierra Club Bulletin

glowing embers when at 4:30 the rising call sounded and we
found ice in our water-buckets for the first time on the trip!
With numb fingers we tied our dunnage-bags and rolled them
down-hill for the last weigh-in.

Although we were early on the trail to Kearsarge Pass, sil-
houettes of earlier climbers were already outlined against the
sky. From this famous pass another comprehensive panorama
made us loath to be enroute. The desert lay in misty haze, Di-
rectly below us was Pothole Lake, still frozen over; behind us,
whence we came, was a marvelous wonderland of faintly
flushed peaks, hung with snow and partly hidden alpine lakes.
The discomforting assurance of an 8000-foot drop in our fif-
teen-mile tramp, and half of this distance across sand and sage,
forced us to proceed downward. Passing by Pothole and Heart
lakes, we came into Onion Valley, whose name belies it, for it
was more truly a natural hanging garden where all mountain
flowers bloomed in profusion. Especially fine was the delphini-
um, or giant larkspur. Following Pine Creek, we finally came
to Independence, which eluded us as long as possible, and our
weariness was forgotten in the reviving effect of fresh fruits
and ice-cream. Our invasion on all food supplies will doubtless
be remembered, and we hope the “‘preparedness” of the Ladies’
Aid Society was amply rewarded. A day and a night on the
train and on a Sunday morning we were back again among the
worries and conveniences of every-day life. This month in the
mountains is a singularly rich experience which “strengthens
one’s appreciation of the beautiful world out-of-doors and puts
one in tune with the Infinite.”

PLOFINIT 19312 Aq OF0Ug
yoo1y piedeys wojy sseg uo ounf suryoeroiddy

TIVUL MINW NHOf AHL NO

“ITIAXTD ALVId *X “IOA ‘NILATTNG ANIO vaUgIS

PLATE CLXIX.

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X.

EAST VIDETTE, FROM THE FACE OF KEARSARGE PINNACLES

1€

Photo by James Renn

VIA DEER CREEK
By C. Netson HACKETT

EITHER with fir nor cedar, with tamarack nor juniper

does my story begin. No native branch do I lift up that
ever the Sierra knew. I extol instead the Citrus aurantium,
whose golden fruit made pleasant all our journey from the Big
Arroyo to Bearpaw Meadow, though partaken of but once, and
it divided. How sweet were the influences shed by that incep-
tive orange you of the cult will readily believe when I relate to
you the facts.

We were seated in a saddle of the Great Western Divide, the
headwaters of the Big Arroyo on one side and the source of
Deer Creek on the other. Below us in one of the last clumps of
trees we had lighted our camp-fire the night before, and there
we had slept in its smoke through the chill night and had eaten
thirst-provoking porridge and bacon that morning. Ray Bailey’s
party, with which we had come from Moraine Lake, around
the base of the Kaweahs and down into the glorious Arroyo the
previous day, was just disappearing on its way to the Kern-
Kaweah Cafion. At that moment Walter Huber, my sole com-
panion, loosed his pack and produced therefrom, with all the
dramatic surprise of an ex-silk-hat-enter-Mr. Rabbit, a marvel-
ous orange. Since that moment its donor has been to me a
canonized saint. The aureole is round his blessed pate and the
symbolic citrus in his hand shows still in memory huge as the
blue-ribboned ones in the convex jars at a county fair.

The sun was at our backs as we began a descent which was
to lower us with neither instancy nor ease from a height of
10,600 to 7000 feet. In the beginning it was almost all snow,
and all that was not snow was talus. There was a tiny pond, all
frozen, where Deer Creek begins, and then a larger lakelet, with
winter’s seal upon it, too, though cracked and broken. With
every step the cafion widened, the bare cliffs lifted their brows
more awesomely. Suddenly we stepped out onto the brink of
the bottomless pit. Black and wet and sheer are the cliffs by

180 Sierra Club Bulletin

which mere man must clamber down sixteen hundred feet to
the third lake of Deer Creek. This is the chief difficulty be-
tween the Kern and the Giant Forest, and the trail-builder will
have his task.

My pack was small, but I felt as if I were trying to carry a
wardrobe trunk down a winding stair without damaging the
plaster. For some time one of us had been going ahead and re-
ceiving the two packs which the other handed down to him,
when it occurred to me that it would be feasible to let my pack
slide ahead of me for ten or fifteen feet. A wild mountain sheep
could not have sprung from my grasp with a more lifelike leap
—one bound to leave the ledge, another to clear the cliff, and
out it spun into the blue,and then down, down. . . . At the base
of the cliffs a little stream ran out between high banks of snow.
There, on a rock in the midst, like a wet cormorant.sunning, I
found my much-cursed pack an hour later.

Gerhart Hauptmann, speaking of mysteries in secret socie-
ties, says, “Even children possessing a secret in common swell
with a sense of importance.” To overcome this childish feeling
is difficult in remembering the lake we now approached, which
is one of nature’s most precious revelations to what can be the
merest handful of men. The arcana of all societies, from an-
cient Eleusis to a modern Skull and Crossbones, seem paltry by
comparison. With a great apostle, I can say, “Behold, I show
you a mystery.” Down five hundred feet and more, over cliffs
which make dawn late, half a dozen cascades shake their silver
ribbons. Groups of stately pines stand on the margin of the
lake. From its northern edge rise granite cliffs of marvelous
sculpturing. At its northwest end its green and blue waters
flow out in a slow and limpid stream through a magnificent
forest. Every puddle in Italy, every pond in New England—
even the waterless hollows of the moon—have their names, but
this glorious lake lies flashing in the summer sun, unnamed,
almost unknown.

From this lake (Lake San Graal I think I shall call it until a
more authoritative christening) there is no royal highway down
Deer Creek. We tried the cliffs to the right, failed, moved a
short distance through brake-fern higher than our heads, then
through a wildwood tangle, crossed the creek on a log where the

Via Deer Creek 181

final “r’’ of “Deer” is on the Government map, tried the cliffs
of the south side, and then finally made for a place down-stream
some three-quarters of a mile, where the creek again ran into a
forest and gave promise that the jungle there would cease. In
the meantime it was a hand-to-branch encounter. Underfoot
was tippy talus concealed largely by vines. Manzanita did the
low tackling, while elder and deer-brush slashed at our faces in
front or at our packs from behind. Nor did the sun forget to
concentrate his rays on our perspiring foreheads.

Our destination was Bearpaw Meadow, where we expected
to meet two fellow-Sierrans who were coming in from the
Giant Forest to join the main party. We might now have fol-
lowed on down the cafion to Wet Meadow and climbed up to
Bearpaw by trail. Preferring, however, to keep grade, we fol-
lowed up the right bank of the Kaweah River. From Lone Pine
Meadow down to its confluence with Deer Creek this branch of
the Kaweah is almost one long cascade. We spent the after-
noon climbing up ledges or burrowing through brush without
finding a place at which the stream could be forded. But when
we surmounted the eight-thousand-foot contour we came out
into a wide swale and there gingerly crossed the river on a snow
bridge just below the point where it bends to the east. At once
we hit the trail from Lone Pine to Bearpaw. Kipling speaks of
“the trail that is always new,” but in a sense the trail is also
always old. That late afternoon, certainly, after our contest
with the wilderness, the trail seemed something ancient and
familiar and full of comfort. We were glad to set our feet in
the way that other human feet had trod. |

Like the hanging gardens of Babylon is Bearpaw Meadow—a
part of the slope of the mountain, 1500 to 2000 feet above the
Kaweah River. Its long grassy slope, filled with aspens and
wild flowers, is watered by little streams that flow across it
down the mountainside. Our expected friends did not meet us,
and we broke our hardtack in disappointment.

I remember no more glorious pageant than we witnessed
from Bearpaw that evening. Down Kaweah Cafion and far on
to the west we saw the hot San Joaquin Valley, covered with a
dark haze, the sunset sky above it splendid with a tarnished but
royal crimson, “the excess of glory obscured,” like Satan new-

182 Sierra Club Bulletin

fallen from Paradise. To the eastward rose the ridges of the
Great Western Divide over which we had come. A silvery mist
veiled their bases and caused the snowy peaks above to tower
with sublimated loftiness.

The warmer days and richer soil of the western side of the
range have had a magnifying effect on the flora. Coming back
to Lone Pine the next morning, we noted the huge trees of that
great overripe forest and, wherever there was a soggy green,
the blossoms of the shooting-stars, or cyclamens.

Our object in recrossing the Great Western Divide was Junc-
tion Meadows. We did not therefore attempt to return by way
of Deer Creek, but chose Triple Divide and the Kern-Kaweah
Cafion instead. The waterfall that brings down a tributary to
Lone Pine Creek, and the splendid cascade a little farther up on
Lone Pine itself, should be starred. We passed Tamarack Lake
on the north. A steep climb and we came into a great open
theater filled with acres of snow and surrounded by seemingly
impregnable walls. Due east across it we went and up over the
black cliffs, which on near approach showed considerable plant
life. Wekept near the little stream that comes down from Lion
Lake. Long ridges of granite boulders, arranged like Prussian
trenches, so that each seemed to be, but was not, the last, had
to be crossed before we reached Lion Lake with its subterra-
nean outlet. High above it we kept, crossed a 12,000-foot pass,
swung around a shoulder of loose cinderlike shale, and came
upon Glacier Lake at the head of Cloudy Cafion. We kept on
eastward and upward, over a long hummock-filled snow-field,
and exulted at last to stand on the pass beside Triple Divide
Peak. We were now above the Kern-Kaweah, and the rest
seemed certain and easy. But still there remained snow and
rocks, and rocks and snow. Finally, getting down to the river
proved a problem, and only after considerable time lost in vain
attempts did we find a ledge and a talus-pile that took us to the
bottom. As we floundered down the Kern-Kaweah through the
snow and icy slush, our appreciation of its glories was a little
dimmed by weariness.

We camped that night within a couple of miles of the main
party, darkness having shut down on us. We cooked no supper.
We unrolled our beds in the very trail. A fire at our feet was

Joqny, "JT Joye Aq ojoyg
OAOUUIV DIG AO GVAH AHL LV ‘NISVE ANVTANIN

"XX10 ALVId "X “IOA ‘NILATING AAO vuugis

“IXXTO ALVId

raqny "Ty J91i[e@ MA Aq oj0Yyg
NONV)O WHAT ONTXVON AO CVAH

*X “TOA ‘NILATING €NTO VANAIS

Via Deer Creek 183

all our labor. So much snow and rock work and the difficulty
of two passes over 12,000 feet each had caused a weariness that
induced sleep instantly.

Now, although the downy couch of the city had supplanted
the rocky cradle of the wilderness, the poppy-crowned goddess
approaches with a greater deliberation. In that interval there
sometimes flashes on my mind something seen on that trip to
Bearpaw, and especially on Deer Creek. And if I dream, it is
not of a great highway from New York to San Francisco, won-
derful as that would be, but of a mere trail instead. It runs by
way of Deer Creek, and its pilgrims saunter upward from the
solemnity of the Giant Forest to the grandeur of the Big
Arroyo.

STUDIES IN ‘THE SIP R Rae:
By JoHN Murr

*
NO. III. ANCIENT GLACIERS AND THEIR PATHWAYS

HOUGH the gigantic glaciers of the Sierra are dead, their

history is indelibly recorded in characters of rock, moun-
tain, cafion, and forest; and, although other hieroglyphics are
being incessantly engraved over these, “line upon line,” the
glacial characters are so enormously emphasized that they rise
free and unconfused in sublime relief, through every after in-
scription, whether of the torrent, the avalanche, or the restless
heaving atmosphere.

In order to give the reader definite conceptions of the mag-
nitude and aspect of these ancient ice-rivers, I will briefly out-
line those which were most concerned in the formation of Yo-
semite Valley and its cafion branches. We have seen (in the
previous paper )f that Yosemite received the simultaneous thrust
of the Yosemite Creek, Hoffmann, Tenaya, South Lyell, and
Illilouette glaciers. These welded themselves together into one
huge trunk, which swept down through the valley, receiving
small affluents in its course from Pohono, Sentinel, and Indian
cafions, and those on both sides of El Capitan Rock. At this pe-
riod most of the upper portions of the walls of the valley were
bare; but during its earliest history, the wide mouths of these
several glaciers formed an almost uninterrupted covering of
ice, All the ancient glaciers of the Sierra fluctuated in depth
and width, and in degree of individuality, down to the latest
glacial days. It must, therefore, be distinctly borne in mind that
the following sketches of these upper Merced glaciers relate
only to their separate condition, and to that phase of their sep-
arate condition which they presented toward the close of the
period when Yosemite and its branches were works nearly ac-
complished.

* Reprinted from the Overland Monthly of July, 1874. This is the third of a
series of seven studies in pone: Mr. Muir developed his theories of the geology of
the Sierra.—Editor.

+ Reprinted in SIERRA eee Buttetin, Vol. X, No. 1, January, 1916.

Studies in the Sierra 185

YOSEMITE CREEK GLACIER

The broad, many-fountained glacier to which the basin of
Yosemite Creek belonged, was about fourteen miles in length
by four in width, and in many places was not less than a thou-
sand feet in depth. Its principal tributaries issued from lofty
amphitheatres laid well back among the northern spurs of the
Hoffmann range. These at first pursued a westerly course;
then, uniting with each other and absorbing a series of small
affluents from the Tuolumne divide, the trunk thus formed
swept round to the south in a magnificent curve, and poured its
ice into Yosemite in cascades two miles wide. This broad gla-
cier formed a kind of wrinkled ice-cloud. As it grew older, it
became more regular and riverlike; encircling peaks overshad-
owed its upper fountains, rock islets rose at intervals among
its shallowing currents, and its bright sculptured banks, no-
where overflowed, extended in massive simplicity all the way
to its mouth. As the ice-winter drew near a close, the main
trunk, becoming torpid, at length wholly disappeared in the sun,
and a waiting multitude of plants and animals entered the new
valley to inhabit the mansions prepared for them. In the mean-
time the chief tributaries, creeping slowly back into the shelter
of their fountain shadows, continued to live and work indepen-
dently, spreading moraine soil for gardens, scooping basins for
lakelets, and leisurely completing the sculpture of their foun-
tains. These also have at last vanished, and the whole basin is
now full of light. Forests flourish luxuriantly over all its broad
moraines, lakes and meadows nestle among its domes, and a
thousand flowery gardens are outspread along its streams.

HOFFMANN GLACIER

The short, swift-flowing Hoffmann Glacier offered a striking
contrast to the Yosemite Creek, in the energy and directness of
its movements, and the general tone and tendencies of its life.
The erosive energy of the latter was diffused over a succession
of low boulderlike domes. Hoffmann Glacier, on the contrary,
moved straight to its mark, making a descent of 5000 feet in
about five miles, steadily deepening and contracting its current,
and finally thrusting itself against the upper portion of Yosem-
ite in the form of a wedge of solid ice, six miles in length by

186 Sierra Club Bulletin

four in width. The concentrated action of this energetic glacier,
combined with that of the Tenaya, accomplished the greater
portion of the work of the disinterment and sculpture of the
great Half Dome, North Dome, and the adjacent rocks. Its
fountains, ranged along the southern slopes of the main Hoff-
mann ridge, gave birth to a series of flat, wing-shaped tribu-
taries, separated from one another by picturesque walls built of
massive blocks, bedded and jointed like masonry. The story of
its death is not unlike that of the Yosemite Creek, though the
declivity of its channel and equal exposure to sun-heat prevent-
ed any considerable portion from passing through a torpid con-
dition. It was first burned off on its lower course; then, creep-
ing slowly back, lingered a while at the base of its mountains to
finish their sculpture, and encircle them with a zone of moraine
soil for gardens and forests.

The gray slopes of Mount Hoffmann are singularly barren in
aspect, yet the traveler who is so fortunate as to ascend them
will find himself in the very loveliest gardens of theSierra. The
lower banks and slopes of the basin are plushed with chaparral
rich in berries and bloom—a favorite resort for bears; while
the middle region is planted with the most superb forest of sil-
ver-fir I ever beheld. Nowhere are the cold footsteps of ice
more warmly covered with light and life.

TENAYA GLACIER

The rugged, strong-limbed Tenaya Glacier was about twelve
miles long, and from half a mile to two and a half miles wide.
Its depth varied from near 500 to 2000 feet, according as its
current was outspread in many channels or compressed in one.
Instead of drawing its supplies directly from the summit foun-
tains, it formed one of the principal outlets of the Tuolumne
mer de glace, issuing at once from this noble source, a full-
grown glacier two miles wide and more than a thousand feet
deep. It flowed in a general southwesterly direction, entering
Yosemite at the head, between Half and North domes. In set-
ting out on its life-work it moved slowly, spending its strength
in ascending the Tuolumne divide, and in eroding a series of
parallel sub-channels leading over into the broad, shallow basin
of Lake Tenaya. Hence, after uniting its main current, which

Studies m the Sierra 187

had been partially separated in crossing the divide, and receiv-
ing a swift-flowing affluent from the fountains of Cathedral
Peak, it set forth again with renewed vigor, pouring its mas-
sive floods over the southwestern rim of the basin in a series of
splendid cascades; then, crushing heavily against the ridge of
Clouds Rest, curved toward the west, quickened its pace, focal-
ized its wavering currents, and bore down upon Yosemite with
its whole concentrated energy. Toward the end of the ice-peri-
od, and while the upper tributaries of its Hoffmann companion
continued to grind rock-meal for coming forests, the whole
body of Tenaya became torpid, withering simultaneously from
end to end, instead of dying gradually from the foot upward.
Its upper portion separated into long parallel strips extending
between the Tenaya basin and Tuolumne mer de glace. These,
together with the shallow ice-clouds of the lake-basin, melted
rapidly, exposing broad areas of rolling rock-waves and glossy
pavements, on whose channelless surface water ran everywhere
wild and free. There are no very extensive morainal accumu-
lations of any sort in the basin. The largest occur on the divide,
near the Big Tuolumne Meadows, and on the sloping ground
northwest of Lake Tenaya.*

For a distance of six miles from its mouth the pathway of this
noble glacier is a simple trough from 2000 to 3000 feet deep,
countersunk in the solid granite, with sides inclined at angles
with the horizon of from thirty to fifty degrees. Above this its
grand simplicity is interrupted by huge moutonéed ridges ex-
tending in the general direction of its length over into the basin
of Lake Tenaya. Passing these, and crossing the bright glacial
pavements that border the lake, we find another series of ridges,
from 500 to 1200 feet in height, extending over the divide to
the ancient Tuolumneice-fountain. Their bare moutonéed forms
and polished surfaces indicate that they were overswept, exist-
ing at first as mere boulders beneath the mighty glacier that

* Because the main trunk died almost simultaneously throughout its whole ex-
tent, we, of course, find no terminal moraines curved across its channels; nor, since
its banks were in most places too steeply inclined for their disposition, do we find
much cf the two laterals. One of the first Tenaya glacierets was developed in the
shadow of Yosemite Half Dome. Others were formed along the bases of Coliseum
Peak, and the long, precipitous walls extending from near Lake Tenaya to the Big
Tuolumne Meadows. The latter, on account of the uniformity and continuity of
their protecting shadows, formed moraines of considerable length and regularity,

see are liable to be mistaken fcr portions of the left lateral moraine of the main
glacier.

188 Sierra Club Bulletin

flowed in one unbroken current between Cathedral Peak and
the southeast shoulder of the Hoffmann range.

NEVADA, OR SOUTH LYELL GLACIER

The South Lyell Glacier was less influential than the last,
but longer and more symmetrical, and the only one of the Mer-
ced system whose sources extended directly to the main sum-
mits on the axis of the chain. Its numerous ice-wombs, now
mostly barren, range side by side in three distinct series at an
elevation above sea-level of from 10,000 to 12,000 feet. The
first series on the right side of the basin extends from the Mat-
terhorn to Cathedral Peak in a northwesterly direction a dis-
tance of about twelve miles. The second series extends in the
same direction along the left side of the basin in the summits of
the Merced group, and is about six miles in length. The third is
about nine miles long, and extends along the head of the basin
in a direction at right angles to that of the others, and unites
with them at their southeastern extremities. The three ranges
of summits in which these fountains are laid, and the long con-
tinuous ridge of Clouds Rest, enclose a rectangular basin, leav-
ing an outlet near the southwest corner opposite its principal
névé fountains, situated in the dark jagged peaks of the Lyell
group. The main central trunk, lavishly fed by these numerous
fountains, was from 1000 to 1400 feet in depth, from three-
fourths of a mile to a mile and a half in width, and about fif-
teen miles in length, It first flowed in a northwesterly direction
for a few miles, then curving toward the left, pursued a west-
erly course, and poured its shattered cascading currents down
into Yosemite between Half Dome and Mount Starr King.
Could we have visited Yosemite toward the close of the gla-

cial period, we should have found its ice-cascades vastly more.

glorious than their tiny water representatives of the present
hour. One of the most sublime of these was formed by that por-
tion of the South Lyell current which descended the broad,
rounded shoulder of Half Dome. The whole glacier resembled
an oak with a gnarled swelling base and wide-spreading branch-
es. Its banks, a few miles above Yosemite, were adorned with
groups of picturesque rocks of every conceivable form and
mode of combination, among which glided swift-descending af-

Studies in the Sierra 189

fluents, mottled with black slates from the summits, and gray
granite blocks from ridges and headlands. One of the most in-
teresting facts relating to the early history of this glacier is,
that the lofty cathedral spur forming the northeast boundary of
its basin was broken through and overflowed by deep ice-cur-
rents from the Tuolumne region. The scored and polished gaps
eroded by them in their passage across the summit of the spur,
trend with admirable steadiness in a northeasterly and south-
westerly direction ; a fact of great importance, considered in its
bearings upon questions relating to the universal ice-sheet.
Traces of a similar overflow from the northeast occur on the
edges of the basins of all the Yosemite glaciers.

The principal moraines of the basin occur in short, irregular
sections scattered along the sides of the valleys, or spread in
rough beds in level portions of their bottoms, without manifest-
ing subordination to any system whatever. This fragmentary
condition is due to interruptions caused by portions of the sides
of the valleys being too precipitous for moraine matter to rest
upon and to breakings and down-washings of torrents and ava-
lanches of winter snow. The obscurity resulting from these
causes is further augmented by forests and underbrush, mak-
ing a patient study of details indispensable to the recognition of
their unity and simple grandeur. The south lateral moraine of
the lower portion of the trunk may be traced about five miles,
from the mouth of the north tributary of Mount Clark to the
cafion of I\lilouette, though simplicity of structure has in most
places been prevented by the nature of the ground and by the
action of a narrow margin glacier which descended against it
with variable pressure from cool, shadowy slopes above. The
corresponding section of the right lateral, extending from the
mouth of Cathedral tributary to Half Dome, is far more per-
fect in structure, because of the evenness of the ground, and
because the ice-wing which curved against Clouds Rest and
descended against it was fully exposed to the sun, and was,
therefore, melted long before the main trunk, allowing the lat-
ter to complete the formation of this section of its moraine un-
disturbed. Some conception of its size and general character
may be obtained by following the Clouds Rest and Yosemite
trail, which crosses it obliquely, leading past several cross-sec-

>
mm
a
&
p
a
_
%
al
el
<
4
(=)
]
ee
&
<
O
fy
io)
q
&
p
s
a
al
[2+]
<
&)
a
ma
aa]
Lama
1S)
s
Leal
O
|
4
ba
y
4
q
&
Dp
°
Nn
io)
q
a
i]
°
=|
a]
4
a
<
mq
O
fy
ne}
&
fe
o
tM
a
<
~Q
&
fy
cI
foot
I
q
&
&
lo}
4
°
~
&
4
(e)
Puy

PLATE CLXXII.

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X.

AT THE FOOT OF KEARSARGE PINNACLES

Photo by Philip S. Carlton

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CLXXIII.

POTHOLE LAKE AND UNIVERSITY PEAK
Photo by Walter L. Huber

Studies mm the Sierra IQI

tions made by small streams. A few slate boulders from the
Lyell group may be seen, but the main mass of the moraine is
composed of ordinary granite and porphyry, the latter having
been derived from Feldspar and Cathedral valleys.

The elevation of the top of the moraine near Cathedral trib-
utary is about 8100 feet; near Half Dome, 7600. It rests upon
the side of the valley at angles varying from fifteen to twenty-
five degrees, and in many places is straight and uniform as a
railroad embankment. The greatest depth of the glacier be-
tween Clouds Rest and Mount Starr King, measuring from the
highest points of its lateral moraines, was 1300 feet. The re-
currence of ridges and terraces on its sides indicate oscillations
in the level of the glacier, probably caused by clusters of cooler
or snowier seasons which no doubt diversified the great glacial
winter, just as clusters of sunny or stormy days occasion fluc-
tuations in the level of the streams and prevent monotony in
our annual winters. When the depth of the South Lyell Glacier
diminished to about 500 feet, it became torpid, on account of
the retardation caused by the roughness and crookedness of its
channel. But though it henceforth made no farther advance of
its whole length, it possessed feeble vitality—in small sections,
of exceptional slope or depth, maintaining a squirming and
swedging motion, while it lay dying like a wounded serpent.
The numerous fountain wombs continued fruitful long after
the lower valleys were developed and vitalized with sun-heat.
These gave rise to an imposing series of short residual glaciers,
extending around three sides of the quadrangle basin, a dis-
tance of twenty-four miles. Most of them have but recently
succumbed to the demands of the changing seasons, dying in
turn, as determined by elevation, size, and exposure. A few
still linger in the loftiest and most comprehensive shadows, ac-
tively engaged upon the last hieroglyphics which will complete
the history of the South Lyell Glacier, forming one of the no-
blest and most symmetrical sheets of ice manuscripts in the
whole Sierra.

ILLILOUETTE
The broad, shallow glacier that inhabited the basin of Illilou-
ette more resembled a lake than a river, being nearly half as
wide as it was long. Its greatest length was about ten miles,

192 Sierra Club Bulletin

and its depth perhaps nowhere much exceeded 700 feet. Its
chief fountains were ranged along the western side of the Mer-
ced spur at an elevation of about 10,000 feet. These gave birth
to magnificent affluents, flowing in a westerly direction for sev-
eral miles, in full independence, and uniting near the center of
the basin. The principal trunk curved northward, grinding
heavily against the lofty wall forming its left bank, and finally
poured its ice into Yosemite by the South Cafion between Gla-
cier Point and Mount Starr King. All the phenomena relating
to glacial action in this basin are remarkably simple and order-
ly, on account of the sheltered positions occupied by its princi-
pal fountains with reference to the unifying effects of ice-cur-
rents from the main summits of the chain. A fine general view,
displaying the principal moraines sweeping out into the middle
of the basin from Black, Red, Gray, and Clark mountains may
be obtained from the eastern base of the cone of Starr King.
The right lateral of the tributary which took its rise between
Red and Black mountains is a magnificent piece of ice-work.
Near the upper end, where it is joined to the shoulder of Red
Mountain, it is 250 feet in height, and displays three well-
marked terraces. From the first to the second of these, the ver-
tical descent is eighty-five feet, and inclination of the surface
fifteen degrees; from the second to the third, ninety-five feet,
and inclination twenty-five degrees; and from the third to
the bottom of the channel, seventy feet, made at an angle of
nineteen degrees. The smoothness of the uppermost terrace
shows that it is considerably more ancient than the others,
many of the blocks of which it was composed having crumbled
to sand.

A few miles farther down, the moraine has an average slope
in front of about twenty-seven degrees, and an elevation above
the bottom of the channel of six hundred and sixty-six feet.
More than half of the side of the channel from the top is cov-
ered with moraine matter, and overgrown with a dense growth
of chaparral, composed of manzanita, cherry, and castanopsis.
Blocks of rose-colored granite, many of them very large, occur
at intervals all the way from the western base of Mount Clark
to Starr King, indicating exactly the course pursued by the ice
when the north divide of the basin was overflowed, Mount

Studies in the Sierra 193

Clark being the only source whence they could possibly have
been derived.

Near the middle of the basin, just where the regular mo-
raines flatten out and disappear, there is outspread a smooth
gravel slope, planted with the olive-green Arctostaphylos glau-
ca so as to appear in the distance as a delightful meadow. Sec-
tions cut by streams show it to be composed of the same ma-
terial as the moraines, but finer and more water-worn. The
main channel, which is narrow at this point, appears to have
been dammed up with ice and terminal moraines, thus giving
rise to a central lake, at the bottom of which moraine matter
was re-ground and subsequently spread and leveled by the im-
petuous action of its outbreaking waters. The southern bound-
ary of the basin is a strikingly perfect wall, extending sheer and
unbroken from Black Mountain* to Buena Vista Peak, casting
a long, cool shadow all through the summer for the protection
of fountain snow. The northern rim presents a beautiful suc-
cession of smooth undulations, rising here and there to a dome,
their pale gray sides dotted with junipers and silver-leafed
pines, and separated by dark, feathery base-fringes of fir.

The ice-plows of Illilouette, ranged side by side in orderly
gangs, have furrowed its rocks with admirable uniformity, pro-
ducing irrigating channels for a brood of wild streams, and
abundance of deep, rich soils, adapted to every requirement of
garden and grove. No other section of the Yosemite uplands
is in so high a state of glacial cultivation. Its clustering domes,
sheer walls, and lofty towering peaks, however majestic in
themselves, are only border adornments, submissively subordi-
nate to their sublime garden center. The basins of Yosemite
Creek, Tenaya, and South Lyell are pages of sculptured rocks
embellished with gardens. The IIlilouette basin is one grand
garden embellished with rocks.

Nature manifests her love for the number five in her glaciers,
as well as in the petals of the flowers which she plants in their
pathways. These five Yosemite glaciers we have been sketch-
ing are as directly related to one another, and for as defi-
nite an object, as are the organs of a plant. After uniting in

* This mountain occurs next south of Red Mountain, and must not be confound-
ed with the Black Mountain six miles farther south.

194 Sierra Club Bulletin

the valley, and expending the down-thrusting power with which
they were endowed by virtue of the declivity of their channels,
the trunk flowed up out of the valley without yielding much
compliance to the crooked and comparatively small river cafion
extending in a general westerly direction from the foot of the
main valley. In effecting its exit a considerable ascent was
made, traces of which are to be seen in the upward slope of the
worn, rounded extremities of the valley walls. Down this
glacier-constructed grade descend both the Coulterville and
Mariposa trails; and we might further observe in this connec-
tion that, because the ice-sheet near the period of transition
to distinct glaciers flowed southwesterly, the south lips of all
Yosemites trending east and west, other conditions being equal,
are more heavily eroded, making the construction of trails on
that side easier. The first trail, therefore, that was made into
Yosemite, was of course made down over the south lip. The
only trail entering the Tuolumne Yosemite descends the south
lip, and so also does the only trail leading into the Kings River
Yosemite. A large majority of deer and bear and Indian trails
likewise descend the south lips of Yosemites. Soextensivelyare
the movements of men and animals controlled by the previous
movements of certain snow-crystals combined as glaciers.

The direction pursued by the Yosemite trunk, after escaping
from the valley, is unmistakably indicated by its immense lat-
eral moraines extending from its lips in a west-southwesterly
direction. The right moraine was disturbed by the large tribu-
tary of Cascade Creek, and is extremely complicated in struc-
ture. The left is simple until it comes under the influence of
tributaries from the southeast, and both are further obscured by
forests which flourish upon their mixed soil,and by the washing
of rains and melting snows, and the weathering of their boul-
ders, making a smooth, sandy, unmorainelike surface. It is,
therefore, the less to be wondered at that the nature of these
moraines, whichrepresent so important a part of the chips hewn
from the valley in the course of its formation, should not have
been sooner recognized. Similarly situated moraiwmes extend
from the lips of every Yosemite wherever the ground admits of
their deposition and retention. In Hetch-Hetchy and other
smaller and younger Yosemites of the upper Merced, the as-

Studies in the Sierra 195

cending strie which measure the angle of ascent made by the
bottom of their glaciers in their outflow are still clearly visible.
Fig. 1 is the horizontal sec- _—
tion of the end of a Yosem- |
ite valley, showing the ordi-
nary boat-shaped edge, and
lateral moraines (M M) ex-
tending from the lips. The
morainesand arrows indicate
the course pursued by the
outflowing ice. Fig. 2 repre-
sents the right lip of Yosem-
ite, situated on the upper
Merced below the confluence
of Cathedral tributary. The
whole lip is polished and stri- Fic. 1.
ated. The arrows indicate the direction of the stvi@, which
measure the angle of ascent made by the outflowing ice.

Fic. 2.

In the presentation of these studies, we have proceeded thus
far with the assumption that all the valleys of the region are
valleys of erosion, and that glaciers were the principal eroding
agents ; because the intelligible discussion of these propositions
requires some knowledge of the physiognomy and general con-
figuration of the region, as well as of the history of its ancient
glaciers. Our space is here available only for very brief out-
lines of a portion of the argument, which will be gradually de-
veloped in subsequent articles.

196 Sierra Club Bulletin

That fossils were created as they occur in the rocks, is an
ancient doctrine, now so little believed that geologists are spared
the pains of proving that nature ever deals in fragmentary crea-
tions of any sort. All of our valleys are clearly fragmentary
in some degree. Fig. 3 is a section across Yosemite Valley from

Fic. 3
Indian Cafion, which displays the stumps of slabs and columns
of which the granite is here composed. Now, the complements
of these broken rocks must have occupied all, or part, or more
than all of the two portions of the valley, A C D and BE F.
The bottom, A B, is covered with drift, but we may assume
that if it were laid bare we would find it made up of the ends of
slabs and columns like the sides, which filled the space A CE B;
because in all valleys where the bottom is naked, the broken
stumps do appear, showing that this valley was not formed by a
fold in the mountain surface, or by a splitting asunder, or by

Fic. 4.
subsidence, but by a breaking up and translation of rocks which
occupied its place; or, in other words, by erosion.

Studies in the Sierra 197

Fig. 4 is a section across the lower portion of the valley of
Illilouette south of Mount Starr King. In this case the bottom
is naked, and the dotted reconstructed portions of the huge
granite folds A B C D have evidently been eroded.* Even the
smoothly curved trough of two rock-waves which afford sec-
tions like Fig. 5 can not be regarded as a valley originating in a

on?

A, “4447 Tr,
J arene a Fit aa A Vif VAL: TTA uf VV 7”. 4,
ee —_ vi iL 1 Ui

SS a ie =
Cele thee 71S oe 4

Gin Ay LLL:
cea ad “rT sa LL

Fic. 5.

fold of the surface, for we have shown in the first paper of this
series that domes or extended waves, with a concentric struc-
ture like A C, may exist as concretionary or crystalline masses
beneath the surface of granite possessing an entirely different
structure or no determinate structure whatever, as in B.

The chief valley-eroding agents are water and ice. Each has
been vaguely considered the more influential by different ob-
servers, although the phenomena to which they give rise are im-
mensely different. These workmen are known by their chips,
and only glacier chips form moraines which correspond in kind
and quantity to the size of the valleys and condition of their
surfaces. Also their structure unfolds the secret of their
origin. The constant and inseparable relations of trend, size,
and form which these Sierra valleys sustain to the ice-fountains
in which they all head, as well as their grooved and broken
sides, proclaim the eroding force to be ice. We have shown in
the second paper} that the trend of Yosemite valleys is always a
direct resultant of the forces of their ancient glaciers, modified

* Water never erodes a wide U-shaped valley in granite, but always a narrow
gorge like E F, in Fig. 4.

{ Reprinted in S1zrra CLtus BuLteTIn, Vol. X, No. 1, January 1916.

198 Sierra Club Bulletin

by obvious peculiarities of physical structure of their rocks.
The same is true of all valleys in this region. We give one ex-
ample, the upper Tuolumne Valley, which is about eight miles
long, and from 2000 to 3000 feet deep, and trends in a generally
northerly direction. If we go to its head on the base of Mount
Lyell, and follow it down, we find that after trending steadily
about two miles it makes a bend of a few degrees to the Jeft (A,
Fig.6). Looking for the cause, we perceive a depression on the

p
o 4
peuee eee Tebwaay roa

eS,
Sor

Fic. 6.—ILLUSTRATING BEND OF UPPER TUOLUMNE VALLEY

opposite or right wall; ascending to it, we find the depression to
be the mouth of a tributary valley which leads to a crater-
shaped ice-fountain (B) which gave rise to the tributary gla-
cier that, in thrusting itself into the valley trunk, caused the
bend we are studying. After maintaining the new trend thus
acquired for a distance of about a mile and a half, the huge val-
ley swerves lithely to the right at C. Looking for the cause, we
find another tributary ice-grooved valley coming in on the left,
which like the first conducts back to an ice-womb (D) which
gave birth to a glacier that in uniting with the trunk pushed it
aside as far as its force, modified by the direction, smoothness,
and declivity of its channel, enabled it to do. Below this, the
noble valley is again pushed round in a curve to the left by a
series of small tributaries which, of course, enter on the right,
and with each change in trend there is always a corresponding
change in width or depth, or in both. No valley changes its
direction without becoming larger. On nearing the Big Mead-
ows it is swept entirely round to the west by huge glaciers, rep-

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CLXXIV,.

UP BIG ARROYO, FROM RIM ABOVE MORAINE LAKE
Photo by Everett Shepardson

“AXXTO ALVId

Jaqny "T 1931/8 MA Aq 004g
uouey piedsys jo peoy 3e play-MousS SUIPUsOSaq,

TIVUL MINW NHOL AHL NO

*X “IOA

‘

NILATING @

NTO vaaaIs

Studies in the Sierra 199

resented by the large arrows, which descended from the flanks
of Mounts Dana, Gibbs, Ord, and others to the south. For thirty
miles farther, we find everywhere displayed the same delicate
yielding to glacial law, showing that, throughout the whole pe-
riod of its formation, the huge granite valley was lithe as a ser-
pent, and winced tenderly to the touch of every tributary. So
simple and sublime is the dynamics of the ancient glaciers.

Every valley in the region gives understandable evidence of
having been equally obedient and sensitive to glacial force, and
to no other. The erosive energy of ice is almost universally
underrated, because we know so little about it. Water is our
constant companion, but we cannot dwell with ice. Water is
far more human than ice, and also far more outspoken. If gla-
ciers, like roaring torrents, were endowed with voices commen-
surate with their strength, we would be slow to question any
ascription of power that has yet been bestowed upon them.
With reference to size, we have seen that the greater the ice-
fountains the greater the resulting valleys; but no such direct
and simple proportion exists between areas drained by water
streams and the valleys in which they flow. Thus, the basin of
Tenaya is not one-fourth the size of the South Lyell, although
its cation 1s much larger. Indeed, many cafions have no streams
at all, whose topographical circumstances are also such as dem-
onstrate the impossibility of their ever having had any. This
state of things could not exist if the water streams which suc-
ceeded the glaciers could follow in their tracks, but the mode
and extent of the compliance which glaciers yield to the topog-
raphy of a mountainside, is very different from that yielded by
water streams; both follow the lines of greatest declivity, but
the former in a far more general way. Thus, the greater por-
tion of the ice-current which eroded Tenaya Cafion flowed over
the divide from the Tuolumne region, making an ascent of over
500 feet. Water streams, of course, could not follow; hence
the dry channels, and the disparity, to which we have called at-
tention, between Tenaya Cafion and its basin.

Anyone who has attentively observed the habits and gestures
of the upper Sierra streams, could not fail to perceive that they
are young, and but little acquainted with the mountains; rush-
ing wildly down steep inclines, whirling in pools, sleeping in

200 Sierra Club Bulletin

lakes, often halting with an embarrassed air and turning back,
groping their way as best they can, moving most lightly just
where the glaciers bore down most heavily. With glaciers as a
key the secrets of every valley are unlocked. Streams of ice
explain all the phenomena; streams of water do not explain
any ; neither do subsidences, fissures, or pressure plications.

Wehave shown in the previous paper that post-glacial streams
have not eroded the 500,000th part of the upper Merced canons.
The deepest water gorges with which we are acquainted are be-
tween the upper and lower Yosemite falls, and in the Tenaya
Cafion about four miles above Mirror Lake. These are from
twenty to a hundred feet deep, and are easily distinguished
from ice-eroded gorges by their narrowness and the ruggedness
of their washed and pot-holed sides.

The gorge of Niagara River, below the falls, is perhaps the
grandest known example of a valley eroded by water in com-
pact rock ; yet, comparing equal lengths, the glacier-eroded val-
ley of Yosemite is a hundred times as large, reckoning the aver-
age width of the former goo feet, and depth 200. But the ero-
sion of Yosemite Valley, besides being a hundred times greater,
was accomplished in hard granite, while the Niagara was in
shales and limestones. Moreover, Niagara cafion, as it now ex-
ists, expresses nearly the whole amount of erosion effected by
the river ; but the present Yosemite is by no means an adequate
expression of the whole quantity of glacial erosion effected
there since the beginning of the glacial epoch, or even from
that point in the period when its principal features began to be
developed, because the walls were being cut down on the top
simultaneously with the deepening of its bottom. We may fair-
ly ascribe the formation of the Niagara gorge to its river, be-
cause we find it at the upper end engaged in the work of its fur-
ther extension toward Lake Erie; and for the same reason we
may regard glaciers as the workmen that excavated Yosemite,
for at the heads of some of its branches we find small glaciers
engaged in the same kind of excavation. Merced cafons may
be compared to mortises in the ends of which we still find the
chisels that cut them, though now rusted and worn out. If Ni-
agara River should vanish, or be represented only by a small
brook, the evidence of the erosion of its gorge would still re-

Studies in the Sierra 201

main in a thousand water-worn monuments upon its walls. Nor,
since Yosemite glaciers have been burned off by the sun, is the
proof less conclusive that in their greater extension they exca-
vated Yosemite, for, both in shape and sculpture, every Yo-
semite rock is a glacial monument.

When we walk the pathways of Yosemite glaciers and
contemplate their separate works—the mountains they have
shaped, the cafions they have furrowed, the rocks they have
worn, and broken, and scattered in moraines—on reaching Yo-
semite, instead of being overwhelmed as at first with its uncom-
pared magnitude, we ask, Js this all? wondering that so mighty
a concentration of energy did not find yet grander expression.

INDIAN VILLAGE AND CAMP SITES IN
YOSEMITE VALLEY

By C. Hart MERRIAM

OR ages before its discovery by white men Yosemite Val-

ley was inhabited by Indians. Owing to its isolated posi-
tion and the abundance of mountain trout, quail, grouse, deer,
bear, and other game animals, and of acorns, manzanita-berries,
and other vegetable foods, it supported a large population. This
is attested not only by the statements of the Indians themselves,
but also by the surprisingly large number of villages whose lo-
cations have been determined. These were of three kinds: (1)
permanent villages, occupied the year round, though somewhat
depleted in winter; (2) summer villages, occupied from May
to October, after which the inhabitants moved down into the
milder climate of Merced Cafion, where there was little or no
snow; and (3) seasonal camps for hunting and fishing. The
camps were definitely located and each was regularly occupied
at a particular season.

It has not always been possible to distinguish between village-
sites and camp-sites, but, taken collectively, I have been able,
with the help of resident Indians, to locate and name no less
than thirty-seven. All of these were in the valley proper, and
at least six were occupied as late as 1898. To the list I have
added sixteen located in the cafion of the Merced from the Cas-
cades to Ferguson Station, six miles below El Portal, making
in all fifty-three villages and camps in a distance of about twen-
ty-two miles; and doubtless there were others which my in-
formants had forgotten. |

All of these people belonged to the Ahwaneéche or Ahwah’-
nee Mew'-wah,a subtribe closely akin to the neighboring Chow-
chil’-la Mew'-wah of Chowchilla Cafion. Their language is the

* This article was written in 1910, during which year I was able to complete the
list of villages from the head of Yosemite Valley to Ferguson Station on the Mer-
ced, about six miles below El Portal. I had previously obtained and published the
villages from Horseshoe Bend down the Merced as far as the territory of the tribe
extended, and was anxious to fill the gap between Soo-nod-koo-loon at Ferguson and

Se-saw’-che at Horseshoe Bend. Not having been able to do this, it seems hardly
worth while to defer publication longer.

Indian Village and Camp Sitesin Yosemite Valley 203

southernmost of the three dialects of the once great Mé-wuk
family—a family comprising a group of closely related tribes
occupying the western foothills and lower slopes of the Sierra
Nevada from Cosumnes River south to Fresno Creek.

ORIGIN OF THE NAME YOSEMITE

In this connection it is interesting to recall how the name Yo-
semite originated. In the early spring of 1851 the valley was
invaded by an Indian-chasing expedition. The word Yosemite,
said to be the name of the native Indian tribe, was proposed by
Dr. L. H. Bunnell, a member of the expedition, and accepted
by the others while still in the valley.* During the early fifties
there was some controversy between Bunnell and Hutchings as
to whether the proper form was Yo-sem’-i-te or Yo-ham'-1-te
(or Yo-hem’'-i-te). Hutchings was right, Yo-ham’-i-te being
the name of the band inhabiting a large and important village
on the south bank of Merced River at the place now occupied
by Sentinel Hotel and its cottages. These Indians hunted the
grizzly bear, whose name—Oo-ho0-ma-te or O-ham’'-1-te—gave
origin to their own. The tribe next north of the valley called
the grizzly Oo-sod-ma-te, which doubtless accounts for the eu-
phonious form given by Bunnell and now universally accepted.

PECULIAR CLASSIFICATION OF THE VILLAGES

The villages and camps were sharply divided into two catego-
ries—those north of Merced River and those south of it. This
division has a far deeper and more ancient significance than
that indicated by the mere position of the villages with respect
to the river, for it goes back to the underlying totemic beliefs
that form an important part of the religion of this primitive
people.

If one of the survivors is questioned as to the location of
the villages, he in replying constantly makes use of the terms
imside and outside as denoting one or the other side of the val-
ley ; and if the inquiry is pressed a little farther it soon devel-
ops that there is a grizzly-bear side and a coyote side, a land
side (Too-no0d-kah), and a water side (Kik-kod-ah). This per-
plexing state of affairs leads to the interesting discovery that

L. H. Bunnell, “How the Yo-Semite Valley was Discovered and Named.’’
Hutchings California Magazine, pp. 498-504, San Francisco, May, 1859.

204 Sierra Club Bulletin

after all there are only two sides, but that each of them has
four names: that the north side, inside, grizzly-bear side, and
land side are one and the same—namely, the side north of Mer-
ced River ; while the south side, outside, coyote side, and water
side are only so many different names for the side south of
Merced River.

The names most commonly used by the Indians themselves
for the two sides are Oo-hod-md-tat ko-té-wahk (or Oo-hod-
ma-te ha-wda'-ah), the grizzly-bear side, and Ah-h@-leet ko-to-
wahk (or Ah-ha'-le ha-wa-ah), the coyote side—from Oo-hoo-
ma-te, the bear, and Ah-h@-le, the coyote, respectively.

It is not difficult to see how Oo-hod-ma-te, the bear, an im-
portant personage among the early animal-people, might be
chosen to represent the land animals; but why Ah-hd-le, the
coyote, should stand for the water-people is not so obvious. For
the explanation one must look far back into the mythology of
these Indians, in which it appears that before there were any
real people in the world Ah-hd-le, the coyote-man, one of the
early divinities of the animal-people, came over the ocean from
beyond the sea—for which reason he is ‘ranked with the water-
people.

Returning to our more immediate subject, the village and
camp sites of Yosemite Valley, it is now easier to understand
the grouping employed by the Indians. Indians are naturally
methodical, and it is their custom to classify objects and places,
and in speaking of them to begin at a fixed point and proceed in
orderly sequence. Thus, in seeking the names of animals
and plants and of geographic locations, I have several times
provoked the undisguised disgust of my informant by not
putting my questions in what he or she deemed the proper
sequence.

In enumerating the village and camp sites of Yosemite Val-
ley the Indians begin at the upper (or east) end of the north
side—the grizzly-bear side—and proceed westerly to Til-til’-
ken-ny at the lower end of the valley, and then cross the Mer-
ced to the south side—the coyote side—and return easterly to
the upper end.

Following this sequence, the names and locations of the vil-
lages and camps are as follows:

Indian Village and Camp Sites in Yosemite Valley 205

ON THE NORTH (OR GRIZZLY-BEAR ) SIDE—00-HOO-MA-TAT KO-TO-WAHK

1. Hoo-ké-hahtch’-ke.—Situated at the extreme upper end of the valley
between Merced River and Tenaya Creek, and just below the mouth of
Tenaya Cafion. A summer village inhabited up to about twenty years
ago.

2. Hol’-low’, or Lah’-koé6-hah.—Indian cave, immediately under Wash-
ington Column at the mouth of Tenaya Cafion; a low, broad, and deep
recess under a huge rock. Said to have been occupied as a winter shel-
ter, and also when attacked by the Mono Lake Piutes. The overhanging
rock is black from the smoke of ages, and far back in the cave large
quantities of acorn-shells have been found. The word Lah-kod-hah, often
applied to Indian Cave, is a call meaning “come out.” a

3. Wis’-kah-lah.—A large summer camp on a northward bend of Mer-
ced River, a little west of Royal Arches. Western part of site now oc-
cupied by a small settlement known as Kinneyville.

4. Y6-watch-ke (sometimes nicknamed Mah-chd-to, meaning “edge” or
“border,” because of its position on the border of the valley).—Large
village at mouth of Indian Cafion; still occupied. The slightly sloping
gravel and sand “fan” on which this village is situated is the warmest
place in Yosemite Valley, having a southwesterly exposure and receiv-
ing a maximum of midday and afternoon sunshine. Several species of
shrubs belonging to the Upper Sonoran zone—the one next below the
Transition zone, in which Yosemite Valley lies—thrive on this hot sandy
plain among and outside of the scattered ponderosa pines and black
oaks. These are Ceanothus divaricatus, Rhus trilobata, Lupinus ornatus,
Eriodictyon glutinosum, Pentstemon breviflorus.

5. Ah-wah’-ne—Village on Black Oak Flat, extending from site of
Galen Clark’s grave easterly nearly to Yd-watch-ke. As in the case of
most of the villages, the village name was applied also to a definite tract
of land belonging to it. This area, in the case of Ah-wah’-ne, was a
piece of level ground of considerable size, beginning on the west along
a north and south line passing through Sentinel Hotel and reaching
easterly nearly to the mouth of Indian Cafion. The cemetery was on
this tract, as was also the barn formerly belonging to J. B. Cooke. This
being the largest tract of open level ground in the valley, the name Ah-
wah’-ne came to be applied by outside Indians to the whole valley.

6. Koom-i-ne, or Kom-i-ne——The largest and most important village
in the valley, situated on the north side of the delta of Yosemite Creek
just below Yosemite Fall (Ah-wah’-ning chi-luk-ah-hu, slurred to Ché-
luk), and extending southwesterly at the base of the talus-slope under
the towering cliffs for about three-quarters of a mile, reaching almost or
quite to Three Brothers (Haw’-hawk). Old Chief Tenaya had a large
earth-covered ceremonial-house (hang-e) by a big oak tree in this vil-
lage. The Government soldiers stationed in the valley took possession

206 Sierra Club Bulletin

of the site and established their camp there in 1907, forcing the Indians
out. (Occupied by Indians during all my earlier visits.)

7. Wah-hé-gah—Small village about half a mile west-southwest of
Koom-i-ne, on or near edge of meadow.

8. Soo-sem’-moo-lah.—Village at northwest end of old Folsom bridge
(now the ford), less than half ‘a mile south of Rocky Point.

9. Hah-ki-ah—Large village only a short distance (less than one-
eighth mile) below Soo-sem’-moo-lah, and likewise south of Three
Brothers (Haw’-hawk). A roundhouse, or hang-e, was located here, not
far from old Folsom bridge. The three villages, Wah-hd-gah, Soo-sem’-
oo-lah, and Hah-ki-ah, were inhabited up to about twenty years ago.

10. Kom’-pom-pd-sah, or Pom’-pom-pd-sah.—Small village only a little
below Hah-ki-ah, and also south of Three Brothers, or under the talus
slope of the cafion immediately west of Three Brothers.

11. Aw’-o-koi-e—Small village below and slightly east of the tall pine
growing in a notch on the broad south face of El Capitan. The native
Indian name of the gigantic rock cliff which we call El Capitan is To-
to-kon oo-lah, from To-td-kon, the eeu Crane, a chief of the First
People.

12. He-lé-jah (the mountain lion).—Small village under ‘El Capitan
a little west of Aw’-o-koi-e.

13. Ha-eng’-ah.—Small village under El] Capitan, and only a little west
of He-lé-jah.

14. Yu-d-chah.—Still another village under El Capitan, and only a
short distance west of Ha-eng’-ah.

15. Hep-hep’-oo-ma.—Village where present Big Oak Flat road forks
to leave the main road, south of the steep cafion which forms the west
wall of El Capitan, and near west end of the big El Capitan Meadows
(To-t6-kon 06-lal’ i-e-hu). The five villages, Aw’-o-kot-e, He-lé-jah, Ha-

eng’-ah, Yu-d-chah, and Hep-hep’-oo-ma, were summer villages occupied |

from April to late October or early November.

16. Ti-e-té-mah.—Village only a short distance below Hep-hep’-oo-
ma, and close to El Capitan bridge.

17. Ho-k6-nah.—Small village a little below Ti-e-té-mah, and near site
of old (shack) house.

18. Wé-itum-taw.—Village by a small meadow a short distance below
Ho-ko-nah, and east of Black Spring.

19. Poot-poo-toon, or Put-put-toon.—Village in rocky place on north
side of present road at Black Spring, from which it takes its name.

20. Ah-wah’-mah.—Lowermost (westernmost) village in Yosemite Val-
ley, a short distance below Black Spring and above Til-til’-ken-ny,
where the mail-carrier’s cabin is located.

Ad[UlLy Jotzoq Aq oJoYg
VaMAdd LNOOW

‘TAXXTO ALVITd *X “IOA ‘NILATING ANID VUUNTIS

PLATE CLXXVII.

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X.

THE KINGS-KERN DIVIDE AND KEARSARGE PINNACLES FROM MOUNT GOULD

Photo by Walter L. Huber

Indian Village and Camp Sites in Yosemite Valley 207

VILLAGES ON THE SOUTH OR COYOTE SIDE—AH-HA-LEET KO-TO-WAHK

21. Sap-pah’-sam-mah.—Lowermost (most westerly) village or camp
on south side of the valley, about half a mile east of Pohono Meadows.

22. Lem-mé-hitch’-ke-—Small village or camp on east side of Pohono
(or Bridal Veil) Creek, just below a very large rock.

23. Hop’-té-ne.—Small village or camp at base of westernmost of the
lofty cliffs known as Cathedral Rocks, and close to south end of El
Capitan bridge across Merced River.

24. Wé-sum-meh’.—Small village or camp at base of Cathedral Spires
near the river, with a small meadow below; not far above Hop’-té-ne.

25. Kis’-se, or Kis’-se-uh.—Large village near the river, nearly opposite
Hah-ki-ah. Kis’-se was the westernmost of the large villages on the
south side. From it easterly they occurred at frequent intervals.

26. Chd-chd-kal-lah.—Large village just below old Folsom bridge
(ford). Formerly a sweat-house (chap-pod) here.

27. Ham’-moo-ah.—Village on Ford road, nearly opposite Three
Brothers (Wah-hah’-kah).

28. Loi-ah.—Large village in open pine forest below Sentinel Rock
(on ground now occupied by Camp Ahwahnee) and reaching down to-
ward river. Occupied during my earlier visits to the valley.

29. Hod-koo-mé-ko-tah.—Village a little above Galen Clark’s house;
looked out easterly over big meadow. Occupied during my earlier
visits. (Hoo-koo-me is the great horned owl.)

30. Haw-kaw-kod-e-tah (Ho-kok'-kwe-lah, Haw-kaw’-koi*).—Large
and important village on Merced River, where Sentinel Hotel and cot-
tages now stand. Home of the band called Yo-ham’-i-te (or Yo-hem’-
1-te), for whom the valley was named. The old woman Callipena was a
Yo-hawm'-i-te.

31. Ho-low.—Village on or near Merced River where the schoolhouse
used to stand.

32. Wah’-tahk’-itch-ke.—Village on edge of meadow on south bend of
Merced River near forks of road west of Le Conte Memorial. The wild
pea (wah-tah’-kah) grows here.

33. Too-yui-yu-yu.—Large village on south bend of Merced River due
north of Le Conte Memorial and close to the bridge between Le Conte .
Memorial (or Camp Curry) and Kinneyville.

34. Too-lah’-kah’-mah—Village or camp on open ground now occu-
pied by orchard on east side of meadow north of Camp Curry.

*Named from How-kaw’-met-te, or How-wah-met-te, a rocky place.

208 Sierra Club Bulletin

35. Um’-ma-taw.—Large village on present wagon-road between Camp
Curry and Happy Isles; was some > distance from the river; water was
fetched from a spring.

36. Ap’-poo-meh.—Camp on Merced River below Vernal Fall.

37.—Kah-win’-na-bah’.—Large summer camp in Little Yosemite, whose
name it bears.

VILLAGES IN MERCED CANON BELOW YOSEMITE VALLEY

There were no villages in the narrow Merced Cafion between the low-
er end of Yosemite Valley and the Cascades, where there were a few
houses called Yi-yan’. This name also covered the ground from Cascade
Creek to the junction of the Coulterville road.

The next village on the north side was at the terminus of the new
railroad at El Portal (a distance of eight or nine miles), where the vil-
lages began and continued down-stream. Most of these were perma-
nent, but they were far larger in winter.than in summer, receiving ma-
terial additions from Yosemite when cold weather set in.

Sit’-ke-no6-al-lah.—Place and few houses on the sorth side of Merced
River a little above (east of) El Portal; now Indian Wilson’s place.

Kep-pek’-oo-lah.—Place and small settlement on the south side of Mer-
ced River just above El Portal; now occupied by a white man. Named
from the abundance of kep-pek’, the brake fern (Pteris aquilina), the
rootstocks of which the Indians use for the black design in their baskets.

Kah-wah’-koo-lah.—Place and small seztlement on the south side of
Merced River half a mile below Sit’-ke-nod-al-lah and nearly opposite
El Portal stable.

Sal-lah’-to.—Large village on flat now occupied by the railroad termi-
nus at El Portal. The place at the mouth of Crane Creek at El Portal
is called Sas’-o0-lah; formerly a few houses where the hotel stable now
is.

Po-ko-né.—Village on the north side of the Merced a quarter of a
mile: west of El Portal. The flat gravel and pebble bench extending
along the north side of the Merced for an eighth of a mile just below
E] Portal was known by the same name.

Choo-pi-tah, or Cho6-pi-do.—Large village on the north side of Mer-
ced Cafion one or one and a half miles below El Portal, at the place
called Rancheria Flat (immediately west of the present Hite Mine ma
northeast of the bend of the river).

To-yo’ng-am’.—Small village on top of a small pointed hill on the
north side of the Merced at the bend of the river just below Hite Mine
(really surrounded by Cho6-pi-tah, being situated in the middle of the
flat; may have been only a roundhouse).

Indian Village and Camp Sites in Yosemite Valley 209

So6-wut-oo-lah’—Large and important village on large oak-forested
flat on the north side of the Merced, now Switch Flat (railroad switch),
just west of Hogback Ridge, which separates it from Chod-pi-tah. Used
to be a roundhouse (hang-e) here.

Oi-k6-bah.—Very small old village at mouth of Moss Cajfion, north
side of the Merced; not room for many houses.

Ktl’-mit-ten.—Big village on flat on the north side a the Merced just
above the Government bridge.

Mo6-lah-buk’-sa-bah’—Village on the north side of the Merced just
below and close to the Government bridge.

Haw'-too-too.—Village on the north side of the Merced. Old cabin
there now, opposite the present Indian ranch where Big Nancy and
others live.

Muh-ché-kah-n6.—Old village on the south side of the Merced, at
present occupied by Big Nancy, Callipena, and Lucy Ann.

Wah’ng’-oo-hah.—Village on small flat on the north side of Merced
Cafion, a little above the mill at Ferguson Mine.

Soo-no6-koo-loon’.—Village on the north side of Merced Cajfion, at
present Ferguson Station, six miles below El Portal.

SIERRA CLUB

Founded 1892
402 Mitts Burtpinc, San Francisco, CaLiFoRNIA
Annual Dues: $3.00, (first year $5.00)

Ti THE PURPOSES OF THE CLUB ARE:
0 explore, enjoy, and render accessible the mountain regions of the Pacific
Coast; to publish authentic information concerning them, to enlist the sup-
port and co-operation of the people and the Government in preserving the
forests and other natural features of the Sierra Nevada.
>
JoHN Murr, President 1892 to 1914

OFFICERS AND COMMITTEES FOR THE YEAR 1016-17
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

JosrpH N.' Le Conte, Berkeley 20.000 o5uoc ok ae os se ee President
VERNON L. Ketzoce, Stanford University ).3\'3. 29.2 eee Vice-President
Marion RANDALL Parsons, Berkeley. 20.2000. 0.00.2 ae Treasurer
WILLIAM E.) CoLpy, ‘San}Franciscos i. nese ae ee eee Secretary

WILtiiAM F. BapE, Berkeley Atpert H. ALLEN, Berkeley
WaLTER L. Huser, San Francisco RosBert M. Price, Reno, Nevada
Crair S. TAPPAAN, Los Angeles
HONORARY VICE-PRESIDENTS
JAMES Bryce, London, England
Henry S. Graves, Washington, D. C.

RoserT UNDERWoopD JoHNSON, New York City
Davip STARR JORDAN, Stanford University
J. Horace McFartanp, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania
ALEXANDER G. McAnteg, Harvard University
Enos A. Mitts, Estes Park, Colorado
STEPHEN T. MaTHER, Washington, D. C.

COM MITTEES
Outing Committee: Wi1LLIAM E. Cotsy (Chairman and Manager), CLAIR

S. Tappaan (Assistant Manager), JosepH N. Lr Conte.

Committee on Local Walks: Frep R. ParKer (Chairman), WILLIAM T.
GoLpsBorouGH, A. E. NEUENBERG, LESLIE GARDNER, DOZIER FINLEY.

Committee on Le Conte and Parsons Memorial Lodges: Marion RAN-
DALL Parsons (Chairman), RoBert M. Price, JosepH N. LE Conte.

Auditing Committee: Wi1LL1AM F. BaprE (Chairman), WALTER L. HUBER,
ALBERT H. ALLEN.

Librarian: NELL R. TAGGARD.

Southern California Section Executive Committee: CHARLES J. Fox
(Chairman), Putt S. Bernays (Secretary, 318 West Third Street,
Los Angeles), BENJAMIN W. FENTON (Treasurer), H. E. Battery,
Mrs. HENry Braun, Ernest Dawson, HoMERr P. Ears, GEORGE A.
WHITE. $

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN
Published annually for the members
EDITORIAL BOARD

WiItLiaM FP. Bape e.io. cebu oc ca a ee Editor
MiB TA ME CORBY Weil en eral me Notes and Correspondence
MARION, |RANDALL (PARSONS) 0005 0 De a Oa ae a eR Book Reviews
WALTER IL. FLUBER <). 365 yoga ee Forestry Notes

ALBERT H. ALLEN, FRANCIS P. FARQUHAR,
WILLIAM T. GoLpsBoROUGH, JosEPH N. LE ConrTeE,
Exitiott MCALLISTER

a
t

EDITORIALS
-

A Quarter OF The year 1917 marks a quarter of a century in the life of
A CENTURY OF the Sierra Club. It is natural that we should pause at
SERVICE this time and look back over these twenty-five years of

existence to determine whether or not the organizers of
the club were justified in creating it. The club’s record during these
years is ample justification for their faith. It has filled a need and ac-
complished a purpose which places the reason for its existence beyond
all possible question. Growing appreciation of the incomparable natural
scenery on this coast and the necessity for its preservation and safe-
guarding created a demand for some public-spirited body which would
unselfishly and fearlessly stand in the breach until such time as the pub-
lic conscience should be awakened to its real value.

The club’s stand in resisting encroachments on the national parks; in
favoring the creation of the early forest reservations; in reducing to
reasonable numbers the cattle and sheep which at one time overran the
entire Sierra, and in excluding them entirely from certain scenic areas
of exceptional interest; in the recession of the Yosemite Valley to the
Federal Government; in advocating the great principle that national
parks should be inviolate, which was involved in the attempt to save the
Hetch-Hetchy Valley; in favoring the creation of additional national
parks, and its stand on other similar questions, have been in the face of
powerful opposition and bitter criticism, and while it has not met with
success in every instance, it has compelled the respect of its opponents,
who have eventually been forced to admit that the fight was made in
each instance in absolute good faith and with the honest conviction that
the object sought to be accomplished was for the greatest public good.

As an advocate of the gospel of “out-of-doors” and in fostering the
spirit of the true mountaineer, the club has also added much to its
prestige.

The club’s prime object is service; its activities in taking its members
into the mountains each summer, and in-the publication of information,
have all been for the purpose of awakening an intelligent interest in the
greater work it is striving to accomplish.

The future gives promise of equally great opportunity for continued
service. While we have been deprived of the temporal leadership of that
noble mountain-lover who presided over the destinies of the club for the
greater part of its twenty-five years of existence—our beloved John
Muir—we still have the inspiration of his message, and his words live
with us as if spoken anew each day. As we journey to the mountains
year after year, his spirit is there to give us renewed courage to meet
the problems and carry on the great work that has fallen to our lot. We
may well accept as our standard the supreme faith he expressed in these

212 Sierra Club Bulletin

words: “We may lose this particular fight, but truth and right must pre-
vail at last. Anyhow we must be true to ourselves and the Lord.”
W.E. C.

NATIONAL In another portion of the BULLETIN we have given a synop-
PARK sis of the Progress Report made by Hon. Stephen T. Mather,
Procress Assistant to the Secretary of the Interior, who has charge of
the national parks, and also extracts from the annual report
of Mr. Robert B. Marshall, Superintendent of National Parks. These re-
ports speak for themselves and indicate that the splendid work inaugu-
rated by Mr. Mather has been carried on with increasing results during
the past year. The creation of a national park service which places the
parks on a firm foundation for the first time in their history, greater effi-
ciency in administration, increased appropriations, as well as the broad-
gauge way in which all the park problems are being handled, give every
evidence of the wise foresight which has been displayed by this new park
administration. The development of the parks is in a measure wasted
energy unless a proper interest is awakened in the American public, and
this can only be done through the medium of appropriate literature and
press notices. Mr. Mather has fully recognized this fact, and more ar-
ticles and illustrations of the parks have appeared in the newspapers and
other publications during the past year than ever before. Already the
increase in travel is especially noticeable, taking the Yosemite National
Park as an example. The fact that the visitors during the year 1916
equaled, and even slightly exceeded, the extraordinary travel of 1915,
which could be largely attributed to the Exposition in San Francisco, is
most encouraging. Mr. Mather is entirely correct in attributing a large
portion of the increase in travel to the fact that the parks are being
opened up to motor travel, and he is doubtless justified in assuming that
this travel will soon equal and finally far exceed travel from any other
source. His endeavor to improve existing roads and build new roads
will meet this growing demand. We note, however, with regret the at-
tempt on the part of some of the leaders in motor travel to have the pres-
ent automobile fee abolished. By advocating this they are defeating their
own ends. Those of us who have had experience in the endeavor to se-
cure appropriations from Congress for park purposes realize the impos-
sibility of obtaining appropriations adequate to meet all the growing
needs of these parks. Certain improvements demand considerable ex-
penditures, and it is only fair that, for the present at least, the motorists
who make use of these expensive highways through the parks should, by
paying the comparatively small fee imposed, aid in the building and up-
keep of these roads over which they travel and which exist almost ex-
clusively for their use.
We note with profound satisfaction the steps which are being taken to
create an adequate force of trained park rangers. These rangers will
necessarily have to possess qualifications similar in many respects to the

Editorials 213

national forest rangers, and the Government should see that the positions
offer sufficient inducement to justify qualified men in making it their life-
work. There is a splendid field opening here for young men who desire
to devote themselves to attractive out-of-door life.

The American public owes Mr. Mather, with the able assistance of Mr.
Marshall, a great debt of gratitude in bringing about the purchase of |
some of the finest stands of sequoia in the Giant Forest, which is a part
of the Sequoia National Park. The preservation of these big trees was
the prime motive in the creation of this park, and it was a public mis-
fortune that some of the finest of these forest giants should have been .
held in private ownership. Congress appropriated $50,000, and the Na-
tional Geographic Society gave evidence of its splendid public spirit by
appropriating the balance of $20,000 out of its own treasury, and thus
completing the amount necessary to buy the more important of these
private holdings which have recently been transferred to the Federal
Government.

In telling of all these accomplishments it is only fair to give credit
also to Mr. Horace M. Albright, who, while he has been working in a
less prominent capacity as Mr. Mather’s secretary, has yet contributed
a large share toward these successful results.

It is highly probable that the appropriation of over $300,000 asked for
Yosemite improvements for the coming year will be granted by Congress,
but there is little hope of securing the enlargement of the Sequoia Na-
tional Park or the creation of the Grand Cafion National Park during
this short session of Congress. W. EC:

WELcoME News It is with profound pleasure that we announce the re-
CoNCERNING Our cent marriage of our worthy Editor-in-Chief, Dr. Wil-
Eprtor-1n-CuH1eEF liam F. Badé, to Elizabeth Marston, of San Diego. Both
of these delightful people are so well known to most

of the members of our club that they will join with us in rejoicing over
this happy event.

This is Dr. Badé’s sabbatical year, and he and his bride will not return
to Berkeley until the latter part of the summer.

Dr. Badé wishes that full credit be given to the remaining members of
the Editorial Board for the publication of the BULLETIN during his ab-
sence. WEL C

Joun Murr Anyone who has traveled over the completed portions of
TRAIL the John Muir Trail can not fail to recognize the importance

of this work in developing and making accessible the high
Sierra, and also to become convinced that there could not be a more ap-
propriate memorial to the life and work of John Muir. The club has
prepared and presented to the present California legislature a bill appro-
priating $30,000 for the purpose of completing this trail and building and

214 Sierra Club Bulletin

improving important lateral trails leading into it. The importance of
the work which has been illustrated by the trail already built justifies
asking for this amount, and if each member of the club will urge the
legislators to appropriate this amount it will be done without question.
We must express our great appreciation of the assistance which has been
rendered by Mr. W. F. McClure, State Engineer, who has control of
this fund, and also the able assistance of the officials of the Forest Ser-
vice who have carried on the actual construction work. W.E. C.

EASTERN In spite of all that has been written about the national parks,
PARKS vs. it was rather amusingly evident at the recent National Parks
WESTERN Conference in Washington that one question is not yet clear
to the general public in the eastern states—why the west
should be so disproportionately favored. One speaker even urged that the
parks in the future be established nearer the centers of civilization, hav-
ing never heard, apparently, of Mahomet’s historic dilemma. More than
one speaker, indeed, showed that a clearer definition is needed between
a recreational park like the Interstate Palisades Park (an open space es-
tablished primarily for health and recreational purposes for a particular
center of population, where scenic attractions are the secondary consid-
eration) and a national park, whose situation is wholly determined by its
unusual natural beauty. The former is of interest only to an individual
city or state, the latter to the nation and world at large. In the present
stage of national park development only hopeless confusion could arise
out of any attempt to place parks of such local interest under national
control. M.R. P.

suosieg [[epuey uoreyy Aq oj0yg
sseg uoljounf Jo yuuINs Woly ‘[[epuAT, pue ‘preuseg ‘UOSTeIT[TAA S}UNOPL

TIVUL YINW NHOL AHL NO

oo SAEED RT
Col

“IITIAXX19 ALVI1d *X “IOA ‘NILATING €NTO vardis

Soqioyg puelaaealy ‘sip Aq OJONg
S161 pajons1jsuoQ—yYI2I19Q UoUeD Youd. y I9AO a8plig uoIsuadsng

TIVUL YINW NHOL AHL NO

“*XIXXTO HLVTd *X “IOA ‘NILATINA AND VAUTIS

oy}oog Aoy Jasuey Jorsystq, Aq oJOYg
DAIS JSIIOY “S GV AG 9161 Sulinp pajyonajsuo)

SMOGVAW NOSdHNWIS LV YWAAIN SONIM AO MYOA AIGCGIW SSONOV AOCINd NOISNAdSOS

—
i ALDI

XXXTO ALVId *X “IOA ‘NILATIAG dATP VUNsIS

“IXXXTO ALVId

Spe Sed SIP RMN

sjoog Aoy 193uey yorsysiqy Aq oJoYg
HLNOS HHL WOU dNOUND ACVSITVd AHL

I[ES FINO

opesl[eg yon
"X “IOA ‘NILATTNG AT) vuUaIS

REPORTS OF COMMITTEES
i
Report ON LE ConTE MEMorIAL LODGE

The lodge was officially opened on the evening of May 15 by a pro-
gram which consisted of music, recitations, and an address by Mr. Foote,
of Los Angeles, who told of some experiences with General Villa in
Mexico. About two hundred crowded into the lodge. The lodge was
open until the first of October, four months and a half. For one month
and a half after the expiration of the regular custodian’s work the lodge
was in charge of Mr. W. A. Bourne, a new member of the club.

The number of the people visiting the valley this year far exceeded
that of any previous year. The registration therefore was very large.
From May 15 to August 15 the registration was 4069; during Mr.
Bourne’s stay 514 were added. The total registration was 4583.

Several times during the summer groups of people gathered in the
lodge and the custodian gave short addresses upon “Joseph Le Conte,”
“John Muir,” and “The Work of the Sierra Club.” Very great interest
in the work of the club was constantly shown. Notices concerning the
lodge were posted in all the camps. Mr. Curry frequently told his guests
of the lodge; he also furnished, without charge, all the wood that was
needed.

For the first time this summer books were loaned for use outside of
the building. Several shelves were reserved and all others were loaned,
a deposit being taken to cover the cost of the book. Not a single book
was lost, and a great many visitors expressed their appreciation of this
kindness through the club’s treasury and by the gifts of friends.

There is great need for a new herbarium. Many visitors expressed
disappointment that the collection of birds there last year had been re-
moved. The photograph albums are worn out and must be replaced. Al-
bums of the Tuolumne country and the Kings and Kern river cafions
are especially desirable. Also a larger sign with more detailed informa-
tion about the lodge should be placed down by the main road. Novels,
and especially books of nature, that friends of the club wish to give to
the library will always be greatly appreciated and widely used. There
should be two good strong writing-tables placed in the lodge by next
summer.

The sale of maps amounted to $5.50; the sale of BULLETINS amounted
to $8.00; gift received from Mrs. Adams, Salt Lake City, $1.00. Total,
$14.50. Frep W. Morrison, Custodian

J. N. LE Conte, Chairman,

R. M. Price,

Marion RANDALL PARSONS,
Committee

216 Sierra Club Bulletin

RESULT OF ELECTION IN SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA SECTION

Executive Commuttee
(To serve two years commencing November 15, 1916)

Mr: Chas. J; Fox, Los, Angeles... ..1... sciee ses isin ene Chairman
Mr. Phil. S. Bernays, Los (Angeles: . i) i). » vice cle Secretary
Mr: Benj., W. Fenton, Pasadena )..2....- )seee eee eee eee Treasurer

Mr. H. E. Bailey, Los Angeles

Mrs. Henry Braun, Glendale

Mr. Homer P. Earle, South Pasadena
Mr. Ernest Dawson, Los Angeles

Mr. Everett S. Shepardson, Los Angeles*
Dr. Geo. A. White, Santa Barbara

* Died December, 1916.

REPORT OF THE TREASURER FOR THE YEAR ENDED May 6, 1916

To the Board of Directors of the Sierra Club:
The accounts of the Sierra Club for the year ended May 6, 1916, are
set forth in the following schedules, which are respectfully submitted for

your approval. Marion RANDALL PARSONS,

Treasurer

RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES YEAR ENDED MAY 6, 1916

Receipts
Dues tromymemibers ay ee ees Ra vane $4,475.00
Rent from Stb-lease! OF TOOM 2:5 sie cls ak ore ae ott ieie erste aes 180.00
Advertisements) in) BULLETING (2). 0 0) ee keene 345.50
SaleiCMBULEETING ley iioss Sic cate iss Asis jelcceLeace Wee eRe 41.46
Saleiotumapsvand (pinsy nk ce aa lee eave aenatas 43.00
Interest on vbankaccountsy ai. crit is eh oe et ae 34.33
Sundry/small wecetpts) 2.2 vie il os hak etek ie ea 2.06
Totals TECeIpes 3 lee oa ea ee ae a $5121.35
Expenditures
Rent of room— 402 Mills Building............2...... $ 720.00
Salary ‘of assistant: \o/).)ocs cise cis ls cee eye ee 720.00
Stationery and circulars). )if\6 (b)) A 220.15
POStaweiinree s Sd iia eae Saved ale Ci Se 352.30
Nelephone: and telegraph: 23.09... 0.. ae 81.11
Office supplies. i. eos a er ee 72.25
Library and photographs) .\66./ 60 e ee 33.10
Publishing 1916 BULLETIN ..0.)06 0400. eee 1,807.47
Delivering Appalachia ..306 6.0) 0 ee 140.10
Le Conte: Lodge vi 66 oS ee 128.58

Reports of Committees 207

ME IE ee i ile a Gal alin bles $ 249.36
Bemeern California Section)... 2. 6.600. ee ace ee es 250.00
A UOOS INAPAZINC oo e's. ewe cc tle ceeded cadens 50.00
MC TEE Tee ici) sale ss clais a Wielo warda cd dieie s winiele''s a 45.50
Merve ANd) CQUIPMENE ool. ke ee ee eae 102.00
CORO UCT CLUDS ee ike sled a dees 13.00
Nee nee ea Ne a lelae a 5.560
MAS SISban Ce NO TUE hea 15.45
Peeing stall Expenses... ee le le elle ee nee 25.68
Par eM MCMCIHE eS ihe Rs Wea Ne Ca ele dls Vinee Dick $5,040.61
mcess Of receipts over expenditures’ .......0.02.. 50. e cee wee eee $ 80.74
Mearaaa Manid-——-May.1, LOLS 22.6 es ves ew de sede een cee wencueees 1,955.81
meeon dand—May 6, 19010 ......0..ccec sees ctasetevteccuees $2,036.55
Made up as follows:
LS SOE COSA AES USS SUSAR a $- 25.00
Pomese NN cutrOma nV Ane (cule eee edule ge wk wie 1,461.53
Savings Union Bank & Trust:Co.............. 343.19
Becunitweoavines Bank ioctl ke ce es 206.83
AN Ree ee aw ale oS $2,036.55

Sierra Club Permanent Fund

PEO e AV TI TOUS occ icc ccc c esc oe cece eet eacuncs $1,514.90

ae ee seca lc stalala (aie wield e's bas ee 8's 60.02

Balance—May 6, 1916, in Security Savings Bank.............. $1,574.92
Whymper Fund

AT TOUS ae he ea bicls aie elev soles aiaie $ 239.48

Re ea el NO ey ae ew ateial be 9.66

Balance—May 6, 1916, in Savings Union Bank & Trust Co..... $ 249.14

REPORT OF 1916 OUTING

The standard of excellence of recent annual outings has been so high
that each year the Outing Committee has been apprehensive that it would
not be able to live up to its past record. However, the opinion was
unanimously expressed, at the close of the 1916 outing into the Kern and
Kings River regions, that the trip was the finest that the club had ever
undertaken.

The party left the train at Springville and camped the first night near
Smith & Wilson’s summer resort in a beautiful pine forest. The next

218 Sierra Club Bulletin

day the party crossed the divide above the Tule and entered the Kern
River watershed, camping at Lloyd Meadow. The next day the party
crossed the Little Kern and camped in Trout Meadow. Little Kern Lake
was reached on the day following, where two days were spent. Camp
was then moved to the mouth of the Big Arroyo, and on the day follow-
ing to Moraine Lake and Chagoopa Plateau. Here a stay of nearly a
week was made. The opinion formed on the previous trip of the club to
this region was confirmed, and this was generally conceded to be one of
the finest camping spots that the club has ever had in the mountains. The
shelter of the thick forest about the lake and opportunity for swimming,
as well as the many trips to near-by points of interest, all added to its
attractiveness. Several knapsack parties visited Lost Cafion, climbed
Sawtooth, crossed into Five-Lake Basin, and camped at the head of the
Big Arroyo, crossing the divide into the Kern-Kaweah, and thence re-
joined the main camp at Junction Meadow on the Kern River, the main
party having in the interim moved camp to the latter point. Quite a
few members climbed Milestone. Almost the entire party visited Crab-
tree Meadows at the base of Mount Whitney (14,502 feet), and 175 made
the ascent, which is the largest number that has visited the summit in a
single day. This probably sets a record for a mountain of this height.
Mount Tyndall and Mount Williamson were also climbed by several
members of the party.

The great feature of the trip was the safe passage of the entire party,
including baggage and pack animals, over the recently completed section
of the John Muir Trail. Heretofore it has been necessary in order to
reach the Kings River Basin from the Kern River, or vice versa, to travel
around by way of Giant Forest or cross the Sierra and drop down into
Independence, making an arduous detour of several days. The party
left its camp in Tyndall Meadow at an altitude of about 11,000 feet and
crossed Shepard Pass, which is on the crest of the Sierra at the divide
between Shepard and Tyndall creeks. Dropping down from Shepard
Pass a little over 1000 feet, the trail turns northwesterly, following up
the northerly branch of Shepard Creek, and again crosses the main crest
of the Sierra at an altitude of about 13,300 feet at Junction Pass, this
pass being between Junction Peak and Mount Keith. The pass itself is
a broad level area partaking of the nature of a plateau, and the trail fol-
lows out to the north on a divide between two branches of Center Basin,
and finally descends into Center Basin itself and thence on down Bubbs
Creek to Vidette Meadows, where the club camped that night. While
this made a rather long day, the entire party arrived safely in camp that
night after one of the most thrilling experiences of any of the outings.
To take a party of this size, with all its camping equipment, over a pass
that exceeds 13,000 feet in altitude, is an accomplishment the club can
well be proud of. Four days were spent at Vidette Meadows while mem-
bers of the party knapsacked to Rae Lake and also to Mount Brewer and
vicinity. Before crossing Kearsarge Pass a camp was made for a single
night at Kearsarge Lakes underneath the Kearsarge Pinnacles, and this

ioe

==
—a

—

So
SSeS ee

Reports of Committees 219

wonderful experience will long remain in the memory of members of the
party. The next day Independence was reached, where the night was
spent, and the members of the party returned to their respective destina-
tions in Los Angeles and San Francisco by special train.

The music furnished by Signor and Madame de Grassi, Mr. Louis
Newbauer, Miss Anna B. Ludlow, and Miss Mizpah Jackson, as well as ©
that so generously contributed by many others, made the camp-fires of
this outing more than ordinarily enjoyable. The club is also greatly in-
debted to one of its members, Mr. J. E. Eibeschutz, of Independence, who
generously rendered assistance in many ways.

The outing planned for the summer of July, 1917, is one of the most
ambitious that the club has ever contemplated. The plan of the trip, as
previously announced in the preliminary circular, will be reversed. The
party will start from Huntington Lake and travel by way of Hot Springs,
Vermilion Valley, Blaney Meadows, and Evolution Basin on the South
Fork of the San Joaquin, will cross Muir Pass over the recently con-
structed portion of the John Muir Trail, and will enter the headwaters
of the Middle Fork of the Kings River. Camp will be made in this won-
derful cafion in the vicinity of Grouse Valley, from which the wild and
rugged Palisade country can easily be reached, and the party will then
travel on down the newly constructed trail, which the club has assisted
in building, to Simpson Meadows, then on to Tehipite Valley, and will
return to the railroad by way of Shaver Lake. This trip will give an op-
portunity for visiting a magnificent region of the Sierra that has here-
tofore been known to but a few of the members of the club who have
been pioneers. The recent trail-building has made this region sufficiently
accessible so that the entire outing party will for the first time have the
opportunity to enjoy its wonders this summer. Written application should

be made at an early date. Wo. E. Coisy, Chairman,

J. N. Le Conte,
CLair S. TAPPAAN,
Outing Committee

SECRETARY'S ANNUAL REPORT
MAY I, IQI5, TO MAY 6, 1916

To the Members of the Sierra Club:

The splendid progress made in national park affairs during the past
year was continued under the able direction of Mr. Stephen T. Mather
and the Superintendent of National Parks, Mr. Robert B. Marshall.
Both Mr. Mather and Mr. Marshall have been for many years members
of the Sierra Club, so that the club can take just pride in what they have
accomplished. Work on the John Muir Trail is progressing, and before
long the trail will be open to travel from Yosemite to Mount Whitney.
This great work has already attracted nation-wide attention, and will do
more to open up the high Sierra region than could be done in any other

220 Sierra Club Bulletin

way. The membership of the club showed some material falling off
during the past year, owing to financial conditions, and also to the fact
that a larger number than usual was dropped for non-payment of dues.
The total membership on May I, 1916, is 1796. There were 187 new
members added during the year, and 270 names were removed from the
list by reason of death, resignation, and non-payment of dues, leaving a
net loss of 83 for the year. We have good reason to believe that the
coming year will bring about a marked increase in the membership. We
trust that each member will assist in securing new members when the
annual blanks are sent out for recommendations. Respectfully,
Wn. E. Cotsy,
Secretary

NOTES AND CORRESPONDENCE
Edited by WiLL1Am E. CoLsy
+

THE JoHN Murr TRaIL

With the remainder of the appropriation of $10,000 made in 1915 by the
State of California, construction work was prosecuted on the John Muir
Trail throughout the field season of 1916.

Progress within the Sequoia National Forest is well shown by Super-
visor Wynne’s report to the State Engineer, much of which is here
quoted:

REPORT ON JOHN MUIR TRAIL WORK FOR SEASON OF IQ16
SEQUOIA NATIONAL FOREST

The work for the season of 1916 was largely concentrated on the
Sierra National Forest, using the remainder of the $10,000 un-
spent in 1915. A decision to handle the project in this way was
reached at a conference in San Francisco early in the year, and
this decision was afterwards approved by State Engineer Wilbur
F. McClure. The work on the Sequoia National Forest was sim-
ply to be the completion of the work at Junction Pass and carry-
ing the trail down Center Basin and as far toward Bullfrog Lake
as funds would permit.

The Sierra Club used this route in its outing, and, in addition,
there is much public interest in Junction Pass and numerous
parties made the crossing during the summer. The pass has an
elevation of 13,400 feet, being one of the highest on a main-
traveled route in the Sierra. Several high peaks can be readily
reached from it, notably Mount Keith and Junction Peak. From
the Shepard-Tyndall Pass, Mount Williamson is but a moderately
hard trip. It is only 117 feet lower than Mount Whitney, but its
ascent requires more skillful mountaineering.

The work for 1915 ended about fifty feet beyond Junction Pass,
on the Center Basin side, in a very bad mass of broken rock.
Knowing that travel would be very heavy, it was planned to start
work during the early part of June. Extraordinarily heavy snow
made it impossible even to get into the area until June 27, and real
crew work could not be done before July 4. Considerable trouble
on the early work was occasioned by snow-blindness, and men
were very hard to get and keep. Great credit is due to Thomas
Adamson, the foreman, for continuing the work, even when single-
handed. A little later conditions were better.

The trail is now completed in Class-A shape as far as Center
Basin. It will take two or three seasons of settling in the talus
and slides before the tread.is permanently fixed, and money should
be allotted for this purpose each year.

Costs were as follows:

Pe SSO MUN \aiaP spo) shlove/ aly eittelalait ayalats iota $395.00
SAMBESTENICE SUPPIICS : icc ce pe sews e ee wie 191.26
JE EAS SU Cras OnE Tn Pe aR OA 8.00

222

Sierra Club Bulletin

In addition, $112 was expended by the Forest Service in salary
and expenses on the Muir Trail project, chiefly in supervision and
reconnaissance. The total length of completed trail is 3% miles.
In addition to outlay on the new trail, $54 was expended in shovel-
ing snow and fixing up parts of last year’s work that had been
damaged by slides.

While the work was in both Ranger Slinkard’s and Ranger
Clingan’s districts, it was considered admissible to concentrate the
small amount of money available. Hence, this year’s work was all
under Ranger Slinkard, with Thomas Adamson, of Lone Pine, as
foreman on the ground. District rangers are busy men, and both
Clingan and Slinkard deserve great credit for the painstaking work
on estimates for new construction. Ranger Slinkard should also
be credited for keeping the work moving this summer in order to
get the route open early, in spite of the excessive snowfall.

The general public has gained the erroneous idea that the Muir
Trail is practically completed. This has caused many of them to
comment very adversely on the trail, as many of the old portions
of the route are little more than ways through. Money so far ap-
propriated has simply been enough to build a few short pieces of
the whole length. If the State of California can be prevailed upon
to appropriate sufficient funds to really complete the entire project,
the result will be a high-country line of travel without a parallel.

Several lateral trails will be needed to make Muir Trail accessi-
ble from side points. Owens Valley is particularly in favor with
southern California people, and good laterals should be built from
Lone Pine, Independence, and Bishop. There are trails from these
points now, constructed by the Forest Service and cattlemen. Com-
paratively small amounts would place them in Class-A condition.

Good connecting links to the south and west will no doubt be
constructed as funds are made available. Lateral trails from
Mineral King and the Giant Forest should also be extended to the
John Muir Trail. Possibly some of the roads to be constructed
in the National Forests under the Taylor Bill will make the John
Muir Trail more accessible.

Since the Muir Trail on the Sequoia National Forest is mainly
a project yet to be completed, it was decided to spend considerable
time in laying out the route and securing careful estimates of the
cost. Following is a summary of the entire distance and costs of
the various divisions as shown on the accompanying map:

Mount Whitney Division... Da As miles DEMANDE rs $1,875
Sand Meadow LAS L NT S TA RT a 875
Tyndall Creek a wi 4640 FE ARN RG UR 1,140
Bubbs Creek ie AsO Shed ae ea IO 1,050
Charlotte Creek th sa UU WU RCMee les tan 750
Glenn Pass mire sie ole RAS Mir Cae noe a 1,500
Rae Lake PO Pe TE TS ihe ea AN ag 950
Woods Creek i EL Ge 9 ANE a 1,000
Pinchot Pass PALL We eee enn Th th ala ear ae tel 1,325
Taboose "i 4.5 Neiode eA a 800
Upper Basin RY 3 5 er Apa aes tale 950

Notes and Correspondence 223

These figures are the result of careful estimates by Rangers
Clingan and Slinkard. I have also been over practically the entire
route and agree that the figures are about right, as judged by our
past experience in similar country.

If in accordance with the desires of the State of California, I
would recommend that the above amounts be expended on this
project whenever funds are made available. I attach herewith
topographic sheets showing the proposed route as outlined.

Respectfully submitted,
: S. W. WYNNE,
Hot Springs, California, Forest Supervisor
October 9, 1916.

On the Sierra National Forest the trail through the cafion of the Mid-
dle Fork of Kings River was completed from the mouth of Cartridge
Creek to the mouth of Palisade Creek, a very difficult piece of construc-
tion, From the mouth of Palisade Creek it was continued up the Mid-
dle Fork to a point some two miles above Little Pete Meadow and
about three miles from Muir Pass, where the trail will cross the God-
dard Divide.

This point was reached from the north in 1915, when the John Muir
Trail was completed from the South Fork of San Joaquin River up Evo-
lution Creek to Muir Pass; thus, only the length of three miles south
from the pass to the point where work was discontinued on the Kings
River side at the end of the present season remains to be completed. In
order to accommodate the Sierra Club’s outing party, which will cross
the Goddard Divide early in the field season of 1917, Supervisor M. A.
Benedict succeeded in having a preliminary trail constructed across the
uncompleted three-mile stretch before weather conditions prevented
further work.

The following information concerning work within the Sierra Na-
tional Forest is given by Supervisor Benedict:

I am enclosing a map showing the amount of work completed
in 1916, and also showing the preliminary trail from the end of the
completed work toward Muir Pass for the accommodation of the
Sierra Club’s outing party next July. At least three miles of this
preliminary trail will be covered by snow when the Sierra Club

party goes through, and I anticipate no trouble over the remainder
of the trail to Barrier Rock, where the completed trail ends.

The work was classified into three different types:
Type A—Solid rock, from Io per cent to 45 per cent slope.
Type B—Talus.

Type C—General type, including dry and wet meadows, talus
covered with earth, flat solid rock, gravel and dirt
slopes.

Following is a tabulation of the work done under each type, and
its cost:

224 Sierra Club Bulletin

Total, with
Man Cost Prorated Cost
Type Feet Taye . Moving per
, Labor | Powder Pees pane Mile
Voie) REA tne 810} 145|$ 308.80|$ 90.00 | $269.70} $ 837.54 | $5,438.00
1 ESA 3,850| 90 193.20| 25.00| 167.40 496.14 686.00
ORE Sei ee me 40,260 | 211 448.90! 30.00] 392.46| 1,140.20 158.00
Preliminary
tratle ere . | 32,680] 80 169.80|} 10.00] 148.80 446.25 70.00
Cost, com-

pleted trail | 44,920] 446 950.90 | 145.00] 829.56! 2,473.81 264.00
Total eon 77,600 | 526 | $1,120.70 | $155.00 | $978.36 | $2,920.06| $211.00

Credits in

Supplies and

Equipment

left over .... 400.00

Total
expended .. $3,320.06

Packing of equipment and supplies, prorated over work, $666.
8.5 miles, at $264.00 per mile.
6.2 miles, at 70.00 per mile.
14.7 miles, total.
Subsistence cost $1.68 per day per man, including cook, food,
freight, and packing.
Our expense record shows—

State allotments Pon eal ene $4,900.00
Bxpended oe icssat le ota ioe eam an talteeae 3,320.06
Balance ti aieeciek bana civa sy ela eeaeee $1,570.94

Supervision and labor, Forest Service, approximately $200.
Credits include—

POWER eh: cteere ob cla siclonsie MAS ReN eae $250.00
Steel and tools 3.00) ee aCe 30.00
Crt ee Te ee aad Ce a 100.00
Cook Outhit ie foe en 20.00

Motal eee ria hoo ee Cn ane $400.00

With the balance of a little over $1500 on hand, and with powder,
tools, and camp equipment sufficient to run a crew almost the en-
tire season, it is planned to start a twelve-man crew in Evolution
Creek on July 1, 1917. This amount will run the crew at least a
month, when it is hoped that a new appropriation by the state will
be available.

I am very much interested in getting suggestions for a distinctive
marker for this trail. Most of the country will not be through any
timber where blazing can be done. My suggestion is the use of
a three-foot length of asphaltum-dipped, three-quarter-inch iron

Notes and Correspondence 225

pipe, with a white disc six inches in diameter, with a black letter
“M” stenciled on it; this stencil to be put on both sides of the disc.
This marker can be placed at intervals not to exceed one hundred
yards, and will make a permanent and distinctive guide. Ofcourse,
these will be supplemented by “ducks”; but “ducks” become de-
stroyed by the elements and loose pack stock, and I believe some
distinctive marker should be used, whether it is the one I have
suggested or a better one. This marker, of course, will be sup-
plemented by a large number of descriptive ones.

The work accomplished with the single appropriation of $10,000 which
was made by the state legislature in 1915, has exceeded all expecta-
tions. With it a passable route along the entire crest of the High Sierra
has been opened and some of the finest scenery in the United States has
thus been made accessible. However, this passable route must not be
understood to be a finished trail, for, indeed, much of it is only over the
trails which already existed, and these without repairs or rebuilding of
any kind. Some of this route which has been made passable is not even
over the official route of the John Muir Trail. From the mouth of Pali-
sade Creek the trail is yet to be constructed up Palisade Creek to the
South Fork of Kings River and down the latter, via Woods Creek, Rae
Lake, and Glenn Pass, to Bullfrog Lake. This section has been care-
fully explored, located, and estimated. Its construction now only awaits
the necessary funds. Appropriations should be made by the state for
continuing the work until the entire trail from Yosemite to Mount
Whitney is completely constructed.

In addition to the John Muir Trail, lateral trails at frequent intervals
are very desirable. With these the main trail would be easily accessible,
and stretches of it could be visited by those who cannot afford the time
to travel throughout its entire length.

TEHIPITE-SIMPSON MEADOWS TRAIL

A good trail through the cafion of the Middle Fork of Kings River
from Tehipite Valley to Simpson Meadows has long been needed, but
funds for improving the existing trail have heretofore not been avail-
able. The completion of the trail through the upper portion of the Mid-
dle Fork Cafion from Simpson Meadows to Palisade Creek and of the
John Muir Trail from Palisade Creek across the Goddard Divide to the
South Fork of San Joaquin River, during the past season, made this
construction more necessary than ever before, as a trip which will no
doubt be very popular will be through Tehipite Valley, the Middle Fork
Cafion via Simpson Meadows, over Muir Pass, down Evolution Creek,
and out through the basin of the San Joaquin River, or the reverse. In
fact, it is this very route which will be followed by the 1917 outing of
the Sierra Club.

Before the opening of the field season of 1916 the Directors of the Si-
erra Club brought the urgent need of rebuilding this trail to the atten-

226 Sierra Club Bulletin

tion of Chief Forester Henry S. Graves. There were also similar de-
mands from individuals. Mr. Graves fully realized the need of this
construction, and, although the funds at his disposal for such work are
very limited, he made a special allotment of $1200, to which the Board
of Supervisors of Fresno County added $400. With the money thus made
available, a trail crew, under Supervisor M. A. Benedict, of the Sierra
National Forest, repaired the existing trail on the north side of the river
from Tehipite Valley to the ford, constructed an entirely new trail from
the ford to Simpson Meadows, and at the latter point constructed a sub-
stantial suspension bridge across the Middle Fork of Kings River. The
ford, which was formerly the only means of crossing the river, and
which was at certain seasons dangerous, is now eliminated. The new
location, entirely on the north side of the river, also avoids some rough
trail across the mouths of several creeks which enter from the south
wall of the cafion. This piece of trail work is certainly a welcome ad-
dition to the system of trails which is now being rapidly constructed to
make the wonderful scenery of the basins of the Middle Fork of Kings
River and of the South Fork of San Joaquin River accessible.

ESTIMATE OF Cost oF NEw Work TO COMPLETE A [TRAIL FROM GIANT
Forest TO MoRAINE LAKE

District Forester: October 4, 1916.

Dear Sir: Referring to your letter of August 12 and Mr. Huber’s let-
ter of August II:

We looked over the prospective route from Bearpaw Meadow to Mo-
raine Lake and found that this is a practicable route, except that the
trail will have to swing onto the divide south of Deer Creek, then fol-
low up Bear Creek. Following is Ranger Redstone’s report on the piece
from Bearpaw Meadow to the head of Big Arroyo:

I found that the route down Deer Creek is impractical, owing
to the precipitous drop of the narrow rocky creek bed. However.
I found a very good route a few miles south of Deer Creek over
the ridge between Deer Creek and North Fork or Bear Creek.
This route would start at Bear Creek, cross the main Kaweah
River, and ascend on a fifteen-per-cent grade around the ridge and
up Bear Creek, crossing the divide near the head of Deer Creek
and connecting with the trail up the Big Arroyo in the Nine
Lakes basin. The country is exceedingly rough and a good trail
will be costly. Two-thirds of the trail over the lower end will be
fairly easy construction, composed of earth, heavily brush-covered,
and of loose rock. The upper third will be very expensive, as it
runs into heavy blasting and wall-building, especially near the
crossing of the divide.

Notes and Correspondence 227

From the head of the Big Arroyo to Moraine Lake it is a fairly simple
proposition, entailing no heavy construction, except about one and one-
half miles in getting from the Arroyo to the plateau.
The appended sheet shows the estimated cost of the project.
Very truly yours, SW. WYNNE,

Forest Supervisor
ESTIMATE ON COST OF CONSTRUCTING A TRAIL FROM BEARPAW MEADOW
TO BIG ARROYO

Two miles earth trail, covered with heavy brush and
loose rock, some wall building and blasting, at $60

RRA IN MCA CN Senn yao iL Gai $120.00
Four miles earth trail, covered with brush and loose
MERE AG DET) TING U eid aicia)eCchale ele ahaa ews algo ale\ ais 160.00
Three miles rock work, walling up, blasting, at $200 per
EST ECE US eA tS ES ate BE OD HE XB ELD 600.00
One mile heavy blasting and rock walls at $500....... 500.00
Motalcost. dor the tem miles. ee eee tuck $1,380.00

TRAIL—HEAD OF BIG ARROYO TO MORAINE LAKE
LENGTH, ELEVEN MILES

Five and one-half miles clearing loose rock and some
REE AGA ee ee Ne ee $220.00
One and one-half miles, in slide-rock on grade, at $180. 270.00
Four miles, clearing loose rock and marking, at $30... 120.00
610.00

ES TELL TEV IY RS STG. SSA CRT a gS a $1,990.00

CLIMBING Mount CLARK FROM MERCED LAKE

Of all the splendid mountain peaks in the upper regions of Yosemite
National Park, none can surpass Mount Clark in beauty of form. From
_ whatever point it may be seen it is always the most striking feature of
the landscape. From Glacier Point it looks like an isolated section of
some huge palisade; from the Merced Lake trail it is seen as a thin
sharp peak rising from slender buttresses; while from the Vogelsang
Pass trail it appears as a fine pyramid. In any one of its many aspects
it is an inspiring sight to the mountaineer.

Yet, notwithstanding its attractiveness and its nearness to Yosemite
Valley, Mount Clark has not been ascended as often as one would sup-
pose. The first ascent is a matter of classic record. Those who are
familiar with Clarence King’s Mountaineering in the Sierra Nevada
will remember the thrilling account of the final leap that brought him

228 Sierra Club Bulletin

and his companion, Gardner, within reach of the summit. Like many a
pioneer effort, this first attempt was a much more perilous adventure
than subsequent ascents have proved. In 1866 the region around Mount
Clark, or The Obelisk, as it was then usually called, was comparatively
unknown, and King and Gardner had little opportunity to make careful
plans for their route. The south side of the mountain was the most
accessible, and from that direction animals could be brought to within
a few miles of the base. They undoubtedly made a bad choice of routes
for the final part of their ascent, as subsequent climbers have not en-
countered the extreme difficulties reported by King. Although most of
the ascents have been made from the south side, a few climbers have
reached the summit from the north. With the opening up of the Merced
Lake region through the improvement of trails and the establishment of
a public camp, the route from this side should become more popular.
The climb can be made in a few hours from Merced Lake, and, if the
way be carefully chosen, it can be made without danger or difficulty.

On the morning of July 4, 1916, I set out from the camp that had just
been opened by the Desmond Park Service Company at Merced Lake,
and crossing the river picked my way along the ledges of the opposite
cliff. In a few minutes I could look down upon the sparkling waters
of Merced Lake. After a climb of about a thousand feet I entered the
forested tableland that flanks Mount Clark on the north. I had no in-
tention of climbing the mountain that day, but only to reconnoiter and
plan a route for some later day. Before me now lay the choice of fol-
lowing the basin toward the main snow-field or of mounting the ridge
to the west. I chose the latter, and in a little while was on the summit
of the ridge. The panorama was splendid; westward lay Yosemite Val-
ley, reposing in the midst of the dark-forested upland; to the north and
east the bright snow-fields of the upper Merced expanded to the Sierra
crest; southward the ridge ran up to a sharp rocky point toward the
main summit. Making my way along the ridge, I reached the rocky
point in the course of an hour and looked down on the other side upon
a snowy cirque that cut deep into the side of the mountain. Beyond the
cirque towered the peak. It was a splendid sight; well worth a day’s
journey in itself.

The peak seemed very near, and I began to wonder if it were not pos-
sible to actually make the ascent this very day. The more I thought of
it the more enthusiastic I became, and I looked eagerly for the most
promising route. It seemed to be an easy matter to reach the main
snow-field by descending a little way to the ridge which lay between it
and the deep cirque. The snow-field must be crossed and the rocks be-
yond attained at as high a point as possible. There would remain some
two or three hundred feet of rock-climbing. If the snow was not too
steep and the rock-climbing too dangerous, the goal could be attained.

In a few minutes I was on the snow and found it softer and more
deeply pitted than I had expected. While this made walking difficult it

Notes and Correspondence 229

also made it safe, and I was able to mount almost to the very head of
the field before being forced to the rocks. I had chosen to cross the
snow-field to the southeasterly side, intending to make the final climb
along the left-hand sky-line. On reaching the rocks, however, this route
looked very difficult for a man alone, so I began to prospect for a safer
way. I had fully made up my mind to turn back if absolute safety was
not assured. After a little investigation I found that there were several
fairly wide ledges running at a slight angle across the face of the tower.
I followed these along to the right, mounting occasionally from one to
another until I was well around toward the westerly side of the peak.
Mindful of King’s adventure, I half expected to encounter some impos-
sible stretch or to find myself in some cul-de-sac and perhaps be denied
the summit when within a few feet of it. I knew that I was getting very
near the top, but could not tell as yet just where it was. There might be
a split summit, and I might be on the wrong side of the split. I wedged
myself in between two large rocks and crawled up a little higher, Then
I looked up, and there, only ten feet away, stood the cairn of rocks that
marked the summit. In another moment I was on top.

The isolated position of Mount Clark gives it a commanding range
over the whole Merced basin. Its precipitous sides make the glimpses
of snow-fields, lakes, and forests far below most impressive. Yosemite
Valley, lying deep in shadow, has an air of mystery, enhanced by the
gleam of silver where the waters of Yosemite Creek pour silently into
the dark chasm.

For an hour I enjoyed the superb prospect and then reluctantly pre-
pared to descend. I returned by the same route as far as the snow-
field, and then, abandoning my morning footsteps, followed the water-
courses from the melting snow until I came to the timber-lands. Here
I came upon the vestiges of a trail that appears on the maps as the
Mount Clark Trail. I found it badly out of repair and almost obliter-
ated in some places. It is very steep, and in its present condition not at
all suited to animals. It reaches the river halfway between Lake Wash-
burn and Merced Lake. From that point on it is plain walking into
camp. I reached camp at five o’clock, having been gone about eight
hours. The trip could be made very easily in less time by one familiar
with the way.

Before leaving Merced Lake I climbed another mountain that should
enjoy greater popularity. Mount Florence (12,507 feet) commands in
some ways a finer view than Mount Clark. It is close to such spectacu-
lar peaks as Lyell, McClure, Rodgers, Electra, and Foerster, while just
beyond are Banner, Ritter, and The Minarets. The view is similar to
that from Lyell, though much more comprehensive, and the ascent is
comparatively easy. The trip can be made in about ten hours from Mer-
ced Lake. The most direct route is to follow the McClure Fork trail up
from the Merced until the Isberg Pass trail branches off. The Isberg
Pass trail leads across a broad plateau that lies between Mount Flor-

230 Sierra Club Bulletin

ence and Lake Washburn. By this route the way is made easy for a
considerable distance toward the mountain. Probably the best place to
leave the trail is when it crosses a small stream that flows into Lake
Washburn from the northeast. This stream comes from the snow-fields
of Mount Florence and may be followed to its sources. From the snow-
fields the way can hardly be mistaken. It is just a question of scram-
bling up over shale and great rough weather-beaten rocks. There is a
false summit a few hundred feet from the real summit, but the traverse
between them is easy. The north side of the mountain is a tremendous
precipice, dropping to a vast snowy amphitheater that stretches toward

the base of McClure. FRANCIS PELOUBET FARQUHAR

First ASCENT OF SOUTH GUARD (12,964 FEET)

On July 26, 1916, after leaving in camp at East Lake those of our fel-
low-knapsackers who were less strenuously inclined, or who were more
ardent fishermen, Miss Florence Burrell, Miss Inezetta Holt, Mr. James
Rennie, and the writer made the ascent of South Guard by following
Ousel Creek to the unbroken snow-field of its upper basin, where, after .
finding the snow too solidly frozen to afford secure footing on the steep
slopes (we had no ice-ax), we chose the rocky knife-edge extending to
the summit from the northeast. This necessitated a long and arduous
climb. The knife-edge is very thin, and is composed, for the most part,
of very loose rock. Added to the interest of the climb was the uncer-
tainty of whether this route would lead to the summit or whether a
precipice would bar all further progress, an uncertainty which was not
removed until the summit was actually reached about 12:30 P. M.

We found no evidence of any previous ascent of the peak. After
building a small cairn of rocks on the larger block which constitutes the
summit, we placed a record in a sardine-can, ate that part of our lunches
which was left after the many stops on the long ascent, took a few mo-
ments with binoculars to watch a Sierra Club party which by now was
descending Mount Brewer, and then began the descent.

As our party had planned to move camp from East Lake to Vidette
Meadows, an additional eight-mile walk must be added to the return.
To descend by the same knife-edge which we had utilized in the ascent
would necessitate several hours of very careful and slow climbing.
Surely this plan would permit darkness to overtake us long before reach-
ing camp at Vidette Meadows. After a brief conference with Mr. Ren-
nie, it was decided to try to find a place where we could cross the north
face of the rocky knife-edge and descend to the snow, which we hoped
would be softer by this time than we had found it in the early morning,
and would afford a route for descending more rapidly. While the rest
were crossing the first ledges of the north face more slowly, Mr. Rennie
went ahead scouting and soon located a possible route. In following we
crossed several narrow ledges and started some miniature avalanches in

ieynbiey ‘gq stouesiy Aq oJ0Yg
JIWIUINS 9Y} O} PUL P[9Y-MOUS JY} SSO19¥ 9}NO1 BSUIMOYS

(Laaa goS‘11) M¥WID INNOW

“‘IIXXX1) ALVId *X “IOA “NILGUTING ANTS VAIAIS

“IIIXXXT9 ALVId

Jeynbiey “gq stouery Aq oj0Yg

HONANOTA AO LINWOAS WOU

“TTHAT INNOW ANV ANN IOW INOOW

*X “IOA ‘NILATING €NTO VaUdIS

Notes and Correspondence 231

the loose rock, but finally all safely reached the rock directly above the
edge of the snow-field.

The descent to the snow offered some difficulties, especially as that
part of the snow-field directly under the cliff had been shaded through-
out the day, was still frozen very hard, and was at a dangerous slope
leading directly to some ugly rocks. With some assistance, all hands
were finally safely on the snow-field beyond the point where a slide
would mean striking rocks below. One of our party escaped a very un-
comfortable slide from the spot where we first reached the icy snow
only by the precaution which our pathfinder had taken to first dig very
large footholds and to brace himself securely in these. Once at the
point where snow-sliding was safe, rapid progress was made, both by
voluntary and involuntary slides. At East Lake we shouldered our
packs and finished an interesting day by tramping the remaining eight

miles to Vidette Meadows. WaALTER L. HuBER

e e
e

AN ASCENT OF TUNNABORA PEAK

On July 22, 1916, Mr. James Rennie and Mr. Walter L. Huber made the
ascent of Tunnabora Peak (13,593 feet) from the Sierra Club’s camp in
the upper portion of Tyndall Creek Basin. The peak was reached by
following the south branch of the East Fork of the Kern River to its
head, thus reaching the south side of the peak which slopes to Tulainyo
Lake. Although all other sides of the peak are very precipitous, the as-
cent from the south offers no difficulties after its inaccessibility has
been overcome. The records of the Sierra Club indicated that no pre-
vious ascent of this peak had been made, but a very rusty tomato-can
was discovered at the summit, and by subsequent correspondence it has
been learned that Mr. George R. Davis, of the U.S. Geological Survey,
made the ascent in August, 1905.

Tulainyo Lake, at the foot of its south slope, has a diameter of ap-
proximately half a mile and is at an elevation of 12,865 feet. This lake
is in a rocky basin on the very crest of the Sierra. A sharp ridge of
the main crest passes around it on the east and a less rugged ridge passes
along its western side. It has no apparent outlet on either side. Its set-
ting is unique among lakes of the High Sierra.

MazAMaA ACTIVITIES FOR THE PAST YEAR

In addition to their outdoor activities, the Mazama Club has established
an educational course, begun last winter and continued during this one.
This consists of a lecture by some competent person each Thursday
evening on one of the following subjects, taken in rotation: Botany,
Geology, Ornithology, and Local History. The lectures are usually il-
lustrated with lantern-slides.

232 Sierra Club Bulletin

The headquarters and club-rooms of the Mazamas in the Northwest-
ern Bank building have now been maintained for two years. A single
room with floor space of over 600 square feet is made to serve the vari-
ous needs. This room, besides a fine collection of photo enlargements
and other pictures of typical mountain scenery on the walls, is furnished
as a club-room for both men and women.

The Mazamas’ annual outing in August was taken to the Three Sis-
ters group, a trio of peaks lying about seventy miles easterly from Eu-
gene, Oregon, forming the summit of the Cascade Range. The atten-
dance was the largest in recent years, the total reaching about 120,
though not all of this number were in camp for the full two weeks. The
climb of the three peaks and the explorations on attractive side-trips
served to fully occupy the time. An unusual feature was a snowfall of
several inches on the night of August 16th.

The third annual short outing to Mount Hood, covering the Fourth of
July, was taken as usual, and two outings to the coast were taken
during the season, as has been the case for several years past.

Death has made unusual inroads on the Mazama membership during
the year, and several of our valued workers have been taken. Among
these the most prominent was former President Prouty, whose achieve-
ments in mountain-climbing are known in the Pacific Northwest, and in
Canada as well, and whose loss is greatly deplored.

WILLIAM P. HARDESTY

THE MOUNTAINEERS

During the past year The Mountaineers have conducted the customary
series of local walks and short outings in the Cascades. Snoqualmie
Lodge, built by the club in 1914, has become a favorite resort, offering
a convenient base for climbing expeditions or the enjoyment of winter
sports in season, particularly snow-shoeing and skiing. In the winter of
1915-16, remarkable for deep snows, the lodge was used by parties who
were obliged to enter through a window in the gable, the only exposed
corner.

The club has purchased seventy-four acres near Chico, in Kitsap
County, one of the few regions in Washington where Rhododendron
californicum grows abundantly. There is danger eventually of extermi-
nation because of wanton picking and the exportation of entire plants.
The new Kitsap Lodge property will protect one of the most beautiful
parts of this rhododendron land.

The annual outing of The Mountaineers was held August 5-27, near
Mount Baker and Mount Shuksan, in the wildest section of the Cas-
cades. Three different camps were made, three days at Twin Lakes,
four at Hannegan Pass, and ten at Austin Pass. From the latter camp
knapsack trips were made for the ascent of Mount Baker (10,750 feet)
and Mount Shuksan (9038 feet). While not a very high peak, Mount

Notes and Correspondence 233

Shuksan is particularly difficult of ascent. Its steep sides are covered
with sharp pinnacles, while the mountain itself is nearly inaccessible on
account of deep gorges. Even when the lower portions have been con-
quered, the summit, a rock pinnacle of some 600 feet rising out of the
snow-field, can apparently be scaled in but one place. The party that
climbed it this year numbered twenty-eight. Thirty scaled Mount Baker,
an all-snow climb over very steep and deeply crevassed slopes. On both
mountains was left one of the bronze record tubes used by The Moun-
taineers. These have now been placed for general use on fourteen peaks

in Washington. WINONA BAILEY

Something over a year ago Mr. George E. Wright, vice-president of
the Seattle Mountaineers, succeeded in interesting Stephen T. Mather,
assistant to the Secretary of the Interior, in the erection of a shelter
hut at Camp Muir on Mount Rainier. The movement had the support
of Superintendent Reaburn of Mount Rainier National Park, and as a
result $700 was set aside by the Government for the work. The hut has
now been completed, following the plans drawn by Carl F. Gould, a
member of The Mountaineers.

The Tacoma News of September 26 prints the following statement
regarding the construction of the shelter:

The house was built under the direction of Eugene Frank, who,
with Fred Verville and Claude Tice, spent seventeen days and
nights on the mountain, their experiences uniting the extremes in
weather. Now they were almost carried away by arctic winds;
then they were tanned to an Indian copper by an equatorial
sun. They lived in a tent, pegged and weighted to the volcanic
ash, and to their surprise they managed to retain this shelter,
though the wind whipped it angrily. They could cook but little
on their oil-stoves at that altitude.

Seven barrels of lime and six barrels of cement were carried
to Camp Muir, a little at a time, on the backs of burros. Sand
was found on the camp-site—not very good sand, as it is mixed
with volcanic ash, but Frank believes the cement that was made
of it will stand for many a day. The house is 8 by 20 feet in size,
and 7% feet high inside. Its walls are three feet in thickness.
Two by six beams sustain the roof, which is sheeted with timber
and covered with tar paper, well nailed, and weighted down with
stones. Supt. Reaburn set aside $700 for the work, but Frank
completed it at a cost of $555. Each man was paid double wages,
and they certainly earned them.

Bunks for twelve persons will be built in the house. Blankets,
oil-stoves, and food will be placed there. And the house is to
have a telephone. Supt. Reaburn proposes to carry the wire to the
camp early next season. Telephone service already covers the
important points on the mountain. The line to Camp Muir will

234 Sierra Club Bulletin

be run in insulated coverings over the snow-fields and through
iron pipe secured to the rocks.

BurREAU OF ASSOCIATED MOUNTAINEERING CLUBS OF NoRTH AMERICA

During the summer of 1915, I visited the mountaineering clubs and geo-
graphical societies of the country and suggested the formation of an as-
sociation for the furtherance of common aims, and for the establishment
of headquarters in New York where mountaineering information might
be collected and made available. The plan was outlined as follows:

It was proposed to form an association of clubs and societies, each of
which shall co-operate through its secretary and transact its business by
correspondence with the general secretary. Each club shall send its
printed matter, which will be added to the collection of mountaineering
literature established in the New York Public Library. An annual bul-
letin of information on the membership, officers, and activities of the
leading organizations shall be issued. The secretary of each club will
notify the general secretary of the movements of local members who
have interesting slides, and who can address the members of the asso-
ciation at such times as they may be in different parts of the country.

One of the most important features of a club’s activities is that of its
library. Members shall be encouraged to read what is being done in the
mountaineering world, for education in this direction is as essential to
a true appreciation and enjoyment of mountaineering as is the work in
the field. Copies of many of the new books in mountaineering will be
sent to each club for review in its annual publication and bulletins, there-
by materially assisting in the growth of its library.

It is believed that the existence of this association will have a wale
able influence in many directions, and, occupying the field, its activities
may expand as experience and occasion make desirable.

Meeting with a favorable response to the above ideas, I sent out a
preliminary letter and received unofficial replies in approval of the plan.
At the annual meeting of the American Alpine Club, held at the New
York Public Library on January 8, 1916, I presented these letters and
asked that the Councilors of the club be instructed to consider the plan
and to send out an official letter to each club inviting it to become a
member of the proposed association.

After due consideration, the Councilors of the American Alpine Club
sent such a letter in March to the leading clubs, asking them to join ina
Bureau of Associated Mountaineering Clubs of North America. Secur-
ing a majority of acceptances, they declared the plan in operation on
May 2, 1916.

The first official act of the Bureau was the publication in May of a
bulletin containing statistics of the membership, officers, and activities of
the leading mountaineering clubs and geographical societies of the con-
tinent. The present membership of the Bureau comprises the following

NWIHHO UAV

~ “ \ NN \

“AIXXXTO ALVId
°*X “IOA ‘NILZITING €ANTO VaagIS

NVTAHO AMV AO CVAH ‘ATAIA TALOH

“AXXXTO ALVId *X “IOA ‘NILATING UNTO vuuais

Notes and Correspondence 235

organizations. (Some others await the annual meeting of their direc-

tors.) American Alpine Club,

American Geographical Society,
Appalachian Mountain Club,

British Columbia Mountaineering Club,
Colorado Mountain Club,

Fresh Air Club,

Geographic Society of Chicago,
Geographical Society of Philadelphia,
Hawaiian Trail and Mountain Club,
Mazamas,

Mountaineers,

Prairie Club,

Sierra Club,

United States National Parks Service.

A valuable reference collection of mountaineering books has been formed
by the New York Public Library in the main building at 476 Fifth Av-
enue, and we have secured the deposit of the library of the American
Alpine Club. The combined collection promises to become one of the
most important in existence. A collection of photographs and enlarge-
ments of mountain scenery in all parts of the world is also being made,
and contributions of mounted or unmounted views will be appreciatively

received. LE Roy JEFFERS,
General Secretary

Through the Bureau of Associated Mountaineering Clubs our library
has received the following new publications noted in the “Book Re-
views”: The Mountain, Through Glacier Park, Blackfeet Tales, Rambles
in the Vaudese Alps,Our American Wonderland,Chronicles of the White
Mountains, Camping and Woodcraft, and A Thousand-Mile Walk to the
Gulf,

BEAUTIFUL LAKE CHELAN

From Wenatchee a branch of the Great Northern runs on up the Co-
lumbia River, and after an hour and a half reaches the station of Chelan.
We got out here and took a motor which climbed like a goat (it wasn’t
a Ford, either) up the cliff wall some hundreds of feet and ran along
through the dusty sagebrush beside the edge of a deep cafion where the
blue Chelan River foamed and roared below, till we reached the tcewn
of Chelan, at the foot of the lake of that name. Perhaps you have h +d
of Lake Chelan. We, being parochial New Englanders, never had. It
is, however, probably the most beautiful lake in America. In fact, we
are disposed to back it against all comers, Crater, Geneva, Como, Louise

236 Sierra Club Bulletin

—any of them. It starts with apples, acres of orchards rising from the
shore of the slopes of a low hill which is only a few hundred feet higher
than Chocorua—apples and sagebrush and the gray dust from the roads.
It runs for fifty miles northwest, never more than three miles wide, and
ends in the heart of the high Cascades, amid snow-capped peaks and gla-
ciers. The lake itself is 1800 feet deep, going down 400 feet below sea-
level, and it is the blue of heaven, the blue of glacier ice when the sun
shines through it, the deep marvelous green of reflected forest walls.
There is no other lake like it, and, fortunately for the country, it is
now, with its entire watershed, above the developed land at the lower
end, a national forest.

You go up the lake by motor-boat. There is absolutely no other way
to get to the far end. A road runs on either shore for a few miles till
the hills close in, and then gives up. The view from the bow of the boat
ten miles above the lower end is much like the view up the Hudson be-
tween Storm King and the Point, only the hills at Chelan are much
higher, and far up the vista shine the snow-capped peaks of the Cas-
cades. From here on the almost precipitous mountain walls, sparsely
clad with fir, plunge directly into the lake—there is absolutely no beach
whatever; and they steadily mount higher and higher till they begin to
show snow. They are not broken into distinct summits, like the Rock-
ies, but form a castellated wall attaining finally an altitude of over 8000
feet. For forty miles your boat sails between them. If you can imagine
the Crawford Notch filled with blue water up above the level of the
tracks, extended another twenty miles, and Willard and Willey raised
to, 8000 feet and snow-capped, you have Lake Chelan. The prospect is
made still more lovely by the view across the head of the lake of the
main ridge of the Cascades, with one or two glaciers showing.

There are two small but comfortable hotels at the farther end, and
little else except primeval forest. After the lake ceases, if you wish to
go farther up the cafion, you take horses at the Field Hotel and follow
the Forest Rangers’ road up the Stehekin River past Rainbow Falls, a
beautiful straight fall of 360 feet, into the very heart of the Cascades.
This trip can be made a camping trip of two, three, or more days, and
will take you, if you wish, into wild horseshoe basins which make Tuck-
erman’s Ravine look like a dimple, or over the high passes, the glaciers,
and the snow-fields, where the world below is a wilderness of white-
capped summits and wild gorges.

A “pass” in the Cascades is usually some 7000 or 8000 feet up. The
summit cones are mere humps in the long ridges, and the passes go over
the lofty cols. We went on a one-day trip up War Creek Pass, on horse-
back. The ranger’s trail, clinging often to the sides of precipitous
slopes, was just wide enough to give a trained horse footing. It mount-
ed a shoulder of the northerly ridge, through forests of huge Douglas
firs and magnificent gardens of lupine, Indian paint-brush, annual lark-
spur, dog-tooth violets, wild syringa, and scores of other flowers. It ran

Notes and Correspondence 237,

into snow-patches at about the 6000-foot level, and finally crested the col
at over 7000 feet. From this lofty col the long greenish-blue ribbon of
the lake lay far below, and the world was a sea of peaks, including Gla-
cier Peak and Mount Agnes to the southwest, both over 10,000 feet, and
to the northwest, fifty miles away, the ice-capped summit of Mount
Baker. We saw no mountain sheep that day, but coming down we ran
through a herd of 2000 domestic sheep, being driven over the range to
summer pasturage.

And we reached the hotel in time to go out behind to the Stehekin
River and catch enough cut-throat trout for supper, trout weighing about
three pounds. They catch Dolly Varden trout in the lake up to ten or
twelve pounds. Nothing but trout live in this ice-cold water.

Unfortunately, it is a long way from the Eastern seaboard to Lake
Chelan, and the lake is on a branch line from the through road at that.
Nor is it a widely advertised national park, with Copley-Plaza hotels
stuck down into the scenery. At present it is a spot for simple people
who want one of the most beautiful combinations of water and moun-
tain scenery in all the land, splendid fishing, and safe but rough trails
into the heart of the high hills, with plenty of opportunity for uncharted
mountain-climbing up secondary but by no means easy 8000- to 10,000-
foot peaks. Some day Lake Chelan will take its place as one of the na-
tion’s famous scenic reservations. But we are glad we got there before
the rush. WALTER PRICHARD EATON

REcorD ON Mount KEITH

During the 1916 outing of the Sierra Club the ascent of Mount Keith
(13,990 feet) was made by two parties of three members each. Both of
these ascents were made from the John Muir Trail by traversing the
knife-edge from Junction Pass, a route which has probably not been
utilized in previous ascents.

The record on the summit, which is contained in the Sierra Club’s
Canister No. 29, was found to be in good condition. In it the following
ascents are recorded: July 6, 1898, C. B. Bradley, J. C. Shinn, Jennie
E. Price, and Robert M. Price; July 6, 1900, Helen M. Gompertz and J.
N. Le Conte; August 20, 1909, Talbot C. Walker and Stanley H. Jones;
July 25, 1910, C. W. Norton, Sherwood Norton, and Oscar S. Norton;
July 23, 1916, Dr. H. B. Graham, E. G. Chamberlain, Agnes W. Vaille,
Florence C. Burrell, Inezetta Holt, and Walter L. Huber.

OrIGIN oF NAME KINGs RIVER

In order to settle a question concerning the origin of the name Kings
River, Mr. W. H. Spaulding, after some investigation, reports that in
a volume entitled Spanish and Indian Place Names in California, by

238 Sierra Club Bulletin

Sanchez, at page 278, an account of the origin of the name is given.
The river was named in 1805 by a Spanish exploring party, in honor of
three wise men—“E] Rio de los Santos Reyes” (The River of the Holy
Kings). The account also includes a quotation from Gen. Fremont to
the effect that he found the river called by the few Americans in Cali-
fornia “Lake Fork,” but that all of the Mexicans called the river “El
Rio de los Reyes.”

It appears that Mount King was named for Clarence King of the Cali-
fornia Geological Survey.

ToroGRAPHIC Maps

The topographic map of the United States which is being prepared and
issued by the United States Geological Survey, and with which most per-
sons are familiar in the form of “atlas sheets” or “quadrangles,” is now
only about 40 per cent completed. At the present rate of progress, only
about 0.8 per cent of the total area of the country is being mapped each
year, and, with the revision which is necessary on maps already issued,
nearly a century will be required for the completion of the work. At the
suggestion of Professor W. M. Davis, Professor Emeritus of Geology,
Harvard University, there has recently been formed a “Committee to Ex-
pedite the Completion of the Topographic Map of the United States.”
This committee proposes to do whatever it can to hasten the completion
of the map and asks the aid of all interested parties.

The number of topographic engineers in this country who are qualified
to do such mapping is limited; hence there cannot be indefinite expan-
sion of the Survey’s activities in this direction. But the present staff
could be considerably increased if more funds were available for the
work. Aid can be lent to the project by securing larger appropriations
from Congress and from the legislatures of the states which are co-oper-
ating with the Survey.

The members of the Sierra Club make much use of the maps of the
Survey, and should therefore be greatly interested in “expediting the
map.” Will not the members take it upon themselves individually to
lend aid in this campaign by writing to their representatives in Congress
asking for favorable consideration for the Survey’s requests for appro-
priations? Further information can be secured by writing to Professor
A. E. Burton, secretary of the committee, Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Boston, Massachusetts. Tracy I. STORER

WALKING Trip BETWEEN LAKE TAHOE AND YOSEMITE

Any persons desirous of taking a two-weeks walking trip between Lake
Tahoe and Yosemite, During July, August, or September, may find it of
interest to communicate with Mr. and Mrs. Richard Michaelis, Corte
Madera, Cal.

Notes and Correspondence 239

MEMORIAL EXERCISES IN HONoR OF JOHN MuIR

We are indebted to Mrs. Anna N. Kendall, a member of the outing party
of 1911, for the following account of the exercises in honor of John Muir |
at the University of Wisconsin on December 6, when the bust by C. S.
Pietro, given to the university by Thomas E. Brittingham, of Madison,
was unveiled:

Dear Mr. Colby: I am sending you the program of the exer-
cises in honor of John Muir and the unveiling of the bust of him.
I thought of you, one of his younger friends, as his older friends,
comrades, schoolmates, and professors sat on the platform, some
of them very old and very white of hair, but all voicing his praise
most sincerely and genuinely, and certainly with deep affection
and emotion. I wish their words could be printed in full, also
that I had a photograph of the platform with the old men sitting
and standing, all with the expression and attitude of loving re-
membrance of their old-time friend.

The program, after naming the speakers, concludes with a “Tribute”
from Dr. S. Hall Young and this letter from John Burroughs:

West Park, N. Y., Nov. 29.

Dear Sir: I wish I could be with you on Dec. 6th when the Uni-
versity of Wisconsin proposes to do honor to the memory of one
of its old pupils, John Muir; but the very serious illness of my
wife and my own uncertain health will not permit me to enjoy
that privilege.

My affection and admiration for Muir were deep and genuine.
When in his company I used to chafe a good deal under his biting
Scotch wit and love of contradiction. He loved a verbal contest
which was, with him, only another form of the trial of grit which in
his school days he used to cheerfully submit to when two boys,
armed with whips, used to stand up before each other and lay on
till one of them cried enough. As I had never had that kind of
Scotch discipline I did not keenly enjoy this sort of diversion. But
his heart was all right, only he liked too well to mask its real
kindliness in this way.

He was a genuine student and lover of nature, and he has
brought to us the message of the mountains as no other man has.

In recently reading Emerson’s Journals, I was struck and
pleased with the fact that he places John Muir in the list of what
he called “My Men.” In said list the first is Thomas Carlyle, whom
he first met in 1833, and the last is John Muir, whom he met in
1871. Muir’s nature lore and his striking characteristics were
bound to make an impression upon Emerson. He met no “mush
of concession” when he met Muir. Muir tried to persuade him to
quit his party for a night and go and camp with him in the woods,
but Emerson’s friends objected. Muir said Emerson had the
“house habit.” But Emerson looked upon himself then as an old
man, though he was only 68.

I am glad your university is to pay this tribute to its famous
and beloved old student.

With all good wishes, I am,

Very sincerely yours,

Julius E. Olson, Esq., Joun BurroucHs
Madison, Wis.

240 Sierra Club Bulletin

RECORDS OF SIERRAN ANIMALS IN MAGAZINE

Mr. W. E. Cosy, Secretary Sierra Club.

Dear Mr. Colby: It occurs to me that a valuable addition to the club’s
annual magazine would be a record of the animals seen during the an-
nual outings.

Some of the members who go on the trips could make the necessary
notes and write up the articles, giving the dates, localities, descriptions,
etc. The knapsack parties would naturally be the ones to see any deer,
bear, or mountain sheep, and it would be well for this to appear in the
magazine, giving more of a popular than a scientific write-up.

If I can be of any help in the premises, please call on me.

Yours very truly,
M. Hatt MCALLISTER

EVERETT SHEPARDSON

Early in January the Sierra Club lost one of its most active members,
Mr. Everett Shepardson, of Los Angeles. Mr. Shepardson has served.
on the executive committee of the Southern California Section ever
since its organization, and was for three years its chairman. He was
also an earnest worker on the Muir Lodge Committee. During the hol-
idays, with a party of friends, he went on a knapsack trip into the moun-
tains, where they were overtaken by a severe snow-storm, suffering
great privation. Doubtless the exposure and attendant hardship con-
tributed largely to his death. For many years he has been an enthusias-
tic member of the annual outings and will be sadly missed.

KiIncGs RIvER CANON

Mrs. P. A. Kanawyer wishes to announce to her friends that she is still
in the business of packing and outfitting for trips into Kings River Cafion
and vicinity, and that her store and camp in the cafion will be open as
usual in the summer. Her address is Dunlap, Cal.

NATIONAL PARK NOTES
+
TEXT OF THE NATIONAL Park ACT

An Act to establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United
States of America in Congress assembled, That there is hereby created
in the Department of the Interior a service to be called the National
Park Service, which shall be under the charge of a director, who shall
be appointed by the Secretary and who shall receive a salary of $4500
per annum. There shall also be appointed by the Secretary the following
assistants and other employees at the salaries designated: One assistant
director, at $2500 per annum; one chief clerk, at $2000 per annum; one
draftsman, at $1800 per annum; one messenger, at $600 per annum;
and, in addition thereto, such other employees as the Secretary of the
Interior shall deem necessary: Provided, That not more than $8100 an-
nually shall be expended for salaries of experts, assistants, and em-
ployees within the District of Columbia not herein specifically enumer-
ated unless previously authorized by law. The service thus established
shall promote and regulate the use of the Federal areas known as na-
tional parks, monuments, and reservations hereinafter specified by such
means and measures as conform to the fundamental purpose of the said
parks, monuments, and reservations, which purpose is to conserve the
scenery and the natural and historic objects and the wild life therein
and to provide for the enjoyment of the same in such manner and by
such means as will leave them unimpaired for the enjoyment of future
generations.

Sec. 2. That the director shall, under the direction of the Secretary of
the Interior, have the supervision, management, and control of the sev-
eral national parks and national monuments which are now under the
jurisdiction of the Department of the Interior, and of the Hot Springs
Reservation in the State of Arkansas, and of such other national parks
and reservations of like character as may be hereafter created by Con-
gress: Provided, That in the supervision, management, and control of
national monuments contiguous to national forests the Secretary of Ag-
riculture may co-operate with said National Park Service to such ex-
tent as may be requested by the Secretary of the Interior.

Sec. 3. That the Secretary of the Interior shall make and publish such
rules and regulations as he may deem necessary or proper for the use
and management of the parks, monuments, and reservations under the
jurisdiction of the National Park Service, and any violations of any of
the rules and regulations authorized by this Act shall be punished as
provided for in section fifty of the Act entitled “An Act to codify and

242 Sierra Club Bulletin

amend the penal laws of the United States,” approved March fourth,
nineteen hundred and nine, as amended by section six of the Act of
June twenty-fifth, nineteen hundred and ten (Thirty-sixth United States
Statutes at Large, page eight hundred and fifty-seven). He may
also, upon terms and conditions to be fixed by him, sell or dispose of
timber in those cases where in his judgment the cutting of such timber
is required in order to control the attacks of insects or diseases or other-
wise conserve the scenery or the natural or historic objects in any such
park, monument, or reservation. He may also provide in his discretion
for the destruction of such animals and of such plant life as may be
detrimental to the use of any of said parks, monuments, or reservations.
He may also grant privileges, leases, and permits for the use of land for
the accommodation of visitors in the various parks, monuments, or other
reservations herein provided for, but for periods not exceeding twenty
years; and no natural curiosities, wonders, or objects of interest shall
be leased, rented, or granted to anyone on such terms as to interfere
with free access to them by the public: Provided, however, That the
Secretary of the Interior may, under such rules and regulations and on
such terms as he may prescribe, grant the privilege to graze live-stock
within any national park, monument, or reservation herein referred to
when in his judgment such use is not detrimental to the primary pur-
pose for which such park, monument, or reservation was created, except
that this provision shall not apply to the Yellowstone National Park.

Sec. 4. That nothing in this Act contained shall affect or modify the
provisions of the Act approved February fifteenth, nineteen hundred and
one, entitled “An Act relating to rights of way through certain parks,
reservations, and other public lands.”

Approved, August 25, 1916.

REpoRT OF ASSISTANT TO THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR ON PROGRESS IN
THE DEVELOPMENT OF NATIONAL PARKS FOR I916

The report of Honorable Stephen T. Mather, Assistant to the Secretary
of the Interior, covering the National Park situation for the past year
should be read by everyone who wishes to keep in touch with the won-
derful development which has been going on in the national parks under
Mr. Mather’s able supervision. For the benefit of the members of the
Sierra Club, the following abstract of this report is made. This report
is addressed to the Secretary of the Interior, Honorable Franklin K.
Lane. Mr. Mather states at the outset that Mr. Lane had in mind the
fact that the scenic features of this country were unsurpassed, and that
American tourist travel should be induced to visit these parks not only
during the great war, but after its conclusion. In order to accomplish
this purpose, accommodations for visitors with both large and small in-
comes should be provided and means of travel to the parks and through
the parks perfected. Mr. Mather was authorized to begin the develop-

National Park Notes 243

ment of these parks “on a broad-gauge scale,” and he has justified Sec-
retary Lane’s faith in his ability to undertake this great work. Mr.
Mather very early selected Robert Sterling Yard to take charge of the
campaign of public education, and all of our members are familiar with
the beautiful National Park Portfolio which was only a part of the edu-
cational campaign. This was published through the co-operation of the
Government with the railroads benefited by such advertising.

Publications all over the country were furnished with photographs
and material descriptive of the parks, and the interest awakened has re-
sulted in a great demand for the loan of photographs, motion pictures,
lectures, etc., which the department is as yet unable to meet.

The increased travel to the parks during 1916 has fully justified this
educational campaign, for the 1916 travel exceeded the travel of the year
previous, in spite of the fact that the International Exposition at San
Francisco was closed. In motor travel particularly was the increase
noticeable; since 12,563 cars registered at the various parks in I915,
while 19,848 cars, carrying 78,916 tourists, registered in 1916. In the
near future it is quite evident that the travel in private machines will
constitute the greater portion of park travel, and as a consequence this
necessitates the construction of new roads and the improving of those
already existing. The revenue from this motor travel is also encourag-
ing. In 1916, $65,311 was received from automobile fees, as against $42,-
589 in 1915 and $14,245 in 1914.

Vigorous protests have been made against this direct tax on the
motorist, but it must be maintained until larger appropriations are
made for the construction and maintenance of roads suitable for
motor traffic. Perhaps it should be continued indefinitely as a
means of providing funds to repair the natural wear and tear on
roads and bridges, the deterioration of which is unusually severe
where they are used extensively by motor cars.

Mr. Mather feels that the policy of allowing automobiles in the national
parks has been fully justified by the results.*

Mr. Mather points out the fact that Congress has largely increased its
appropriations, showing that it responded to the popular interest in these
parks. Over half a million was appropriated for the fiscal year 1917, as
against a little over quarter of a million for the fiscal year 1916, and for
the first time Congress provided for the care and protection of national
monuments under the Department of the Interior, appropriating $21,500.

If Mr. Mather had done no other one act, the people of the United
States would be deeply in his debt as a result of the recent purchase of
the patented lands in the Giant Forest. These were lands in the Sequoia
National Park in the immediate vicinity of Ranger Station and in the
very heart of the forest, including some of the finest stands of the great
sequoia. An option was secured from the owners for $70,000, and
through Mr. Mather’s efforts the sum of $50,000 was appropriated by

*In this connection it will be recalled that Mr. Muir and the Sierra Club ap-

proved of allowing automobiles to enter Yosemite National Park, realizing that it
would mean a great increase in visitors.

244 Sierra Club Bulletin

Congress toward this purchase. In order to make up the balance, Mr.
Mather secured the co-operation of the National Geographic Society,
which generously and patriotically appropriated $20,000 out of its treas-
ury, so that this splendid forest of monarchs might be preserved for all
time.
NATIONAL PARK SERVICE

The crowning act of last year’s administration of the parks was the cre-
ation of the National Park Service, of which Mr. Mather has the fol-
lowing to say:

The special legislation of greatest importance was the passage
of the National Park Service bill, providing for the establishment
of a bureau in Washington to administer as a properly coordinat-
ed system all of the national parks and the national monuments
under the jurisdiction of the Interior Department. This substi-
tutes efficiency for the former haphazard consideration of each
separate park by a small force in the office of the chief clerk of
the department, already burdened with numerous other important
duties.

This measure provides for the appointment of a director and
assistant director as the executive officers of the bureau and a
small corps of clerks, stenographers, etc., all charged with the
performance of duties relating solely to the administration and
supervision of the national park system. It is an important step
forward which renders possible the realization of the manifest
destiny of our national parks as one economic asset.

NEW NATIONAL PARKS

Mr. Mather reports the creation of the new Lassen Volcanic National
Park in California, and the Hawaii National Park, which embraces the
craters of the three great volcanoes, Kilauea, Mauna Loa, and Hale-
akala, on the Hawaiian Islands.

The bill for the creation of Mount McKinley National Park in Alaska
passed the Senate and is pending before the House. There is also a
bill pending providing for the extension of the Rocky Mountain Na-
tional Park. Recent Federal legislation following up state legislation
has vested the Federal Government with exclusive jurisdiction in the
Yellowstone, Mount Rainier, and Crater Lake national parks, and pro-
vision has been made for the United States Commissioners who will sit
as local judges to punish violations of the rules and regulations. Mr.
Mather points out the importance of having similar steps taken in con-
nection with the parks in California and Colorado, but exclusive juris-
diction over these parks must first be ceded to the Federal Government
by legislatures of these states.*

The Yellowstone, Yosemite, Mount Rainier, Sequoia, and General
Grant parks have shown by the revenues of this last year that they are
paying their own way as far as administrative cost is concerned, and
when they have been thoroughly developed by proper roads and trails
they ought to become self-supporting.

*This is most desirable, and is something that the Sierra Club should work to
accomplish as far as California is concerned.—Editor.

National Park Notes 245

YELLOWSTONE NATIONAL PARK

The opening up of the Cody (or eastern) entrance to the park by rail-
road was accomplished this last year, and a fourth entrance on the south
is planned. Automobile travel into the park was heavy during the sea-
son; 3445 automobiles, carrying 14,980 tourists, entered the park. All
transportation lines in the park will be motorized, and the stage-horses
will become things of the past. An important innovation was the re-
moval of the Federal troops. These were replaced by a corps of civilian
rangers selected from the officers.and soldiers who had just been policing
the park.
GLACIER NATIONAL PARK

Glacier was a very popular park last season, and satisfactory accommo-
dations for the care of the tourist contributed largely to this popularity.
In addition to the first-class hotels, chalets, and camps in existence, ex-
tensive additions to existing hotels are being planned. It is quite im-
portant that additional roads be built to open up the marvelously beauti-
ful but less accessible regions of the park. By special arrangement, Mr.
Mather has secured a splendid administrative site near the southern
boundary of the park, which he has agreed to donate to the Govern-
ment, and has secured the co-operation of the citizens of that vicinity,
so that, if Congress makes the necessary appropriations, new administra-
tive buildings will be constructed and the park entrance further improved
in that vicinity.

The appropriation of $110,000 for the protection and improve-
ment of Glacier Park which was contained in the last sundry civil
bill has enabled us to greatly improve the roads on the east side
of the park, particularly the road in the Blackfeet Indian Reserva-
tion between Glacier Park Station and Divide Creek. Nearly
$45,000 has been spent on this section during the past season.

It has also made possible the construction of several new trails.
Among these new trails are the Grinnell Glacier trail and the new
trail between the Glacier Hotel and Avalanche Creek. The latter
trail will be extended to Granite Park next spring, and when
completed will be one of the most scenic trails in the park system.
Shelter cabins of attractive design are also under construction at
Triple Divide, Red Eagle Lake, Piegan Pass, and Iceberg Lake,
and next season will welcome the hiker and other trail travelers
when storms overtake them or when they find it desirable to break
their trips for other purposes.

An elaborate trail sign system is also being installed for the
benefit of the hiker and independent tourist who chooses to ride
over the trails without guide service. A trail map of the park is
in contemplation as a further aid to the lover of the trails.

Mr. Mather has also reorganized the saddle-horse service, so that in the
future there ought not to be any shortage of animals for the trail.

YOSEMITE’S GREAT DEVELOPMENT

A survey of the 1916 season in Yosemite National Park quickly and
clearly defines three heads under which its development may be dis-
cussed. These are, first, new contracts covering large public-service

246 Sierra Club Bulletin

concessions; second, increased Federal appropriations for improvement
and protection of the park; third, removal of restrictions on motor travel.

For many years the department unsuccessfully endeavored to induce
parties with capital to undertake the construction of new hotels in the
park, particularly on the floor of the valley. No individual or corpora-
tion could be interested in the park, and its future at the opening of the
exposition season was dark indeed. Then D. J. Desmond, of San Fran-
cisco, general commissary contractor operating in all sections of the
state, a young man already successful in business, a man of vision and
immense energy, had the situation in the Yosemite brought to his atten-
tion. He saw its opportunities, and applied for a comprehensive con-
cession covering the operation of hotel, camps, transportation service,
stores, garages, etc.

This application was not granted to him at that time, but he was per-
mitted to install and operate a new camp during the 1916 season with
the understanding that if he rendered good service in his camp he would
have a long-time concession. He built and operated the Yosemite Falls
camp and gave his guests service of a high order. He more than met
the conditions. Accordingly, the department entered into contracts with
the Desmond Park Service Company, of which Mr. Desmond is presi-
dent, covering the following: The erection of a hotel on the floor of
the valley, to cost not less than $150,000; and another hotel at Glacier
Point, to cost approximately $35,000; camps on the floor of the valley;
lodges at various points in the higher parts of the park and along the
Tioga road, which crosses the park at some distance from the rim of
the gorge; the installation and operation of automobile transportation
on all the roads of the park open to motor travel; the operation of trail
transportation, and the construction and operation of stores, garages, etc.

The privileges granted in these contracts by their terms are to be ex-
ercised for a period of twenty years, and the department in considera-
tion of granting these concessions receives annually during the first two
years of the life of the contract 25 per cent of the net profits of the en-
terprise, and thereafter 50 per cent of the net profit. The net profit of
the company is determined by deducting from the gross income 6 per
cent On money invested in the enterprise, depreciation of equipment,
buildings, etc., and expenses of operation, such as salaries, advertising,
and insurance. It is provided, however, that, if this profit-sharing clause
operates to the disadvantage of the department, it may elect at the end
of two years to take 4 per cent of the gross income of the company in-
stead of a share of the net profits.

Under this contract the Desmond Park Service Company erected,
prior to the opening of the 1916 season, two camps on the floor of the
valley, the Yosemite Falls camp and the El Capitan camp, and operated
them during the season; also the Glacier Point hotel camp, and three
new lodges at Lake Tenaya, Tuolumne Meadows, and Lake Merced; all
of which proved popular because of the excellent accommodations and
service rendered. New automobile stage service was established during

National Park Notes 247

the season on the Mariposa and Chinquapin roads south of the valley,
and on the Tioga road and Big Oak Flat road, as well as on the floor of
the valley itself.

Furthermore, construction work on the new hotel at Glacier Point
was undertaken, and is now nearing completion. On the Fourth of July
ground was broken for the new hotel on the floor of the valley, and it
is now in the course of erection. This building will be ready for the
1918 tourist season.

This outline of what the Desmond Park Service Company has already
accomplished and has under way should leave no doubt in the mind of
anyone that Yosemite National Park is well provided with excellent ac-
commodations for its visitors, and that more and finer accommodations
and highest-class hotel service are still to come.

Camp Curry, Camp Ahwahnee, and Camp Lost Arrow, long established
in the Yosemite Valley, were operated this season under their manage-
ments of former years.

CONGRESSIONAL APPROPRIATIONS

Congress made a more liberal appropriation for Yosemite National Park
for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1917, than for any previous period.
This appropriation made available $250,000 for protection and improve-
ment of the park. It was provided, however, that not more than $150,-
000 might be expended in the construction of a new hydroelectric power
plant, and not more than $75,000 in regrading the El Portal road. There
was nothing specifically appropriated for other roads in the park, but
they were improved with revenue derived from concessions granted, au-
tomobile license fees, and from miscellaneous sources.

The new hydroelectric power plant was an absolute necessity, in view
of the increasing demands for power, light, and heat for the park con-
cessioners, and it was desirable that this demand be met by the Govern-
ment because the sale of electric current meant a substantial revenue for
the park. During the summer of 1913 the late Mr. Henry Floy, electri-
cal engineer, of New York, and sometime inspector of the Interior De-
partment, made a careful study of this hydroelectric power project, and
it was largely his able presentation of the results of his study of this
project before the Committee on Appropriations that gained for it favor-
able consideration. The new plant is now in the course of construction.

In general, it may be said that power plants, water and sanitation sys-
tems, and telephone lines in national parks should be owned and con-
trolled by the Government. Their construction by the Government re-
lieves the concessioner from the necessity of investing in these highly
essential works and makes it possible for him to turn his capital into
the further development of his own enterprise. Furthermore, as public
works under the control of the National Park Service, they can always
be made to yield a revenue.

The increase in motor travel was remarkable, and a comparison of the
number of machines entering the park this season with the number reg-

248 Sierra Club Bulletin

istered during 1914 and 1915 constitutes the best index of the sound,
substantial growth of the park’s popularity. The records indicate that in
1914, 673 cars entered the park; in 1915, 3895; and in 1916, prior to Oc-
tober 12, 3938. This season 14,166 tourists entered the park in private
machines. It is generally understood that automobile parties remain in
the park a longer time than any other class of tourists. This is par-
ticularly true of those who visited the floor of the valley in their cars.

It has been indicated that the removal of restrictions on motor traffic
is one of the important factors that has influenced park development
during the season of 1916. Prior to this season no private machines
were ever allowed to run on the floor of the valley, but the opening this
season of these roads was largely responsible for the great influx of
private cars and the extraordinary length of time spent by motorists in
the park. Next season it is expected that motor travel will be double
that of this season. This is a conservative estimate.

It is inevitable that for several years Yosemite Park will be just as
popular with the motorists as Yellowstone, and yet the roads in this
park are so inferior to those of Yellowstone that it is useless to compare
them. Appropriations should be made at once to extensively improve
the Tioga road and Big Oak Flat road, and to continue the regrading of
the El Portal road. These highways should be put in as good condition
as the state highways with which they connect. The Wawona road
should also be improved, but this is a toll road, and until private interest
in the same is extinguished and it becomes a public highway its recon-
struction cannot be undertaken. The Wawona and Chinquapin toll roads
are the only remaining roads in the national parks that are not under
the control of the National Park Service. They constitute a constant
source of administrative difficulty, and their private control is inconsis-
tent with the best interests of the park. The additional cost of using this
road, which the tourist traveling in his own conveyance has to bear, dis-
courages travel via Fresno and Merced and other cities in their vicinity.

Dignified gateways should be constructed at the several entrances, par-
ticularly at the points where the Wawona, El Portal, and Tioga roads
enter the park boundaries.

MOUNT RAINIER NATIONAL PARK

The Rainier National Park Company was granted a comprehensive con-
cession, including the privilege of operating hotels, camps, transportation
service, stores, and garages. A first-class hotel camp is under construc-
tion in Paradise Valley, and will be opened up for the season of 1917.
This company also operates an automobile service between Tacoma and
Seattle and various points in the park. On account of the exceedingly
heavy winter, the season opened very late in the park last year. It is
highly desirable that other sections of the park be opened up so as to
make accessible the incomparable Spray and Moraine parks lying on the
northern slope of the mountain. A road up the Carbon River would ac-
complish this purpose, and a survey has already been made.

National Park Notes 249

CRATER LAKE NATIONAL PARK

Mr. Mather plans to completely reorganize the Crater Lake hotel con-
cession. The construction of the scenic highway around the lake was

continued.
SEQUOIA NATIONAL PARK

In Sequoia National Park the lack of roads and hotel accommodations,
while not discouraging tourist travel particularly, has militated against
the park’s popularity. A new hotel or camp is a necessity, and it is es-
sential that a new administrative building be erected and an adequate
water system be installed in the Giant Forest; also that provision be
made for the sanitation of the village in the forest.

As the Giant Forest is the scenic attraction of the park at the present
time, and indeed the only accessible part, its improvement must have at-
tention. The major portion of the trees in the Giant Forest grow on
land held in private ownership, but, as has been stated, Congress has ap-
propriated $50,000 and the National Geographic Society has advanced
$20,000 to complete their purchase and revest title to them in the United
States. Funds were also appropriated by Congress for a new bridge over
the Marble Fork of the Kaweah River near the Giant Forest.

The new basis of compensation for privileges granted to the Mount
Whitney Power & Electric Company in the park has netted the revenue
fund more than $7000 during the past year. This fund is now just large
enough to protect and administer the park. Appropriations for improve-
ment only will be requested.

“THE GREATER SEQUOIA”’

Senate bill 5913, introduced by Senator Phelan, and House bill 13168, by
Representative Kent, providing for enlarging Sequoia National Park to
include the Kings and Kern cafions and several miles of the crest of the
Sierra Nevada, including Mount Whitney, are now pending in Congress,
and will be considered in the short session which convenes in December.
The early enactment of this legislation cannot be too strongly urged.

The public land proposed to be added to Sequoia National Park by
these measures will never be valuable for any other than park purposes.
Cattle are grazed on the mountain meadows during part of the year, but
the administration of these meadows as part of the park will not inter-
fere with the exercise of grazing privileges for many years to come.
Small tracts of land here and there will be fenced for pasturage of live-
stock used by tourists.

Sequoia Park now has the giant sequoia trees as its one attraction,
but if enlarged as proposed it will become a scenic park of as much dis-
tinction as that possessed by any other park in the system. Further-
more, it will become a game sanctuary of as much importance as the
Yellowstone National Park.

GENERAL GRANT NATIONAL PARK

General Grant National Park had a 50-per-cent increase in the number
of visitors this year. There has been a remarkable increase in travel to

250 Sierra Club Bulletin

this park since 1914. In that season 3735 visitors registered in the park,
last year the number jumped to 10,523, and this year to 15,360; 8612
people entered this year in automobiles.

The fees from automobiles so increased the revenues of this park that
it may now be administered without appropriations by Congress. How-
ever, an appropriation will be needed for a water system, a new ranger
station, and other improvements that are absolutely essential.

ROCKY MOUNTAIN NATIONAL PARK

This park had more visitors than any other large scenic park during the
past year, and the accommodations were taxed to their maximum capa-
city. Additions to the larger hotels will take care of this heavy travel
next year. It is quite essential that the Government appropriate addi-
tional money for improvements in this park. A bill now pending before
Congress provides for the addition of a number of scenic tracts which
will bring the entire boundary of the park close to the city limits of
Estes Park.

NATIONAL PARKS CONFERENCE

The National Parks Conference, held in the auditorium of the New Na-
tional Museum, Washington, D.C., January 2 to 6, not only resulted in
stimulating discussions of every phase of national park development, but
also aroused unusual public interest. The evening sessions in particular,
four of which were devoted to illustrated lectures on the parks, brought
out such increasing crowds that on the final evening an overflow audi-
ence of between two and three hundred persons waited patiently for over
an hour in an anteroom to hear the “Bear Stories” of Enos Mills, who
generously repeated his talk for their benefit. We have not space even
to enumerate the speakers, more than fifty men prominent in administra-
tive, departmental, civic, and editorial work, men whose co-operation in
this movement indicates the growing importance of the parks in national
affairs. Talks by W. A. Welch, Chief Engineer of the Palisades Inter-
state Park, by J. B. Harkin, Commissioner of Dominion Parks, Canada,
by Professor E. M. Lehnerts, of the University of Minnesota, and by
Herbert Quick, the author, were especially significant. One session was
devoted to “Motor Travel to the Parks,’ another to “Wild Animal
Life,” and another to “Recreational Use of National Parks.” The names
of such speakers as Henry S. Graves, Chief of the Forest Service, E. W.
Nelson, Chief of the Biological Survey, Dr. Charles D. Walcott, Secre-
tary of the Smithsonian Institution, Charles Sheldon, of the Boone and
Crockett Club, Gilbert H. Grosvenor, Editor of the National Geographic
Magazine, Huston Thompson, Jr., Assistant Attorney-General, and Mrs.
John Dickinson Sherman, Conservation Chairman of the General Feder-
ation of Women’s Clubs, indicate the scope of the conference and the
broad, constructive policy of the National Park Service. The success of
the conference was in great measure due to the untiring work of Mr.
Robert Sterling Yard.

National Park Notes 251

REPORT OF SUPERINTENDENT OF NATIONAL PARKS FOR 1916

The annual report of the Superintendent of National Parks for the year
1916 contains a tremendous fund of information of vital interest and
gives in detail the plans and accomplishments of the National Park Ser-
vice. The following recommendations concerning the Ranger Service
are particularly important:

I strongly recommend that each member of the corps be ap-
pointed in the National Park Service, rather than as at present to
the park in which they are to work, so that an employee in one
park may be readily transferred to another park, where his train-
ing and experience make him more valuable to the Service.

The ranger force in reality makes the success or failure in ad-
ministering the parks, and I feel that there should be a civil-ser-
vice examination to determine the educational qualifications of the
rangers. While such an examination can not determine the most
important requirements, temperament, tact, etc., it would give an
assured fundamental base to build upon, and after one season’s
trial, before a permanent appointment was made, the department
would know if the ranger had the desired all-around qualifications
for the ranger corps.

The longer a man is in the service the more valuable he is, and,
therefore, I think a ranger should enter the service with the de-
sire of making it his life’s work, and after the service is once fully
organized, promotions to higher positions should be made in the
corps, so that each man would have the fullest incentive to give
his best service, knowing that advancement would be based solely
on character and general efficiency.

The suggestions concerning appropriations for road and trail construc-
tion are particularly pertinent and point out the tremendous waste that
is certain to result from piecemeal appropriation. It is questionable if
Congress can be induced to alter its “pork barrel” methods, which are
diametrically opposed to the greatest efficiency and economy of expen-
diture. Mr. Marshall also points out the great need of sanitation and
appropriate sewer systems in the various parks, which need is becoming
doubly important because of the continually increasing travel.
Appended to this report are the reports of the various park supervis-
ors. Particularly interesting to us is the report of Mr. W. B. Lewis,
Supervisor of the Yosemite National Park. He points out the necessity
for suitable bridges across the river, to take the place of those that no
longer meet the existing requirements. He recommends the extension of
the Washburn Lake trail to join the Isberg Pass trail, also a new trail
from the McClure Fork of the Merced via Babcock and Emerick lakes
over Tuolumne Pass, to take the place of the present trail over the much
higher Vogelsang Pass. This is a most desirable change, as it will en-
able travel to pass from the Merced Lake region to Tuolumne Meadows
much earlier and with much less effort than via the Vogelsang route.*

*We are informed that last fall a trail was built from Lake Tenaya via Magee
Lake to the Tuolumne River and thence down to the Waterwheel Falls in the main
Tuolumne Cafion. This is a splendid piece of work, and the trail should be con-
tinued on down the Tuolumne Cafion. However, members of the Sierra Club feel
very strongly that a trail should first be built from the vicinity of Hardin Lake near
the Tioga road down into Pate Valley, following the grade of the old Indian trail,

252 Sierra Club Bulletin

All of the reports of the various park supervisors will bear careful
reading, and we recommend these comprehensive reports by Mr. Mather
and Mr. Marshall as being the most convincing evidence of the great
progress in national park affairs during the past year.

VISITORS TO PARKS, 1909 TO 1916

Name of park. 1910 1911 1916

Hot Springs Reservation....| (4) 120 ,000) 130 ,000| 135 ,000/2 135 ,000)2 125 ,000)2 115 ,000) 118 ,740
Yellowstone National Park..| 32 ,545 19 575 23 ,054) 22 ,970 35 ,849
1

Casa Grande Ruin......... 1 ,909
Sequoia National Park..... 10 ,780
Yosemite National Park.... 33 ,390
General Grant Nat’! Park... 15 ,360
Mount Rainier Nat’l Park. . 23 ,989
Crater Lake National Park.. 12 ,265
Wind Cave National Park. . 9 ,000
Platt National Park........ 2 30 ,000
Sullys Hill Park........... 21,500
Mesa Verde National Park.. 1 385
Glacier National Park......]........|.....06- 12 ,839
Rocky Mountain National

Parle So c)eh oy Woes sets As As MOM ene, MURAL MIS WON UVES Rai aU a eT 2 51 ,000
Hawaii National Parks 3.22 eee ia OE NE SELON oie Lae | ee (4)
Lassen Volcanic National

Parke oe ies ee TEN ON a ce a RYE M1 RAE A rela ean ev aalay anc | atari ae (1)

Totals oe ae 86 089) 198 ,606] 224 ,407| 229 534] 252 ,153) 240 ,193) 335 ,299] 358 ,006

1 No record. 2 Estimated.

AUTOMOBILE AND MOTORCYCLE LICENSES ISSUED,
SEASONS OF I9QI4, I915, AND I916

1914 1916

Auto- | Motor- Auto- Motor-
mobiles. | cycles. 3 . | mobiles.

19 ,848

1 No record kept or estimate made. 2 Estimated.

crossing the Tuolumne River in Pate Valley, and continuing on out of Pate Valley
to the north to a connection with the present Pleasant Valley—Rodgers Lake trail.
This trail would enable parties to leave the Yosemite Valley and easily enter the
northern portion of the park, which is now walled off from easy access by the Grand
Cafion of the Tuolumne. The work of the city of San Francisco in Hetch-Hetchy
Valley has removed the main opportunity for camping on the floor of the valley, and
has rendered the crossing of the cafion at that point much less desirable. It is im-
portant that the route suggested through Pate Valley should be opened up at as
early a date as possible, to take the place of the former route through Hetch-Hetchy,
so that the northern portion of the park may become easily accessible from Yosemite
Valley. This would have the double advantage of allowing persons to return via
Tuolumne Meadows, thus making a round trip that can not be excelled, and will en-
able a trail to be started from Pate Valley up to the Tuolumne Cafion to meet the
trail already commenced leading down from Tuolumne Meadows.—Editor.

FORESTRY NOTES
Edited by WaLTER L. HuBER

EXTRACT FROM ANNUAL Report oF Hon. Davip F. Houston,
SECRETARY OF AGRICULTURE

RECREATION USE OF THE FORESTS

The use of the national forests for recreation purposes continues to ex-
tend. Thousands of local recreation centers, public picnic and camping
grounds, excursion points, and amusement resorts are being developed.
Some of the areas, located near enough to cities and towns to be reached
by considerable numbers of persons, serve already the purposes of muni-
cipal recreation grounds and public parks. To meet local needs along
this line, the department is co-operating with municipalities. These
forms of public service can be rendered without difficulty in connection
with the fulfillment of the general purposes of the forests.

NATIONAL FORESTS AND NATIONAL PARKS

The handling of the national forest recreation resources inevitably
raises the question of the relation of the national forests and the na-
tional parks. At present there is no clear distinction in the public mind
between the two. Both are administered for the benefit of the public
along lines which overlap. The parks and forests occur side by side and
have the same general physical characteristics—extensive areas of wild
and rugged lands, for the most part timbered, with development con-
ditioned upon road construction and similar provisions for public use.
They differ chiefly in the fact that the attractions of the national parks
from the recreational standpoint are more notable. Yet this is not always
true. Several of the parks are inferior in their natural features to por-
tions of the forests. The need of drawing a clear distinction between
national parks and national forests and of a definite policy governing
their relation is increasingly evident. Parks are being advocated where
the land should stay in the forests, while elsewhere areas which should
be made parks continue to be administered as forests—for example, the
Grand Cafion of the Colorado.

A national park should be created only where there are scenic features
of such outstanding importance for beauty or as natural marvels that
they merit national recognition and protection and, on this account, have
a public value transcending that of any material resources on the same
land—such areas, for example, as those now comprised in the Yellow-
stone and Yosemite parks and in the Grand Cafion National Monument.
The areas should be large enough to justify administration separate
from the forests and the boundaries drawn so as not to include timber,
grazing, or other resources the economic use of which is essential to the

254 Sierra Club Bulletin

upbuilding and industrial welfare of the country. In addition, when
parks are created from parts of the forests, the portions remaining as
forests should not be left in a form difficult or impossible to administer.

CLEAR-CUT POLICY NECESSARY

The importance of a clear-cut policy is evidenced by the efforts fre-
quently made to secure the creation of national parks out of areas con-
taining great bodies of timber, extensive grazing lands, and other re-
sources, the withdrawal of which from use would be uneconomic and
prejudicial to the local and general public interest. In most cases the
desire for a specific park, where economic use of the resources also is
essential, has led to the proposal for an administration of the area, after
the creation of the park, identical with the present forest administration.
Several such measures now are before Congress. Their enactment
would result in a mere division of the public properties into parks and
forests, having no distinction except in name; handled alike but by du-
plicate organizations in different departments. Still more serious is the
fact that the cutting up of the forests would greatly cripple administra-
tion of the remaining lands. It would doubtless mean the abandonment
of large areas which should remain under public ownership and control
for timber production and watershed protection. It would greatly re-
duce efficiency in forest-fire protection and in the handling of current
business, increase the expense of protection and administration, and
cause endless confusion to users, who in many cases would have to deal
with two departments in developing resources when, for instance, log-
ging and grazing units overlap.

The protection of the scenic features and the development of the rec-
reational use of the lands are being taken care of in the national forests.
Some of the most unusual scenic areas in the forests are best suited to a
full park administration. The bulk of the forest areas, however, should
continue in their present status, where they will be fully protected and
developed for recreation purposes as a part of the forest administra-
tion. The extensive road building, made possible by the $10,000,000 re-
cently appropriated, will open them up rapidly.

An added cause of confusion is the fact that national parks and na-
tional forests are administered by two executive departments. While
there is an effort to co-operate, nevertheless difficulties arise which could
be wholly avoided if they were under one department. Unquestionably
the administration of the forests should remain in the Department of
Agriculture, because of the close relationship of the work of the Forest
Service to the activities of other bureaus of the same department, such
as the Bureau of Plant Industry, Bureau of Animal Industry, Office of
Public Roads and Rural Engineering, Bureau of Soils, Bureau of Bio-
logical Survey, and the Bureau of Entomology. Obviously, there are in
the forests many problems relating to live-stock, plant growth, preda-
tory animal and insect control, soil conditions, and road and trail work.
These great bureaus are directly and intimately concerned with these

Forestry Notes 255

problems. If the forests were transferred to another department, that
department either would have to duplicate these bureaus in part or
would have all the difficulties of co-operation with another department
which seem to be inherent. Whether the National Park Service should
be transferred to the Department of Agriculture is a matter for con-
sideration. If the transfer should be made, it would be unnecessary and,
in my judgment, unwise to consolidate the work of the two services.
The park service should take its place in the organization of the depart-
ment as an independent bureau, with its activities closely related to those
of the Forest Service. Certainly, if the two services are to be adminis-
tered by different departments, there should be the closest co-operation
throughout. Such co-operation should include not only the question of
the creation of new parks out of national forests, but also fire protection
on contiguous properties, game preservation, road building, and other
activities.

RECREATION IN THE NATIONAL ForRESTS OF CALIFORNIA

During the season of 1916 the Forest Service distributed 90,000 recrea-
tion maps of nine national forests in California to those planning trips
to these forests or to others interested. These maps, prepared by the
Service, give detailed information about trails, roads, camping-places,
supply-stations, resorts, and points of scenic interest, and also furnish
concise histories and descriptions of the forests.

Fifteen thousand copies of the Handbook for Campers in the National
Forests in California were also distributed. This is an interesting and
useful pamphlet of forty-eight pages, prepared by the Forest Service.
After a foreword, which explains the absence of restrictions on camping,
hunting, and fishing in the national forests (except such restrictions upon
hunting and fishing as are imposed by the state fish and game laws), a
brief description of the forest areas of California and of each particular
national forest is given. Some space is devoted to enumerating desirable
clothing, camp equipment, and rations for camping in the national for-
ests of California. Elaborate instructions are given in building camp-
fires, in camp-cookery, in packing (including figures showing how to tie
both the ranger-hitch and the bedding-hitch), in first aid in the case of
accidents, in fire-fighting, and in the laws pertaining to fish and game,
including a separate abstract of California fish and game laws, which
is supplied by the State Fish and Game Commission. This interesting
little pamphlet ends with useful miscellaneous information, varying from
the care of chafed heels to instructions to persons lost in the California
mountains.

The entire stock of both recreation maps and of campers’ handbooks
has now been exhausted, so great has been the demand for these. Un-
fortunately, the appropriation of the Forest Service is not sufficient to
permit a new edition to be published at the present time. The members

256 Sierra Club Bulletin

of the Sierra Club can help to promote the recreation use of our splen-
did national forests by urging their Congressmen to have added to the
next appropriation for the U.S. Department of Agriculture a special
fund for this purpose.

TAHOE- YOSEMITE TRAIL

The following description of the Tahoe-Yosemite Trail Project is taken
from a memorandum by District Forester Coert Du Bois:

The Tahoe-Yosemite Trail is a Forest Service project. . . . The pur-
pose of the trail is entirely public. It is proposed to afford an easy and
attractive route from the Lake Tahoe region to the boundary of the Yo-
semite National Park. Probably before it is completed the National Park
authorities can be induced to complete the link between the head of
Jack Main Cafion and Tuolumne Meadows, which when done will con-
nect the Tahoe-Yosemite Trail with the John Muir Trail and make pos-
sible a pack-trip over a well-graded trail from Summit, on the Southern
Pacific Railway, to Mount Whitney.

Instructions and specifications have been worked out in considerable
detail and mimeographed, and copies will be placed in the hands of
every officer or employee responsible in any way for construction or
supervision on the trail. These specifications are in brief as follows:

1. Grade—Standard, 15 per cent; maximum, 20 per cent. Re-
verse grades allowable only when their avoidance would add 10
per cent to the cost.

2. Clearing—Standard, 3 feet; maximum, 5 feet. All brush piled
for burning except through heavy brush-fields on steep sidehills
with no openings, where the cost of piling and burning is clearly
prohibitive.

3. Tread—Standard, 15 inches in solid ground; minimum, 12
inches; maximum, 24 inches.

4. Drainage—Waterbreaks when necessary.

5. Corduroy—When necessary over boggy places, embedded-log
corduroy with sill will be used.

6. Rock Walls—Rock walls will be used where their construc-
tion is cheaper than blasting or digging the tread from the surface
in place.

A distinctive sign-heading will be adopted for the Tahoe-Yosemite Trail.
It is suggested that in addition to the name of the forest all signs along
the trail carry the name of the trail. Direction signs will be needed
wherever lateral or intersecting roads or trails are met; and distance
signs throughout should give the distance and direction to the next
camping-ground or fenced pasture. Signs should also indicate all points
of topographic and historic interest, such as peaks, emigrant trails, etc.
Signs giving the name of the watersheds left and entered should be at

Forestry Notes 257

all passes, and all creeks and lakes should be signed up with their proper
names. Signs should be placed at county boundaries and at national
forest boundaries. Signs should be placed at the points where the trail
enters and leaves meadows. Where the trail crosses open country on
the summit it must be indicated by ducks. It is suggested that a distinc-
tive duck be developed, consisting, possibly, of three rocks about eight
inches in diameter as a base and one rock about six inches in diameter
on top. This will distinguish the Tahoe-Yosemite Trail from the in-
numerable trails through the high country.

I have a strong idea that such trails as the Tahoe-Yosemite Trail and
John Muir Trail are going to be very popular in the future. Already
every possible camping- and recreation-ground that can be reached with
a Ford is getting overcrowded. The tendency is to get away from the
crowd and take either a knapsack-trip or a pack-trip into the high coun-
try.

The project will not end with merely building a trail and putting
proper signs along it. Properly fenced meadows must be supplied at
very frequent intervals. I should say that horse-feed sufficient for at
least ten horses for three nights should be available on the average for
every three miles of trail. It is impossible to foresee where travelers
will want to camp, and one camp-ground being occupied there should be
another so close to it that the travelers will have no difficulty in going
on to the next one. The ultimate development of the trail will include
rest-houses and locators at the high points, similar to those installed on
Mount Tamalpais.

The policy will be to work out this project gradually, concentrating
the annual expenditures on the worst places and bringing each stretch
worked upon up to the standard specifications as stated herein. Later on,
the stretches which are now fairly good will be worked up to standard.
There is no intention whatever of rushing this through to completion or
making large expenditures on it immediately; but it is a job which the
Service has undertaken, and which it is hoped very much will be carried
through to satisfactory completion in a few years.

During the field season of 1916 an expenditure of $4990 was made on
the Lake Tahoe section, where the trail was completed up Meeks Creek
past the Talent Lakes to Velma Lakes. About four miles remains to be
built to close the gap from Velma over Dick’s Lake summit to Susie
Lake. The trail is completed from Susie Lake to Desolation Valley with
the exception of a very short stretch, and even this is passable for horses.

On the Stanislaus section $2020 was expended and the trail was com-
pleted from the head of Disaster Cafion to the east end of Iceberg, ap-
proximately six miles.

BOOK REVIEWS

Edited by MArIoN RANDALL PARSONS

“A THousAND- “Hungry and happy and hopeful” were his days at the
MiLtE WALK TO University of Wisconsin, Mr. Muir tells us, when he
THE GULF’’* bade it farewell to enter the “University of the Wil-

derness.” Equally happy and hopeful, and even more
hungry, were the days of his “Thousand-Mile Walk to the Gulf,” the

first of his more extended wilderness wanderings. In September, 1867,
Mr. Muir started on his walk, through Kentucky and Tennessee and

across a corner of North Carolina and all of Georgia to Savannah.

There he took ship for Fernandina, a town on the border of Florida,
and tramped across that “land of flowers” to Cedar Keys on the Gulf of
Mexico, where he hoped to find a ship that would carry him to South

America. In this disordered and lawless South of post-bellum days

bands of guerillas threatened the whole country; a stranger was looked

upon with suspicion and often given grudging hospitality; and hungry,
desperate negroes lurked everywhere, ready to “kill a man for a dollar
or two.” Sometimes Mr. Muir lay out in the open in swamps, not dar-
ing even to light a fire for fear of drawing the attention of some marau-
der; often he walked fasting—‘“traveled today more than forty miles
without dinner or supper” is one entry. It is hardly surprising, there-
fore, that he contracted the fever which might have ended his life, and
which did materially change its whole course. On his recovery, he left

Florida for Cuba, thence sailing for New York, and then by way of
Panama to California.

This book may be said to form the second volume of Mr. Muir’s auto-
biography, for it covers the period between My Boyhood and Youth and
My First Summer in the Sierra. Dr. Badé has wisely included a Cali-
fornia chapter—“Twenty-Hill Hollow’—not originally a part of the
Florida journal, which makes the link complete. This delightful narra-
tive is the first volume of his unrevised journals to be published since Mr.
Muir’s death, and it holds rich promise of literary treasures yet to come.
The journal, however, cannot altogether be classed as “unrevised,” for
it bears the unmistakable stamp of Mr. Muir’s more mature thought
and style, even though the typewritten copy from which the material
was principally drawn was little more than a first draft of the projected
book. Mr. Muir often told me that he intended to turn his attention to
the Florida journal immediately after the Alaska travels.

The book is full of charm and youthful enthusiasm, the register of a

* A Thousand-Mile Walk to the Gulf. By Joun Muir. Edited by William Fred-

eric Badé. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston and New York. 1916. Price, $2.50.
Illustrated. Large paper edition, $5.00.

Book Reviews 259

sensitive, alert mind, open to every new impression. He delighted to
“ride over this unsullied country of ever-changing water,” or to “cling
to a small chip of a ship when the sea is rough, and long, comet-tailed
streamers are blowing from the curled top of every wave.” The Cali-
fornia plains were “the floweriest piece of world I ever walked.” Even
the prosaic jack-rabbit seemed to him to move “swift and effortless as a
bird shadow,” and January weather “grows in beauty like a flower.”
He exulted in the winds, even those of Florida, though they “no longer
came with the old home music gathered from open prairies and waving
fields of oak, but passed over many a strange string.”

The editor’s work has been done with such sympathy that the whole
book breathes of Mr. Muir’s own personality, with no intrusive sense of
an alien hand. Less happy, however, is the make-up of the volume.
We regret that the clear-type, wide-margin pages could not have been
given a more dignified outer dress, like that of the admirable large pa-
per edition. M; Re P.

“Tue Kion- One finds it rather difficult to characterize this book, wheth-
DIKE CLAN’’* er it should be classed as a work of fiction or as a narra-

tive of adventure. The author himself says of it: “The
incidents are more history than fiction. The characters are types... .
Many of the adventures of the story occurred under the personal ob-
servation of the author or that of his friends.” We are inclined to feel
that a simple narrative of personal experience would have been even
more effective than this admirable romance of the Klondike stampede,
especially after reading the author’s earlier published book, Alaska Days
with John Muir. When the reality is so rich in romance and heroism
one feels that a really great book is lost to the world when a man of
Mr. Young’s qualities fails to give the simple, direct narrative of his
Alaska experience. We hope that some such story of his many years of
life and work there may yet appear.

To the lover of tales the book as it stands is more than worth while.
The hardship, the humor, the folly, and the tragedy of gold-rush days
are stirringly depicted. The characters are human and likable. We
quote one story of a missionary’s disastrous dependence upon an inter-
preter. The Parson had found some difficulty in explaining what sheep
were like when he went over the text of the twenty-third Psalm with
his interpreter, only succeeding after “Billy” had grasped the idea that
they resembled the wild goats which the Indians hunted. “I noticed a
queer look on the stolid faces of the natives as Billy interpreted my ser-
mon,” says the Parson, “but until I had learned the language myself I
was ignorant of Billy’s rendering of the verse. Here it is: ‘The Great
Chief above is the goat-hunter who hunts me. I do not want him. He
shoots me down on the green grass and drags me down to the quiet sea-

*The Klondike Clan. A Tale of the Great Stampede. By S. Hatt Youna.
Fleming H. Revell Company. Price, $1.35 net. Illustrated.

260 Sierra Club Bulletin

beach.’” As one of the characters observes, “Mony is the meenister of

the kirk who comes no nearer the sense of Scripture.” M. R. P.
“THE A comprehensive guide-book of the northwest, giving
TouRIST’sS modes of access to most of the mountain regions of Ore-

NorTHWEST’* gon, Washington, Idaho, and British Columbia, with de-
tailed accounts of roads, railroads, and steamer routes,
and many items of historical interest. The bulk of the book is given
over to the scenic features and outdoor life, though cities and hotels
are also touched upon. A splendid aid to travelers. Well illustrated
with maps and photographs. M. R. P.

“THE The book is well printed, artistic in appearance, and easy
MounrtTAIN’f to read because of the beautiful type and wide margins.

The topic scheme on the margin makes it easy for refer-

ence. Mr. Van Dyke is an artist in feeling and in the use of the English
language. He is a word-painter par excellence. While the title of the
book is The Mountain, and the descriptions are adequate, the heart of
the writer is most at home in those scenes where he is dealing with the
desert. It is in the desert description that he rises to his highest point
of excellence. You feel the stretches of sand and the shimmering lazy
sunshine, the dreaming hills that sweep toward the horizon, and the
smell of sagebrush. You catch the fragrance of the desert air. The one
word which would describe, possibly, better than any other Mr. Van
Dyke’s ability and method of description is atmosphere. It would be
unfair to him to say that he does not know the mountains, or that he
does not describe them adequately, for he does. He is a poet, and he
sees everything through a poet’s eyes. While he has climbed the snowy
peaks and become acquainted with the terrors of the glacier, you some-
how feel that he does not thrill with the joy that delights the intrepid
climber who scales the precipitous heights and triumphs over difficulties
which make up so large a part of the life of the adventurous mountain-
eer. He talks most familiarly of the Himalayas, the Alps, the Caucasus,
the Rockies, or our own beloved Sierra, with equal facility, and he leaps
from one to the other with the agility of a chamois. His pictures are
always fascinating. He is a lover of nature. He loves the birds and the
woods and the song of the winds, and he makes you realize that the
mountains are not all made up of inaccessible peaks. While his view-
point is not entirely that of an impressionist, he has beyond question the
impressionistic tendency. You love the mountains better for having read
him, but somehow you feel that his scientific explanations are not en-
tirely satisfactory. In other words, Mr. Van Dyke is first, last, and al-

* The Tourtst’s Northwest. By RutH KeEpzie Woop, F.R.G.S. Dodd Mead &
Company, New York, 1916. Price, $1.75. Illustrated.

+The Mountain. By Joun C. Van Dyxe. Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York,
1916. Price, $1.25.

Book Reviews 261

ways an artist. His descriptions are full of color, full of sunshine, full
of the flashing gleam of high mountain-tops, full of the roar of cataracts
and waterfalls. He lacks the intimate knowledge of John Muir and the
science of Joseph Le Conte, but his book in every way is worthy of
consideration. GrorcE C. THOMPSON

“Witp LIFE Wild Life in the Rocky Mountains, by George Freder-
IN THE ick Ruxton, is the story of the author’s trip, during the
Rocky winter of 1846-1847, from Chihuahua, Mexico, up along
MountTaIns”* the Rio Grande to Pueblo, Colorado, where he spent a

number of months in companionship with the mountain
trappers and hunting in the “Bayou Salado.” Thence, in May, 1847, in
company with a wagon-train, he proceeded easterly to Fort Leaven-
worth, Kansas, and from there, by river steamer, train and boat, back to

England, arriving in August. He returned again almost immediately to

the wilds of the United States, only to die in St. Louis, in September,

1848, at the age of twenty-eight. The season of the year, the wild life

and beauty of the country, the romance of the period, the danger of the

undertaking, and his hairbreadth escapes, both from the severity of the
weather and from scalping by the Indians, combine to make the interest
of the book. The description of the blizzard in South Park, in which
he spent the night kneeling in the snow with a saddle-blanket over his
head and his head pressed to his knees, smoking a pipe which finally

“caught fire and burned completely to the stem,” his mules groaning

aloud, falling down in the snow, and then again struggling on their legs,

gives one a good picture of the wildness of the time as well as an in-
sight into the character of the writer.

The descriptions of wild life are interesting, and in their number
symbolic of the period. The buffalo, the grizzly bear, the elk, the big-
horn, or mountain-sheep, the antelope, the wolf, the beaver, and even
the little prairie-dog, are among the animals described with whom he
seemed to have an intimate acquaintance. The book gives the atmos-

phere of the times and is well worth reading. Daisy C. HUBER
“CAMPING “An encyclopedia of information on living in the open”
AND is the publisher’s foreword. There is a multiplicity of

WooncraF?’} detail, somewhat bewildering both to the tenderfoot and

to the seasoned camper, but very good to use as a refer-

ence in making selections. Rough and ready western mountaineers will

not be likely to need many of the comforts suggested by Mr. Kephart,

but any one of them will enjoy the capital skunk story told in the course
of the narrative. H. M. LE Conte

* Wild Life in the Rocky Mountains. By GrorGE FrepEer1IcK RuxtTon. Outing
Publishing Company, New York, 1916. Price, $1.00.

{Camping and Woodcraft. By Horace Keruart. Outing Publishing Company,
New York, 1916. Price, $1.50 net.

262 Sierra Club Bulletin

“CHRONICLES A handsome volume of four hundred pages. Begin-
OF THE WHITE ning with Indian lore and first settlements, then his-
MountTaIns”* torical events, carrying the latter down to the present

day, these first chapters give the pioneer mountaineer

of the west a good idea of the value of preserving the slowly gathering
mountain lore of our own region. The actual climbs and discoveries, as
well as the summer and winter experiences, are linked with a long list
of noted names, dear to all eastern climbers, and including the pioneer
innkeepers who were largely instrumental in making the history of the
Range. The founding, in 1876, of the Appalachian Mountain Club, at’
the call of Professor E. C. Pickering, and with Professor C. E. Fay in
the chair, “marks the beginning of a new epoch in the exploration, study,
and pleasure use of the White Mountains.” The chapter on “Lumber In-
dustry and Forestry” is the usual story of waste followed by intelligent
conservation. Happily the Appalachian Club now owns and controls
many of the beauty spots of the White Mountains. - H.M.Le Conte

“BLACKFEET TALES In his Blackfeet Tales of Glacier National Park
OF GLACIER James Willard Schultz tells in diary form how, after
NATIONAL PARK”} a lapse of many years, he spends a summer wander-

ing through Montana National Park with his old
friends and foster-brothers, Yellow Wolf, Two Guns, Stabs-by-mistake,
and Tail-feather-coming-over-the-hill. After days spent in hunting,
moving camp, or religious ceremonies, the Indians entertain their white
foster-brother by camp-fire legends of their tribe. We learn how “elk-
dogs,” or horses, were first given to man; we admire the skill and brav-
ery of New Robe when he rescues his captive friend by running full
speed over the seven freshly skinned buffalo-skulls; we are glad when
the jealous wife drowns in the “swim of hate” which she had herself
proposed to her unoffending rival; we can almost excuse the treachery
of the Bad Wife, so plain is it that a sudden and overwhelming passion
for the handsome stranger blinds her to all sense of right and wrong.
Coming, as they do, straight from the lips of the natives and couched
in simple but picturesque phrase, these tales sparkle with a freshness and
naive charm that no one—not even the lover of the modern psychological
novel—could resist. Here we have real and living men, women, and
children—and, yes, even gods, who convince us of their existence by the
way they talk and act, by the very force of the primitive passions which
sway them, by the universality of their appeal. FLORENCE ATKINSON

* Chronicles of the White Mountains. By FrepERicK W. KILBOURNE. Houghton
Mifflin Company, Boston and New York, 1916. Price, $2.00 net. Illustrated.

+ Blackfeet Tales of Glacier National Park. By JaMES WILLARD SCHULTZ.
Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston and New York. 1916. Price, $2.00 net. TIllus-
trated.

Book Reviews 263

“YosEMITE: ‘The attractive manner in which Mr. Sterling’s Ode is pre-
Aw Opr’* — sented will at once commend it to all lovers of Yosemite.
On the cover is an excellent reproduction of a painting by
H. J. Breuer in which the artist has shown a welcome restraint, both in
color and in drawing. Within are five well-chosen illustrations from
photographs by W. E. Dassonville, each with a delightful note of its
own. The first brings out the sweep of the great precipices and the vast
depth of the valley; in the second the graceful beauty of Yosemite Falls
is enhanced by the exquisite texture of meadow, river, tree, and cliff that
surrounds it; next comes a view of Bridal Veil Falls, its pendent shaft
of whiteness balanced by the dark column of a pine; the fourth illustra-
tion is a twilight study in strong lights and shadows, with a foreground
of unusual beauty; and, lastly, the splendor and magnificence of Yosem-
ite scenery is illustrated in a superb view of Half Dome at sunrise.

The poem, composed in a lofty and dignified style, is a tribute to the
spirit of Beauty as exemplified in the various aspects of the incomparable
valley. Many of the descriptive passages cannot fail to delight the “in-
ward eye” of all who read, as when we are invited to

“Ascend at dawn to that uplifted place
Whence the doomed torrent, from its eyrie leaping,
Takes virgin vesture and immortal grace.
Beauty surpassing all!
Splendor of whiteness, foam of pearls that crash
To rainbow-mist on barriers immense!
Iris and veils of amethyst that lash
The eternal granite in magnificence!
Can eyes behold you save with rapture wet,
Or turn them from your glory and forget?”

It is not easy to rhapsodize on the grander aspects of natural scenery,
and especially in Yosemite one is bound to feel the inadequacy of any-
thing that poets may say. Acknowledging this at the very outset, the
poet would nevertheless offer his tribute, humbly praying that through
it there may be revealed to him

“Some aspect of thine inner loveliness
Or instant blaze

Of sunlight on the marbles of thy truth.” Et eb,
“On ALPINE George D. Abraham, in his On Alpine Heights and
HEIGHTS AND British Crags, makes us acquainted with a series of

BritisH Cracs”} climbing incidents in both Switzerland and Britain.
For those in love with horripilant narrative no better
book could be found. The author with his companions seems to ob-

* Yosemite: an Ode. By Grorce STERLING. With a cover in color after the
painting by H. J. Breuer and illustrations after photographs by W. E. Dassonville.
A. M. Robertson, San Francisco, 1916. Price, 75 cents.

+ On Alpine Heights and British Crags. By Grorce D. AspraHAM, author of the
Complete Mountaineer (see S1erRA CLuB BULLETIN, Vol. VII, No. 1). Houghton
Mifflln Company, Boston and New York. Price, $2.50 net. With 24 illustrations
from photographs. ys

264 Sierra Club Bulletin

serve a high pic as a problem to be solved, and they proceed to the solu-
tion thereof with scarpetti, ropes, ice-axes, and a tremendous amount of
faith and courage. Many an exciting incident befalls them. Yet by the
constant use of wisdom no mishap must be recounted. Not only do they
mount to the summits themselves, but, in spite of the objections of the
guides, do they haul up in some miraculous manner a heavy photo-
graphic equipment. For this effort the reader may be grateful. The pho-
tographic reproductions are among the most remarkable to be found
anywhere. The author’s style is humorously thrilling—to witness: One
day an opposition party was climbing the same peak. There had been
an accident among the rivals. Stones drop ominously. A form like a
human body comes bouncing downward—bump, bump! They are hor-
rified to see the tell-tale trail of red on the white snow. At their very
feet the body ceases to roll, and they recognize a huge ruck-sack with a
broken flask of claret!

The second part of the book is on “British Crags.” The tyro yearn-
ing for future success in Switzerland contents himself with sensational
winter climbing when his fingers and toes are so frozen he can scarce
clutch the tiny footholds and handholds. Next he betakes himself to
the less better-known rocks of Wales. To read a list of Welsh proper
names is in itself a dangerous excursion filled with pitfalls, crevices,
couloirs, escarpments, ledges, slabs, buttresses, and other troubles. Come
with me, then, to scale Cwm Cywion, Mynydd-Trwsgwl, Bwlch y Drws
y Coet—from all accounts a most imposing group of rocks where one
can have climbing equally as thrilling and healthy and thoughtful as any
in Switzerland. LENA REDINGTON CARLTON

“RAMBLES Rambles in the Vaudese Alps consists of a month’s climb-

IN THE ing, botanically, in the valley of the Rhone at Gryon, not far
VAUDESE’ from the famous St. Moritz. The author is most ardent in
ALps””* his scientific discoveries. His notes on the flora of the dis-

trict and his observations on the habits of plants in general
are chiefly of interest to botanists, particularly to English botanists, for
his comparisons are ever with the conditions of the same plants as they
grow in Britain. Aside from the science of the volume, there are, too,
bits of life as seen in Switzerland—descriptions of the chalets with their
eave-protected balconies, the flat-chested women and girls, knitting as
they tend the family cow, the leaves drying about the doorstep, to be
used for lighting winter fires, etc. But the reviewer feels that the sci-
entific interest outweighs the travel interest. It would be a charming
book to take with one should one be fortunate enough to make the same
journey in the cantons of Vaud and Vallais.

LENA REDINGTON CARLTON

* Rambles in the Vaudese Alps. By F. S. Satispury. E. P. Dutton & Co., pub-
lishers. $1.00 net. 152 pages. Eight full-page illustrations from photographs by
Somerville Hastings.

Book Reviews 265

“CALIFORNIA In his introduction to this very interesting list of In-
PiacE NAMES OF dian names, Professor Kroeber says: “The origin of
INDIAN ORIGIN’* many place names in California which are of Indian

derivation is very imperfectly known, and has often

been thoroughly misunderstood. There is no subject of information in
which rumor and uncritical tradition hold fuller sway than in this field.
The best literature dealing with the topic—and it is one of widespread
interest—contains more errors than truths. The present compilation, in
spite of probably embodying numerous misunderstandings and offering
only doubt or ignorance on other points, is at least an attempt to ap-
proach the inquiry critically.” Many names that are listed are of special
interest to our readers, as may be seen from the following examples:

Hetch Hetchy Valley, in the famous cafion on Tuolumne River,
is named from a Central Miwok word denoting a kind of grass or
plant with edible seeds abounding in the valley.

Koip Peak, between Mono and Tuolumne counties, is probably,
like near-by Kuna Peak, named from a Mono Indian word. Koip
is “mountain sheep” in the closely related Northern Paiute dialect.

Kuna Peak, between Tuolumne and Mono counties, is probably
named from the Shoshonean word kuna, usually meaning “fre,”
but appearing in the Mono dialect of the vicinity with the signifi-
cation of “firewood.”

“THE Book or The Book of Forestry, by F. F. Moon, covers the field in
Forestry’ } a brief, interesting, and non-technical way which is very

acceptable to the general reader. Although written par-
ticularly for boys, it should prove of decided interest and value to older
readers. Some of the topics considered are the meaning of forestry;
the usefulness of forests; the life-story of the tree; the properties and
uses of wood; the methods of raising, protecting, measuring, and har-
vesting crops of timber; the life of a forester; city forestry. Part II is
a description of such characteristics of trees and of the various kinds of
wood as are of help in identifying trees and commercial timbers. A
glossary of technical terms is appended.

It is perhaps unfortunate that some of the statements are eomeunee
too dogmatic. For example, “Forestry is not agriculture, because agri-
culture has to do with tillable fields and level lands.” If, as has been
done, we define agriculture as the production of living things from the
soil, then forestry is a part of agriculture. That this point of view is
accepted by many is shown by the fact that so large a proportion of the
managed forests of the world are administered by departments of agri-
culture. In points so open to argument, it would seem that it would
have been well for the author to state both viewpoints.

* California Place Names of Indian Origin. By A. L. Kroeser. University of
California Publications in American Archeology and Ethnology, Vol. 12, No. 2, pp.
31-69. Price, 40 cents.

+The Book of Forestry. By FrepericK FranKtIn Moon. D. Appleton & Co.,
New York and London. 1916. Price, $1.75. Illustrated.

266 Sierra Club Bulletin

The carelessness in making misleading or imperfectly explained state-
ments, and in faulty proof-reading, which seems to be altogether too
common in American books on forestry, appears again here to a slight
extent, but not in nearly so pronounced a form as in some previous
works. An example is the statement on page 196, that “the Sequoias. are
found largely in California”! The use of various equivalents for red fir
and Pseudotsuga taxifolia must be confusing to the beginner. The au-
thor on page 290 states that red fir is Abies magnifica, on page 283 that
red fir is Pseudotsuga taxifolha, and on page 195, in a description of
Pseudotsuga taxifolia, the heading is “Oregon fir,” and the same tree is
referred to lower on the page as Douglas fir. All of these statements
are in accordance with common usage, but without explanation they are
confusing to the reader unfamiliar with the variation in the use of tree
names. Some misprints occur.

It is also to be regretted that, probably because of the greatly in-
creased cost of book-making, the book is rather poorly printed and does
not make so favorable an impression as the price would lead one to
expect. shill W. M.
“THE MOUNTAINEER” The Mountaineers’ annual publication maintains

VOLUME IX* the high standard of its predecessors. The Moun-
taineers’ activities in 1916 were centered mainly
about Mount Baker, and most of the articles in their annual are related
in some way to this mountain. Mrs. L. R. Frazeur, well known to sev-
eral Sierra Club outings, describes The Mountaineers’ climbs last year
of Mount Baker and Mount Shuksan. Charles Finley Easton contrib-
utes an interesting and valuable account of Mount Baker’s glaciers.
Other articles—on early explorations of Mount Baker, on Indian leg-
ends connected with the mountain, on the wild animals of the region, on
neighboring points of scenic interest—complete a well-rounded survey of
Mount Baker from the point of view of the mountain-lover’s interests.
The Mountaineer devotes considerable space to the activities of other
mountaineering clubs—a valuable feature. A. H-A.

“TuHroucH The first impulse of a normal Sierran upon reading Mrs.
GiacieER Mary Roberts Rinehart’s little book will be to buy a ticket
Park} at the first opportunity for the Glacier National Park, in the

hope of seeing the things which Mrs. Rinehart saw, and in
the hope of meeting Howard Eaton. “Howard Eaton,” says Mrs. Rine-
hart, “is extremely young. He was born quite a number of years ago,
but what is that? He is a boy, and he takes an annual frolic. And be-
cause it means a cracking good time, he takes people with him and puts

*The Mountaineer, volume IX. Published by The Mountaineers, Seattle, De-
cember, 1916. 112 pages. Price, 50 cents. Illustrated.

t Through Glacier Park: The Log of a Trip with Howard Eaton. By Mary Ros-

ERTS RINEHART. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston and New York. 1916. Price, 75
cents. Illustrated.

Book Reviews 267

horses under them and the fear of God in their hearts, and bacon and
many other things, including beans, in their stomachs. . . . He is a
hunter, a sportsman, and a splendid gentleman.” Such was the guide
who conducted the party of whom Mrs. Rinehart was one. It surely is
a privilege to make a tour of Glacier Park with such a man.

Mrs. Rinehart does the tour justice; she enjoyed every minute of the
three-hundred-mile trip, and she makes it enjoyable for others to read
about. The book can be bought for a small price and read in a short
time, and the return in enjoyment for the time and money invested in it
will be just about one thousand per cent. Aull. A.

“ALASKAN The National Geographic Society published in 1914 the re-
GLaciER sults of its explorations of glaciers in the Yakutat Bay,
Stupies’* Prince William Sound, and Lower Copper River regions of

Alaska. The field-work was done in 1909, 1910, 1911, and

1913, and the report is by Professor R. S. Tarr, formerly of Cornell

University, and Professor Lawrence Martin, of the University of Wis-

consin. It would be impossible to give an adequate account of this ex-

haustive report in the space available for this belated notice, nor woulda
thorough analysis of it be appropriate, perhaps, in this BULLETIN. Each
glacier in the region named is studied in detail over a period of years,
its activities measured and recorded, and fully described. The report is
lavishly illustrated with half-tones and drawings, and with a set of nine
excellent colored maps. A. H.A.

° ®
e

The Journal of Agriculture of the University of California has issued a
special Forestry number which is extremely attractive and interesting.
It contains seventeen excellent contributed articles from officials high in
rank in the Federal service, from private lumbermen, from educators
and others. It also contains some interesting notes of the Agricultural
Department of the University of California.

A book of Songs of the Sierra Club has been published, and is on sale
at the club-room—price, ten cents, or, with postage, twelve cents. Our
outing members will find in it many songs to recall camp-fire days.

* Alaskan Glacier Studies of the National Geographic Society. . . . By RALPH

STocKMAN Tarr and Lawrence Martin. The National Geographic Society, Wash-
ington. 1914. Illustrated.

Traverses Marin, Sonoma, Mendocino, Trinity and Humboldt
Counties, the territory that appeals to the hiker and lover of primi-
tive out-of-door sports

EVERY TWO HOURS

during the day, a fast electric train leaves
San Francisco, Key Route Ferry Depot

to SACRAMENTO

Fast comfortable service through some of
the prettiest spots in Central California.

Write for Time Table and Rates

OAKLAND, ANTIOCH & EASTERN
RAILWAY

L. H. RODEBAUGH, Traffic Manager OAKLAND, CALIFORNIA

583-85 MARKET S
SAN FRANCISCO, CAL

4 E SIGN OF QUALITY

: ; ve | The ‘‘Been There’’ | |
iat Outing Goods Store
4 Devoted exclusively to the needs of sportsmen and

sportswomen—with 35 years of progressive camp
experience to assist

OUR SUITS ARE IN EXCLUSIVE STYLES

Fashioned with “character” from standard gov-
ernment grade khaki to the famous auto woolen—
appropriate, practical and fairly. priced

‘ ELLERY HIKING BOOTS GIVE eles ais,
‘ COMFORT

They also are, of our own creation, possessing
leather, shape and construction which have made
them “standard” to the royalty of the trail

LEARN WHAT ELLERY ODALITY, ~ paki eee AND
PRICE MEANS

Impossible to enumerate ‘the hundreds of seasonable articles
that cannot be bought elsewhere, so we invite your inspection,
with the reminder that attention to detail: has
made our establishment

The Largest Outing Supply House in America

&2 Complete outing goods catalogue sent free on request @&

QUALITY

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Some of the Hi oh |
Points of i,
Pacific Coast

The Pacific Coast is Nature’s Exposition,two thousand
five hundred miles long, of wonderful climate,
wonderful scenes, wonderful products —

Tahoe—“‘The Mile High ake in the heart of the
Sierras.

Yosemite—Its domes and cliffs, its Aoweree mead-
ows, its glorious waterfalls. To miss Yosemite
is to lose a delightful experience.

Mariposa Big Trees—The oldest living things. Ideal
trees, impressive in size and symmetry.

Kings and Kern Rivers Canyons, with Sequoia and
Grant National Parks, at summit of Sierras—a_
vast and rugged region to tempt the sportsman ©
and mountaineer.

Santa Cruz Mountains and Be Trees, and Califor-
nia State Redwood Park—4o00 acres of virgin |
- forest.
Crater Lake National Park and the Klamath Lakes —
country—Oregon’ s marvelous tourist ground and
‘sportsman’s paradise.
Mount Shasta, Mount Lassen (the only active vol-
cano in the United States), the Siskiyous, Mount —
McLoughlin, Mount Jefferson, Mount Hood, ©
Mount St. Helens, Mount Adams, Mount Rainier,
Mount Whitney (our highest peak), Mount San

Jacinto, Mount San Gorgonio, Mount San Ber- A ee

nardino, aaa Lowe, Mount Wilson.

ALL ARE REACHED VIA LINES OF

SS outer Pach fic

“SAN FRANCISCO
"onde

WV,
B mi fh ¢ Ms

wal?
wat fd a} Mi Th ee Oe

Abies oo ra

ina OF THe SIERRA CLUB

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN

eR Ve _ FOUNDED 1892

l Edited for the Club by i)
WILLIAM FREDERIC BADE AAT

January, 1918 iti

Vou. x CONTENTS

Plate CLXXXVI. Robson and Tumbling Glacier.

A Weex Arounp Mount Rosson Marion Randall Parsons 269 —
‘Plates CLXXXVII, CLXXXVIII, CLXXXIX, CXC, CXCI, CXCII Moe ate

aa;
RECORD OF AN Earty ExpioraTIoN or Tenaya CaNon = J. N. Le Conte 276 : i Catt

THE WHITE MOUNTAINS OF CALIFORNIA Willis Linn Jepson 282
Plates CXCIII, CKCIV

\
MountTaAIN CLIMBERS : Aristides EB. Phoutrides 286 vy; ih ;

THE CLims. OF DUNDERBERG VIA VirGINIA CANon George C. Thompson 7
Plates CKCV, CXCVI, CXCVII, CXCVIII, CXCIX, CCXVI, CCEVIN
CCXIX

KNAPSACKING IN THE Kincs-SAN Joaguin REGION mb Big Jordan 292 .
Plates CCIII, CCV 1

THE JUNIPERS OF LAKE VALLEY Ci ornelius Boa Bradley 8
Plates CC, CCI, CCII, CCIV

STUDIES IN THE SIERRA i Jona Mare ; at "
IV. GiactaL DENUDATION : | Pain

ORGANIZATION OF THE SIERRA CLUB
War SERVICE RECORD | evide
EDITORIALS Panes

REPORTS OF COM MITTEES
Plates CCVI, CCVII

NoTEs AND CORRESPONDENCE
. Plates CCVIII, CCIX, CCX, CCXI, CCXII, CCXIII, CCXIV, ccxy

NATIONAL Park NOTES

Forestry Notes ©
Plate Heron

Boox Weviews

_ Correspondence concerning the distributjon and sale of the iltniesten
with reference to advertising rates and space location, and concerning its
erally, should be addressed to the Secretary of the Sierra at Reo
ing, San Francisco, California.

Price, 5° Cents PER iby

PLATE CLXXXVI.

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X.

ROBSON AND TUMBLING GLACIER

| ’

Photo by Marion R. Parsons

ited

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN

VOLUME
TEN

NUMBER
THREE

SAN FRANCISCO
JANUARY
1918

A WEEK AROUND MOUNT ROBSON
' By Marion RANDALL Parsons

* HAT is your final destination?” asked the immigration

officer. For a wanderer with such indefinite plans the

question seemed simpler to answer according to catechism than
to geography.

“May I say heaven?” I asked.

“No,” said he, not relaxing his official solemnity, “not un-
less you have a ticket there.”

So I gave Jasper Park as the farthest east of my summer
destinations.

Jasper Park and Forest Reserve, and the smaller Mount
Robson Park on its western margin, lie along the borders of
British Columbia and Alberta on the line of the Grand Trunk
Pacific Railway. Tributaries of the Fraser, the Athabasca and
the Peace rivers rise among the great snowfields that make
these two great parks of the northern Rockies a shining glory
for mountaineers. The region is also rich in the romance of
the great fur trading companies. Jasper House and Henry

270 Sierra Club Bulletin

House; Jasper Hawes and the “yellowhead” halfbreed whose
name is perpetuated in Yellowhead Pass and the Tete Jaune
Cache—these are names familiar to all lovers of the early his-
tory of the Northwest.

My companion, Miss Lulie Nettleton, and I had only a day
at Jasper, the administrative center and principal settlement.
There we played the unwonted part of tourists, conveyed
about in carriages. From the Tent City on Lake Beauvert we
drove to Pyramid Lake and the curiously sculptured and pot-
holed Maligne Cafion. The roads had a novel interest, as they
had been built by interned Austrians and Germans the first
year of the war. These national parks were created so shortly
before war-crippled times that only by such haphazard means
has their development been possible.

Lack of roads, however, is no deterrent to mountaineers,
but rather the contrary. We had hoped to take a horseback
journey to Mount Cavell and over the Athabasca Trail to Ma-
ligne Lake, but all our available time was given to the Robson
country, where tent cities there are none and trails are almost
as negligible. There, in war time at least, is only Donald
Phillips, guide, trapper, hunter, cook and king of the whole
mountain wilderness.

Donald looked distinctly amused that afternoon, when we
descended from the train, demanding in the first breath that he
take us up Mount Robson. Donald was one of the Robson
pioneers, and since he and Mr. George Kinney made their
climb in 1909, only three other men—Captain McCarthy, Mr.
F. W. Foster, and their guide, Conrad Kain—have succeeded
in reaching the summit. Donald’s ascent had been made before
the building of the railroad, and they had traveled with a pack-
train all the way from Edmonton. In addition to hardships
that included three defeats by storms and “ninety-six hours
spent above ten thousand feet altitude,” they had suffered from
a shortage of food. “We ate squirrels till we could taste the
stripes,” was Donald’s vivid way of describing it. Small won-
der that his eyes twinkled as he advised us to wait till the
clouds lifted and we got a good look at Robson before we de-
cided to climb.

After spending a night at Donald’s camp on the Fraser we

A Week Around Mount Robson 271

started out on the trail—riding, rather against our will. But
there were swift, strong rivers to be forded and we had no
choice. Robson was still cloud-hung, and its great front,
streaked with horizontal strata of brown and yellow, and gul-
lied with snow and ice, towered above us, black and menacing,
to unguessed heights. Our trail led up the Grand Fork Cafion,
through flats of contorta pines, and up among woods of hem-
locks and Douglas firs, moss-carpeted like the coast forests.

True alpine scenery began at Kinney Lake, a smooth sheet
of robin’s-egg blue walled by the shining slope of Whitehorn.
The lake lies at the lower end of the Valley of a Thousand
Falls. One after another the cascades came into view—slant-
ing obliquely over ledges; dropping in dainty veils of mist,
wind-tossed to nothing before they reached the ground; slow-
rocketing down from great heights; booming deep in rocky
chasms; and above them all the mighty Emperor Falls, pour-
ing down in full sunlight. High above, too, hung the White-
horn Glacier, with sharp-toothed seracs cutting blue and white
gashes in the sky.

Then up into fields of asters and paintbrush we climbed, and
through alluring patches of wild strawberries and raspberries,
to a valley whose whole floor was filled by the river bed. For
half a mile we splashed from one gravel bar to another through
torrents of muddy glacier water. It is a curious, and at first
rather a terrifying, experience to ride into a river up to the
horse’s girths. The current swept past with such speed that
the laboring horse ahead seemed to be standing still, and only
by the heaving sensation could I realize that my own horse
was moving.

Above this river-trail came a gravelly waste. Fan-shaped
deposits from glacial side-streams pushed the river close under
Mount Robson. We had rounded the mountain and were now
on its northern side. Instead of a wall of rock, as on the
southern and western faces, the mountain here was a seamed
and shattered wall of ice. The Tumbling Glacier, lost in
clouds above, broke off in a sharp white cliff into Berg Lake.
A fleet of fairy ice-ships was drifting in it, and as we rode
along its shore a crashing avalanche set a host of new bergs
afloat.

272 Sierra Club Bulletin

Just beyond Berg Lake lay our camp at Robson Pass, the
site of the Canadian Alpine Club camp of 1913. We started
afoot with Donald next morning over the Robson Glacier to
Snowbird Pass. It was a day of easy climbing, up the glacier
for three or four miles and then along grassy slopes and rocky
ledges. The mountain tops were still hidden, though now and
again the clouds would sweep apart and disclose the icy crown
of Whitehorn, the saurian head of “Mugger,” the sharp tooth
of the Lynx, or white Resplendent, the snowiest and most ra-
diant of them all.

From Snowbird Pass we climbed to the summit of Ptarmi-
gan Peak whence we overlooked the Coleman Glacier and the
deep blue rift of the Smoky River Valley. A timely break in
the clouds showed us an avalanche on Robson, tons of pow-
dered ice pouring down for a thousand feet like the mist of a
waterfall, The Robson Glacier, whose whole length we could
see, is the fountain of rivers flowing into two oceans. Its ter-
minal is split by a rocky point. The northern half of the ice
stream drains into Lake Adolphus, whence it flows to the
Smoky River and ultimately to the Peace; the southern half is
the source of a branch of the Fraser.

Not until morning did we see the whole of Robson. Donald
called us at sunrise, and we looked from our tent to see it shin-
ing in golden glory in a cloudless sky. We were close under
it, hardly more than a mile from its base; it rose abrupt, nearly
eight thousand feet above us. From a snow cornice at the
summit the Tumbling Glacier swept down the whole flank of
the mountain, each ice pinnacle alight and glittering. The
right hand slope was a long rock ridge, broken by ledges and
precipices; that on the left swung around in an icy ridge to-
ward black Rearguard. Even more cruel and formidable did
the mountain appear in its sharp-cut brilliance than as we had
heretofore seen it in fleeting glimpses through the clouds.

By this time we were ready to admit that Robson was no
mountain for women to climb—not for two women with only
one man at any rate. So that afternoon we decided to move
camp about ten miles northeastward to Moose Pass. From
this camp we made the ascent of Mount Pam, about ten
thousand feet, a snow peak of little difficulty or danger except

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CLXXXVII.

EMPEROR FALLS AND SLOPE OF ROBSON
Courtesy of the Grand Trunk Pacific Railway

ABMIIEY Oye YUNA, puesy sy} jo Asajyinoy
NOSdOU LNOOW HO ACIS HLYON

“TTIAXXXT) ALVITd *X “IOA ‘NILATING ANTS VuUNAIS

A Week Around Mount Robson 273

_from hidden crevasses, which with so small a party are always
something of a menace. We roped together, however, and had
no misadventure.

Mount Pam stands out beyond the main axis of the wild-
est, snowiest mountain chain that I have ever seen. All around
us shone literally hundreds of white summits, of which not one
in fifty had ever been climbed or named. Far away to the
northwest, almost like a cloud on the horizon, Donald pointed
out the great peak “Kitchie,” visited by Miss Mary Jobe sev-
eral seasons ago, but as yet unclimbed. Close beneath us were
high, bare plateau regions, the range of caribou herds; blue
lakes and dusky valleys showed farther to the east. The whole
horizon was rimmed with shining mountains, Robson towering
above them all, visible now from its snow cornice to the blue
depths of Lake Adolphus at its base.

Our return late that afternoon over glaciers and down long
heather slopes gave a new and still more glorious impression of
the wild sea of mountains. The peaks burned with the sun-
set ; the velvety slopes of Moose Pass grew purple and shadowy
in the dusk. Our camp was in a flowery park among groves of
spiry balsams. Purple asters and yellow compositae, blue gen-
tians and shaggy anemone heads—“little owls” Donald called
them—made bright garden patches among the trees. We held
campfire that night in a tepee, sitting around the tiny blaze on
blankets. Many a story Donald told us of trapping days in
winter, or of Hudson’s Bay Company men, grown old in the
wilderness before the railroad came. As we talked and our
fire burned low, a strange, unearthly glow shone upon our
faces.

“Northern lights!” said Donald, and we crept outside.

Flickering bands of greenish light were moving across the
sky like figures in a ghostly dance. Suddenly great shafts of
light shot upward toward the zenith. All around the horizon,
though fainter toward the south, they shone, a tepee of the
Great Manitou set in the starry meadows of the sky.

Here at Moose Pass we were on the outskirts of one of the
finest big game regions of the north. We had seen the tracks
of moose and caribou and grizzly bears, but except for two
goats on Mount Pam, no living animal larger than a porcupine.

274 Sierra Club Bulletin

As we rode down the pass on our way to the Smoky River,
however, Donald pointed out a caribou far down in the valley
of Calumet Creek.

“Ride on steadily without speaking,” he said. “We may be
able to get quite close.”

We were perhaps within an eighth of a mile when the cari-
bou first saw us. Instead of running, he wheeled about once
and stood looking at us as we rode forward. We had ap-
proached within a hundred yards before he showed any signs
of fear. Then he merely circled and came back to look again.
We got near enough to photograph him several times before he
decided we were dangerous and swung away into the woods.
He was a magnificent fellow, with glossy dark coat and great
spreading antlers. In response to our surprise at his coolness
Donald told us that he had killed one out of a herd the year
before and the rest had stood around to watch him skin it.

That was my day to ride behind the caravan. Donald led
always, as the way was often obscure. One lady was privi-
ledged to ride behind him, free from care, while the other kept
the pack animals in motion. One of them, the Kid, reminded
me of an elderly lady I once knew, who under a very meek ex-
terior hid an iron determination to go her own way. Left to
his own devices, however, the Kid would never quite drop out
of sight, so I learned to let him follow at his own pace, and be-
hind old Roanie rode on unfretted, enjoying the new snow
peaks rising in every notch of the valley and the picturesque
maneuvers of our train. We followed an old Indian trail,
scarcely a trail at all, that forded the river about forty times
that day.

As fresh tributaries were added the fords became more and
more disturbing. At lunch time Donald shook his head.

“The river’s mighty high,” said he. “It’s been rising for
two days. We may have to swim the horses below.”

“Can my horse swim and carry me too?” J demanded in some
trepidation.

“Oh, he can a little way,” said Donald. “But if the cur-
rent’s too swift you’d better hop off.”

“Hop off !” said I.

“Yes—just hang on to the pommel and he'll pull you

A Week Around Mount Robson 275

through.” Luckily this feat was not required of me. We
made the last crossing, that of Glacier Creek, without mishap,
though it ran turbulently over a rough and bouldery bottom.
At dusk we pitched camp in a fir-fringed meadow close under
Mount Bess. The special charm of this camp was its close
proximity to grizzly bears. We plucked their hair off trees for
souvenirs, and found their tracks wherever we stepped, even
saw drops of water shaken from their coats not yet dry on the
streamside rocks, but not a bear did we see.

From the upper slopes of Bess Pass, where we climbed in
the morning, we saw new ranges and valleys of desire. A
high green upland and a chain of white peaks that terminated
in an icy Olympian mountain aroused our keenest interest.

“Some day,” we said to Donald, “we are coming back, with
Sierrans and Mountaineers and three weeks’ time and provi-
sions instead of one. Save us that beautiful mountain for a
first ascent.”

“Sure I will,’ promised Donald. “I'll set all my bear traps
around it in the fall.”

Then we struck camp and started the caravan along the
homeward trail. Kinnikinic* and dwarf cornel berries flashed
red under the trees, and though the best flower season was
past, harebells and paintbrush and asters still bloomed in the
open spaces. We left the long shingle bars of the Smoky Val-
ley near sunset and rode up through the yellowing meadows of
the upper valley. As we rounded Lake Adolphus, Robson and
Resplendent again rose before us, banded and crowned with
brilliant clouds. Down in the darkening water, too, clouds and
mountains were shining as brightly. Looking into the blue
depths I thought that, as far as I was concerned, Robson itself
was no less unconquerable than its mirrored image or the
crests of cloudland piled above it in the sky.

* Arctostaphylos uva-ursi. Kinnikinic is an Algonquin word meaning a mixture.
It is applied also to a mixture of the leaves and bark of several plants — willow,
sumac and silky cornel — smoked by the Indians.

| AR

RECORD OF AN EARLY EXPLORATION OF
TENAYA CANO

EpITep wiTH Notes By J. N. LE Conte

HE Sierra Club is fortunate in being able to secure a de-

scription of what was certainly the first exploration of the ~

Tenaya Cafion, in the Yosemite National Park. Those of us
who have climbed through this rugged gorge, so near to the fa-
miliar Yosemite Valley yet so little known in detail, have al-
ways considered that John Muir’s trip in the early 70’s was the
first made by a white man. While it probably was the first
complete trip through from Lake Tenaya to Mirror Lake, there
has now come to light a partial exploration made in 1866 by
Mr. Joseph Ferrell. This valuable historical record has been
written out by his daughter, Mrs. Mary Russell Ferrell Colton,
whose introduction to the diary follows:

“The following is an account, taken from an old diary, of
what is probably the first exploration of Tenaya Cafion, made
by two young men from Philadelphia, my father, Mr. Joseph
L. Ferrell, and Mr. Alfred Jessup, in the year 1866. It will be
remembered that the valley had been known to the world for
but fifteen years previously, and up to this time had been visit-
ed by only six or seven hundred people, while during the year
in question 382 tourists came to the Yosemite.* See Bunnell,
L. H., The Discovery of the Yosemite, Los Angeles, 1911.

“This was before the days of the railroads in the Great
West, and my father and his companion had already crossed
the plains with a mule team, encountering many thrilling ad-
ventures along the old immigrant trail, en route to San Fran-
cisco and the Sandwich Islands.

“Mary RUSSELL FERRELL COLTON,
“Flagstaff, Arizona, September 14, 1916.”
The diary opens on October 15, 1866, at San Francisco, and

* A map and description of Tenaya Cafion will be found in “Scrambles About
the Yosemite,” by Joseph Le Conte, Sierra Club Bulletin, vol. 9, no. 3, January,
IQI4.

suosieg ‘yy uoliey Aq o10Yg
WVd LNNOW dO LSHAXD WOW LSAMHALNOS

eye ‘ f 7
“XIXXX19 ALVId X “TOA ‘NILATING ANT VANTIS

suosieg ‘yYy uote Aq oJOYg
WVd LNOOW WOd LNAAUNATdSHY GNV NOSdOU

SORE

“OXO ALVId *X “IOA ‘NILATING €NTD VUUNTIS

Record of an Early Exploration of Tenaya Cafion 277

describes the trip by steamboat up the Sacramento River to
Sacramento. From this point Mr. Ferrell and party continued
by stage to Stockton, and then on by stage to Hornitas and
Bear Valley. At Bear Valley the party traveled on horseback,
although the road even at that early date extended beyond
Mariposa. A short distance beyond White and Hatch’s Mill
the journey was continued over the Chowchilla Trail to Clark’s
Station (now known as Wawona), on the South Fork of the
Merced. The following day a trip to the Mariposa Big Trees
was made, and it is of interest to note that on this trip Mr. Fer-
rell met Clarence King, of the California Geological Survey.
The next morning the party proceeded over the regular trail by
Inspiration Point to Hutchings Hotel in Yosemite.

Mr. Ferrell’s diary continues as follows:

“Hutchings, Monday, Oct. 22d: We got up late this morn-
ing, had a good breakfast and afterwards started up the valley
to Mirror Lake, about four miles off. We reached there be-
times and sat down on the banks gazing on the marvelous re-
flections of the huge mountains on either side in the water. We
spent the whole morning here watching the different phases of
scenery, ate lunch, and like great children sailed boats on the
lake waters until I concluded to return to the house and fish in
the river for trout and write. Mr. J. and the guide, Mr. Steg-
man, resolved to go beyond the lake and explore a little. I rode
back alone at a good jog on my good mare Kate and fished
awhile in the clear crystal water of the river without success,
and talked the rest of the time with our landlady until supper,
when the boys came. They had wild stories to tell of their ex-
plorations in a cafion which has never as yet been traversed
above some fine falls situated there. Mr. Hutchings tells me
they have never been seen and the cafion not known. Mr. J.
and Mr. S. are determined to go tomorrow and explore fur-
ther.

“Lincoln Cation, Yosemite Valley, Oct. 23d: This morning
we had a good early breakfast and consequently a good start
and rode off up the valley toward the lake. I turned off to the
cabin of an old settler by the name of ‘Lamon’ to enquire all
about the topography of the locality to which we were bound.
I found that he knew nothing about it and wheeled away and
rode to the lake, passing by the rocks to an open grassy glade

278 Sierra Club Bulletin

beyond, where we dismounted, tethering our horses by long
lariats, relieving them of saddle and bridle so they could graze.
Mr. J. and Mr. S., taking off their coats, threw them down on
the saddles. Cutting great canes to assist us, we started upon
the Mono Trail, traversed occasionally by Indians. [Note 1.]
For a while it led up the valley through open plots of grass and
between hugh masses of rock in the deep dark forest. We sud-
denly turned sharply off to the left, up the mountain, where at
once we began to climb the steep ascents following the dim
trail of the Indians. It was a work of incredible difficulty to
creep and clamber up the mountain side. In very many places
we had to climb over the smooth rock for a great distance
where the slightest slip of hand or foot would have precipitated
one into a horrible abyss. After going on about two hours we
came to a place where the trail turned off to the left, winding
around to a cafion, up which it wended to the mountain sum-
mit.

“Here we halted and held counsel with each other. Our
cafion lay off to our right. Above us the summit of the moun-
tain, the slope of which reaching downward was impassable
from the smooth rock that formed it. Breaking above us it
exhibited an overhanging surface barring our progress in an
upward direction. Below us and from a line parallel and ex-
tending from our position to our right as far as the cafion, the
mountain swept smooth and precipitously down to the base,
leaving a bushy, briary space between which it might or might
not be practicable for us to reach the cafion to our right. We
rested ourselves a while and then summoning all our energies
we struggled frantically over the debris of granite and through
dead limbs of trees on the verge of the precipice, watchful,
half exhausted and yet determined to achieve our project if at
all feasible. A long, long and most exciting and fearful strug-
gle we had of it, exploring and fighting a passage over almost
impassable rocks and through thickets, where we were torn by

{Note 1.—The Mono Trail to which reference is made must have been an old
Indian trail ascending the west wall of Tenaya Cafion between the present Tenaya
zigzags and Snow Creek. Mr. Fiske, the pioneer photographer of Yosemite, on
being questioned on this subject, says that the Mono Indians had often mentioned
the fact that such a trail existed, and that it was in fact their usual route to the
valley from the east. Mr. A. C. Pillsbury has made the trip up Snow Creek cafion
and reports remnants of an old trail there even at the present date. When the pres-
ent Se Trail was built no indications of an Indian trail were found along that
route.

Record of an Early Exploration of Tenaya Cation 279

briars and our boots worn through to our feet by the sharp
cutting edges of the coarse granite. Finally, about two o’clock,
we came to the side of the cafion, but found it precipitous.
[Note 2.] We hunted hither and thither slowly and most cau-
tiously for means of descent, finally finding a narrow ledge
where with infinite care we might get down. Down we did
succeed in getting, and right before us saw a beautiful basin of
rock with huge boulders forming its sides, which basin was
filled with most exquisite water, and into which a cascade of
about ten feet fell through the great rocks in foaming flakes,
forming a most charming picture. To us who were so fear-
fully exhausted the sight of the water cheered marvelously.
We rushed to it without speaking, and falling down on our
faces, drank long and deep draughts from the crystal fountain.
Never did anything taste so surpassingly excellent. After rest-
ing ourselves and looking up and down the cafion, we ate our
lunch and, feeling much strengthened thereby, girded up our
loins and began the ascent. Far above, at an angle of 60°, we
saw the end of the cafion and the summit of the mountain. To
the left through a tall pine we saw the lashing of a mighty fall
of water, leaping and dashing over a lofty ledge of rocks and
falling into the cafion. [Note 3.] Between our position and
the cascade lay half the cafion, almost impassable from the ti-
tanic rocks chaotically piled one upon another, suggesting
doubts of a passage. Above on either side the cafion was a
sheer smooth precipice with beautiful ferns feathering every
crevice with drooping fronds of emerald green. Through great
masses of rock that blocked the cafion the waters hissed and
boiled and percolated in foaming torrents, most beautiful to be-
hold. We started our venture up the cafion, clambering, climbing
on hands and knees, leaping from huge boulders over cauldron-
like basins of foaming waters, exertions calling forth all our
strength, Finally, we accomplished the distance which brought
us to the base of the magnificent cascades, broad and ethereal,
dashing a thunderous sheet of foam below. I climbed up be-

_ [Note 2.—It would appear from the above that the party must have climbed en-
tirely out of the cafion and over the top of Mount Watkins, descending again into
Tenaya Cafion just beyond that great barrier. It is not clear just how this portion
of the climb was made. It seems strange that the crossing of Snow Creek is not
mentioned. |

[Note 3.—This must be the great fall at the head of the main cafion and just
below Glacier Valley. There are two falls here, the large one being above. ]

280 Sierra Club Bulletin

side the cascades to see if there was a perpendicular fall above
descending from the mountain summit, and found one perhaps
a hundred feet in height. I then descended to the rest of the
party and we slowly returned down the cajion to the place
where we had entered it. It was then about four o’clock. Mr.
J. and Mr. S. concluded that there was a practicable passage
down the cafion, and therefore we went down some distance
until we were met by a smooth face of rock running all across
the cafion where the waters flowed over, making a beautiful.
fall of a hundred feet in height. [Note 4.] Below it was re-
peated, forming a second fall. Here we were forced to betake
ourselves to the left-hand side of the cafion, the right-hand side
being precipitous and smooth surfaced rock. We had to work
our way through the branches of oak with great care down-
ward until we came to a spot where from a tree the rock was
smooth for about fifteen feet, until we reached a crevice below.
Down this place Mr. S. slid on his back and reached the crevice
in the rock, with Mr. J. and myself after him. On reaching
this place below we made the rather startling discovery that be-
low us the mountain showed a smooth, precipitous face of rock
for perhaps a hundred feet. An old trunk of a tree lay before
us and it was proposed to lower it and work our way down to
a ledge below on it, but even then we could not be certain that
we would not meet a more extensive and formidable precipice
below that point, so that design was abandoned.

“Night came creeping on and it behooved us to adopt some
plan. We were standing in a crevice of rock about a foot in
width and ten or twelve feet long, a precipice above and one
below and the cafion beside us, with the swiftly rushing waters
gliding over the glassy surface of the rock, falling in impalpa-
ble mist a hundred feet below. Our position was truly peril-
ous, and it was with great delight that we discovered that Mr.
J. had had the forethought to bring a rope with him in the
morning. He had worn it around him and now he produced
it. Mr. S. and I first pushed him up the rock that we had slid
down until he was able to reach the ends of the limbs over-
hanging the rock, when he drew himself up and, tying the rope
to the limb, threw it to Mr. S., who, with my aid in pushing his

[Note 4.—This was probably at the upper entrance to the box cafion.]

suosieg ‘yy uoTiey Aq 0JOYg
MAH LAWNTVO JO AATIVA ‘NOAIYVO

‘IOX) ALVId *X “IOA ‘NILATIOS ANA1D VuUIS

PLATE CXCII.

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X.

LOOKING ACROSS BERG LAKE

Caribou Range and slope of Whitehorn in distance

Photo by Marion R. Parsons

Record of an Early Exploration of Tenaya Cation 281

feet up, got up beside Mr. J. I followed, holding‘on to the rope
and, when within distance, was seized by Mr. J. and drawn up
to them. In the gloom of the evening we retraced our steps
and after a hard clamber reached a flat rock. overlooking the
upper of the two falls, surrounded by great rocks. Here we
concluded to camp out all night in preference to attempting to
get down in another way on the mountain or in seeking our
trail of the morning. Whilst there was yet a little light left,
Mr. J. got some wood, of which there was plenty near at hand,
and built a good fire on the flat rock, while Mr. S. went out to
see if he could find some other way to get out of our difficulty.
He soon returned, however, and we three sat down by our
bright fire in doleful anticipation of a cold and cheerless night,
hungry, without even coats to shield my companions from the
cold air that followed the rushing water down the cafion. Mr.
S. improvised a bed to obviate the necessity of lying on the
hard rock by cutting the leafy branches off the near trees and
placing them beneath us. We all lay down by the fire, quiet
and yet unable to sleep, the fire toasting our side nearest it
while the wind chilled the other side. Mr. S. found a semi-
cave in which he built a fire and made a bed for Mr. J. in which
he was shielded from the wind. The night passed slowly and
drearily.

“Hutchings, Oct. 24: The moon shone beautifully down in
the valley and about midnight stood above our deep cajfion,
gleaming on the worn rocks and intensifying the shadows. The
morning, as it.drew on, brought with it more intense cold, and
all the wood we could throw on our fire failed to ward off the
chills. Dawn at length stole in upon us and we prepared to
seek our trail of yesterday. We plodded over the rocks and
got up upon the mountainside, where with much labor we suc-
ceeded in following up the trail until it struck the main Mono
trail. Then, as fast as possible, hurried down into the valley,
put the saddles on the horses, poor animals who had suffered
for want of water, and rode as fast as we could to Mr. Hutch-
ings’ house. Here all day we have been lying listlessly about
the house, reading and whiling away our time, resting our-
selves and preparing for our trip to the Nevada and Vernal
Falls tomorrow.”

THE WHITE MOUNTAINS OF CALIFORNIA
By Wituis Linn JEPSON

EST of botanical exploration and the perennial desire for

the open of the back country had long combined to whet
my desire for a summer’s work in the White Mountains of
eastern Mono and Inyo counties. They form one side of the
great Owens Valley trough, and they rise as abruptly from the
valley floor as does the Sierra Nevada wall to the west.

Our way of approach was by Silver Cafion, a characteristic
cafion of a desert range. Opening into Owens Valley it runs
eastward in a nearly straight line for six miles, directly into
the White Mountains. As is usually the case in such cafions
its narrow floor seems nearly level, but the gradient is about
ten feet in ten to sixteen rods. At the point where the cafion
parts into three forks our party of scientific men made camp at
6500 feet in order to spend some days in field work on the
mammals, birds, and plants. Just at this point in the cafion
there is a narrow band of a desert Mahogany (Cercocarpus in-
tricatus) on the cafion wall, a species remarkable for its minute
leaves. A gay border of moisture-loving plants edges the
swift streamlet in the bottom—yellow Monkey-flower, an an-
nual Indian Paint-brush (Castilleia stenantha), a Columbine,
the same as the coast species, and Desert Crowfoot (Ranuncu-
lus Cymbalaria).

On our journey to the summit of the range we follow the
left-hand or northerly fork, which is really the continuation of
the main cafion, finally leaving the cafion bed and zigzagging up
its easterly wall. Very soon we enter the zone of the Pifion or
One-leaf Pine, which forms here a very fine forest—very open,
of course, but giving a distinctive character to these slopes and
narrow benches or flats on the mountain side. A full-grown
tree is inclined to become very individual, and not a few of
them develop the habit of a Coast Live Oak, some standing out
in high relief on the steepest rocky walls, some on the little
level benches. Towards the upper limit of the Pifion, the com-

The White Mountains of California 283

mon Desert Mahogany (Cercocarpus ledifolius) forms bands
on the ledges of the cafion walls up to altitudes of 7500 or gooo
feet. These shrubs have here a blue-green aspect, but of dark-
er tint than the blue rock ledges which they follow.

At 8500 feet one leaves the Pifion and enters a zone of the
Limber Pine (Pinus aristata). Like every so-called forest in
a desert range of mountains it is very open. The trees are
mostly short and stocky, that is, twenty to forty feet in height,
sometimes fifty-five feet, with extreme trunk diameters of three
or four feet. The bark is a light-colored drab, with streaks of
black in the fissures. There is practically no underbrush, al-
though occasionally one finds a fine clump of Desert Spiraea*
(Chamaebatiaria millefolium). Leaving the forest the trail
leads for seven miles through a sagebrush association where
grow a number of interesting herbs, the Sego Lily, various
Eriogonums and Arenarias, a Silene and a Lupine.

Just northeast of Big Prospector Meadow camp was made at
8300 feet, on the headwaters of North Fork Crooked Creek.
Springs in this range are very scarce, but we are fortunate in
having by the camp a fine spring pouring from the granite
rocks.

After some days at this point I leave the remainder of the
party and start for the highest point in the range, White Moun-
tain Peak. I elect to trail along the sides of the range some
distance, instead of climbing at once to the axis. My way
leads over a low ridge north of the camp and down into and
along Poison Creek, through a luxuriant growth of Tall Lark-
spur and Selinum, a luxuriance contrasting strangely with the
scanty, or at least desert-like, vegetation of the mountain sides.
After two miles I turn to the right up a fork of the stream and
cross a low divide to a small tributary of Cottonwood Creek,
the main water channel of this region.

One of the members of our party saw mountain lions a few
days ago at Cottonwood Creek, and as I proceed down the
tributary to the main stream I hope to glimpse one of the big
cats. Huge blocks of granite lie at right angles, often molded
into dome forms or semi-orderly structures. One looks up the
little lateral cafions as one passes up the main stream and sees

* See Sierra Club Bulletin, vol. 9, p. 42, 1913.

284 Sierra Club Bulletin

miniature El Capitans rising from dainty green meadows broi-
dered with flowering herbs.

The flowering herbs in this cafion are of especial interest and
so engross my attention that lions are quite forgotten. My
botanical press becomes heavy and still more heavy until I am
interrupted by a Mexican vaquero, of whom I inquire about
the trails to the peak and finally about lions. “But where is
your gun?” says the Mexican. “Oh, I never carry arms” is
my reply. “El Americano!” I heard him exclaim, as he turned
his horse down the trail.

Hours of steady pulling over the rock-strewn bed of the up-
per Cottonwood brings one finally to the summit of the range,
and I start northward along the plateau, passing the night at
McAfee Meadow. The next morning the way is still northerly
along the axis, White Mountain Peak in full view, standing up
out of the range like an eagle’s beak with the perpendicular
wall to the west.

After reaching the face of the peak proper it is simply la-
borious climbing for near fifteen hundred feet up, over a wil-
derness of angular blocks. The United States Geological Sur-
vey bench-mark on the summit at the monument gives the alti-
tude as 14,242 feet, which is higher than any of the peaks in
the Yosemite group across the gorge of Owens Valley. That
is to say, it exceeds Mt. Dana by 1192 feet, Mt. Lyell by 1152
feet, and Mt. Ritter by 1086 feet.

At the summit of the peak grows the Alpine Polemonium
(P. eximium), extending down the slopes to 13,500 feet. An
alpine Erigeron grows within one hundred feet of the summit,
these two species being the only plants found above 13,900 feet.
Between 13,200 and 13,900 feet were found a species each of
Hulsea,* Calyptridium, Draba, and Potentilla. In addition the
yellow-flowered Alpine Buttercup (Ranunculus Eschscholten)
grows on the rocky slopes at 13,700 feet. This is a remark-
able species, being the only truly alpine species of buttercup in
the high mountains of California. It extends far northward to
Alaska and the Aleutians. It only remains to be said that the

* Hulsea algida, which is a characteristic alpine of the highest Sierra peaks, from
Mt. Whitney to Tower Peak and Mt. Rose. On Mt. Whitney it is found nearly if
not quite to 14,000 feet, ranging higher on that mountain than any other species of
flowering plant observed by the writer.

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. BEATE CXCIII.

LEGENDS FOR -FIGURES

Fig. 1. Flats of the axial plateau, about 11,500 feet, between McAfee Meadows and
White Mountain Peak, the latter the highest point at the left. The upper
limits of the forest band of Limber Pine (Pinus flexilis) and
Hickory Pine (Pinus aristata) show on the slopes of
the eastern mountain wall to the right

A. C. Shelton photo
PLATE CXCIV.

Fig. 2. Summit of White Mountain Peak, from a point at about 14,000 feet
A. C. Shelton photo

laqnyy "7 19y,B@ AA Aq oJoyg
ANVIT ONNOA LV dNVO

“AOXO ALVITd *X “IOA ‘NILATING ANID vVaUaIS

The White Mountains of California 285

number of plant species on the peak proper is very small and
the vegetation is exceedingly scanty.

If one is a pigmy one cannot view a giant very well by
standing at his feet. One does, to be sure, obtain a certain im-
pression of the vastness and height of the eastern wall of the
Sierra Nevada by standing at its base in the Owens Valley;
but these impressions are not in any wise comparable to the
impressions thronging instantly on the mind as one surveys the
Sierra from the altitude of White Mountain Peak. The high
snow fields and plateaux and peaks unfold in a way to reveal
unexpected and unusual grandeur. It is a revelation of the
highest Sierra—almost as if one were viewing them from the
vantage point of a separate planet which had wandered near.

In the end of April and early May it was my fortune to be
in Death Valley, whence a trip was made into the Panamint
Range, of which the dominating height is Telescope Peak, 11,-
045 feet in altitude. The situation of Telescope Peak, its dis-
tance from Mt. Whitney, and its altitude combine to render it
an unequalled view-point for comprehension of the premier
mountain chain of California. From this pinnacle one sees the
Sierra Nevada rising from the great interior plateau as an un-
broken wall barring the westward way. One is thrilled with a
new sensation, for he feels that he sees the whole snowy range.
There it comes, out of the far distance from the Mt. Ritter
group of peaks, down to University Peak and Mt. Williamson,
curving down to Mt. Whitney, Mt. Le Conte, and Mt. Lang-
ley, curving steadily on to Olancha Peak, and always without
pass or break, and still curving steadily on westerly till lost in
the Double Peak of the Tehachapi Range, thus enfolding to the
westward that mysterious land, the light of which one sees
through a purple haze beyond the line of snowy peaks.

To my mind no other view of the Sierra Nevada equals this
in romantic character. From no other point does one so nearly
seize the whole mighty chain in one sweep of the eye; from no
other point is the contrast of the desert ranges so impressive;
from no other point is there greater possible appreciation of
the Sierra Nevada as a barrier, especially in its relation to the
westward migration of men.

The White Mountains, however, far surpass the Panamint

286 Sierra Club Bulletin

Range in extent and height, and in area and persistence of
snowfields. The name White Mountains does not seem happy,
but certain granite peaks of the range are said to show white
as viewed from the northwest. The term “White Mountain
Peak,” which is used for the highest point by the United States
Geological Survey, seems especially awkward and unfortunate.
An alternative name, Mt. Olmsted, appears on the Forest Ser-
vice map of the Inyo National Forest and is much to be pre-
ferred.

-
MOUNTAIN CLIMBERS

By ArIstTiIpEs E. PHOUTRIDES

Under sun-enamored shades

Born of cedar, pine, and fir,
Through the flower-spotted glades
Where the fleeting insects stir,
Past the valleys, past the hills,

Up the singing mountain rills,
Upward! Upward!

The blithe climbers go!

Upward! Upward!

Past all things below!

To the lofty mountain peak!

To the snows that touch the sky!
Where the tongues of ages speak
With eternal voices high,
Echoed in their endless rhyme
By a bournless space and time!
Upward! Upward!

The blithe climbers go!
Upward! Upward!

Past all things below!

(From LicHts aT Dawn)

Kern River, California,
July, 1912.

THE CLIMB OF DUNDERBERG VIA
VIRGINIA CANON

By GrorcE C. THOMPSON

HE encampment of the Sierra Club in Tuolumne Mead-

ows during July, 1917, was, from every standpoint, a suc-
cess, and from many standpoints an unqualified success. It
pursued, in the main, the objects for which the constitution of
the club declares we exist. It is a matter of common consent,
however, that the side trip, those few days when kindred
spirits become knights of the road, is the piéce de résistance of
the summer outing; for it is then you see the finest views,
climb the highest peaks, get the biggest appetite, and catch the
most unheard-of trout. It is then, too, that you readily find
out what stuff your comrades are made of.

Last summer’s outing can boast of at least two such trips
that had the zest of newness and romance, and that, too, within
a bow-shot—of course I mean a Sierra bow-shot—of the Soda
Springs. They were the trip to the Ten Lakes Basin, and the
climb of Dunderberg via Virginia Cafion. The first, Ten Lakes
Basin, does not come within the scope of this article. The
five-day Dunderberg trip, however, I shall attempt to describe
briefly, having been in the thick of it as a fly-caster and hum-
ble member of the commissary.

When it became noised along the rocky slopes of Parsons
Ridge, I almost said Parnassus Ridge, that a five-day trip was
being planned to explore Virginia Cafion, climb the forbidding
pile of frowning rock, properly known as Thunder Mountain,
that stands sentinel over the desert, and return cross country
via Young Lake and Mount Conness, there was unusual stir
and excitement. And when it became farther known that that
intrepid and insatiable mountaineer, Walter Huber, was to be
commander-in-chief of the expedition, and that he was to be
assisted by Mrs. Parsons, it was soon a question whether it
would be a side trip or whether we would have to move the en-
tire camp, Soda Springs, Toy Gong, Tap, and all, in order to

288 Sierra Club Bulletin

accommodate the numbers. It was finally agreed, however,
that twenty should be the limit of the party, and that for con-
venience of commissary and general handling they should be
divided into two platoons of ten each.

And so we set forth, bag and baggage, with the most efficient
of packers and five pack animals. The first night found us by
our camp fire at Conness Creek, dining on rainbow trout, and
afterwards mingling our voices in true Sierra Club fashion in
hymns of praise and thanksgiving. On the other side of the
creek, Ray Bailey and his Rodgers Lake revelers were making
their best efforts to prove that they were the true and only
dwellers in the mountains. But they failed. We were it. So
we thought and so we still believe. We were off ta an un-
known land—a valley lying somewhere to the northeast,
guessed at, but unknown—and a still more mysterious moun-
tain beyond. We had been to Rodgers Lake and knew it by
heart. But no one, as far as we knew in the history of the Si-
erra Club, had been up Virginia Cafion and to Dunderberg.
And so with lusty voices we proved our right of primacy far
into the night. At last the fire died out and the winds and
tumbling streams sang us to sleep.

The morning of our second day found us still on familiar
ground, up Cold Cafion and over the ridge following the Mat-
terhorn trail as far as Return Creek. Return Creek is the name
given to the stream formed by the junction of Spiller and Vir-
ginia creeks, so Return Cafion and Virginia Cajfion are, in fact,
geographically one. The same stream heading in Virginia
Cafion flows through both. At the point where the main trail
crossed the creek we picked up the Virginia Pass trail, running
northeasterly and following closely the stream.

Virginia Cafion is one of the many spots in the Sierra that
owe their beauty and charm to what may be called their inti-
macy. You leave the rest of the world behind; you are visit-
ing a friend at home, in the seclusion of a quiet beauty that is

denied the world in general. To add to its charm you have not. ~

only meadows of rare flowers, but on either side the most per-
fect tamarack-pine forests that I have seen anywhere. Not a
single dead tree up to the very sky-line mars the unbroken
sweep of glistening green; and, best of all, the trail, which

Jaqny "T 1937e@ MM Aq o0yg
LSHaXO CYHHdAHS MOTHEA ‘NONVO VINIOUIA NI dWVO

“IADXO ALVTd *X “IOA ‘NILATTING FATS VUNAIS

“IIADXOD ALVId

roqnyy "7 10978 AA Aq O10
ANVI ONOOA GNV WVdd GHOOVA

X “TOA

‘NILATING ANID VUUAIS

The Climb of Dunderberg via Virginia Canon 289

within a few years has been reblazed at the lower part of the
cafion, suddenly gives out, and you are your own trailmaker.
Open meadow follows stretches of forest, and forest succeeds
delightful flower-scented glades. If you are careful, you are
further repaid with the sight of soft-eyed deer, looking at you
from the tangled underbrush, unafraid. The birds, particular-
ly the thrushes, are fluting their dreamy songs from brush to
mountain side, and the chickadee sings his love song.

We had evidence abundant that this is the true home of
Apollo and the Muses. In fact one of our number had strange
stories to tell of a lost trail leading to secret haunts where the
sense of direction becomes confused and where, in bewilder-
ment, one lies down and dreams to the music of unseen choris-
ters and is wafted away under the tricky guidance of Pan and
the water sprites. Yes, it is an intimate, a lovely, a friendly
cafion, with a stream in its midst that has every virtue that a
stream could have — babbling noises, tumbling rapids, cold,
crystal pools, moss-lined and tanglewood banks, and overhang-
ing shelves where the ouzel dips with lightning speed—every-
thing !—with one exception. In vain did the best of fishermen,
even the unexcelled d’Estrella, speed the singing line upon the
foaming pools and change from fly to fly. Sad but true, the
trout is a minus quantity. Still the trout is not always neces-
sary, and we had ample compensation, an appetite and a thirst
“you couldn’t buy,” and a meal truly fit for the gods.

And then as we sat in the gathering twilight, listening to the
music of the stream and the last song of the thrush, we were
suddenly aware of a miracle. The entire valley was trans-
formed into a bowl filled to its brim with molten gold, while
Shepherd’s Crest, with its mantle of snow, blazed in the last
rays of the sun like a great amethyst. We sat in silence for a
long time watching it until gradually the light faded and the
long shadows dropped into darkness. It was a scene that none
of us can ever forget.

And then such a camp-fire as we had, soaring high above
and lighting and lifting higher still the splendid tree tops that
seemed to lose themselves in the sky! Songs, stories, a round
table of friendly jest and reminiscence, and we are safe again
in our sleeping bags upon “rock and cones imbedded deep.”

290 Sierra Club Bulletin

Morning brings the third day, and while still the dipping
stars were winking and the shadows filling up the valley, even
before the highest point of Shepherd’s Crest had felt the morn-
ing’s breath, we were up and away. A climb of a thousand
feet brought us to Summit Lake and in full view of Thunder
Mountain.

Here the ways divided, and while the bold spirits turned
their faces to the storm-defying heights, the slackers and a
large part of the commissary contented themselves with climb-
ing to Epidote Peak, and, dreaming in the sunshine, picking
out the various peaks and lakes, and watching through field
glasses the intrepids scale the frowning cliffs.

Dunderberg is a mountain of multi-colored rock, steep as to
its sides, broken as to the rocks, and slippery, shifting, red and
hot as to the uncertain shale. It also has snow on the side—
steep, unclimbable snow—and on top, when you get there, a big
monument of more broken rocks. It is easy to come down, but
not exactly safe as to the coming. Rennie, the Mountain Goat,
makes a bee line down ravines of crushed shale and fetches up,
in a few thousand dashes, in something like twenty-three min-
utes, at the bottom. Others come more slowly, and with cau-
tion. After you have climbed it you are glad, and when you
get back to camp you are gladder still. Those left behind at
camp are glad, too, for they have kept dinner waiting, and they
show their joy by unusually friendly greetings, and by hand-
ing out dainties that you never knew existed, such as onion and
potato salad. I forgot to state that the elevation of this Thun-
der Peak is 12,365 feet.

Do not be too hasty, however, in deciding not to climb Dun-
derberg. The real and most important reason for climbing any
mountain is the getting there and the things one can see from
the top. Measured by this standard, Dunderberg ranks sec-
ond to few in the entire Sierra. In fact it is the vantage point
of this entire region, and commands on all sides views which
are simply superb. Bridgeport Valley to the north, Monument
Ridge and Saw Tooth Ridge to the north and west, Dana,
Gibbs, Conness, Lyell, and many other old friends greet you
from a new angle. Saddlebag Lake, Virginia Lake, East Lake,
West Lake, Greek Lake, and innumerable others—even Hoover

The Climb of Dunderberg via Virginia Cation 291

Lake—winking with laughing eyes of blue, send their glisten-
ing light to greet you. Beyond, to the east, mysterious, silent,
desolate, shadow-like, filled with shifting rainbow colors, lie
Mono Lake and Mono Desert.

At the campfire that night, amid stories of adventure, nar-
row escapes, scientific discussion, etc., it was clearly demon-
strated to the entire satisfaction of the twenty campers, and to
the packer, that if a flying body, Homer Miller, for instance,
in a mad leap for lower ledges, comes in contact with a splinter
of Dunderberg, it is eminently fitting and necessary that he
come into camp last of all, and that he occupy his place at the
camp-fire in his sleeping bag, in order that Miss Bridges may
illustrate with needle and thread a new use for bandanas.

Our cross-country trip from Virginia Cafion to Young Lake,
where we camped for the last night, was a constantly shifting
scene of forest, stream and mountain, with many surprises as
to distances. Young Lake, only a short distance from Soda
Spring, has not received the appreciation to which it is clearly
entitled. We voted it by acclamation a spot of almost unpar-
alleled beauty. Ragged Peak, White Mountain and Conness,
so encircle it from various sides that its setting is one of wild
beauty unsurpassed. The stunted trees, the broken granite
boulders, the snow edging its way into the waters of the lake,
the restless waves that nervously rock themselves from cliff to
sandy beach, all add to the impression that this spot is very far
from the world. One could well believe that no human being
had ever visited it until his eye falls upon a bit of obsidian, or
an exquisite arrowhead, giving evidence that in a bygone age
here was once a happy hunting ground of the Indians.

The last day brought us to the top of Conness, and back by
Young Lake and the circuitous contours of Ragged Peak, to
the base camp at Soda Springs. Blessed is the side trip, so say
we all; blessed is the spirit of the mountains; and blessed are
the streams of crystal water and ice-cold plunge in lake and
pool. The stars are blessed, too, showing in untold myriads so
friendly and near. Blessed is the thunderstorm, and the sweet
mountain rain, and the trees and flowers that hold up grateful
heads. And blessed beyond all the comradeship that no one
knows who has not tested its sweetness in the High Sierra.

KNAPSACKING IN THE KINGS-SAN JOAQUIN
REGION

By A. L. JorDAN
-

N THE 12th of June, 1917, we left Cascada, the terminus

of the San Joaquin and Eastern Railway, with knapsacks
and outfits weighing between fifty-five and sixty pounds apiece.
My companion was Mr. H. H. Bliss of the University of Cali-
fornia. We traveled via Huntington Lake and Badger Flat to
Kaiser Pass, where we had a fine view across the South Fork
of the San Joaquin of Saddle Peak, Red and White Mountain,
Mount Abbott, Mount Gabb and others. The South Fork
seemed larger than the Merced at Yosemite. We had a bath
in the hot sulphur spring, then crossed the suspension bridge
and went onward.

Leaving the trail, we explored a peculiar rock mesa which
we had seen from the pass. It was of volcanic nature and had
vertical cliffs, accessible in only one or two places. We called
it “Jericho Mesa.” We next came to Mono Meadow and then
to Vermilion Valley, where we passed through some aspen
thickets and noted many evidences of avalanches. On leaving
Mono Creek we entered a country with no trails, and going on
into the Second Recess, climbed the steep right bank of Mills
Creek at about nine thousand feet.

Here we discarded our moccasins, put on caulked shoes and
began “hitting the snow.” On the way to the pass a large coy-
ote was seen, and the tracks of many others were noticed in
the snow. We called it “Coyote Pass” (12,200 feet). Leaving
our packs here, we started for Mount Gabb, and finding only a
few steep places, reached the summit about two o'clock. The
reward was one of the finest views I have ever seen—a great
vista of gigantic peaks, rock-masses and snow. Finding no evi-
dence that the peak had been climbed before, we made out a
statement, placed it in a “dehydro” can and left it in a cairn on
the summit. The elevation marked on the map is 13,700 feet.

We made a speedy descent, resumed our packs and started

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CXCVIII.

CONN

SS GLACIER FROM THE MOUNTAIN SUMMIT
Photo by Walter L. Huber

“XIOXO ALVITd

uo}SuIpay [Neg Aq oJoyg
TIVUL ONOW AHL WOU ‘SSHOAN HLYNO

*X “IOA ‘NILATING ANTS vVaUNaIS

Knapsacking in the Kings-San Joaquin Region 203

on. The great shadow of the mountain warned us that we had
but three hours of daylight in which to get down to timber line.
The packs were heavy and we were tired and the shore line of
Lake Italy is a long one. As one weary pilgrim put it, “That
lake is strung out like a piece of macaroni!” So it seemed
quite a time before camp was made, at 10,800 feet, in the Hil-
gard branch of Bear Creek. The nearby peaks were bathed in
the beautiful pink of the alpenglow.

Next day we went on down Bear Creek, crossed the branch
on a rough log bridge about a quarter of a mile above the
junction, and continued on up the right bank of the East Fork.
Here we had to make our first ford. The water was not up to
our waists, but there were ice-floes near and H. H. did not like
the temperature. A little farther on we left our packs again
and climbed Seven Gables (13,066 feet). There were a few
cliffs and one chimney with slide-rock, but most of the climb
was plain snow-plugging. So far as we know, the peak had
been climbed only by Messrs. Le Conte, Cory and Hutchinson
before us. The next day we went on to a gap ahead which we
christened ‘‘Hardscrabble Pass’ (about 12,200 feet), then
made quick time over the snow down to Piute Creek in French
Cafion. We made camp here, though we walked farther down
to the junction with the San Joaquin and saw the fine new
bridge across the creek. )

On our way up the stream the following day we saw a big
porcupine, and had great fun trying to get him to pose for a
. photograph. Passing on up Piute Creek, we got a fine view of
Mount Humphreys (to the north) and at last reached Piute
Pass. We noticed that some timber extended clear to the top
(11,400 feet). Plunging down through the soft snow, we fol-
lowed the North Fork of Bishop Creek to a wooded region
called Bishop Park. Farther on we came to the intake for one
of a series of hydro-electric stations and spent some time ex-
amining the gate mechanism. We were then being scruti-
nized by the watchman, not only because of our unshaven and
vagabondish appearance, but for a reason which will appear
later.

Following the pipe line, we soon reached Andrews’ Camp,
where we were welcomed by the proprietor. We had been

294 Sierra Club Bulletin

thirteen days from Cascada and our packs weighed about
thirty-seven pounds each.

After resting and loading up with groceries we were ready
to depart. Mr. Andrews called us aside and told us that the
telephone wires were hot with instructions for the men at the
next dam to be on the lookout for “two fellers with packs who
acted suspicious and might be German dynamiters!” We
thanked him and started. Our packs now weighed sixty-eight
pounds apiece, so we found that one mile was far enough for
that evening. We went on up Bishop Creek, past South Lake,
and at the end of the day came to the most beautiful campsite
of the trip on the shore of Long Lake. The lake is set like the
jewel of the poet, between great colored mountains. Our camp
was in a little clump of limber pine and tamrac. The elevation
is 10,800 feet. We were awakened by our familiar friend the
Gambel sparrow, who sings just before dawn, and we rose
while the stars were still visible. The lake was frozen nearly
over.

On our way up toward the pass we met two young men
from Bishop, with five burros, who were returning after their
second attempt to get their animals over. After a long hard
climb we reached Bishop Pass and crossed into Fresno County
again. Our course was now over great snow-fields into the
headwaters of the Middle Fork of the Kings. It was after
midday and the snow was soft. My companion was ahead
breaking trail when he went through the crust and wrenched
his ankle. Luckily we had reached timber line, and we soon
found a good camping-place on the Dusy branch, where we
stayed for two days. I explored a little, finding one easy pass
(for knapsackers) over into the Palisade Basin. We finally
got off again, myself with the larger load, down, down, into
the cafion of the Middle Fork. The injured ankle improved
rapidly and we made the junction of the Dusy branch and the
river. We here struck a recently completed portion of the
John Muir Trail, so travel was easy. After awhile the trail
stopped. The workmen had blasted a way half the distance up
a water-worn cliff and then quit for the season. By using the
rope we worked our way up a cleft in the rock. Toiling up-
ward slowly, we camped on the edge of a lakelet, about a mile

Knapsacking in the Kings-San Joaquin Region 205

below Helen Lake. Ice had to be broken before we could get
water for cooking.

We were up next morning while it was yet dark, and got
breakfast as the alpenglow lit up the mountain side. Then fol-
lowed a great climb over the snow, where little ice-chunks made
a curious tinkling sound when kicked off by our shoes. One
ice-cave with some fine stalactites was seen. Reaching Muir
Pass (12,059 feet), we crossed into the Evolution Creek re-
gion, then found a way directly opposite the middle of Wanda
Lake over into North Goddard Creek. We dubbed this “Lag-
gard Pass,” the name telling how we felt. Trudging onward
down the creek, we passed one fine lake and camped at the first
scrubby timber near another. This was our highest camp—1I,-
000 feet. Leaving the left bank of the creek about a mile above
where it enters the South Fork of the San Joaquin, we worked
over into the cafion of the main stream. Here at short intervals
the river leaps gleefully in most beautiful waterfalls.

A good place to ford was found about a hundred and fifty
yards above where North Goddard Creek comes in, and H. H.
spoke “full and free’ concerning the coldness of the water, the
swiftness of the stream and the roughness of the stones on the
bottom. The trail led on along the bank of the clear, rushing
river. We missed the Hell-For-Sure trail and camped on the
very brink of a fine fall, whose roar lulled us to sleep. It was
the most romantic of all our camps. Up at dawn, we “hit the
side of the cafion.” Using the map, also the note of Mr. Le
Conte’s party,* we came up near Red Mountain. Here we had
to go down hill some distance, and bearing to the left, were
forced to cross a mile or more of slide-rock, but we finally
reached the pass with the appropriate name (11,300 feet). A
great contrast was offered by the views to the east and to the
west. The former was one of a country smothered in snow,
the latter of lakes in their natural blue color, some bare earth,
and in the distance trees and green meadow.

This point marked this portion of the trip into two parts, the
remainder being in what seemed low country. After some
tramping over granite, we came to forest country and again

* See Sierra Crus Butwetin, vol. II, no. 5, page 260.

296 Sierra Club Bulletin

heard the “harp of the winds” in the trees. This was a well-
ducked and well-marked trail through woods sometimes open
and cheerful, sometimes dark and gloomy. Walking on through
Post Corral Meadows, we reached Sand Meadow (Helms
Creek), where I prepared for a little nap. H. H. started fish-
ing. I was awakened by wild yells, and as soon as I could get
my eyes open beheld H. H., the rod bent almost double, strug-
gling with a large trout. After helping him get it ashore (it
was almost a foot long), I returned to my nap. Very soon
there was a duplication of the performance, so I gave it up
and started supper. We got eleven beauties all told, the first
real fishing of the trip. They had the ordinary markings, and
what was new to me, the fine bright red spots of the Eastern
brook trout.

Next day we went on upward, noting a pair of fine gray
foxes on our way through the forest. The trail here passed
through magnificent forests of red fir, tamrac, white fir and
sugar pine. Near by dozens of beautiful snow plants were
seen. We finally left the trail and struck out across country
to try to find the McKinley Grove of Big Trees, marked rather
indefinitely on the maps. Upon climbing to the top of a huge
rock, great was our joy when we made out a number of the
sequoias among the thousands of trees visible. After plunging
through the brush we came upon one of the giant redwoods
and knew that we had found the grove. The impression was
that of entering a great cathedral, and we went in with our
hats off. The wonderful coloring and size of the trees are al-
ways soul-stirring. The grove is a small one, but is almost
unspoiled by tourists, and pin-headed officials have not yet la-
beled the trees “General Wellington,” “General Napoleon,” etc.

We now resumed our journey, and passing down Laurel
Creek, approached the Dinkey Ranger Station. The first man
we talked with since leaving Bishop Pass was a cook for the
outfit of J. Robinson, well known to Sierra Club people. We
rested at the station, then trudged on over a dusty road, think-
ing of the clean and dustless country left behind. Luckily, a
delightful camp-spot was found, where a clear stream gushed
out of a fragrant group of azalea.

Our walk next day was through a most desolate region of

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CCIII

PORCUPINE, PIUTE CREEK
Photo by H. H. Bliss

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CCV.

PEAK NEAR LONG LAKE
Photo by A. L. Jordan

Knapsacking in the Kings-San Joaquin Region 207

stumps and rotting timber; the forest had been lumbered and
no effort made to burn refuse. It was very depressing all the
way to Shaver Lake. At the lumber company’s store we got a
few luxuries and then went on. The following day brought us
to the Stevenson Creek station of the San Joaquin and East-
ern, a short distance from where we started. We were not yet
out of food, though we had been out just fifteen days from
Andrews’ Camp. With a little care, we could have gone seven-
teen or eighteen days.

OW the sun has come out after the storm, how bright, how

full of freshness and tender promise and fragrance is the
new world! The woods putting forth new leaves; it is a mem-
orable season. So hopeful! These young leaves have the beau-
ty of flowers . . . After a storm at this season, the sun comes
out and lights up the tender expanding leaves, and all nature is
full of light and fragrance, and the birds sing without ceasing,
and the earth is a fairyland. Thoreau’s Journal

THE JUNIPERS OF LAKE VALLEY
By Cornetius Beacu BRADLEY

NE day last summer, while driving through Lake Valley

at the upper end of Lake Tahoe, I was surprised to see
among the yellow pines and tamaracks of the open forest cer-
tain trees that seemed to me new. I thought that I knew all
the trees in that part of the Sierra. My companion pronounced
them tamaracks (Pinus contorta var. murrayana), which in-
deed they greatly resembled in stature and in habit. But the
tawny-gray fibrous bark and the finer sprays of foliage con-
vinced me that they could not be that. On examination at a
later time we found that they were junipers, but so unlike the
forms of Juniperus occidentalis with which we were familiar
that we were compelled to suppose them to be of a different
species—possibly one that had worked its way over from the
eastern side of the range through Luther’s Pass. But on my
return to Berkeley the specimens of foliage and fruit which I
had brought with me were identified by Dr. H. M. Hall as un-
doubtedly those of J. occidentalis.

The features of these trees which had puzzled me were: (1)
their unusual situation on the floor of a deep sheltered valley,
instead of on the exposed rocky slopes of the Sierra ridges;
(2) their close association with other conifers instead of being
scattered about singly in the open; (3) their stature, reaching
eighty or ninety feet—twice or thrice that of the tree in its
usual habitat; (4) their symmetrical shape and aspiring habit
which here persist even to old age. For, while this feature is
common throughout the whole group of cypress-like trees, and
regularly appears in the early life of this species, it is lost long
before maturity by those individuals which face the Sierra
storms unprotected.*

Another feature which impressed us later was the frequent
occurrence in this group of the twin or double tree, as seen in
plates CCII and CCIV. This also occurs, but I think not so

* See plates CC and CCI.

The Junipers of Lake Valley 299

frequently, among junipers which grow on the exposed moun-
tain ridges. The double tree might in reality be a single one
which forked very early in life because of the loss of its lead-
ing shoot; or it might be two trees which, germinating near
each other, grew at length large enough to touch and then to
mingle into one common trunk. But why should this be more
common among these junipers than among the yellow pines
and tamaracks about them? Here surely is an interesting prob-
lem for some one to solve.

Here then was a group of some hundreds of these trees scat-
tered about among the pines of the valley floor between My-
ers’ station and the forest-ranger’s cabin some two miles to the
south. They seemed moreover to be strictly confined to this
area. None were found either to the north or to the south of
it. Right through the center of it runs the automobile road to
Luther’s Pass and Markleeville. Hundreds of campers and
tourists pass through it every season. Yet it seems never to
have come to the notice of our botanists. Indeed Dr. W. L.
Jepson tells me that he has never known of such a group of
these trees, although he has known of exceptional individuals
of their stature and habit.

The special characters of this group are due no doubt to the
richer soil in which they grow, and to the protection against
storms afforded both by the high ridges east and west of them
and by the other forest trees growing about them. Since simi-
lar conditions are by no means uncommon in the Sierra at this
altitude, it seems altogether likely that such groups might be
found elsewhere, if people were only on the lookout for them.+
I hope that members of the Sierra Club and other persons in-
terested in such things will, on their summer rambles, keep this
matter in mind, and especially that they will not fail to report
their findings.

The fact that a number of these trees had recently been cut
to furnish posts for some miles of fencing on the road to Tal-
lac, led me to take up the question of their age. The trees

_ tin his monumental Silva of California (1910) the only notice of this excep-
tional type is the following sentence: ‘In protected localities they present regular
figures forty to sixty-five feet high, and sometimes six or seven feet in diameter.’

} Since writing the above I have learned of the existence of a somewhat similar
group on the South Yuba, between Cisco and the Summit.

300 Sierra Club Bulletin

felled for this purpose were all vigorous and clean-growing
junipers in their young prime, from two to three feet in diam-
eter, and from sixty to seventy feet high. From my notes I
select the following typical counts of the annual rings of
growth.

No. 1. Prostrate trunk, one of the two trunks of a double
tree. Section at 10 feet from the ground. Diameter 24 inches,
247 rings.

No. 2. Stump. Section at three feet from the ground. Di-
ameters 27 and 36 inches, 236 rings.

No. 3. Prostrate half of a double tree which had stood 70
feet high. Diameter at 10 feet above the ground, 28 inches,
255 rings.

No. 4. A fine double tree, still in vigorous growth; each
trunk nearly five feet in diameter, and the combined trunk
nearly nine feet. A superficial cut to a depth of 1% inches
showed 40 layers of growth.

In order to bring these results to bear upon the question of
the age of junipers growing under conditions which are for
them more usual than those of Lake Valley, we later cut down
a vigorous young tree growing on a rocky ledge in Glen Alpine,
near Lily Lake, and brought a section of the trunk to Berkeley,
where it is now in the Herbarium of the University. This tree
is—

No. 5. Diameters, 14 and 18 inches. Rings, 230.§

This last tree from the mountain side proved to be a very
instructive parallel to those selected as typical of growth on
the valley floor. For while the age was nearly the same
throughout the whole group, the measured diameters of the
valley trees averaged nearly twice as great as that of the moun-
tain tree. All this was interesting and suggestive, but it did
not go far enough. We need to know also the age of the much
larger trees which are frequently encountered—from five to
seven feet, as stated in the Silva; and trees considerably larger
than that have been credibly reported. Direct and conclusive
answer to this question can, of course, be had only by felling

§ The upper surface was chosen for measurement because it was clear of the
swell about the roots. The count of rings could not be made on this surface be-
cause of a cavity at the heart. It was therefore made on the lower surface, and
showed 234 rings. An allowance of 4 rings was then made for the difference of 13
inches in height.

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CC.

YOUNG JUNIPER, GLEN ALPIN
Photo by Harold C. Bradley

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X.

BIG TWIN JUNIPER
Photo by Harold C. Bradley

PLATE CCIlI.

The Junipers of Lake Valley 301

some of these great trunks and making an actual count of the
rings. This, however, it was impossible to do in what remained
of the vacation. ie

Nevertheless it seemed that the data already secured should
furnish sufficient basis for a good approximation to the answer
desired. Of course no simple scheme of proportionate in-
crease as between age and diameter would avail, since age
increases regularly by addition of equal increments ; whereas in-
crease of diameter is by unequal increments, greatest at a point
very early in the life of the tree, and diminishing thereafter to
the end. The Glen Alpine tree, for example, could not by any
possibility have doubled its diameter of 16 inches in twice its
230 years of age. Still less could it have doubled that again to
64 inches at 920 years of age. Yet this last diameter—by no
means extraordinary among mountain junipers—could hardly
have been reached short of 1400 or 1500 years!

Thus there was opened up for these trees a vista of life un-
expectedly long, equalling perhaps even that of the giant se-
quoias. My thoughts turned at once to a study made many
years ago of a magnificent specimen of that race in the Cala-
veras Grove, felled while in full vigor of growth at the age of
1240 years. By careful count and measurement I secured a
complete record of its growth through the four centuries of its
youth and the eight centuries and more of its glorious prime.

Here then was the clue I needed. With those ages and meas-
urements{| as coordinates, was plotted the curve of growth ac-
tually made by that tree throughout its entire life.**

It is No. 1 of the accompanying chart, and it is to serve as a
norm of growth with which we may compare, and thus fore-
cast, the growth of other long-lived trees of kindred stock and
similar figure, growing in the same climate and in the same re-

4] The measurement for each 200-year period was as follows:

Years Radius measurement Years Radius measurement
200 25 inches 800 66 inches
400 AB ie? 1000 Pa ee?
600 on Maa 1200 81 ?

The measurements presently to be used in plotting the growth of the junipers are
diameter-measurements. This is done merely to facilitate comparison of the different
curves by bringing them nearer together, and does not at all affect the conclusions
reached concerning the growth of the junipers. Should the diameter of the sequoia
be needed, it may, of course, be had by simply doubling these measurements.

_ ™* Since the curve is quite regular, it has been possible to continue it in dotted
line, with little risk of error, beyond the actual life-time of the tree to the 3000-
year mark. The curves of the junipers have been carried out on the same plan.

302 Sierra Club Bulletin

gion— namely, these junipers. Barring extraordinary acci-
dents, the curve of their growth should be essentially like that
of the sequoia, having the same time-scale, and differing only
in the scale of magnitude—that is, the ordinates of the juniper
curve should at all points be proportional to those of the se-
quoia curve. The problem is therefore to find the constant ra-
tio between the two.

EST Olen ea

a Oo eS Ce el ie
ECCS ere E no ea a
ca eT ee SO
BREN 22 ak2 Ee ame
REP Cae ae eee
BED e2 ane hee eee

|| ed pl
AL A OT Te Ea TA Ct
a a eee
Cod a Le Tepe fee peg ae pe De a ee aie gi fC

Turning now to the first juniper of the above list, we see that
the initial point of its curve must of course be at zero of the
century scale. A second point is also known, determined by
its age of 247 years (at P) and its diameter of 24 inches (Pa).
By continuing the vertical coordinate Pa to the sequoia curve
at d, we get the ordinate of that curve at the 247-year point Pa,
—that is, the radius-measurement of the sequoia at that age,
29.5 + or 0.8 is therefore the ratio sought. Applying this ratio
in succession to each of the 200-year measurements of the se-
quoia growth, we shall have the corresponding measurements
of our juniper according to our forecast, which, when plotted,
give us curve No. 2 of the chart. In like manner the age and
measurements of the Glen Alpine tree result in curve No. 3 of
the chart.

The scheme assumes that by the time such a tree as these has
reached the age, say of 250 years, it has struck its true pace—
has found its proper scale of growth. Forecasting on this basis
the “expectation of growth’ for these two trees, we find that
the mountain juniper might attain the five feet of diameter as-
signed to its class at about the age of 1300 years, and the val- j
ley juniper the seven feet assigned to its class at about £500.
The forecast is probably a little too favorable for the junipers f

The Junipers of Lake Valley 303

which occupy exposed positions on the mountain ridges. For
the sequoia-record which serves as the basis of the forecast is
that of a tree uncommonly well defended from the accidents
and stresses which sap the strength and check the growth of
middle and later life. Serious damage by fire it seems to have
escaped altogether. The deadly freezing and drying winds of
winter which the junipers must face singly as they stand scat-
tered about on the storm-beaten heights, could not harm this
sequoia deep in its narrow dell and girt about by its giant
brethren. So far then as this consideration has weight, it
points to a date still later than that just now named for the at-
tainment of its supposed maximum size.

There is also another consideration which seems to point in
the same direction. The largest junipers that I have chanced
upon have always been found far up on the mountain flanks.
Their curve of growth therefore should be represented not by
curve No. 2, but by the more pinched and starved No. 3. I feel
sure that I have seen among them trees of more than seven feet
in diameter, but never having had the wit to measure them, I
cannot insist upon that.—Let their maximum be seven feet in
diameter. According to curve No. 3 how old should they be?
One actually hesitates to name the figure.

On the other hand, the enormous age which used to be
claimed for the giant sequoias has been steadily cut down by
the increase of definite knowledge, until now it appears that
the greatest age demonstrated by actual counts is no more than
2200 or 2300 years. It would seem then that the juniper is ac-
tually in the race of life alongside of its big brother the se-
quoia !

May 16, 1917

STUDIES IN THE SIERRA
By Joon Murr

NO. IV. GLACIAL DENUDATION
-

LACIAL denudation is one of the noblest and simplest

manifestations of sun-power. Ocean water is lifted in
vapor, crystallized into snow, and sown broadcast upon the
mountains. Thaw and frost, combined with the pressure of its
own weight, change it to ice, which, although in appearance
about as hard and inflexible as glass, immediately begins to flow
back toward the sea whence it came, and at a rate of motion
about equal to that of the hour-hand of a watch.

This arrangement is illustrated in Fig. 1, wherein a wheel,
constructed of water, vapor, snow, and ice, and as irregular in
shape as in motion, is being sun-whirled against a mountain-
side with a mechanical wearing action like that of an ordinary
grindstone.

In north Greenland, Nova Zembla, the arctic regions of
Southeastern Alaska and Norway, the snow supply and general
climatic conditions are such that their glaciers discharge di-

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE; GGL.

OLD JUNIPER, OVER TEN FEET AT BASE
On Tamarack Trail, Ralston Peak in distance
Photo by Harold C. Bradley

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CCIV.

* — r P od

GIANT JUNIPER IN CATHEDRAL CANON
NATIONAL PARK
Photo by William E. Colby

LOSE IMsiguE

Studies in the Sierra 305

rectly into the sea, and so perhaps did all first-class glaciers
when in their prime; but now the world is so warm, and the
snow-crop so scanty, most glaciers melt long before reaching
the ocean. Schlagenweit tells us those of Switzerland melt on
the average at an elevation of about 7400 feet above sea-level ;
the Himalaya glacier, in which the Ganges takes its rise, does
not descend below 12,914 feet ;* while those of our Sierra melt
at an average elevation of about 11,000 feet. In its progress
down a mountain-side a glacier follows the directions of great-
est declivity, a law subject to very important modifications in
its general application. Subordinate ranges many hundred feet
in height are frequently overswept smoothly and gracefully
without any visible manifestations of power. Thus, the Ten-
aya outlet of the ancient Tuolumne mer de glace glided over
the Merced divide, which is more than 500 feet high, impelled
by the force of that portion of the glacier which was descend-
ing the higher slopes of Mounts Dana, Gibbs, and others, at a
distance of ten miles.

The deeper and broader the glacier, the greater the horizon-
tal distance over which the impelling force may be transmitted.
No matter how much the courses of glaciers are obstructed by
inequalities of surface, such as ridges and cafions, if they are
deep enough and wide enough, and the general declivity be suf-
ficient, they will flow smoothly over them all just as calm
water-streams flow over the stones and wrinkles of their chan-
nels.

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE SIERRA CONSIDERED WITH
REFERENCE TO GLACIAL ACTION

The most obvious glacial phenomena presented in the Sierra
are: first, polished, striated, scratched, and grooved surfaces,
produced by the glaciers slipping over and past the rocks in
their pathways. Secondly, moraines, or accumulations of mud,
dust, sand, gravel, and blocks of various dimensions, deposited
by the glaciers in their progress, in certain specific methods.
Thirdly, sculpture in general, as seen in cafions, lake-basins,
hills, ridges, and separate rocks, whose forms, trends, distribu-
tion, etc., are the peculiar offspring of glaciers.

* According to Captain Hodgson.

206 Sierra Club Bulletin

In order that my readers may have clear conceptions of the
distribution and comparative abundance of the above phenom-
ena, I will give here a section of the west flank from summit
to base between the Tuolumne and Merced rivers, which,
though only a rough approximation, is sufficiently accurate for
our purposes. The summit region from D to C (Fig. 2) is
composed of metamorphic slates, so also is most of the lower
region, B to A. The middle region is granite, with the excep-
tion of a few small slate-cappings upon summits of the Merced
and Hoffmann spurs. With re-
| | gard to the general topography
| >, AvirndA RO RLS | of the section, which may be
ae ae Nay rm taken as fairly characteristic
: ais of the greater portion of the

range, the summit forms are
sharp and angular, because they
have been down-flowed; all the
middle and lower regions com-
prising the bulk of the range
have rounded forms, because
they have been overflowed. In the summit region all the gla-
cial phenomena mentioned above are found in a fresh condi-
tion, simply on account of their youthfulness and the strong,
indestructible character of the granite. Scores of small gla-
ciers still exist on the summit peaks where we can watch their
actions. But the middle region is the most interesting, because,
though older, it contains ail the phenomena, on a far grander
scale, on account of the superior physical structure of granite
for the reception of enduring glacial history.

Notwithstanding the grandeur of the cafions and moraines
of this region, with their glorious adornments, stretching in
sublime simplicity delicately compliant to glacial law, and the
endless variety of picturesque rocks rising in beautiful groups
out of the dark forests, by far the most striking of all the ice
phenomena presented to the ordinary observer are the polished
surfaces, the beauty and mechanical excellence of which no
words will describe. They occur in large irregular patches
many acres in extent in the summit and upper half of the mid-
dle regions, bright and stainless as the untrodden sky. They

Studies in the Sierra 307

reflect the sunbeams like glass, and though they have been sub-
jected to the corroding influences of the storms of countless
thousands of years, to frosts, rains, dews, yet are they in many
places unblurred, undimmed, as if finished but yesterday. The
attention of the mountaineer is seldom arrested by moraines
however conspicuously regular and artificial in form, or by.
cafions however deep, or rocks however noble, but he stoops
and rubs his hand admiringly on these shining surfaces, and
tries hard to account for their mysterious smoothness. He has
beheld the summit snows descending in booming avalanches,
but he concludes that these cannot be the work of snow, be-
cause he finds it far beyond the reach of avalanches; neither
can water be the agent, he says, for he finds it on the tops of
the loftiest domes. Only the winds seem capable of following
and flowing in the paths indicated by the scratches and grooves,
and some observers have actually ascribed the phenomenon to
this cause. Even horses and dogs gaze wonderingly at the
strange brightness of the ground, and smell it, and place their
feet upon it cautiously; only the wild mountain sheep seems to
move wholly at ease upon these glistening pavements.

This polish is produced by glaciers slipping with enormous
pressure over hard, close-grained slates or granite. The fine
striations, so small as to be scarcely visible, are evidently
caused by grains of sand imbedded in the bottom of the ice;
the scratches and smaller grooves, by stones with sharp grav-
ing edges. Scratches are therefore most abundant and rough-
est in the region of metamorphic slates, which break up by the
force of the overflowing currents into blocks with hard cutting
angles, and gradually disappear where these graving tools have
been pushed so far as to have had their edges worn off.

The most extensive areas of polished surfaces are found in —
the upper half of the middle region, where the granite is most
solid in structure and contains the greatest quantity of silex.
They are always brighter, and extend farther down from the
axis of the range, on the north sides of cafions that trend in a
westerly direction than on the south sides; because, when wet-
ted by corroding rains and snows, they are sooner dried, the
north sides receiving sunshine, while the south walls are most-
ly in shadow and remain longer wet, and of course their gla-

308 Sierra Club Bulletin

ciated surfaces become corroded sooner. The lowest patches
are found at elevations of from 3000 to 5000 feet above the
sea, and thirty to forty miles below the summits, on the sunni-
est and most enduring portions of vertical walls, protected
from the drip and friction of water and snow by the form of
the walls above them, and on hard swelling bosses on the bot-
tom of wide cafions, protected and kept dry by broad boulders
with overhanging eaves.

MORAINES

In the summit region we may watch the process of the form-
ation of moraines of every kind among the small glaciers still
lingering there. The material of which they are composed has
been so recently quarried from the adjacent mountains that
they are still plantless, and have a raw, unsettled appearance,
as if newly dumped, like the stone and gravel of railroad em-
bankments. The moraines belonging to the ancient glaciers
are covered with forests, and extend with a greater or less de-
gree of regularity down across the middle zone, as we have
seen in Study No. III. Glacial rock forms occur throughout this
region also, in marvelous richness, variety, and magnitude,
composing all that is most special in Sierra scenery. So also
do cafions, ridges and sculpture phenomena in general, descrip-
tions of whose scenic beauties and separate points of scientific
interest would require volumes. In the lower regions the pol-
ished surfaces, as far as my observations have reached, are
wholly wanting. So also are moraines, though the material
which once composed them is found scattered, washed, crum-
bled, and reformed, over and over again, along river-sides and
over every flat, and filled-up lake-basin, but so changed in po-
sition, form of deposit, and mechanical condition, that unless
we begin with the undisturbed moraines of the summit region
and trace them carefully to where they become more and more
obscure, we would be inclined to question the glacial character
of these ancient deposits.

The cafions themselves, the valleys, ridges,and the large rock
masses are the most unalterable and indestructible glacial phe-
nomena under consideration, for their general forms, trends,
and geographical position are specifically glacial. Yet even

Studies in the Sierra 309

these are so considerably obscured by post-glacial erosion, and
by a growth of forests, underbrush, and weeds, that only the
patient and educated eye will be able to recognize them be-
neath so many veils.

The ice-sheet of the glacial period, like an immense sponge,
wiped the Sierra bare of all pre-glacial surface inscriptions,
and wrote its own history upon the ample page. We may read
the letter-pages of friends when written over and over, if we
are intimately acquainted with their handwriting, and under
the same conditions we may read Nature’s writings on the
stone pages of the mountains. Glacial history upon the sum-
mit of the Sierra page is clear, and the farther we descend, the
more we find its inscriptions crossed and recrossed with the
records of other agents. Dews have dimmed it, torrents have
scrawled it here and there, and the earthquake and avalanche
have covered and erased many a delicate line. Groves and
meadows, forests and fields, darken and confuse its more en-
during characters along the bottom, until only the laborious
student can decipher even the most emphasized passages of the
original manuscript.

METHODS OF GLACIAL DENUDATION

All geologists recognize the fact that glaciers wear away the
rocks over which they move, but great vagueness prevails as to
the size of the fragments, their abundance, and the way in
which the glacial energy expends itself in detaching and carry-
ing them away. And, if possible, still greater vagueness pre-
vails as to the forms of the rocks and valleys resulting from
erosion. This is not to be wondered at when we consider how
recently glacial history has been studied, and how profound
the silence and darkness under which glaciers prosecute their
works.

In this article I can do little more for my readers than indi-
cate methods of study, and results which may be obtained by
those who desire to study the phenomena for themselves. In
the first place, we may go to the glaciers themselves and learn
what we can of their weight, motions, and general activities*—

* Here I would refer my readers to the excellent elementary works of Agassiz,
Tyndall and Forbes.

310 Sierra Club Bulletin

how they detach, transport, and accumulate rocks from vari-
ous sources. Secondly, we may follow in the tracks of the
ancient glaciers, and study their denuding power from the
forms of their channels, and from the fragments composing
the moraines, and the condition of the surfaces from which
they were derived, and whether these fragments were rubbed
off, split off, or broken off.

The waters which rush out from beneath all glaciers are tur-
bid, and if we follow them to their resting-places in pools we
shall find them depositing fine mud, which, when rubbed be-
tween the thumb and finger, is smooth as flour. This mud is
ground off from the bed of the glacier by a smooth, slipping
motion accompanied with immense pressure, giving rise to the
polished surfaces we have already noticed. These mud parti-
cles are the smallest chips which glaciers make in the degrada-
tion of mountains.

Toward the end of the summer, when the winter snows are
melted, particles of dust and sand are seen scattered over the
surfaces of the Sierra glaciers in considerable quantities, to-
gether with angular masses of rock derived from the shattered
storm-beaten cliffs that tower above their heads. The separa-
tion of these masses, which vary greatly in size, is due only in
part to the action of the glacier, although they all are borne
down like drift on the surface of a river and deposited to-
gether in moraines. The winds scatter down most of the sand
and dust. Some of the larger fragments are set free by the ac-
tion of frost, rains, and general weathering agencies; while
considerable quantities are borne down in avalanches of snow,
and hurled down by the shocks of earthquakes. Yet the glacier
performs an important part in the production of these super-
ficial effects, by undermining the cliffs whence the fragments
fall. During my Sierra explorations in the summers of 1872
and 1873, almost every glacier I visited offered illustrations of
the special action of earthquakes in this connection, the earth-
quake of March, 1872, having just finished shaking the region
with considerable violence, leaving the rocks which it hurled
upon the ice fresh and nearly unchanged in position.

But in all moraines we find stones, which, from their shape
and composition, and the finish of their surfaces, we know

Studies in the Sierra

were not thus derived from
the summit peaks overtopping
the glaciers, but from the
rocks past which and over
which they flowed. I have seen
the north Mount Ritter Gla-
cier and many of the glaciers
of Alaska in the act of grind-
ing the side of their channels,
and breaking off fragments
and rounding their angles by
crushing and rolling them be-
tween the wall and ice. Inall
the pathways of the ancient
glaciers,also, there remain no-
ble illustrations of the power
of ice, not only in wearing
away the sides of their chan-

nels in the form of mud, but _}fjilp
in breaking them up into huge >
blocks. Explorers into the up- °

per portion of the middle
granite region will frequently
come upon blocks of great
size and regularity of form,
possessing some character of
color or composition which
enables them to follow back
on their trail and discover the
rock or mountain - side from
which they were torn. The
size of the blocks, their abun-
dance along the line of dis-
persal, and the probable rate
of motion of the glacier which
quarried and transported them,
form data by which some ap-
proximation to the rate of this
sort of denudation may be

311

312 Sierra Club Bulletin

reached. Fig. 3 is a rock about two miles west of Lake Tenaya,
with a train of boulders derived from it. The boulders are
scattered along a level ridge, where they have not been dis-
turbed in any appreciable degree since they came to rest toward
the close of the glacial period. An examination of the rock
proves conclusively that not only were these blocks—many of
which are twelve feet in diameter—derived from it, but that
they were torn off iis side by the direct mechanical action of
the glacier that swept over and past it. For had they simply
fallen upon the surface of the glacier from above, then the rock
would present a crumbling, ruinous condition—which it does
not—and a talus of similar blocks would have accumulated at
its base after there was no glacier to remove them as they fell;
but no such talus exists, the rock remaining compact, as if it
had scarcely felt the touch of a single storm. Yet, what count-
less seasons of weathering, combined with earthquake violence,
could not accomplish, was done by the Tenaya Glacier, as it
swept past on its way to Yosemite.

A still more striking and instructive example of side-rock
erosion may be found about a mile north of Lake Tenaya.
Here the glaciated pavements are more perfectly preserved
than elsewhere in the Merced basin. Upon them I found a
train of granite blocks, which attracted my attention from their
isolated position, and the uniformity of their mechanical char-
acters, Their angles were unworn, indicating that their source
could not be far off. It proved to be on the side of one of the
lofty elongated ridges stretching toward the Big Tuolumne
Meadows. They had been quarried from the base of the ridge,
which is ice-polished and undecayed to the summit. The rea-
son that only this particular portion of the ridge afforded
blocks of this kind, and so abundantly as to be readily trace-
able, is that the cleavage planes here separated the rock into
parallelopipeds which sloped forward obliquely into the side of
the glacier, which was thus enabled to grasp them and strip
them off, just as the spikelets of an ear of wheat are stripped
off by running the fingers down from the top toward the base.
An instance where the structure has an exactly opposite effect
upon the erodibility of the side of a rock is given in Fig. 4,
where the cleavage planes separate it into slabs which overlap

Studies im the Sierra 313

each other with reference to the direction of the glacier’s mo-
tion, like the shingles of a roof. Portions of the sides of rocks
or cafion walls whose structure is of the latter character always
project, because of the greater resistance they have been able
to offer to the action of the past-flowing glacier, while those
portions whose structure is similar to that of the former exam-
ple always recede.

Fig. 5 is a profile view of a past-flowed glacier rock, about
1500 feet high, forming part of the north wall of Little Yo-
semite Valley near the head. Its grooved, polished, and frac-
tured surface bears witness in unmistakable terms to the enor-
mous pressure it has sustained from that portion of the great
South Lyell Glacier which forced its way down through the
valley, and to the quantity, and size, and kind of fragments
which have been removed from it as a necessary result of this
action. The dotted lines give an approximate reconstruction
of the rock as far as to the outside layer at A. Between A and
B the broken ends of concentric layers, of which the whole
rock seems to be built, give some idea of the immense size of

314 Sierra Club Bulletin

some of the chips. The reason for the greater steepness of the
front from A to B than from B to C will be perceived at a
glance; and, since the cleavage planes and other controlling
elements in its structure are evidently the same throughout the
greater portion of its mass as those which determined its pres-
ent condition, if the glacial winter had continued longer its
more characteristic features would probably have remained
essentially the same until the rock was nearly destroyed.

The section given in Fig. 6 is also taken from the north side
of the same valley. It is inclined at an angle of about twenty-
two degrees, and therefore has been more flowed over than
flowed past. The whole surface, excepting the vertical por-
tion at A, which is forty feet high, is polished and striated.
The arrows indicate the direction of the striae. At A a few in-
cipient cleavage planes are beginning to appear, which show
the sizes of some of the chips which the glacier would have
broken or split off had it continued longer at work. The whole
of the missing layer which covered the rock at B, was evident-
ly detached and carried off in this way. The abrupt transition
from the polished surface to the split angular front at A, shows
in a most unequivocal manner that glaciers erode rocks in at
least two very different modes—first, by grinding them into
mud; second, by breaking and splitting them into blocks, whose
sizes are measured by the divisional planes they possess and
the intensity and direction of application of the force brought
to bear upon them. That these methods prevail in the denuda-
tion of overflowed as well as past-flowed rocks, is shown by
the condition of every cafion of the region. For if mud parti-
cles only were detached, then all the bottoms would be smooth
grooves, interrupted only by flowing undulations; but, instead
of this condition, we find that every cafion bottom abounds in
steps sheer-fronted and angular, and some of them hundreds
of feet in height, though ordinarily from one to ten or twelve
feef. These step-fronts in most cases measure the size of the
chips of erosion as to depth. Many of these interesting ice-
chips may be seen in their tracks removed to great distances or
only a few feet, when the melting of the glaciers at the close
of the period put a stop to their farther progress, leaving them
as lessons of the simplest kind.

Studies in the Sierra ars

Fig. 7, taken from the Hoffmann fork of Yosemite Creek ba-
sin, shows the character of some of these steps. This one is
fifteen feet high at the highest place, and the surface, both at
top and bottom, is ice-polished, indicating that no disturbing
force has interfered with the phenomena since the termination
of the glacial period.

Fig. 8 is a dome on the upper San Joaquin, the top of which
is about 7700 feet above sea-level. The arrow indicates the di-
rection of application of the ice-force, which is seen to coin-
cide with the position of remaining fragments of layers, the
complements of which have been eroded away. Similar frag-
ments occur on the stricken side of all domes whose structure
and position were favorable
for their formation and pres-
ervation.

Fig. 9 is a fragmentary
dome situated on the south
side of the Mono trail, near
the base of Mount Hoffmaian.
“\u| Remnants of concentric shells

Fic. 9 ——~ of granite from five to ten
feet thick are seen on the up-stream side at A,where it received
the thrust of the Hoffmann Glacier, when on its way to join
the Tenaya, above Mirror Lake. The edges of unremoved lay-
ers are visible at B and C. This rock is an admirable illustra-

316 Sierra Club Bulletin

tion of the manner in which a broad deep glacier clasps and de-
nudes a dome. When we narrowly inspect it, and trace the
striae, we perceive that it has been eroded at once in front, back
and sides, and none of the fragments thus removed are to be
found around its base. Here I would direct special attention
to the fact that it is on the upper side of this rock at A, just
where the pressure was greatest, that the erosion has been least,
because there the layers were pressed against one another, in-
stead of away from one another, as on the sides and back, and
could not, therefore, be so easily broken up.

QUANTITY OF GLACIAL DENUDATION

These simple observations we have been making plainly in-
dicate that the Sierra, from summit to base, was covered by a
sheet of crawling ice, as it is now covered by the atmosphere.
Its crushing currents slid over the highest domes, as well as
along the deepest cafions, wearing, breaking, and degrading
every portion of the surface, however resisting. The question,
therefore, arises, What is the quantity of this degradation?
As far as its limit is concerned it is clear that, inasmuch as gla-
ciers can not move without in some way and at some rate low-
ering the surfaces they are in contact with, a mountain range
may be denuded until the declivity becomes so slight that the
glaciers come to rest, or are melted, as was the case with those
concerned in the degradation of the Sierra. However slow
the rate of wear, given a sufficient length of time, and any
thickness of rock, whether a foot or hundreds of thousands
of feet, will be removed. No student pretends to give an arith-
metical expression to the glacial epoch, though it is universally
admitted that it extended through thousands or millions of
years. Nevertheless, geologists are found who can neither
give Nature time enough for her larger operations, or for the
erosion of a mere cafion furrow, without resorting to sensa-
tional cataclysms for an explanation of the phenomena.

If the Sierra were built of one kind of rock, homogene-
ous in structure throughout its sections, then perhaps we
would be unable to produce any plain evidence relative to
the amount of denudation effected; but, fortunately for
the geologist, this is not the case. The summits of the

Studies in the Sierra

range in the section under spe-
cial consideration are capped
with slates; so are several
peaks of outlying spurs, as
those of the Merced and Hoff-
mann, and all the base is
slate- covered. The circum-
stances connected with their
occurrence in these localities
and absence in others, furnish
proof little short of demon-
stration that they once cov-
ered all the range, and, from
their known thickness in the
places where they occur, we
may approximate to the quan-
tity removed where they are
less abundant or wanting.
Moreover, we have seen in
Study No. III that the physi-°
cal structure of granite is such”
that we may know whether or
not its forms are broken. The
opposite sides of valley walls
exhibiting similar fragmen-
tary sections often demon-
strate that the valleys were
formed by the removal of an
amount of rock equal in
depth to that of the valleys.
Fig. 10 is an ideal section

across the range from base to
summit. That slates covered
the whole granitic region be-
tween B and D is shown by
the fact that slates cap the
summits of spurs in the de-
nuded gap where they are suf-
ficiently high, as at C. Also,

a
a)

317

318 Sierra Club Bulletin

where the granite comes in contact with the slates, and
for a considerable depth beneath the line of contact, it par-
takes, in a greater or less degree, of the physical structure of
slates, enabling us to determine the fact that in many places
slates have covered the granite where none are now visible for
miles, and also furnishing data by which to approximate the
depth at which these surfaces lie beneath the original summit
of the granite. Phenomena relating to this portion of the ar-
gument abound in the upper basins of the tributary streams of
the Tuolumne and Merced; for their presentation, however, in
detail, we have no space in these brief outlines.

If, therefore, we would restore this section of the range to
its unglaciated condition, we would have, first, to fill up all the
valleys and cafions. Secondly, all the granite domes and peaks
would have to be buried until the surface reached the level of
the line of contact with the slates. Thirdly, in the yet grander
restoration of the missing portions of both granite and slates
up the line between the summit slates and those of the base, as
indicated in Fig. 10 by the dotted line, the maximum thickness
of the restored rocks in the middle region would not be less
than a mile and a half, and average a mile. But, because the
summit peaks are only sharp residual fragments, and the foot-
hills rounded residual fragments, when all the intervening re-
gion is restored up to the dotted line in the figure, we still have
only partially reconstructed the range, for the summits may
have towered many thousands of feet above their present
heights. And when we consider that residual glaciers are still
engaged in lowering the summits which are already worn to
mere blades and pinnacles, it will not seem improbable that the
whole quantity of glacial denudation in the middle region of
the western flank of the Sierra considerably exceeds a mile in
average depth. So great was the amount of chipping required
to bring out the present architecture of the Sierra.

Reprinted from the Overland Monthly of August, 1874. This is the fourth of

a series of seven studies in which Mr. Muir developed his theories of the geology
of the Sierra.—EDITOoR.

Sere ACLU B

Founded 1892
402 Mitts Buitpinc, San Francisco, CALIFORNIA
Annual Dues: $3.00, (first year $5.00)

- THE PURPOSES OF THE CLUB ARE:
sare, enjoy, and render accessible the mountain regions of the Pacific
Coast; to publish authentic information concerning them; to enlist the sup-
port and co-operation of the people and the Government in preserving the
forests and other natural features of the Sierra Nevada.
-
JouHN Murr, President 1892 to 1914

OFFICERS AND COMMITTEES FOR THE YEAR 1917-1918
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

rarer OOrny, Sat PLANCISCO. 6c fice k si ol a pai ee ele eel ae President
VERNON L. KELLoccG, Stanford University ............... Vice-President
MARTON RANDALL Parsons, Berkeley...2.......0...00cec ees Treasurer
Bee re CONTE Derkeley 3.4.00 oe bce t ws b's a Sale ew ireeaeeend lees Secretary

WILLIAM FREDERIC Bape, Berkeley Atsert H. ALLEN, Berkeley
Watter L. Huser, San Francisco Ropert M. Price, Reno, Nevada
Crair S. Tappaan, Los Angeles
HONORARY VICE-PRESIDENTS
JAMES Bryce, London, England
Henry S. Graves, Washington, D. C.

Ropert UNDERWOOD JoHNSoN, New York City
Davip Starr JorDAN, Stanford University
J. Horace McFartanp, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania
Enos A. Mitts, Estes Park, Colorado
STEPHEN T, MatuHer, Washington, D. C.

COM MITTEES
Outing Committee: Wi1LL1AM E. Cosy (Chairman and Manager), CLairR

S. Tapraan (Assistant Manager), JoseEpH N. LE Conte.

Committee on Local Walks: Frep R. PARKER (Chairman), Witt1am T.
GoLpsporouGcH, A, E. NEUENBURG, LESLIE GARDNER, H. T. CARLTON.

Committee on Le Conte and Parsons Memorial Lodges: JosrerH N. LE
ConTE (Chairman), MARION RANDALL Parsons, RoBertT M. PRIceE.

Auditing Committee: WitttaM F. BapE (Chairman), WALTER L. HuBER,
ALBERT H. ALLEN.

Librarian: Nei L. TAGGARD.

Southern Califorma Section Executive Committee: CHartes J. Fox
(Chairman), Putt S. Bernays (Secretary, 315 West Third Street,
Los Angeles), BENJAMIN W. FENTON (Treasurer), MABELLE Mc-
Catia (Assistant Secretary), H. E. Battey, Mrs. Henry Braun,
Wiu1AM P. BoLtann, Ernest Dawson, GEorcE A. WHITE.

-
SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN

Published annually for the members

EDITORIAL BOARD
TGS A aE See An na ee a LE Editor
SN a Of 8 i i a ie a a Notes and Correspondence
PSO ATDALT FE ARSONS. | \oe.icccccecceadeubeccccecet es Book Reviews
RE te PCO pecs als tus bine Lae tied sei lae cans ae cle alee Forestry Notes

ALBERT H. ALLEN, FrANcIS P. FARQUHAR
Wa tter L. Huser, WILLIAM T. GoLpsBorouGH, JosEPH N. LE ConrmeE,
Exxiott MCALLISTER

WAR SERVICE RECORD
>

United States Army

Apert H. Aten, Captain Infantry
C. R. Barney, 2nd Lieutenant Field Artillery
Davin P. Barrows, Major, Dept. Philippines
Epwin T. BLaxe, Captain Engineers, France
Hoimes BEcKwirTH, Ist Lieutenant Field Artillery
FipeL C. CHAMBERLAIN, Captain Engineers, Washington, D. C.
ALEXANDER CRAVEN, 2nd Lieutenant
Dozier FINLEY, Captain Ordnance Department
PAut C. Gripper, 2nd Lieutenant Infantry
D. H. Gruss, Lieutenant
C. A. Koro, Major Sanitary Corps
CuHar-_es H. LEE, Ist Lieutenant Engineers
GiLBerT N. Lewis, Major, Gas Service Dept., Washington, D. C.
RatpuH C. McGee, Captain Infantry
RoBERT SPANDER, Lieutenant
E. T. THursTON, Captain Engineers
SYDNEY ZOBEL, Lieutenant

PRIVATES

Rosert CAMPBELL, 116th Engineers, A. E. F., France
J. Le Roy Corrigan
FARNSWORTH CurRRIER, Ist Sergeant, 348th Machine Gun Battalion
C. Netson HAcKETT
H. L. Hansen, Section 586, A. E. F., France
RosBert LIPMAN, Ordnance Dept., San Antonio Arsenal
NATHAN PutNAw, I8th Railway Engineers, A. E. F., France
LAWRENCE RENTCHLER
GerorcE Ross
K. A. RYERSON
E. L. StockinG, 18th Railway Engineers, A. E. F., France
J. C. TorMEY
GerorcE W. WHiITtE, 14th Field Artillery
TYLer R. VAN DEcRIFT, Ist Sergeant 7th Battery

AVIATION

EpMUND CHAMBERLAIN, Ist Lieutenant, 1st Aero Squadron,
U.S. Marine Corps, Mineola, L. I.
WILLIAM T. GOLDSBOROUGH, Ist Lieutenant, 138th Aero Squadron
BricHt R. Paxton
WarreEN L. Pierson, Ist Lieutenant, France
Avery TOMPKINS, 2nd Lieutenant, Washington, D. C.
MEDICAL OFFICERS RESERVE CORPS

E.J. Brest J.G. Brown Matco_tm GoppArp
CL Hose FREDERIC KROLL A. M. MeEaps
O. H. Ropertson STANLEY STILLMAN

AMERICAN FIELD SERVICE
Henry L. Perry, Lieutenant

RESERVE OFFICERS’ TRAINING CAMP
LESLEY EINSTEIN H. V. S. Hupparp

War Service Record 321

United States Navy
L. E. Bruce, Ordnance Officer

UNITED STATES NAVAL RESERVE FORCE

Francis P. Fargquuar, Passed Assistant Paymaster (Lieutenant),
Cost Inspection, Union Iron Works, San Francisco
S. M. Has ett, Jr., Ensign, U.S. Naval Academy, Annapolis
Homer T. MILter, Assistant Paymaster (Ensign), Twelfth Naval
District, San Francisco

The lists given above are doubtless incomplete and members are
urged to send in corrections and additions. Mention should also be
made of many of our members who are giving volunteer service in im-
portant fields of civilian war work. Our vice-president, Vernon Kel-
logg, formerly associated with Mr. Hoover on the Commission for Re-
lief in Belgium, is now his assistant in the Food Administration. With
him also are Duncan McDuffie and J. S. Drum. Warren Gregory is an-
other member of the C. R. B. who has done notable work. Warren Ol-
ney, Jr., is a member of the State Bureau of Military Registration, and
Walter J. Burpee, a member of the Local Exemption Board. W. J.
Aschenbrenner is an associate member of the Legal Advisory Board.
Homer P. Earle is in Government service in Washington.

From the University of California the following members of the fac-
ulty have been engaged in investigation for the Pacific Coast Research
Conference: W. C. Bray, J. S. Burd, Herman Kower, A. C. Lawson, W.
A. Setchell, Max Thelan. For the State Council of Defense: H. R. Hat-
field, W. L. Jepson, C. A. Kofoid, E.P. Lewis, G.L. Louderback, Walter
Mulford.

The Reverend A. W. Palmer is a Director General of religious work
in the Y. M.C. A. Charles J. O’Connor is at the head of Civilian Relief
of the Red Cross for the whole Pacific Coast. Other devoted workers
in the Red Cross are Ellen Emerson, John Gardner, D. L. Beard, Mary
Haskell, Jane M. Spalding, Agnes Vaille and Jessie Tatlock. Miss
Willie Morrow and Grace Beans are on their way to France as nurses.
Mrs. Eunice Tietjens and Elizabeth Hammond are both in France, the
former correspondent for the Chicago Daily News, the latter as inter-
preter and entertainer in a Red Cross Unit. Edith Bull is likewise in
France on war service. Professor Charles A. Huston of Stanford Uni-
versity and Professor Edward C. Franklin are both on the War Trade
Board, Mr. Huston on the Control of Exports, and Mr. Franklin on the
Control of Mines.

A few names likewise come to mind of friends from former outings
not now members of the club, news of whom may be of interest to
many. Bernard Miller is a Captain in the Army; Dr. Henry Forbes is
in France with one of the American base hospitals, “loaned to the Brit-
ish”; he has served in Serbia also. Aristides Phoutrides is First Lieu-
tenant of Infantry, U.S.A. Alice Leavens is a member of the Smith
College group engaged in rebuilding ruined villages in France. Dr. Ster-
ling Bunnell is also in France.

EDITORIALS

OI
SHALL SHEEP Powerful influence will be brought to bear this winter in
DESPOIL an effort to have the national parks thrown open to sheep
NATIONAL grazing. War pressure and the necessity for additional
Parks ?* mutton and wool will be urged as the excuse for this ad-

ditional entering wedge. But if these natural wonder-
lands are ever again invaded by the “hoofed locusts,” the fable of the
camel and the Arab’s tent will be repeated. Once allowed to enter,
these destructive agencies will hold on like grim death, even when the
asserted need is over. It took the courage and foresight of a John Muir
and years of effort to “drive these money changers out of the temple,”
and no man was ever better qualified to judge the damage these wander-
ing hordes did to the wild gardens of the Sierra and other mountain
parklands. He accompanied a band of sheep on his first trip into the
Sierra, and in all his wanderings was impressed with the desert-like de-
struction they left in their wake. To use his own words:

In the summer of 1889, I took one of the editors of the Century
Magazine out for a walk in Yosemite . . . and when we were
camped one day at the Big Tuolumne Meadows, my friend said,
“Where are all these wonderful gardens you wrote so much
about?” And I had to confess—woe’s me—that uncountable sheep
had eaten and trampled them out of existence.

The axe is not yet at the root of every tree, but the sheep is, or
was before the national parks were established . . . the sheep
consume every green leaf, not sparing even the young conifers,
when they are in a starving condition from crowding, and they
rake and dibble the loose soil of the mountain sides for the spring
floods to wash away, and thus at last leave the ground barren.

And to think that the sheep should be allowed in these lily
meadows! after how many centuries of Nature’s care planting and
watering them, tucking the bulbs in snugly below the winter frost,
shading the tender shoots with clouds drawn above them like cur-
tains, pouring refreshing rain, making them perfect in beauty, and
keeping them safe by a thousand miracles... .

A few years later he wrote:

On this ramble I was careful to note the results of the protec-
tion the region had enjoyed as a park under the care of the Fed-
eral Government. . . . When I had last seen the Yosemite Na-
tional Park region, the face of the landscape in general was brok-
en and wasted, like a beautiful human countenance destroyed by
some dreadful disease. Now it is blooming again as one general
garden, in which beauty for ashes has been granted in fine wild
measure. .

* The National Park Service has opened the parks to a limited number of cattle.
While the necessity for even this is to be regretted, no permanent harm can result
if ie numbers are restricted, for cattle are not nearly so destructive to vegetation
as sheep.

Editorials 322

This is no time to take advantage of a nation’s stress and urge the
granting of an unnecessary destructive privilege which will injure her
at home as well as abroad. After the war is over the need of national
parks will be greater than ever to help heal the wounds and allay the
suffering of the war. Our parks should then be at their best and should
not needlessly show the blasting effects of modern warfare. Every
loyal American should be willing to sacrifice anything and everything
vitally essential to victory, but we should not blindly sacrifice priceless
possessions to our everlasting regret until the need for such sacrifice be-
comes compelling. The national parks are only a small fractional area
of the public domain.

The French, who have superbly suffered the heaviest burdens in this
war, are keeping the gardens of Paris blooming in all their peace-time
glory in order to cheer the wounded and downhearted and make them
forget for the moment their misery. Why does not France spend this
labor in making shells or raising wool? Why not auction off the price-
less art treasures of the Louvre if money and material gain is the only
consideration in this war? No, the world is not coming to an end and
there is a brighter day to look forward to, be it near or be it remote.
And when that day arrives, let us not still be confronted with the ter-
rible ravages of war by the sight of needless destruction of our wild
playgrounds at home. W.E. C.

To OvurCtius’ There is a natural tendency in these days to relinquish
MEMBERS the privileges of club membership for financial reasons.
The cost of living has risen and taxes of all kinds are
greatly increased. Consequently the loyalty of all who belong to public-
spirited organizations is undergoing a test. Many bear testimony that
the Sierra Club makes a better return for value received than any other
club of the kind. But we ardently hope to build up a membership that
will not rate the question of individual benefit above the honor of shar-
ing in the valuable public service which the Sierra Club is constantly
rendering. Had it not been for the watchful protection which the club
has exercised over the national parks and monuments of California, in
particular, both present and future generations would long ago have
been robbed of treasures of scenery that are now, and, we hope, will
ever remain the pride and the inspiration of the West. In order to in-
vade the national parks, wool and mutton men are sure to dress up their
hope of private gain in the form of a public necessity. We need the
support of all our members in any impending fight for the protection of
our country’s heritage of natural beauty. Let there be no slackers in
our ranks! Maintain your membership! W. F. B.

324 Sierra Club Bulletin

Two Arctic A time when nearly the whole world is at war offers little
EXPEDITIONS encouragement to the enterprise of explorers. Two notable

Arctic expeditions, however, were undertaken before the
outbreak of the war. The safe return of members of both exploring par-
ties last summer is a fact of great interest to students of the earth’s sur-
face. The Crocker Land Expedition carried a survey along the south-
eastern coast of Ellesmere Island, northwest of Greenland. That these
explorers found a great increase of glacial activity throughout the north-
ern regions, since the middle of the nineteenth century, is a fact of con-
siderable climatic importance. In one place an enormous new glacier has
formed as a result of the progressive refrigeration of the country. The
land is said to be fairly buried in ice, which flows over and around the
headlands and fills all the fiords. In view of the fact that the seasonal
cold broke all records for one hundred and nine years in New England
last spring, and the further fact that this increase of cold has been
noted in the temperate zone of the entire northern hemisphere, one is
tempted to raise the question whether another northern ice period is ap-
proaching.

At Cape Isabella Mr. Macmillan, the leader of the expedition, was
fortunate enough to find the records left by Sir George Nares of the
British expedition of 1876, and mail for the Discovery and the Alert left
a generation ago by Sir Allen Young of the Pandora. The latter vessel,
renamed the Jeannette, was commanded by George W. De Long when
he set out in 1879 from San Francisco on his fateful expedition.

The southern party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition made its way
northward around Alaska to the point where the Canadian-Alaskan
boundary line touches the Arctic Ocean. From there they explored the
coast eastward for a thousand miles, consuming three years in the
achievement of this task. Their discoveries are of great interest and im-
portance. Among them is the cafion of the Croker River, deeply eroded
from dolomite. The collections, both of plants and of animals, include
specimens of groups never before encountered in the western Arctic
area. The ethnologists found brand new material for study in the Cop-
per Eskimos, whose language, folklore, and social customs were investi-
gated by one of the anthropologists who lived and wandered about with
them for half a year on the little known Victoria Island. These Eski-
mos make their tools of native copper, which was found there in nug-
gets weighing in some cases forty pounds. The geologist of the party
estimated that two billion tons of the ore were in actual sight.

Reports of the discoveries made by the northern party under the di-
rection of the noted explorer Vilhjalmur Stefansson are now being
awaited eagerly. He had not been heard from for a year and a half, but
the Navy Department has, just as we are going to press, received word
of the safe arrival of his party at Fort Yukon. Stefansson undertook to
explore the Beaufort Sea region west of the Parry Archipelago and
north of Alaska and Yukon Territory.

Editonals 325

The interests common to Alpinists and explorers of the Arctic regions
receive new recognition in the fact that Mr. Macmillan has been invited
to give an account of his explorations at the annual dinner of the Amer-
ican Alpine Club. W. F. B.

MountTAINEERS More than fifty of our members are now in the army
AND War or navy or in hospital service. Nearly as many again

have sacrificed their business interests to devote them-
selves to civilian work directly related to the war. Still others, un-
counted numbers of them, whose names will never appear on war-ser-
vice records, are doubling already heavy burdens of work and respon-
sibility in order that home enterprises of far-reaching importance may
still be carried on.

In their mountain life mountaineers gain a democratic simplicity, a
vigorous hardihood, that should stand them in good stead now. They
learn there to respect discipline, to sacrifice individual desires to the good
of the communal whole, to live cheerfully with little besides the three
B’s of mountaineering—bed, boots and bread. Indispensable knowledge
this for a soldier. It is not surprising, therefore, to hear that high hon-
or already has been paid one of our new officers. A group of drafted
men training under him, given the opportunity to enter a reserve off-
cer’s training camp, declared that if they could be assured of going to
France and fighting with him, they would prefer to remain in the ranks.
This officer had learned, like the French officers, that leadership and
comradeship may go hand in hand. We believe that when the war is
over we shall be able to point with pride to more than one of our trail
comrades, who in his hours of recreation amid the peace and beauty of
our mountains has gained the strength, the self denial and the resource-
fulness that will make him a gallant and trusted leader in the grim bus-
iness of war. M. RP:

REPORTS OF COMMITTEES
>

REPORT OF THE TREASURER FOR THE YEAR ENDED May 5, I917,
CARRIED FORWARD TO DECEMBER 31, 1917

At a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Sierra Club held May 5,
1917, it was voted that the fiscal year of the club be changed to the cal-
endar year. Among other reasons for this change was the fact that un-
der the old system the report of the treasurer, rendered in May, could
not be published until the following January. The report ended May 5,
therefore, has been carried forward to December 31, and henceforward
will be rendered each year upon the latter date and published in the
January BULLETIN.

At an earlier meeting it was voted by the directors that the fund de-
rived from the bequest of the late Edward Whymper ($254.12) should
be expended in reducing the debt on the Parsons Memorial Lodge situ-
ated on the Tuolumne Soda Springs property, this being a permanent
improvement equally valuable to all members of the club.

SUMMARY OF RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES YEAR ENDED MAY 5, I9Q17

Total wrecetpts ie ee a a Mas Ue ve a $5,724.66
Total expenditures yee Tia ee Wt oN Aca de 5,506.35
Excess: of ‘receipts: over ‘expenditures... ...00 0. ee ae 158.31
Cash ‘on ‘hand (Miay.6;TOIG 60501 fee. Lee 2,036.55
Balance May iSiitOUz oie i ila cs 6 coc ea baile: oleae Oe Lene eat Up aaa $2,194.86

RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES FOR NINETEEN MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, IQI7

MAY 6, 1916, TO DECEMBER 31, 1917

Receipts
Dizes fromimemDersii.j2s ei SW te Ne A On ean $7,230.00
PROG rN Gs co 11g hye GIRS UN a 210.00
NAVETtISEMeNtS CO GO OO MAE Ena 475.00
Sale Of MBULEETINS (5 )/3) Ce ee a NS en ae one 26.45
Sale (of Mins ee ei ea ON CU AOR ea a 11.00
Tntereston, bank ‘accounts. 120.44
Sundry smalhi receipts ie el NN eae eae 4.03
Total receipts). ae $8,026.92

Reports of Committees 327

Expenditures
Bent ofr room 402 Mills Building. .......0...000¢6....... $1,200.00
TON ASSESUATIL No p64) cicvs Wests le!) asc gralar etaliaie aly wiblene ol aye 1,200.00
(oy CES SSR ya ta ED One 8 ao Ue re 710.48
SSP ea A EE ES a 527.65
Melrephnone’ and telegraph 2 .).3 ee 179.38
Bees maintenance he Co ee egal Win alle, 98.79
aero and Photographs 3). soi ee ieee a as 114.66
Publishine and delivering BULLETIN..........0.000... 1,925.21
CRIN, AP PGLACHIG eri. esis fic te cies ole dy eit hc vsie ae elses 168.22
RPGS POS) he ig ed ea 222.88
eee OOS es Ui lei asia w @ojaialaba tarda dheieuets 216.82
PENNE LAN ec ieee cial u ale bialehaca ed ale losSutyale be eleral eialle thas 20.00
preparer cl SO CEION 6 ee eV eu ale sou oie cele a wise ae els 450.00
Penne and Equipment ./.06 ce ile oan we wes 31.90
EPID OEE GlIDS os eee adieicd ald Bee ee Gales 36.24
Beets IG ITISIIFATICE tile sls ale seas Silele Gels big oop ead» 183.25
PRIA ASSISEATICE 2) eis ye Wie esis sk So deo wile alasiee eo eia'e 22.75
MATIC CRCMAN OE sh ec wile dwindle e as ces meee een 21.25
MN ee eM U HN ery Ulla aie wis dS ahi ewe ala ea 32.70
MaRS EEC NUS clu sutat's Wiel a slate dic'lg gidla'a ls ele # a alal > 32.10
ren SIHAll (EXPENSES, Co. oo lw wie bas ke bee ce wea ews 10.62
Silene EM MEMEIELITES oy iia atch eee leg) allele bold wale tasae alee $7,404.90
Excess of receipts over expenditures...............0.0 cee eee 622.02
SN Or MANGA ©) TOTO, ia) s aie eee lel be cs sve s ec wae ce eae 2,036.55
Mac On mand December 31, TOT (icc ec ka bcc cc ce ele eels $2,658.57
Made up as follows:
PGCE UN Me tH ere tsetse Nahas a ro $ 25.00
IESE NATIONAL XAT ssl Suan Wie bi uis dieses eld cree 213.11
Savines Union Bank & \Drust: Co... sos. 1,671.41
Sectrity Savings Banke vn OL oe 749.05
NOC LGN ARR net Mh GAA oT SPN a Ae $2,658.57
Permanent Fund
rm re AN TOTO ii iste e eu le wciltis ied Slalelyle claletecs $1,574.92
MO IEICE ol VIL oe fale ie aie lale cilia ste e cid gies 400.00
RR i Oe ON SN NUNN cr ca NA it MN 132.50
Balance—December 31, 1917, in Security Savings Bank........ $2,107.42

Marion RANDALL PARSONS,
| Treasurer

328 Sierra Club Bulletin

REpoRT ON LE ConTE MEMORIAL LODGE

The lodge was opened to the public on May 23rd. During the first
part of the season the cold and damp weather necessitated a large fire
being kept constantly burning for the comfort of the guests. For this
purpose a quantity of wood was donated to the lodge by the Govern-
ment officials. During the early part of the season we had an average
of fifteen visitors a day, but as the summer advanced the number in-
creased until, during the latter part of June, we often had several hun-
dred. In July the number decreased again quite materially.

The guests seemed to enjoy the books on the valley, including those
on the birds and flowers, and the daily papers, more than any of the
other attractions. They were also much interested in the maps and
studied them diligently. On the hot days of July, they discovered that
a cool, comfortable spot could always be found in the lodge, and soon
took advantage of this, spending the whole afternoon within it, which
made the one comfortable rocking chair constantly in demand.

We renewed many of the older specimens of the herbarium, brighten-
ing up the collection. There are many more specimens which we col-
lected for this purpose but left unmounted on account of lack of room.
A catalogue of the books was made this summer for the library, there
being about 350. Two cards were made for each, so that any book may
easily be found by knowing either the author or title.

We desire to express our sincere appreciation to the Sierra Club for
the privilege of spending a summer in the valley as custodians of the

lodge. Docta I. PATCHETT,

Rose B. WRIGHT,
Custodians
J. N. Le Conte, Chairman,
R. M. Price,
Marion RANDALL PaRSONS,
Committee

REPORT OF 1917 OUTING

Owing to conditions brought about by the war, the ambitious plans of
the Outing Committee to take the club into the San Joaquin and Middle
Fork of the Kings regions had to be abandoned until after the war. A
substitute outing was taken into the Tuolumne Meadows, where a main
camp was established on the Soda Springs property which is under the
control of the club, and from this central camp trips were taken to the
many surrounding points of interest. About 150 members participated
and the outing proved thoroughly enjoyable from every standpoint. This
was the first opportunity that members of the club have had generally
to enjoy the Parsons Memorial Lodge. Every one had great praise for

ACTOS). ete ee Use Oo} uci
Uol}10d poaino oY} WOIT SUIMOIS
SYUNI} YZIAdN 9914} 9} OJON ‘SMOPRIT 9UUINIONT, ‘ayxe'] Yyyoqezi[y Mojaq adojs uo payeso07T

HLMOUWD ANId MOVUYVNVL ANOINA

"[ADD ALVTd Of “% a ‘*X “IOA ‘NILATITNAG ANTO VAUTIS

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CCVII.

we
EE
ee Ue Lis

ges
Sie Goes

ONE OF THE EXQUISITE LAKES IN TEN LAKE BASIN
Yosemite National Park
Photo by William E. Colby

Reports of Committees 329

its architectural beauty and its appropriateness to the surroundings.
Several of the camp-fires were held in the lodge itself. The fire was
built in the large fireplace and the building easily accommodated 150 at
one time. Large parties climbed Mt. Lyell and Mt. Dana, and smaller
expeditions went as far as Rodgers Lake and Dunderberg Peak. A small
knapsack party visited the Ten Lake Basin region with a view of gain-
ing information for the outing of 1918. The party returned to Yosemite
by way of Merced Lake and Little Yosemite, many members availing
themselves of the opportunity to climb Half Dome with the aid of the
rope that has been placed along the dangerous portion of the ascent.

Because of the continuance of the war and the desire on the part of
many to be within easy reach of telephone and rail communication, the
outing for the coming summer will be taken to the same headquarters in
the Tuolumne Meadows, through Yosemite, and for the last three weeks
of July as was the case last year. The total expense of the outing from
San Francisco for the three weeks will be in the neighborhood of $70.00
or $75.00 for those going from San Francisco, and approximately $80.00
for those leaving Los Angeles. This is as close a calculation as is possi-
ble at the present time, and detailed information will be sent out during
the spring as usual.

In order to make the trip as interesting as possible to those who have
visited the Meadows on previous occasions, it is planned to take a side
trip down to Mt. Ritter and vicinity during the first two weeks of the
outing, and the entire party will be taken into Ten Lake Basin during
the last week. The region about Mt. Ritter is one of the most striking
and spectacular from the standpoint of mountaineering in the Sierra,
while Ten Lake Basin contains one of the most exquisite groups of
lakes that are to be found in the whole range. In all probability a knap-
sack party will go down the Tuolumne Cafion to Pate Valley and rejoin
the main party in Ten Lake Basin. On account of the strenuous condi-
tions created by the war, the committee had some thought of discon-
tinuing the outings for the coming summer at least, but so many re-
quests have been made that an outing be undertaken in order to afford
those who have been hard at work during the year an opportunity for
complete rest and recreation, that the trip as outlined above will be
undertaken, but because of these conditions the committee requests that
all possible assistance be rendered by giving immediate notice in writing
to the club of the intention of those who desire to participate. This ap-
plication will not be considered binding, but it is quite necessary in or- *
der to give the committee an opportunity to prepare for the requisite

number. Very respectfully,

Wm. E. Corsy, Chairman,
J. N. Le Conte,
Ciair S. TAPPAAN,

330 Sierra Club Bulletin

SECRETARY'S ANNUAL REPORT
May 6, 1916, TO May 5, 1917
To the Members of the Sierra Club:

The club can be justly proud of the work accomplished the last year.
Many of its members have entered the service of the Government in one
capacity or another as will be indicated in part, at least, by the roll of
honor published in another portion of the BuLtetin. The club is so
large that we have not been able to ascertain all of the names that
should be placed on this list, and will appreciate assistance in making it
complete. It is a source of pride and satisfaction to learn from many
of the active members who became officers in the various training camps
established by the Government that a considerable portion of their suc-
cess in these training camps was attributed directly to the experience in
outdoor life and ability to handle personal equipment derived while on
Sierra Club trips.

The club also did a splendid work in securing passage of another bill
in the last State Legislature appropriating an additional $10,000 to be
used toward the completion of the John Muir Trail. Great credit is due
Senator A. H. Breed for his tremendously effective assistance in this
behalf. At the suggestion of the club the Legislature also amended the
Golden Trout Law so that it is now possible to catch these trout com-
mencing the Ist of July instead of the 1st of August, as was formerly
the case. This condition virtually debarred any opportunity for the club
members to catch golden trout on any of their outings, and was not
supported by any valid reason.

The club also entered a vigorous protest against allowing cattle to
enter the national parks unless a compelling necessity were shown. Some
good citizens became quite hysterical on the subject, and without ade-
quate information were demanding that the parks be thrown open in-
discriminately to grazing. Instead of a shortage of feed as predicted,
there never was a better grazing year known in the Sierra than that of
last summer, and the urgent demand on this score was traced directly
to cattle interests that have been trying to get permits to enter the park
ever since parks were established. Under pressure, the Department of
the Interior did allow a limited number of cattle to enter the Yosemite
National Park north of the Tuolumne River and in the region about the
headwaters of the South Fork of the Merced. Even this is to be regret-
ted, for when these interests once get a hold on the park it will be dif-
ficult to dislodge them. The Sierra Club, under the guidance of John
Muir, fought for years to get the sheep and cattle out of the Yosemite
Park, and while the Sierra Club would not for a moment stand in the
way of a real and compelling necessity, it would be derelict in its duty
if it did not do all in its power to keep the parks from being ruined as
the result of a specious demand.

We are indebted to Dr. E. P. Meinecke, of the U.S. Forest Service,

Reports of Committees 331

for the gift of a large number of Alpine journals and publications, form-
ing quite complete sets, many of which were bound.

The 1st of May the total membership of the club was 1951, of which
number 239 were new members, making a net increase of 155 members,
but there were at that time 275 delinquent members who had been
dropped for non-payment of dues, and who were given another oppor-
tunity to be placed in good standing. A good many members have re-
signed from the club since that date because of war conditions, or been
dropped for non-payment of dues, and it therefore behooves the loyal
-members to work actively in increasing the membership so that it may
not show a considerable loss at the end of another year. While the
Board of Directors has not met so as to act directly upon the matter, it
is unquestionably the concensus of opinion that dues of those members
who are in active service of the Government will be remitted during

the period of the war. Respectfully,

Ww. E. Cotsy, Secretary

NOTES AND CORRESPONDENCE
Edited by WiLL1AM E. CoLsy

>
SOUTHERN SECTION NOTES

FroM PINE TREES TO PALM GROVES

[An account of a four-day trip of the Sierra Club, Southern Section, through the
San Jacinto Mountains to the Colorado Desert.]

There is no finer alpine region in Southern California than the San Ja-
cinto Mountains with their extensive meadows. Rising abruptly from
the western border of the Colorado Desert, at places below sea level,
Mount San Jacinto reaches an altitude of 10,805 feet. The new and at-
tractive Government “Recreation Map” of the Cleveland National For-
est mentions this peak as among the most rugged of our State. Last
spring, from the heights of Catalina Island, members of the Sierra Club
viewed this snow-crowned peak with his brothers, San Gorgonio and
San Bernardino, nearly one hundred and fifty miles away, and they were
eager for the ascent.

A delighted party of forty left Los Angeles the latter part of August,
1917, on a “Sierra Club Special Electric’ for San Bernardino, sixty
miles distant. Here they transferred to two powerful auto stages which
carried them via Hemet to about a mile above the mountain resort at’
Idyllwild. In Strawberry Valley, amidst a friendly group of pines and
incense cedars, the first night’s camp was made. The party soon dis-
persed into prearranged commissary groups of five to seven persons
each and the evening meal was prepared. At the camp-fire the interest
centered about the legends of Tahquitz. This wicked Indian chief so
enraged his people that they put him to death by fire, but his evil spirit
escaped, and even until today it is said the Saboba Indians approach
these mountains only with fear and trembling because of the mysterious
rumblings around Tahquitz Peak. These rumblings were experienced
by our party, but the thunder clouds overhanging the desert were held
in suspicion.

Next morning breakfast was prepared at daybreak, lunches put in
knapsacks, and dunnage bags left for the packers. By noon the party
had ascended to Tahquitz Peak, 8826 feet in elevation. This granite
mountain of vertical cleavage and rugged piles of weather-worn boul-
ders affords a view of Hemet Lake, with the extensive areas of pros-
perous citrus and deciduous groves below. The trail now descends to
Tahquitz Valley, with its fine forest of yellow, Jeffrey and sugar pines,
also incense cedar and white fir. Wild fuschias (Zauschneria Califor-
nica), scarlet penstemon, purple aster and goldenrod lent color to the
scene, while on the drier desert slope below were fields of that fascinat-
ing member of the mint family, Desert Ramona, growing in clumps of

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CCVIII.

SUMMIT OF MOUNT SAN JACINTO (10,805 FEET )
Photo by C. J. Fox

PLATE CCIX.

GROVE OF PALMS AT MOUTH OF ANDREAS CANON, AN OLD INDIAN
CAMP GROUND

Photo by C. J. Fox

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CCX.

SPEARHEAD

Found by John P. Dexter, July 27, 1914, in Hetch Hetchy, near Rancheria Creek.
Presented by him to the Sierra Club. The original spearhead
is an inch longer than the reproduction

Notes and Correspondence | 333

soft gray foliage, in charming contrast to the royal purple flowers in
large but delicately interrupted whorles.

The trail now leads past Hidden Lake, a small well-concealed basin
of water without outlet, on to Tamrac Valley, with its numerous tall
and stately tamrac pines, a beautiful camping place. Due largely, how-
ever, to a great dearth of signposts during the day’s walk of fifteen
miles through this national forest, with its many diverging paths, it was
after dark before all the party were all accounted for in camp. No pack
train had arrived and the scouting party formed by our good leader,
Ernest Dawson, failed to reveal any trace of it. It were better we had
heeded those rumblings of Tahquitz! However, some venison obtained
from some hunters this first day of the deer season was roasted, some
dried figs were. discovered in someone’s knapsack, and a box of after-
dinner mints completed the delusion. A cache a mile distant, belonging
to packers, was commandeered and each of us rolled up in a single
blanket around the campfire.

But the night was not long as the more hardy were up by three o’clock
for the climb of Mount San Jacinto, only two miles distant. The full moon
made the cold white rocks stand out almost phosphorescent as we
climbed through the bent and broken Murray and limber pines to well
above the timber line. The sun rose a brilliant ruby red out of the mists
of the Colorado Desert. Down in the west the great mountain peak
cast its shadow over the little farms nestled against the foothills, and
beyond, though not visible, were the orange groves of Riverside. Over
8000 feet almost directly below was the San Gorgonio Pass, joining
these two landscapes of such striking contrast. Southeast were the San-
ta Rosa Mountains, and to the south Palomar, Cuyamaca, and the La-
guna mountains.

Soon after return to camp one most welcome pack animal arrived with
provisions and the party was soon off in fine spirits for the day’s hike of
six miles. The sheer view we had at midday from the ridge at Hidden
Lake down over the Coachella Valley and on toward Salton Sea was
impressive. A short dark line moving slowly across the floor of the
desert, dotted with creosote bushes, proved by our glasses to be a South-
ern Pacific train. Early next morning dunnage was left for the packers
to return to Los Angeles by parcel post, and the party began the ten-
mile descent to “the land of the palm.” Ours was the first large party
to use this trail, lately completed by M. S. Gordon at his own expense.
We soon descended from the pines through manzanita and mountain
mahogany into the elfin forest of “ribbon woods,” with their shreds of
reddish bark hanging about the branches. This is the chamise of the
higher zone (Adenostoma sparsifolium), and for a mile we journeyed
amongst its sweetly fragrant white blossoms.

But as the trail descended the thermometer certainly ascended. How-
ever, a half-hour’s shower proved most refreshing, and we were ready
for lunch in the grove of magnificent native fan palms (Washingtonia)

334 Sierra Club Bulletin

at the mouth of Andreas Cafion. This grove a hundred years ago, ac-
cording to Pablo, an Indian, was the annual meeting place of the Agua
Caliente Indians, a few of whom may be seen today around the hot
springs below. Mortars and hieroglyphics can still be seen in the near-
by caves. Last year the club had camped here and explored five nearby
cafions, tropical with thousands of these palms. Farther from the stream
there is only cactus, greasewood and mesquite. The “barrel cactus”
grows nearly head high, and by cutting out the top with a hand ax and
crushing the pulp with the handle, a cup of watery juice can soon be
extracted which easily allays thirst on the desert.

But again is heard the honk of the mountain buses, and we gather the
stragglers of the group to wave adieu to the most varied scenes of this
four-day trip, and after a stop at Palm Springs to test the mud baths
and see the Desert Inn, the enjoyment and the hardship of the outing
mingle in pleasant memory.

CLuB GATHERING

Wishing to bring more of the spirit of informality into the annual in-
door reunion of the Southern Section of the Sierra Club, an informal
supper was given in the municipal club house at Echo Park, Los Ange-
les, on November 24th. Arrangements were made with a cafeteria for
the hot food and the Sierra Club members did all the rest. At six-thirty
there was a real Sierra Club line-up for supper, and nearly two hundred
hungry hikers took their plates and cups to the long tables which had
been set in the main hall.

After supper the tables were removed and, naturally, a very informal
social time ensued while changing the room into an assembly hall. A
very good program followed, Mr. Tappaan officiating. This included an
informal talk on the High Sierra by Chester Versteeg, illustrated by
beautiful natural-color views, mostly by Mr. Ink. Then a little informal
dance and it was time to leave, every one feeling that this was the most
successful indoor gathering ever held by the Southern Section, and at
just half the expense of the more formal affairs, thus keeping in line
with the universal purpose of conservation and the avoidance of useless
expenditure.

Murr Lopce

The Muir Lodge reunions in the spring for John Muir’s birthday cele-
bration, and in October for the dedication anniversary, are events long
anticipated and largely attended. But Muir Lodge means more than
that. Almost daily, along the high, winding trail come members of our
big mountain family to rest in their own mountain home. It is a well-
observed code of honor to leave Muir Lodge a little cleaner and the fire-

Notes and Correspondence 335

wood a little more abundant than one found it. The additional dress-
ing- and locker-rooms and women’s out-door sleeping quarters have
temporarily solved a difficulty for which the steadily increasing patron-
age demanded a solution. By its thousands of visitors Muir Lodge has
abundantly justified its existence.

LocAL WALKS OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA SECTION OF SIERRA CLUB

Although some faces are missing from our local walks since the war,
nearly every week sees an enthusiastic band of climbers starting out for
a one-, two- or three-day outing. Once in a while, by the help of a for-
tunate holiday date, we even manage a four-day trip. In the summer of
1917, those who could not stretch their vacations to cover a High Sierra
trip enjoyed a week’s outing among the mountains of the San Gabriel
Divide. Our itinerary ranges from San Jacinto and San Gorgonio in
the southeast to Pinos far in the northeast, and from Gleason and Pa-
cifico overlooking the desert on the north to the hills along the coast.

On the recent trip to Liebre Mountain the club was royally enter-
tained by Mr. Collins at Oak Ridge Ranch. Milk, fruit and melons
were furnished ad libitum, and he even built a Dutch oven for their spe-
cial use. His “good-by” was accompanied by a cordial urging to come
again.

Some particularly attractive trips are now being planned by the Local
Walks Committee.

MunIcIPpaAL MouNTAIN CAMP

Realizing the benefits of a mountain vacation, Los Angeles City Play-
ground Commission has established a summer camp in Seeley Flats in
the San Bernardino Mountains. The camp has grown until now there
is permanent equipment for two hundred and seventy-five campers, and
four hundred have been accommodated at once. As each one renders
some slight assistance every day, the small amount of $7.50 gives a
happy, healthful vacation of two weeks, transportation included, and
everyone feels part of the big family.

The camp is reached by automobile stage, and the road winds aiouee
beautiful country and climbs to an elevation of about forty-five hundred
feet. The cabins are arranged in a semi-circle, with the lodge, dining
quarters and ball courts completing the circle. Across the creek and a
little to one side is the plunge.

The commission is now building a second municipal camp on a site of
eighty acres, near Seven Oaks. This gives practically everyone a chance
to “Go to the mountains and get their good tidings.”

336 Sierra Club Bulletin

TRAIL BUILDING

At a late meeting of the Southern Section committee, it was decided to
use all money collected from the five-cent fees on the local trips for
trail building and sign posting exclusively. The Southern Section has
lately expended one hundred dollars with a like sum from the Govern-
ment in building a trail near Mount Islip. They are also expending fifty
dollars with an equal sum from the Government in the much needed
sign-posting of the San Jacinto Mountains. They are also doing some
trail work at Iron Mountain.

INVASION OF OuR NATIONAL PARKS

Sheep owners want to graze sheep in national parks. This would despoil
the parks without greatly increasing the supply of wool and mutton

What are our national parks for—to be enjoyed by people or to be de-
spoiled by cattle and sheep?

“The invasion of the enemy,” is an expression that need not be lim-
ited to war usage. It exactly fits a condition of internal affairs here in
the United States that is far removed from battlefields and warring men.
. The territories being invaded are the national parks. If the invasion
continues these regions which belong to all the American people will be
monopolized by a few individuals.

Certain interests, individual and collective, are constantly endeavoring
to use these parks for their own commercial benefit. The friends of the
people’s playgrounds have again and again thwarted efforts that were
being made to use these wonderlands for stock pasture. Now there are
people who are taking advantage of the present need for increased food
production, to secure permission to graze cattle and sheep in our na-
tional parks. Last summer certain stock men seized the opportunity
offered by the urgent national need of food and undertook to get the
Federal Government to permit grazing in parks. In California the
friends of parks acted quickly and saved most of Yosemite. The stock
men did succeed in getting possession of two comparatively small areas.
Increased efforts are being made to pasture the parks in 1918.

We all know that more mutton and more wool are needed, and that
the sheep industry should be increased. Grazing grounds are essential,
but there is ample opportunity for grazing outside of the national parks.

The Department of Agriculture says, “There remain practically no
lands in the public domain (unreserved public lands) that are fit for any
other use than for the grazing of livestock. They should therefore be
used for that purpose.” Does it seem reasonable to graze sheep in the
national parks when there is government land not in use that is fitted
for that purpose?

Then there are the national forests, covering an area of approximately
one hundred and seventy-five million acres. Of this about five-eighths

21NoOY IAP] WLS ay} Jo Asayino7y
NONV)D NOIZ

‘ITXO9 ALVId *X “IOA ‘NILATING €NIO VUUNTIS

dNOY 9AL’T WLS 9y} Jo Asoyinoy
NONV)O NOIZ

IXD)O ALVId *X “TOA ‘NILATING €ANTO VadaIs

Notes and Correspondence B27,

is classed as grazing land—and is not forested as is commonly sup-
posed. These grazing acres were reserved for grazing purposes and are
being so used. But a part of these remain that are not now being
grazed. Would it not be reasonable to make full use of this land before
even considering the national parks for grazing?

A national park is an area that has been so created by Congress be-
cause it possesses unusual scenic attractions or features of scientific in-
terest. The purpose of a national park is recreation, education, enjoy-

ment, and the general welfare of the men, women and children of the

land. The statesmen who created these parks did so because they re-
alized that grazing or other commercialization would spoil them for use
by the people. To graze national parks would prevent the use for which
they were created and would ruin their scenic resources. The grand
total area of the national parks is small. The total grazing area in na-
tional parks is exceedingly limited, and if all this grazing area were used
it would produce only a small per cent of the wool and mutton needed.

By encouraging the grazing of sheep in available sections east of the
Mississippi River and in the extensive unused lands in the South, a large
increase in sheep production would result. By making the fullest use of
the public domain, utilizing the national forests—which are mostly graz-
ing land, and increasing sheep production east of the Mississippi and in
the Southern States, there will be ample sheep to supply the demand.
A. C. Bigelow, president of the Philadelphia Wool and Textile Associ-
ation, says: “There is only one source left open now from which we
can obtain an increase of sheep production, and that is in the farming
sections east of the Mississippi River, and in the unused land areas of
the South.”

At the present time the use of our national parks for grazing is in-
excusable. Sheep ruin parks for the use of people. They destroy one
of the greatest attractions of the outdoor world—the wild flowers. But
the sheep isn’t to blame. It is his nature to eat wild flowers, and not
only the blossoms, but the plants and then the roots. At Crater Lake
National Park there isn’t a wild flower to be seen. Years ago sheep
grazed within the boundaries, and although they have not been in the
park for years, the ground is barren of flowers.

There is a stock man in the West who is making every effort to get
permission to graze thousands of head of sheep in Mount Rainier Na-
tional Park. This park is the most wonderful wild-flower garden in all:
the world. This man, together with others of his kind, is asking for
grazing privileges “during the period of the war.” It is an old, insidi-
ous plan under the guise of patriotic motives. With wool and mutton
bringing higher prices than ever before, we find sheep owners willing to
use national parks for pasture for sheep at ten cents a head for the sea-
son. Is this patriotism?

During these war times the American people need their national parks
more than ever before. And after the war the need will be still greater.

338 Sierra Club Bulletin

The parks are needed as nature made them—not despoiled by cattle and
sheep.

The strength of a nation lies in the mental attitude of the people. And
the right mental attitude is very largely acquired by wholesome recre-
ation in the outdoor world—especially in places of scenic beauty. Such
places as national parks help us to maintain our strength and courage
and to gain a clearer vision of the problems and the emergencies of life.
The English people admit that they made a serious mistake in the early
stages of the war by neglecting outdoor recreation.

Early last summer there was some doubt in the minds of the people
as to whether or not the national parks would be open on account of the
war. Secretary Franklin K. Lane emphatically announced that they
would be open as usual, and said: “It is even more important now than
in times of peace that the health and vitality of the nation’s citizenship
be conserved. Rest and recreation must materially assist in this con-
servation of human tissue and energy, and the national parks offer op-
portunity for just this thing.” During this same summer, the busy war
year of 1917, five hundred thousand people found much-needed rest and
were inspired to greater patriotism by visiting these wonderlands.

It would be a national calamity if the warring enemy could destroy
the natural beauty of the United States. Grazing cattle and sheep in
our national parks is a distinct step in this direction. The grazing of
national parks discourages outdoor recreation. If livestock are in these
parks there are thousands of people who would not go to them. And
there are other thousands of people who, because of the presence of
livestock, would naturally conclude that these natural wonderlands could
be of no great merit for people if they were used for cattle and sheep.
Our national parks—the world’s unrivaled wonderlands—are the great-
est places for outdoor recreation. Grazing in national parks would be
the death blow to their supreme use. This would weaken us as a na-
tion. You might let your senators and congressmen know that you
value national parks. These men are so occupied with war matters these
days that it may not occur to them that there is even a possibility of an
invasion of this kind. Let them know that you are eager to defend our

public playgrounds. Mrs. Joun D. SHERMAN

OPENING OF ZION CANON—UTAH’s SCENIC WONDERLAND

Nearly two generations have passed since the Mormon pioneers trekked
southward along the west base of the Wasatch Mountains and made
their first settlement in Southern Utah. Following up the waterway of
the Rio Virgin in the location of their settlements, these pioneers passed
eastward over the rim of the great “Hurricane” Fault, that has since
been termed by geologists the greatest known break in the earth’s sur-
face, and, making their way to the upper reaches of the stream, came to
the point where the Rio Virgin was formed by the conflux of two creeks

Notes and Correspondence 339

—one flowing from the east and the other from the north. From the
tribes of the Piutes that then inhabited the country, the Mormons
learned that the creek flowing from the east was called Paranuweap,
and the one flowing from the north was known in Indian lore as Muk-
oontuweap. They were likewise told that where this northerly creek
cut down through the mountains was a most beautiful cafion, embla-
zoned in many colors.

Later the great leader of the Mormon church, President Brigham
Young, in one of his frequent visits to Utah’s “Dixie,” was told of the
cafion’s wonders and made what was then a most strenuous journey
that he might view them. Standing at the southern portal of this geo-
logical marvel, between the two towering domes that mark its southern
entrance, this religious enthusiast stood spellbound before the scenic
splendor that faced him. With uncovered head, gazing far northward
into the depths of the cafion proper, he declared to those accompanying
the expedition, “This is Little Zion.” To the Mormon zealots the
christening by their leader was to them the final word, and from that
time down through the years this great cleft on the southern spur of the
Wasatch range has been known as Zion Cajfion.

Located in this most remote section of Utah, far from the point where
it might be reached by railroad travel, this American scenic marvel has
remained practically unknown, only visited from time to time by some
extreme enthusiast who had heard a faraway murmur of its grandeur.
In 1913, Governor Spry’s official attention was directed to the marvels
of Zion Cafion, and after a personal visit, he decided that the highway
division of his administration should accomplish the construction of a
highway to the border of the National Monument, that had been set aside
by President Taft to include Zion Cafion and its closely adjacent terri-
tory. In 1916, the United States Government, under the influence of Senator
Reed Smoot, appropriated $15,000.00 for the construction of a highway
connecting the heart of Zion Cafion with the southern boundary of the
National Monument, to which point the State planned to carry its own
highway. An east and west county road, from the station of Lund on
the Salt Lake Route, had already been constructed, connecting with the
State highway. With these connecting highways, the completion of the
Government road into the cafion gave uninterrupted passage for auto-
mobile travel between the Salt Lake Route and Zion Cajfion.

Even before the completion of the highway, a well organized trans-
portation service between Lund and the cafion proper was arranged for, |
and in the very heart of the cafion itself there was a “Wylie Way” camp
well under construction, founded upon the same plan for the entertain-
ment of tourists and visitors that rendered the “Wylie Way” camps in
the Yellowstone among the most successful enterprises of their kind in
America. Thus was the opening of Zion Cafion brought about, and now
the visitor may reach its wonders by a most interesting automobile ride
of an even one hundred miles, starting at the station of Lund, on the
Salt Lake Route, and proceeding over a splendid highway.

340 Sierra Club Bulletin

Over KEARSARGE Pass IN 1864

[NoteE: On October 12, 1917, at Independence, Cal., Guy C. Earl, W. H. Spauld-
ing and Chaftee E. Hall spent the evening with Thomas Keough, a boyhood friend
of Mr. Earl in Owen’s Valley. Mr. Keough has lived in Owen’s Valley since 1863,
and gave us some very interesting accounts of the early history of the valley, in-
cluding the following story of a prospecting tour through the Southern High Sierras. }

On July 4, 1864, eleven of us started from Independence on a prospect-
ing trip through the Sierras. Our first task was to build a trail up Little
Pine Creek on the east cliff of the mountains. I have sometimes heard
it said that the trail over what is now called “Kearsarge Pass” is an old
Indian trail. The fact is, however, that our party built this trail in order
to get our animals up over the top of the Sierras. It might have been
possible for a man to work his way on foot up over this pass, but there
was no sign even of a foot-path until we built the trail in the summer of
1864 when we started on this prospecting tour. We called the pass
“Little Pine Pass,” after Little Pine Creek, which heads near the pass.
It was a rough trail we built, but it sufficed for our purposes and we
got our animals up over it. In the party were John Bubbs, Tom Car-
roll, John Beveridge, Tom Hill, Henry Kettleston, Sullivan, Pugh and
myself, with three others whose names I cannot recall. When we got
up over the pass five decided to return, leaving six of us to go on.

We went westerly down the South Fork of the King’s River until the
cafion became impassable. In the cafion we met a number of scientists
headed by Professor Brewer. They named Mt. Brewer after him. Prof.
Brewer was trying to find a way across the mountains, and we told him
how to get into Owen’s Valley over the pass by the trail we had just
built.

We kept in the cafion of the King’s River to a point far west from
where a large tributary flows in from the south. This tributary is called
“Bubbs Creek.” It was named for John Bubbs, who was one of our
party. He was a cattle man and, afterwards, made his home in Visalia.

When the cafion of the King’s River became impassable, we crossed
the river and struck up the south wall of the cafion into the meadows,
where we came across those mammoth trees—now called the Sequoias.
I have no doubt those are the trees in what is now called the General
Grant Park. We went around the trees and examined them, but made
no marks on them. I have read an account of how these trees were
“discovered” later and how one of them was called “General Grant,’*

but this discovery occurred a number of years after our journey. From .

the plateau where we found these trees we traveled west until we came
down into the valley where we found some placer miners. They were

[Note: In Prof. Brewer’s party was Clarence King, whose ‘“‘Ascent of Mt. Tyn-
dall”” described in thrilling fashion some of the experiences of the Brewer party on
their explorations during this summer of 1864. Prof. Brewer in his account of the
trip says: “A day and a half was required to make the distance of twelve miles
which lay between Camp 179, in the south fork cafion, and the summit of the Sierra;
although the labor of crossing was much facilitated by the fact that a party of pros-
pectors had crossed here not long before and had done a good deal toward making
a passable trail.’’ California Geological Survey. Vol. I. Geology, p. 394.]

* These trees were not, however, discovered by Mr. Keough’s party. They were
known some years before this date.—J. N. Le C.

PLATE CCXIII.

>
.

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL.

ZION CANON—THE THREE PATRIARCHS

Courtesy of the Salt Lake Route

IjnOY 9yAe'T IBS ay} Jo Asayinod
SHOUVIALVd SHL AO LANOO—NONV) NOIZ

“AIXOD ALVTd *X “IOA ‘NILATING ANTO vVaUNaIS

Notes and Correspondence 341

the first people we laid eyes on from the time we left Independence, ex-
cept for Prof. Brewer. and his party of exploring scientists. These
placer mines down near the San Joaquin Valley were not showing up
well. We, ourselves, tried it out and cleaned up only thirty-eight cents,
so we decided to strike out to the northeast. We went north by the old
Jackson ranch into Squaw Flat, across Squaw Flat and up into the
mountains until we struck the South Fork of Joaquin River about 35
or 40 miles east from Middleton, an old mining camp on the San Joa-
quin. Then we followed the river, you might say, to its very head in
the main Sierra Nevada. There we had for dinner the last of our stock
of provisions. Beveridge and I took our pans and went over to a red’
hill where we got a good prospect; but we were out of grub. We struck
east, hoping to find a way over the Sierras and down again into Owen’s
Valley, but we could not get any further east—got into the main moun-
tains atid then had to back out and work south. We worked south until
we got down on to the North Fork of King’s River. It was a terrific
task working around granite cliffs and over great boulders with our
horses. Beveridge and I got down on to the North Fork one day about
sun-down with the animals. The rest of the boys had gone ahead and
had been fishing all day, but could not catch any. Beveridge and I com-
ing into camp with the horses asked the boys what they had got for us
to eat, and they pointed up to a rattlesnake hanging on a limb that they
had skinned for supper for us. I looked at John and asked him what
he thought of it. I said, “It looks pretty tough,” and John says, “Yes,
I can’t go that.” Just while we were talking it over, two grouse lit in
a tree. I grabbed the shot gun and brought down both of them. We
made a little fire and after awhile scraped the fire away, dug a hole in
the hot sand and put in the two grouse just as they were, feathers and
all, piling the ashes and fire on the top of them. After about two and a
half hours, we took them out and they were done to a turn. John Bev-
eridge ate one of the grouse and I ate the other. Then we held a coun-
cil and the next day slaughtered one of the horses. It was John Bever-
idge’s horse, called “General Grant,” an old horse about twenty-five
years old. We made a rack out of green willows and jerked a lot of
him and roasted a lot more of him in front of a big log fire. After we
got everything ready we divided up the jerky and roast meat in our
haversacks and struck south. We picked our way along with the ani-
mals, but the country kept getting rougher and rougher—deep cafions
and precipices, a terribly rough, bouldery country—all bare granite. One
of our party got part way down a cliff where he could neither get up
nor down, and we had to tie our blankets together and let them down
and pull him up. It was a several thousand-foot drop down below
where he was on the cliff. We never could understand how he got down
there. For two days we tried to work south. Finally we got into a
cafion full of boulders, where we could neither get our horses one way
or the other. They were so worn out and hungry that we finally killed

342 Sierra Club Bulletin

them. They would have starved to death in that barren granite. We
left our saddles and everything, and took only our clothes and necessary
blankets and went on afoot. We lived entirely on horse meat. I don’t
know how horse meat might be with a little salt, but it certainly is not
very nice without salt. It is just a sweet, sickening kind of meat with-
out salt, and we tried to chew it as we traveled along, but the meat
would keep swelling up in your mouth like a sponge until you could not
work your jaws.

Traveling without the animals was easier, but the country kept getting
even more impassable. In working down into one cafion, thousands of
feet deep, we had to slide down a water-run. Sometimes we would
slide thirty feet and fetch up on a bench, throwing our blankets on
ahead. We camped down in one of these cafions one night and then,
the next morning, started east in the hope of reaching the summit of
the Sierra Nevada at a place where we could go down the easterly cliffs
into the Owen’s Valley. By night we had reached the summit at a place
they now call “Taboose Pass,” about eighteen miles north of Indepen-
dence, and the next day we worked our way down the east cliff of the
Sierras along Taboose Creek into Owen’s Valley.

We had no map of the country, and none of the streams or moun-
tains were named at that time, except the San Joaquin and the King’s
rivers. The first peak named, I think, was Brewer, named by the party
of scientists we met.

The rest of our party, who left us soon after we climbed up over
Little Pine Pass, found a gold mine near the pass on their way home
which they called the “Cliff Mine.” This mine developed into quite a
rich ledge, and it was through this discovery that the pass came to be
known as “Kearsarge Pass.” Down in Owen’s Valley, south of Inde-
pendence, there is a low lying range of hills. In the early 60’s the
Hitchcock boys discovered a mine in these hills which they called the
“Old Abe” mine, and they called their district the “Alabama District.”
They were Rebels and in those days “Old Abe” was a term of ridicule.
But they named the district in honor of the Confederate cruiser “Ala-
bama.” These hills are now called the “Alabama Hills.” Our crowd,
however, were all Union men, and when the news came that the Kear-
sarge had sunk the Alabama, our boys named the district where the Cliff
Mine was the “Kearsarge District” to taunt the Rebels. The little town
which grew up at the mine was called “Kearsarge City,” and the pass
came to be called the “Kearsarge Pass,” and the mountain just to the
north of the pass “Kearsarge Mountain.”

EXTRACT FROM LETTER TO Horace M. ALBRIGHT
April 16, 1917

Dear Mr. Albright: While I have it in mind, there is one matter that we
of the Sierra Club are very anxious that the National Park Service

Notes and Correspondence eel:

should undertake without delay, and that is the building of a trail from
Hardin Lake on the Tioga Road down into Pate Valley, which is a Yo-
semite-like valley in the Tuolumne Cafion about ten miles above Hetch-
Hetchy. Cross the Tuolumne River at this point and continue the trail
on up to connect with the main Rogers Lake, Pleasant Valley Trail, on
the other side of the Tuolumne. This trail is of immense importance
for the development of the northern portion of the Yosemite National
Park, and now that the Hetch-Hetchy crossing is to a great extent
eliminated and undesirable, it has become doubly important that this
trail should be opened up without delay so as to make the northern por-
tion of the park accessible, and this will be the shortest route into it
from the Yosemite, as well as making the finest portion of the Grand
Cafion of the Tuolumne accessible. I had intended taking this up with
Mr. Mather, but appreciate that it would mean too great a delay. This
trail is mentioned on page 251, “National Park Notes,” in a foot-note,

to which note I call your attention. Very sincerely yours,

Wo. E. Cosy

Report OF WorK DoNEIN Muir TRAIL, 1917

After my trip last year with Mr. McClure, the State Engineer, I was
impressed with his belief that under no consideration should any but a
Class A trail be constructed. |

With this in view, I issued the following to Deputy Supervisor Jor-
dan and Ranger Hughes before they entered upon the work:

“The State Engineer insists on a Class A trail, and you will be
governed by the specifications laid down in the trail manual for
this type of trail. Tread should never be less than 15 inches, more
if necessary to meet the situation. In location work the trail should
be laid off in sections of like type, each section measured and
numbered, and a record made of costs chargeable to each. Pack-
ing, grub and cook costs will be kept separate, to be pro-rated
later.

I want to impress upon both of you the importance of locating
the trail properly, and I know that I can depend upon you to turn
out a trail that we will be proud of.”

This, of course, was supplemented by a thorough discussion of
the whole project, so that we started on the work with our ideas
of construction unified.

The work accomplished, although higher in cost than last year,
is of a higher standard than ever before attempted on this forest,
and will be, I am sure, a work that will bear the inspection of the
most critical.

COSTS
As last year we divided construction work into three types, as
follows:
Class A is solid rock, from 10 per cent to I00 per cent slope.

Class B is talus, consisting of small and large broken slides,
and are at present impassable and require blasting.

344

Sierra Club Bulletin

Class C is general; dry and wet meadows, talus covered with
earth, solid rock under Io per cent, that requires only
roughening, gravel and dirt slopes that do not re-
quire blasting, scattered boulder strewn flats and
benches.

Cost
Type Miles Total Cost per Mile

TUNG itey arudha Ne oleae ata .19 1550.80 7784
BAS tse Tee eae tele ee ee ice AI 310.73 758
CoD aN ROE MrIES ERMA DBPL Ce 0 Fe 2333.14 320
Mo Cae ita cate ais cesta ene eens 7.9 4200.67
Bridges ting: vo Aen ae Part of two 709.08
MOtalVCOSt how t a ates ee eae Stra 4909.75

The following costs were prorated in the above:
Transportation, including wages of packer hire, of horses,

lossof ‘one animal,and: teed. ei ie $ 965.00
Subsistence, including wages of cook.......... Sy E237 O
Moving: in and out, and/ moving, campi.i.,..cenaees 443.74

otal ie Ven ee ee e ae $2645.93

The cost record shows $237.80 more charged against it than the
expenditures. This is accounted for by:

Powder used, left over from last year....... $137.80
Grubjused; left over irom last year. 2.2 100.00
$237.80

A few outstanding bills have not as yet been received, but they
are figured into the cost record.

We have on hand practically enough equipment for next year.
Powder on hand, 500 Ibs. Will need 300 lbs. 20 per cent stumping
for next year.

The greatest difficulty was experienced at Barrier Rock, some
few miles below Muir Pass, on the Kings River side. This reef
rises abruptly from the stream bed on both sides, and it was nec-
essary to blast almost a half tunnel in order to get through it. Mr.
McClure will, however, understand this, as he viewed this place
on our trip last year.

This year was a difficult labor season, for even under normal
conditions it is hard to keep men at these high altitudes.

FUTURE PLANS

I want to strongly recommend the use of all present and future
appropriations on the Sierra Section, from Muir Pass north until
completed. I base this recommendation on the fact that we are
now fairly well organized, and have the equipment on the ground
to continue, and it seems to me to be poor economy to divert
small or large sums to start work on other portions that are per-
haps in better shape to handle temporary travel than we are. The
section from Palisade south can wait till the last, as travel can go
down Kings to Simpson Meadow, and over to the South Fork by
fairly good trails, while north the route is in bad shape.

q
‘
!

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE €GXV.

LOOKING UP SOUTH FORK OF SAN JOAQUIN RIVER
Toward Mount Goddard, from near Hell-for-Sure Trail
Photo by H. H. Bliss

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CCXVI.

Vip Ss pe
ig Meee. ss 5 fat H

Cis aa Ve an t8f 0.
Dhopde 29 Ct At Bectle 13a

RECORD OF U.S. COAST & GEODEDRIC SURV

Left by party under Professor George Davidson on the summit of Mount
Conness, 1890. Removed from the mountain by Walter L. Huber, July
24, 1917; now deposited in the official records of the Sierra Club

hw,

Notes and Correspondence 345

Next year I plan to start the crew at the bridges on the South
Fork of the San Joaquin, and then work up to Muir Pass via
Evolution as the season advances. To work to good advantage,
the low country must be worked early, and when the snow goes
off sufficiently on the higher elevations, stop work low down and
attack the higher portions. There is usually only about 30 days
you can work elevations of 11,000 feet or over, so we must get at
them when the opportunity presents itself.

If we finish the Evolution Section, we can continue work from
the Piute Bridge to Seldon Pass. I would, of course, plan to re-
serve enough money to get started in 1919 pending an additional
appropriation.

I sincerely hope some better method of payment can be de-
vised. It is impossible to. keep men and maintain credit if bills
are not paid more proinptly.

I want to take this opportunity to commend very highly the
work of Mr. Hughes as foreman of the crew. He has carried the
work under some very difficult conditions in fine shape, and I
hope he can again be assigned to it.

I attach map, photographs, and memo of Ranger Hughes on the
season's work, M. A. BENEDICT,

Forest Supervisor

FOREMAN’S MEMORANDUM OF SEASON’S WORK

The trail crew for this year’s work left Cascada on June 24, and June
26 they reached Aspen Meadow, 1% miles above the Piute Creek bridge.
‘On June 27, camp was established and the tools assembled. On June 28
work was commenced at the bridge, working from there southeast up
the South Fork of the San Joaquin. The foreman and Mr. Jordan, who
went in with the crew to help lay out the trail, were impressed with the
idea that this year we were going to build a better trail than we had
ever built before, and the lowest percentage of grade obtainable was to
be carried, and it must not exceed a maximum of 15 per cent.

A survey was made from Piute Bridge to the foot of the hill, at the
mouth of Evolution Creek, a distance of 3% miles. A very good grade
was obtained, only in one place was 15 per cent used, and that only for
a few rods, the average grade for the entire 3% miles being less than
6 per cent.

It was proposed to build the trail up the South Fork, keeping on the
north side of the river, and bridge Evolution Creek, and thereby avoid
crossing the South Fork twice.

A good trail could have been built from the ford up, but it was found:
impractical to bridge Evolution Creek, and not even a good ford could
be found, so this idea had to be given up.

The ford across the South Fork, below the mouth of Evolution Creek,
has proved to be a very dangerous ford during high water. A man was
drowned there last summer, and prior to that several head of stock had
been drowned. This year we lost a pack mule on this same ford, for
which the State has to pay.

Below the ford some good bridge sites are available, but the expense

346 | Sierra Club Bulletin

of building a trail up the river from them would be prohibitive. A site
was selected a short distance above the ford, well out of the path of
snowslides. A good foundation of solid rock, well above high water,
was obtained on the north side. On the south side a reef of rock came
down to the river, but had to be supplemented by a rock crib eight feet
high. Cement was used to chink between the rocks on the side facing
the river, and about four feet on each side. The span measured 68 feet
and the stringers five by eight, with an average length of 40 feet, were
hewed out, tent posts, caps, and mud sills were framed in extra lengths,
the hangers were cut and flooring was split out, and everything was
piled so that it would not warp.

From the lower bridge site to the upper one, a distance of 68 chains,
the old trail ran through a meadow, and some very soft places had to be
crossed that would have to be corduroyed, so a new route was surveyed
around the meadow on the south side on an average grade of three per
cent, which will always be high and dry.

The upper bridge site is a short span of 32 feet. It is about one-quar-
ter mile above the mouth of Evolution, and as Evolution Creek carries
about as much water as does the South Fork above it, there is much less
water to cross than at the lower bridge. On the south side of the river
we have a good foundation of solid rock well above high water. On the
north side a bent 32 inches high, set on solid rock, can be used. All
timbers for this bridge are framed and properly piled, with the excep-
tion of some flooring. No timber is available here that can be split, and
poles will have to be used.

Some trouble was experienced in keeping men. A spirit of unrest
seemed to be in the air, and four men quit. They claimed that there was
no sense in working in so isolated a region when better wages and con-
ditions could be had for the asking in places nearer to civilization.

A different system of packing was used this year; the pack train was
kept with the crew and not allowed to stay over in Cascada any longer
than was necessary to load the pack animals. The main part of the sup-
plies were packed in during June and in the early part of July, and
stored at Aspen Meadow. Extra stock had to be hired for this, and two
men sent with the pack train, as the streams were too high for one man
to safely handle the stock.

On August Io this piece of work was completed, no very difficult places
were encountered, and most of the blasting was done around two points,
one below and one above Aspen Meadow. An average tread of 30 inches
was maintained on this piece of trail.

On August 10, the camp was moved to the Muir Pass, and a camp es-
tablished four miles below the top of the Pass at the last lake below
Lake Helen; on the Kings River side work was commenced at Barrier
Rock by the drillers, and the graders worked towards the Pass.

Notes were taken in the Pass of soft spots and places where the snow
was lying, and a preliminary route was marked out. Below the pass,

Notes and Correspondence 347

from Lake Helen down, the country was thoroughly looked over, and it
was decided to abandon all the old trails and build the new trail up the
river. Several switchbacks had to be used to get up on the first bench,
and then for half a mile a very good piece of trail was built, about half
of which is on a seven per cent grade, and the rest is 15 per cent. From
here for about one-quarter mile around the shore of a lake it is level.
From the upper end of this lake to the crossing below Lake Helen some
short pitches of 15 per cent and several switchbacks were used, but a
majority of this trail will not exceed Io per cent.

Just below Lake Helen it will be necessary to cross a patch of snow,
which will always be there. From Lake Helen to the top of the Pass, a
distance of 11%4 miles, a good trail was built, and an effort was made to
avoid all soft spots and build the trail away from places where the snow
lies longest. One-quarter mile is 15 per cent, the rest averages less than
Io per cent.

At the top of the pass we stopped; no work was done on the west side.

Barrier Rock proved to be a very difficult piece of work. The rock
laid in floors, tapering to a feather edge on the overhanging side, and
when a tread was blasted out these floors would slide off. This was re-
peated several times before a tread was obtained that would hold, and a
short pitch exceeding 20 per cent had to be used.

During the month of August thunderstorms were numerous, and dur-
ing the latter part of September the nights were very cold. The crew
were dissatisfied and trouble was experienced in getting them to stay
with the work. Three months of this class of work is too long for an
average crew to stay, and as no men could be hired to continue the work

the crew had to be disbanded. Joun M. Hucues,

Foreman Muir Trail

BEQUEST TO THE LE ConTE MEmortIAL LODGE

Mr. James B. Wade, who died in 1916, bequeathed the sum of twenty-
five dollars to the Joseph Le Conte Memorial in Yosemite Valley, to be
used in the maintenance of the lodge.

FoLLowING JOHN Mutrr’s CassIAR TRAIL

After leaving Mount Robson last summer, Miss Nettleton and I re-
turned to Prince Rupert and continued up the Inside Passage to Skag-
uay. We were unfortunate in having cloudy weather, and except for
one glorious day at the Taku Inlet, the high mountains remained per-
sistently hidden. Even under such conditions, however, each day
brought a succession of beautiful pictures that made the trip one long
to be remembered. At Skaguay we took the White Pass Railway as far
as Lake Bennett. We had planned, earlier in our trip, to return afoot

348 Sierra Club Bulletin

over the old trail of ’98, but were so discouraged by reports that bridges
were out and the trail obliterated, that we gave up the idea. Much to
our disgust, we found too late that this was only the usual wet-blanket-
ing that every traveler suffers who attempts to set foot off the beaten
track. From the car window we could follow the trail almost every
step of the way, and though slides had occurred and a bridge was gone,
in August, at least, neither stream crossing nor trail presented any real
difficulty to any one accustomed to trail travel.

At Skaguay I parted with my traveling companions and took an Amer-
ican boat down to Wrangell. Five years ago, when Mr, Muir began
work on “Travels in Alaska,’ my aspirations were turned toward the
Stikine River, and I determined to take the first opportunity to follow
his old trail. Opportunity came this year when I met Mrs. Winifred
Hyland, trader, fox-farmer, outfitter for big-game hunters, and adviser
and court of appeal to at least a hundred Indians. On her invitation I
promptly abandoned family and friends and started trustfully alone on
the hundred-and-fifty-mile journey up the wild and lonely Stikine. A
boat runs up once a week during the scant five months of the year when
the river is open. Mine was a tunnel boat about forty feet long, with a
powerful gasoline engine which forced her slowly but surely up against
the powerful current. It took us from Tuesday morning at ten until
Thursday morning at nine to go up, though we made the return journey
in ten hours. Travel is not heavy on the Stikine now. Forty years ago,
Mr. Muir says, nearly two thousand miners went up the river in a single
summer. This year I doubt whether there were more than fifty people
in all. Despite the war, eleven big-game hunters went; one family from
Oregon settled up river; one mine was in operation with six men from
“outside”; two or three soldiers came back from the war; a new school-
master and a new doctor arrived. I myself represented the whole bulk
of tourist travel—considerably less than a hundred and fifty pounds I
hasten to say.

The river trip is marvelously beautiful. Mountains, all of them snowy
and glacier-hung, tower from four to eight thousand feet above the river.
The shores are densely forested, for the most part with hemlock and
tideland spruce. The most remarkable of the glaciers, the Great Gla-
cier, breaks off at the river brink in a colossal wall three miles in width.
Telegraph Creek, trading post and center of population for a district of
some fifty thousand square miles, I made my headquarters. The whole
district at present numbers only about thirty whites—it has sent twenty-
nine men to the front. During the first part of my stay here I made
day trips in all directions and two short camping trips—one across the
Stikine, the other thirty-five miles downstream, near the Jackson cabin.
Captain Conover, a neighbor on the Clearwater, seven miles away, who
has lived on the river for twenty years, offered himself as guide, and
with him I went canoeing through rapids, mountain climbing, and big-
game hunting with a kodak. We saw six bears and eleven goats, but
unfortunately secured no pictures.

Notes and Correspondence 349

During my last three weeks in the country, with a half-breed girl as
companion, I traveled with three Indians and a Hudson’s Bay Company
packtrain over the old miner’s trail to Dease Lake, seventy-five miles
northeastward from Telegraph. We crossed the Arctic-Pacific Divide
into Mackenzie River headwaters, journeyed by scow thirty miles down
the lake, and then afoot took a “knapsack” trip some twenty-five miles
further, packing our outfits on the backs of three dogs. To carry a pack
upon one’s own back would be to lose caste utterly in the eyes of the
Indians. We visited the one mine now in operation on Thibert Creek
and continued on with our novel packtrain to the base of Defot Moun-
tain. I had planned to climb it for the view to northward of which Mr.
Muir speaks, but a snowstorm prevented and we had to hasten back to
Dease Lake the next day to meet the last outgoing packtrain of the sea-
son, I was the first white woman, so they told me at the mine, who had

r r el i. be 66 2
ever traveled in that region “for fun MGW RANT ATD scons

Economic DESTINY OF THE NATIONAL PARKS

[Passage from an address by J. Horace McFarland delivered at the National Park
Conference, Washington, D. C., January, 1917]

I insist the time must soon come when instead of having national parks
created by accident or through the devotion of some interested man, we
must have a system of national parks all over the land in order to ac-
complish the upbuilding of patriotism. . . . Congress now has spent a
gigantic sum on the national parks—nearly a quarter of a cent per per-
son a year. If it would spend a half cent per year per person for parks,
I think Mr. Mather would think the millennium had arrived. And if 1
cent per person per year was provided, he would be unable to compre-
hend all that could be done for our national parks. Yet Philadelphia
spends $1.40 per person for park purposes; Milwaukee, 93 cents; Pitts-
burgh, 53 cents. Why should not the United States spend a whole penny
for each of us annually in our national parks?

Let me put it in another way. The United States spends the gigantic
sum of $700 a day on its vast areas of marvelous natural wonders;
Philadelphia $655 on her little bit of most inadequate park area; Mil-
waukee gets away with $1,076; and even smoky Pittsburgh spends $862
per day on her parks, which Pittsburgh knows is better than extending
cemeteries and providing more policemen.

We need extension of the sort of national park promotion we have
recently had. Indeed the kind of management that has been going on
the last eighteen months in the National Parks Service is so near busi-
ness management that I do not see how it can have happened in Wash-
ington. Here are Mr. Mather and Mr. Yard, business men, actually
managing national parks as if they were a business enterprise. It is ex-
traordinary; but I wish it might be extended, and that we might have a
whole lot more of it, and that they might be given money, much real

350 Sierra Club Bulletin

money to do the job, such as Mr. Schwab would give them if they were
working for the Bethlehem Steel Corporation.

I am not throwing mud at Congress, because Congress does the best
it knows how, and we who elect its members are the responsible persons.
When we get around to having a budget in the United States and work-
ing with it like any business man, then we will get plenty of money for
parks; but I do not want to wait so long. This appropriation of 1 cent
apiece for every inhabitant of the nation ought to come right away, this
session; and it should be an automatic, continuing, annual appropriation
of I cent apiece. That would mean the automatic increase of the sup-
port in proportion to the population... .

“The economic destiny of national parks” is to promote patriotism;
but there is another aspect to it. If we want to be a little bit calculating
—and Americans are sometimes said to be a little sordid—then, the
economic destiny of the national parks is to bring a tremendous amount
of money into the United States from abroad. I wonder if you realize
that the one great natural wonder of the United States which is most
attractive, and which is not yet safe until it becomes a big national park
—Niagara Falls—is estimated to produce $30,000,000 a year of travel
revenue outside of any power use that has been taken from it. Niagara
Falls is easily accessible and is visited by 1,500,000 people each year.
There is one truly tremendous travel revenue possibility for the United
States—a possibility beside which the doings of Switzerland in attract-
ing visitors might sink into insignificance. Indeed, Switzerland could
be lost in Rocky Mountain Park. If we are willing to provide the con-
ditions and facilities, the handling of the national parks becomes a pure-
ly economic proposition; an investment, not an expense.

But the greatest of all park products, Mr. Chairman and ladies and
gentlemen, is the product of civilization, the product of patriotism, the
product of real preparedness, the product of manhood and womanhood,
unobtainable anywhere else than in the broad, open areas which alone
the nation can provide. There, ladies and gentlemen, is a product
which we must promote and which we must have, and everything we can
do and everything we can spend which will increase the facilities of the
United States for intensifying our all too feeble national spirit for in-
creasing the fervor and vigor of our spirit of devotion to the country—
every such thing we can do is thoroughly worth while. That is then,
ladies and gentlemen, the “economic destiny of the national parks” of
the United States.

Hon. J. ARTHUR ELSTON,
House of Representatives,
Washington, D.C. May 8, 1917.
Dear Sir: At a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Sierra Club
held in San Francisco on May 5, 1917, the secretary was requested to

Notes and Correspondence 351

state to you its position in regard to certain proposed changes in the
boundaries of and administration of the Yosemite National Park.

It has been brought to the attention of the board that a petition has
been presented to the park authorities which, if adopted by Congress,
would cut out of the park a large section, about 100 square miles, throw-
ing the same into the forest reserve. This includes the region in the
vicinity of Moraine Meadows and Buck Camp, and in fact includes the
entire upper basin of the South Fork of the Merced River, part of the
basins of the Illilouette River and main Merced. The object of this pe-
tition is to open the area to grazing. The Board of Directors of the Si-
erra Club is unalterably opposed to any changes in the present boundary
of the park, and considers the present proposed change particularly ob-
jectionable, as it eliminates some of the finest alpine regions, and also
because the suggested boundaries follow section lines only, and not nat-
ural barriers which could be properly patrolled.

It has also come to the attention of the Board of Directors that a
movement is on foot this year to have the United States Government
throw open the Yosemite National Park to stockmen for the grazing of
sheep and cattle, due to the possible shortage of foods consequent upon
war conditions, and particularly because of the shortage of feed in Cali-
fornia this year. The directors feel that no sentiment should stand in
the way of so vital a matter as the food supply in the face of so ma-
mentous a situation as now confronts the people of this country, and
would not oppose such a movement, disastrous as it might be to our
great park, if it were absolutely necessary. But they are not convinced
that it is absolutely necessary this year. The whole forest reserve is
now open to grazing, and the small region within the boundaries of this
national park, which has been carefully preserved for the past twenty-
five years, could not appreciably affect the situation. There are certain
stock-grazing interests which for years have been trying to get these
privileges within our national park, and are using the present crisis as a
leverage to accomplish their purpose.

The directors beg of you to look into these matters with great care,
for once the precedents are established it will be difficult to change them.

Very truly yours,
WILLIAM E. CoLsy

THE ASSOCIATED MOUNTAINEERING CLuBs OF NortH AMERICA

In May, 1916, nine clubs and societies with common aims associated
themselves in a bureau, with headquarters in New York. The member-
ship now numbers ninety-two, comprising about 16,000 individual mem-
bers, as follows:

American Alpine Club, Philadelphia and New York.

American Civic Association, Washington.
American Museum of Natural History, New York.

352 Sierra Club Bulletin

Appalachian Mountain Club, Boston and New York.

British Columbia Mountaineering Club, Vancouver.

Colorado Mountain Club, Denver.

Explorers’ Club, New York.

Field and Forest Club, Boston.

Fresh Air Club, New York.

Geographic Society of Chicago.

Geographical Society of Philadelphia.

Green Mountain Club, Rutland, Vermont.

Hawaiian Trail and Mountain Club, Honolulu.

Klahhane Club, Port Angeles, Wash.

Mazamas, Portland, Oregon.

Mountaineers, Seattle and Tacoma.

National Association of Audubon Societies, New York.

Prairie Club, Chicago.

Rocky Mountain Climbers’ Club, Boulder, Col.

Sage Brush and Pine Club, Yakima, Washington.

Sierra Club, San Francisco and Los Angeles.

United States National Parks Service, Washington.
Among the common aims, aside from the exploration and mapping of
mountain regions and the ascent of leading peaks, are the creation, pro-
tection, and proper development of National Parks and Forest Reserva-
tions, the protection of bird and animal life, and of trees and flowers.
Many of the clubs and societies issue illustrated publications on moun-
taineering, exploration, and conservation, and are educating their mem-
bers by lectures to a deeper appreciation of nature.

The bureau publishes an annual bulletin giving the officers, member-
ship, dues, publications, lantern slide collections, outings, and other mat-
ters of interest of each club. Data on mountains and mountaineering
activities are supplied in response to inquiries.

Acquaintance with the literature of a subject is essential to efficient
work in the field, and the bureau sends many important new books on
mountaineering and outdoor life to its members free of charge. A large
collection of mountaineering literature has been gathered in the central
building of the New York Public Library, and the American Alpine
Club has deposited its books therein, providing a permanent fund for
additions, A bibliography of this collection has been published by the
library. An extensive collection of photographs of mountain scenery is
being formed and is available to anyone wishing to supplement the liter-
ature of a region with its scenery.

Le Roy JEFFers, Secretary
476 Fifth Avenue, New York

THE TEHIPITE VALLEY AND THE Ki1ncs RIveR CaNon, GREATER SEQUOIA
Address delivered at the Washington, D. C., National Parks
Conference by Robert Sterling Vard

When I began to study our national parks in preparation for the great
work we had undertaken, the glories of the Sierra stood out before my

Notes and Correspondence 253

mental vision perhaps in more stupendous relief than any other feature.
At this time I was drawing my knowledge from books and men; as yet
I had visited no national parks; and the men were enthusiasts.

Almost from the first I learned of the great country between Yosemite
and Sequoia, which ought to be a national park some day. In fact that
is what I called it, the Ought-to-be-Sequoia, before the name Greater
Sequoia was devised. Before I knew anything definite about any other
valley in our national parks besides the Yosemite Valley, I was familiar
with the fact that the Kings River Cafion and the Tehipite Valley were,
next to Yosemite, the grandest valleys on this continent. My teacher
was Robert Bradford Marshall, Chief Geographer of the United States
Geological Survey, and chief lover of national parks. His splendid en-
thusiasm kindled the fires in me.

Few whom I had then met had yet seen these valleys, and few I have
met since have seen them. They are almost unknown today outside of
California, and little known there. Not even Muir, so far as I know,
described them, though I have found various references to both in his
writings. Yet they are destined to become celebrated next to Yosemite’s
incomparable valley. I expect to see the day when the three shall in-
evitably be mentioned together.

Both originate in the everlasting snows of the Sierra summits. The
Middle Fork and the South Fork of the Kings River, respectively, have
carved them from the living granite. Each lies east and west, a short day’s
journey, as the trail winds, apart. It was my great fortune to see both
last summer, and I can best picture them by reading brief extracts from
a record of that trip. (Reads:)

Time will not dim our memory of Tehipite or the august valley or the
leaping, singing river as we saw them on that charmed day. Well short
of Yosemite, in the kind of beauty that startles and bewilders, the Tehi-
pite Valley nevertheless far excels it in bigness and power and majesty.
Lookout Point, a couple of miles south, afforded our first sensation.
Here the rising trail emerged upon a broken mass of rock standing well
out over the head of the cafion and 3000 feet above it, disclosing Tehipite
Dome in full relief. It is one of the great views, in fact it is one of the
very greatest of all our views, and by far the grandest valley view I have
looked upon, for the rim view into Yosemite by comparison is not so
grand as it is beautiful. The cafion revealed itself to the east as far as
Mount Woodworth, its lofty diversified walls lifting precipitously from
the heavy forests of the floor and sides, and, from our high viewpoint,
yielding to still greater heights above. Enormous cliffs abutted, Yosemi-
telike, at intervals. South of us, directly across the cafion, rose the
strenuous heights of the Monarch Divide, Mount Harrington towering
1000 feet higher above the valley floor than Clouds Rest above the
Yosemite.

Down the slopes of the Monarch Divide, seemingly from its turreted
summits, cascaded many frothing streams. Happy Gap, the Eagle Peaks

354 Sierra Club Bulletin

Blue Cafion Falls, Silver Spur, the Gorge of Despair, Lost Cafion—
these were some of the romantic and appropriate titles we found on the
Geological Survey map. And, close at hand, opposite Mount Harring-
ton and just across Crown Creek Cafion, rose mighty Tehipite. We
looked down upon its rounded, glistening dome. The Tehipite Dome is
a true Yosemite feature. It compares in height and prominence with El
Capitan. In fact it stands higher above the valley floor and occupies a
similar position at the valley’s western gate. It is not so massive as El
Capitan and, therefore, not so impressive; but it is superb. It is better
compared with Half Dome, though again not so impressive. But it has
its own august personality, as notably so as either of these world-
famed rocks; and, if it stood in the Yosemite, would share with them
the incomparable valley’s highest honors.

From the floor the whole aspect of the valley changed. Looking up,
Tehipite Dome, now outlined against the sky, and the neighboring abrupt
castellated walls, towered more hugely than ever. We did not need the
map to know that some of these heights exceeded Yosemite’s. The sky-
line was fantastically carved into spires and domes, a counterpart in
gigantic miniature of the Great Sierra of which it was the valley climax.
The Yosemite measure of sublimity, perhaps, lacked, but in its place was
a more rugged grandeur, a certain suggestion of vastness and power
that I have not seen elsewhere. The impression was strengthened by
the floor itself, which contains no suggestion whatever of Yosemite’s ex-
quisiteness. Instead, it offers rugged spaciousness. In place of Yose-
mite’s peaceful woods and meadows, here were tangled giant-studded
thickets and mountainous masses of enormous broken talus. Instead of
the quiet, winding Merced, here was a surging, smashing, frothing, cas-
cading, roaring torrent, several times its volume, which filled the valley
with its turbulence.

Once step foot on the valley floor and all thought of comparison with
Yosemite vanishes forever. This is a different thing altogether, but a
thing in its own way no less superlative in its distinction. The keynote
of the Tehipite Valley is wild exuberance. It thrills where Yosemite
enervates. Yet its temperature is quite as mild.

The Kings contains more trout than any other stream I have fished.
We found them in pools and riffles everywhere; no water was too white
to get a rise. In the long greenish-white borders of fast rapids they
floated continually into view. In five minutes watching I could count a
dozen or more such appearances within a few feet of water. They ran
from 8 to 14 inches. No doubt larger ones lay'below. So I got great
fun out of picking my particular trout and casting specially for him.
Stop your fly’s motion and the pursuing fish instantly stops, backs,
swims round the lure in a tour of examination and disappears. Start it
moving and he instantly reappears from the white depth where no doubt
he has been cautiously watching. A pause and a swift start often tempt-
ed to a strike. These rainbows of the torrents are hard fighters. And

Notes and Correspondence 355

many of them, if ungently handled, availed of swift currents to thresh
themselves free. You must fish a river to appreciate it. Standing on its
edges, leaping from rock to rock, slipping thigh deep at times, wading
recklessly to reach some pool or eddy of special promise, searching the
rapids, peering under the alders, testing the pools; that’s the way to
make friends with a river. You study its moods and its ways as those
of a mettlesome horse. And after a while its spirit seeps through and
finds your soul. Its personality unveils. A sweet friendliness unites
you, a sense of mutual understanding. There follows the completest
detachment that I know. Years and the worries disappear. You and
the river dream away the unnoted hours.

The approach to Granite Pass en route from the Tehipite Valley to
the Kings River Cafion was nothing short of magnificent. We entered
a superb cirque studded with lakelets. It was a noble setting. We
could see the pass ahead of us on a fine snow-crowned bench. We as-
cended the bench and found ourselves, not in the pass, but in the en-
trance to another cirque, also lake-studded, a loftier, nobler cirque en-
circling the one below.

But surely we were there. Those inspiring snow - daubed heights
whose sharply serrated edges cut sharply into the sky certainly marked
the supreme summit. Our winding trail up sharp rocky ascents pointed
straight to the shelf which must be our pass. An hour’s toil would carry
us over. The hour passed and the crossing of the shelf disclosed, not
the glowing valley of the South Fork across the pass, but still a vaster,
nobler cirque, sublime in Arctic glory!

How the vast glaciers that cut these titanic carvings must have swirled
among these huge concentric walls, pouring over this shelf and that, pil-
ing together around these uplifting granite peaks, concentrating com-
bined effort upon this unyielding mass and that, and, beaten back, pour-
ing down the tortuous main channel with rendings and tearings unimag-
inable! Granite Pass is astonishing! We saw no less than four of
these vast concentric cirques, through three of which we passed. And
the Geological Survey map discloses a tributary basin to the east in-
closing a group of large volcanic lakes and doubtless other vast cirque-
like chambers. We took photographs, but knew them vain.

A long, dusty descent of Copper Creek, which McCormick correctly
diagnosed as something fierce, brought us, near day’s end, into the ex-
quisite valley of the South Fork of the Kings River—the Kings River.
Cafion. Still another Yosemite!

It is not so easy to differentiate the two cafions of the Kings. They
are similar and yet very different. Perhaps the difference lies chiefly in
degree. Both lie east and west, with enormous rocky bluffs rising on
either side of rivers of quite extraordinary beauty. Both present carved
and castellated walls of exceptional boldness of design. Both are heavily _
and magnificently wooded, the forests reaching up sharp slopes on either
side. Both possess to a marked degree the quality that lifts them above

356 Sierra Club Bulletin

the average of even the Sierra’s glacial valleys. But the outlines here
seem to be softer, the valley floor broader, the river less turbulent. If
the keynote of the Tehipite Valley is wild exuberance, that of the Kings
River Cafion is wild beauty. The one excites, the other lulls. The one
shares with Yosemite the distinction of extraordinary outline, the other
shares with Yosemite the distinction of extraordinary charm. The
greater of these two cafions is destined to become famous under the
name of its part, the Tehipite Valley; the lesser will have the undivided
possession of the title, Kings Cafion. Tehipite is as distinctive and un-
usual a name as Yosemite. But the Middle Fork of the Kings is by far
a greater stream from every point of view than the beautiful South
Fork. Looking ahead, this cafion of the South Fork seems destined to
the quicker and the greater development. It is broader, flatter, and
more livable. It lends itself to hostelries, of which two already exist.
It is more easily reached and already has some patronage. Moreover,
from its name and position, it is the natural recipient of whatever pub-
licity grows out of both. Tehipite has to build from the ground up.

There are few nobler spots than the junction of Copper Creek with
the Kings. The Grand Sentinel is seldom surpassed. It fails of the
personality of El Capitan, Half Dome, and Tehipite, but it only just
fails. If they did not exist, it would become the most celebrated rock
in the Sierra, at least. The view up the cafion from this spot has few
equals. The view down the cafion is not often excelled. When the day
of the Kings River Cafion dawns, it will dawn brilliantly. We loped
and ambled and galloped down this gorgeous valley, filled to the brim
with the joy of its broad forested flats and its soft invigorating air. The
walls were glorious. Those in shadow were clothed in purple, streaked
and blotched with yellows and many dark ochers. Large areas were
frosted with grays of many shades, some on abutting cliffs shining like
silver. The walls in sunlight showed interesting differences. The pur-
ples of the shaded side now became dark grays; the light grays, white.
The yellows faded or acquired greenish tints. Here and there in broad
sunlight appeared splotches of vivid green, probably stains of copper
salts.

A Trip To CRATER LAKE ON SKIS

Crater Lake has always proved a powerful magnet in drawing me there
at different seasons, and I have made my pilgrimages in various ways—
by wagon, horseback, mule-team, auto and snow-shoes. I decided last
March to attempt the trip on skis. . .

Mr. Frank I. Jones and I left Klamath Falls March 12, 1917. It was
a cold, clear day. We followed the shore of Upper Klamath Lake, Mt.
Shasta and Mt. McLoughlin, better known as Mt. Pitt, appearing across
the broad white expanse, for the lake was a solid sheet of snow-covered
ice,

Notes and Correspondence 357

At Chiloquin we bundled into a straw-filled sleigh; thirteen persons
occupied the seats, with a big red rooster in a crate as rear guard and
superstition chaser. . . . The snow had gradually deepened to over four
feet as we neared Fort Klamath. . . . The outlook Tuesday morning
was not promising. Over a foot of snow had fallen during the night.
It was still snowing, and the heavy gray sky gave no assurance of any
immediate change for the better. . . . From the Copeland place we
continued our way on skis. Our packs averaged over thirty-five pounds
each. . . . In addition to the provisions and personal effects, we had
snow-shoes strapped on our packs for emergency use. . . . We pushed
on through the soft snow, taking turns breaking trail through the pine
forest. Another snowstorm about mid-afternoon shut out the sun and
we looked for mile-posts or signs. Cheered by the sight of a blue en-
ameled sign on a nearby pine, we turned aside to investigate. After
poking the snow away I unearthed, or rather unsnowed, an ice-cream
sign. For the first time it failed to awaken a responsive chord. About
five o’clock a peaked snow mound, rising slightly above the level, an-
nounced our destination. A shovel thrust in the snow under the peak
gave us the means to clear an entrance, and we soon ferreted below and
entered the cabin of the Wildcat ranger station at the park entrance. ...

Wednesday morning promised fair, sunshine and blue sky following a
starlit night. We left our snow-shoes behind as useless luggage and
started up the road, tall, high-crested yellow pines casting long shadows
on a spotless floor of white. Soon we neared the rim of Anna Creek
Cafion, frequently enticed to the very edge for the enchanting view of
the stream, a green twisting ribbon far below. White slopes alternated
with sheer walls of colored rock, columns and spires upthrusting here
andthere. . . . After eight hours of continuous plodding we reached
the deep-set curve where a timber-cribbed opening under a deep floor
of snow showed us Bridge Creek, the only bridge on the road. We
found out later that this was five and three-quarter miles from Wild
Cat. . . . It was after sunset when we reached Headquarters, where we
were most cordially welcomed by H. E. Momyer, acting superintendent
of the park. Fourteen feet of snow on the level necessitated going down
a snow stairway to the front door. Mr. Momyer was monarch of all he
surveyed, his only companions, bluejays, feathered camp robbers, and a
pine marten, all so tame that a robber ate from his hand, and the mar-
ten overcame all caution in his eagerness to secure scraps of the fresh |
meat we had brought. His dark lithe body appeared like a shifting sil-
houette against the snow stairway... .

Thursday morning registered seven degrees above zero—clear, cold
and snappy. . . . Friday afternoon we went up the low gap where the
old road meandered to the rim, and came out on the lake at the base of
Castle Crest. The sun was setting, giving a warm glow to the snow in
the light, and cold gray to the snow in shadow. In the shadow below
lay Wizard Island, a white cone; The Watchman, Glacier and Llao rose

358 Sierra Club Bulletin

on the western rim, kindled by the last rays, which in turn brought out
Thielsen in sharp relief to the north, with blue sky above. The scene
was sublime, one feature only missing—the marvelous blue of the lake.
To our great surprise, the lake was frozen, fully three-quarters of its
surface being ice-covered. We had been told that the lake never froze,
and could not freeze, because of its phenomenal depth, constant tem-
perature and surface-ruffling winds. . . . Shasta and Union peaks ap-
peared to the south, from different points on the road leading westward
along the rim towards the Watchman. The sun frequently burst through
the white clouds to reward our patience... .

Sunday found a slight snow falling, giving a cushion for the skis and
smoothing out irregularities. Reluctantly bidding our host farewell, we
started down to Fort Klamath. Our skis needed no urging and no guid-
ing. Down the broad road and around the broad curves on a gently
descending grade they kept the deep grooves, so arduously made on the
ascent, and nothing could ever be more wonderfully enchanting and
exhilarating. R. L. GLIsANn
(Quoted from Mazama, December, 1917.)

Hon. FRANKLIN K. LANE,
Secretary of the Interior, Washington, D.C.
Seattle, Washington, January 18, 1918

My Dear Sir: As president of The Mountaineers, Incorporated, I am
requested by that organization to communicate with you in regard to the
proposal to pasture sheep in the Mount Rainier National Park.

I approach the subject with care for I know the ease with which the
thought or the expression of “Obstructionist” may arise when anyone
calls in question any suggestion that seems to aim at the increase of
food. Our organization is patriotic and not obstructionist in any sense.
We are proud of our service flag of twenty-eight stars and more to be
added. When the call of digitalis came our members organized crews.
They are still gathering large quantities. The women of the club are
working with the Red Cross in producing sphagnum moss bandages.
We have nearly emptied our treasury in buying Liberty Bonds.

If we thought the wonderful wild flowers of the Mount Rainier Na-
tional Park were necessary to produce more wool and mutton for the
use of the nation, we would endure the sacrifice in silence. We do not
believe that such is the case, and we respectfully request that you exer-
cise firmly your power to safeguard this great park from the destruction
that is impending.

Everyone knows how completely these large bands of sheep destroy
the flowers and verdure of the wild places overrun by them. Every
year our members, visiting mountains where sheep grazing is permitted,
encounter new barren places, made barren and desolate by heavy sheep
grazing. Mount Rainier National Park should certainly be saved from
that sort of devastation.

Notes and Correspondence 359

While the matter was up for discussion, several of our members de-
clared that they would gladly pasture sheep on their city lawns if by so
doing they could save the National Park. We believe that thousands of
city folks would gladly make that kind of sacrifice to save the park.

As we see the threatening problem, you are the one officer in the na-
tion who can solve it. You can surely save the Mount Rainier National
Park and devise other ways of meeting the needs for wool and mutton.

In a spirit of patriotism, not only for the time of this crisis of war,
but for all the years to come, we appeal to you to protect Mount Rainier
National Park from the destruction now pressing towards it.

Yours faithfully,
EpMonp S. MEANY,
President of The Mountaineers, Incorporated

Wellcroft, Helensburgh, Scotland,
December 30, 1917
Dear Mr. Colby:

You may remember me as a guest of the Sierra Club in 1913,a brother
of your “Mountain Goat.” I want you to give my name and address to
any of your young soldier friends (especially Sierrans) who intend to
head for Scotland when they’re taking leave from killing the enemy
Boches. I’ll be pleased to put them up here to the extent of two at a
time. If twenty came at once, I’ll hand out digging tools and they can
construct a dugout in my back garden, and Ill see the Food Controller
about extra rations.

Time was when I did a lot of drill in the “Territorials’ on my feet.
Now I’m called a “Volunteer” and do my drill on my stomach like a
snake. They cheer me up by calling it machine-gun drill, and assuring
me I shall be quite useful for home defence.

I shall get a small “Old Glory” ready for the coming of your friends.

Yours truly,
J. RENNIE

Sopa SprINGS Property, TUOLUMNE MEADOWS

To the Members of the Sierra Club:

Those members of the club who camped last summer on the Soda
Springs property in the Tuolumne Meadows, which is now under the
control of the club, appreciated more than ever the wonderful value of
this property as a club asset. A more appropriate building than the
Parsons Memorial Lodge could hardly be conceived, for with its stone
walls and heavy log roof, it is entirely in harmony with the natural sur-
roundings. While the lodge has been kept open during the summer and
information given to the public, a more permanent headquarters should —
in time be established there so that our members can make it a central

360 Sierra Club Bulletin

camping place from which to take side trips, and where their property
can be taken care of in their absence.

The necessity for making a new arrangement for financing this prop-
erty will arise in the near future, as only about one-third of the owner-
ship is now vested in the club itself. Many members have donated their
shares to the club; a few shares have been purchased by special arrange-
ment, and during the past year two were exchanged for life member-
ships. The latter plan appears the most feasible as far as the club itself
is concerned, but we would like suggestions from members as to what
shall be done in the future in the way of acquiring the remaining inter-
ests. Very respectfully,

Wo. E. Coxsy,
President

THE GREATER SEQUOIA

Recent Facts Point to Middle California as the Future Summer
Home of Many Thousands of Campers Out

Growing public interest in the plan of the Department of the Interior
for the enlargement of the Sequoia National Park undoubtedly had
much to do with last summer’s enormous increase in the patronage of
this fascinating reservation on the west slopes of the Sierra Nevada
Mountains in central California. This increase amounted to more than
seventy-two per cent of the attendance the year before; and last year’s ©
attendance, be it noted, was an increase of forty per cent over the figures
of the exposition year preceding. That these two enormous increases
cover the precise period since the plan for “the Greater Sequoia” was
made public is at least significant.

Last summer’s increase consisted largely of campers in and near the
Giant Forest. Many of them remained for weeks, some all summer,
much to the profit of the local business channels through which they
purchased their supplies.

The Sequoia is fast becoming the greatest camping out locality in the
country, and if the magnificent groves of the present Sequoia Park are
supplemented by the immense scenic valleys it is proposed to add to the
park, valleys now unknown to the public, there will be drawn to the
park many thousands of campers yearly from far distant States.

A SIERRA CLUB FUND FOR THE RELIEF OF STARVING CHILDREN

A growing feeling among many of our members that we as a club
should undertake some form of service induced the San Francisco local
walks committee to start a weekly collection on the Sunday walks as a
nucleus for a war-relief fund. Contributions to the Holland Seaside
Fund, which provides for the health rehabilitation of starving children

Notes and Correspondence 361

from Belgium and northern France, would seem to be a particularly
appropriate work for our club members. To be of the greatest value
our contributions should be made regularly, so that each month we
could undertake the support of a certain number of children. For in-
stance, fifty members paying five cents apiece each week would provide
for the permanent care of two children. Though most of us can afford
to give more than this, even the nickels and the pennies count.

The movement was started on the San Francisco local walk of Janu-
ary 13, and the response was very generous. . Less than forty members
were out, but, nevertheless, over six dollars were contributed. On Jan-
uary 20 we received over five dollars.

While it is particularly fitting that we who enjoy our weekly outings
should pass along some of the benefits we derive from them to helpless,
war-stricken children, we hope that other members will feel impelled to
make small but frequent contributions to this fund. Mr. Fred R. Par-
ker has consented to take charge of it, and all contributions should be
sent to or left at the clubrooms in his name.

NATIONAL PARK NOTES
-

THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE

The National Park Service was organized as the ninth bureau of the
Department of the Interior immediately upon the approval of the de-
ficiency appropriation act of April 17, 1917, which made funds available
for its establishment. To quote from the act, the functions of the new
service are to:
. . . promote and regulate the use of the Federal areas known as
national parks, monuments and reservations hereinafter specified
by such means and measures as conform to the fundamental pur-
pose of said parks, monuments, and reservations, which purpose is
to conserve the scenery and the natural and historic objects and
the wild life therein, and to provide for the enjoyment of the same
in such manner and by such means as will leave them unimpaired
for the enjoyment of future generations.

The officers of the new service are: Director, Stephen T. Mather of
Illinois; assistant director, Horace M. Albright of California; chief
clerk, Frank W. Griffith of New York. Seventeen national parks and
twenty-two national monuments are now under the jurisdiction of the
National Park Service. In acreage the national parks total 6,254,568
acres; the national monuments, 91,824 acres.

Before quoting from the extensive and admirable “Report” for 1917
made to the Secretary of the Interior by Horace M. Albright, acting di-
rector, we would like to call the attention of our members to the scope
and difficulty of the task that has confronted Mr. Albright this year. A
serious and prolonged illness of Mr. Mather’s threw the whole burden
of organization and management upon Mr. Albright’s shoulders, at a
time, too, when every executive department and every branch of Gov-
ernment service was concentrated upon the war. In expressing our great
happiness in Mr. Mather’s recovery and return to the work into which
he has put so much thought and energy, we wish also to congratulate him
upon his assistant, and to hope that they may continue to work together
in the park service through many administrations yet to come.

REPORT OF THE DirRECTOR OF THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE, 1917
TRAVEL

The total travel to the National Parks for the season was 487,368... .
I shall not comment upon the national monument travel further than to
state that it has materially increased. . . . The enormous increase in
National Park patronage does not represent merely an increase in local
travel; that is, travel from various park States and immediately adja-

National Park Notes 363

cent territory. It represents an increase in both local travel and in pat-
ronage of tourists from distant States and foreign countries. The tour-
ist traffic of the railroads possibly did not increase, but it is not prob-
able that it decreased appreciably. Many of the railroads enjoyed an
increased tourist patronage. Private automobile traffic increased tre-
mendously in every park... .

Our travel reports also disclose an astounding increase in what we
choose to call park-to-park travel. Hundreds of parties during the past
summer visited more than one National Park; just how many it is im-
possible, of course, to ascertain, and scores visited groups of parks, such
as the parks in the Rocky Mountains, the Pacific Coast parks, the north-
western parks, the southwestern members of the system, etc... .

Many pages might be written on the automobile routes to the various
national parks and the accommodations that have been provided for the
traveler along the way. . . . The efforts of the automobile clubs, high-
way associations, and other organizations to accurately and completely
sign the roads, leading over mountain and plain, are worthy of extended
comment, and the projects of the State highway commissions, involving
extension and improvement of road systems, are closely related to the
subject of motoring in the parks, and I regret sincerely that they can
not be outlined here. Briefly, I may state that the highways in National
Park States have been greatly improved during the past year... .

The National Parks Highway Association, with headquarters in Spo-
kane, has this year assumed the leadership in this movement, and dur-
ing the spring mapped and sign-posted a route from its terminus of last
year in Mount Rainier National Park to Crater Lake, thus connecting
Yellowstone, Glacier, Mount Rainier, and Crater Lake National Parks
by what is known as the National Parks highway. In connection with
the latest link added to this important system the beautiful Columbia
River highway has been marked as a side trip, and I believe that all of
the parties that have traveled over the National Parks highway this year
have not overlooked the opportunity to see the wonderful scenery of the
Columbia River gorge. This park-to-park highway should now be ex-
tended and marked in California, Arizona, Utah, New Mexico, Color-
ado, and Wyoming and the circuit completed. When the work of desig-
nation has been accomplished all interested in the development of travel
to the National Parks can join hands in securing the improvement of
the highway. In more than one sense this road will become a national
“Se ae

Conditions for motoring in the parks themselves during the 1917 sea-
son were most favorable. With one possible exception the park high-
way systems were in better condition than ever before. Every effort was
made to safeguard travel on the roads. When automobile traffic was
particularly heavy, extra traffic rangers were assigned to regulate the
movement of cars, and all traffic on dangerous grades was carefully
checked to eliminate all possibility of accident. Free automobile camp

364 - Sierra Club Bulletin

service in several of the National Parks was extended during the sum-
mer, and it shall be our policy to make still further additions to and im-
provements in this service. These free camps are specially cleared
areas, provided with water, and are located at convenient distances from
supplies of fuel. Where shelter for cars is needed, buildings for this
purpose are erected. Toilet facilities are provided, and the installation
of grates for cooking purposes is proceeding rapidly... .

APPROPRIATIONS AND REVENUES

It is unquestionably the policy of Congress to appropriate an amount
equal to the park revenues for park purposes in addition to funds for
new construction work and general maintenance of improvements. Un-
der ordinary circumstances, the park that is well developed will yield a
large revenue, but, on the other hand, a park that is not developed can
not possibly yield revenue of consequence... .

The remarkable increase in National Park travel has naturally in-
creased park revenues materially. At this date it is too early to com-
pile the complete tables of revenues for this season, but we are already
aware of the fact that the parks will yield a larger revenue this year
than ever before. And the revenues will grow larger each year, even
though it may appear advisable later to revise some of the fee schedules
downward, thus reducing auto taxes and rates for service in the parks
affected. Each year several schedules require adjustment. I believe the
time will soon come when Yellowstone, Yosemite, Mount Rainier, Se-
quoia, and General Grant National Parks, and probably one or two more
members of the system will yield sufficient revenue to cover costs of ad-
ministration and maintenance of improvements. An appropriation for
extension of improvements and new construction work will be all that
these parks will require. There probably never will be a time when all
of the parks will not require appropriations over and above the revenues
for one purpose or another, and it would not be proper and just to re-
quire these great national playgrounds to yield sufficient revenue to cover
all the costs of operation, any more than it would be fair and reasonable
to expect Rock Creek Park, in Washington, to pay all costs of its oper-
ation as a public recreational area. It seems that the National Parks
and the Federal Government that controls them must jointly provide the
necessary funds for their administration, protection, and improvement
after the Federal Government has advanced their development to a point
where they can yield revenue without placing a burden upon the tourist.
. .. The appropriation for the current fiscal year for the park system
is $524,780; for the monuments, $5000. The revenues for the 1918 fiscal
year already reported are $132,675.87. A comparison of the appropria-
tions of the fiscal years 1917 and 1918 with those of preceding years will
indicate clearly that Congress is heartily in sympathy with the develop-
ment of tourist travel to the parks and is ready to cooperate by making
both the parks and the monuments fully accessible. The appropriations
that are now being made for many parks, however, are inadequate, and

National Park Notes 365

no funds whatsoever were made available for the following National
Parks recently established: Hawaii National Park in the Territory of
Hawaii, Lassen Volcanic Park in California, Mount McKinley National
Park in the Territory of Alaska... .

THE ROCKY MOUNTAIN NATIONAL PARK

The Rocky Mountain National Park enjoyed a larger tourist patron-
age during the 1917 season than any other National Park. The organic
act creating this park contained the following inhibition on appropria-
tions for its protection, improvement, and maintenance:

Provided, That no appropriation for the maintenance, super-
vision, or improvement of said park in excess of $10,000 annually
shall be made unless the same shall have first been expressly au-
thorized by law.

On account of this provision no more than $10,000 a year has been avail-
able, and as this amount has been just about sufficient to properly protect
the park,it has been impossible to undertake any improvement project. The
fact is, the appropriation of $10,000 is barely sufficient for protective
purposes now. The act of February 14, 1917, added to the park the re-
gion mentioned above as the Estes Park area, the Twin Sister Moun-
tains, and other territory, in all 25,265 acres, thus increasing the area to
be protected to 254,327 acres, and adding problems of traffic control,
camp stipervision, sanitation, and a multitude of other similar problems
requiring an increase in the ranger force and the assumption of other
financial obligations. There was no part of the appropriation available
for improvement purposes this year, and yet the obligation remained to
care for all visitors to the region. Our records show that prior to Oc-
tober 12, 117,186 visitors entered the park boundaries... .

YELLOWSTONE NATIONAL PARK

The reorganization of the concession system of the park was the most
important accomplishment of the year. There had been numerous cor-
porations and individuals engaged in furnishing transportation service,
hotel and camp accommodations, photographic supplies, etc., and many
of them had for years rendered indifferent service to the public. .
There naturally followed constant friction among so many groups of
concessioners. This was particularly true of the transportation compa-
nies. Many of the concessions in the park were operated in an uneco-
nomical manner, and the cost of this inefficiency in management was.
borne by the traveling public, not in the form of exorbitant charges for
service, but in unsatisfactory and insufficient service... .

The department finally concluded to grant a single transportation con-
cession. The grounds upon which this decision were based were:

First. Because it would be uneconomical to permit the establishment
of more than one transportation line on the Yellowstone roads with each
touching the same point, just as it would be uneconomical to run more
than one street-car line on a single street; also because each would re-

366 Sierra Club Bulletin

quire a separate management, a separate overhead expense account, and
a separate operating supply base; likewise because there would neces-
sarily be duplication in the establishment of garages, gasoline stations,
etc.

Second. Because more than one line would be difficult to control by
the park authorities, as questions of right of way on the roads would
constantly arise for adjustment; and because there would be friction at
railroad terminals, hotels, and other starting points in the handling of
passengers.

Third. Because with more than one competing transportation system
the tourist would be subjected to importunities and harassment at rail-
road terminals by rival solicitors, chauffeurs, and information clerks;
and because the economic waste involved in the operation of the sev-
eral systems would increase the cost of park tours.

Fourth. Because the investment required to establish a satisfactory
transportation line in Yellowstone Park, with necessary operating bases,
supply stations and garages, would be very large, and it would be doubt-
ful if more than one line could be operated at a profit.

Having determined the principles that would guide the motorization
of the transportation service, reorganization of all of the important con-
cessions was necessary before the new transportation concession could
be granted. This was finally accomplished by mutual agreement be-
tween the various transportation, permanent-camp, and hotel interests.
A money consideration accomplished the elimination of one transporta-
tion company and the motor line operated from Cody, Wyoming. An
adjustment of property interests and another cash consideration passing
to a party that wished to withdraw from the camping business made pos-
sible the abandonment of the transportation features of the permanent
camping business and the combination of the two important permanent
camping companies. The third camping company was denied a renewal
of its franchise.

When the reorganization reached the stage where there remained but
one hotel company, one transportation company, and two camping com-
panies that had disposed of their transportation privileges and combined
their other property interests with the consent of the department, the
policy of permitting the establishment of a single hotel enterprise, a
single permanent camping business, and a single motor transportation
line, as three Government-regulated public-utility monopolies, was

adopted. GLACIER NATIONAL PARK

The outstanding features of the Glacier National Park season are:
First, the vast improvement in the road and trail system that has been
effected under congressional appropriations; second, the increase in tour-
ist patronage; third, the growth in popularity of the park as a summer
resort, as evidenced by the return for another season of a large number
of visitors of previous years and a substantial increase in the average
length of time spent in the park by its visitors... .

National Park Notes 367

The appropriation available for the last fiscal year was $110,000; for
the current fiscal year, $115,000. With these funds it has been possible
to improve the road systems on both sides of the park. The system on
the east side has been largely rebuilt. The crossings of the river bot-
toms and lowlands have been filled to a sufficient depth to lift the road
out of the mud and water in stormy weather. Bridges and culverts
have been constructed, curves have been eliminated, grades realigned,
and many miles of the system have received a graveled surface. . . .

The extensive trail system has also been improved and several miles
of new trails have been constructed. The important new trail connect-
ing Glacier Hotel on Lake McDonald with Granite Park Chalet was
completed during the season. The construction of a new trail connect-
ing Granite Park Chalet with Sun Camp, via Logan Pass, and a con-
necting trail to the Glacier Hotel, was begun and will be finished next
summer. Several other important new trails will be completed this au-
tumn. Many new foot trails leading from the various hotels and cha-
lets to scenic points in their immediate vicinity were built and made
available for use this year. The most important of these trails lead
from the Granite Park Chalet to points where thrilling vistas of the
finest mountain scenery may be obtained. One of them proceeds for a
considerable distance (two and one-half miles to Gould Mountain) along
the Garden Wall on the very crest of the Continental Divide, and from
it one may step directly onto the Grinnell Glacier, one of the safest and
most interesting glaciers of the park. It is proposed to continue this
trail along the Garden Wall for several miles... .

MOUNT RAINIER NATIONAL PARK

Striking improvements in Mount Rainier Park are in evidence all around
the mountain, First in importance is the fine new hotel in Paradise Val-
ley. Next may be mentioned the picturesque new camp at the snout of
the Nisqually Glacier. A new hotel has been built on the patented land
at Longmire Springs, and this alienated tract has been cleaned up and
improved in a manner that makes it impossible to recognize the old
Longmire property. This hotel does not have as many facilities for ac-
commodating guests as the National Park Inn across the road on Gov-
ernment land possesses, but it is a comfortable hostelry. .. .

The National Park Service has concentrated its improvement work
entirely upon the road and trail system during the past year. Under an
appropriation of $75,000, the largest ever made by Congress for this °
park, the entire road system, including the Storbo road, has been im-
proved. The road from the southwestern gateway to Nisqually Glacier
has been widened, graded, and surfaced, several new bridges have been
constructed, and new culverts installed. The road beyond the glacier to
Narada Falls and Paradise Valley has been somewhat widened, curves
have been eliminated, parapets have been constructed, and the road
throughout its length graveled and made entirely safe for automobile
traffic. . . . The trail system around the mountain has been much im-

368 Sierra Club Bulletin

proved during the year. Miscellaneous construction work, including the
erection of a residence for the supervisor at the southwestern or Nis-
qually River gateway, was accomplished... .

CRATER LAKE NATIONAL PARK

Wild animals are becoming more numerous in the park, and it was ob-
served this summer that a very few wild flowers are returning. There
have been no wild flowers in the park since it was established, the sheep
that ranged over this region before the creation of the park having ut-
terly destroyed the wild-flower growth.

SEQUOIA AND GENERAL GRANT NATIONAL PARKS

The most important work accomplished in Sequoia National Park dur-
ing the past year has been the assumption of control of the Giant Forest
lands by the National Park Service and the preparation of these lands
for the use of the traveling public, especially the camper and angler. ...
During the past season the park enjoyed an astonishing increase in pat-
ronage. The largest increase was in the number of people visiting the
park in private automobiles. . . . The road which is just being extended
to the Marble Fork River should be continued in the next year or two
to the north boundary of the park, where connection may be made with
the road which Tulare County is now building to connect the General
Grant Park with the Sequoia Park. I inspected the county road during
the past summer, and found that an excellent highway is being con-
structed between the two parks. The road traverses a scenic region, and
the engineers who are building the highway are disturbing natural con-
ditions as little as possible. When this county road and the Federal con-
nection in Sequoia Park are completed, the circle route through the two
National Parks will afford one of the most interesting scenic trips of
the National Park system. Few park roads will enjoy a larger patron-
age than this new road because every party that goes into either Gener-
al Grant or Sequoia Park will visit both before leaving this scenic re-
gion. I cannot too strongly recommend the continuance of the Govern-
ment road work in order that the two National Parks may be connected
by the automobile highway as soon as possible.

Summarizing travel to the Sequoia Park for the 1917 season, there
were 18,510 visitors to the park as against 10,780 last year; 2334 auto-
mobiles this year as against 736 last. The revenues for the year were
higher than ever before, $10,326.60, as against $5,169.86 for 1916.

Travel to the General Grant National Park this year is 17,390, as
against 15,300 last year. Automobile travel was also heavier, 2158 cars
having entered the park as against 1778 last year.

YOSEMITE NATIONAL PARK ©

The following Yosemite Park notes are quoted from the report of the
supervisor, Mr. W. B. Lewis. If space permitted we should quote still

[Crater Lake National Park was created in 1902. Fifteen years of protection
have not sufficed to bring back the flowers.—Editor’s note. ]

eS
_
>
4
2)
1S)
(<a)
&
<
4
By

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL.

ISION OF FORESTRY,

A CORNER OF THE WOOD TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY, DIV

ERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

UNIV

’
SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CCXVIII.
REMAINS OF THE COAST & GEODETIC SURVEY’S OBSERVATORY
On the summit of Mount Conness
Photo by Walter L. Huber
PLATE CCXIX.
oo Explonttions ange SUT veys We est of the 100th Meridian
i SENOS a ese eee PE OSD ihe oF 2
Name of Be od “— VO7)7 1 ESS y,
| é a
| | The BFP L, / ales - Station é . .
2 pe fa ’
/ Apr x. Altitude, . 122% --,,r———i“(SisrsSsCSC“C
4 iS
ae 9 oe 4
a A eos
Pe is
of ye is
VE.
“Tppnsraphical Asst, f : La lyeri © Se
f
esas Ass't, oy f1 Wt.
| En Houte from. Br / ue pat wee [ee
Mai ees pagan AOMORI SAO RO NRE: | <
the 7 * lee
Corps of Lngineers o. 8. Army.
/ oe Haas D Mae he ainslad.
RECORD OF ASCENT OF MOUNT CONNESS
Left by Lieutenant M. M. Macomber, September 25, 1878. Removed from the mountain
by Walter L. Huber, July 24, 1917; now deposited in the
official records of the Sierra Club ’

National Park Notes 309

more fully, as Mr. Lewis has made a very complete résumé of the work
accomplished in this park and of its needs for the future. We call par-
ticular attention to his fearless stand upon the grazing question.

ROADS AND TRAILS

During the fiscal year 1917 the service maintained approximately 104
miles of road, as follows: Floor of Yosemite Valley, 22 miles; El Por-
tal road, 8 miles; Big Oak Flat road, 13 miles; Wawona road, 4 miles;
‘ roads in Mariposa Grove of Big Trees, 10 miles; and Tioga road, 47
miles. As indicated in former,reports, all of these roads, with the ex-
ception of a few miles on the floor of Yosemite Valley, are dirt roads
which were originally built as wagon roads and which have been grad-
ually improved until reasonably safe for automobile travel. All of these
roads, however, are built on heavy grades and with sharp, dangerous
curves, and the roadbeds themselves vary from Io to 15 feet in width.
The result is that automobiles, especially those of lighter construction,
travel these roads only with considerable difficulty and with a consider-
able element of danger. That these conditions exist is unfortunate, and
every effort should be made to take up the work of their improvement
in order that automobilists may travel these roads with safety and with
greater degree of ease and comfort.

It is a well-known fact that for the best interest of the park as a
whole disproportionate publicity has been given to the waterfalls and
other features of Yosemite Valley, with the result that travel to other
portions of the park has been minimized. Although it is realized that
Yosemite Valley itself will always be the most important feature of the
park, both because of its accessibility and because of its many features
of attraction for the recreationist, and as it is also realized that the bulk
of moneys expended in development work in the park should be ex-
pended in and around Yosemite Valley where it will be of the most good
to the most people, it is, however, important that a certain amount of
development work be done in the outlying portions in order to attract
visitors and thereby make known to the public something more of the
opportunities for campers and outdoor people in those areas.

During the past year a trail was built from the White Cascades down
the Tuolumne River to a point near the top of the first Water Wheel
Fall. This has resulted in a large increase in the number of visitors to
the Water Wheel Falls during the past year. In order, however, to com-
pletely accomplish the object for which the trail was started, namely,
that of reaching all of the Water Wheel Falls, it is necessary that the
trail be continued some two miles down the cafion to Return Creek, a
tributary of the Tuolumne River. With this trail completed the Water
Wheel Falls country would be easily accessible by horseback, and the
trail would be extended to a point from where at some future time,
should travel warrant it, it could be extended down the entire Tuolum-
ne Cafion to Hetch Hetchy. This latter proposition is not one for con-
sideration at this time, but should be given consideration in connection

370 Sierra Club Bulletin

with plans for the future development of the trail system. On July 1,
1917, funds were made available for the construction of a new trail,
some eight miles in length, between the McClure Fork of the Merced
River and Tuolumne Pass, by way of Babcock and Emeric lakes. The
completion of this trail will shorten the distance between Merced Lake
and the Tuolumne Soda Springs by some three or four miles, and will
eliminate that portion of the present trail which passes over Vogelsang
Pass and which, because of its high elevation, is late to open, danger-
ous, and extremely hard to maintain in a passable condition.

PATENTED LANDS

During the past year an important step has been taken toward acquisi-
tion by the Government of privately owned lands within the park. Dur-
ing the year exchanges of land and timber were effected with the Yo-
semite Lumber Co. by which the Government acquires title to nearly
7000 acres of land and 150 acres of timber only. Of this total amount,
790 acres include the timber and were acquired for purposes of protect-
ing roads within the park. The remaining lands are either cut-over
lands or lands upon which reservation of the timber has been made. In
addition to this, an exchange was effected with the city and county of
San Francisco whereby the Government acquires title to 360 acres of
land in the vicinity of Hog Ranch. In each case, in return for such
titles, the Government has granted timber rights on lands in localities
where the loss of the timber will not in any way affect the scenic fea-
ture of the park. By these two exchanges the Government has acquired
nearly 40 per cent of the privately owned lands in the park. Privately
owned lands in the park still exist to the extent of about 11,000 acres,
but in view of the fact that the Government has no accessible timber
which could be disposed of without affecting the scenic features of the
park, it will be impossible to acquire further private holdings by this
method of exchange. The problem, therefore, of securing funds for the
purchase of such lands is one that should be given consideration and at-
tention. .
VISITORS

Visitors to the park during the period October 1, 1916, to September 30,
1917, reached a total of 34,510. The fact that the majority entered the
park in private automobiles, and the further fact that the number of
people so entering was far in excess of the number traveling by this
method during the previous year, is evidence that it is this class of trav-
el that must be given the bulk of consideration in future park develop-
ment work, both on the part of the Government and the concessioners
operating within the park. Roads and public parking places must be
given special consideration by the service, and garage facilities and hotel
and camp accommodations which appeal to this class of travel must be
maintained by the concessioners. . . . The total number of automobile
visitors utilizing the free public camps during the season of 1917 was
10,598. This compares with 4038 for the season of 1916... .

National Park Notes eu

GRAZING

Shortly after the declaration of war in April, 1917, with its accompany-
ing propaganda on the conservation of food supplies, the question of
opening the park to grazing was taken up on a large scale. All possible
influence was brought to bear by the stockmen operating in the regions
around the park. Their arguments in favor of such action by the ser-
vice were based upon the alleged shortage of feed in the foothills and
their alleged patriotic desire to do all possible in assisting in carrying
out the policy of conservation of food supplies. Although there was no
objection on the part of this office to opening certain areas of the park
during the period of emergency, it was evident, however, that upon nei-
ther of these principles was based the real reason for the insistence on
the part of the stockmen that the park be opened; but, rather, it was
evident that advantage was taken of the emergency to open up the ques-
tion with the hope of getting a permanent footing on the park lands,
feeling that the acquisition of permits for this year would strengthen
the claim for similar privileges in years to come.

When, in 1801, the park was created, grazing was already established
throughout the area without Government regulation or authorization.
It took more than 20 years of constant effort to eliminate it, and it was
only by the rigorous application of force and more or less arbitrary rul-
ing by the Army that the task was accomplished, and in the end the park
lost several hundred square miles of territory through the readjustment
of its boundaries. Even then the fight was continued on a small scale,
with the result that in 1913 permission was given to certain persons to
allow cattle to graze upon the park lands when being driven from one
private holding to another, or from the park boundary to private hold-
ings. This privilege was given contingent upon action by Congress on
certain bills pending at that time, the object of which was the purchase
by the Government of private holdings within the park. Although this
legislation was never passed, these individuals have assumed these priv-
ileges to be sufficient authorization for the continuation of grazing over
some 40,000 acres of park lands in the western portion of the park up
until the present time. It is very evident that none other than these few
individuals have benefited by the use of these lands. It might also be
pertinent to state that in any arrangement the service may make permit-
ting grazing on this portion of the park, these men and no one else will
reap the benefit.

In view of the strong demands made the service saw fit to open cer-
tain portions of the park to grazing, and during the spring of 1917 per-
mits were issued for the grazing of some 5000 head of cattle. The bulk
of the area upon which grazing was allowed lies in the western and
northwestern portion of the park, north and south of the Tuolumne
River. In addition to this a small area in the southeastern portion of
the park was opened to grazing.

When this question comes up another year, as it undoubtedly will, I

372 Sierra Club Bulletin

would suggest that grazing be allowed within the park on private lands
only, and on these under fence. In case it should appear necessary to
continue grazing of larger areas, because of the necessity of war condi-
tions, I would suggest that the rate for this service be increased to not
less than $5 per head, in order that the Government may get its share of
the benefit rather than to allow practically all to go to the few individu-
als holding permits, as is the case under the present arrangement, where-
by the Government charges the sum of 50 cents per head per season....

SUPERVISORS OF NATIONAL PARKS

For information regarding our National Parks write to

Casa Grande Ruin, James P. Bates, Custodian, Florence, Ariz.

Crater Lake, Alex. Sparrow, Crater Lake, Oregon.

Glacier, George E. Goodwin, Acting Sup., Belton, Montana.

Hot Springs Reservation, Dr. Wm. P. Parks, Sup., Hot Springs, Ark.

Mesa Verde, Thomas Rickner, Sup., Mancos, Colo.

Mount Rainier, D. L. Reaburn, Ashford, Wash.

Plati, R. A. Sneed, Sup., Sulphur, Okla.

Rocky Mountain, L. C. Way, Ranger in Charge, Estes Park, Colo.

Sequoia and General Grant, Walter Fry, Sup., Three Rivers, Cal.

Sully’s Hill, Samuel A. M. Young, Acting Sup., Fort Totten, N. Dak.

Wind Cave, Thomas W. Brazell, Sup., Wind Cave, via Hot Springs,
S. Dak.

Yellowstone, Chester A. Lindsley, Acting Sup., Yellowstone Park, Wyo.

Yosemite, W. B. Lewis, Sup., Yosemite, Cal.

FORESTRY NOTES

By WALTER MULForRD
-

Wark

War! Only these three letters are needed to spell what has chiefly oc-
cupied the minds and hearts of most of the forestry folk of California
during the past field season. The stars and stripes have called thou-
sands of men to cut timber from the French forests for the trenches,
the railroads and the camps of the American expeditionary forces. The
same stars and stripes have demanded the services of tens of thousands
of men in the American forests to supply lumber for vehicles, aero-
planes, boats, cantonments, and boxes and crates in which to ship food,
ammunition and army supplies. Our flag has required the services of
scientific experts in determining the best woods to meet the demands
raised by the war, and the best methods of treating these timbers. It
has asked each remaining member of the greatly depleted forestry or-
ganizations to put his regular work on one shoulder and to balance the
load on the other shoulder by assuming the duties of a brother who has
been called away.

The result in California: the logging camps and sawmill crews are
straining every nerve to make the forests contribute their just share of
the nation’s need for raw materials, but they are utterly unable to meet
the demands made upon them; the Forest Service has been handicapped
in handling a severe fire season because of the loss of men, and at the
same time it has had to meet the demands. made by increased stock
grazing, more timber sales and much war work of other kinds; almost
all the forestry students and part of the forestry faculty at the Univer-
sity of California have joined the colors.

War! It is unpleasant to intrude the all-pervading word into the
journal of the Sierra Club, the club which helps people to get away
from strife. But the fact is that the peaceful forests of California, al-
most on the opposite side of the world from where the struggling lines
are drawn taut, are themselves feeling the shock to some extent. More
timber is being cut, less help is at hand for controlling fires, more cattle
and sheep are being grazed, less money and labor are available for
building trails, bridges and telephones. War! May the vigorous Se-
quoia, with a thousand years of useful life yet to come, never again
hear the word as a thing of reality!

War Work OF THE FOREST SERVICE

The California members of the United States Forest Service have taken
their full share of war work. Coert Du Bois, district forester, and

374 Sierra Club Bulletin

many members of his staff are serving in various branches of the army.
Last spring the Forest Service made a quick survey of the points in the
California forests the destruction of which would benefit an enemy.
Maps of these localities were prepared and furnished to the War De-
partment. In the dangerous first weeks of the war the Forest Service
cooperated in the protection of these properties, and no loss occurred.
A military census of all members of the Forest Service was prepared,
thus helping to place each man where he could be most useful. Soon
after war was declared a survey made by the College of Agriculture of
the University of California showed that the forage and feed crops of
the State were only 65 per cent of the normal. Immediately the Forest
Service engaged in far-reaching and painstaking work to make every
acre of forage on the national forests fully available for the production
of beef, mutton, leather and wool. The result was that on June I there
were 23,000 more cattle and 71,000 more sheep on the national forest
ranges of California than there had been in any previous year. The
Forest Service took a large part in the draft registration under the se-
lective draft act throughout the mountain sections of twenty-two coun-
ties. The Forest Service has also actively cooperated in many ways
with the Committee on Resources and Food Supply of the State Coun-
cil of Defence.

A CONTRIBUTION TO RECREATION

During the summer of 1917 four hundred thousand people entered the
Angeles National Forest for recreational purposes. ‘Three cheers for
the Angeles, and three more for the multitudes who have the good sense
to use it! During the past year the Forest Service built sixty miles of
new trail on the Angeles, and it expects to build fifty miles during the
coming year. The Southern California Section of the Sierra Club con-
tributed one hundred dollars toward the reconstruction of the old Buck-
horn Trail, now renamed by the Forest Service as “Sierra Club Trail.”
There are now twelve hundred miles of trail within the forest, and it is
expected that by the summer of 1918 there will be signboards at every
trail intersection. Approximately one thousand summer residence per-
mits are outstanding on the Angeles. Because of the existence within
the forest of two of the largest game refuges in the State, deer are in-
creasing rapidly.

TAHOE- YOSEMITE TRAIL

During the 1917 field season the Forest Service completed the Tahoe-
Yosemite trail from Upper Echo Lake to the lower end of Echo Lake.
This brings the trail out to the Lincoln Highway. The work was done
in codperation with the Western States Gas and Electric Co., which fur-
nished most of the labor. The trail built in 1917 is standard and of the

Forestry Notes 295

same general description as that built in 1916, which is described in the
SrerrA CLus BULLETIN of January, I917.

New REcREATION Maps

During the past year the Forest Service has issued new recreation maps
of the Angeles, California, Cleveland, Inyo and Mono National For-
ests, and a highway map of California showing the National forests.
These can be obtained free from the District Forester, U.S. Forest Ser-
vice, 114 Sansome Street, San Francisco.

THE LUMBER INDUSTRY IN CALIFORNIA

“Probably the most important point of contact between the pine lumber
industry in California and the Government in the present crisis is the
manufacture of box shooks. California is so situated that many of its
food products are marketed thousands of miles away from where they
are produced. In most cases wooden boxes are essential for proper
transportation. The National Food Administration is urging the most
complete utilization of food products, and the lumber industry is being
called upon to produce the box shooks. 10918 presents a problem that
cannot be fully appreciated at the present time—the volume of crop
production, demands upon the industry for men for the army, labor un-
rest, supply of cars for shipment, cost of raw materials and many other
factors.” (Comment by C. Stowell Smith.)

In spite of labor shortage, the cut of California timber was apparently
greater in 1917 than in 1916. Taking seven mills in the pine region as
an example, the season’s cut in 1916 up to September 1 was 259 million
board feet; in 1917, up to September 1, it was 270 million.

The Diamond Match Company has recently undertaken to cut its tim-
ber conservatively in order to keep its lands productive for future op-
erations. Only trees above a certain diameter are cut, the smaller trees
being left to grow to larger sizes; all merchantable timber is utilized
well into the tops; the slashings are systematically burned after the first
heavy rains and all dead snags on the logged lands are felled. A tim-
ber cruise of about 170,000 acres of timberland in Butte and Tehama
counties, owned by this company, was completed last summer by the
company’s forest adviser, Frederick E. Olmsted.

Several lumbermen owning timber in the Sierra made strong efforts
during the past summer to induce the Federal Government to make
large appropriations for controlling the ravages of pine beetles.

CALIFORNIA WHITE AND SUGAR PINE MANUFACTURERS’ ASSOCIATION

An important step in the development of the lumber industry of Cali-
fornia was taken on July 1, 1917, when the scope of the California

376 Sierra Club Bulletin

White and Sugar Pine Manufacturers’ Association was greatly enlarged
and C. Stowell Smith was appointed secretary-manager. Mr. Smith
was formerly in charge of the branch of forest products in the San
Francisco office of the Forest Service. The Association, which was
formed on May 15, 1916, now includes twenty-two pine lumber manu-
facturers.

There is great potential significance for the future of California for-
ests in the formation of a strong lumbermen’s organization such as this.
Under unscrupulous management, it could be a powerful agent for un-
necessary forest destruction. In good hands it can be one of the most
effective of agents for perpetuating forests by proper use. Such an as-
sociation increases the opportunity for the effective execution of a “get-
together” policy between the lumbermen, the stockmen, the United States
Forest Service, the United States National Park Service, the State For-
ester’s office, the Sierra Club and all other agencies having vital inter-
ests in California’s forests.

At present the association is concentrating most of its effort on one
important point—the standardizing of the grades of soft pine lumber,
which is a benefit to the consumer of lumber as well as to the producer.
A book of rules describing the grades has been published and widely
distributed to both manufacturers and consumers, and a traveling force
of inspectors is employed.

The association is directly helping the government in the organization
of forestry troops, having been authorized to select officers for the
Twentieth Reserve Engineers (Forest) and to enlist privates for that
regiment. Up to November 1, about 1000 men from the Pacific Coast
had been selected, of which about 800 are from California. Orders have
been issued to increase the regiment by about 6000 additional men.

THE DIVvISION OF FORESTRY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

In July, 1917, the Division of Forestry of the University of California
moved into the newly completed Hilgard Hall, and thereby took its
place among the well equipped forest schools of the country. The build-
ing houses seven divisions of the College of Agriculture. The forestry
quarters include a classroom, a large general laboratory for all under-
graduate courses, three special research laboratories for forest utiliza-
tion and wood technology, three small special laboratories for advanced
students in other branches of forestry, a large logging engineering labor-
atory, drafting room, blue print room, instrument room, herbarium
room, lecture demonstration materials room, store room, club room and
six Offices.

The students of the Forestry Club of the University of California
have issued seven numbers (May to November, 1917, inclusive) of a
new magazine, “California Forestry.” Its aim is “to unify the forest
interests of the West.” As American war plans developed, all the mem-

Forestry Notes 377

bers of the editorial and managerial staff joined the colors. An entirely
new second staff was then chosen. Not only this entire second staff, but
also, with a single exception, every other forestry student at Berkeley
above the sophomore year joined the army. It was therefore necessary
to suspend publication.

Forest INDUSTRY COM MITTEE

An encouraging sign of the increasing desire of the various Califor-
nia forestry interests to pull together for the good of all is seen in the
recent formation of a Forest Industry Committee. The members are:
G. M. Homans, State Forester, chairman; Roy Headley, Acting District
Forester, representing the United States Forest Service; R. E. Danaher,
president of the R. E. Danaher Pine Co., representing the lumberman’s
viewpoint; C. Stowell Smith, secretary-manager of the California White
and Sugar Pine Manufacturers’ Association; and Woodbridge Metcalf,
representing the Division of Forestry of the University of California.
The committee was formed on October 13, 1917, at a forestry meeting
at the new quarters of the Division of Forestry at Berkeley, which were
being formally dedicated on that day. The committee holds regular
monthly meetings. Originally planned to assist in meeting the fire situ-
ation in the forests, the grain fields and the grazing ranges, the scope
of the activities was at once widened as indicated in the name “Forest
Industry Committee.”

Forest FIRES

A forest fire bill again failed to become law at the 1917 session of the
California legislature. In 1915 two forest fire bills were presented to
the legislature. At a loss to choose between them, the two committees
of the legislature to whom the bills were referred requested Henry S.
Graves, chief forester of the United States Forest Service, to outline a
bill for them. Mr. Graves was in California at the time and, although
hard pressed by other duties, he devoted a week to study of the prob-
lem and the drafting of definite suggestions. The committees then
drafted a bill following Mr. Graves’ suggestions. The bill passed the
legislature, but was vetoed by the governor. In 1917 the bill which had
passed in I915 was again introduced, with a few modifications, and
passed the legislature with almost no discussion. It was again vetoed
by the governor. In fire protection outside the national forests and
national parks, California is sadly behind her sister States with equal
interests at stake, and it is to be hoped that a fire bill fairly satisfactory
to all parties can become law in 19109.

The summer of 1917 was the worst fire season in California since
1910. It is estimated that there were about 1500 fires reported on the
California National Forests during the summer, of which about 150 were

378 Sierra Club Bulletin

severe. About 15,000 to 18,000 acres of timberland were burned over
(this does not include brush land). The two largest fires were on the
Santa Barbara National Forest in June, burning over 48,000 acres of
brush land, and destroying human life, farm buildings, orchards and
cattle. Lightning was responsible for about 500 of the fires.

In the Pacific Northwest during the 1917 season, 7688 forest fires were
reported. In that region about $1,825,000 were spent for fire prevention
and fighting in 1917 by the lumbermen, the Government and other
agents.

The California Forest Protective Association conducted a publicity
campaign in April, 1917, against forest, field and brush fires.

TAMALPAIS FIRE ASSOCIATION

The Tamalpais Fire Association, which controlled matters connected
with fire prevention on and about Mt. Tamalpais from 1914 to 1917,
turned over its work to the recently formed Marin Municipal Water
District in March, 1917.

ForRESTRY IN THE COMMONWEALTH CLUB

The Commonwealth Club of California has recently organized a Com-
mittee on Forestry and Wild Life. Everyone who would like to work
on this committee is requested to write to the secretary, Commonwealth
Club, 153 Kearny Street, San Francisco.

BOOK REVIEWS

Edited by MARION RANDALL Parsons

»
“THE Cruise In the summer of 1881 Mr. Muir accompanied his friend,
OF THE Captain Calvin Hooper, on a long Arctic cruise in search

Corwin”* of the Jeannette and Captain De Long’s exploring party.
Captain De Long had sailed into the Arctic in the sum-
mer of 1879, and grave fears were entertained for his safety. As a mat-
ter of fact, at the very time that the Corwin was beginning her search
the Jeannette sank, crushed in the ice, a thousand miles to northwest-
ward. Her captain and twenty of her men never returned. The Corwin
was also searching for traces of two missing whaling ships. Coasting
along the Siberian and Alaskan shores, making enquiry at all the Chuk-
chi and Esquimo villages, gave Mr. Muir a wonderful opportunity to
study the glaciation and plant life of the Arctic. The young Mr. Nel-
son, whose enthusiastic pursuit of birds and “other game”—such as the
dead natives in the cemeteries and the “ivory spears, arrows, stone ham-
mers . . . which formed the least ghastly of his spoils’—so amused Mr.
Muir, is now the director of the U.S. Biological Survey.

The book is based upon a series of letters written during the cruise
for the San Francisco “Bulletin.” Certain passages from his journal
containing material omitted from the letters have been included in chron-
ological order to complete the record. Mr. Muir’s valuable and inter-
esting report on the “Glaciation of the Arctic and Subartic regions vis-
ited during the cruise,” and his “Botanical Notes,” published in 1883 as
a part of Treasury Document No. 420, likewise have been included in
an appendix. The botanical report on the flora of Herald Island and
Wrangell Land, says the editor, “still remains, after thirty-six years,
the only one ever made on the vegetation of these remote Arctic regions.”
The editor’s work throughout is admirable. An interesting introduction
completes the story of the Jeannette, and gives a brief account of sub-
sequent exploration in that region.

The narrative of the voyage dwells not alone on the features which
were Mr. Muirt’s especial object of study, but on the characters and cus-
toms of the natives as well. The voyage was not without its danger.
More than once they risked being crushed by the ice, narrowly escaping,
indeed, the fate of the lost Jeannette. Mr. Muir was a member of the
first party ever to land on the ice-bound shores of Wrangell Land. He
also made the first ascent of Herald Island. “The midnight hour,” he
says, “I spent alone on the highest summit—one of the most impressive

* The Cruise of the Corwin. Journal of the Arctic Expedition of 1881 in search
of De Long and the Jeannette. By Joun Muir. Edited by Witt1amM Frepertc BADE.

Illustrated with photographs and sketches by Mr. Muir. Houghton Mifflin Company,
Boston and New York. 1917. Pages, 272. Price, $2.50.

380 Sierra Club Bulletin

hours of my life. The deepest silence seemed to press down on all the
vast, immeasurable virgin landscape. The sun near the horizon red-
dened the edges of belted cloud-bars near the base of the sky, and the
jagged ice-boulders crowded together over the frozen ocean stretching
indefinitely northward . . . it was to the far north that I ever found
myself turning, to where the ice met the sky.” Written in the full flush
of a new and absorbing experience, this book has a bright, spontaneous
charm that, coupled with the almost universal appeal of Arctic explor-
ation, is sure to make it a favorite. M.R.P.

“Two SUMMERSIN To stand where the foot of man has never trod,

THE IcE WILDS particularly at this period of the earth’s history, is
OF EASTERN an inspiring and memorable experience. It does not
KARAKORAM ’* happen as often as some writers would have us

think. Many a lesser explorer, believing himself
the first ever to penetrate a region, has come upon some such record of
human occupation as the cairn of rocks found by Mrs. Workman high
up on the Rose Glacier. But to Dr. Hunter Workman and Mrs. Bul-
lock Workman the conquest of virgin peaks of almost incredible height
and the exploration of great glaciers is already an old story, as readers
of their earlier writings know. The present volume describes two ex-
peditions during the summer of I9II and 1912, including explorations
of the Hushe and Kondus Glacier Systems of the Eastern Karakoram in
Kashmir. The story of the first summer, told by Dr. Workman, con-
fines itself largely to the scientific aspects of their discoveries. Mrs.
Workman’s narrative of the 1912 journey, on the other hand, has a more
lively tone, richer in human incident. The story of months-long camp-
ing above 16,000 feet in altitude; of the first ascents of peaks 21,000 feet
high; of caravan troubles with coolies, such as the pilfering of supplies
and wanton extravagance with precious wood; of the two lives claimed
by the glacier—all is told with vigor and a fine sense of values. Mrs.
Workman was the originator and leader of the second expedition. Dr.
Workman was “photographer and glacialist”; and with them also went
Mr. Grant Peterkin, surveyor, and Sarjan Singh, a native plane-tabler.
Three guides, Cyprian Savoye, Quazier Simeon, and Rey Adolf, and
two porters, Rey Julian and Chenoz Césare, who later lost his life in a
crevasse of the Bilaphond Glacier, were also a part of the expedition.
The third part of the book is made up of discussions of the physio-
graphical features of the Bilaphond, Siachen (Rose) and Kaberi basins
and glaciers by Dr. Workman. The illustrations throughout the book
are very numerous and of exceptional beauty. The “geographical re-

*Two Summers in the Ice Wilds of Eastern Karakoram. The Exploration of
Nineteen Hundred Square Miles of Mountain and Glacier. By Fanny BULLOCK
Workman and WItLiam HuNTER WorRKMAN. With three maps and one hundred
and forty-one illustrations by the authors. E. P. Dutton & Company, New York.
Pages,296. Price, $8.00.

Book Reviews 381

sults of this expedition” are partially summed up by Mrs. Workman as
follows: “About 850 square miles of mountain territory were mapped
with plane table. Forty or more peaks were measured in different ways,
many by triangulation, by Mr. Grant Peterkin. The Rose Glacier was
first explored from end to end, and surveyed to its tongue in the Nu-
bra Valley. The north and east Siachen sources . . . were discovered
and first visited, and the relation of the Eastern Karakoram and Indus
watershed to that of Chinese Turkestan at these points established. .. .
A new group of high snow peaks was discovered beyond the east Rose
wall on the Turkestan side. The King George V group was first seen
and identified as such, and its three highest peaks triangulated. A new
pass, 18,700 feet, was discovered and crossed and a first descent made
from it to the head of the twenty-mile-long Kaberi Glacier, which was
followed down its whole length to its tongue. M.R.P.

“VoyvaGes The “Call of the Wild” leaves an unpleasant taste. It
ON THE raises the question: How strong a force is civilization?
YuxKon’* Must a new country be not only a place of hardship, but

also one of crime and lawlessness? Fortunately our “story-
book writers” have not the last word, and I agree with Hudson Stuck
that Jack London has not left any “literary memorial” of the greatt
stampede to Alaska, and that but one side of that period has been pre-
sented in his much read book. Hudson Stuck’s book, “Voyages on the
Yukon and its Tributaries,” is more valuable to the reader who desires
to know Alaska than a cartload of extravagant and highly-colored stor-
ies. It is a sane, well-balanced account of travel in the interior of Alas-
ka. Climatic, topographic and sociological conditions as well as histori-
cal notes are covered in an interesting way. In contrast with the au-
thor’s “Ten Thousand Miles with a Dog-sled,’ the book deals with
summer travel, and this is synonymous with river travel. Part I is an
account of the Yukon from the upper headwaters to St. Michael and the
Bering Sea. Part II describes the Porcupine, the Chandalar, the Tan-
ana, the Koyukuk, the Innoka and the Iditarod rivers and the Changeluk
Slough. One must not expect a scientific and exhaustive treatise, for
Stuck writes in a cursory and easy style and sees more with the eye of
an ordinary observer than that of a scientist. For the general reader
interested in travel, for the business man who wishes to understand the
general conditions of life in and the future possibilities of Alaska, and
for the sociologist who is interested in primitive conditions, I heartily
recommend the book, Grorce J. Younc

* Voyages on the Yukon and its Tributaries. By Hupson Stucx. Charles Scrib-
ner’s Sons. Price, $4.50 net.

382 Sierra Club Bulletin

“ON THE An unusually interesting narrative of a thousand mile
HEADWATERS canoe trip through one of the most remote and un-
OF PEACE RIVER’* explored regions of British Columbia—“beyond the

farthest camping ground and the last tin can.” Leav-
ing the railroad at Prince George, on the Fraser River, Mr. Haworth,
with Joe Lavoie, his canoeman, for his sole companion, paddled as far as

Giscome Portage, where their outfit was carried over the low divide to

Arctic waters. At Summit Lake the long canoe journey really began—

down the Crooked River to McLeod Lake, and down the Pack River to

the Porcupine, whose junction with the Finlay forms the mighty Peace.

As far as Fort Grahame on the Finlay, and for some miles beyond, the

voyage was along traveled ways, as travel goes through the “immensity

of that mighty mountain mass called British Columbia”’—Indians, trap-
pers, prospectors and Hudson’s Bay Company men, occasionally a big
game hunter or a party of scientists. The headwaters of the Finlay,
however, are practically unexplored, and on some of its tributaries, nota-
bly the Quadacha, Mr. Haworth and Joe undertook long “backpack”
trips, climbing mountains and noting great ranges and glaciers as yet
unmapped. On the return journey they proceeded down the Peace in
their canoe as far as Hudson’s Hope, where they took a gasoline boat to
Peace River Landing and the railroad. The narrative is told with spirit
and many touches of human interest. The hunting experiences are plen-
tiful enough to add zest, but do not usurp too much space. The whole
book has the stamp of sincerity and shows a deep love of wilderness
life, the more so, perhaps, that Mr. Haworth does not hesitate to record
his moments of disillusionment when he longs for “hotels and ladies and
electric lights.” Many of us have known such moments. He leaves with
us, however, a vivid impression of those memorable days when he
“climbed beyond the barrier ranges and looked upon a world that was

ne M. R. P.

“REPORT OF THE In our National Park Notes we have quoted exten-
DIRECTOR OF sively from this admirable report, but it contains so
THE NATIONAL much that is of interest to our members that it should
PaRK SERVICE’{ be mentioned here also. The maps, showing railroad

routes, automobile roads, trails, improvements and

accommodations, make it an extremely valuable guidebook for travelers

afoot, horseback, or motoring. A copy is on file in the Sierra Club

rooms. We have not been informed whether the report can be obtained
from the Superintendent of Public Documents. M Rar:

* On the Headwaters of Peace River. A Narrative of a Thousand Mile Canoe

Trip. By Paut Letanp HawortH. Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. 1917.
Price, $4.00 net. Illustrated.

+ Report of the Director of the National Park Service to the Secretary of the
tae for the year ended June 30, 1917. Government Printing Office, Washington,
I EOL.

Book Reviews 383

“GREEN TRAILS What a book for the shut-in, for the war-wearied or
AND UPLAND war-wounded mortal! Here is a real and living bit of
PASTURES ’’* New England spread out before our western eyes; a
country commonplace and unpretentious to us western-
ers, used as we are to the great inland valleys, the endless expanses of
desert and the sky-piercing mountains of our Pacific Coast. It takes a
Walter Prichard Eaton to disclose the charm of the Berkshires, and a
Walter King Stone to picture it for us. Ordinary hill pastures take on
dainty beauties of form, color and vista under Eaton’s loving gaze. Pad-
dling a canoe down a little stream is fraught with all the wonders and
mysteries of a trip up the Amazon. Even though only a few yards from
a well-traveled road, you are utterly alone in a beautiful world, flower-
fringed, tree-shaded. No gardener can equal a river, Eaton tells us. It
understands the art of border, draping its banks with “wild grape-vines,
a little feathery clematis and great masses of wild balsam, apple. . .
The current is the gardener who keeps the edge in line, the beautiful
sweeping line of the bend.”

Rivers have their fascination, but so too do the stone walls on the
New England country. These “artless hedgerows” in Eaton’s glowing
phrase “march in feathery beauty between a thousand fields, up hill and
down, bright at their base with mulleins and milk-weed, with roses and
goldenrod, harboring chipmunks within the old wall which is their spine,
and white-throats flitting in their branches.”

Flashes of lightsome humor liven Eaton’s simple conversational style.
Occasionally, however, its grace and humor is marred by self-conscious-
ness. He pleads guilty to dropping into the fallacy of personifying na-
ture, and discourses on his lapse at such length that we feel the tire-
someness of the discussion a greater sin than the original; for the chief
commandment to an author is “Thou shalt not bore.”

Only once does Eaton leave his beloved home country. Then he sud-
denly transports us to Glacier National Park. Here, as we would ex-
pect, his spirit expands and soars to meet the awe-inspiring beauty of
the Rockies. Perhaps it was from this visit to the national parks of the
West that Eaton received his inspiration as to the future for his beloved
but neglected New England hills. Back of his love for them one feels
all the time the question: What is to become of all this neglected coun-
try; these outworn farms, abandoned hamlets and villages? Country
roads and canals are too distant to help open up this country again, the
railroads have passed so far off that they are of no use. All the ener-
getic and younger people have gone to the cities; it is not likely they will
return. No, we can not look for a return of the vigor of pioneer days in
these lonely hills; but why not convert this country into a playground
for the people teeming in the cities of the Atlantic Coast? Why not
make a great national forest out of the Berkshires? Many, I suppose,

* Green Trails and Upland Pastures. By Wa ter Pricuarp Eaton. Doubleday,
Page & Co. 1917. Price, $1.60 net.

384 Sierra Club Bulletin

will shake their heads over the practical difficulties of such a scheme,
but who knows? The dreams of today are often the deeds of tomorrow.

FLORENCE E. ATKINSON

“LIGHTS AT One evening during the outing of I912, at a Sierra Club
Dawn’* campfire near the foot of Mount Whitney, a young Greek
student stood up and described his experiences of the pre-
ceding night, spent at the summit of the loftiest mountain in the coun-
try. Those who heard Aristides Phoutrides that evening will remember
his enthusiasm and his glowing words as he described the colors of the
sunset. They will also recall that he told of singing ““America,” inspired
by the grandeur of the scene before him. The experiences of that night
on the mountain top made a deep impression on Phoutrides, for they
stirred the two dominant emotions of his life—a passionate love of the
harmonies of nature, and an ardent patriotism.

Anyone knowing Phoutrides would expect poems from him. His joy
in the splendors of natural scenery is very real, impelling him to ex-
pression in song. His patriotism is of that fine type that looks for its
inspiration not to any particular place or people, but to the spirit of free-
dom and liberty. Thus it is quite natural to find in his “Lights at
Dawn” verses reflecting now the brightness of the California Sierra,
now the soft color of the mountains of Greece, poems inspired by the
triumph of liberty in the new Greece and the promise of America.

The poems cannot be rightly understood without some idea of the
writer’s experience. It is hard to believe that they were written by one
who came to America only ten or twelve years ago, a stranger from an
old-world country, with but a few words of English at his command.
Born in the island of Icaria, near Samos, in the 7gean Sea, under Turk-
ish sovereignty, Aristides Evangelus Phoutrides was Greek by race and
spirit. His mother and sister did much for his early education before he
attended the gymnasium and university at Athens. Later he studied in
Cairo, and about 1906 came to America to continue his studies. After a
year learning the English language and American ways, he entered
Harvard College, and in 1911 was graduated “summa cum laude.” He
continued at the university, receiving the degree of Master of Arts
and teaching in the department of the classics. In 1913 he was made a
Travelling Fellow of Harvard University, going to Berlin and other
German cities for research work and later to Italy and Greece. He re-
turned to Cambridge after the outbreak of the European war and re-
ceived the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in 1915. It was during the
period of his graduate studies, at Harvard that he spent a summer vaca-
tion in California and joined the Sierra Club outing in the Kern.

Last summer Phoutrides gave up his studies and his teaching and en-

* Lights at Dawn. Poems. By Aristipes E. Puoutripes. The Stratford Co.,
Boston, 1917. Price, $1.25.

Book Reviews 385

tered the officers’ training camp at Plattsburg to prepare for whatever
service he might be able to render in the world struggle for freedom
and democracy. F.PF

“Your NaTionaL No such comprehensive work on national parks has
Parxs”* yet been given to the public as this latest book by
Mr. Mills. In it the traveler will find information
concerning all of the national parks and monuments of the United States
and Canada. The more important parks, such as Yellowstone and Yo-
semite, are described in detail—their topography and geological forma-
tion, their flowers, forests and wild animals, and interesting incidents
in the history of their discovery and exploration as well. In addition
the book contains valuable chapters on “Park Development and New
Parks,” “Wild Life in National Parks” and “National Parks, the School
of Nature.” In “The Spirit of the Forest,’ “In All Weathers,” “The
Trail,’ and in the preface Mr. Mills gives freer rein to the more imagi-
native style that we have come to regard as his own. An appendix by
Laurence Schmeckebier containing definite information about routes and
prices, and other statistical tables regarding national parks, adds greatly
to the value of what is no doubt destined to become one of the most
popular books on this subject. MRP.

“THROUGH THE No more charming book has come to our attention this
YEAR WITH season than this sympathetic study by our fellow moun-
THOREAU’ taineer, Herbert W. Gleason. What John Muir is to a

Californian, Henry Thoreau is to a New Englander.
Mr. Gleason is an adopted Californian, it is true, but his deepest feeling,
undoubtedly, is for the “architecture of the snow,” the “beauty of wild
apples,” the “waving rye-fields” and “old, unfrequented roads” of Thor-
eau’s country. An introduction, all too short, and interesting notes are
contributed by Mr. Gleason, besides the very beautiful and artistic photo-
graphs that carry us through the seasons with Thoreau. The subjects
of the quotations and pictures range from flowers and birds to cobweb
drapery, early morning fogs and icicle “organ pipes.” Long and patient
study and infinite love must have gone into the making of such a book.

Such a picture, for instance, as the “orientation of young pine shoots”

is not easily come by. MRP.

* Your National Parks. A Guide to the National Parks. By Enos A. Mitis. With
detailed information for tourists by Laurence F. Schmeckebier, and with illustrations
and maps. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston and New York. 1917. Pages, 532.
Price, $2.50 net.

+ Through the Year with Thoreau. Sketches of nature from the writings of
Henry D. Thoreau with corresponding photographic illustrations. By Hersert W.
GLEASON. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston and New York. 1917. Price, $3.00
net.

386 Sierra Club Bulletin

“THE Birp Mr. Pearson has written a book of general interest.

Stupy Boox”* He presupposes no knowledge of birds or of zoology;

nor does he attempt to identify species. His problem is

to treat the bird branch of our population in such a way that we shall

become conscious of their existence, their rights, their value to their

human neighbors, and their sufferings; and he also describes the meth-
ods which are being employed to protect them from destruction.

After describing the life of birds at different seasons of the year, he
gives a resumé of the work which has been done in Economic Orni-
thology, especially by the Biological Survey. When one realizes that
injurious insects cause an annual loss of $60,000,000 to the cotton crop
in the United States, of $53,000,000 to hay, $2,000,000 to cereals, and 25
per cent to the crop of the market gardens, one understands why the
protection of birds has become a national problem.

The Audubon Association, of which Mr. Pearson is secretary, is the
Bird’s Red Cross Society, working for the relief of the wild feathered
population of our country. Largely through the efforts of the Audubon
Society workers, all but eight of the States have adopted the Audubon
law protecting non-game birds. The Federal Migratory Bird Law, be-
side protecting game birds, completed this campaign of the Audubon
Society by protecting song and insect-eating birds at all times, thus ex-
tending the work into States which had not adopted the Audubon law.
And in 1916, a treaty with Canada covering the provisions of the Mi-
gratory Bird Law was ratified by Congress. In addition to this pro-
tective legislation, the nation has set aside seventy bird reservations, and
the Audubon Society protects about 500,000 breeding water birds and
twenty heron colonies.

A campaign of education is being carried on systematically through
the medium of the schools. Junior Audubon societies now number al-
most 600,000 members, and these members are being taught to know

and to protect the birds. AMELIA S. ALLEN

‘“MouNT Probably no other single mountain in the United States is
RAINIER”’t so worthy of having a volume devoted to it as Mount Rain-
ier. Not alone for its beauty does it stand supreme, but be-

cause around it centers so much of the early history of the Northwest.
In this very interesting volume it is the historical side that Professor
Meany has made paramount. In gathering together the personal narra-
tives of the explorers and climbers he has given the book much greater
value than in merely chronicling their attempts. Particularly vivid is
the story of the “First Attempted Ascent,” by Lieutenant A. V. Kautz.
* The Bird Study Book. By T. G1iLBert PEARSON, secretary National Association

of Audubon Societies. Illustrated with pen and ink drawings by Will Simmons,
and sixteen photographs. Doubleday, Page & Company, 1917. Price $1.25 net.

+ Mount Rainier. A Record of Exploration. Edited by EpMonp S. Meany. The
Macmillan Company, New York. 1916. Pages, 325. Price, $2.50.

Book Reviews 387

Chapters on the glaciers, the rocks, the flora and the place names and
elevations add to the scientific value of a book that every lover of the
mountain should own. MRP.

“CANADA,THE In this book Lilian Whiting, best known for her books
SPELLBINDER’* on Italy and a certain type of religious mysticism, en-
ters a literary field in which she is less at home. The
title is somewhat misleading, for one would expect to find a more com-
prehensive description of Canada’s scenic resources than is here pre-
sented. But for the most part she writes only of the long strip of Can-
ada which she has seen from the car windows of the Grand Trunk Rail-
way System. “Railroad literature” is not to be condemned by its name,
though usually it is of a somewhat hectic character. Miss Whiting has
done her task well, and has put into the pages of her book much in-
formation about the urban populations and industrial aspects of Canada
not ordinarily found in books of this character. Her literary interests
come to expression in a chapter on “Canadian Poets and Poetry.” There
is an excellent folding map of Canada and numerous photographic illus-
trations, especially of the Mount Robson country. One who proposes to
cross Canada on the Grand Trunk Railroad will find this book an en-
tertaining guide. W.FEB.

“GLACIER ‘The publishers announce this book as the “first comprehen-
NATIONAL sively descriptive guide to the recently opened Rocky Moun-
Park’ t tain wonderland.” But one who intends to visit Glacier

National Park must not let this appraisal prevent him from
taking along also the pamphlet entitled “General Information Regarding

Glacier National Park,” issued by the Department of the Interior in

1914, which is a gem of condensed facts. Equally indispensable remains

Marius R. Campbell’s “Origin of the Scenic Features of the Glacier Na-

tional Park,” published by the same department. The book we are now

discussing appears under the joint authorship of Mathilde Edith Holtz
and Katharine Isabel Bemis. One could wish that the style were a bit
less exclamatory in places, but the reader will find in it entertaining
information about the hotels, trails, lakes, glaciers, and wild flowers of
the park, and even something about Blackfeet Indian legends and names.

A topographic map of the park is conveniently printed on the inside of

the front and back covers and the fly-leaves, and there are twenty excel-

lent photographic illustrations. The book is to be recommended to any
* Canada, the Spellbinder. By Lit1an Wuitinc. E. P. Dutton & Company, New
York, 1917. With many illustrations in color and monotone. Price, $2.50 net.

+ Glacier National Park, its Trails and Treasures. By KatHarine Bemis and
Matuitpe Hortz. George H. Doran Company, New York, 1917. 263 pages, octavo.
Illustrated. Price, $2.00 net.

388 Sierra Club Bulletin

one who is planning a trip to Glacier National Park. ‘The preface
quotes John Muir’s advice, “Give a month at least to this precious re-
serve. The time will not be taken from your life. Instead of shorten-
ing, it will indefinitely lengthen it and make truly immortal.”

W. F. B.

“CANOEING This is a book for boys written by Warren H. Miller,
AND SaILING’* editor of Field and Stream. It contains excellent di-
rections for the building of boats, for the sailing of the
batteau, sail dory, duckboat and skiff, and for the handling of catboats
and knockabouts. Part II is devoted to canoeing and cruising, with a
full discussion of canoe fittings. Part III discusses motor boat manage-
ment and construction in the following chapters: Choosing Your Mo-
tor Boat, Motor Boat Fittings, Cabin and Interior Furnishings, Yacht
Plumbing, All About Your Engine, The Galley of the Power Cruiser,
Going Into Commission, Hauling Out for the Winter, and Building a
Power Cruiser from Knockdown Frames. There is a long list of illus-
trations which helps out admirably the directions contained in the text.
It is an excellent book to place in the hands of boys with a love of the
water and a mechanical turn of mind. The construction does not call
for expensive materials. W.EB.

“CAMPING AND ‘The second volume of this manual of outdoors has for
WoopcraFr’} its aim instruction in the craft that enables one to be

independent of equipment and to gain self reliance.
We quote a few of the chapter headings to give some idea of the scope
and usefulness of the book. “Getting Lost,” “Pathfinding,” “Nature’s
Guide Posts,” “Trips Afoot,”’ “Packs for Pedestrians,” “Concentrated
Foods,” “Living Off the Country,” “Accidents and Emergencies.”

M. R. P.

“In Canapa’s In Canada’s Wonderful Northland, by W. Tees Curran
WonpberRFUL and H. A. Calkins, is a book with a purpose which is
NorTHLAND’ = best expressed in the last paragraph of the introduction

by Mr. Curran himself, “It is hoped that some of the
readers of the following chapters may catch the spirit of conquest that
actuated their ancestors in raising the American continent to its position
in the world today, and assist in opening up this great treasure house,

*The Boys’ Book of Canoeing and Sailing. By WarREN H. MILLER. George H.
Doran Company, New York, 1917. Illustrated. Price, $1.25 net.

+ Camping and Woodcraft. A Handbook for Vacation Campers and for Travel-
ers in the Wilderness. By Horace Keruart. Vol. II, Woodcraft. Outing Publish-
ing Company, New York. 1917. Price, $1.50 net.

i In Canada’s Wonderful Northland. By W. Tres Curran and H. A. CALKINS.
Price, $2.50.

Book Reviews 389

the heritage of the Canadian people.” The book is a narrative of an ex-
pedition made in the summer and autumn of I912, under the supervision
of the authors, for the purpose of continuing investigations begun in
1907 of the natural resources of the territory of New Quebec. The par-
ty, consisting of twenty-one people, traveled by canoe and motorboat
from Missinaibi by river and then along the coast of Hudson Bay to
Clarke Island and return. “The season of 1912,’ as Mr. Curran says,
“was conceded to be the worst in fifty years,” hence much of the book
is a description of difficulties thus occasioned.

The book is clearly written and gives a detailed description of the
country and especially of the accommodations afforded to travelers. It
would be valuable to anyone planning a similar expedition of explor-

ation. DAISYMAY HUBER

“THE AVIATOR This little book by our esteemed fellow member,
AND THE Dr. Ford Ashman Carpenter, is a timely contribu-
WEATHER BuREAU’’* tion to a very timely subject. There are four

chapters under the following headings: The Sig-
nal Corps Aviation School at San Diego, Applied Meteorology for the
Aviator, Weather Observations from an Airplane, Investigating the Up-
per Air. Dr. Carpenter went aloft himself in an airplane to become
“personally acquainted with some of the conditions that confront avia-
tors,’ and he tells his experiences and observations in an interesting
manner. The account of the sounding balloons liberated at Avalon,
California, for the investigation of the upper air is particularly interest-
ing, One of them, carrying a meteorograph, went up 32,643 meters or
twenty miles and a half. We commend this little book to all who are
interested in the wonders of the air and the art of aviation.

W. F. B.

“THE Boys’ Book This is a practical book on out-of-door sports in-
oF HUNTING tended primarily for boys, but useful as well to any
AND FisHING’} beginner. The author describes in detail the equip-
ment necessary for, and the methods of handling the
principal game fish of the Eastern streams. There follows the section
on shooting, both with shotgun and rifle. A considerable portion of the
book is devoted to camping methods, such as the selection of a camping
place, erection of tents or shelters, camp cooking and travel. The book
is principally adapted to camping in the eastern or northeastern woods,
and not to the high mountain wilderness of the West. J.N.LeC.

* The Aviator and the Weather Bureau. By Forp A. CARPENTER, LL.D., Mete-
orologist. Published by the San Diego Chamber of Commerce, 1917. Illustrated
with photographs and charts by the author and others.

+ The Boys’ Book of Hunting and Fishing. Practical camping-out, game-fishing
and wing-shooting. By Warren H. Mitter, editor of ‘“‘Field and Stream.”’ Geo.
H. Doran Co., New York. 290 pages. Price, $1.25.

390 Sierra Club Bulletin

““W OODCRAFT A very compiete description of the outfit and methods
FOR WoOMEN”* of camping useful to women. Two chapters are de-
voted to clothing and accessories; the remainder to
packing, camp making and cooking. The book deals entirely with con-
ditions present in the Eastern forest region. TN. baw

“Tourtinc An excellent treatise of the methods of traveling through
ArooT’t the wilderness where reliance must be placed entirely on

what the traveler can carry on his back. The author first
describes the general precautions to be taken in starting on such an ex-
pedition, and then takes up in order the important items, such as packs
and packing, footwear, cruising, shelters, bedding, cooking outfit, and
rations. The information is adaptable to all kinds of forest as well as
mountain work. Those of the Sierra Club who anticipate packing, or
as we call them “knapsack” trips, will do well to consult this book.

JNU EES

“Trout A very technical account of the methods used to lure the wiley
Lore’ trout from the stream to the frying-pan. The author speaks
first of the different species and varieties of trout, in fact de-
votes a chapter to its natural history. He then takes up in detail the
different methods of trout fishing and the different types of tackle to be
used. The book is intended for those with some experience in trout
fishing, not for the beginner. J.N.LEC.

“THE BookoFr The contents of this handy little book are: “Preparing to

Campinc”|| Go Camping,” “How and Where to Camp,” “Camp House-
keeping,” “How to Trap and Why,” “Emergency Hints.”
M.R. P.

*Woodcraft for Women. By KatTHRENE G. PINKERTON. Outing Handbook No.
41. The Outing Publishing Co., New York. 174 pages. Price, 80 cents.

+ Touring Afoot. By Dr. C. P. Forpycre. Outing Handbook No. 52. The Out-
ing Publishing Co., New York. 166 pages. Price, 80 cents.

& Trout Lore. By O. W. SmiTH, angling editor of “Outdoor Life.”” With twenty-
four illustrations from photographs by the author. Frederick A. Stokes Co. New
York. 200 pages. Price, $2.00.

|| The Book of Camping. By A. Hyatt VeErRRILL. Illustrated. Alfred A. Knoff,
New York. 1917. Price, $1.00 net.

The books above reviewed were furnished by the Bureau of the Associated Moun-
taineering Clubs of America.

| 219 PoweEtL SrreET SAN FRANCISCO, CAL.

-PILLSBURY’S
PICTURES

-KODAKS FILMS FINISHING

Large Collection of California Vals
: —

’ When in Yosemite we invite you to visit our branch
Studio, where you will find much of. interest
Our prices same as city prices

ON A HIKE—7 Will Need

ne IT WILL SERVE YOU FOR
ee
A P C dom eler a Howes

YOU HAVE WALKED
nA Ineld Glass PLEASURE. OF Hue

We Also Do reais nd Printing

THE QUALITY KIND—FOR THE ONE WHO KNOWS

GEO. H. KAHN

Optician (F Photo Supplies
34 KEARNY STREET SAN FRANCISCO

When dealing wnth our advertisers mention the Bulletin

MAR
SAN FRANCISCO, CAL

The “Been There”’

Outing Goode Stone

Devoted exclusively to the needs of sportsmen and
sportswomen—with 37 years of progressive camp
experience to assist

OUR SUITS ARE IN EXCLUSIVE STYLES

Fashioned with “character” from standard gov-
ernment grade khaki to the famous auto woolen—
appropriate, practical and fairly priced

ELLERY HIKING BOOTS GIVE GENUINE _
COMFORT

Wie -

They also are of our own creation, possessing aie
leather, shape and construction which have made DF iat
them “standard” to the Toyalty of the trail

LEARN WHAT ELLERY QUALITY, SERVICE AND
PRICE MEANS

Impossible to enumerate the hundreds of. seasonable articles
that cannot be bought elsewhere, so we invite your inspection,
with the reminder that attention to detail has Mee

made our establishment

The Larges Outing Supply House in America

ta— Complete outing goods catalogue sent free on request = ¥

QUALITY

voLuME /RW eh. \i| NuMBER ~

ren {SRR our

- SAN FRANCISCO _
JANUARY |

1919

a
, ‘ i ny

CATIONS OF THE SIERRA CLUB
NUMBER FIFTY-FOUR |

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN

FOUNDED 1892 iY he a

Edited for the Club by . i i
WILLIAM FREDERIC BADE Yi :

January, 1919

VoL. X CONTENTS
Plate CCX X. Grove Karl Gilbert , Promtspece. pe
Grove Kary GILBERT, THE MAN C. ‘Hart Merriam 301 ‘

Plates CCX XI, CCX XII

Grove Kart GILBERT; AN APPRECIATION Joseph Be vn )
PROFESSOR JOE : _-D.S. Richardson 400
Some SIERRAN CuipMuNKs Harry S. Swarth 4 :

With notes on Photography of Small Mammals by Joseph Dixon
Plates CCX XIII, CCXXIV, CCXXV, CCXXVI } i x 3 wes

STUDIES IN THE SIERRA | | : John Muir arg ee |
V. Post-GLactaAL DENUDATION
Plates CCKXVII, CCXXVIII, CCXXIX, CCXXX Prunes h Gc
ORGANIZATION OF THE SIERRA CLUB :
EDITORIALS
Plates CCX XXI, CCX XXII, CCX XXIII, CCXXXIV
REPORTS OF COMMITTEES | Peary Kh at
Notes AND CORRESPONDENCE | ; i 438 at
Plates CCXX XV, -CCXXXVI, CCX XXVII, CCXXXVIII eee
Srerra CLus Honor Rott ~ yeni
War SERVICE LETTERS
Plates CCXXXIX, CCXL

NATIONAL Park Notes

Forestry NOTES
Plates CCX LI, CCXLII

Book REVIEWS

Correspondence concerning the distribution and sale of the bublicaisore,
with reference to advertising rates and space location, and concerning its b
erally, should be addressed to the Secretary of the Sierra Club, Room 42H
ing, San Francisco, California.

PrIcE, 50 CENTS Per Copy | wilh ae fas io

)

PLATE CCXX.

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X.

GROVE KARL GILBERT

1843-1918

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN

VOLUME NUMBER
TEN FOUR
fx Onley h
ow
SAN FRANCISCO (x NG
JANUARY \ MATL 2
19l XY 4
A et;
Omal Mus

C%,
. "Ons Fi aN
Rs, a 4 pe)
e ~ a amM~
Rte
REepecmg mente

GROVE KARE GILBERT, THE MAN*

By C. Hart MERRIAM
>

E are gathered here this evening to pay tribute to the

memory of a colleague and friend—a man whose studies
were models of thoroughness, whose presentation of results in
the diverse fields of geology, geography, physiography, biology,
ethnology, astronomy, physics, and mathematics, models of
clearness and accuracy of expression.

Gilbert’s college course was only the beginning of his educa-
tion, for throughout his lifetime he was continually referring
to dictionaries, encyclopedias and other books of reference—his
habit of mind demanding precise knowledge on an incredible
number and diversity of subjects.

In the discussion of problems it was his habit to recite the
facts, sometimes adding what seemed to his analytical mind
the natural inference and conclusion, sometimes suggesting
more than one explanation, but without reiteration or argu-

*Read at Memorial meeting of Geological Society of Washington, January 22,
1919.

Dr. Gilbert was for many years a member of the Sierra Club and contributed
articles on geological features of the Sierra to the Club Butietin. (Vol. V, pp.
20, 211 and 279; Vol. VI, p. 225.) We first knew him intimately on the 1903 outing
of the Club to Kern River Cafion and Mt. Whitney. There he gave evidence of his
big-hearted, genial qualities and introduced the younger members of the party to
new games and stories about the campfire. His youthful spirit at once endeared
himself in the hearts of all.—The Editors.

7 In this connection it may not be amiss to record the fact that the few books he
kept close at hand were mainly Greek, Latin, French, German, and English diction-
aries; British and American enclyclopedias, and technical works on geology, astron-
omy, ’and mathematics.

sere

392 Sierra Club Bulletin

ment; for having once made his statement, he regarded repe-
tition unnecessary and he was strongly disinclined to engage in
controversy.

He was unconventional, impartial, industrious, averse to ex-
aggeration, and possessed of exceptional evenness and serenity
of temper. He was a man of few words, just and kindly in
criticism, avoiding provocation both in the giving and in the
taking, in all things calm and imperturbable.

As a lecturer he was clear, precise, and naturally inclined
toward the technical. This he himself realized, and he used to
enjoy telling about his first public talk, which was on the geo-
logical subject “Erosion.” He thought he had adapted it to
the needs of a non-technical audience, and was chagrined to
find that it went entirely over their heads. So on the first op-
portunity he repeated it, under the title “Mud,” and this time
succeeded in awakening enthusiastic interest.

While able to devote the greater part of the most active pe-
riod of his life to field-work and the study of problems arising
therefrom, his work nevertheless suffered a serious interrup-
tion due to the assumption of administrative labors, to which,
from a sense of duty and much against his inclination, he gave

| “his principal energies for eight long years (1884-1892).* Re-

ferring to one of his unfinished investigations, he said: “It is
hardly necessary for me to assure you that my personal regret
in abandoning this research at its present stage is very great.” +
But the depth of the sacrifice necessary in giving up research
work, to a man of his keenness of intellect, clearness of vision,
and logic of deduction, equipped by nature, inclination, and
training for the solution of difficult problems, may be more
easily imagined than expressed. The extent of the resulting
loss to science can only be conjectured.

It is not for me to speak of his resourcefulness, versatility,
and diverse accomplishments, of his skill in making sketches,
photographs, and diagrams for the better illustration of the
subject in hand, of his quick grasp of the meaning of natural
phenomena, of his vigor and enthusiasm in the field, or of his

*Tt was the distaste for office-work and dread of abandoning research work that
later led him to decline the offer of the high position of Director of the Survey.

t+Inculcation of Scientific Method by Example. Am. Journ. Sci., 3d Ser., Vol.
XXXI, pp. 284-299, 1886.

Grove Karl Gilbert, the Man 393

humor and good fellowship at the campfire. But if a personal
digression may be permitted, I would like to refer briefly to a
trip we enjoyed together in the High Sierra in the summer of
1903, in the course of which he pointed out a multitude of fea-
tures of geological significance and glacial sculpture that had
escaped my observation during previous field-work in the re-
gion; while reciprocally I was able to bring to his attention
certain habits of the rock coney and of a rare animal of the
genus A plodontia, that greatly excited his interest.

From the towering summit of Mt. Conness, reached at 8:30
in the morning after a cold night in our sleeping-bags among
the timber-line mats of dwarf white-bark pine high up on the
mountain side, we enjoyed a prospect of singular glory. The
atmosphere was unusually clear, the smoke-haze of the lower
country having not yet arisen. We looked out upon a broken
sea of cold gray granite whose peaks, domes, and ridges
stretched from the Matterhorn to Mt. Galen Clark, and from
the splendid ramparts of Tenaya and Yosemite to the lofty
crowns of Lyell and Ritter; while to the east, though the wa-
ters of Mono Lake were hidden by the crest of the Sierra, the
magnificent chain of volcanic cones known as Mono Craters
was in full view, and beyond, in the far distance, arose the
lofty Desert Ranges of Nevada. It was an inspiring picture—
one that rekindled Gilbert’s youthful enthusiasm and tempted
him to remain; but the rising wind, making the descent dan-
gerous, forced a retreat before the morning was half spent.

Gilbert’s description of another scene, though in a remote
part of the west, is so to the point—so appreciative, so full of
feeling, so suggestive of the man and of the emotions he must
have had when standing on the summit of Conness—that its
introduction here seems most fitting, It runs thus:

“One summer afternoon, 35 years ago, I rode along a high
plateau in southern Utah. My companions were Hoxie, a
young army officer ; Weiss,a veteran topographer, who mapped
our route as we went; and Kipp, an assistant whose primary
duty was to carry a barometer. Not far behind us was a pack-
train. We were explorers, studying the geography and geolo-
gy of a strange land. About us was a forest of pine and fir,
but we rode through a lane of sunlit prairie cradled in a shal-

394 Sierra Club Bulletin

low valley. Suddenly the floor of the prairie came to an end,
and we halted on the crest of a cliff overlooking a vast ex-
panse of desert lowland. The desert was not a monotonous
plain, like that of northwestern Utah, but a land of mesas,
cafions, buttes, and cliffs, all so bare that the brilliant colors of
their rocks shone forth—orange, red, chocolate, blue, and
white—fading slowly into the gray of the remote distance. We
were looking across the broad barren tract through which the
Colorado winds in Glen and Marble cafions, and of which the
Painted Desert of Arizona is a minor division. To most of us
it was a supreme vision of beauty and grandeur as well as des-
olation, a scene for which words were inadequate; and we
stood spellbound. The silence was at last broken by Kipp,
who exclaimed, ‘Well, we’re nicely caught!’ and his discordant
note so carried us from the sublime to the ridiculous that our
tense emotion found first expression in a laugh.

“The reminiscent story has been told to illustrate the rela-
tion of the traveler’s appreciation to his point of view. Kipp
saw only that the cliff at our feet barred further progress in
that direction, and all that had appealed to the others most
strongly was lost on him. Hoxie, Weiss, and I doubtless saw
different things in the landscape, for we were trained in di-
verse schools, but our personal points of view all included the
esthetic factor, and that factor lifted us above the plane of
petty annoyance into a realm of exalted emotion. We saw
what we had eyes to see. Our point of view was the measure
of our perception and appreciation.”*

When a member of the Harriman Alaska Expedition, in
1899, Gilbert seemed still in the prime of physical vigor, never
hesitating to undertake active and difficult work among moun-
tains and glaciers, undeterred by hardship or danger. His
most noteworthy side trips perhaps were one to the glaciers of
Geike and Reid inlets, traversing in a small boat, accompanied

f “,\ by Muir and Palache, the ice-choked channel of the northwest

arm of Glacier Bay, and camping on the bare rock close to the
ice; and one in Prince William Sound, where, with Coville and
Palache, he explored and mapped the most stupendous glacier
visited by the expedition, a glacier having a sea-wall frontage

* SIERRA CLuB BULLETIN, p. 225, Jan., 1908.

BYSELY ‘Plolg a8aq[og ojut SurdAqdua ‘raroeyyH autjuedisg puryaq yeadq
Ladd TIO INNOW

“IXXO9 ALVId *X “IOA ‘NILATING ANTS VUUTIS

OU.) WE CN “ff AY OO

“IIXX)DO ALVId

[9}JOT]T JOULJUDG pur 9}1S plo oY} UsIMJoq AVM[LY
‘Auvdwoy Atindy due y ay quyy visors oy} 10F Ao[[LA d}Woso XR UL poJoNajsuoso. SUL

QIOL ‘Aad WHOA ‘ADAOT IVINOWAW ALNOOD WT

“IOA 'NILATING ANTO

Vadats

Grave Karl Gilbert, the Man 395

of four miles. This he named after the geologist and explorer
I. C. Russell, but later, finding Russell’s name preoccupied by
a glacier in the Copper River region, this one was rechristened
the Columbia.

When steaming northward along the lofty ice-wall of La
Perouse Glacier, he noticed a number of tilted trees near the
north edge of the ice, and induced Mr. Harriman and one or
two others to accompany him ashore in a whale-boat, landing in
a stiff surf, by which they were properly soaked. Climbing the
lateral moraine to the edge of the forest, he was much interest-
ed in finding the foremost trees ground into pulp and splinters,
intermixed with the material of the moraine—the result of a
recent northward advance of this corner of the glacier.

During a brief landing at St. Matthews Island in Bering
Sea, Gilbert made an ornithological discovery of considerable
interest, finding two nests of the white Hyperborean Snowflake
—one of the rarest and most beautiful of American birds and
one not known to breed anywhere in the world except on this
island and its close neighbor, Hall Island. The bird belongs
to a group whose members usually place their nests on the
ground among grass or other plants; but those discovered by
Gilbert were in holes a foot or two deep on the sea-face of
cliffs—an extraordinary location, due without doubt to the
abundance of the bird’s arch enemy, the arctic fox.

In later years, when the strain of continued mental effort
brought on distress of the head, he was forced to shorten the
hours of work with resulting increase in the time available for
other occupations. He had been a famous walker, but at this
period was no longer able to do much tramping and had to seek
exercise and amusement in other ways. Fortunately, he was
fond of canoeing, and in favorable weather, when in Washing-
ton, might be seen paddling on the Potomac River nearly every
afternoon. At other times, if like-minded companions were
available, he played billiards, dominoes, or cards, or read
aloud ; and when alone, alternated reading and solitaire. Once
or twice a year he went to see a game of ball, or took the chil-
dren of some friend to the circus; but he did not care much
for the theater or for music, and needed the stimulus of com-
panionship to indulge in either. He disliked public meetings

306 Sierra Club Bulletin

and dinners—even those of scientific societies —and finally
gave them up altogether. When urged to go, his usual reply
was that for half a century he had done his full duty in this
line, having served in various offices and committees, and felt
that for the rest of his life he was entitled to freedom from the
fatigue and mental strain incident to such gatherings.

My acquaintance with Gilbert dates from the winter of
1871, after his return from his first season’s field-work in the
far West. He was then only twenty-eight years of age and in
the vigor of young manhood. I was impressed by his splendid
physical appearance, by the dignity of his presence, and the
maturity of his judgment. As he grew in years and knowledge,
there came to him a certain nobility of purpose and bearing
that was felt by all who knew him. Association with a man of
such scope of intellectual activity, such rare scientific training,
such high ideals, and such winning personal qualities could but
exert, albeit unconsciously, a happy influence on one’s life and
work. The memory of our friendship, extending over a period
of forty-six years—during nineteen of which he was an in-
timate member of my household—will always be cherished as
one of the privileges of my life.

To those who knew him, the memory of Grove Karl Gilbert
will always stand out in bold relief. In our minds he will live
as a type of the exceptional man: Tall and of fine presence,
frank, informal, yet dignified and courteous, unobtrusive, pa-
tient, sympathetic, considerate of others. Whether measured
by mental alertness, breadth of view, or scholarly attainment ;
by the scope and value of his contributions to science; by the
logic and clearness of his presentation of scientific problems ;
by the sincerity, fairness, and painstaking thoroughness of his
work, or by the charm and inspiring influence of his unassum-
ing personality, he loomed above most of his fellows and was
looked up to and admired—for his qualities were those that ap-
peal to the heart as well as to the mind.

An authority in many fields, and yet one who never assumed
authority ; a leader in science, and yet one who never assumed
leadership; neither power nor glory did he seek, but the satis-
faction of contributing his share to the sum of human knowl-
edge.

GROVE KARL. GILBERT
AN APPRECIATION

By JosEPH BARRELL
>

LEADER in thought is known personally to relatively

few, a few hundreds perhaps, or a few thousands. He be-
comes known impersonally to a vastly greater number, living
in distant lands or in later generations. From each point to
which his influence reaches a somewhat different view of his
personality is obtained. In this series of appreciations of the
life and work of Grove Karl Gilbert the present contribution is
from a geologist of a younger generation who met him per-
sonally and in conversation but once, in 1908, who has corre-
sponded with him perhaps ten or a dozen times, but who has
found in his scientific methods and publications a constant
source of knowledge and inspiration.

What are the features of Gilbert’s personality and scientific
achievements as they stand out to one who thus is situated in-
termediate in distance between his limited circle of intimates
and contemporaries, on the one hand, and that indefinitely
larger circle, on the other hand, who have known and will
know him only through his works?

Gilbert’s personality was one which could not fail to impress
itself, even at a first meeting; tall, blue-eyed, reddish-brown
hair, and of great bodily vigor while still in his prime, his phys-
ical impressiveness matched his mental qualities. There were
many notable features in his character: his kindliness and in-
terest in the work of younger men, his judicial quality and
clarity of thought, his transparent honesty, his lack of dogma-
tism, his readiness to review and revise if need be his own
conclusions ; these were outstanding characteristics, yet, as his
contemporary, Professor Chamberlin, has written of him, “It
is doubtful whether the products of any other geologist of our
day will escape revision at the hands of future research to a
degree equal to the writings of Grove Karl Gilbert.”

Gilbert was by nature predestined to be a geologist. He

398 Sierra Club Bulletin

possessed a keen, exact, and philosophical mind, which showed
through his speech and writings. He delighted to extract new
principles from masses of observed facts, and these mental
qualities, combined with a love of nature, determined the lines
of his life-work. Into this he grew as opportunity offered
through the Ward Natural Science Establishment, the Ohio
Geological Survey, the Wheeler and Powell explorations of
the west, and finally the United States Geological Survey. He
was the only man who, during the existence, through the past
thirty years, of the Geological Society of America, has been
elected a second time its president, a recognition of his char-
acter as much as of his ability. Speaking in acknowledgment
of this unusual honor, he said that he was fortunate in being
able to pursue a life-work which had always been to him a
source of delight.

Gilbert entered geology at a time when it was mostly a de-
scriptive and qualitative science. The habit of his mind was
logical and mathematical. These were the qualities of which
geology at that time stood in need, and his ability in these di-
rections, even to the close of his life, is shown in his mono-
graphic studies on the “Transportation of Debris by Running
Water,” prosecuted during years of ill-health, and published
when he was seventy-one years old. That the same qualities
were present even in his boyhood may be gathered from the
following extract from one of his letters to the writer, in which
he was discussing the possibility of the rhythmic action of the
tides producing a progressive motion:

When I was a boy I noticed that by rocking a skiff I gave it a for-
ward motion. That led to the trial of other impulses, and I found that
by standing near the stern and alternately bending and straightening my
legs, so as to make the skiff rock endwise, I could produce a forward
velocity of several yards a minute. If I stood one side of the medial
line, the skiff moved in a curve. The motions I caused directly were
strictly reciprocal, the departures from initial position being equaled by the
returns. The indirect result of translation was connected with reactions
between the water and the oblique surfaces of the boat. There seems to

me a close analogy between these reactions and theoretic reactions of an
ocean swayed by tidal forces upon oblique surfaces of its basin,

He will be longest remembered for his classic papers on the
Henry Mountains and on Lake Bonneville, but his deep-seated

Grove Karl Gilbert: An Appreciation 399

analytical instincts and the far-sighted nature of his conclusions
are perhaps even better manifested in a number of his short-
er papers. In his contributions on isostasy, geologic time,
joints, fault-block mountains, and on the methods of scientific
investigation, he was clear, original, and convincing. His
presidential address before the Geological Society of America
in 1892, on “Continental Problems,’ was a paper remarkable
in comprehensiveness of view. In it he raised a number of
questions on important topics which geologists disregarded,
and showed himself twenty years in advance of his time in the
appreciation of the large significance of unconformities.

PROFESSOR JOE
By D. S. RicHARDSON
e

UR ranks are few, Professor Joe,
Who loved thee in that long ago
Of smiles and tears.

But still the perfume of thy days

Floats downward to us through the maze
Of vanished years.

Thrice blessed is he whose memory
Comes back in music from the sea
Of other days;
Nor builds he surer monument
Than that which speaks the heart’s content
In words of praise.

We see him still amid the throng—

So grave and sweet, so wise and strong—
So shaped in gentleness ;

The lover of all things that be,

The fount of truth and chivalry—
The refuge of distress.

Thou art not dead. The simple stone
Beneath the oaks which thou hast known
Records thy name;
But, graven on the hearts of men,
Tis writ in light and lives again
In deathless flame.
February, 1919

*Professor Joseph Le Conte was always affectionately known as ‘Professor Joe”
ae his students. He was a charter member of the Sierra Club and one of its first
irectors.

SOME SIERRAN CHIPMUNKS

By Harry S. SwartH

WitTH NoTES ON PHOTOGRAPHY OF SMALL MAMMALS BY JOSEPH Dixon

(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the
University of California)

HE timbered portions of California, which means the

mountains for the most part, do not support as large a
squirrel population as conditions apparently warrant — not
nearly equal to that found in the hardwood forests of eastern
North America, for example—but to make up for this de-
ficiency there is certainly an abundance of chipmunks, both of
species and individuals.

The traveler through the mountains finds them almost con-
stantly in view, scampering over rocks and logs or diving
through tangles of underbrush at his approach, chipping de-
fiantly from a securely distant perch, or, as often as not, in-
vading his camp and examining his belongings.

The chipmunks’ large relative, the Douglas Squirrel, has been
immortalized by John Muir, and a reading of that gifted writ-
er’s sympathetic portrayal of the squirrel and its surroundings
has doubtless familiarized the animal to many visitors to the
Sierras, indeed has probably caused many to make special
search for it when passing through its haunts. Also the Doug-
las squirrel is big enough and conspicuous enough, both vocal-
ly and otherwise, to fairly force itself upon the notice. With
the tiny chipmunks, however, it is different.

California contains a host of these little animals, at least
eighteen species and subspecies of the tree chipmunks alone
(the genus Eutamias), all very much alike to the casual view
—small, brownish-colored, and striped in the same general
pattern—so that the average mountain visitor desiring to know
more about them is apt to throw up his hands in despair at the
hopelessness of the attempt to distinguish one from the other.

Without, however, making any attempt at the careful study
necessary to distinguish certain of the closely similar varieties,

402 Sierra Club Bulletin

it is quite possible for anyone to learn to recognize some of the
more outstanding species, especially so as it is seldom the case
that the closely related ones occur together at the same place.
The chipmunks of the Kings River section of the Sierra Ne-
vada may be taken as fair examples of the manner in which
several species occur in the same general region, all to be seen,
perhaps, in the course of a day, but each one, by choice of im-
mediate surroundings or mode of life, sufficiently isolated to
avoid too close competition with his relatives. In the follow-
ing account the specific peculiarities of the chipmunks noted
by the authors of this paper on a trip through this part of the
Sierra are briefly outlined, affording the interested visitor to
the mountains a means of distinguishing the species one from
the other.

In entering the mountains from the west the first of this
group of mammals to be encountered is the Mariposa Chip-
munk (Eutamias merriami mariposae). This is a local Sierran
race of the wide-spread Merriam Chipmunk (Eutamias merri-
ami), which, in its several varieties, occurs throughout the
lower timbered portions of California, southward from Yo-
semite in the Sierras, from San Francisco Bay along the coast.
Going into the mountains from the vicinity of Fresno or
Sanger, live-oak timber and brush is first encountered at about
1500 feet elevation. In all probability the Mariposa Chip-
munk extends down as far as this brush is found. It is an
animal of the underbrush primarily, scurrying into thickets
when alarmed, and taking the utmost advantage of such cover
in keeping out of view. This is the most shy and wary of any
of the chipmunks found in this part of the mountains, and it
may successfully elude observation for days, the only intimation
of its near presence being the hollow barking note heard issuing
from the thickets. At Dunlap (2000 feet elevation), in the
heart of the live-oak belt, about half-way from the foothills to
General Grant National Park, we were well within the home of
the Mariposa Chipmunk, but it took most assiduous search to
catch even an occasional glimpse of one.

In Kings River Cafion we were more fortunate. The species
probably does not occur at all on the higher ridges traversed
in reaching the cafion, as in General Grant National Park, at

Q161 ‘LT taqutajdas *vIuAOFIpey ‘AzUNOD OUSoAY ‘(4}J OOQ‘OL) ByLT SorZLNG
uoxiq, ydasof sq 00 AZIS IVANLVN—-ANOWdIHO ANIGITV

“‘TITXX9) ALVId *X “IOA ‘NILATING ANTI VUUIS

uoxiq ydasof Aq oj04g

uoxtq ydasof Aq ood g161 ‘1 1raquiajdag ‘etusojI[eg ‘AjunoD ousaly ‘ayey] sory[ng
g161 ‘zz jsndny ‘erusojsieg ‘AjunoD ousaly ‘awn SLIZ-ANOAYMd DNINAHLVD
GNIid MOTIAA AO MNOUYL NO ANONdIHD AOHVI TANMINOS GNNOUD GATINVI-NAGIOOD VUNaIS

“AIXXOO ALVId “*X “TOA ‘NILATIAG ANTS VUUNAIS

Some Sierran Chipmunks 403

Hume, and at Horse Corral Meadow, but it does ascend along
the floor of the cafion as far as the mouth of Bubb’s Creek. In
the upper reaches of the cafion, above Kanawyer’s Camp, and
on the north side especially, there are broad gravelly stretches
interspersed with numerous clumps of manzanita brush, and
these are the preferred haunts of the Mariposa Chipmunk.
They were difficult to observe here, however, fleeing to cover
at the first hint of danger, and usually remaining hidden until
the observer’s patience was exhausted. About camp more
favorable opportunities occasionally presented themselves, for
when all was still, with but a single occupant in the tent, and
he unobtrusively writing or otherwise quietly engaged, a chip-
munk would sometimes carry on exceedingly cautious investi-
gations of the neighborhood. There was one big yellow pine
near by that seemed an especial attraction, and, contrary to the
usual habit of the species, Mariposa Chipmunks were several
times seen here exploring bunches of pine needles at the ends
of limbs fifty or sixty feet from the ground. If the tree were
approached, the chipmunk usually vanished, apparently at once
disappearing into thin air in a fashion that was most exasper-
ating. The explanation of these disappearances was finally
supplied by one unfortunate individual caught in the topys a
little oak tree before he had time to scamper to the gro‘ au?
This chipmunk was seen to disappear in the upper branches,
and the tree was so small and so near by that it seemed im, os-
sible for him to have descended unseen. A careful scrutiny of
each branch and twig brought no results until the eye was
caught by a slight movement. Then the chipmunk was seei..)
in plain sight, stretched out along a small branch, perfectly
motionless, but—an unfortunate oversight—with his long tail
hanging limply down, to be caught by the faint breeze that
was now waving it to and fro.

Characteristics of the Mariposa Chipmunk that may be used
in distinguishing it from the other species of this region are as
follows: The choice of habitat, usually underbrush rather than
trees, and its habit of generally (though not invariably) de-
scending to the ground when surprised in the tree-tops; the
rather dark coloration, the characteristic chipmunk stripes on
the sides not being so sharply defined as to be readily seen at a

404 Sierra Club Bulletin

little distance; the long tail, which is not usually jerked ner-
vously about, as in so many species, but is waved sideways,
sinuously, in rather catlike fashion. The last mentioned is an
especially good recognition mark, even at some little distance.
Total length is from ten to twelve inches. The tail, to end of
hairs, is from five to six inches, longer in proportion to total
length than in the other species of the region.

Probably the most abundant species of chipmunk in the
Kings River section of the Sierra Nevada is the Tahoe Chip-
munk (Eutamias speciosus frater),again a local race of a wide-
spread species (Eutamias speciosus) occurring in the higher
mountains from southern California to Lake Tahoe. This is
an animal of the middle altitudes, not seen until the brushy
home of the Mariposa Chipmunk is left behind, and seldom
venturing up into the rocky habitat of the Alpine Chipmunk of
the extreme heights.

At Hume, near General Grant National Park, the species
was extremely abundant, fairly swarming about the corrals
and barns of the settlement, while out in the woods innumer-
able havens of refuge were afforded the chipmunks by the
piles of brush the lumbermen left behind them. Hume and
Horse Corral Meadow seemed about the proper altitude and
the types of country that suited them best. On another visit to
the mountains the species was found in great numbers in the
higher parts of Sequoia National Park, a few miles to the
southward. A few were seen in Kings River Cafion, together
with the Mariposa Chipmunks, and some ventured up into the
lower part of the Alpine Chipmunk’s domain, but they were
but stragglers, the metropolis of the Tahoe Chipmunk lying be-
tween these extremes.

This species lacks the suspicious nature of the Mariposa
Chipmunk. He is alert enough, and wary in reason, but gives
his confidence judiciously and soon responds to friendly ad-
vances. When danger really threatens, however, he is off like
a flash, taking refuge, preferably, in the trees, and usually mak-
ing for some friendly hollow. The chipmunk has real need of
all his speed and all his acuteness, for there are enemies at
every hand who are quite his equal in these respects, who, in-
deed, must necessarily overreach him occasionally to insure

Se
> a

Some Sierran Chipmunks 405

their own existence. A Cooper Hawk gliding through the
trees along Bubbs Creek with a long tail dangling from his
claws, and a Western Red-tail Hawk, seen at Horse Corral
Meadow, making off with a satisfied air, a similar token of
success streaming below, bore convincing evidence of what
happens to the luckless chipmunk who relaxes his vigilance at
the wrong moment.

At the time of our visit to Horse Corral Meadow, in late
September, the Douglas Squirrels were hard at work harvest-
ing nuts from the pine cones, being especially busy in the tam-
arack groves. Climbing to the upper branches, where the green
cones were numerous, the squirrel would cut them off as rap-
idly as possible, letting the cones drop to the ground. Twenty or
more might be severed in rapid succession (and far more quick-
ly than one would imagine possible) before the worker would
descend to carry them away, apparently to some secret cache.
On several such occasions an astute chipmunk was seen waiting
below the tree to reap a share of the harvest with the minimum
of effort. And the squirrel was never seen to take offense.

It is difficult, perhaps impossible, to point out features
whereby the Tahoe Chipmunk may be unfailingly recognized,
and this, too, despite the fact that one familiar with the animal
can usually distinguish it at sight. In this, as with many other
species, it is probably a matter of learning to know them as one
knows one’s friends. We may classify one species as having
a longer tail than another, but when we see one of the animals
at large we no more recognize it by its longer tail than we
recognize our friend on the street by his long nose! Who can
say what it is about an intimate associate that causes recogni-
tion nearly as far as he can be seen? Surely no distinctive
“recognition marks.” Similarly, when an animal species be-
comes familiar to a person it is frequently recognized through
an individuality that defies analysis. However, for a first ac-
quaintance some recognizable features are necessary, and the
following are suggested as of use in distinguishing this animal
in life. Compared with the Mariposa Chipmunk, the Tahoe
Chipmunk is of somewhat smaller size, with noticeably shorter
tail. Total length is about nine and a half inches, tail about
four and a half. The latter is jerked nervously about in a

406 Sierra Club Bulletin

quite different manner from the slower undulations performed
by the Mariposa Chipmunk. In coloration the Tahoe Chip-
munk is of a brighter, more ruddy appearance, with the stripes
along back and sides conspicuous to view at some little dis-
tance. Finally, this chipmunk will permit of a near enough
approach so that coloration and other features are easily ap-
parent, while with the Mariposa Chipmunk it is for the most
part a mere chance if one obtains a close enough and leisurely
enough view for satisfactory observation.

Of all the animals of the California Sierras there is none
that makes a stronger appeal to the sympathies than the little
Alpine Chipmunk (Eutamuias alpinus), that tiny dweller of the
inhospitable heights. Delicate and fragile, to all appearances
as unfit for hardship as a butterfly, he still has made his home
in the most forbidding portion of a region sufficiently rugged
at the best. This habitat comprises the highest parts of the
Sierra Nevada, from Tulare County north to Kearsarge Pass,
or perhaps farther, and extends from a little below the timber-
line practically to the summits of the loftiest peaks. Abundant
opportunities of making acquaintance with the Alpine Chip-
munk were found in the region about Bullfrog Lake, between
Kings River Cafion and Kearsarge Pass, and he is such a
friendly little fellow that we felt that we were becoming quite
fully acquainted with the more public phases of his existence.
Of the privacy of his home life, however, but little is known,
as is the case with so many animals, both large and small, and
there is still to be disclosed the manner of home he makes, and,
also, just how he spends the long rigorous winters of the moun-
tain-tops, to say nothing of the host of details that suggest
themselves in this connection.

Alpine Chipmunks were constant visitors to our camp at
Bullfrog Lake, about 10,000 feet altitude, and just below the
upper limit of upright timber. We were there in September,
when the short summer was already drawing to a close—a thin
film of ice formed on the lake each night—and the chipmunks
were evidently beginning to bestir themselves in preparation
for the cold weather that was coming. All about the edges of
the lake they were busy in the little clumps of dwarf willow,
scrambling up into the branches and bearing away bundles of

MquyL “LMA Aq SJvg [VuoeVN ozutsso A ‘ULO Fslovjf) 1 poydviasojoy
(SNPDINIDULLAPD UD SYLUCD LN )

NMNOWdIHD GHaVONOT

°*X "IOA ‘NILAITING @ANTO vardIs

“AX XOOD ALVId

21009) 9T 'N ‘[ Aq 010d yleg jeuoneN eronbas jo worsua}xa pasodoid uy

SHAVI ANV ‘SHIOVNNId AVAVSUVAN ‘WAMANT LNAOK

‘IAXXOO ALVId *X “TOA ‘NILATTAG ANTS VaUNAIS

Some Sierran Chipmunks 407

the soft down, as much as they could carry, this presumably
for nest-lining. The enterprising little chap whose picture is
shown herewith discovered a short cut to affluence and the
means of furnishing his home far more luxuriously than his
neighbors. He was constantly exploring among the interest-
ing contents of our tent, and in the course of these investiga-
tions came upon something of real practical use—a large roll
of cotton batting! Anything more ridiculous than this mite of
a creature standing before the enormous roll of cotton and en-
deavoring to cram it all into his cheek-pouches it would be hard
to imagine. Upright upon his haunches and with both arms
outspread, he gathered as much as his reach would encompass
and packed it in until his cheeks were bulging and long white
strands protruded on either side. Apparently he knew when
he had enough for his purpose, for after an active period of
journeying to and fro between the cotton and some hidden
nook in the rocks, he forsook this line of work and devoted
himself to other things.

Our kitchen refuse included much that was attractive to the
chipmunks, and several of them were constantly about camp in
search of edibles. Everything of the sort was gathered in one
place, and they lost no time elsewhere, but went direct to this
spot. Prune-stones found great favor, and also trout-bones,
sometimes to be nibbled at where discovered and sometimes
carried elsewhere. When a whole fish skeleton clung together
it was some little task to remove it, and more than one nervous
chipmunk, scurrying away with such a load, trod on his trail-
ing burden and turned a complete somersault before he could
catch himself.

Elsewhere they were seen busily engaged in garnering the
food upon which they doubtless mainly depend. The long
grasses of the region were now in seed, and on all sides the
chipmunks were encountered in these growths, sitting on their
haunches in order to pull the heads within reach, when the
seeds were stored away in their cheek-pouches. They were so
unsuspicious as to readily endure observation at distances of
but a few feet. Several were seen in pine trees, thirty or forty
feet from the ground, at work upon the cones, but for the most
part they labored on the ground.

408 Sierra Club Bulletin

The chipmunks were also quite busy at this time hiding
things in the earth. It frequently happened that one was seen
digging nervously, first in one place, then in another, evidently
in search of something buried previously. But when found it
would, perhaps, be carried not more than three or four feet
away, to be covered up once more. A great deal of such hid-
ing was done, in an apparently aimless way, the objects con-
cealed barely beneath the surface of the ground, and not more
than one fragment at any one place. As provision for the win-
ter this would seem to an outsider as apt to be a failure when
the snow came, but presumably the chipmunks know how to
manage their own affairs. Then, too, on occasion they were
seen at work in rather more methodical fashion, the cache
being made at the base of a stump or rock that might serve for
a landmark later on, and the hole excavated to some little
depth. In filling the hole the dirt previously removed was
shoved back in by the extended fore paws, with a forward
thrust of the whole body.

Alpine Chipmunks were found in great numbers in the re-
gion about Kearsarge Pass, on both sides of the divide. One
was seen within three hundred feet of the summit of Mount
Gould (13,000 feet altitude), and there is little doubt of their
ranging over all the higher peaks. We also found a few on
Mount Mitchell (near Horse Corral Meadow), where they are
restricted to the very summit of the mountain, hence forming
an isolated colony away from the rest of their kind. Doubtless
there are many such little communities in this section of the
Sierra Nevada, on the numerous alpine-arctic peaks rising
abruptly above the vast surrounding area of lower elevation.

The tail action of the Alpine Chipmunk affords excellent
means of identifying the species. This consists of quick, ner-
vous upward jerks, constantly repeated, the tail curved slightly
upward, as shown in the picture. Other readily appreciable
features are found in the animal’s small size (seven and a half
inches, or less, in total length) and its pale coloration, the areas
which in other species are brown being grayish in this one, and
the rufous areas faded out to a decidedly yellowish tinge.

One other animal of this part of the Sierras is deserving of
mention in this connection, the Sierra Golden-mantled Ground-

Some Sierran Chipmunks 409

squirrel (Callospermophilus chrysodeirus), not a chipmunk,
though extremely like one in appearance and actions. Besides
this rather pretentious “book name,” he is variously known as
Yellowhead, Copperhead, or Bummer. This animal is in his
mode of life much like the ground-squirrel of the lowlands,
whereas the various species of Eutamias more nearly resemble
the tree-squirrels in habits and actions. The yellowhead is
rather a prosaic creature, prone to corpulence (not to say
greasiness), and with none of the pleasing airiness of his asso-
ciates. He is not unattractive, however, in his own more stolid
way, while the peculiarity of his markings is quite certain to
attract attention. The bright yellow head is a sure mark for
identification, while the rather large size (total length twelve
inches), heavy build, and short tail (about four and a half
inches) are additional features that are readily appreciable. A
yellowhead was a daily visitor to our camp at Bullfrog Lake,
becoming quite tame and confiding. We saw the animals here
in numbers, up to points at least as high as the limit of upright
timber, and they occur commonly from 9000 to 10,000 feet on
both sides of the divide at Kearsarge Pass. They were also
abundant at Horse Corral Meadow, but not seen at all in
Kings River Cafion.

On the east slope of the Sierra Nevada at this latitude there
are other species of chipmunks, more difficult to identify, but
the above three species, together with the yellowhead, are
characteristic of the western slope at the different levels sev-
erally occupied.

NOTES ON PHOTOGRAPHY OF SMALL MAMMALS

The average collection of vacation photographs contains
many landscape and camp scenes, with but few, if any, pic-
tures of live wild animals. This is due not so much to lack of
interest in the latter subject as to the many difficulties encoun-
tered in securing even fairly satisfactory results.

The writer of these paragraphs, after considerable experi-
mentation, has been able to attain a certain degree of success
in the photography of small wild animals by the use of appa-
ratus such as can easily be included in the outfit of almost any
enthusiastic amateur, and by adopting methods that anyone

410 Sierra Club Bulletin

can learn. Details of the outfit and mode of procedure are
given herewith in the hope that they will prove of interest and
value to others desirous of following up this line of enterprise
without undue expense and trouble.

The belief that good results are to be obtained only by the
use of the most expensive type of reflecting camera is not
borne out by the facts. On the other hand, one should not ex-
pect to secure the best negatives of small living wild animals
with the cheapest sort of hand camera. A camera between
these two extremes was found in the writer’s experience to
give excellent results.

Good pictures were obtained with a “stand” or “tripod”
camera which has a focal capacity (bellows) about twice the
focal length of the lens used. The camera with which were
secured the chipmunk pictures accompanying this paper was
adapted to take 10-by 15-centimeter and 314-by 5%4-inch plates.
These plates are each of good proportions and of wholly suffi-
cient size. A ground glass which registers the exact position
that the plates assume in the camera aids accurate focusing.
This is of the utmost importance, for when the object photo-
graphed is only three or four feet distant from the lens a
change in the position of the subject, if only of a few inches,
closer to or farther from the camera, throws the image out of
focus.

Metal plate-holders are preferable, as there is less danger of
the plates being light-struck when the plate-holders are left in
the sun than is the case with wooden holders. A good anastig-
mat lens is a wise investment, as with such a lens enlargements
three or four times the original size of the negative can be
made with little loss of sharpness. A Dagor lens of 6%4-inch
focal length, a Turner-Reich convertible anastigmat £/6.8 lens
of 7%4-inch focal length and a Bausch & Lomb Tessar lens,
Series Ic, £/4.5, of 74-inch focal length, have all proven satis-
factory for this work. A “speed” lens is not a necessity, since
stops 8, 11, and 16 are the ones most often used. Larger aper-
tures do not give sufficient depth of field when used at a dis-
tance of three or four feet, as allowance must be made for
slight changes of position by the animal photographed. This
difficulty is illustrated in the accompanying picture of the

Some Sierran Chipmunks Aut

Golden-mantled Ground-squirrel, where a slight shifting from
his accustomed post has thrown the subject somewhat out of
focus.

A shutter of the compound type is preferable, as it is com-
paratively quiet and does not frighten the nervous animals as
does the noisy focal-plane shutter. One advantage of the
compound type over the common automatic shutter is the fact
that the former requires setting for each exposure, and thus
obviates double exposure, when the shutter is released from a
distance by means of a thread.

Double-coated plates are preferable, in the writer's experi-
ence, since their excellent rendering of color values more than
offsets the disadvantage of their lack of speed. Both Standard
Orthonon and Cramer’s Instantaneous Isochromatic were
found to be satisfactory, and were preferred to speedy film
packs, which latter refused to operate at critical moments on
several occasions.

A changing-bag makes daylight loading and unloading of
plates an easy matter. This article, together with a developing
tank with the usual appurtenances, makes it possible to develop
negatives on the spot, thus enabling one to replace faulty ex-
posures before it is too late. Asa “safety first” measure this
outfit has proved its worth on several occasions. A short
sturdy tripod with tilting top, focusing-cloth, exposure meter,
thermometer, plate-drying rack, and spool of linen thread com-
plete the list of accessories.

Given a suitable camera and equipment, the next thing is to
find the animals to photograph. Chipmunks, squirrels, and
birds are often attracted to camp by the refuse thrown out.
They thus become accustomed to the presence of human be-
ings, and consequently afford good opportunities for the pho-
tographer. A little watching will show certain stubs, stumps,
and rocks to be used as points of vantage or as feeding stations
by the animals just mentioned. The photographer is thus often
able to select a suitable location where light, composition, and
background are satisfactory. The camera may then be placed
on the tripod and. focused upon the exact spot where the ani-
mal to be photographed is likely to pause. Care should be
taken not to focus on the bark of a tree trunk selected, but on

412 Sierra Club Bulletin

a point at least an inch nearer the lens. This allowance will in-
sure that the animal itself rather than the tree trunk is sharply
in focus. By placing the camera three or four feet distant an
image nearly one inch high will be obtained with a seven-inch
lens. Beware of attempting to work too close to the subject.
It is better to enlarge an inch image later on than to try to se-
cure a large image at once by working close up. By working
at a reasonable distance, depth of field is obtained and the
animal is not badly frightened. A long-focus lens can be used
to advantage; but the use of the single combination of the or-
dinary lens was found to be too slow for such active animals
as chipmunks. :

Exposures of 1/50 second at stop 11, or 1/25 second at stop
16, were found to give well-exposed negatives when the sub-
jects were in direct sunlight. The shorter exposure was found
best, and even then the motion of the front feet or paws was
not always stopped, as is seen in the photograph of the Alpine
Chipmunk. Exact data for this picture (plate ccxXx1II) are as
follows: September I, 3 P.M.; bright sun; 10x15 cm. Goerz Ten-
nax camera; 614-inch Dagor: stop f/11; 1/50 second; 10X15
cm. Cramer Inst. Iso. plate; pyro in tank; enlargment 3%
times on No. 6 Studio Enlarging Cyko. It will soon be
found that momentary pauses in the animals’ activities can be
taken advantage of and good negatives secured at these op-
portune moments.

All moving parts (levers) of the shutter should be hidden
from the chipmunk’s keen vision. Otherwise, the animal is
warned of danger when the release moves and starts to flee
before the exposure is complete, a blurred negative resulting.
By draping a piece of cloth over the releasing lever this ten-
dency of the sitter to “jump the gun” is avoided, and sharp
negatives can be secured. A black pasteboard box set on the
tripod was found to serve excellently as a dummy to accustom
the animal to the camera. The shutter was usually operated at
a distance of about fifty feet, by means of a thread tied to the
shutter release. By this method one is able to watch the sub-
ject from a distance and still make the exposure at the proper
time.

It should be remembered that the co-operation of the animal

Some Sierran Chipmunks 413

to be photographed must be obtained, and that patience on the
part of the operator is therefore a large part of the game. It
sometimes happens that individual chipmunks or other animals
are found which refuse to tolerate the camera, and then a new
subject must be hunted up. In my own experience, certain in-
dividuals have been found that were much easier to photo-
graph than others of the same species at the same time and
place.

The success of the photographer in this field will depend on
three things: suitable equipment, patience, and some knowl-
edge of the habits of the individual animal to be photographed.

STUDIES IN THE SIERRA*
By Joun Muir

NO. V. POST-GLACIAL DENUDATION
>

HEN Nature lifted the ice-sheet from the mountains

she may well be said not to have turned a new leaf, but
to have made a new one of the old. Throughout the unnum-
bered seasons of the glacial epoch the range lay buried,
crushed, and sunless. In the stupendous denudation to which
it was then subjected, all its pre-glacial features disappeared.
Plants, animals, and landscapes were wiped from its flanks
like drawings from a blackboard, and the vast page left
smooth and clean, to be repictured with young life and the
varied and beautiful inscriptions of water, snow, and the at-
mosphere.

The variability in hardness, structure, and mineralogical
composition of the rocks forming the present surface of the
range has given rise to irregularities in the amount of post-
glacial denudation effected in different portions, and these ir-
regularities have been greatly multiplied and augmented by
differences in the kind and intensity of the denuding forces,
and in the length of time that different portions of the range
have been exposed to their action. The summits have re-
ceived more snow, the foothills more rain, while the middle
region has been variably acted upon by both of these agents.
Again, different portions are denuded in a greater or less de-
gree according to their relations to level. The bottoms of
trunk valleys are swept by powerful rivers, the branches by
creeks and rills, while the intervening plateaus and ridges are
acted upon only by thin, feeble currents, silent and nearly in-
visible. Again some portions of the range are subjected every
winter to the scouring action of avalanches, while others are
entirely beyond the range of such action. But the most influen-
tial of the general causes that have conspired to produce ir-

* Reprinted, as revised by the author, from the Overland Monthly of November, 1874.

AIO.) 3] TULAA AQ OJOU

MLA YN NHO[ ( JS9U LV UL SOGO OF] “MOLLOY [V1IUIG IUO ul 1d JOSO) AVOU OULA| SPOLOHV] A[QAO] Uo]

MUVd IVNOILVN ALINASOA NISVA ANVI NUL

49?

“ITAXXD)D HLV1d °X “TOA ‘NILATTNA ANT VUAFIS

Aqioy “gy “WAY Aq C104d
AINJN NHO(—,,’patsaoosip JaA JaAa aAeY T Jajsnpo-aye] Suljsetajur pue [njiynesq
A[AR[NSUIS JSOW IY} SU O} Utoos Aay) ‘a8pas ya pasuisy pue ‘sonids yoo[Way YIM patayjeay ‘MIA [Blouses & Ul ‘sAOqe WOI} U9dGC,,

MUVd IVNOLLVN ALINASOA NISVG ANVI NAL

“X CTOACNILATIOAYG PATO VANS

STIMAXEXD OE Vell

Studies im the Sierra AIS

regularity in the quantity of post-glacial denudation is the dif-
ference in the length of time during which different portions
of the range have been subjected to denuding agents. The ice-
sheet melted from the base of the range tens of thousands of
years ere it melted from the upper regions. We find, accord-
ingly, that the foothill region is heavily weathered and blurred,
while the summit, excepting the peaks, and a considerable por-
tion of the middle region remain fresh and shining as if they
had never suffered from the touch of a single storm.

Perhaps the least known among the more outspoken agents
of mountain degradation are those currents of eroding rock
called avalanches. Those of the Sierra are of all sizes, from
a few sand-grains or crystals worked loose by the weather and
launched to the bottoms of cliffs, to those immense earthquake
avalanches that thunder headlong down amid fire and smoke
and dust, with a violence that shakes entire mountains. Many
avalanche-producing causes, as moisture, temperature, winds,
and earthquakes, are exceedingly variable in the scope and in-
tensity of their action. During the dry, equable summers of
the middle region, atmospheric disintegration goes silently on,
and many a huge mass is made ready to be advantageously
acted upon by the first winds and rains of winter. Inclined
surfaces are then moistened and made slippery, decomposed
joints washed out, frost-wedges driven in, and the grand av-
alanche storm begins. But though these stone-storms occur
only in winter, the attentive mountaineer may have the pleas-
ure of witnessing small avalanches in every month of the year.
The first warning of the bounding free of a simple avalanche
is usually a dull muffled rumble, succeeded by a ponderous
crunching sound; then perhaps a single huge block weighing a
hundred tons or more may be seen wallowing down the face of
a cliff, followed by a train of smaller stones, which are gradu-
ally left behind on account of the greater relative resistance
they encounter as compared with their weight. The eye may
therefore follow the large block undisturbed, noting its awk-
ward, lumbering gestures as it gropes its way through the air
in its first wild journey, and how it is made to revolve like a
star upon its axis by striking on projecting portions of the
walls while it pursues the grand smooth curves of general

416 Sierra Club Bulletin

descent. Where it strikes a projecting boss it gives forth an
intense gasping sound, which, coming through the darkness of
a storm-night, is indescribably impressive; and when at length
it plunges into the valley, the ground trembles as if shaken by
an earthquake.

On the 12th of March, 1873, I witnessed a magnificent ava-
lanche in Yosemite Valley from the base of the second of the
Three Brothers. A massive stream of blocks bounded from
ledge to ledge and plunged into the talus below with a display
of energy inexpressibly wild and exciting. Fine gray foam-
dust boiled and swirled along its path, and gradually rose
above the top of the cliff, appearing as a dusky cloud on the
calm sky. Unmistakable traces of similar avalanches are vis-
ible here, probably caused by the decomposition of the feld-
spathic veins with which the granite is interlaced.

Earthquakes, though not of frequent occurrence in the Si-
erra, are powerful causes of avalanches. Many a lofty tower
and impending brow stood firm through the storms of the first
post-glacial seasons. Torrents swept their bases, and winds
and snows slipped glancingly down their polished sides, with-
out much greater erosive effect than the passage of cloud-
shadows. But at length the new-born mountains were shaken
by an earthquake-storm, and thousands of avalanches from
cafion walls and mountain sides fell in one simultaneous crash.
The records of this first post-glacial earthquake present them-
selves in every cafion and around the bases of every mountain
summit that I have visited; and it is a fact of great geological
interest that to it alone more than nine-tenths of all the cliff
taluses which form so striking a characteristic of cafion scen-
ery are due. The largest of these earthquake taluses are from
500 to 1000 feet in height, and are timbered with spruce, pine,
and live-oak over their entire surfaces, showing that they have
not been disturbed since their formation, either by denudation
or accessions of fresh material.

The earthquake which destroyed the village of Lone Pine,
in March, 1872, shook the Sierra with considerable violence,
giving rise to many new taluses, the formation of one of which
I was so fortunate as to witness.

The denuding action of avalanches is not unlike that of

Studies in the Sierra 417

water-torrents. They are frequently seen descending the sum-
mit peaks, flowing in regular channels, the surfaces of which
they erode by striking off large chips and blocks, as well as by
wearing off sand and dust.

A considerable amount of grinding also goes on in the body
of the avalanche itself, reducing the size of the masses, and
preparing them for the action of other agents. Some ava-
lanches hurl their detritus directly into the beds of streams,
thus bringing it under the influence of running water, by
which a portion of it is carried into the ocean.

The range of rock avalanches, however produced, is re-
stricted within comparatively narrow bounds. The shattered
peaks are constant fountains, but the more powerful moun-
tain-shaking avalanches are confined to the edges of deep
cafions in a zone twelve or fifteen miles wide, and gradually
merge into land-slips along their lower limits.

Large rock avalanches pour freely through the air from a
height of hundreds or thousands of feet, and on striking the
bottom of the valley are dashed into a kind of coarse stone
foam. Or, they make the descent in several leaps, or rumble
over jagged inclines in the form of cascades. But in any case
they constitute currents of loose-flowing fragments. Land-
slips, on the contrary, slip in one mass, and, unless sheer cliffs
lie in their paths, may come to rest right-side up and undivided.
There is also a marked difference in their geographical distri-
bution, land-slips being restricted to deeply eroded banks and
hillsides of the lower half of the range, beginning just where
rock avalanches cease. Again, the material of land-slips is
chiefly fine soil and decomposing boulders, while that of rock
avalanches is mostly of un-
weathered angular blocks.

Let Figure I represent a
section across a valley in
which moraine matter, A,
is deposited upon the in-
clined bed-rock, BBB.
Now, strong young mo-
raine material deposited in
this way, in a kind of rude

AI8 Sierra Club Bulletin

masonry, always rests, or is capable of resting, at a much steep-
er angle than the same material after it has grown old and
rotten. If a poultice of acid mud be applied to a strong boulder,
it will not be much affected in an hour or day, but if kept on
for a few thousands or tens of thousands of years, it will at
length soften and crumble. Now, Nature thus patiently poul-
tices the boulders of the moraine banks under consideration.
For many years subsequent to the close of the ice period very
little acid for this purpose was available, but as vegetation in-
creased and decayed, acids became more plentiful, and boulder
decomposition went on at an accelerated rate, until a degree of
weakness was induced that caused the sheerest portions of the
deposits, as A BD (Fig. 1), to give way, perhaps when jarred
by an earthquake, or when burdened with snow or rain, or par-
tially undermined by the action of a stream.

It appears, therefore, that the main cause of the first post-
glacial land-slips is old age. They undoubtedly made their
first appearance in moraine banks at the foot of the range, and
gradually extended upward to where we now find them, at a
rate of progress measured by that of the recession of the ice-
sheet, and by the durability of moraines and the effectiveness
of the corroding forces brought into action upon them. In
those portions of the Sierra where the morainal deposits are
tolerably uniform in kind and exposure, the upper limits of the
land-slip are seen to stretch along the range with as great con-
stancy of altitude as that of the snow-line.

The above-described species of land-slip is followed up the
range by another of greater size, just as the different forest
trees follow one another in compliance with conditions of soil
and climate. After the sheer end of the deposit (A BD, Fig.
1) has slipped, the whole mass may finally slip on the bed-rock
by the further decomposition, not only of the deposit itself,
but of the bed-rock on which it rests. Bed-rocks are usually
more or less uneven. Now, it is plain that when the inequali-
ties B B B crumble by erosion, the mass of the deposit will not
be so well supported; moreover, the weight of the mass will
continue to increase as its material is more thoroughly pulver-
ized, because a greater quantity of moisture will be required
to saturate it. Thus it appears that the support of moraine

Studies in the Sierra 419

deposits diminishes, just as the necessity for greater support
increases, until a slip is brought on.

Slips of this species are often of great extent, the surface
comprising several acres overgrown with trees, perhaps mov-
ing slowly and coming to rest with all their load of vegetation
uninjured, leaving only a yawning rent to mark their oc-
currence. Others break up into a muddy disorderly flood,
moving rapidly until the bottom of the wall is reached. Land-
slides occur more frequently on the north than on the south
sides of ridges, because of the greater abundance of weight-
producing and decomposing moisture. One of the commonest
effects of land-slips is the damming of streams, giving rise to
large accumulations of water, which speedily burst the dams
and deluge the valleys beneath, sweeping the finer detritus be-
fore them to great distances, and at first carry boulders tons in
weight.

The quantity of denudation accomplished by the Sierra land-
slips of both species is very small. Like rock-falls, they erode
the surface they slip upon in a mechanical way, and also bring
down material to lower levels, where it may be more advan-
tageously exposed to the denuding action of other agents, and
open scars whereby rain-torrents are enabled to erode gullies;
but the sum of the areas thus affected bears an exceedingly
small proportion to the whole surface of the range.

The part which snow avalanches play in the degradation of
mountains is simpler than that of free-falling or cascading
rocks, or either species of land-slip; these snow avalanches
being external and distinct agents. Their range, however, is
as restricted as that of either of the others, and like them they
only carry their detritus a short distance and leave it in heaps
at the foot of cliffs and steep inclines. There are three well-
marked and distinct species of snow avalanche in the upper
half of the Sierra, differing widely in structure, geographical
distribution, and in the extent and importance of the geological
changes they effect. The simplest and commonest species is
formed of fresh mealy snow, and occurs during and a short
time after every heavy snow-fall wherever the mountain slopes
are inclined at suitable angles. This species is of frequent oc-
currence throughout all the steep-flanked mountains of the

420 Sierra Club Bulletin

summit of the range, where it reaches perfection, and is also
common throughout the greater portion of the middle region.
Avalanches are the feeders of the glaciers, pouring down their
dry mealy snow into the womb-amphitheaters, where it is
changed to névé and ice. Unless distributed by storm-winds,
they cascade down the jagged heights in regular channels, and
glide gracefully out over the glacier slopes in beautiful curves ;
which action gives rise in summer to a most interesting and
comprehensive system of snow-sculpture. The detritus dis-
charged upon the surface of the glaciers forms a kind of stone-
drift which is floated into moraines like the straws and chips
of rivers.

Few of the defrauded toilers of the plain know the magnifi-
cent exhilaration of the boom and rush and outbounding ener-
gy of great snow avalanches. While the storms that breed
them are in progress, the thronging flakes darken the air at
noonday. Their muffled voices reverberate through the gloomy
cafions, but we try in vain to catch a glimpse of their noble
forms until rifts appear in the clouds, and the storm ceases.
Then in cliff-walled valleys like Yosemite we may witness the
descent of half a dozen or more snow avalanches within a few
hours.

The denuding power of this species of avalanche is not
great, because the looseness of the masses allows them to roll
and slip upon themselves. Some portions of their channels,
however, present a roughly scoured appearance, caused by
rocky detritus borne forward in the under portion of the cur-
rent. The avalanche is, of course, collected in a heap at the
foot of the cliff, and on melting leaves the detritus to accumu-
late from year to year. These taluses present striking con-
trasts to those of rock avalanches caused by the first great pre-
glacial earthquake. The latter are gray in color, with a cover-
ing of slow-growing lichens, and support extensive groves of
pine, spruce, and live-oak; while the former, receiving addi-
tions from year to year, are kept in a raw formative state,
neither trees nor lichens being allowed time to grow, and it is
a fact of great geological significance that no one of the Yo-
semite snow avalanches, although they have undoubtedly
flowed in their present channels since the close of the glacial

Studies in the Sierra 421

period, has yet accumulated so much débris as some of the
larger earthquake avalanches which were formed in a few
seconds.

The next species of avalanche in natural order is the annual
one, composed of heavy crystalline snows which have been
subjected to numerous alternations of frost and thaw. Their
development requires a shadowed mountain side gooo or I0,-
ooo feet high, inclined at such an angle that loose fresh snow
will lodge and remain upon it, and bear repeated accessions
throughout the winter without moving; but which, after the
spring thaws set in, and the mountain side thus becomes slip-
pery, and the nether surface of the snow becomes icy, will
then give way.

One of the most accessible of the fountains of annual ava-
lanches is the northern slope of Cloud’s Rest, above the head
of the Yosemite Valley. Here I have witnessed the descent of
three within half an hour. They have a vertical descent of
nearly a mile on a smooth granite surface. Fine examples of
this species of avalanche may also be observed upon the north
side of the dividing ridge between the basins of Ribbon and
Cascade creeks, and in some portions of the upper Nevada
Cafion. Their denuding power is much greater than that of
the first species, on account of their greater weight and com-
pactness. Where their pathways are not broken by precipices,
they descend all or part of their courses with a hard snout
kept close down on the surface of the rock, and because the
middle of the snout is stronger, the detritus heaps are curved
after the manner of terminal moraines. These detritus heaps
also show an irregularly corrugated and concentric structure.
An examination of the avalanche pathways shows conclusively
that the annual accretions of detritus, scraped from their sur-
faces, are wholly insufficient to account for the several large
concentric deposits. But when, after the detritus of many
years has been accumulated by avalanches of ordinary magni-
tude, a combination of causes, such as rain, temperature, and
abundant snow-fall, gives rise to an avalanche of extraordinary
size, its superior momentum will carry it beyond the limits at-
tained by its predecessors, and sweep forward the accumula-
tions of many years concentric with others of like magnitude

422 Sierra Club Bulletin

into a single mass. A succession of these irregularities will
obviously produce results corresponding in every particular
with the observed phenomena.

What we may call century avalanches, as distinguished from
annual, are conceived and nourished on cool mountain sides
10,000 or 12,000 feet in height, where the snow falling from
winter to winter will not slip, and where the exposure and
temperature are such that it will not always melt off in summer.
Snow accumulated under these conditions may linger without
seeming to greatly change for years, until some slowly organ-
ized group of causes, such as temperature, abundance of snow,
condition of snow, or the mere occurrence of an earthquake,
launches the grand mass. In swooping down the mountain
flanks they usually strip off the forest trees in their way, as
well as the soil on which they were growing.

Some of these avalanche pathways are 200 yards wide, and
extend from the upper limit of the tree-line to the bottom of
the valleys. They are all well “blazed” on both sides by de-
scending trunks, many of which carry sharp stones clutched
in their up-torn roots. The height of these “blazes” on the
trees bordering the avalanche gap measures the depth of the
avalanche at the sides, while in rare instances some noble sil-
ver-fir is found standing out in the channel, the only tree suffi-
ciently strong to withstand the mighty onset; the scars upon
which, or its broken branches, recording the depth of the cur-
rent. The ages of the trees show that some of these colossal
avalanches occur only once in a century, or at still wider inter-
vals. These avalanches are by far the most powerful of the
three species, although from the rarity of their occurrence and
the narrowness of the zone in which they find climatic condi-
tions suited to their development, the sum of the denudation
accomplished by them is less than that of either of the others.

We have seen that water in the condition of rain, dew, va-
por, and melting snow, combined with air, acts with more or
less efficiency in corroding the whole mountain surface, thus
preparing it for the more obviously mechanical action of
winds, rivers, and avalanches. Running water is usually re-
garded as the most influential of all denuding agents. Those
regions of the globe first laid bare by the melting of the ice-

suosieg ‘Y uorseyy Aq 010d Ja}UID UL UOSMIRT[LA\ JUNOJY— (9161) urery-youd GNI) er19IS 9qY} VION
(La COLETTI NOILLVAUTS ) WVaL dow NHOL ‘ssvd NOILONOAL

“XIX XOO ZLVId *X “IOA ‘NILATING ANTS VUUIS

audeg sApe[y Aq 0J0YUg yleg [euoeN eronbas jo uorsua}xa pasodoid uy
NONVD)O YHATa NAA ‘“MOOU UAMOL GNV AMV NYAM WAddNn

“XXXOO ALVId *X “TOA SNILATTNE €NTO Vedas

Studies in the Sierra 423

sheet present no unchanged glaciated surfaces from which,
measuring down, we may estimate the amount of post-glacial
denudation. The streams of these old eroded countries are
said by the poets to “go on forever,’ and the conceptions of
some geologists concerning them are scarcely less vague.

Beginning at the foot of the Sierra glaciers, and following
the torrents that rush out from beneath them down the valleys,
we find that the rocks over which they flow are weathered
gradually, and increasingly, the farther we descend; showing
that the streams in coming into existence grew like trees from
the foot of the range upward, gradually ramifying higher and
wider as the ice-sheet was withdrawn—some of the topmost
branchlets being still in process of formation.

Rivers are usually regarded as irregular branching strips of
running water, shaped somewhat like a tree stripped of its
leaves. As far as more striking features and effects are con-
cerned, the comparison is a good one; for in tracing rivers to
their fountains we observe that as their branches divide and
redivide, they speedily become silent and inconspicuous, and
apparently channelless; yet it is a mistake to suppose that
streams really terminate where they become too small to sing
out audibly, or erode distinct channels. When we stoop down
and closely examine any portion of a mountain surface during
the progress of a rain-storm, we perceive minute water-twigs
that continue to bifurcate until like netted veins of leaves the
innumerable currentlets disappear in a broad universal sheet.

It would appear, therefore, that rivers more nearly resemble
certain gigantic algae with naked stalks, and branches webbed
into a flat thallus. The long unbranched stalks run through the
dry foothills; the webbed branches frequently overspread the
whole surface of the snowy and rainy alpine and middle re-
gions, as well as every moraine, bog, and névé bank. The
gently gliding rain-thallus fills up small pits as lakelets and
carries away minute specks of dust and mica. Larger sand-
grains are overflowed without being moved unless the surface
be steeply inclined, while the rough grains of quartz, horn-
blende, and feldspar, into which granite crumbles, form ob-
stacles around which it passes in curves. Where the current-
lets concentrate into small rills, these larger chips and crystals

424 Sierra Club Bulletin

are rolled over and over, or swept forward partly suspended,
just as dust and sand-grains are by the wind.

The transporting power of steeply inclined torrents is far
greater than is commonly supposed. Stones weighing several
tons are swept down steep cafion gorges and spread in rugged
deltas at their mouths, as if they had been floated and stranded
like blocks of wood. The denudation of gorges by the friction
of the boulders thus urged gratingly along their channels is
often quite marked.

Strong torrents also denude their channels by the removal
of blocks made separable from the solid bed-rock by the de-
velopment of cleavage planes. Instructive examples of this
species of denudation may be studied in the gorges between
the upper and lower Yosemite falls and the Tenaya Cafion,
four miles above Mirror Lake. This is the most rapid mode
of torrent denudation I have yet observed, but its range is nar-
rowly restricted, and its general denuding effects inappreci-
able.

Water-streams also denude mountains by dissolving them
and carrying them away in solution, but the infinite slowness
of this action on hard porphyritic granite is strikingly exempli-
fied by the fact that in the upper portion of the middle region
granite ice-planed pavements have been flowed upon incessant-
ly since they were laid bare on the breaking up of the glacial
winter without being either decomposed, dissolved, or mechan-
ically eroded to the depth of the one-hundredth part of an
inch,

Wind-blown dust, mica flakes, sand, and crumbling chips ~
are being incessantly moved to lower levels wherever wind or
water flows. But even in the largest mountain rivers the
movement of large boulders is comparatively a rare occur-
rence. When one lies down on a river-bank opposite a boul-
der-spread incline and listens patiently for a day or two, a dull
thumping sound may occasionally be heard from the shifting
of a boulder, but in ordinary times few streams do much
boulder work; all the more easily moved blocks having been
adjusted and readjusted during freshets, when the current
was many times more powerful. All the channels of Sierra
streams are subjected to the test action of at least one freshet

Studies in the Sierra 425

per season, on the melting of the winter snow, when all weak-
ly constructed dams and drift-heaps are broken up and re-
formed.

It is a fact of great geological interest that only that portion
of the general detritus of post-glacial denudation—that is, in
the form of mud, sand, fine gravel, and matter held in solution
—has ever at any time been carried entirely out of the range
into the plains or ocean. In the cafion of the Tuolumne River,
we find that the chain of lake basins which stretch along the
bottom from the base of Mount Lyell to the Hetch-Hetchy
Valley are filled with detritus, through the midst of which the
river flows; but the washed boulders, which form a large por-
tion of this detritus, instead of being constantly pushed for-
ward from basin to basin, lie still for centuries at a time, as is
strikingly demonstrated by an undisturbed growth of immense
sugar-pines and firs inhabiting the river-banks. But the pres-
ence of these trees upon water-washed boulders only shows
that no displacement has been effected among them for a few
centuries. They still must have been swept forward and
outspread in some grand flood prior to the planting of these
trees. But even this grand old flood of glacial streams, whose
magnificent traces occur everywhere on both flanks of the
range, did not remove a single boulder from the higher to the
lower Sierra im that section of the range drained by the Tu-
olumne and Merced, much less into the ocean, because the low-
er portion of the Hetch-Hetchy basin, situated about half-way
down the western flank, 1s still in process of filling up, and as
yet contains only sand and mud to as great a depth as observa-
tion can reach in river sections. The river flows slowly
through this alluvial deposit and out of the basin over a lip of
solid bed-rock, showing that not a single high Sierra boulder
ever passed 1t since the close of the glacial period; and the
same evidence is still more strikingly exhibited in similarly
situated basins in the Merced Valley.

Frost plays a very inferior part in Sierra degradation. The
lower half of the range is almost entirely exempt from its dis-
ruptive effects, while the upper half is warmly snow-mantled
throughout the winter months. At high elevations of from
ten to twelve thousand feet, sharp frosts occur in the months

426 Sierra Club Bulletin

of October and November, before much snow has fallen; and
where shallow water-currents flow over rocks traversed by
open divisional joints, the freezing that ensues forces the
blocks apart and produces a ruinous appearance, without ef-
fecting much absolute displacement. The blocks thus loosened
are, of course, liable to be moved by flood-currents. This ac-
tion, however, is so limited in range, that the general average
result is inappreciable.

Atmospheric weathering has, after all, done more to blur
and degrade the glacial features of the Sierra than all other
agents combined, because of the universality of its scope. No
mountain escapes its decomposing and mechanical effects.
The bases of mountains are mostly denuded by streams of
water, their summits by streams of air. The winds that sweep
the jagged peaks assume magnificent proportions, and effect
changes of considerable importance. The smaller particles of
disintegration are rolled or shoved to lower levels just as they
are by water currents, or they are caught up bodily in strong,
passionate gusts, and hurled against trees or higher portions
of the surface. The manner in which exposed tree-trunks are
thus wind-carved and boulders polished will give some concep-
tion of the force with which this agent moves.

Where boulders of a form fitted to shed off snow and rain
have settled protectingly upon a polished and striated surface,
then the protected portion will, by the erosion and removal of
the unprotected surface around it, finally come to form a ped-
estal for the stone which
saved it. Figure 2 shows
where a boulder, B, has set-
tled upon and protected
Gy, —_ from erosion a portion of
od | the original glaciated sur-

face until the pedestal, A,
has been formed, the height
of which is of course the
exact measure of the whole
quantity of post-glacial de-
nudation at that point. These boulder pedestals, furnishing so
admirable a means of gauging atmospheric erosion, occur

Studies in the Sierra 427

throughout the middle granitic region in considerable numbers:
some with their protecting boulders still poised in place, others
naked, their boulders having rolled off on account of the stool
having been eroded until too small for them to balance upon. It
is because of this simple action that all very old, deeply weath-
ered ridges and slopes are boulderless, Nature having thus
leisurely rolled them off, giving each a whirling impulse as it
fell from its pedestal once in hundreds or thousands of years.

Moutonnéed rock forms
shaped like Figure 3 are ee
abundant in the middle C3,
granitic region. They fre-
quently wear a single pine,
jauntily wind-slanted, like
a) feather in a cap, and a yy;
single large boulder, poised | 34 WS
by the receding ice - sheet, chan
that often produces an im- ane
pression of having been
thus placed artificially, exciting the curiosity of the most apa-
thetic mountaineer, Their occurrence always shows that the
surfaces they are resting upon are not yet deeply eroded.

Ice- planed veins of quartz and feldspar are frequently
weathered into relief by the superior resistance they offer to
erosion, but they seldom attain a greater height than three or
four inches ere they become weather-cracked and lose their
glacial polish, thus becoming useless as means of gauging de-
nudation. Ice-burnished feldspar crystals are brought into re-
lief in the same manner to the height of about an inch, and are
available to this extent in determining denudation over large
areas in the upper portion of the middle region.

This brief survey of the various forces incessantly or occa-
sionally at work wasting the Sierra surface would at first
lead us to suppose that the sum total of the denudation must be
enormous ; but, on the contrary, so indestructible are the Sierra
rocks, and so brief has been the period through which they
have been exposed to these agents, that the general result is
found to be comparatively insignificant. The unaltered pol-
ished areas constituting so considerable a portion of the upper

Jo, & ty Pepe
ep Wk LIL
TGs 3%

428 Sierra Club Bulletin

and middle regions have not been denuded the one-hundredth
part of aninch. Farther down measuring tablets abound bear-
ing the signature of the ice. The amount of torrential and av-
alanchial denudation is also certainly estimated within narrow
limits by measuring down from the unchanged glaciated sur-
faces lining their banks. Farther down the range, where the
polished surfaces disappear, we may still reach a fair approxi-
mation by the height of pot-holes drilled into the walls of
gorges, and by the forms of the bottoms of the valleys contain-
ing these gorges, and by the shape and condition of the general
features.

Summing up these results, we find that the average quantity
of post-glacial denudation in the upper half of the range, em-
bracing a zone twenty-five or thirty miles wide, probably does
not exceed a depth of three inches. That of the lower half has
evidently been much greater—probably several feet—but cer-
tainly not so much as radically to alter any of its main fea-
tures. In that portion of the range where* the depth of glacial
denudation exceeds a mile, that of post-glacial denudation is
less than a foot.

From its warm base to its cold summit, the physiognomy of
the Sierra is still strictly glacial. Rivers have only traced shal-
low wrinkles, avalanches have made scars, and winds and
rains have blurred it, but the change, as a whole, is not greater
than that effected on a human countenance by a single year of
exposure to common alpine storms,

*See study No. IV, in SreErrRA CLusB BULLETIN of January, 1918.

SIERRA’ CLUB

Founded 1892

402 Mitts Buitpinc, San Francisco, CaLiFornia
Annual Dues: $3.00 (first year, $5.00)

THE PURPOSES OF THE CLUB ARE:
rr, explore, enjoy, and render accessible the mountain regions of the Pacific
Coast; to publish authentic information concerning them, to enlist the sup-
port and co-operation of the people and the Government in preserving the
forests and other natural features of the Sierra Nevada.
>
Joun Murr, President 1892 to 1914

OFFICERS AND COMMITTEES FOR THE YEAR 1Io18-!1919
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

eM MOORE Y Sam EN TANCISCOL .c/ivic cece ailsoit ala soctera ate a ol alenraate President
WERNON 2 KEtLocc, Stanford University... 0.05 00068. Vice-President
MARION FIRANDALL,. PARSONS: Berkeley... 0.0 scvie co oieiy aid pice-s sles Treasurer
Nhe plies CONTE. Detkeley oi. ecls os od ca oa tls wee beac es delet Secretary

WILLIAM FREDERIC BApkE, Berkeley ALBERT H. ALLEN, Berkeley
Watter L. Huser, San Francisco Rosert M. Price, Reno, Nevada
CLair S. TAPPAAN, Los Angeles

HONORARY VICE-PRESIDENTS
JAMES Bryce, London, England
Henry S. Graves, Washington, D. C,
RoBERT UNDERWOOD JoHNSON, New York City
Davip STARR JORDAN, Stanford University
J. Horace McFartanp, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania

STEPHEN T. MatTHER, Washington, D. C.

Enos A. Mitts, Estes Park, Colorado

COM MITTEES

Outing Committee: WILLIAM E. Cotsy (Chairman and Manager), CLAIR
S. Tappaan (Assistant Manager), JosepH N. Le Conte.

Committee on Local Walks: Frep R. Parker (Chairman), A. E. NEUEN-
BURG, LESLIE GARDNER, Dozier FINLEY, WM. C. FANKHAUSER.

Committee on Le Conte and Parsons Memorial Lodges: JosEpH N. LE
ConTE (Chairman), MARION RANDALL PARSONS, Robert M. PRICE.

Auditing Committee: Wi1tt1AM F, Bape (Chairman), WALTER L. HuBER,
RoBertT M. Price.

Librarian: WALLACE BRADFORD.

Southern California Section Executive Committee: Putt S. BERNAYS
(Chairman, 315 W. 3rd Street, Los Angeles), Cuas. J. Fox (Secre-
tary), BENJAMIN W, Fenton (Treasurer), MABELLE McCALLa (As-
sistant Secretary), Mrs. Henry Braun, Mary F. KeEttocc, ERNEST
Dawson, CarriE FE. Tracy, Ltoyp B. AusTIN.

>
SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN
Published annually for the members
EDITORIAL BOARD

Rv CD ART EO SADIE Whe) eau MeN Make et Yet were AE 7 (oh gtat ot tee A Editor
MARION RANDALL PARSONS......... Associate Editor and Book Reviews
Ni CHIC EOL DIM Go) 8) eae aE an oe) A A Notes and Correspondence
DP MMER NU UTERORD (oye vs cycle aie liek sisle gis, GNM EN Goh, Gig lb ehdve alt Forestry Notes

ALBERT H. ALLEN, FRANcis P. FARQUHAR
Wa ttTerR L. Huser, WILLIAM T. GoLpsBorOUGH, JosEPH N. LE Conte,
ELLiott MCALLISTER, ELIZABETH M. BADE

EDITORIALS

> p
GrovE Kart The passing of Dr. Gilbert after almost seventy-five years
GILBERT* of activity deprives geological science of one of its ablest

and most honored representatives. It is permitted to few
men to leave an equally enviable record. To an unusual degree his work
was distinguished by keenness of observation, by depth of penetration,
by soundness in induction, and by clarity of exposition. It is doubtful
whether the products of any other geologist of our day will escape re-
vision at the hands of future research to a degree equal to the writings
of Grove Karl Gilbert. And yet this is not assignable to limitation of
field, or to simplicity of phenomena, or to restriction in treatment. The
range of his inquiries was wide, his special subjects often embraced in-
tricate phenomena, while his method was acutely analytical and his
treatment tended always to bring into declared form the basal princi-
ples that underlay the phenomena in hand.

In the literature of our science the laccolith will doubtless always be
associated with the name of Gilbert. In its distinctness as a type, in its
uniqueness of character, and in the definite place it was given at once
by common consent, one may almost fancy a figurative resemblance be-
tween the laccolith and its discoverer and expositor. Gilbert’s mono-
graphs on the Henry Mountains and on Lake Bonneville will long stand
as unexcelled models of monograph treatment. His contributions to
physiographic evolution, particularly his analysis of the processes that
end in base-leveling, link his name with that of Powell, and give to
these two close friends a unique place as joint leaders in interpreting
morphologic processes. Glacial and hydraulic phenomena were also
fields in which Gilbert’s powers as an investigator and expositor were
signally displayed.

In accuracy of delineation, in clearness of statement, and in grace of
diction Gilbert’s contributions are certain long to stand as models of the
first order. His personality was of the noblest type; he was a charming
companion in the field; he was a trusted counselor in the study. The
high place he has held in the esteem of co-workers is quite certain to
merge into an even higher permanent place to be accorded him by the
mature judgment of the future. Ox OF

TuHEopoRE The new year had scarcely begun when the sad news was
ROOSEVELT flashed around the world that America’s most distinguished

citizen had crossed the last divide. Respected and admired
throughout the civilized world, Theodore Roosevelt had become not

—

* Reprinted from The Journal of Geology, Vol. XXVI, No. 4, May-June, 1918.

21U0) eT 'N ‘ff Aq o104g (F061) WaT IIAIaS JaA99g ‘APOO] AABN 9y1 Jo Areqjas9ac
‘P9PlEd IOUIIAOL) "}[9AISOOY I1Oposyy, ‘AoxXly “Aq ‘anypY uyoL “aapng
AVIINIY SB[OYSIN *G9o7] AtejaIIIG dJVALIY ‘19]a9y AA OPT UlwWefuag :3y9] 0} WYSIy

AAOUD VSOdIaVW LNVID AIZZIND AHL 1O ASV AHL LV LIAATSOON LNACGISANd

alee 4 Ne

“IXXXO9 ALVId

*X “IOA ‘NILATTING €NTO VUNAIS

uvudry “7 yaoqoy Aq 0J0Y 7 ylvg [vuoLyeN vionbas jo uoisus}xo pasodosd uy
WAIAIM SONIM AO MYOA AHLNOS AO SYALVMAVAH “AMVT AVA

“LIX X XO) ALVITd “X “TOA CNILATIAG ANT) VUNAIS

Editorials 431

only a national, but an international figure. Never before has it hap-
pened in the English-speaking world that a man’s initials, like the
familiar “T.R.,” could be used anywhere without fear of misunder-
standing. The charm, force, and vividness of his personality were un-
forgettable to all who came into contact with him, and he possessed the
power of winning personal loyalty more than any other leader who has
appeared in American public life.

Roosevelt’s activities were too manifold even for a summary editorial
review. But we must not leave unmentioned the fact that he was an
ideal outdoor man. The very name and organization of his famous
“Rough Riders” was an echo from the western plains where he chose
for a time to live the life of a ranchman. Though frail in body during
his boyhood, he developed a surprisingly vigorous physique by life in the
open and by carefully planned exercises. As a big-game hunter, ex-
plorer, and naturalist he has achieved lasting distinction. It is to be
feared that the last of his great expeditions, the one which had for its
object the exploration of a South American river now bearing his name,
so undermined his health that it became the indirect cause of his un-
timely death.

Roosevelt was a man of superb strength, courage, and energy. Who
else than he could have written more than forty books while engaging
in activities that would have taxed the strength of half a dozen men?
“I wish to preach,” he wrote years ago, “not the doctrine of ignoble
ease, but the doctrine of the strenuous life, the life of toil and effort, of
labor and strife; to preach that highest form of success which comes
not to the man who desires mere easy peace, but to the man who does
not shrink from danger, from hardship, or from bitter toil, and who
out of these wins the splendid ultimate triumph.” This is the man
whom Europe chooses to consider the finest embodiment of American
manhood! Fortunate is the country of which such a citizen can be con-
sidered typical, even though we know that he was so exceptionally and
gigantically American that he has left no peer among us. W.F.B.

RoosEvVELT There has been before Congress for some time a proposal to
NaTIONAL enlarge the Sequoia National Park so as to include the
Park Kings and Kern River cafions and the wonderfully pictur-

esque High Sierra watershed in which the tributaries of these
rivers have their source, On account of the opposition of cattle and timber
interests, especially those which center around Fresno, it has been diffi-
cult to secure Congressional consideration of this project. The death
of Theodore Roosevelt and the unique service he rendered to this coun-
try in the conservation of its natural resources suggested to a number of
men in public life the propriety of naming the enlarged park as a memo-
rial for him. Senator Phelan and Congressman Elston accordingly in-
troduced bills to that effect. The Senate immediately passed it with

432 Sierra Club Bulletin

enthusiasm, but cattle and timber interests, as well as the negative action
of the Forest Service in asking for additional time to investigate
(whereas they have already had five years in which to acquire this in-
formation), have managed to delay action in the House of Representa-
tives. Some, at least, of the sudden show of affection for the name
Sequoia is known to have been deliberately stimulated by a concealed
opposition. While it is a sound policy in principle not to change a name
like Sequoia for that of a man, this surely is one of the cases where the
principle is honored in the breach. We ought to recall that Roosevelt,
in 1908, called the famous Conference of Governors at the White House
in order to consider and provide for the conservation of our natural re-
sources, and at this conference the importance of national parks was
emphasized. “We want to take action that will prevent the advent of a
woodless age,” he said in his remarkable opening address. Some idea
of what he did may be gathered from the fact that near the close of his
administration in 1908 there were 165 national forests, of which Roose-
velt had created 143, and seven additional ones were created by him
during the remainder of his administration. In other words, Roosevelt
increased the national forest area from 46,000,000 to 194,000,000 acres—
four times the original area and ten million acres to spare! In the face
of facts like these one might expect all forest and park lovers to have
patriotic reasons for taking the lead in securing the consummation of a
project like the setting aside of the Roosevelt National Park.

But these are not the only reasons that can be urged for the associ-
ation of Roosevelt’s name with this measure. It was he who found the
way and set the example of creating by Presidential proclamation
twenty-three national monuments, whose unique, beautiful, and in some
cases awe-inspiring, scenic features are now a precious possession of the
American people. Other Presidents followed in his footsteps until now
we have at least thirty-six of these monuments. But those created by
Roosevelt constitute both in number and in character the most valuable
part. Among them was the Grand Cafion of the Colorado, regarded by
some foreign experts as the greatest scenic wonder in the world. If
Roosevelt had not taken this action we probably would never have been
able to enroll it among our national parks, as has just been done by act
of Congress.

Finally, Roosevelt during his administration secured the establish-
ment of five additional national parks, comprising an area of 390,000
acres, and established the precedent of urging the welfare of national
parks upon the attention of Congress in his messages. No other man
in American public life has done half as much to preserve for the use
and enjoyment of the American people resources of forests, water-
power, and scenery which are now an invaluable asset of our national
wealth.

Nor let us overlook what Roosevelt did by his foresight to win the
great war, when, at the Conference of Governors in 1908, he sounded a
trumpet-call to the nation in these words: “Finally, let us remember

Editorials A323

that the conservation of our natural resources, though the gravest prob-
lem of today, is yet but part of another and greater problem to which
this nation is not yet awake, but to which it will awake in time, and
with which it must hereafter grapple if it is to live—the problem of
national efficiency, the patriotic duty of insuring the safety and con-
tinuance of the nation.”

There has not been in the past, and we may question whether there
can arise in the future, a man who so richly deserves to be memorial-
ized in the establishment of a national park. W. FOB.

Tue NaTionaL After reading the 1918 report of the Director of the
Park Service National Park Service, we feel moved to express our

warmest appreciation of the able and far-sighted man-
agement of our national playgrounds by Director Stephen T. Mather.
Altogether admirable was the firmness with which the Interior Depart-
ment refused all applications for sheep-grazing in the parks. The more
determined of the park invaders, cloaking their hope of private gain
under a show of public service with mutton and wool, even applied to
the Food Administration for aid in opening Rainier National Park to
sheep. But Mr. Hoover promptly concurred in the view that “the Gov-
ernment’s policy should be to decline absolutely all such requests.” It
is a well-known fact that even a short period of grazing by sheep com-
pletely destroys many species of beautiful wild flowers that are the
glory of our mountain parks. Crater Lake Park, as Mr. Mather points
out, has not recovered its extinguished flora after a lapse of twenty-
five years. The damage done there by sheep is irreparable.

Among features of the service which are deserving of special com-
mendation and public support is the effort to turn the parks to practical
account in the public schools. This is being done in classes of geog-
raphy and general science through the medium of literature and picture
portfolios, furnished by the National Park Service. A beginning has
also been made with traveling exhibits of national park pictures, mo-
tion-picture films, and lantern-slides. The need of restoring and pre-
serving as much as possible the wild-life resources of the national parks
has also received Mr. Mather’s careful attention. The presence of an
abundant fauna greatly enhances the recreational appeal which a peo-
ple’s playground makes to the traveling public, and thus increases its
potential economic value as well.

A fact of good augury for the steady growth and development of our
national park system is the Congressional authorization of the Secre-
tary of the Interior to accept gifts of land areas and other property
that will improve the parks, A considerable number of important gifts
for such purposes have already been made, notably that of the old Tioga
Road, in the Yosemite Park, and a section of the Giant Forest—both of
them invaluable additions to the parks. We are so filled with enthusi-

434 Sierra Club Bulletin

asm over the showing made by the National Park Service during the
past year that we ardently hope Congress will speedily transfer to this
service the ten national monuments which by a strange anomaly still
remain under the control of another department. W.F.B.

BEQUEST Lieutenant Robert S. Gillett, a member of the club, and
TO THE resident of Hartford, Connecticut, gave his life for his
SrerRA CLUB country in an airplane accident in Texas, September 17,

1918. We are proud to have had so brave a spirit as his
on our honor roll. He had a real love for the Sierra, and his widow
writes that his admiration for John Muir was limitless. His will pro-
vides for a bequest of one thousand dollars to the Sierra Club, to be
used for the maintenance of the John Muir Trail or toward the upkeep
of the Parsons Memorial Lodge in Tuolumne Meadows.

It is worthy of note that the two bequests which have been made to
the club have come from those who reside far from the Sierra. Ed-
ward Whymper, the world-famed mountaineer of England, left the club
fifty pounds in his will, and now this recent bequest comes from one
who resided across the continent. Can it be that these generous non-
residents have a greater love and appreciation of the Sierra and of the
work the club is striving to accomplish than those of us who live in
California? The Appalachian Club has received many and substantial
bequests and gifts from its members. Perhaps the thought has not
occurred to our own members yet. There are a multitude of worthy
objects in line with the work of the club, to which such gifts, large or
small, could be devoted. We BuG:

TIN, VOL.

LLE

SIERRA CLUB BU

WE Ile

S):

IRST LIEUTENANT ROBI
1895-1918

~
4

ige 434)

itorial, p

(See ed

susyny “T ‘d Aq ojo
(FOg1) YAvg [CUO oplWoso | ‘sMOpvayy suTTnONL, “CqHLD B414191S Aq payporjyuoo Mou) Aj19do1d ssutidsg epog uC

NIGVO GIO S.LYaaNv'T

“*X CTOACNILATTAY #OTO VANAIS

“AIXXX)9OO ALVITd

REPORTS OF COMMITTEES
-

TREASURER’S REPORT

To the Directors of the Sierra Clubi:

I beg to submit the following report on the finances of the Sierra
Club covering the period from January 1, 1918, to January 1, I919:

Prremeey Cas On hand: January 1) TOTS... 2.) c's). cele esse cites $2,658.57
Receipts during the year:
Mes GOR BRCIIDELS) Visio ced ee lee ey $3,664.75
mvementisements 1 BULLETIN, |..'\.0....4.-. 0.00.00 2 350.00
ipescston)Fermanent Fund ).....0.0..0000 00.000 .5 250.00
PMA MPO OUI) AOR sede ale sei sie ale, Gales wiaie db gid eleld ae lass 50.00
ee OMOLBDENS Ne Uy alg eh elec aise dass sa dleleles 21.60
EMMONS Ve ieee eae Cdn o cece sdile dee doe cleld 19.50
inmerest Om sayings accounts. :...... 000.00... 0.08% 41.24
Pmeemecironm iperty Bond 3.0... ek ee 8 14.90
Increased valuation of War Savings Stamps....... 6.00
SGA SMAIE TECEIDES Ls kee cle le eee e eee see's 50.75
a Po
$7,127.32
Expenditures during the year:
Remon Toons 402) ad! A088 e ee loo ode es $ 720.00
Saiany Or assistamt Secretary. 16s. cis a s/o 6 Yee wee o's 930.00
Printing, postage and delivery of BULLETIN No. 53.. 1,505.09
Amount paid to Southern California Section....... 400.75
Office expenses, postage, stationery, etc............ 233.87
Meclepuone and telegraph’ service’... 00.050 ke 129.89
Me; Cante Memorial Podge iii) ei akon lee. 165.90
Bassons. Wemotial Modge ie 3 ie ot sik sc le eels 378.51
TES SIS ANG A OTTER NTO es iC 51.44
POea Av AKS PEUIMIMONETO Ue ee ee wd 50.00
Cin ey Cea GUT A ER A 48.10
Be ey LOMO MEG NEMMISIM uve lemre shelsic eg MIR Sug ales we 38.00
PEM em CATE EA iis le WPL belin ale ele so vides 9.00
imeerest; debit om Wiberty Bond’. .c). 00002. ee 6.87
Miscellaneous small expenses 0.0). a ee 45.45
AiGtAWeRPenSese nis Vu Wo Dee ule ales. $4,712.87
Cash on hand iantiaty Hi TOTO... oleae es ee ek a 2,414.45

——— $7,127.32

436 Sierra Club Bulletin

Cash on hand distributed as follows:

IndurstuiNational (Banks). wi.[5 eseise kee eee $ 570.75
In Security savings ‘Bank” 73.) dees eee eee 263.19
In:SavinessUnion Bank and Trust'Gols. see 698.51
lia Wart savings Stamps: iin4.c8 fc Re. oe ee 848.00
Cash uniSecretaty s drawer vine eee ee 25.00
$2,414.45
Permanent Fund:
Balance in tund Jantiaty 1) OIG... 2.5502. -)-e ee $2,107.42
New: life memberships... ae ce ee eee 150.00
nberest= to dae \< 2s eh cd wereeo ioe erent pe ene 52.32
——__ — $2;409. 74.
Interest withdrawn for Parsons, Lodge: ..3. 2.2.24: )05. Gee 250.00
$2,059.74
Distributed as follows:
Bond of the Third Liberty oan 7 22555050408 $1,000.00
Bond of the Fourth Liberty Loan ..3.....2:4.%. 1,000.00
Cash in) Sectirity Savings Bank jcc ees nes 50.74
—_— $2,059.74

Respectfully submitted,
Josep N, Le Conte, Treasurer

Parsons MEMorRIAL LODGE
CUSTODIAN’S REPORT FOR 1918

Tuolumne Meadows, Yosemite National Park

I reached the Lodge July 5th by horse over the Tenaya Trail. The club
is much indebted to Mr. Lewis, the superintendent of the Park, for as-
sistance in enabling me to reach the lodge at this date, and also for
many other favors. The lodge and log hut had been broken open dur-
ing the winter, and the whole place, inside and out, was in a bad state
of disorder.

Travel began on the Tioga Road July 6th, the first cars reporting the
only snow to be a little patch at the summit. The river was then very
low and there was hardly any snow on the mountain peaks. Weather
conditions have been ideal all summer—cold frosty nights, ice in the
teakettle almost any morning, warm sunny days, and the mosquitoes
all gone by July roth. During my stay we had five thunder and rain-
storms, the lodge affording dry shelter to all near-by campers.

Our visitors numbered one thousand, from July 5th to closing day,
September 18th. Some of them camped for a while near us, and all
were interested in what I could tell them about the trails, roads, fishing

Reports of Committees A277,

and the mountain peaks. Not quite one hundred were members of the
club. The Soda Springs are always appreciated; a number of people
told me they made the trip in this year solely for the benefits of the
water. It was often suggested that a store should be maintained in the
meadows, that all the trails should be carefully marked, and that horses
should be kept for rent at reasonable prices. I recommend that the
club build gateways over the Tioga Road where it enters and leaves club

property. VIVIAN YARBROUGH,

Sacramento, Cal.

NOTES AND CORRESPONDENCE
-

Geological Survey, Dept. Mines, Sydney, New South Wales,
April 30, 1913.
Ww. E. Corsy, Sierra Club.

Dear Mr. Colby: Very many thanks for your latest number of the
SrerrA CLuB BULLETIN. Each time it comes along the many beautiful
illustrations carry me back to the time when I spent a most delightful
holiday in your Sierran region, In the midst of magnificent scenery and
in company with one of your noblest natures, I learned to love every
inch of the great Sierras. The man I refer to is Dr. G. K. Gilbert, a
man worthy surely of rank with your John Muir. He it was who taught
me the names of all your forest trees and their geographical distribu-
tion. He it was who read to us of a night under the forest canopy of
the deeds of King in the Sierra, and who told us of the lives of Galen
Clark, John Muir in the Sierras and of John W. Powell in the Grand
Cafion. He it was who showed me the paraboloid spider’s web in Wa-
wona, who showed me the fault scarp under Mt. Dana, who urged me
with Willard D. Johnson to behold the panorama from the summit of
Mt. Davidson, who showed me the glacial polish of the Tuolumne, the
peculiarities of Fairview and Lambert’s Dome, the view sublime from
Cloud’s Rest, and a thousand other things equally glorious and enchant-
ing.

To me in quiet moments often come the rustle of the aspen leaves,
the scent of the fir and pine forests, the stateliness of the Sequoias, the
rush of the San Joaquin torrents, the peculiar cries and calls of the
woodpecker and the jay, the splash of the water-ouzel, the innocent ap-
pearance of the poison oak, the overwhelming majesty of the Yosemite
walls and the glory of the mountain outlooks. I am, yours sincerely,

E, C. ANDREWS

[Ed. Note: Dr. Andrews is one of the foremost glacialogists of the world. ]

CLUB ALPIN FRANCAIS

Reconnu d’utilité publique par décret du 31 Mars, 1882

Rue du Bac, 30, Paris, le 4 Juillet, 1918

; Independence Da
Monsieur et Trés Honoré Président, ( P »)

Nous avons bien recu, en son temps, votre lettre du 3 Janvier, et nous
vous remercions bien vivement de votre adhésion au Congrés de 1’Al-
pinisme. Nous sommes heureux de voir votre nom figurer parmi nos

Notes and Correspondence 439

Présidents d’Honneur. Le concours de l’Amerique est tout particuliére-
ment apprécié, et nous avons donc maintenant avec nous:

—Sierra Club
—American Alpine Club
—Alpine Club of Canada

Nous comptons que vous pourrez nous envoyer des Délégués pour
représenter votre association, lorsque la Réunion sera fixé. Mais pour
cela il faut d’abord obtenir la victoire contre les Barbares, nous avons
la plus grande confiance, vos armées arrivent en grand nombre pour
combattre avec nous, et déja nous admirons leur vaillance.

Nous fétons aujourd’hui avec vous l’Independence Day, le Drapeau
étoilé flotte a coté du Drapeau tricolore, la joie est dans nos coeurs!
C’est l’aurore de la victoire! C’est ainsi que j’ai désiré vous écrire en
ce jour qui consacre l’étroite union de nos armées et de nos peuples.

Nous étions allés chez vous avec notre La Fayette pour défendre la
liberté de lAmerique, vous venez aujourd’hui avec nous défendre la
liberté du monde!

Je vous prie de recevoir, trés honoré Président, l’assurance de nos

meilleurs et distingués sentiments. Baron E. CApEr

Vice-Président du Club Alpin Frangais
President du Congres de l’Alpinisme

[TRANSLATION ]

FRENCH ALPINE CLUB
Recognized as of Public Service by the Decree of March 31, 1882

30 Rue du Bac, Paris, July 4, 1918

(Independence Day)
Sir and Highly Honored President:

We received in due time your letter of the 3d of January, and we
thank you warmly for your consent to participate in the Alpine Con-
gress. Weare happy to see your name take its place among our Hon-
orary Presidents. The participation of America is exceptionally appre-
ciated, and we have, so far, with us:—The Sierra Club, the American
Alpine Club, and the Alpine Club of Canada.

We are counting on your being able to send delegates to represent
your organization, when the date for the meeting shall be fixed. But
for that it first is necessary to win the victory over the Barbarians. We
have the utmost confidence; your armies are arriving in great number
to fight along with us, and already we are admiring their valor,

We are celebrating today, with you, Independence Day; the Starry
Banner floats beside the Tricolor, and joy is in our hearts. It is the
dawn of victory! It is in view of these circumstances that I have desired
to write you on this day, which consecrates the intimate union of our
armies and our peoples,

440 Sierra Club Bulletin

We had gone to your country wth our La Fayette to defend the lib-
erty of America; today you are coming with us to defend the liberty of
the world.

Accept, I pray you, Mr. President, the assurance of our best and

highest regards. Baron F. GABET

Vice-President of the French Alpine Club
President of the Alpine Congress
Sir and Highly Honored President: Paris, the 6th of December, 1918

We have the honor to forward to you herewith a List of Committees
which are to be organized for the Alpine Congress. The complete vic-
tory won by the Allies against the Central Empires enables us now to
foresee that the Congress can be held in the course of a few months.
We shall then be able to celebrate together the liberty of the world in
paying a glorious tribute to our valiant armies that have smitten to
earth the Barbarians.

Accept, Mr. President, the expression of my high regard.

The President of the Alpine Congress
Baron F. GABET

Dear Mr. Colby:

Please add to the Sierra Club’s records a note to the effect that Mt.
Thompson—latitude 37° 08.5’ N., longitude 118° 37’ W., Mt. Goddard
Quadrangle—elevation 13,494 feet, was ascended by Clarence H. Rhudy
and H. F. Katzenbach during the summer of 1909. So far as known,
this is the first ascent of Mt. Thompson.

I also wish to call your attention to a peak almost directly west of
Mt. Thompson about two and one-half miles, being in latitude 37° 814’
N., longitude 118° o4’ W., and having an elevation of 12,224 feet. This
peak is very well known locally as Mt. Hurd, although it has so far re-
mained on the Mt. Goddard Quadrangle of the U.S. Geological Survey.
It stands free of the crest of the Sierra Nevada Mountains directly
above South Lake, from which it has a very striking appearance. Its
name is derived from the late Mr. H. C. Hurd, an engineer who, while
making certain explorations of this region, climbed it in 1906. So far
as known, this was the first ascent. It was again ascended in I909 by
Clarence H. Rhudy and James Kevil. Can you not take steps to have
this name placed on the Geological Survey Quadrangle?

Very sincerely,
January 6, 1919. nt W. L. HuBER

ASSOCIATED MOUNTAINEERING CLUBS OF NorTH AMERICA

The membership of the Bureau for 1918 consisted of the following or-
ganizations, comprising over 20,000 individuals:

American Alpine Club, Philadelphia and New York.

American Game Protective Association, New York.

Notes and Correspondence 441

American Museum of Natural History, New York.
Adirondack Camp and Trail Club, Lake Placid Club, N. Y.
Appalachian Mountain Club, Boston and New York.
British Columbia Mountaineering Club, Vancouver.
Colorado Mountain Club, Denver.

Field and Forest Club, Boston.

Fresh Air Club, New York.

Geographic Society of Chicago.

Geographical Society of Philadelphia.

Green Mountain Club, Rutland, Vermont.

Hawaiian Trail and Mountain Club, Honolulu.
Klahhane Club, Port Angeles, Wash.

Mazamas, Portland, Oregon.

Mountaineers, Seattle and Tacoma.

National Association of Audubon Societies, New York.
National Park Service, Washington.

New York Zoological Society.

Prairie Club, Chicago.

Rocky Mountain Climbers’ Club, Boulder, Colorado.
Sagebrush and Pine Club, Yakima, Wash.

Sierra Club, San Francisco and Los Angeles.

The annual Bulletin of the Association was published in May. As very
few books on mountaineering were published during the year, many
books of travel and outdoor life were sent free of charge for the library
of each club or society. Many individual members from all parts of
the country have called to inspect the large collection of mountaineer-
ing books and photographs in the New York Public Library,

An important feature of the work of the Bureau is co-operation with
the National Park Service. First in the hearts of all true mountain-
eers is the preservation of our finest mountain regions from commercial
ruination. In many ways the future welfare of the nation depends on
the protection of our forested watersheds, and on the permanent re-
tention of our rich heritage of tree and flower, of bird and animal life.
Several of our most wonderful regions have not yet been made national
parks; many of our parks should at once be increased in size; others
should have sufficient appropriation to insure their proper patrol and
development. Mountaineers are often the first to visit new regions of
wonder and beauty. Is it not their highest privilege to be foremost in

their protection ? LeRoy JEFFERS, Secretary
Librarian American Alpine Club, 476 Fifth Ave., New York

INCREASED SHEEPING ENDANGERS WILD LIFE

Great pressure is being brought to bear to so change the regulations re-
garding grazing in the national forests as to allow sheeping in national
parks and increased sheeping in national forests. This may sound

442 Sierra Club Bulletin

favorable so far as increased meat supply is concerned, but any one who
has seen the deep traces left in sections where sheep have grazed will
shudder to think what results are to be expected. Many are the worn-
out meadows, deeply gullied, which now testify to the past inroads of
herds of sheep, and many the depleted game-covers where the tramp-
ling of nests and the destruction of food has reduced upland game
birds to the minimum. These are dangerous times, and every conserva-
tionist must help form the army of defense needed to save wild life in
this emergency when special opportunity to devastate wild-life resources
is given the enemy.—Califormia Fish and Game, April, 1918.

The great public service of John Muir was leading the nation, through
his writings, to appreciate the grandeur of our mountains and the beauty
and variety of their plant and animal life, and the consequent necessity
for holding forever as a heritage for all the people the most precious of
these great scenic areas. Probably to his leadership more than to that
of any other man is due the adoption of the policy of national parks.—
President Van Hise.

Dear Mr. Colby: Yosemite, Cal., October 23, 1918

The mountain lions are growing very fine—and I am very proud of
them. They are as tame as kittens, and I rather flatter myself that they
always will be. All my little children handle them like kittens, and
Gabrielle, my youngest daughter, helps mother and myself to take care
of them and takes them out for exercise one by one.

They are about six months old now, and I believe they must weigh
over 30 pounds apiece. I am enclosing some postals that were made
when they were about twelve days old and some that Mr. Boysen took a
few days ago. I will try to have some taken in the group, but do not
know whether we will succeed or not, as they are very restless beasts
and full of play.

I will send specimens from time to time to the club as they grow.
They eat everything that is given to them in the line of cereals, with
an exception of cornmeal; but I think it is due to their ignorance that
we are at war with Germany and it is necessary to use substitutes. We
will break them in to it, as I believe it will be good for them. We do
not feed them raw meat at all—just scraps of meat from the table. I
wonder if Mr. Enos A. Mills would not give us some suggestions in
regard to bringing them up.

With kindest regards to Mrs. Colby, Professor and Mrs. Le Conte
and yourself, from Mrs. Sovulewski, kiddies and myself, I remain

Yours very truly,
GABRIEL SOVULEWSKI

STERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CCXXXV.

MOUNTAIN LION CUB-TEN DAYS OLD
One of three captured in Yosemite National Park in May, 1918

Photos by Boysen

Sore.

Mrs. Sovulewski with one of the mountain lion cubs she raised

on a bottle in Yosemite Valley

(See page 442)

STERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CCXXXVI.

i ABOVE THE WAPITE

A TWO:-FOOT COTTONWOOD CUT BY BEAVERS

Note the pile of chips around the stump

Notes and Correspondence 443

78th Battery C. W. A.,

Dear Mrs. Parsons: Petawawa, Ont., June g, 1918

I have been a long while answering your letter of March 26th, but the
last few months have been the most eventful of a varied life of adven-
ture.

We were a month late in getting away on our trip to the north and
so were delayed the whole trip. Had we left Grand Prairie up in Peace
River country early in January, as formerly planned, we would have
had good ice-traveling after the New Year’s thaw. But when we got
there a lot of new snow had fallen and was so dry and soft that dogs
could do nothing in it; so instead of going up the Wapite, as we in-
tended, on the ice, we had to follow the trail via Beaverlodge and Red-
willow settlements, and had to get a team to haul our outfits to the end
of civilization, and then we followed a pack trail via Callahoo Lake and
struck the Wapite at the junction of Sheep River with the Wapite. We
had good going up Sheep River for four days to the cabin built in
November; but it was very cold and our grub ran out, and we were
pretty tired and worn out from lack of food and exposure when we
landed at camp. We found the snow very deep up there and all the
game had migrated to a lower altitude, and we had passed many moose
on the way up, but now could not get any feed for our dogs. So after
_a week of fruitless hunting we had to go back down the river for meat
for our starving dogs, and hauled it back to base camp up the river.
Later we got good going and worked northward along the outer ranges,
exploring for sheep and elk, neither of which we found any farther
north than we had previously found them. We got into a great caribou
country, and for a while never saw less than fifty ina day. These were
days of plenty and our dogs got fat. About the middle of March it
commenced to thaw and the ice got bad in the rivers inside the moun-
tains, and by the first of April we could only travel at night and early
in the morning, and we started back to base camp. On April 14th we
left base camp to return to civilization, expecting to make it in about
six or seven days, as it was all down hill and ice to go on. But there
came a sudden thaw that raised the water and broke up the ice, and at
the end of the third day we had only covered twenty-five miles of the
160 and the ice was no longer to be traveled upon, so we built a raft
and put our stuff on it; but the river was small and shallow and in
many places still bridged over with ice, and we would have to take the
raft apart and haul the logs over the ice to open water again. We had
two days of that and then a larger flood, and we had to lay up two days
while the ice ran past us. The third day we started again and only
went a mile or so when we were swept under a log jam and the raft
turned completely over, but we rescued everything except our dog har-
ness. For the next few days we never made more than two miles any
one day, as we caught up to the ice and the water fell, and it would not
run out, just melting slowly from the rear. We were completely out

444 Sierra Club Bulletin

of grub, and, as we had a cache at the forks, we did not want to kill a
moose until we absolutely had to, as we had a game warden along with
us, but finally we had to do it. But just when we wanted one we could
not get it and lived on squirrels and bear-root for a couple of days.
When we did get a moose he was the oldest and toughest bull in the
province of Alberta and we could not eat it, but boiled large pails of it
and drank the broth, which was not very satisfying, and we were get-
ting weaker each day. On the 2oth the water started rising rapidly, and
on the 30th the ice pulled about fifteen miles. We gave it an hour and
followed. That was the most exciting afternoon of the whole trip. The
river was running like a millrace and full of rocks and stranded ice-
bergs, and we went over two falls that we could not see on our way up,
as the ice was level over them in February. We went under both times,
but the prospect of grub ahead cheered us and we only laughed. Round-
ing a bend there was ice jammed on the right; so we steered for the
left, and swinging sharply around the point a big boulder loomed up
directly in our path and we struck it head on and the ropes that lashed
the front end together parted and the raft spread out like a fan and all
our stuff fell through. We caught my sled, which had all our speci-
mens on and most of our equipment, and managed to get it back up on
the raft and crosswise of the logs, as the rear end was up on the boulder
out of the water. Then I got a rope and got down in the icy water and
pulled the logs together and made temporary repairs while cakes of ice
striking the rear end threatened to start us on again. With a shove we
were away again and poling madly for an eddy on the opposite side a
half mile below. We just made it and tied up and took stock of our
losses. The game warden had lost everything except his camera and
glasses, which he had on his back at the time. All our cooking outfit
was gone except one tin plate and a tea-pail and all but one piece of the
moose meat. Making all safe again we started on, the poor dogs having
all they could do to keep up on the shore. We found the dog-feed pail
on a bar and recovered it, but that was all, mile after mile of mad water
and ice cakes until our nerves were strained to breaking point and
poles were broken or wrenched from our hands, and we would land and
get a fresh supply. Just before dark we caught up to the ice again, now
piled ten to twelve feet high. Wet and cold, we landed and hung our
things up to let the water drip out of them and built a big fire of dry
cottonwood, and, supperless, lay down exhausted. In the morning the
ice was out of sight, but too much still running to risk rafting; so two
of us started at daylight for the cache five miles below. Had to build a
small raft to get over to it and bring some back to our side, where we
cooked some rice, bacon and cornmeal mush. It was so long since I
had had a square meal that two cups of mush made me feel as if I had
swallowed a bale of hay, and I could hold no more. The next day we
moved down to the cache and added a couple more logs to our raft and
ran out into the large rapid-flowing Wapite, and in twenty hours made

Notes and Correspondence 445

the hundred miles to Grand Prairie. I came straight to Calgary, as I
was late for reporting, and joined the 78th Battery, and a few days
later we started for the East, and here I am in uniform at Petawawa,
out where all the Canadian artillery train during the summer. It is a
beautiful spot to the eye when the sand is not blowing. The Ottawa
River, two miles wide here and full of islands, flows by the camp on one
side and the smaller Petawawa on the other. Naturally, I don’t like
the life, but it is not what one likes now; it is what has to be done. A
draft is already called, but I missed it. I may be here a month or two
yet before getting overseas. Bob Wilkins is in charge of my outfit at
Jasper, and I hope some day I may have the pleasure of taking you out

for another trip. Sincerely

DoNALD PHILLIPS

Dear Mr. Colby: Wellcroft, Helensburgh, April 9, 1918

By yesterday’s mail I received a S1rErRA CLuB BULLETIN (Vol. Io, No.
3). No letter came with it, and I am putting you down as the sender.
First, I must thank you for it, I see it contains many fine pictures and
a lot of articles which should provide interesting reading if one can tear
one’s self away from the war bulletins.

I see you have a war service record. We of the Scottish Mountain-
eering Club have such a record. Out of a membership of about 180,
some 50 are on service, and about a dozen have been killed. Our presi-
dent’s son, Charles Inglis Clark, was killed last month.

So far, none of your friends have shown up here; but I am expecting
them sometime as soon as their more pressing engagements in France
have been disposed of. I shall make it my care to give them as good a
time as I can, and show them as much of bonnie Scotland as they have a
mind to view. Red Cross work, volunteering, and digging in my gar-
den for extra food keep me busy.

With many thanks to you, and greetings to all Sierrans,

Yours truly, J. RENNIE,
Scot. Mtg. Club

(Mr. Rennie is a brother of James Rennie of our Club, and was at one time Presi-
dent of the Scottish Mountaineering Club.)

Monn Sin: Alpine Club, 23 Savile Row, London W., June to, 1918

It has occurred to us that some of the members of your club may be
over on this side. Should this be the case we shall be very glad if they
will look in here whenever they may find it convenient, and we shall be
very much pleased to see them.

Unfortunately, there will be very few of us to welcome them, as
hardly anyone comes here except to our general meetings, and these are

446 Sierra Club Bulletin

over until the 15th of October; but they may like to see the club and
look at our pictures and library,

With very hearty greetings, Iam
Yours very truly,
C. H. R. WoLEAsTON,
The Hon. Secretary, Sierra Club, Hon. Sec.
San Francisco

AqloD “A WA Aq oj04g
WAVd ‘IVNOILWN ALINASOA ‘SMOGVAN ANWOTONL “MXO1 TIAAT JO GVaH
\

“IIAXXXO9 FLvi1d

*X “IOA ‘NILATING ANT vuuUgIsS

laqnyy "J 1911e8M Aq ojoydg
ANVI MOCGVHS WOU NVAd VANNVE GNV AALLIA LNOOW

*X “IOA ‘NILAI1NG €NTO vaUuTIS

“IIIAXXX)O) ALVId

SIERRA CLUB HONOR ROLL

ABEEL, Ensign Epwin A., U.S.N.R.F., U.S.S. “Savannah.”
spree Major Arsert H., Comdt. Occidental College, Los Angeles Co.,
al.

ARNOLD, Ratpo, Tax Reviewer War Revenue Act, Los Angeles, Cal.
ATKINSON, FLoRENCE E., Medical Dept., U.S. A., Fort Snelling, Minn.
Base, LEonora M.

Barr, MarKELL C., Ordnance Training Camp, Camp Hancock, Ga.
Barney, Lieut. C. R., F. A. N.S.A., P.O. 711, A. E. F., France.
*Barrows, Lieut.-Col. Davin P., Philippines and Siberia.

Bearp, D. L., Red Cross, Italy.

BeEckwitTH, Lieut. Hotmgs, Field Artillery,

Best, Capt. E. J.. M.R.C., Base Hospital 30, A. E. F., France.

BLAKE, Capt. Epwin T., Engineers, France.

BuiicHFELDT, H. F., Range Firing Sec., Aberdeen Proving Ground, Md.
Brown, J. G.

Bruce, Lieut. L. E., Union Iron Works, San Francisco.

Butt, Epitu, Red Cross.

Burpee, WALTER A., O. T.S., Camp Zachary Taylor, Ky.

a iia FLORENCE C., Chief Surgeon, Division of Orthopedics, A. E. F.,

rance.

CAMPBELL, RoBERT, 116th Engineers, A. E. F., France.

CHAMBERLAIN, Major Fiver C., Cons, Q. M., Camp Travis, Texas.
CHAMBERLAIN, Capt. Epmunp, U.S. M.C., Aviation Section, France.
CuHapMAN, Major R. H., Washington, D. C.

CLEMENS, Chaplain Jos.

Curr, Francis Kester, Mine Sweeping Division, Staten Island, N. Y.
CorricaNn, Lieut. J. LE Roy, Camp Lee, Va.

Craven, Lieut: ALEX R.,’C. A. N: A. A. E. F., France.

Currier, Set. FaRNsworTtTH, Machine Gun Battalion.

DEAN, Mrs. SHERMAN W. (née Barton), Y. W.C.A., Paris

Dose, Lieut. JouN AsHTON, Ordnance Dept., San Francisco,

DoyLe, DorotHy, Red Cross nurse student, Lane Hosp., San Francisco.
Drum, Joun S., State Director of War Savings for northern California

and member Capital Issues Committee, Washington, D. C.

DursBin, EMMA PittiNceER, Base Hospital, Camp Lewis, Wash.
EINSTEIN, LESLEY, R. O. T. C., Camp Lewis, Wash.

ELuioTtt, Lieut. Ropert P., Aviation, France.

Emerson, Capt. Grorce D., Const. Division, U.S. A.

Farouuar, Lieut. Francis P., Pay Corps, U.S.N.R.F., Navy Depart-

ment, Washington, D. C.

FINLey, Capt. Dozier, Frankfort Arsenal, Bridesburg, Pa.

fisn, DD, Rd. Clerk, O. M.C., ‘A. E. F., France.

Erost, Capt, Dower C.,' M,C.) U.S.A.

GARDINER, Joyce, Y. W.C.A., Redwood City, Cal.

GipnEy, Ensign H, D., U.S. N.R.F., San Francisco.
+GILLETT, Lieut. Rost. S., 191st Aerial Squadron.

GopparD, MALCoLM.

GoLpszBorouGH, Lieut. Wm. T., Amer. Air Service, A. E. F., France.

* Appointed Knight of the Order of the Crown by the Belgian Government.
7 Killed in aeroplane accident September 17, 1918.

448 Sierra Club Bulletin

Gorpon, Otive, Y. M. C. A. Canteen, France.

GRAHAM, Lieut. H. B., M.C., U.S. N.R. F., Paris Islands Sac:
*GREGORY, WARREN, Belgian Relief.

Gripprer, Lieut. PAu C., 21st Infantry, San Diego, Cal.

Gruss, Lieut. D. H.

Hackett, Lieut. C. Netson, 810th Pioneer Infantry, Camp Greene, N. C.
HALi, ANSEL F., 20th Engineers, A. E. F., France.

Hami ton, Dr. Jas. K.

Hansen, Harvey L., Convois Automibiele, A. E. F., France.
ELARRELL, Lieut. Et. J.; J. G:, U. SAN. Roe

HARSHBERGER, Capt. C. E., Chemical Warfare Service, U.S. A.
HaskELL, Lieut. L. G., Artillery, Fort Monroe, Va.

HASzLetTr, Ensien S. M.,; U.S.S. “Decatur”

HEALD, Major CLARENCE E., 56th Ammunition Train, Camp Eustis, Va.
HEFLINGER, Epwarp A., Commission Dept., Allentown, Pa.

Hickox, JosEPH O., 32nd Infantry, Camp Kearny, Cal.

Hoag, Dr Cai;

Hott, Lieut.. Rost. L., U.S. N:, Chief Executive, U.S. S. “Cacique?
HussBarp, H. V. S., Co. C, 508th Engineers, Ser. Batt., A. E. F., France,
JoLiFFE, GLapys, U.S. Naval Hospital, Washington, D. C.
+KELLOGG, VERNON L., Belgian Relief.

Kinc, Grace, Red Cross, Base Hospital, Camp Kearny, Cal.

Kune, Lieut. G. R.

Koro, Major C. A., Sanitary Corps.

Kroti, Capt. FrEDERICc, Medical Corps.

Leg, Lieut. Cares H.

Levy, Lieut. Gaston J., Chemical Warfare Service, A. E. F., France.
Lewis, Major Girpert N., Gas Service Dept., Washington, D. C.
LipMAN, Epw. C., Yeoman 2nd Class, U.S. N.R.F., Union Iron Works,

San Hrancisco,

Lipman, Sgt. Rost. L., Ordnance Depot Co., Camp Greene, N. C.
Losu, Lieut. Wm. J., U.S. Aviation Service, A. E. F., France.
MALONE, FLORENCE L., P. J., Unit 9, N. Y.

Matvitte, Lieut. N. J., A. R.C., American Red Cross, France,
MarsHALL, Lieut.-Col. Rost. B., U.S. G.S., Washington, D. C.
Mavers, Lieut. E. A., Signal Officer, U.S. A., Washington, D. C.
McApte, Lieut.-Commander Atex., U.S.N.R. F.

McCLeave, Capt. T. C., Medical Reserve Corps, U.S.A.

McDurrigz, Duncan, Food Administration, Washington, D. C.

McGee, Capt. RatpH C., Supply Train, 89th Div., A. E. F., France.
MeEaps, Dr. A. M.

Miter; Ensien Homer Tf. US. N.R: F., U.S.S. “Fanamoz
Morrow, Miss Wize I., Red Cross, France.

Norton, O. SarcENT, Tank Corps, Camp Colt, Gettysburg, Pa.
OLNEY, WarREN, Jr., Chairman Appeal Board, Military Registration,
PaRKINSON, Lieut, J. H., Sanitary Train.

Parsons, Mrs. Marion R., Red Cross, Landes, France.

Paxton, Bricut R., Aero Squadron, San Diego.

Perry, Set. Henry L., Ambulance Co.

Prerson, WARREN L.

Potter, Mrs. ELizABETH GRAY, Red Cross, France.

PRENTYS, RoLAND W.

Putnam, NaTHAN, Railway Engineers, France.

* Appointed an officer of the Order of the Crown by the Belgian Government.
+ Appointed Commander of the Order of the Crown by the Belgian Government.

Sierra Club Honor Roll AAQ

RANKIN, CHARLES, Regiment A, Pelham Bay Park, N.Y,
RANKIN, Lieut. Joun W., Aviation Section, Signal Reserve Corps.
Reep, Capt. J. Ross, Medical Reserve Corps.
RENTCHLER, LAWRENCE, Aerial Photo, Sec. 32, Eberto Field, Lonoke, Ark.
Rogerts, W. C., Chemical Warfare Service, U.S. A., San Francisco.
Roppa, ALFRED Gray, 2nd Artillery, C. A. C., France.
moss, Grorce, 2nd P.O., U.S. N., U.S. S. “Birmingham.”
Ryerson, Set.-Major Know tes A.,1st Batt., loth Engineers (Forestry),
France.
SANDOVAL, Ensign H. E., U.S. N.
See, Capt. T. J. J.. Naval Observatory, Mare Island, Cal.
SmitH, Capt. Joun J., Medical Reserve Corps, Fort McDowell, Cal.
Sm1tTH, STuART, Sec. 616, Ambulance Corps, Allentown, Pa.
Stanton, H. W., Master Gunner, Fort MacArthur, Cal.
STEWART, CoLEENA, Y. M. C. A. Canteen, London, England.
STILLMAN, Dr. STANLEY, Medical Officers’ Reserve Corps.
STOCKING, E. L., Co. C, 18th Railway Engineers, A. E. F., France.
StronGc, Epwarp K., Jr., War Department, Washington, D. C.
Swinpt, Capt. J. K., France.
TAppAAN, C. S., Y. M.C. A., France.
Tuurston, Capt. E. T., Engineer Reserve Corps, Vancouver, Wash.
TompkINs, Lieut. AVERY, Washington, D. C.
TorMEY, JULIAN C., 182nd Infantry Brigade, A. E. F., France.
Trevorrow, Wm. J., Mare Island, Cal.
Van DecriFt, TYLER R., 7th Batt., 166th Depot Brigade.
Van Hacen, Sayer, Y. M.C. A., Cauterets, Haute Pyrénées, France.
Wuite, Geo. W., Battery D, 144th Regt. Field Artillery.
Wuitt te, Lieut. Geo. D., Engineer Corps.
WILKIE, ISABELLE, Y. M. C. A. Canteen, France.
WITTER, ELIzABETH L., Red Cross, France.
Woop, Capt. Harry O., Engineer Reserve Corps, Washington, D. C.
Woop, MarcareT, Red Cross, France.
Woop, Mrs. Frep W., France.
Woopwarpb, Freperic C., Judge Advocate General Reserve Corps, Wash-
ington, D. C.
ZOBEL, Lieut. SIDNEY.
(This list is only as complete as was permissible from the data avail-

able. The addresses given here were war-time addresses and not neces-
sarily correct now.)

BELGIAN RELIEF FUND AND Rep Cross ACTIVITIES

The donations for Belgian Relief have been discontinued. From January
13, 1918, to February 2, 1919, the sum of $344.15 was received. The Bel-
gian Relief Committee was paid $10.00 a month for seventeen months,
or $170.00; Belgian Christmas Fund, $20.00; French Christmas Fund,
$30.00; Armenian Relief, $15.00; and Red Cross work, $109.15.
F, R. PARKER,
Chairman

Members of the Sierra Club are urged to continue their Red Cross work.
The Sewing Section meets every Monday afternoon from 2 to 5 at 1800
Buchanan Street. For knitting apply at the club-rooms, 402 Mills Build-
ing. Do 1 today. (Mrs. A. E.) Vioret E. NEUENBURG,

Chairman

WAR SERVICE LETTERS
>

THE SIERRA CLUB’S PARTIN THE WAR

During the period of the war the club endeavored to perform sugh of
its work as was possible under the adverse circumstances which existed.
It also tried to keep in touch with its members who had entered the
service and send them a little cheer by means of letters from members
at home. That this was an excellent plan is amply proven by the enthu-
siastic appreciation expressed in reply.

We are proud of the service performed by our members. Professor
Vernon Kellogg, one of Mr. Hoover’s right-hand men, is now in Eu-
rope, having recently visited Poland. Mrs. Marion R, Parsons has been
in France for several months in full charge of refugee work in the prov-
ince of Landes. Mr. Clair S. Tappaan is with the Y. M. C. A. in France.
Dr. David P. Barrows and Albert H. Allen are both majors in the
army. Professor A. G. McAdie is a lieutenant-commander in the Naval
Aviation Service.

All of the foregoing either are or have been recently directors of the
club. Our honor roll of members is so long that individual names can
not be mentioned, but as complete a list as possible will appear in the
forthcoming issue of the BULLETIN.

Besides those who were in active service, the members at home did what
they could to bring about a speedy victory. The club itself bought Lib-
erty Bonds and War Savings Stamps to its financial limit, and its mem-
bers formed a Red Cross Auxiliary and a War Correspondence Commit-
tee, and the local walk collections are regularly used for Belgian relief,
while personal subscriptions resulted in raising over $200, which was

sent to Mrs. Parsons to bring Christmas cheer to some of her refugee
children.

EXCERPTS FROM LETTERS OF MarRION R. PARSONS, NOW WITH THE
Rep Cross IN FRANCE

“Wasn’t it kind of fate and the Red Cross to land me here in Paris
just in time for July 14th? We got here late Saturday night and rode
up through the darkened streets in a ‘camion,’ with all our baggage
piled in with us. I wondered in case of an air raid how we ever could
get out to find a shelter—what a scramble over that mountain of lug-
gage it would have been! However, nothing happened. In the morning
Miss McNeal and I started out early to see the parade. A lucky com-
bination of chance and cheek got us a splendid place in front of the

War Service Letters | 451

Lille statue in the Place de la Concorde. We saw the decoration of the
Strassburg monument, and the whole parade passed through a great
open space right in front of us. A very pompous gendarme looked
severely at us several times, for we were a little outside the crowd he
had caged in behind the statue, but our uniforms and a firm front car-
ried the day. Nearly every soldier was bedecked with flowers, and
nearly all the allied nations were represented in the parade—a tremen-
dousi, impressive spectacle, with a big offensive ready to TGS any
minute less than fifty miles away. ‘

“Monday was kept as a holiday fas and will stand out longer in my
mind as the day when I was first ‘under fire.’ La grosse Bertha spoke
again after a silence of several weeks. I was sitting in front of the
Louvre when the darn thing went off. It sounded mighty close to me,
but missed me by about a mile, I afterwards learned. For a few min-
utes I thought I didn’t care much about sight-seeing anyway; but then
I reflected that I might just as easily be hit in the hotel as in the
park and might better enjoy the privilege of seeing something first.
Big Bertha does not seem to be thought much of, anyway. A woman
near me merely shrugged her shoulders and said, ‘Encore,’ and went
on with her reading. We all went around as if she weren’t barking at
2 ORE ARN

“I worked at the hospital again yesterday—a terribly hard day. I
had to tell one boy that his leg was amputated—he hadn’t known it was
gone. He was so brave about it for all he was so terribly weak and
sick. Later, when I was giving him some soup, he said, ‘They seem to
take a lot of trouble about caring for you here, even if they know
you’re never going to be good for anything again. They seem to try
just as hard to make you get well.’ I had all I could do to keep from
crying. .

“T saw Mr. McAdie too in London, to my surprise, and Patty Cos-
grave Murray, who seems the same as ever, Here I have met Harry
Hand and Elizabeth Gray Potter and Alice Leavens so far. Alice
Leavens is returning to America tomorrow after a most eventful year
here. She was at Havre when the Germans made their March advance,
and had to evacuate with her refugees and without her possessions.”

July 21, 1918.

. “Since I wrote you last I’ve had only one day of hospital work,
with some very slightly wounded but thoroughly tired-out Sammies—
not at a real hospital, but at a refugee home which had been called into
temporary service. I went there to inspect the refugee work as part of
the preparation for my job, but took off my hat and rolled up my sleeves
and fell to work bathing, undressing, feeding and jollying a bunch of
lads so utterly weary and worn out they were just like tired, sleepy
children. I had to wake one of them three times before even the idea
of food would penetrate. ‘Gee, isn’t it quiet here!’ he said, and fell

452 Sierra Club Bulletin

asleep again, and then said exactly the same thing over again, and had
to be waked a third time, though he was as hungry as a cannibal when
he did finally come to. . .

“One evening, however, there was no singing—we knew that a train
of wounded was coming. It pulled in long after dark, silently as the
little French trains always do, and the great darkened sheds that had
looked so empty during our long hours of waiting were at once full of
people and stir. I wish I could make you see it— the French ‘Auxili-
ares,’ with their blue veils and white dresses, following closely the uni-
formed doctors; the rows upon rows of stretchers with their tired, suf-
fering men—a white bandage showing here, there a blood-stained bared
arm or foot; the huddled, half-dazed groups of walking cases ranged
on benches or floors; the sturdy, busy stretcher-bearers working quickly,
quietly, and without the least confusion; and the ambulances burring
off through the dark streets with their silent, patient cargoes.

“Tt was among the walking cases that we American women, four of
us, were chiefly busy, giving them coffee or water and talking to them.
They were mostly cheerful enough, uncomplaining all of them, but one
very young chap couldn’t get his experience out of his mind. He told
me he hadn’t slept for four nights thinking of it, and felt as if he should
never sleep again. His best friend had been shot down beside him and
had cried out, ‘My God, my leg is gone!’ and before this boy could get
to him he too was down, and he hadn’t seen him again, The poor boy’s
eyes looked as if he would never get that dazed, horrified look out of
themagain....

“T have grown to love Paris very dearly in these three weeks. In
spite of its war-time mask—the piles and piles of sandbags hiding its
statues and doorways, its empty galleries—it is full of beauty and color.
The parks are gay with flowers and the flower markets still flourish on
the corners, and the war has not marred the beauty of the sunsets on
the Seine or down the long vistas of the Champs Elysées. And the
French spirit is wonderful. They show none of the sharp edge of strain
that I was so conscious of in England. The women are so poised and
unjangled—those at the gare, for instance, nearly every one of whom
had close relatives at the front, many of whom were in mourning—
women who worked there every day and slept there many a night. If
anyone even hints that Frenchwomen are not doing their part in this
war, don’t you believe it. But I have also a profound disgust for Paris
—so beautiful outside, but so unspeakably rotten within. With the
gaiety of the better people so sobered, I suppose the underworld shows
in all the stronger relief... .

“T’m finishing this down at Bordeaux on my way to my job. After
playing solitaire with me and the map of France for about a week, Dr.
Devine has made me delegate to the department of Landes. That
means that I’m to be special providence and mother superior to about
10,000 refugees—not 100, mind you, nor 1000, but ten thousand. Do you

War Service Letters 453

wonder I’m so scared that I’m wobbly in the knees! Nobody seems to
know just how many. One record says 8500 and the other 13,000, so
I’m striking an average. I am (or will be tomorrow) within three
hours or so of Irving Clark at Pau, but understand that Mont de Mar-
san, my headquarters, is flatter than a pancake. Hard luck for a moun-
tain maniac, isn’t it, when there are so many mountains in France?
They held out the department of Jura before me just long enough to
get my appetite up and then snatched it away.” .. .
August 4, 1918.

. . . “There are two little rivers, the Midon and the Douze, that come

sauntering through the woods near Mont de Marsan and join to make
the Midouze. My town rambles about the banks of all three, a rather
picturesque, very dirty town of tall bare white houses with red-tiled
roofs. Some of the buildings are very old—of dull gray stone these—
brightened by lichens as varied and beautiful as those on the Yosemite
cliffs. The streets are crooked and narrow, many of them without side-
walks, and the closely shuttered houses fairly elbow you off the curb.
You wouldn’t think to look down such a street that behind the blank
houses lovely high-walled gardens stretch right down to the little riv-
ersiy sd).
“Geographically, I regret to say, the Landes is the most uninteresting
part of all France. It is flat as a pancake for the most part, wooded
with a scrubby kind of pitchy, two-leaved pine—‘pin maritime,’ they call
it—a planted forest set out seventy-five years or more ago to reclaim
the sand-dunes of the coast and the sandy desert just behind. Practical-
ly all the industry of the coast half of the department centers about this
forest. There are several turpentine distilleries, and all the trees are
dishgured by longitudinal gashes which bleed them of their resin. Each
tree has a little tin basin tied to it to catch its gore. When a district
is to be lumbered they ‘bleed the trees to death,’ gashing them on all
sides to catch every drop. Before they are quite dead the lumberman
comes along and chops them down. Not very gay these forests.

“Near Mont de Marsan and farther to the east and south lies a flat
agricultural country, rather pretty in a quiet way. It has a few very
beautiful trees, especially near-sycamores, ‘plantains,’ and quiet little
overshadowed brooks, but for a hill-lover its whole effect is depress-
MA's)

August 14, 1918.

. “I wish you could have seen Paris last Wednesday night. It
was full moon and misty, and not an artificial light was to be seen.
Most of the Red Cross had been present at the War Service mass meet-
ing, and on coming out I suggested to my companion that it was our
bounden duty to walk along the Seine and see Notre Dame by moon-
light. Of course, it was just the kind of night for air raids, but the
Germans were awful busy elsewhere, and they seldom begin before I1 :30

454 Sierra Club Bulletin

anyway, and so we took the chance. There can’t be a lovelier city in the
world. I'll never forget the sight of the great Place de la Concorde or
the front of the Madeleine and the shadowy arches of the bridges and the
light in the river and the wonderful bulk and majesty of Notre Dame.
Each time I look at Notre Dame I wonder will it be there unharmed
when I go back again. Paris has been marvelously spared so far—not
one of her historic beauties marred. And there was no air raid after
1 ee

August 25, 1918.

. “It is all so different from my thoughts of it at home. My
imagination had somehow never got beyond the first flow of the refu-
gees from the invaded districts—the flood along the roads and in the
Paris gares, the emergency work of supplying their first needs. That is
over now—we’ll hope forever !—and what I find are forgotten, neglected
exiles, half-fed, half-clothed, lodged frequently in crowded, smelly,
dark, frightfully unsanitary holes, sitting the long day through without
occupation or amusement or companionship except with other exiles
equally unhappy. After all they have been through, some of them liv-
ing for eighteen months or two years under shell-fire, do you wonder
that these stunned, bewildered, underfed creatures are rapidly develop-
ing into a pauper class, recognized as a serious menace to the whole
future of France? ...

“You can’t work among these refugees for a week without coming to
feel that under the dirt and squalor and laziness and all the misery that
has been accumulating on them during four years of war there is some-
thing very fine and brave and true. I am getting instances every day—
things I want to tell you in some letter, but as usual this has grown
unconscionably long already. But I’d like you to see my Sister of
Charity with her fifty orphan boys with whom she lived in a cellar at
Bailleul for two years now crowded into a tumble-down old building in
a village where every drop of water has to be fetched uphill for about
an eighth of a mile—and it takes a lot of water to keep fifty small boys
as clean as they are! Or the young French doctor, invalided home, in
very poor health, running a military and a civil hospital and practicing
throughout a district about thirty miles square—the only doctor for
40,000 inhabitants! And he has time to make special friends with a sol-
dier from Tunis because he’s so far from home and probably won’t get
well. You’d just love that doctor!

“Yesterday was Labor Day, and next Monday’s Admission Day, and
I suppose you all went to the woods. I had one lovely mountain day
up on the edge of the Pyrenees three weeks ago, when I went to visit
Irving Clark’s institution at Eaux Bonnes. We found eidelweiss and
lovely big purple aquilegias and yellow Iceland poppies, pentstemons
and heather and lots of charming flowers.” .. .

September 5, 1918.

War Service Letters 455

. “It was mighty good to hear from you, and I’m delighted to
know that Tap is coming. I think the Y. M.C. A. needs men just of his
type. From my own impressions of those I’ve met, it strikes me that
the clerical element is stronger than the jocund. They’re good fellows
—splendid—but not amusing as they ought to be. Down here the great
majority of the boys have never seen the front. They’re working terri-
bly hard at manual labor most of them, and in isolated camps where
they haven’t any diversions at all. I can’t imagine anything better for
them than one of Tap’s ‘lectures.’ For his sake, however, I hope he
won't be tucked down quite as far from the war. I feel positively
ashamed to be so comfortable and to get so much sheer fun out of the
work as I do every once in a while. (I can’t get over the sheer cheek
of my being here at all in my present exalted position!)

“The news from the front is making everyone very happy, though
there is a very wholesome lack of that confidence that the war is going
to be finished quickly and easily that is so apparent, after every little
advance, in our papers at home. There is not the slightest wavering in
the determination to fight to a satisfactory conclusion, The news of the
American victory at St. Mihiel yesterday has made every one wild with
joy. I have had the rather embarrassing experience of having my old
doctor publicly shake me by the hand and congratulate me on belonging
to such a valiant and noble country! When I think, however, that we
are going into the battles fully prepared and equipped, and remember
how the French and English went in almost bare-handed, and how they
have fought the Boche back for four years, I can’t feel as thoroughly
proud as I’d like. But we surely are popular with the French. One of
the American officers told me that when he and a fellow officer entered
a hotel dining-room at a resort in southern France a few days ago all
the French people applauded them. Strangely enough, they didn’t like
Ce aa a

. .. “The roads here are very fine, and the country, though monoton-
ous, is very pretty now. The great plane trees that arch above so many
of the roads are beginning to turn and shed their leaves. Like the syca-
mores, the leaves turn slowly, grow brown on the tree and are shed
almost one at a time. They do not seem so much to fade as to grow
thinner and more translucent, for the whole effect is a brightening of
the foliage to the tender greens of early spring. With the carpets of
brown leaves along the edges of the white roads and the sunshine flick-
ering down through the green arches, the color effects are enchant‘ng.
So too are the fields of purply-pink heather blooming now under the
pines, and a prickly bush with yellow flowers that looks like what I’ve
always thought gorse looked like. And all the brakes are turning a
rich, bright brown. Yesterday we came home, as we often do, at what
the French prettily call ‘’heure mauve.’ The air grew crisp and frosty
as soon as the sun dropped low, and as we rounded one low hill we saw,

456 Sierra Club Bulletin

miles away across the flat pine-shadowed country, the sharp peaks of
the Pyrenees.” ...
September 29, 1918.

.. . “As I rounded the corner in front of the hotel I saw an Ameri-
can navy officer at the door. ‘How much that looks like Homer Miller!’
I said to myself. And it was! He’ll never know how near he came to
being embraced, right there in the public square. How good it was to
see him, and how we did talk! He had arrived in Mont de Marsan
shortly after noon, and, as he is probably the first naval officer who has
ever been here, he created quite a sensation. Homer said he had about
three French officers with him all afternoon, and he with about one
French word for each of them. I know what a strain it must have been
—I’ve talked with three French officers at once myself. He told every-
one he met that he was a friend of mine; so next day every one was
asking me who and what Homer was. Of course, I said he was an
admiral, or would be soon. Well, he departed on the morning train in
an aura of chocolate creams and ginger cookies, and I had the same
feeling of left-behindness that I had when Arthur Elston left Paris—
contrary-minded person that I am, for you couldn’t pull me away from
France now witha pair of tongs!

“Our work has just about doubled during this last month. We have
opened our second office at Dax, where there are even more refugees
than at Mont de Marsan, and where they are even more miserable. They
are on the whole of a lower type than those of Mont de Marsan—drink
more, are dirtier and more generally worthless. We have grown very
fond of some of our refugees here.

“T have had it in mind for some time to tell you some of their stories.
Pere and Mére Dudon come from near San Quentin. They are re-
patries, having lived nearly three years behind the German lines. I
think I told you that old Mére Dudon had fifteen children living at the
outbreak of the war. Three have been killed; two she has lost track
of; five are at the front; five are prisoners in Germany. When I visited
the old couple first they were nearly starving. Mére Dudon had col-
lapsed on the doorstep of one of my French committee members, who
called her case to my atiention. Their one room was scrupulously
clean. It had the usual hard slat bed and mattress of straw, a table of
rough boards with sawhorse legs, a bench, and two or three cooking
utensils. There was an open fireplace, where they cooked the little they
had. They were probably sending packages of food to their prisoner
children; otherwise, even with war prices, they would not have been
reduced to such bags of skin and bone. I gave them a stock of pro-
visions, and then the old man—they are both over seventy—begged me
to find him some work to do... .

“Tt was not until I had grown to know them well that they told me
what poor old Mére Dudon had suffered at the Germans’ hands. I
don’t know what provoked it, but she is a spirited old thing and prob-

War Service Letters A457

ably boasted of the number of children she had given to France. Any-
way, she infuriated a German officer, who tore open her dress and
slashed off her right breast. An old bent woman of seventy! I have
seen the scar myself, and have shown it to the doctor at our clinic.
There is no possible doubt as to the truth of her story.

“One woman in our care was shot in the leg by the Boche—‘par mé-
chanceté,’ she told me; but I never finished getting her story, through
some interruption. Another had her husband shot down and killed
beside her in their own home because he protested against a German
officer taking all his fourteen rabbits.

“As a rule, the stories of the worst cruelty all belong to the first year
of the war. Those who have lived longer behind the lines complain for
the most part of unreasonable regulations, fines, petty tyranny, loss of
property, or unjust prison sentences. One very intelligent woman from
the Vosges told me that so long as things were running normally the
Germans in her district were kind enough. ‘The soldiers often gave my
children bits of chocolate, and a military doctor used to care for the
sick; but twice it happened that the country had to be evacuated, and
then we were treated like dogs, herded out of the way with no regard
whatever for the hardships and suffering we had to undergo.’ I asked
her why she had returned to France, since her husband was a civil
prisoner behind the lines. “Because of my son,’ she said. ‘He is four-
teen. All the boys and girls were taken from their families and sent
into Germany as soon as they were fifteen”...

“T saw little of the celebration of victory, for I wasn’t allowed to
leave the hospital and come up to Mont de Marsan, where all the real
doings were. We did not get the news of the signing of the armistice
until nearly two o’clock at Labouheyre. Then Dr, Seagrave came up
from the village, from the mayor’s house, where she had just learned
it, and told us all to go over to the mayor’s, as he wanted us to go with
him to the mairie while he announced it to the village people. He made
us walk beside him and grouped us near him as he stood on the steps
of the mairie to address the crowd. His speech, I thought, was very
good, even if my translation of it makes it sound stilted to you. ‘My
friends,’ he said, ‘the bells have already told you what I have to say.
Germany has signed the armistice. The nightmare under which we
have lived for four long years is over. In this hour of victory let our
first thoughts, our first gratitude, be for our noble dead. This is not a
day for words. Our hearts are too full. Let us pay tribute, however,
to our glorious allies, through whom civilization has triumphed over
barbarism. England, Italy, Serbia—above all America, by whose un-
stinted help we have finally conquered. Let us remember that in our
darkest hour America came to our aid; that America realized that if
France perished civilization itself was doomed. We have conquered.
Victory is ours. Lift your voices now and cry with me, Vive ’Améri-
que! VivelaFrance!’...

458 Sierra Club Bulletin

“Well, I suppose by the time this reaches you my Landes experiences
will about be over. Comparing notes with one of the captains the other
day, I found he had about my experience—cordially detested the coun-
try when he first came, found it uninteresting and monotonous, and has
grown to love it and see much beauty in it since. October and early
November were glorious in color. Some of the vineyards had the most
wonderful tones of rose and lavender; there were brilliant red maples
and oaks and great masses of yellow. Now it is a country of deep rich
tones of brown, colors that we never see in California. Keith’s later
paintings will always mean southern France in late November to me
now. The fogs have a singular beauty here too, especially on moon-
light nights. They lie close to the ground, not in continuous masses,
but broken and torn by the wind. Driving through the pine woods in
the moonlight, you could fancy them the scarfs of a hundred fairies
dancing among the trees.

“This will have to be Christmas and New Year greetings to you all.
I have about a thousand on my refugee Christmas list, and have to dis-
tribute to all the sick American soldiers in the department as well, so
I’m not thinking Christmas outside of France. Oh, while I think of it,
please don’t think of having the after-the-war outing to the John Muir
Trail until 1920! You won’t begin to have us all back by next July. My
own contract holds until June 27th, and I naturally want to see a little
something before I start back home.” .. .

“Dear Sierra Club: You are nice people! Your hundred dollars will
not only give Christmas to the Coudures orphans, but to those at Tartas
as well—a hundred little Belgian girls. After Christmas I’ll write and
tell you what I did with it”...

December II, 1918.

“Hotel Richelieu, Mont de Marsan

“Dear People: Check after check keeps coming in. How good youall
are, and how much I can do with it! All of it will go for Christmas.
Some of it I am going to leave in the hands of la Generale to use after
I am gone in helping through the hardest winter months. We are going
to be able to leave a stock of provisions to continue our sales idea. Here
in Mont de Marsan I have a devoted group of ladies to carry things on
for a while at least without me. I hate to leave some of these poor
people. Poor old Dudon fell dead in the street a week ago Tuesday,
only a few minutes after he had left my office. He had been working
there as chipper as could be all morning. We have at last located a
daughter and a soldier son and have started the machinery to get old
Mére Dudon sent to the daughter, who is near Paris. ‘I shouldn’t want
to go if the Red Cross was going to stay,’ she said. Poor old thing!
how she must want to hang on to any one who shows the least interest
in what is to become of her! So many families are scattered that may
never be reunited. For three months I have been trying to locate a

War Service Letters 459

nine-year-old boy who was ‘lost’ in the evacuation of a hospital at
Noyon,

“We have definite instructions to close all of the Red Cross work on

December 31st. Unfortunately, instead of being transferred to the de-
vastated area, as some of us had hoped, there is every indication that
most of us will be sent home. I am making every effort to get into some
form of work, even if it is in another country, but so far have not met
with any encouragement. All the refugee workers are bitterly disap-
pointed that we are not to be allowed to help in the reconstruction.
Down here all any one can do is just temporary. It would have been
infinitely more interesting to be helping restore these people to normal
life and surroundings again.
. “Tt is funny what grandmotherly concern we have about leaving our
refugees to the care of their own countrymen! We of course feel that
we handle things better! It is a constant wonder to us how anything is
ever accomplished with all the impedimenta of ceremonial and red tape
that accompanies every movement. And the documents! I wish you
could see some of the offices at the prefecture, just spilling over with
records. When I think of all the people I’ve told my age to, and realize
that each time it was written down and filed away, my brain reels.

“T have just had a very amusing instance of the circumlocutory way
of doing things here. I have been receiving large stocks of provisions,
and was greatly annoyed by an octro1 official, who not only came nosing
around and talking about taxing everything I brought in, but actually
held up my goods at the station and wouldn’t let them be delivered until
I had declared what was inside the bales and boxes. As I had ordered
everything from shoes to ham and from crutches to an accordion, and
didn’t know what was coming first, that was plumb impossible, and I
got very, very mad. I sat down and wrote a hot letter to the prefect,
and told him that, as the goods were brought from America for the ex-
clusive benefit of his refugees, I thought it unfair that I should pay the
same tax as the merchants did, and asked to be exempted; said, too,
that if that couldn’t be, would he at least tell his octroi man to give me
the privilege of declaring them myself, and not annoy me by holding up
their delivery? It certainly was a fierce letter, and when a week went
by without a reply I began to repent me of my boldness. But then the
letters began to come in. I got one from the prefect, one from the
mayor, one from the conseil generale—something like an attorney-
general—and one from a lawyer in Bordeaux, And the upshot of the
matter was that I had asked something that the law of France would
not allow them to give. Much as it pained them, they had to tax me;
but the very moment the tax was paid it should be returned to me, for
it was intolerable that I should be asked to pay. A few such incidents
in a day make one a little dizzy... .

“As usual, this letter has taken a rest of a few weeks, and most ex-
citing things have been happening. About two weeks ago I got a tele-

460 Sierra Club Bulletin

gram from my Bordeaux boss saying that I was being considered for
work with the Balkan commission, and if I wanted to go I had better
be prepared to close my work up quicker than I had planned. Ofcourse
I wanted to go, and at once began to speed up preparations. The Wed-
nesday before Christmas the Paris office telephoned that if I could drop
work and be in Paris in two days I could go. It was maddening. Elsie
was in Bordeaux with Lizzie and I couldn’t get hold of her, and upon
consideration I knew that she was entirely incapable of closing things
out here, especially the financial and statistical part. I have done all the
bookkeeping and making of reports and inventories, and it has grown
too complicated to turn over without a course of instruction. And
there was Christmas coming, too, and I had to lose the chance! Wasn’t
that hard luck? In a few days more came a letter from Irving Clark
asking whether I would consent to be his assistant at the Red Cross
depot at Mezieres, near Sedan in the Ardennes, providing he could get
my appointment confirmed. I wired that I would, and yesterday I
heard that I am appointed, and I am to report in Paris next week. The
Red Cross is not going to do reconstruction work at all, but is to es-
tablish warehouses at Lille, Amiens, Laon, Mezieres, Chalons sur Marne,
and Verdun and work entirely through French committees. As I un-
derstand it, my job will be to “make decisions as to which societies re-
ceive supplies.’ That sounds as if it were to be rather aloof from any
personal contact with the returning people, which may be less interest-
ing than the work here; but as between that and returning to America
I did not hesitate at all, There are only to be twelve such Red Cross
positions in all France, according to present intentions, so I feel mighty
lucky at that.

“T know you all want to know about Christmas and what the many
francs you all so generously sent did to make the day a happy one in
my department. So before I tell you about our parties I’ll give you a
brief and informal accounting. With the money you good people sent
we bought toys, handkerchiefs, nuts, oranges, figs and chocolate for 210
refugee orphans; gave a Christmas dinner, with chicken, salad, wine and
dessert to 150 old people who hadn’t tasted such things for four years;
produced two cinema shows in Mont de Marsan and Dax, with Christ-
mas trees for the 150’old people and about 800 children (I bought the
toys and goodies for these with Red Cross funds), and gave 220 francs
in money to special deserving people. (‘Gee whiz!’ I hear you say.
‘And do they say that there are war prices in France!’) Yes; but you
don’t know how many checks came independently and how little it takes
to ‘show these people a good time.’ The man who received the largest
lump of money, you may be interested to know, is not only a refugee
here with his family, but is an ‘ampute de guerre.’ He fought three
years and lost both legs above the knee. Moreover, he lost all his
teeth, and is now suffering from indigestion and malnutrition besides.
Unfortunately, before I knew that he ought to have false teeth the Red

So a oe

War Service Letters 401

Cross closing had already begun and Bordeaux couldn’t let me do any-
thing. So your money arrived just in time. He is such a brave, cheery
chap, not more than thirty years old. And his country pays him for his
sacrifice four francs a day (less than eighty cents) for the support of
himself, his wife and his child! He is a shoemaker, and a good one,
and if he gets some strength back he can make a living still.

“We had our movie show in Mont de Marsan on Tuesday afternoon,
Christmas Eve, and in Dax the Monday before New Year. The convent
celebrations I could not get to see, but we carried the things out the
week before and paid a farewell visit to the children, Major Brooking
went with us to Coudures and St. Sever, and his Dodge and our Lizzie
gave the fifty orphans a ride. You never saw such shrieking carloads
of arms, legs, sabots and heads all mixed in together! The village
hasn’t recovered from the shock yet. The Major was as impressed as
I have been by the beauty and charm of the Sister Superior of Cou-
dures. She is one of the most delightful women I have met in France.

“We confined our gift-giving to children under fifteen and old people
above sixty-five. But I think every one of the 2258 on my relief list
got some little goody—oranges or nuts or a little package of cookies.
The movie shows made an immense hit, and the sous-préfet of Dax was
dazzled by the display of toys.

“TI was very deeply touched, if a little ashamed, by having the refu-
gees present me with a little gold medal in appreciation of the Red
Cross work here. It is about the size of a five-dollar gold piece, beauti-
ful in design, like all the French medals. On one side is the head of a
helmeted warrior-woman—la Gauloise—on the other a crowing cock, the
emblem of France, and the inscription ‘Reconnaissance, réfugiés Landes.’
I am as proud of it as if it were a croix de guerre, even though I feel
like a thief in taking to myself all the gratitude and affection that ought
to belong to you at home who are making the sacrifices and putting up
the money and getting none of the glorious experience that I am having.
But I am on the ground and get the expression of it, and you will have
to be satisfied with the knowledge that your sacrifices are appreciated
and that the name of America is like the name of Providence to these
people. We had a heart-rending morning yesterday, when we held our
last sale and they all said good-by to us. Many of the old people cried
on our shoulders, and we were much put to it not to weep ourselves.
The work is over here. Only accounts and reports and packing to do,
and then off for Paris again. Saturday and Sunday I am hoping to
sneak down to Lourdes for one look at the Pyrenees.” .. .

January 3, I919.

Maison de la Providence, Coudures, Ce.
Madame la Présidente du Comité Américain: January I, 1919
Permit me to offer you our thanks for the photographs that we have
just received and which have given us so much pleasure. Notwithstand-

462 Sierra Club Bulletin

ing they are so small, they are good likenesses, and the children to
whom I showed them said immediately, “It is Mdme. l’Américaine, who
did so much for us for Christmas!” This exclamation repeats to you,
Madame, the happiness that you gave to them. I told them that the
generosity of your personal friends assisted you in giving them so much
joy, and we have offered a prayer that the good God will bless these
charitable people. Will you please, Madame, offer them my particular
thanks and say to them that the little orphan refugees of the north of
France will pass many happy moments this winter, thanks to your toys
so well chosen?

Thanks again, Madame, for the sugar that I have just received. Yes,
more and more am I overwhelmed by your kindness to us.

Let me repeat to you also how much I regret your departure from
Landes! We were accustomed to see you sometimes at Coudures, and
you know that your visit and that of Mdme. Rouge were veritable holi-
days for the children. The poor refugees of Mont de Marsan must be
very sad—you were so good to all of them! A new field is open to you
for your work, since you tell me that you will go soon to Mezieres, I
doubt not that you will again do much good in this part of our beloved
France, and I know in advance that the poor stricken ones will bless
you.

Of our return to Bailleul, it is not yet possible to think of, for it must
be entirely rebuilt and this work will take a long time. When the good
days will return, they will think of us again perhaps!

In closing, please accept, Madame, the respectful remembrance of each
of the Sisters and those of the children, to which I join mine, accom-
panied by my affectionate salutations.

I have the honor to be, madame la Présidente,

Your very humble Scur SI0T

Sister of Charity

U.S. P. O., A. E. F. 711, France:

My dear Wilding: September 3, 1918

When I received your first letter I was at Condrecourt on the staff of
the Ist Corps Artillery Schools, and, as the Irishman would say, “and
a very nice job it was too.” The country around there was one that
would surely appeal to the average Sierran. Long sloping ridges with
pine forests, each ridge teasing you to go to the top of it so that you
could see what was on the other side. When you did you saw stretched
out before you just about the same kind of a valley that you had trav-
ersed to get there, with plenty of wild life and a French town or two
sticking its Gothic church spires and slate-colored houses up through
its green surroundings. The wild flowers were in bloom then and the
frequent rains keeping the grass green, all added to the spring beauty.
The flaming-red coquelicot (our red garden poppy—here a wild flower)

War Service Letters 463

spotted the fields with its flaming red. You can picture the landscape,
if all our poppies were red instead of yellow. I had often wished while
there that I could transport the Sierra Club entire for an overnight trip
there. France is a beautiful country. Most particularly is it beautiful
in spring. Frequent rains and such trees as usually grow in damp
stream-bottoms keep it green when our own state has put on its brown
coat that it usually carries for summer wear. It is in fact the prettiest
country that I have ever seen. It is pretty in its French way; but noth-
ing that I have seen here can approach the boldness and silent grandeur
of our California ridges where they drop into our deep redwood-filled
cafions in the places where we most like to lay our bags. The vastness
of California scenery is missing, and its grandeur. Pretty as it all
is, and much as I will dislike to leave it behind, for there is so much
historic charm and quaintness everywhere, still it will be a great day
for me when I can stretch my legs and lungs again at the six- to ten-
thousand-foot level in our own Sierra.

As you probably know, I am in the artillery branch of the service, and
took my course, as did a great many officers of the same branch, at
Saumur, which at one time was the oldest and finest cavalry school in
the world, but for some time now has been an artillery school, and a
very fine one, probably the best-equipped one over here. Homer Spence,
a first lieutenant, and, I think, an Alameda boy, is an instructor there,
or was at the time that I graduated. Since leaving there my life up to
the past month or two has been a rambling one and full of interest. At
Gondrecourt I was within hearing of the guns at the front on most all
days, though they were a considerable distance away. We could always
tell when any action of importance was on by the multiplied intensity
of the artillery action. The Boche planes passed over us now and then
on their way to Paris, and could be detected by the different sound of
their motors from our own. We picked up a large paper balloon one
morning to which had been attached a fat bunch of daily papers printed
in French within the territory captured by the Germans. It was the
Gazette des Ardennes, and was a fine instrument for furthering German
propaganda, Its news items were rich with German successes by land
and sea. It also drew pleasing pictures in its local items of feast-days,
weddings and the like, which laid particular stress upon the ideal life
that the inhabitants enjoyed under the rule of their German captors.
Altogether it was a very smooth little edition, calculated to work upon
the weak and war-weary minds of the territory, which they were seek-
ing to further subjugate. This was found at the time that the Germans
were beginning their big push which got them as far as Chateau Thier-
ry. I had hopes of staying in that vicinity and taking part in what we
all felt was going to be a very important and likewise a desperate ac-
tion, for the momentum of the German forces at that time seemed to
require some very hard fighting to keep them from getting dangerously

404 Sierra Club Bulletin

close to Paris. I had passed along the Marne through Chateau Thierry,
Epernay and the country adjacent to the railroad on my way down
there, and I could picture what a mess the invading army had made of
it. The country in its peace-time state was unspeakably beautiful. I
might say in passing that the destruction of nature’s beauty-spots is not
the largest of Germany’s crimes by any means, but it is one sufficiently
devilish to make a Sierra Club man see red. It was not to be my good
fortune to remain there, for about the time that I am speaking of the
artillery school was discontinued, the policy of the Government being
to concentrate such institutions in larger units. I was sent across coun-
try with the entire equipment for three or four hundred miles. The
trip was made by motor-truck and was a very beautiful one, as we
passed through a very rich portion of France, including the wine coun-
try, which is very clean and pretty, with poplar-lined canals and good
roads and rosy-cheeked girls (don’t tell my wife).

After completing my tour of duty and delivering this equipment to
the officer in charge of the school—a San Francisco boy, by the way—
I reported here, and am at present railhead officer in charge of all ship-
ments coming by rail to this camp, which is the largest artillery camp in
France. It is a man’s job and keeps me on the jump early and late; but
I am afraid it has put the quietus upon my ever seeing the front while
the war continues. I have a half-dozen quartermaster men under me
and forty-five Algerians, my labor-detail, the latter speaking nothing
but Arabic and French. They are pretty good guessers, so they under-
stand what I tell them in the latter language. I spoke none at all when
I came over in February, so you can figure how fluent I must be now.
I get good work out of my men, and have the satisfaction of knowing
that it is work that has to be done, and if it is well done it means just
as much in the whole scheme of things as if I were commanding a bat-
tery at the front—more, really, as one battery at the front is a very
small proposition, while this is a very large one. JI am the “main guy”
here. Thousands of tons of United States subsistence for man and
beast pass through my hands here every day, and I have issued forage
for as many as ten thousand horses here at times, so you see we are a
busy little community. I like the work, like the country and like the
experience, and if my wife was here I wouldn’t care (from a strictly
selfish standpoint, understand) how long the war lasted. With best
wishes, Very sincerely yours,

CHaAs. Royce BARNEY,
and Lieut. F. A. N, A., U.S. P.O. A. ESE. Nowa

France,
My dear Mr. Parker: Sunday, Sept. 22, 1918

“Whiz-bang !’”’—this is the music that is greeting my ears as I sit in
our seven-by-twelve dugout writing this by the light of a candle. It is

War Service Letters 465

anything but a romantic situation to be in, but an interesting one, to say
the least. I am at last where everyone appreciates enjoying good
health and hopes to continue so. Since last writing you we have been
“forward marching” almost continuously. Many times I have thanked
my lucky stars that my days of hiking with the Sierra Club were not
for naught. We have been put to the test “road pounding,” and I have,
so far, come in on schedule time always. More power to the club! if
it does nothing more than teach a person how to keep going.

Incidentally, I might add here that we carry all our worldly posses-
sions on our backs. These bundles weigh on an average of from forty
to sixty pounds, depending upon how much personal stuff one thinks he
can lug. Many fellows started out with a vanload, but as the miles grew
larger the packs grew lighter. We are now down to bare necessities,
and we are continually scheming how and what we can get rid of.
When I get back and join you all again on the overnight trips, I’ll be
fully able to add a few suggestions as how to carry the field-range in
your hip pocket and your sleeping-bag in a handkerchief.

After a number of days traveling we finally pulled up at our present
location, and things are proving mighty interesting. The Huns are no
respecters of feelings or nerves.

While on our way here we went through our baptism of shell-fire.
My first experience at this “enjoyable” little game was anything but
pleasant. I can best describe the sensation as one of helplessness. The
only time I ever had this same feeling was the morning of the San
Francisco earthquake. Strange as it may seem, after the first three or
four “bangs” my feelings were changed and I was itching to get a crack
at the Dutchman who was causing all the rumpus. It must have been
his night off, for his aim was poor and all the damage done was the
disiguring of the landscape about 200 yards from us. This particular
gun shoots over our heads every evening at regular intervals—evidently
wants to destroy some particular railroad point or some crossroad.

A few days ago the most popular man in camp, the mail orderly (the
Y.M.C. A. man comes second), delivered to us a bunch of mail from
home. Among those for me was a copy of the T.C.C. “out-of-doors.”
It certainly was a pleasure to get it, and I read it through from head-
ing to printer’s name. I started to read the copy of a letter to you from
one of the boys. and as I read on the wording seemed familiar. I
looked at the signature and—well, you know everyone hates to see his
Own name in print. It was a bit of a surprise.

We have passed through villages that have suffered from German
kultur. The best comparison I can make is to say they look like Mar-
ket Street after the San Francisco fire. The Huns are thorough in
their destruction. They strip a village of every movable thing and de-
stroy the balance, including the town itself.

(Several days later:) Did not get a chance to finish this last Sunday.
The last few days have been exceedingly interesting ones. The Dutch-

466 Sierra Club Bulletin

men seem to take great pleasure in disturbing our slumbers, and each
night we are treated to an old-time 4th of July. So far none of their
greetings have come close enough to my particular unit to do any dam-
age. We are taking no chances, however, and are ready for them at
any time. Our gas-masks are our bosom friends, and we wear them
ready on an instant’s notice to dive into them. My present home is a
seven-by-twelve dugout with nearly all the comforts of home. Some
one must have admired the Persian rugs and marched off with them, as
Mother Earth is our carpet; but this doesn’t bother us, for if we had
them we’d have to keep them clean. The mud in this section is here in
gobs. We’ve had plenty of both rain and sunshine. The latter is favor-
ing us now, and we’ve come out of our squirrel-holes to enjoy it. In
our quarters we have four bunks, a la Pullman car, straw mattresses
and chicken-wire springs. Our covering is our blanket, overcoat, blouse,
raincoat and anything else our delicate systems may fancy. Some of
the boys use their gas-masks for pillows, others their comfort-kit bag
filled with K.C. Bs. For myself I am the proud possessor of an air-
pillow. Candle-light has been our usual means of illumination hereto-
fore, but at present all we have to do is turn on the button and our
electric light burns gloriously. How’s that for being up to date? From
7 to II each evening we enjoy its rays; after that the one-power candle
comes into its own. We also have a home-made writing-desk and chair
to add to our comfort.

I said four of us occupied our bungalow. I must not overlook our
four-legged friends, the rats. They seem to like our companionship, so,
uninvited, have moved in with us. Presumably they feel they have a
prior right, being here ahead of us. However, they do not bother us,
and we haven’t time to interfere with their plans, so we both go about
our own affairs. Where we are located reminds me greatly of Muir
Woods. The country about here is very pretty, and I would like to go
nosing around, but “Safety first” is our password, and we stick close to
home. Strange to say, there are many birds around us. One would
think they’d seek a more restful place while the seeking is good. An-
other thing that has taken my eye is the French lily. These are in
great numbers in places we’ve been. They are a beautiful purple little
flower, growing wild like the California poppy. As I sit here under the
“shade of a sturdy oak,” the music that greets my ears is “Whang-brrr-
crack!” and a few seconds later “Bang!” Our side and the other fel-
lows take great delight in sending and returning greetings. These steel
messages are far overhead and are lighting far away; otherwise, I as-
sure you, I would not be here calmly telling you about it. When this
letter reaches you, you will probably have read some more news about
further American successes. I would like to tell you more, but Billy
Censor is a particular sort of a fellow and hates to have us tell all we
know; otherwise, we’d have nothing to talk about when we get home.

The papers are no doubt telling you of activities around Metz. Until
we started our “forward march” we were able to obtain the daily news-

War Service Letters 467

papers and keep informed as to what’s going on. Now we are unin-
formed and are at sea as to the general movements of the Allies. We
get bits of news, but it’s like feeding a starving man by letting him read
a cook-book. I am wondering if the Allies have taken Metz. We want
to be with the boys when they march down the main street of that city.
Maybe we will, and maybe we wont; but it will not be long before we'll
be marching down some main street in some big city, and it will be some
German place, mark my word, and it won’t be long either. The people
at home can rest assured that before we come home for that fatted calf
and tell you all about the medals we won, or nearly obtained, we are
going through Kaiser Bill and his horde of kulturists, and we are going
through them thoroughly. The job is being done now, and it’s not far
off before we'll be hocking Bill’s crown—hocking it in an American
way, not in the German sense of the word.

The Huns are awaking to the fact that the American army over here
is anything but a small, contemptible one, I can’t see how they figure
to come out of this affair with a whole skin at all. The German prison-
ers we have taken have been told there were only a few Americans
over here and would not believe we had several million men in Europe.
Their awakening is being a tough one.

Yesterday we were issued several pairs of Red Cross socks. Again I
say more power to this society. The folks at home will never regret
what they are doing and have done for this organization. Another
body that the Americans should be proud of is the Y.M.C.A. We
have a “Y” man with us, and he takes good care of us “stomachically”
besides spiritually. He and the mailman run a good race for first place
in the popularity contest. When time and circumstances permit, Mr.
“VY”? man appears upon the scene with cookies, tobacco, jam, gum, salted
peanuts, and occasionally candy. His supply is generally limited, but
each of us get the opportunity to get a goodly portion of his wares.
This is the first time in my life where I had money to spend and no
one to take it. If anyone wants to save their coin, tell them to join the
army and head this way.

We have become accustomed to the French money now. It annoyed
us at first, not the amount in value, but in paper. Five dollars in change
meant the carrying around of a wad of bills nearly an inch thick. Pa-
per money is issued in value as low as fifty centimes. In our money,
“real money,” the boys say this equals ten cents. Sometimes the boys
start rolling their cigarettes with these before they realize the differ-
ence. French coins are numerous, however. But the worst trouble we
have is spending our salary; but, then, we haven’t been to Paris as yet.
Our cooks are taking excellent care of us and our meals come regu-
larly. Canned goods are used extensively, but everything is fine. Yes-
terday they treated us to some good home-made doughnuts.

Several days ago a letter came to me from one of my fellow Sier-
rans, Portia Dalton was kind enough to write me, and I surely was

468 Sierra Club Bulletin

glad to hear from one of my 8:15 side-hikers. Letters are a mighty
welcome thing over here, and they can not come too fast and furious.
I am enjoying the best of good health. Am going through a wonderful
experience, and will have some great tales to tell you when I start to
carry my pocketful of nuts and raisins over the Marin hills once again.
I have not yet run across any fellow Sierrans, but have my eye
peeled for them. Will be looking forward to hearing from you again in
the near future. A few lines from any of my club friends is a great
source of pleasure. Trust you are enjoying good health and awaking in
time each Sunday for the good old 8:15.
With best wishes from
JULIAN C. TorMEY,
182nd Inf. Brigade Hdqrs., American P. O. No. 776, A. E. F., France

Somewhere in Belgium,

My dear Mr. Parker: November 14, 1918

Well, here I am again for a little chat with you after a good many
days’ silence. I say silence, but this means quietness of pencil and pa-
per, not of French 75s and t1os and the 57 varieties of French cannon.
Since last writing you we have left the land of parlez-vous, and are in
this interesting country of Belgium. We side-door-pulmanned and road-
pounded our way here, and my present address is the usual “some-
where,” but in a different land. My last letter to you was sent some
weeks ago, and since then I’ve been through enough fighting and other
interesting affairs to fill a volume. Much of my experience I will have
to retain until some day when we are sitting in a quiet nook somewhere
on Tamalpais and I can open up the flood-gates and pour my chatter
into your ears,

Shortly after writing you last we went into action—‘over the top” is
the popular phrase—and for over a week I had my baptism of fire. At
first the sensation wasn’t anything like a debutante’s coming-out party,
and when we came out of the line, after giving the Huns a thorough
good licking, I had to admit that I knew just a bit about the flash and
crash of artillery, the whistle and bursting of shells, barb-wire en-
tanglements, dugouts, shell-holes, aeroplanes, fights, the “put-put” of
the machine-guns, tree-trunks splintered and severed by shells, ruined
houses, villages and towns converted into stone-piles, rain and mud,
hardtack and stew. The most annoying thing to me during our advance
was “Jerry and his Barrack Bags.” Will introduce him to you. He is
any Boche aviator who comes sailing over (mostly during the moon-
light nights), with a load of bombs, and when he thinks he has the
proper range on some nice town or forest full of soldiers he lifts up the
tail-gate and down come the explosives. The nickname we’ve given this
projectile is “Barrack Bags,’ on account of the size of it. So moon-
light nights may appeal to the treaders of Lovers’ Lane in California,

War Service Letters 469

but over here a foggy or rainy one is voted most popular. Fritzie does
his dirty work in this line, as I say, at night. His yellow streak is too
big to permit him to come out and pull off his game in daylight. Speak-
ing of moonlight, we have had some beautiful weather since coming to
this country. The November days are exactly the same as those of
good old California, and I have never seen more beautiful evenings.
Even Fritzie has not been around to disturb us. I know you will be
interested in knowing that I came through all the days of our fighting
without receiving a scratch of any kind. We were also in action in this
country and gave the Huns a great reception. To us it appeared more
like a foot-race than a fight, for Fritz was continually retreating, and
about the only way we could make him go faster was to fan his coat-tail
with our artillery. Fritz is licked, and he knows it. He is getting out
of Belgium as fast as he can, and, from reports we hear, he is raising
the dust getting back to his own country all along the front. The Kul-
turites had better wipe the dirt from old Napoleon’s downy couch on
St. Helena Island, for Bill K. seems destined to have a one-way ticket
there.

It would do your heart good to see the cordial way the Belgians treat
us. After four years of Hun rule they are free, and nothing is too good
for us American boys. We are “Vive la Americaned” as we go by, and
many of the people actually weep, they are so happy. I feel fully re-
paid for the bit I’ve played in this great game when I see the joy they
express. The Prussians and Bavarians are hated by the Belgians, for
it was these two classes that treated the populace shamefully. Some of
the stories would make your blood boil. I will have some interesting
things to tell you in this regard when we meet again.

This country is entirely different from France. It is almost entirely
level, and it was days before we came to a hill during our advance. The
entire country is intensely cultivated—at present with turnips and beets.
This growth I am told is a second planting, The first is a grain crop,
and the vegetables are then put in to fertilize the ground, and also serve
as a food for both man and beast. During our marches we were never
“empty,” as the turnips were always near us in great plenty. They
proved life-savers to me many times when our chow-wagon was not on
time; but once in the good old U.S.A. again, I am inclined to remove
this specie of the vegetable kingdom from my visiting list. I’ve had my
fill. Army stew is another form of filler that I intend to sever relations
with also. Heinz must have been in the service at one time, and ob-
tained his idea about 57 varieties while doing his bit. Most of the time
our food is fine, especially when we are at some resting-point. During
the marches it’s hard to feed 300 men from a field kitchen; but some-
how it has been seldom that we had to dig down into our sacks and get
out our reserve rations, consisting of hard bread and bully beef. The
latter is a corned beef, and is affectionately known as “canned willy” by
the boys. We also carry a pressed package of coffee large enough to

470 Sierra Club Bulletin

make three good-sized cups. From time to time our stock is replen-
ished. So there is no chance of our going hungry at any time.

In France, after we went on the line, our resting-places were gener-
ally in the field under tent cover. Here in this country we billet in the
natives’ houses and barns. The expression “Hitting the hay” is literally
carried out by us. This form of bed is very comfortable and excep-
tionally warm, and, I will add, healthy. Our “roosts” are in the lofts
in the fresh, clean straw, and fresh air is plentiful. This accounts for
the lack of the Spanish flu amongst us, and which, from accounts I
hear, the U.S. is full of. The life of a soldier over here is a strenuous
one, but a healthy one also. For myself, I haven’t had a sick day since
I left California—not as much as a cold. Guess I’m too busy “getting
Fritz” to run around and have the Infirmary Medic feel my pulse.

After many months of booming and banging it seems strange for us
to be enjoying a spell of quietness. I refer to the armistice, which is
now in order. By the time this reaches you we'll all know whether
peace is with us or not. I know the people in the U.S. are intensely
worked up over the prospects of peace. For us boys over here, we hope
it does come, but at the Allies’ terms. You can imagine what a Christ-
mas present it would be to be told we were going home soon, but before
I get out of here I want to see kultur and all that it means cleaned from
the face of the earth once and for all. I want my next trip to Europe
to be one of pleasure, not one of showing some inflated, ‘“God-chosen,”
demented creature where he belongs. Bill has had a taste of what an
“American mob” can do, and at this time is probably lamenting the fact
that he didn’t stay in his own back yard and keep on kidding himself
that his kultur was for “me und Gott” and no one else. Well, he shot
his bolt, and I only hope his punishment is such that he will be able to
see the progress the world will make without him. Death would be too
good for his old filthy hide.

The people of America have every just cause to be proud of their
boys over here, and the folks of California especially in the Division
from the West. We were especially complimented for our work in
France, and the King of Belgium, I hear, has praised us also. So when
we return we may be decorated like a Christmas-tree or something. All
the boys are, of course, talking about what they will do when they get
back to God’s country. It will be one of the happiest days of our lives
when we pass old Miss Liberty Statue, and New York will look like a
flag station when I start for California. I am looking forward to see-
ing you and all my good Sierra Club friends again. I promise not to
monopolize all the conversation, but I warn you if I don’t get a chance
to talk I’ll merely bust.

Just a few days ago I was in receipt of several letiers from my hiking
club friends—your two of September 8th and 28th, from Redwood City;
one from Clarence N., of September 20th; one from Miss Edwards, of
September 26th; one from Mr. and Mrs. Neuenburg, of September 24th;

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CCXXXIX.

CATHEDRAL PEAK AND UNNAMED LAKE
At head of Budd Creek, Yosemite National Park
Photo by Wm. E. Colby

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. xX. PLATE CCXL.

YI. Reservekorps, ; ne!
paneralkommando, K. He Que, den 4. Mei 1916.

- {Ta Lo60°.
| een en nim Rio Y Ph 48 gee bk ef 6k 1 fe Ae

be te te 20 Wik ie Ne se: Me Se in mi ee tome ae ee

Die heute und morgen vou mir verlioehenen Zisernen Kreuze sind, eoweit
migiich,am 6.d.Mts. dem Geburtetage Seiuer Kalseriichen mud Foniglichen
ge des Kronprinzen auszuhdéudigen.

ges. ve Go@ler.

Korpstagesdbe efehi il.

nos ee a &

(Tia) Die froppenteile worden davan erimnert, a28 gle cag Blntretian
yon Offiziersn sofort uwmitteibar den Ersatz truppenteilen mitgo~
_teilen haben,damit Hick i sage) nach dem | Verbleio der Offiziere ver~
miedon worden. #}§}3&=8= = —_hl :

2, (11a) 14.,12.R.0. wed 2.L.D. legen gum 15 .. Stellenbesetzungs
SS distor noch dem Stends vou 10.5.1 i

(Ila) Die Betriige fir die {ibersandten Bilde
Armee” sind bis zum Bid 2iMte. oe Registratar oe Generals
-einzgusenden. -

{T¥a) Waoh einer i (ted tung des Bricvsminist riuns erhalten nur d €
zum Betehlsbereich dea General—Couvernements ‘Belgien aed hn
Zrappen und Behorden immobile Cebilnrnisse.

Pur AngehSrige dex Peldsrmes,dis “Belgien 8)
aid ekratensepote) sind ‘wobile Gebilhrni. 8s pas tends

jam 25.4. 7 eber 5 ist, ein Trankentriger, 0)
‘BoE. 13,em Baye @ tetlich verwandet word
aa oe rates, peeken und soreahi oe

a Bin ‘Seni ts fshone ace tscher chu fer ind ,wolfer: a

=~«MAt Bchwerccu Klicken, hort eur ue Hemen axe, in

Sep tear ges entlaufen. : —
bitteilung an Res « San. Komp. 20.

Omron

gg die macutseales

u Lf At a Pe

“Major und Adjutent,

GERMAN ARMY ORDER
On the back of which a member wrote a letter to the club
(See translation, on page 473)

War Service Letters A471

one from Ruth Burchard, of September 18th; and last, but far from
least, the “community” letter, written September 20th by all you good
folks at Lake Lagunitas. The above list looks like a roster of the
Sierra Club, does it not? Well, I want to tell you from the bottom of
my heart how deeply I appreciate every word written me. If time and
circumstance would only permit me, I would answer every one of the
kind and thoughtful folks who devoted their time to cheer me up, and
if th of>ortunity does present itself I will write them; but I want you
to ‘ ink them for me and express my deepest gratitude for every
cheery word they sent me. I spent many a pleasant tick of the clock
visiting with you all, and it indeed was some visit. I hope the day is
not far distant that I will be able to express my appreciation to you all
other than by a French lead-pencil. My feelings toward the Sierra
Club, and that means the good people in it, have increased a thousand-
fold. I always considered being among you one of my greatest pleas-
ures, but since being over here I have fully grown to appreciate what
the meaning of good fellowship is. I don’t believe anyone feels that
keen sensation unless they have gone through what the boys have over
here. It seems to have awakened a new spirit in me, one that is hard to
describe, but fills a person up to the brim and to the bursting-point. I
know that each member that is doing his bit on this side of the Atlantic
has this same feeling toward you all at home who are doing all to
make our days as cheerful as possible.

I constantly keep my eye open for any fellow club members that are
over here, but during all my wanderings I have never met any. This
world is small, however, and there is no telling when and where I may
come across one or more of my old 8:15 friends.

Since last writing you I have been transferred back to my old com-
pany. Am doing the same line of work—telephonist. My address is at
foot of letter. My mail is all being sent to me here from the 182nd
Brigade headquarters, so I will not miss getting any mail matter. As
you know, no one can send any parcels to the boys over here without a
written authorized request. However, Uncle Sam has raised no ob-
jection to folks at home putting a stick or two of chewing-gum in their
letters. If any kind-hearted Sierrans have an extra piece buried away
somewhere, they would be giving me a treat if they would enclose it in
their letter when they write to me. This will be a good chance for
dropping me a few lines. Gum is a scarce commodity over here, more
so than candy.

It is now 3:30 in the morning. Am on watch from midnight to 8
A.M. Things are as quiet as a church-mouse, with the exception of a
fellow comrade who unintentionally is giving me a fine imitation of
how a trombone should be played. But even his snoring is more sooth-
ing to the nerves than Fritzie’s “Whiz-Bangs” and “Big Berthas.”

I deeply regret that I can not use a camera. The pictures I could
take would prove to be of wonderful value and something historic. But

472 Sierra Club Bulletin

I regret to say that the ones I'll bring back will be in the mind’s eye
only. My powers of description will have to be keenly sharpened if I
wish to convey any half-way decent idea to you of what I’ve seen and
been through.

I hope the war news continues to be on the sunny side. You folks at
home, 8000 miles away, are better informed than we who are next door
to the Rhine. We get few papers and little information as to the ac-
tivities on the various fronts. It would not be a bad idea if some one
would donate a daily paper to the club rooms and these papers be kept
on file. For one, I would be interested in reading the account of how
the peace terms progressed after I get home.

I’ve rambled on for a couple of hours now and haven’t said much of
anything, but this will let you all know I am still among those present,
enjoying the very best of health and looking forward to the day when
I will be with you on the 8:15.

With best of good wishes to each of my friends and deepest personal
regards to you, Mr. Parker, from

JULIAN C. Tormey,
Headquarters Company, 363rd Infantry, A. P. O. No. 776,
American Ex. Forces

SIERRA CLUB, At the Front, France, Nov. 4, 1918

Dear Friends: You might like to get another line from here, so will
send this. We started a drive yesterday and today the Germans are so
far back our artillery have no targets. Where I am now is ten miles
over the Hindenburg line, and I am sleeping in a concrete dugout made
by the Germans and cooking on a German stove and using quarters in
France that the Germans held for four years, and am writing on the
back of some paper that is around here in bales.

The prisoners have been coming in by the hundreds, and I have spok-
en to many through men who spoke German. They are tired of the
war, and many of them, officers included, curse the Kaiser and his gov-
ernment for getting them up against what they had before the Ameri-
cans. Some to whom I spoke were surprised that we treated them so
well, the wounded, and I have seen loads of them treated well; the se-
riously wounded Germans are treated before the slightly wounded
Americans.

Last week we were shelled in this town by hundreds of shells, and the
aeroplanes dropped bombs; we were gassed too, but we let loose and
have gone ahead about fifteen miles, and reports are that we are still
going. Today I am left behind in peaceful territory. Will go up to the
new front tonight.

Now I hope all the Sierra Club people in France are well and also
those at home, and will close with best wishes.

N. J. MALVILLE,
American Red Cross, Paris

War Service Letters 473

[The following is a translation of the German army order on which
Mr. Malville’s letter was written. See original illustration opposite
page 471.]

VI RESERVE CORPS
‘HIGH COMMAND
IIA 10600. Imperial Headquarters,

Order of the Day for the Corps—I. May 4, 1916

The Iron Crosses granted by me today and yesterday will be, as far
as possible, conferred on the 6th of this month, the birthday of his Im-
perial and Royal Highness the Crown Prince.

Order of the Day for the Corps—I].

1. (Ila) The troops are reminded that they are to immediately an-
nounce to the Reserve Forces the arrival of officers in order to avoid
further inquiry as to the whereabouts of such officers.

2. (IIa) The 11th and 12th Divisions on the right, and the 2nd Di-
vision on the left, will submit by the 15th of this month lists of posi-
tions occupied according to their positions on May toth, 1916.

3. (IIa) The money for the transmitted pictures, “The God-Child of
the Fifth Army,” is to be remitted to the registering office of the Gen-
eral Command by the 8th of this month.

4. (IVa) According to an announcement of the War Department,
only those troops and authorities within the scope of the command
(jurisdiction) of the General Government of Belgium will receive im-
mobile pay.

Those attached to the Field Army, who are lodged in Belgium (e. g.
Field Recruiting Depots), are qualified to receive mobile pay.

V.s.d.G.
(Signed) Baron von LEDEBUR
Note:

(1) At 7 o’clock, p.mM., on April 28th, a stretcher-bearer of the IId
Bavarian Jager Reserve Regiment 13, was wounded unto death (severe-
ly wounded) at the Bayerweg. He carried a sleeping-bag, blankets,
and various pieces of laundry, everything packed in a tent.

(2) A Red Cross dog, a German shepherd dog, wolf-gray with a
black back, answering to the name of “Lux,” ran away at Septsarges.
Communications to be sent to Reserve Red Cross Company 20,

As to correctness :
V. LINSINGEN,
Major and Adjutant

Headquarters Air Service,
2nd Army, A. E. F., France,

To Sierra Club friends, Greetings: Nov. 20, 1918

A Merry Christmas to you one and all. May the New Year be happy
and prosperous and bring us all together again for a glorious reunion.

474 Sierra Club Bulletin

Get things in shape for the 1919 outing and enter my name on the list.

Bile there: BILLy GOLDSBOROUGH,

ist Lt. A. yee

THE NAVY CLUB
For U.S. and Allied Sailors and Marines
509 Fifth Avenue, New York

Mine Sweeping Division, Base B,

Secretary Sierra Club): Staten Island, N. Y.

I would like some information regarding my standing in the Sierra
Club. I am anxious to keep up in my club payments, as I do not want
to be dropped from the rolls. The Sierra Club is doing too good a work
not to allow myself to do my little bit in opening up those grand old
mountains to the general public a little more than they are now, and it
is only when you are in service this way, and so far away from their
pine-clad ridges, that you can appreciate them to their fullest. There
are no snow-clad peaks, mountain trails or evening campfires out on the
briny, you know—only hard work. But the Kaiser’s finish is in sight,
and then back again to our mountains. I want to go as a Sierra Club
member though; so kindly tell me how I stand and how much I owe.

S. F. address is 623 Third Avenue; but send this information to the

: se. Tytarics
Mine Sweeping Division. Verte eens Curae

U.S. SS. Tananoe:’

Secretary Sierra Club: October 1, 1918

This evening, as I was about to write and say hello, and to gently
but firmly suggest that all the Sierra Club mail possible be sent to me
in care of this my good ship, the mail orderly came aboard with a nice
plump Sierra Club envelope, and I have lived over all the joys on the
map of the proposed Sequoia National Park, all the way from Simpson
Meadows to Cottonwood Pass. I sincerely trust the bill has had, or
will have, the consideration it deserves, although the time for pressing
it may not be just this moment. on account of war needs.

The club’s circular is of great interest too, and the very last para-
graph meets with a hearty response from me—“We shall all look for-
ward eagerly tu the day when annual outings will be resumed and we
meet again around the glowing campfire and listen to tales of our mem-
bers who have been overseas.”

Even in my short sea experience of less than two months I have more
than once stood on the bridge in the inky darkness and seen—not dark-
ness, but the beautiful meadows of the Sierras, and thought not war,
but campfires and jolly folks, and Colby miles! But, Heaven willing,
when this job is finished we will all have a grand get-together, and a
happy day it will be.

War Service Letters 475

I am now serving as the Supply Officer of this very good little ship—
not so little but that we can carry some millions of pounds of food to
the army. We are in the Naval Overseas Transportation Service, and
it’s proud of the service and the ship Iam! There’s work—lots of it;
sleep—usually ; excitement—quite enough so far; in fact, there’s hardly
anything that’s missing, war-time considered.

I wish you would remember me to any of the Sierrans who may drift
in; to friend Colby whether he drifts in or not; and you might also send
my mail direct to the address below, for which thanks. And when the
spirit moves, write. With kindest regards, I remain

Sincerely,

Address: Ensign Homer T. Miller, U.S. N.R.F.,, Homer T’. MILLER
Us S:S.> Lanamo,”
Care Postmaster, New York.

Captain Ralph McGee has written many interesting letters from the
Verdun front in France to his father. We quote this from a recent let-
ter: “I started through the German lines, explored a German colonel’s
dugout that had just been hastily abandoned; it was finished in mahog-
any; climbed out of that and a few feet away stumbled over the body
of one of my best friends, a young lieutenant who was married the same
day I was. My heart stopped dead and I could not help cursing the
Kaiser. This war isn’t so bad until you come face to face with some-
thing on the muddy ground that a few hours before was an enthusiastic
American youngster. The captured German officers are very haughty,
but the captured German privates are disconsolate; all seem loyal to
William, but bitter against the capital class in Germany, who, they say,
started the war. I haven’t had a man sick for « month; they are all
afraid that they will miss something if they go to the hospital.”

In another letter he writes: “The Americans stormed the village, and
an old, half-starved Frenchwoman stumbled out of a cellar, where she
had hidden, against German orders. She heard the American infantry
bayoneting the German guard in the streets. When rescued, she said, in
French, that she had never heard English spoken and did not know a
word of it, but the war-cry of the American soldiers as they were kill-
ing the Germans so impressed itself on her mind that she would never
forget the wonderful American words, although she did not know what
they meant, as she only talked French. When asked to repeat these
words, which she thought was the American war-cry, she said when the
American infantry came down the street they all yelled at the top of
their voices, ‘Damn you!’ And everybody laughed, while the old French-
woman was much confused.”

NATIONAL PARK NOTES
>

ANNUAL REPORT OF THE NATIONAL PARK SERVICE

The director’s annual report for the year ending June 30, 1918, is so
comprehensive and marks such an advance in the character of the
work done under the direction of the recently established National
Park Service that if we were to publish all the information that would
be of interest to our members it would fill a volume of itself.

It is the policy of the Park Service to prevent the grazing of sheep,
because of their destructive nature, and allow only the grazing of cattle
where such grazing will not injure the natural features of the park nor
interfere with visitors. Timber is to be cut only where necessary for
fire protection and where it will not injure the landscape. In order that
the buildings and improvements in the parks shall harmonize with the
natural surroundings, landscape engineers have been employed. Co-
operation with other Government bureaus and with railroads is also an
important object. In spite of the war, the attendance at many of the
national parks was nearly up to normal last year, and an inter-park
system of highways, so that one can motor from park to park, is also
being worked out in co-operation with the state.

The National Park Service has also taken up certain educational fea-
tures, such as motion-picture films, lantern slides and photographs,
which have been circulated, and has published quantities of portfolios
and pamphlets containing illustrated descriptions of the various parks.

The Sundry Civil Act of July 1, 1918, carried a total appropriation of
a little over $1,000,000 for the national parks. The director recommends
that the Mammoth Cave in Kentucky, also the wonderful sand-dune area
in Indiana on the southern shore of Lake Michigan, and a stand of Cali-
fornia redwood along the Eel River be preserved as national parks.

YELLOWSTONE NATIONAL PARK

Since the soldiers were removed from the Yellowstone Park, an effi-
cient ranger system has been established, and a bill is pending providing
for the enlargement of the Yellowstone National Park by adding the
land lying to the south and east of the present park, and in all likeli-
hood this will pass.

YOSEMITE NATIONAL PARK

Two hundred and fifty-five thousand dollars was appropriated for the
current year. The new power plant, completed at a total cost of $212,-
000, can supply 2000 kilowats, and will take care of all the needs of the
Yosemite Valley for a long time in the future. The old power plant
will probably be sent to the Sequoia National Park, where it is badly

National Park Notes ATT

needed. The El Portal Road is being widened to twenty feet, and rock
copings and concrete ditches and culverts are being built, so that by the
end of this year it will be a boulevard of very slight grade from El
Portal to the valley. Three new trails were constructed during the
season. One leading from Lake Merced up Emerick Creek, and crossing
the low divide into Tuolumne Meadows, will enable travel to enter the
Tuolumne Meadows by this route much earlier than over Vogelsang
Pass. Another new trail leaves the Tioga Road at Yosemite Creek;
crossing and following up Yosemite Creek, it enters the Ten Lake
Basin. We understand that the trail proposed by the Sierra Club to
cross the Tuolumne Cafion at Pate Valley will be undertaken this sum-
mer. The third trail built last summer is the Ledge Trail back of Camp
Curry, which was made safe and improved. The Tioga Road justified
its existence last year, when hundreds of automobiles took advantage of
this opportunity to cross the Sierra through this park. In co-operation
with the State Fish and Game Commission, a fish hatchery is to be es-
tablished in Yosemite near the site of the old power plant, and it is
hoped that this new hatchery will be in operation this summer.

SEQUOIA NATIONAL PARK

The discovery of a large limestone cave in the Sequoia National Park
has added materially to the park’s attractions. Explorers have entered
the cave 4000 feet thus far, and some of the caverns are unusually beau-
tiful. It is the director’s idea to have this cave lighted by indirect
lighting, and to use electricity, thus avoiding the blackening of the walls
by the use of torches. The road was built from the Giant Forest down
to the Marble Fork and a bridge constructed across this fork. A wood-
en stairway was also built to the top of Moro Rock and a hundred miles
of trail cleared up and repaired.

GENERAL GRANT NATIONAL PARK
Plans for a new and larger camp and an extension of the road and
water system were prepared by the landscape engineer sent out for the
purpose.
MT. RAINIER NATIONAL PARK
Travel to this park taxed to the limit the capacity of the hotels and
camps last summer. Many new trails leading out from Paradise Valley
were constructed, and the trail encircling the mountain was put in ex-
cellent condition, with well-constructed shelter cabins along the route.
CRATER LAKE NATIONAL PARK
The grading of the rim road was continued and a splendid new trail
built from the lodge to the shore of the lake.
ROCKY MOUNTAIN NATIONAL PARK

This park has again justified its existence by last season’s travel,
which exceeded 100,000. The annual appropriation of $10,000 is so small

478 Sierra Club Bulletin

that it is difficult to administer this park properly. A bill is pending be-
fore Congress to remove this handicap and provide adequate appropri-
ation.

GLACIER NATIONAL PARK

The war’s effect on railroad travel interfered materially with the at-
tendance, but in spite of this important road and trail improvements
were carried on. A fish hatchery was established and new administra-
tion buildings constructed.

HAWAII NATIONAL PARK

The Hawaii National Park, containing three active volcanoes, is on
this account one of the unique world parks, and there are many plans
for the improvement of these three areas.

Those who are interested in the details of park improvements and
what has been done in the other various national parks and monuments
will find this 1918 report of the National Park Service full of the most
interesting information. Mr. Mather, the director, and his able assis-
tant, Mr. Horace M. Albright, are to be congratulated, not only for this
excellent report, but for the splendid work which they have been carry-
ing on in the various parks and which makes such a report possible.

STATEMENT OF NATIONAL PARK PoLicy
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

Dear Mr. Mather: Washington, May 13, 1918

The National Park Service has been established as a bureau of this
department just one year. During this period our efforts have been
chiefly directed toward the building of an effective organization while
engaged in the performance of duties relating to the administration, pro-
tection, and improvement of the national parks and monuments, as re-
quired by law. This constructive work is now completed. The new
Service is fully organized; its personnel has been carefully chosen; it
has been conveniently and comfortably situated in the new Interior De-
partment Building; and it has been splendidly equipped for the quick
and effective transaction of its business.

For the information of the public an outline of the administrative
policy to which the new Service will adhere may now be announced.
This policy is based on three broad principles: “First, that the national
parks must be maintained in absolutely unimpaired form for the use of
future generations as well as those of our time; second, that they are set
apart for the use, observation, health, and pleasure of the people; and
third, that the national interest must dictate all decisions affecting pub-
lic or private enterprise in the parks.”

Every activity of the Service is subordinate to the duties imposed
upon it to faithfully preserve the parks for posterity in essentially their

National Park Notes 479

natural state. The commercial use of these reservations, except as
specially authorized by law, or such as may be incidental to the accom-
modation and entertainment of visitors, will not be permitted under any
circumstances.

In all the national parks except Yellowstone you may permit the graz-
ing of cattle in isolated regions not frequented by visitors, and where no
injury to the natural features of the parks may result from such use.
The grazing of sheep, however, must not be permitted in any national
park.

In leasing lands for the operation of hotels, camps, transportation
facilities, or other public service under strict Government control, con-
cessioners should be confined to tracts no larger than absolutely neces-
sary for the purposes of their business enterprises.

You should not permit the leasing of park lands for summer homes.
It is conceivable, and even exceedingly probable, that within a few
years under a policy of permitting the establishment of summer homes
in national parks, these reservations might become so generally settled
as to exclude the public from convenient access to their streams, lakes,
and other natural features, and thus destroy the very basis upon which
this national playground system is being constructed.

You should not permit the cutting of trees except where timber is
needed in the construction of buildings or other improvements within
the park and can be removed without injury to the forests or disfigure-
ment of the landscape, where the thinning of forests or cutting of vistas
will improve the scenic features of the parks, or where their destruction
is necessary to eliminate insect infestations or diseases common to for-
ests and shrubs.

In the construction of roads, trails, buildings, and other improve-
ments, particular attention must be devoted always to the harmonizing
of these improvements with the landscape. This is a most important
item in our program of development and requires the employment of
trained engineers who either possess a knowledge of landscape architec-
ture or have a proper appreciation of the esthetic value of park lands.
All improvements will be carried out in accordance with a preconceived
plan developed with special reference to the preservation of the land-
scape, and comprehensive plans for future development of the national
parks on an adequate scale will be prepared as funds are available for
this purpose.

Wherever the Federal Government has exclusive jurisdiction over
national parks it is clear that more effective measures for the protection
of the parks can be taken. The Federal Government has exclusive jur-
isdiction over the national parks in the states of Arkansas, Oklahoma,
Wyoming, Montana, Washington, and Oregon, and also in the terri-
tories of Hawaii and Alaska. We should urge the cession of exclusive
jurisdiction over the parks in the other states, and particularly in Cali-
fornia and Colorado. ;

480 Sierra Club Bulletin

There are many private holdings in the national parks, and many of
these seriously hamper the administration of these reservations. All of
them should be eliminated as far as it is practicable to accomplish this
purpose in the course of time, either through Congressional appropria-
tion or by acceptance of donations of these lands. Isolated tracts in
important scenic areas should be given first consideration, of course, in
the purchase of private property.

Every opportunity should be afforded the public, wherever possible, to
enjoy the national parks in the manner that best satisfies the individual
taste. Automobiles and motorcycles will be permitted in all of the
national parks; in fact, the parks will be kept accessible by any means
practicable.

All outdoor sports which may be maintained consistently with the ob-
servation of the safeguards thrown around the national parks by law
will be heartily indorsed and aided wherever possible. Mountain climb-
ing, horseback riding, walking, motoring, swimming, boating, and fishing
will ever be the favorite sports. Winter sports will be developed in the
parks that are accessible throughout the year. Hunting will not be per-
mitted in any national park.

The educational, as well as the recreational, use of the national parks
should be encouraged in every practicable way. University and high-
school classes in science will find special facilities for their vacation-
period studies. Museums containing specimens of wild flowers, shrubs,
and trees, and mounted animals, birds, and fish native to the parks, and
other exhibits of this character will be established as authorized.

Low-priced camps operated by concessioners should be maintained, as
well as comfortable and even luxurious hotels wherever the volume of
travel warrants the establishment of these classes of accommodations.
In each reservation, as funds are available, a system of free camp sites
will be cleared, and these grounds will be equipped with adequate water
and sanitation facilities.

As concessions in the national parks represent in most instances a
large investment, and as the obligation to render service satisfactory to
the department at carefully regulated rates is imposed, these enterprises
must be given a large measure of protection, and, generally speaking,
competitive business should not be authorized where a concession is
meeting our requirements, which, of course, will as nearly as possible
coincide with the needs of the traveling public.

All concessions should yield revenue to the Federal Government, but
the development of the revenues of the parks should not impose a bur-
den upon the visitor.

Automobile fees in the parks should be reduced as the volume of
motor travel increases.

For assistance in the solution of administrative problems in the parks
relating both to their protection and use the scientific bureaus of the
Government offer facilities of the highest worth and authority. In the

National Park Notes 481

protection of the public health, for instance, the destruction of insect
pests in the forests, the care of wild animals, and the propagation and
distribution of fish, you should utilize their hearty co-operation to the
utmost,

You should utilize to the fullest extent the opportunity afforded by
the Railroad Administration in appointing a committee of western rail-
roads to inform the traveling public how to comfortably reach the na-
tional parks; you should diligently extend and use the splendid co-
operation developed during the last three years among chambers of
commerce, tourist bureaus, and automobile highway associations for the
purpose of spreading information about our national parks and facilitat-
ing their use and enjoyment; you should keep informed of park move-
ments and park progress, municipal, county, and state, both at home and
abroad, for the purpose of adapting, whenever practicable, the world’s
best thought to the needs of the national parks. You should encourage
all movements looking to outdoor living. In particular, you should
maintain close working relationship with the Dominion parks branch of
the Canadian department of the interior and assist in the solution of
park problems of an international character.

The department is often requested for reports on pending legislation
proposing the establishment of new national parks or the addition of
lands to existing parks. Complete data on such park projects should be
obtained by the National Park Service and submitted to the department
in tentative form of report to Congress.

In studying new park projects you should seek to find “scenery of
supreme and distinctive quality or some natural feature so extraordi-
mary or unique as to be of national interest and importance.” You
should seek “distinguished examples of typical forms of world archi-
tecture,” such, for instance, as the Grand Cafion, as exemplifying the
highest accomplishment of stream erosion, and the high, rugged portion
of Mount Desert Island as exemplifying the oldest rock forms in Amer-
ica and the luxuriance of deciduous forests.

The national park system as now constituted should not be lowered
in standard, dignity, and prestige by the inclusion of areas which express
in less than the highest terms the particular class or kind of exhibit
which they represent.

It is not necessary that a national park should have a large area. The
element of size is of no importance as long as the park is susceptible of
effective administration and control.

You should study existing national parks with the idea of improving
them by the addition of adjacent areas which will complete their scenic
purposes or facilitate administration. The addition of the Teton Moun-
tains to the Yellowstone National Park, for instance, will supply Yel-
lowstone’s greatest need, which is an uplift of glacier-bearing peaks;
and the addition to the Sequoia National Park of the Sierra summits
and slopes to the north and east, as contemplated by pending legislation,

482 Sierra Club Bulletin

will create a reservation unique in the world, because of its combination
of gigantic trees, extraordinary cafions, and mountain masses,

In considering projects involving the establishment of new national
parks or the extension of existing park areas by delimination of national
forests, you should observe what effect such delimination would have
on the administration of adjacent forest lands, and, wherever practic-
able, you should engage in an investigation of such park projects jointly
with officers of the Forest Service, in order that questions of national
park and national forest policy as they affect the lands involved may be
thoroughly understood, Cordially, yours,

}

FRANKLIN K, LANE,

Mr. STEPHEN T. MATHER,
Secretary

Director, National Park Service

FORESTRY NOTES

By WALTER MULFoRD

-
LAGUNA MOUNTAIN RECREATION AREA

An important new development of recreation in the open is taking place
in San Diego County on the Cleveland National Forest. This is the
Laguna Mountain recreation area, very careful plans for which were
worked out in advance by the United States Forest Service. The plans
are being carried out under expert supervision, and the Forest Service
has already spent about $60,000 in the development of the area. It is
situated only 14% miles from the San Diego-Imperial Valley state high-
way, with which it is connected by an excellent automobile road. It
can be reached in a few hours by the people of the hot interior valleys.
It has both public camping-grounds and private lots which are leased
to individuals for a term of years, thus making it worth while for the
lessees to build substantial cabins. Many people are already taking ad-
vantage of the opportunity, and Laguna Mountain bids fair to become
one of the best outing areas in southern California.

@ e

LARGE TIMBER SALE IN NORTHERN CALIFORNIA

One hundred million board feet of national forest timber in Siskiyou,
Trinity and Shasta counties has been sold by the United States Forest
Service to the Weed Lumber Company. The three counties will re-
ceive about $70,000 from this sale, as an act of Congress provides that
twenty-five per cent of all national forest receipts be paid to the coun-
ties within which the forests are located.

GRAZING ANIMALS ON THE NATIONAL FORESTS

To help in meeting war needs, the United States Forest Service in 1918
continued its efforts to secure full utilization of the forage resources of
the national forests. In 1917, because of the war, 23,000 more cattle and
71,000 more sheep were placed on the national forests of California than
had ever been grazed on them previously. In 1918 the numbers were
still further increased by 18,000 cattle and 114,000 sheep. This is said
to make an almost complete utilization of the grazing ranges of the
national forests.

SENTIMENT, CENTS AND SENSE

A great recreation center at Laguna Mountain; a large sale of timber
in the Shasta region to meet the needs of mankind for wood products;

484 Sierra Club Bulletin

a greatly increased use of the national forest range to enable greater
production of meat, wool and leather—such are some of the uses of for-
ests, each legitimate when in its proper locality and under proper con-
trol. Let stockman and lumberman grant that forests are needed for
playgrounds as well as to make lumber-piles and stockyards. Let them
also realize that love for the forest is a sentiment greatly to be desired,
which is already a force in public opinion and is destined to become
stronger. On the other hand, let camper and hunter and forest-lover
concede that forests must have their purely commercial side, and that
it is right that it should be so. Our various interests must needs over-
lap. Each must yield something, In getting together, we all need
broad-minded common sense.

ForeEST INDUSTRIES COM MITTEE

An example of this common-sense, get-together-around-the-table policy
is shown in the work of the Forest Industries Committee. No changes
have occurred in the organization and personnel of this committee as
described in the “Forestry Notes” of a year ago. In 1917 California
fires burned more than 15,000 acres of standing grain, valued in normal
times at more than $375,000; 233,000 acres of timber, valued at about
$315,000; and nearly half a million acres of grazing and brush land, a
large part of which would have supported grazing animals. Further-
more, Forest Service data showed that it took 1600 ‘“man-months,” or
the equivalent of 400 men working every day for four months, to put
out the 1000 man-caused, or preventable, fires which occurred on the
national forests of California in 1917. In the light of these facts, the
Forest Industries Committee decided to concentrate its energies for
I9I8 on a vigorous fire-protection campaign.

THE I918 FOREST FIRE RECORD

The campaign produced results. On the national forests there was a
reduction in 1918, as compared with 1917, of about forty-nine per cent in
the number of man-caused fires, seventy-two per cent in the amount of
damage done, and seventy-seven per cent in the cost of fighting them.
This result was due in part to the vigorous law-enforcement campaign
of the Forest Service, which secured 100 convictions out of a total of
110 arrests for starting forest fires. Outside the national forests,
twenty-six counties were organized in 1918 for protection against grain,
grass, brush and timber fires. Two counties had been organized in 1917.
In the twenty-eight counties thus operative in 1918, there were 412 rural
fire companies, with over 500 sets of fire-fighting equipment and more
than 6000 members pledged to fight fire. The territory thus protected
is estimated at over 16,000 square miles, and includes about fifty-six per
cent of the grain-producing area of the state. Fire-protection ordi-
nances have been passed by fourteen counties.

————

Forestry Notes 485

The United States Forest Service, the State Forester, the farm bu-
reaus and the Division of Forestry of the University of California have
all contributed largely to the fire-protection campaign. Much has been
accomplished, but the present system is entirely inadequate for the pro-
tection of forests outside the national forests and national parks. It is
reported from the State Forester’s office that one forest fire in 1918,
in Humboldt County, destroyed timber and other property valued at
about a million dollars. The State Redwood Park in the Santa Cruz
Mountains is frequently threatened. Why can we not all unite in se-
curing thoroughgoing fire protection by the state?

ONE STORM CAUSES TWO HUNDRED FIRES

Lightning started about 200 forest fires between Lake Tahoe and the
Oregon line in one storm, on June 28, 1918. The fires were particularly
serious in the Klamath region.

STATE ForesT NURSERY

At the 1917 session of the legislature the State Forester was authorized
to expend $14,000 for the establishment of a forest nursery. But the
law stipulated that the nursery must be located on state land or on land
donated for the purpose. As no suitable area was found which met the
provisions of the law, the establishment of the nursery was postponed.
This year the State Forester will make an effort to secure from the
legislature authorization and funds to buy or rent a suitable site. The
plan is that the nursery will furnish stock for planting along the state
highways, on school grounds and in small parks in rural communities.

INFORMATION REGARDING Woop AND ITs USEs

The State Forester has established a wood-utilization service, to give
information regarding the properties, uses, markets and available sup-
plies of wood products. Inquiries should be addressed to the State For-
ester, Sacramento.

CALIFORNIA WHITE AND SUGAR PINE MANUFACTURERS’ ASSOCIATION

Early in the war the California White and Sugar Pine Manufacturers’
Association pledged its resources to the Government without reserva-
tion. About eighty per cent of the pine cut in 1918 in California has
gone into uses recognized as war-time essentials by the Government,
and the industry has therefore been given preference in cars, materials
of construction and labor. In 1918 the association provided instruction
in first aid and sanitation at logging-camps and sawmills. Some of the
pine operators have pooled their resources for the purpose of advertis-
ing California pine in eastern markets.

486 Sierra Club Bulletin

CALIFORNIA REDWoop ASSOCIATION

There are twenty-two sawmill operators now cutting the coast redwood.
The California Redwood Association includes sixteen of these opera-
tors. The association is conducting a national educational campaign
regarding the properties and uses of redwood. Its engineering depart-
ment has been active in developing the use of redwood for wood-block
flooring. A Redwood Emergency Bureau was organized to assist the
Government in its war program.

WAR AND THE FOREST SERVICE

War caused many changes in the United States Forest Service. Non-
essential work was suspended. Many projects were postponed until the
return of normal times. Short-cut methods have been adopted. Men
eligible for military duty were replaced by women or by men not eligi-
ble for such service. Much direct help has been given to the various
war boards and to the War Department itself.

TAHOE- YOSEMITE TRAIL

Among the Forest Service projects postponed because of the war is the
completion of the Tahoe-Yosemite Trail. It is but one of the many
things on which no work was done in 1918,

FORESTRY AT THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

One hundred per cent of the juniors, seniors and alumni of the Division
of Forestry of the University of California joined the colors, and most
of the men are still in France. Instruction in professional forestry was
therefore almost discontinued in 1918, but work in the elements of for-
estry for non-professional students was given as usual. In the fall of
1918 the forestry faculty gave a course in military mapping to over two
hundred men of the Students’ Army Training Corps. The normal work
of the forest school will be resumed in August, 1919.

MEMORIAL TREES FOR SAILORS AND SOLDIERS

Memorial trees for sailors and soldiers who gave their lives in the
struggle to overthrow autocracy are called the finest tribute that can be
paid those heroes in hundreds of letters to the American Forestry Asso-
ciation in Washington. The association is urging the proper setting of
memorial trees for whatever memorial may be adopted by the various
municipalities. An “Avenue of the Allies,” lined with trees in honor of
the allied nations, is one suggestion. Another plan being worked out is
for the planting of memorial trees along the transcontinental motor
highways by the various counties through which such highways pass.
The Lincoln Highway Association has taken up this plan.

uagayiny “LE ‘OD Aq oloyg S161 ‘raquis09q JO pus ‘AaT[eA a}IUWISOX JO 100, Y
sjod se paste pue ‘gi61 ‘Ae url painydes sqnod 9014} Jo sug,

dad1O0 SHINONW LHSIA—-NMOYD SCYIHL-OML NOIT NIVINNOW WIVN

Feiateisgonrngl Se
Ses
EE S &

i sae:

“‘ITX99 ALvid *X “IOA ‘NILAITNG ANTO vuUTIS

SIERRA CLUB BULLETIN, VOL. X. PLATE CCXLII.

Ss
74

TENAYA PEAK AND LAKE TENAYA
From Tioga Road, Yosemite National Park
Photo by Lee L. Stopple

BOOK REVIEWS

ELizABETH M. Bape, Acting Editor
>

Steep All who have found John Muir’s interpretation of the moun-
TRAILS* tains to be the most beautiful in literature will rejoice in this

new collection of papers and letters which Professor Badé has
so sympathetically compiled.

Eventually it will be seen that Muir’s greatest service was that of
recognizing and revealing God as the Infinite Personality who is work-
ing in and through nature. Never was he confused by the outward ap-
pearance, or by the evolutionary process, for his attitude of mind was
that in which he perceived the Creator manifesting Himself in all that
is true and beautiful. This insight illumined Muir’s heart, and it fills
his message with power and life. Personality in God and man; indi-
viduality in bird, and tree, and flower, each created for itself but inter-
related with all life.

All great souls are in a measure solitary, for their companionship is
with the invisible. With the unawakened spirit they may have little
true converse. Theirs is an inner world of reality, and they deal with
causes rather than with effects. John Muir was most at home when
alone in the mountains, for there he found a freedom of spirit that rose
above the bondage of city-bound humanity. In Steep Trails there are
many of these trips into the open paradise of our western country. Up
glacier-polished Tenaya Cafion, Muir made so difficult a trip that few
have been able to follow him. For a hundred miles around the flower-
strewn slopes of mighty Shasta he strolled alone in joyous content.
Early and late in the season he forced his way through storm and night
to its distant summit, finding in each new experience a fresh revelation
of Divine love and purpose.

In all the annals of mountaineering one may hardly find a more thrill-
ing night upon a mountain than was the one which Muir spent upon Mt.
Shasta. In order to complete barometric observations he remained on
its summit with a companion until overtaken by a blinding storm. Per-
ilous in the extreme was their unseen route along a dangerous ridge,
while beyond their progress was halted by the force of the wind and
the uncertain darkness. Knowing no fear, Muir would have continued
down the icy slope, but, respecting the wish of his companion, he re-
traced his steps to the fumaroles near the summit, where they spent the
night. Unable to stand against the storm, they were compelled to lie in
the boiling mud and fight for their lives amid its poisonous gases.

* Steep Trails. By Joun Muir. Edited by Witt1aAm Freperic Bapk.- Hough-

ton Mifflin Company, Boston and New York. 1918. Pages, xi + 390. Illustrated.
Price, $3.00. Large paper edition, $5.00.

488 | Sierra Club Bulletin

Frozen, blistered and starved, they long awaited the dawn, when the
storm ceased and they made their way slowly downward to warmth and
safety.

In other chapters of poetic beauty Muir describes the wild wool of
mountain sheep and relates his experiences and climbs in Utah and
Nevada, in southern California, and in Oregon and Washington. Every-
where he studied glaciers and trees, roaming amid the continuous for-
ests which thirty years ago surrounded Puget Sound, and reveling in
the luxuriant flora which clothes the lower slopes of Mt. Rainier. He
climbed this greatest of all our glacier-hung mountains, 14,408 feet in
height, with a party which bivouacked at 10,000 feet on its cheerless
stones. Since then the spot has been known as Camp Muir, but it was
neither referred to by Muir nor by those who have followed him as an
abode of peaceful memories! Under ordinary conditions, Rainier may
test the endurance of any climber, but in wind and storm its summit
slopes are exceedingly dangerous.

In 1902 John Muir visited the Grand Cafion, describing it with char-
acteristic charm and power. No one has more nearly succeeded in pic-
turing its size, its architecture and sculpturing, and its marvelous col-
oring. One must view the cafion with his own eyes to realize its gran-
deur, for an adequate conception may not be conveyed by brush or pen.
It contains many groups of mountains of fantastic form and varied hues
that glow with sunrise and sunset splendors, or are veiled majestically
by clouds and storms. To linger in the presence of the cafion inspires
one to nobler thoughts, to truer understanding, and to a deeper realiza-
tion of the beauty and the immensity of God’s creation. Inevitably it
measures the development of the person who views it. Some are noisy,
but the great soul is silent. LEROY JEFFERS

JuNncLE William Beebe, director of the Tropical Research Station in
Peace* British Guiana and curator of the ornithological section of

the New York Zoological Park, is more than a naturalist. He
knows how to set forth the results of tropical research in a fascinating
manner, It would be hard to find a book that reveals the life of the
tropics in a more interesting way. Here, in a chapter on “The Hoat-
zins at Home,” we have the best description in English literature of
that curious bird which still preserves, in the clawed wings of its young,
the evidence of its reptilian ancestry. Even the inherited association
with the water, from which the original bird-reptile emerged, is not
wanting. A thrilling episode in another chapter is the noosing of a
bushmaster eight feet long for the New York Zoological Park. This is
one of the most dreaded serpents of the tropics, and the capture of this
monster was a real adventure. “The snake lashed and curled and
whipped up a whirlpool of debris, while one of us held grimly on to the

*Jungle Peace. By Witi1AM BeEeEsBE. Illustrated from photographs. Henry
Holt & Company, New York. 1918. Pages, 297. Price, $1.75 net.

Book Reviews A89Q

noose and the rest”—but the story is too long to be reported in a re-
view, and no lover of literature and wildness must be provided with an
excuse for not reading this remarkable book.

The dedication to Colonel and Mrs. Theodore Roosevelt calls to mind
another of the many interests of the greatest American citizen of our
time who has just passed on. Mr. Beebe relates that when the idea of
a tropical research station occurred to him, Colonel Roosevelt was the
first person with whom he discussed it. “In all my undertakings under
the auspices of the New York Zoological Society,’ he writes, “I have
found his attitude always one of whole-souled sympathy, checked and
practicalized by trenchant criticism and advice. For Colonel Roosevelt,
besides his other abilities and interests, is one of the best of our Ameri-
can naturalists. To a solid foundation of scientific knowledge, gained
direct from nature, he adds one of the widest and keenest experiences
in the field. His published work is always based on a utilization of the
two sources, and is characterized by a commendable restraint and the
leaven of a philosophy which combines an unalterable adhesion to facts,
with moderation of theory and an unhesitating use of the three words
which should be ready for instant use in the vocabulary of every honest
scientist, ‘I don’t know.’” A

Sunset After the holidays are over and regularity once more pre-
CANADA* vails, we begin to plan for the summer outing. Which of

the many alluring retreats is going to be our choice for this
year? After reading Sunset Canada, by Archie Bell, it seems impos-
sible not to scheme and plot some way to arrive in that part of Canada
where sets the golden sun. So ardently does the author describe his
various western visits that all his pages seem to lead one involuntarily
thither.

The first chapters are about Victoria and its environs. From this
quaint city the author passes to her granddaughter, Vancouver, with
her modern buildings and magnificent parks. In the luxuriant forests
around the city can be seen the spectacular and thrilling operation of
hauling logs over a mountain by means of a cable attached to a rail-
road locomotive. Prettily interwoven with the wildwood descriptions
are rare Indian legends.

Then come chapters on Prince Rupert, its origin, and outlying dis-
tricts, the Grand Trunk Pacific Railroad, with its points of interest,
and the thoroughly Anglican communities—for the English always
bring their habits with them. One is constantly surprised to find agri-
cultural lands amidst such rugged and inspiring scenes. As in Nor-
way, the hanging meadows, seen from a distance, look like framed pic-
tures on a wall of gray cliff.

* Sunset Canada, British Columbia, and Beyond. By ArcHIE BELL. With illus-

trations in black and white and in color. The Page Company, Boston. Pages,
320. Price, $3.50 and postage.

490 Sierra Club Bulletin

A dazzling array of marvels is exhibited in the chapters on Jasper
Park, Mt. Robson Park, Maligne Lake—more beautiful, according to the
author, than the accepted jewel of them all, Lake Louise—Banff, and
Field, with their entourage.

The author makes one feel that western Canada is enchanted ground,
created for the relaxation and enjoyment of him who turns for his
diversion to the vast out-of-doors. Here forest and cliff, lake and gla-
cier, work that spell which enables one to return to his regular routine
with renewed strength. oe Lena R. CARLTON

Far AWAy AND There is much in the writings of W. H. Hudson that
Lone Aco* tempts one to call him the John Muir of South Ameri-

ca. The comparison is not based upon similarity of
style, for in that respect their work differs widely. Muir’s style sug-
gests the dignified beauty of the mountains; Hudson’s, the graceful
curves cut by leisurely streams on the green plains of Argentina. But
the two men resemble each other strongly in their intense love of na-
ture. Both, too, were naturalists with a fine poetic insight that enabled
them to relate their observations in a captivating manner. In this book
Hudson tells the story of his boyhood on the illimitable Argentine pam-
pas. It is a wonderful tale of strange characters who dwelt in those
vast solitudes; of the gauchos, or Argentine cowboys, and their quar-
rels and primitive modes of life; of Buenos Aires in the 40’s when the
long-forgotten Dictator Rosas was ruling the city with murder and vio-
lence; of swashbucklers, Jack the Killers, and women strange and beau-
tiful. Into this varied human material he has woven the story of his
early life, with fascinating descriptions of birds, trees, flowers, arma-
dillos, and vizcachas. In point of interest and importance this book de-
serves to rank among the twelve best books of the year. Any lover of
the great outdoors who leaves this book unread cuts himself off from a

great enjoyment. W.E. B.

TENTING ‘The name of the author alone will assure the reader of a
ToNIGHTYT treat in store. It is the story of a summer adventure which
carries one to Glacier National Park. But, more than that,
the party crosses Gunsight Pass and enters a region unknown to the
tourist, a region of fascinating forest, trail and stream. The culmi-
nating event of the season is a four-day boat trip through the cafion of
the Flathead River. Rapids are run, portages are made, and with suc-
cess comes the reward briefly told: “It has never been done before.”
Incidentally the writer gives a capital picture of camp life of the type
in which neither time nor money has been spared. H Mine

*Far Away and Long Ago. By W. H. Hupson. E. P. Dutton & Company,
New York. 1918. Price, $2.50 net.

{Tenting Tonight. By Mary Roserts RINEHART. Houghton Mifflin Company,
Boston and New York. Illustrated. Price, $1.75 net.

Book Reviews 4QI

Our Well written, well illustrated, well printed; enjoyable in the
NaTIONAL reading, and leaving such a good after-taste that anyone in-
Forests* terested in our national forests will want to keep it on his
shelves—such is this recently published book descriptive of
the purposes and methods of the national forests, The four sections
of the book deal respectively with the creation and organization of the
national forests—their administration, their protection, and the sale
and rental of national forest resources. W.M.

CAMPING In this book the editor of Field and Stream gives in compact
OuttT form, and from the experience of over thirty years, advice

for those who desire to enjoy real camping out. He takes
up the subject from the point of view of different modes of travel, such
as packing afoot (or, as we call it, “knapsacking”’), traveling with pack
animals, on horseback, or in canoe. He also considers it from the
point of view of degree of comfort in camping, from the simple and
compact outfit necessary for, say, a packing trip in the Adirondacks in
midwinter, to the luxurious permanent camp or automobile camp. In
addition, the book is a delightful narrative as well, and is exceedingly
interesting reading for anyone fond of outdoor life. The material is,
however, applicable more to camping conditions east of the Rocky
Mountains than to our style of camping in the Sierra Nevada Moun-

tains. Wi EG

PRACTICAL This book contains subject-matter of interest to tourna-
Bait-CasTINGt ment casters and anglers. The first half of it gives an

excellent description of the rods, lines, reels and lures
used for practical (as also scientific) bait-casving, followed by lessons
in the proper methods of using them. These are illustrated by photo-
graphic prints, to make them clear to the reader; and the subject of the
photographs is one of America’s famous tournament casters and fisher-
men, snapped in action. The second half of the book describes the ap-
plication of the tackles and methods of the first half to actual fishing
conditions,

This is not a large or an expensive book, but it contains a store of
valuable fishing advice and wisdom, and belongs in the library of all
anglers or would-be anglers, and is especially recommended to Cali-
fornians for the following reasons: The principles described and the
practice of them are well known in the eastern states, chiefly as used in

*Our National Forests. A short popular account of the work of the United

States Forest Service on the national forests. By RicHarp H. Douvar BoerkeEr.
The Macmillan Company, New York. 1918. Price, $2.50.

+ Camping Out. By Warren H. Mitier. George H. Doran Company, New
York. tor8. Price, $1.50 net.

tPractical Bait-Casting. By Larry St. Joun. Illustrated. The Macmillan
Company, New York. Price, $1.00.

AQ2 Sierra Club Bulletin

the successful taking of black bass. But, although this fish is now
abundant in many parts of California, proper methods for its taking are
not either well known or in general use. It is a game fish, a tough
fighter after being hooked, and excellent for eating. And the fisherman
who will master such wisdom as is contained in Mr. St. John’s book,
and put it in practice along the streams of California’s central valley,
will find such fishing as will almost satisfy the longings of an angler’s

soul. Cue

OvurCities To the layman this book appears something prophetic,
AWAKE* somewhat on the plane of the ideal; yet it abounds in sta-

tistics and tabular statements of facts which represent ac-
tual achievements in a city awake and up and doing!

Everything from garbage disposal to community singing and child
welfare comes under the head of “Public Works” in a city where the
mayor and the director of public works combined unselfish love of their
kind with efficiency and practical sense.

In conclusion, the author says: “As America calls millions for mili-
tary duty overseas, so she calls tens of millions for civic duty here. The
goal is absolutely the same—the enfranchisement of the human spirit.”

HOM cae:

Tue Human For boys who still think it the funniest joke ever to tie
SIDE OF a tin can to a dog’s tail, or to heave a stone at a cat, no
ANIMALS} better book than this could be written. Thoughtless

grown-up people, too, could learn from this book how to
treat their dumb neighbors as fellow beings.

What is usually accepted as instinct in animals the author interprets
as intellect. He examines many kinds of animal, from the cat and cow
of our own home-place to the lemming of Scandinavia and the zebra of
African wilds. He shows us how these animals live as human beings.
The young of a species play to exercise their muscles and to strengthen
those which will be most used later in life. All animals prepare, with
their own individual weapons, for the great and terrible war which has
always existed in the world. The warfare of nations has stopped, but
the battles of individuals will long continue. Are not animals even bet-
ter equipped for strife than superior man?

Perhaps the most interesting chapter—unless we except the one on
the “Allies of Men’—is the one on food conservation. Let us here-
upon release the polecat from a part of his huge burden of odium. He
makes a storehouse near his home, and this he fills with frogs and liz-
ards and insects, so that his children may have plenty of fresh meat.

*Our Cities Awake. By Morris LLEwELLYN Cooke. Doubleday, Page & Co.,
New York. 1918. Price, $2.50 net.

_ +The Human Side of Animals. By Royar Dixon. Illustrations in color and
in black and white. Frederick A. Stokes Company. Cloth, 8vo. Price, $1.75 net.

Book Reviews 493

His victims are so cleverly bitten through the head that they remain
alive but are unable to escape. Thus are the young cats provided with
fresh meat, which they have the joy of catching themselves. Let us
laugh at the odd appearance of Mrs. Porcupine. She decides on grapes
today for the menu of her family. She goes forth to a vine where
plenty abounds, shakes the vine, rolls carefully in the grapes as only
porcupines know how, and proceeds homeward, a grape on the end of
each quill!

In the last chapter the author gives remarkable Biblical proof of the
immortality of the animal soul. Lena R. CARLTON

THE WortH WHILE This is a convenient little volume to tuck in a
IN THE SOUTHWEST* suitcase. Even if you do not visit all the Indian
villages in the leisurely fashion advised by the
author, you may at least become better acquainted with the picturesque
pueblos, the arts, legends and ceremonial dances of the Hopis and
Zunis. There is fascination in the mellow tints of mesa and cliff, won-
der for the sixteenth-century Spanish explorers, and awe for the pre-
historic dwellings of Montezuma’s descendants. Particularly interesting
are the chapters on the village of Acoma and El Morro, the autograph
rock of the Conquistadores. 12 fea Gee

Tue Metopy This is a collection of garden and nature poems selected
oF EARTHT by Mrs. Waldo Richards from the poets of the present

day or those who have written within the last ten years.
Most of the poems are by American writers, but we also find the names
of Verhaeren, Rabindranath Tagore, Yates, Noyes, Masefield and other
English and Irish writers in the list of authors represented.

The headings of the different groups of poems indicate the variety of
garden pictures—“Within Garden Walls,” “The Pageantry of Gardens,”
“The Gardens of Yesterday,” “The Lost Gardens of the Heart.” There
are poems of every season—of lilac time and Indian summer, of the
roses of June and the snows of winter. There are exquisite songs of
the coming of spring birds, of the nightingale at sunset, of the whirring
hummingbird and dainty butterfly. Every phase of garden life is pic-
tured, from the romances of the stately old gardens overseas to the
homely virtues of the vegetable gardens of the present day, with a spe-
cial “Grace for Gardens,” for the “beans and peas and the corn full on
the ear,” which should have been chanted by every war-gardener.

In the group called “Pasture and Hillside” we are taken farther
afield, and in “Underneath the Bough” we find poems not only to the

* Finding the Worth While in the Southwest. By CHARLES FRANCIS SAUNDERS.
Illustrated. Robert McBride & Co., New York. 10918. Price, $1.25 net.

{The Melody of Earth. Edited by Mrs. Watpo RicHarps. Houghton Mifflin
Company, Boston and New York. 1918. Price, $1.50 net.

494 Sierra Club Bulletin

familiar trees that become garden friends, but also a song to one known
to Sierrans in the high mountains, “A Lady of the Snows,” as Miss
Harriet Monroe charmingly describes the mountain hemlock.

Even the mountain climber who agrees with Joyce Kilmer when he

Says, “T think that I shall never see
A poem lovely as a tree,”’

will find this collection a very delightful book to have with him for a
noon-hour in the shade of a pine. EsLe Ro
A GuIDETOTHE ‘This is a practical guide to the national parks, deal-
NATIONAL PaRKS ing more with routes, accommodations, etc., than
oF AMERICA* with scenic descriptions. The author takes up the

parks in the general order of their magnitude and
importance, beginning with the Yellowstone. Here will be found de-
tailed information concerning rail and stage transportation, hotels and
camps, with fares and daily rates as authorized by the Government. All
tours, either by stage or by pack train, are included. The author also
gives advice on the necessary equipment for the national park visitor,
and the more important park regulations in force at present.

JON:

Sicn More than twenty years of serious study of the sign-language
TaLk}t of the American Indian lie behind Ernest Thompson Seton’s

preparation of this illustrated dictionary of 1600 signs used by
the Indians of the Great Plains. He is conversant with all the elabo-
rate codes prepared by American army officers, with the writings of
Indian agents and missionary workers who were experts in gesture
language, and has taken his own manuscript from tribe to tribe for con-
sultation with the best sign-talkers of the present day. The sign-talk
of the Cheyenne tribe is taken as a standard, as theirs has been simpli-
fied to become largely a one-hand code; but some signs of other tribes
have also been added, as well as a hundred or more used by the deaf in
Europe and America.

So enthusiastic is the author about the uses of sign-language that he
proposes it as the future universal world language. With this thought
in view, he has added the French and German equivalents of the Eng-
lish word expressing the root-idea of each sign. Among the many ad-
vantages which the author finds for the Indian sign-language over the
complete sign code of the deaf is that the former expresses ideas in-
stead of spelling out words, and therefore can be used by people with

*A Guide to the National Parks of America. Compiled and edited by EpWaArp

Frank ALLEN, editor of ‘‘Travel.’”? Robert McBride & Company, New York. 1918.
Price, $1.25 net; postage extra.

tj Sign Talk. By Ernest TuHompson Seton. Doubleday, Page & Co., Garden
City and New York. Price, $3.00.

Book Reviews 495

no knowledge of the spelling of words, and between people who know
different languages.

Even if we do not share in the anticipation of a future of universal
sign-talking, we should be grateful for the patient research which re-
sults in preserving to us so much of the fast-disappearing life of our
American Indians. Ee Lee!

GUIDE TO Published by the Department of the Interior, Ottawa,
JASPER Park* this guide to Jasper Park gives a very comprehensive
description of one of Canada’s largest and most beauti-
ful playgrounds. An account of the early history of the region, quoting
from thrilling narratives of the first explorers, fur-traders, and mis-
sionaries to the Indians, forms an interesting chapter. The descriptive
material is profusely illustrated with beautiful photographs, not only of
the scenic wonders of the park, but also of the fauna and flora. A list
is given of trips to be taken in the region, with details of distance, time,
and height of peaks, that makes one wish to follow each careful direc-
tion and see for one’s self the lofty peaks, snowy cirques, glacial rivers
and quiet lakes of this Rocky Mountain park.
It is well printed and bound in an attractive green flexible binding.
Six topographical maps go with it. ELE Be.

In THE Witps_ ‘This book embodies the experiences of a field naturalist
OF SOUTH and collector during six years in the tropical wilder-
AMERICAT nesses of South America. Altogether Mr. Miller cov-
ered over 150,000 miles in his expeditions, circling the

coast region of all that part of the southern continent which lies north
of Buenos Aires. The opening chapters relate to explorations in Colom-
bia, Then follows the story of his adventures and observations dur-
ing an ascent of the Orinoco to the mysterious Mt. Duida. The reader
catches glimpses of rubber camps where orgies of dissipation and occa-
sional wholesale murders take place, when the bands of natives, return-
ing from the forest, are paid for their deliveries of rubber. A chapter
on “Life in the Guiana Wilds” tells of the interesting custom, called
“bheena,’ among the Patamona Indians, which is thought to insure suc-
cess on a hunt. Several chapters are devoted to the Roosevelt South
American Expedition, to which Mr. Miller was attached as field natu-
ralist. The chapter entitled “A Forty Days’ Ride Through Wildest
Matto Grosso” should satisfy the most exacting reader of exploration
literature. Here is found a description of the Salto Bello Falls, where
* Description of and Guide to Jasper Park. Published by the Department of the

Interior, Ottawa. 1917. Pages, 97. Price, 50 cents. Sold by Railway News Com-
pany, Winnipeg, Manitoba.

tIn the Wilds of South America. By Lro E. MItter, of the American Museum
of Natural History. With over 70 illustrations and a map. Charles Scribners’
Sons, New York. 1918. 8vo. Pages, xiv + 424. Price, $4.50 net.

496 Sierra Club Bulletin

the Papagayo River, fully five hundred feet wide and containing an
enormous flow of water, plunges into a gorge in a sheer drop of two
hundred and eighty feet. The height of the fall exceeds that of Niagara
by more than a hundred feet, and the roar of the water is said to be
awe-inspiring in the extreme. After leaving the Roosevelt Expedition,
Mr. Miller went down the west coast of Peru, crossed the central Bo-
livian highlands, and passed down into Argentina. Any one who is
interested in the little-known savages of South America should read his
chapter on “The Yuracaré Indians of the Rio Chimoré.” Throughout
the volume the natural-history interest of the reader is satisfied by de-
lightful descriptions of South American birds and mammals, many of
them quite rare. Who would not like to know about the habits of a
night-monkey no bigger than a good-sized mouse, or an ant-eater, with
a wonderful golden fur, that lives a diurnal life in the tree-tops? We
regret that we are unable to devote as much space to the volume as it
deserves. We recommend it warmly as a most entertaining and in-
forming volume. It contains a map and more than seventy photographic
illustrations, The frontispiece is a beautiful color plate of the cock-of-
the-rock, a rare bird of gorgeous plumage, whose nest and eggs Mr.
Miller found for the first time. We B

“TourtnGc This little work is well worth reading, and is of the greatest
Aroor’* possible interest to all trampers and mountaineers. It is also
of a special interest to knapsackers, those who “back-pack.”
While we do not agree with everything the author says, largely because
western conditions are somewhat different from those found in the east,
he gives every evidence of knowing what he is writing about. His sug-
gestions on the various kinds of back-packs, footwear, making of caps,
outdoor beds, food list and light-weight mess kit are full of valuable
suggestions. WE. C

We are in receipt of the 1918 Annual of the Mountain Club of South
Africa, published by the Cape Town Section. It is a publication of 158
pages, with a large number of photo-engravings which convey a clear
idea of mountain scenery in the Transvaal and in the vicinity of Cape
Town. There are a number of interesting articles illustrating climbs
undertaken by South African mountaineers. We welcome to our library
this new acquaintance from the antipodes.

*Touring Afoot. By C. P. Forpyce. Outing Publishing Company, New York.
Price, 80 cents.

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

For Hikers
Supplies see

W. DAVIS
&S SONS

333 MARKET STREET
SAN FRANCISCO

Leggings
Knapsacks
Blankets
Shoes

Leather Goods
Saddlery
Hand Bags

ae Munson Last Walking Shoe

FOR THE ANNUAL OUTING

you will want a supply of fresh and dependable films
—ones with which you can be sure of getting those
pictures which you never will have an opportunity
to retake.

AFTER YOU COME BACK

you will want them developed and printed in a mod-
ern laboratory with up-to-date equipment and careful
workmen to get the best possible results from your
exposures. From the best ones you will want some
artistic enlargements.

These are some of the advantages we have
to offer you

Marsh & Co.

KODAKS AND PHOTO SUPPLIES
712 MARKET STREET SAN FRANCISCO

“Our Business is Developing”

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

A book for every outdoor lover

STEEP TRAILS

BY JOHN MUIR
EDITED BY WILLIAM FREDERIC BADE

Some of John Muir’s best writing is to be found in this last of
his posthumous books, which begins with a charming paper on
the mountain sheep, or bighorn, of the Sierra Nevada and ends
with a glowing account of the Grand Cafion. Other vivid chap-
ters deal with Mt. Shasta, Mt. Rainier, Puget Sound, Oregon,
Utah, the Nevada desert, the Sierra, and the San Gabriel
Mountains, and include stories of strenuous adventures as
well as such delightful description of the scenery and wild life
of the West as only John Muir could write.

“No one who loves the out-of-doors should
fail to read this volume. Perhaps no other
book so adequately presents the scope of
Muir’s genius.” — Cleveland Plain Dealer

Illustrated. $3.00 net
Boston HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY new York

H. C. Golcher
Company

OUTING SUITS FLASH LAMPS GLOVES

SLEEPING BAGS LANTERNS LEGGINGS

OILED SILK MOSQUITO FISHING

DUNNAGE HEAD NETS TACKLE
BAGS EYE SHIELDS

LUNCH BAGS BOOTS &SHOES

PACK STRAPS SOX

Your inspection of our goods
is cordially invited

508 MARKET STREET, SAN FRANCISCO
TELEPHONE GARFIELD 828

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

MEMBERS OF SIERRA CLUB & FRIENDS

r William ‘Tl. Goldsborough, >-.
Hnsurance Broker

Telephone Sutter 4925 234 Bush Street San Francisco, Cal.

DATE | COMPANY | PREMIUM

Fire I would like to send YOU

a Bill.
Liye
All kinds of Insurance nego-
Bonds tiated with the Best Com-
Accident Mona rare

I want YOUR Business—large

slay or small.

Automobile Ae eahour Rates and

Liability Policies.

CAMPING

EO rr Mv EN |

AUTOMOBILE OUTFITS

WE MAKE AND CARRY A FULL
DINE OF SEECIALTIES FOR
VACALEION TOURISTS

LAWN, PORCH and CAMP FURNITURE
Send for our Free Illustrated Catalog

W. A. Plummer M fo. Company

Front Street at Pine, San Francisco. Phone Kearny 5560

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

SS ad

\ sare _ = =

rything for the “Lovers of Outdoor Life.

The Camper, Hiker, Autoist and Sportsman can find
in our varied stock all the necessaries that add com-
fort to the body, the camp or the trip en route

HIKING OUTFITS, RUCKSACKS,
TENTS AND CAMP SUPPLIES
EASTMAN KODAKS

MANUFACTURERS AND SOLE DISTRIBUTORS OF

SPIRO’S “SIERRA”
SLEEPING OUTFITS
“‘They’re the Best’’

ARMY AND NAVY GOODS

TheregulationU.S. ArmyTrampingShoes
The regulation U.S. Olive Drab Shirts
The regulation U.S. Olive Drab Blankets

U.S. Knapsacks, Shelter Tents, Ponchos and many of
the other useful articles required in the U.S. Army and
Navy Service

The Sportsman’s Store
307 MARKET ST.

SAN FRANCISCO

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

Goldberg, Bowen & Co.

Wholesale and Retail

Grocers

TEA, COFFEE AND WINE MERCHANTS

Established 1850

We carry everything for the camping trip, such as
condensed soups, potted meats, beef extracts and deli-
cacies of all kinds.

We take great pains to pack according to instruc-
tions left, and try to please in every way.

When you are far away you want fresh goods of
the best quality, and they must be packed properly.

Mazin Store and Shipping Depot
242 SUTTER STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CAL.

SPALDING

Life in the Open in
Khaki and Olive

Drab for Men
ws and Women
The Mark of Quality “9
ra esa i Hunting, Riding and
Norfolk Coats
Plain Walking, Shell
A. G. SPALDING and Divided Skirts
& BROS. Breeches and
156 Geary Street Bloomers, Middy
San Francisco Blouses, Leggings
416 Rigednrinte Street Hat s, Etc.

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Traverses Marin, Sonoma, Mendocino, Trinity and Humboldt
Counties, the territory that appeals to the hiker and lover of primi-
tive out-of-door sports

EVERY TWO HOURS

during the day, a fast electric train leaves
San Francisco, Key Route Ferry Depot

to SACRAMENTO

Fast comfortable service through some of
the prettiest spots in Central California.

Write for Time Table and Rates

OAKLAND, ANTIOCH & EASTERN
RAILWAY

L. H. RODEBAUGH, Traffic Manager OAKLAND, CALIFORNIA

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

219 POWELL STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CAL.

Boog

PILLSBURY’S
PICTURES

KODAKS FILMS FINISHING

Large Collection of California Views
acs

When in Yosemite we invite you to visit our branch
Studio, where you will find much of interest
Our prices same as city prices

TAMALPAIS HIKERS

In Order to Popularize Hiking on the Mountain

THE MT. TAMALPAIS &
MUIR WOODS RAILWAY

will establish the following rates between intermediate points
on its line, effective March 1 to October I, 1917
OneWay RoundTrip

Between Mill Valley and Ah ec

Muir
Muir Woods
Between Mesa and 4 West Point

Between West Point and Maite

Between Tavern and Muir Woods
Mill Valley ...
Mesa

Between Mine Ridge Bridgeand ~ West Point ...

| Muir 35
Tickets on sale at Mill Valley Ticket Office, Tamalpais Tavern
and Muir Inn

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

TENTS

Ozled Silk Sleeping Bags Lined
with Lambs’ Wool, Regulation
Szerra Club Dunnage Bags,
Hammocks, Camp Furniture,

Flags, Folding Cots

IF IT’S MADE OF CANVAS WE MAKE IT
Cee

W. A. Plummer Mfg. Company

Pine and Front Streets, San Francisco. Phone Kearny 5560

Send for our Free Illustrated Catalog

ON A HIKE—12z Witt Need

IT WILL SERVE YOU FOR
MOTELS.
A Pedometer viii vou now ran

OU HAVE WALKED

A Field Glass SEBO THE

We Also Do en - Printing

THE QUALITY KIND—FOR THE ONE WHO KNOWS

GEO. H. KAHN

Optician &F Photo Supplies
34 KEARNY STREET SAN FRANCISCO

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

MEMBERS OF SIERRA CLUB & FRIENDS

» William ‘T. Goldsborough, »-

Hnsurance Broker
Telephone Sutter 4925 211 First National Bank Building San Francisco, Cal.
Fire I would like to send YOU
a Bill.
Life
All kinds of Insurance nego-
Bonds tiated with the Best Com-
Accident panics.
Burglary I want YOUR Business—large
or small.
Automobile
Ask me about Rates and
Liability Policies.

FOR THE RECORDS OF 1776

You must go to history, but for the
events of 1918 and whatis to follow your

Kodak Album

will tell a vivid story.

Your Films are safe in our hands

“Our Business is Developing”

FHlarsh & Co.

712 MARKET STREET SAN FRANCISCO

Mail Orders Solicited
KODAKS SUPPLIES

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

Yosemite National Park

CALIFORNIA’S GREAT SCENIC ATTRACTION
Tue DirEcT AND COMFORTABLE WAY IS VIA THE

Yosemite Valley Railroad

A scenic trip through the Merced Cafion. Observation-parlor cars by
day, Pullman cars by night from Los Angeles and San Francisco.

YOSEMITE TRANSPORTATION CO. AUTOMOBILE LINE
From El Portal to hotel or camp in the valley, over a macadam road,
wide and smooth, sprinkled daily to keep down the dust. Passes in full
vAGy of many of the scenic features—El Capitan, Bridal Veil Falls, Half
ome.
THE BIG TREES OF CALIFORNIA

The Tuolumne, Merced and Mariposa Groves may be visited by short
automobile trips from El Portal or Yosemite, without loss of time.

BUY ROUND-TRIP TICKETS TO YOSEMITE

Via Southern Pacific or Santa Fe to Merced and the Yosemite Valley
Railroad. This is the direct way; this is the comfortable way; the way
most people go, a combination of rail and auto unexcelled. See any rail-
way ticket agent for information and folder, or address:

Yosemite Valley Railroad Company
MERCED, CAL.
Ask for descriptive folder or consult any railroad ticket agent

H. C. Golcher
Company

Can Supply

OIL SILK FISHING SLEEPING BAGS
HEAD NETS TACKLE EYE SHIELDS
DUNNAGE GLOVES

BAGS LUNCH BAGS
LEGGINGS LANTERNS
PACK STRAPS BOOTS
FLASH LAMPS SHOES

Please cali or write us if interested

508 MARKET STREET, SAN FRANCISCO
TELEPHONE GARFIELD 828

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

Gantier $Mallan C

up Se ame T AVE, AT POST ST.

MOST EXTENSIVE
DISPLAYS

KNITTED SPORTS
APPAREL

AT MODERATE PRICES

SWEATERS SPORTS COATS
SPORTS HOSE
BATHING SUITS
ATHLETIC AND"“GYM” SUITS

6¢ oe
You know our qualities’

THE CRUISE
OF THE CORWIN

BY JOHN MUIR
EDITED BY WILLIAM FREDERIC BADE

Every lover of nature and travel books will relish
this volume describing John Muir’s adventures and

experiences while a member of the Corwin expedition
to the far North in search of the Artic explorer DeLong.

“A valuable addition to Mr. Muir’s works.
The admirable work of the editor is worthy
of the highest praise.” Congregationalist.

Illustrated. $2.75 net
Boston HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY New York

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

307 1127

Market Street SPIRO aS Broadway
San Francisco Oakland

The Sportsmen’s Stores

Manufacturers and Sole Distributors of

“Spiro’s Improved Sierra Club Sleeping Outfits ”
(You Sleep Outdoors in Real Comfort)

Spiro’s Alpine Ruck Sacks

Spiro’s Sierra Club Pack Straps

Purveyors to the

Lovers of Outdoor Life

corer) The Camper, Hiker, Autoist and

Wee, Pie yar Sportsman can find in our varied

: MD bj ‘WF stockall the necessaries that add com-

y fort to the body, the camp or the
trip en route.

Illustrated Catalogue Free

Oiled Silk Sleeping Bags Lined
with Lambs’ Wool, Regulation
Szerra Club Dunnage Bags,
Hammocks, Camp Furniture,

Flags, Folding Cots

IF IT’S MADE OF CANVAS WE MAKE IT
eee

W. A. Plummer Mfe. Company

Pine and Front Streets, San Francisco. Phone Kearny 5560
Send for our Free Illustrated Catalog

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Ne
Members are urged to deal with our advertisers
MEMBERS OF SIERRA CLUB & FRIENDS

» William T. Goldsborough, »,.

Husurance Broker
Telephone Sutter 4925 211 First National Bank Building San Francisco, Cal.
| DATE | COMPANY | PREMIUM
Fire I would like to send YOU
a Bill.
Life
| All kinds of Insurance nego-
Bonds tiated with the Best Com-
Accident panies.
Burglary _ITwantYOUR Business—large
or small.
Automobile Ask me about Rates and
Liability Policies.
ICTURES

will keep your
trip forever fresh
in your memory. In
these days of simplified
apparatus anyone can
handle a Kodak. You can make
your own record in your own
way. @ We have supplied photo-
graphic outfits for many Sierra
Club members. Let us help you
to make
your trips
more en- % Serer ROE
oyable. ORES —

e Se

FMarsh & Co.

KODAKS

712 MARKET ST. SAN FRANCISCO

\ Ws

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

\ =
Sa!

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

Yosemite National Park

CALIFORNIA’S GREAT SCENIC ATTRACTION

THE DIRECT AND COMFORTABLE Way IS VIA THE

Yosemite Valley Railroad
A scenic trip through the Merced Cajfion. Observation-parlor cars by
day, Pullman cars by night from Los Angeles and San Francisco.
YOSEMITE TRANSPORTATION CO. AUTOMOBILE LINE
From El Portal to hotel or camp in the valley, over a macadam road,
wide and smooth, sprinkled daily to keep down the dust. Passes in full
view of many of the scenic features—El1 Capitan, Bridal Veil Falls, Half
Dome.
THE BIG TREES OF CALIFORNIA

The Tuolumne, Merced and Mariposa Groves may be visited by short
automobile trips from El] Portal or Yosemite, without loss of time.

BUY ROUND-TRIP TICKETS TO YOSEMITE

Yosemite Valley Railroad Company.
MERCED, CAL.

Ask for descriptive folder or consult any railroad ticket agent

H.C.GOLCHER CO.

can supply

Oil Silk Sleeping Bags
Head Nets Eye Shields
Dunnage Bags Gloves
Leggins Lunch Bags
Pack Straps Lanterns
Flash Lamps Shoes
Fishing Tackle Boots

Please call or write us uf interested

508 MARKET ST. SAN FRANCISCO

Telephone Garfield 828

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

Ganiter $Matlan C-

Buy Your a —

Knitted

(For Hiking and Outdoor Sports)

From

Ganier $Matlan C

“HEADQUARTERS”

SWEATER COATS, HOSIERY, BATHING SUITS
UNDERWEAR
Made in San Francisco. Awarded 3 Grand Prix, P. P.I.E.
ALL MODERATELY PRICED

Grant Avenue at Post Street

Spend Your Vacation
%% corth % %&

DESMOND

When dealing unth our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

Footwear

is all essential for comfortable tramping
—every hiker knows that.

The most complete variety of boots is
at our shops—every style, height and ma-
terial; likewise gray buckskin shoes and
other lighter footwear suitable for short-
er tramps.

Prices as low as good material, work-

manship and present conditions

permit.

SOMMER &
KAUFMANN

119 Grant Avenue 838 Market Street

Tour the Rockies of
Glacier National Park

Season June 15 to October 1

Rocky Mountainland—that’s Glacier Park. Next summer

plan to follow its skyland trails over the Continental Divide. Varied tours
by auto-stage and saddle-horse are available; mammoth hotels-in-the-mountains and
Alpine chalet groups afford unique entertainment enroute. The

Great Northern’s Glacier Park booklets are free upon request.

“See America First”,
GEO. W. COLBY, General Agent

657 Market St.
SAN FRANCISCO

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

‘“Cline-Maid”’

Outing
and Riding
Habits

Made to your measure, of

Khakies Moleskins
Whipcords Armidux
Corduroys Woolens

Suits $7.50 to $35
Hats Made to Order

Send for Catalogue

Sleeping des
Dunnage Bags
Knapsacks
Sierra Boots
Wool Sox
Rollups
Folding Lanterns

Write for Catalogue

Gue-{ij

Yee
*SsoRs TO DYAS-

cine ©

214 West Third Street and
Spring at Sixth

LOS ANGELES

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

NEW OUTDOOR BOOKS

JOHN MUIR’S

A THOUSAND-MILE WALK
TO THE GULF

This is John Muir’s journal of his tramp from Indiana to Florida
in 1867, and of his trip thence to Cuba and finally to California.
This was Muir’s first adventure into the world of his life work as
a student of nature—his matriculation, as he himself would have
put it, in the “University of the Wilderness,” and he writes with
all the fresh enthusiasm of such an adventure at twenty-nine, and
with good measure of the literary art that distinguishes his later
writing. It was primarily a botanizing trip, but the journal is de- |
voted mostly to the general aspects of the country and to experi-
ences with more or less hospitable humans and woods that were
always hospitable. The book will be warmly welcomed, because it is
interesting in itself as well as in the light it throws on the devel-
opment of the great naturalist’s aims. The journal has been
skilfully edited by Prof. William F. Badé, who did a like ser-
vice for Muir’s “Travels in Alaska.”

Illustrated. Large cr. 8vo, $2.50 net. Also a large paper edition of
550 copies, of which 500 are for sale. Price, $5.00 net.

ON ALPINE HEIGHTS AND
BRITISH CRAGS
By GEORGE D. ABRAHAM

“One of the most fascinating books of mountaineering I
have ever read. It ranks among the first half dozen books
which would be missed from any real mountaineer’s li-
brary.”—William Frederic Badé, editor of The Sierra Club
Bulletin and one of the directors of the Sierra Club.

24 illustrations. $2.50 net.

BIRD THE STORY OF

FRIENDS SCOTCH
By GILBERT H. TRAFTON By ENOS A. MILLS

For the nature lover no gift could “Not even Rab or Stickeen lays a
be more appropriate than this beau- stronger hold on the reader’s affec-
tiful volume, which tells everything tions than the faithful and intelligent
about birds that anyone, even a spe- dog Scotch, whose tragic history is
cial student, would want to know. told in this book.’—The Dial.
Profusely illustrated in color. $2 net. Illustrated. 50 cents net.

“HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY

BOSTON NEW YORK

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

Huntington Lakeand the Grand
Canyon of the San Joaquin
@

ALIFORNIA’S great scenic attraction. Do not fail to see

beautiful Huntington Lake, surrounded by its snow-clad
mountain peaks and the Grand Cafion of the San Joa-
quin, with its massive walls and domes, stupendous water-
falls. It’s a galaxy unsurpassed elsewhere. Only a few hours
from Los Angeles and San Francisco—either Southern Pacific
Company or Santa Fe Railroad to Cascada, thence by auto
service to the Lake. Good Hotel service at Huntington Lodge.
Descriptive folders on application. For through tickets and
connections see Southern Pacific and Santa Fe Railroad tick-
et agents, or address:

San Joaquin 's Eastern R. R. Company
730 P. E. Building Los Angeles, Cal.

Goldberg, Bowen & Co.

Wholesale and Retail

Grocers

TEA, COFFEE AND WINE MERCHANTS

Established 1850

We carry everything for the camping trip, such as
condensed soups, potted meats, beef extracts and deli-
cacies of all kinds.

We take great pains to pack according to instruc-
tions left, and try to please in every way.

When you are far away you want fresh goods of
the best quality, and they must be packed properly.

Mazin Store and Shipping Depot
242 SUTTER STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CAL.

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

HIKING OUTFITS
SLEEPING BAGS
RUCKSACKS

TENTS

CAMP SUPPLIES
EASTMAN KODAKS AND SUPPLIES

SAN FRANCISCO

PURVEYORS TO THE

Lovers of the Outdoor Life

The Camper, Hiker, Autoist and Sportsman can

find in our varied stock all the necessaries that

add comfort to the body, the camp or the trip
en route

| Army and Navy Goods |

SOLE DISTRIBUTORS

The regulation U. Ps Army Tramping Shoes
U. S. Olive Drab Shirts
U. S Olive Drab Blankets

U. S. Knapsacks, Shelter Tents, Ponchos and many of the
other useful articles required in the
U.S. Army and Navy Service

ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE FREE
BRANCH STORE, 1026 BROADWAY, OAKLAND

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

SIERRA CLUB
402 MILLS BUILDING : SAN FRANCISCO

ATO EE IIT ncn
ao =.

ec aan laine
un Sf nian ASty¢, a‘

,
oF 5

Yo.

“Zonal mused -
ANNOUNCEMENT —
EIGHTEENTH ANNUAL

QUTING OF THE SIERRA CLUB
JULY 1ith TO AUGUST 10th, 1919

dows, through Yosemite, with
main trips to Mt. Ritter region,
WAI} Chousand Island Lake, Shad-

Mow Lake, Devils Post Pile,
Rainbow Falls and during the last week to Ten
Lake Basin and vicinity.

This will make the trip interesting to those
who have visited the Meadows on previous
occasions. Persons desiring to take this out-
ing should notify the Secretary in writing at
once so as to aid in the preparations.

The region about Mt. Ritter is one of the
most striking and spectacular from the stand-
point of mountaineering in the Sierra, while
Ten Lake Basin contains one of the most ex-

‘i

quisite groups of lakes that are to be foun
in the whole range. In all probability a knap
sack party will go down the Tuolumne Cafio
to Pate Valley and rejoin the main party i
Ten Lake Basin.

MAPS

A folding map of the entire Yosemit
National Park can be secured of the Directo
of the U. S. Geological Survey, Washington
D. C., or from Isaac Upham Co., 510 Marke
StiSan Francisco:

LITERATURE |

For literature on this trip members are re

ferred to back numbers of the “Sierra Club

Bulletin,’ which can be read at the Club
Rooms and several local public libraries.

See also “My First Summer in the Sierra,”
and “The Yosemite,” by John Muir.

For. a very good description of Mt. Ritter
and Ten Lake Basin, see “The Mountains of
California,” by John Muir, pp. 53-73 and p.
100.

PERSONNEL

This outing is intended for members of the
Club and their relatives. Members of other
mountaineering clubs are also welcome.
Friends of members, properly recommended,
may also join the outing on payment of $5 as
an enrollment fee.

ITINERARY

The main party will leave San Francisco
and Los Angeles in special Sierra Club Pull-

man cars attached to regular trains, Friday
evening, July 11th, and will arrive at the Sierra
Club camp in Yosemite the afternoon of the
12th. The party will remain in Yosemite one
day and the morning of July 14th will start for
Tuolumne Meadows via Mirror Lake Trail and
will camp the first night near Lake Tenaya.
They will reach the Soda Springs camp in
Tuolumne Meadows on July 15th and from this
central camp trips will be taken down the
Grand Cafion of the Tuolumne, and climbs of
Mts. Hoffman, Conness, Dana, Lyell and Rit-
ter will be made. - There is a vast wilderness
to explore and no region in the Sierra is more
attractive. Those who prefer may stay at
the base camp in the Meadows and enjoy the
splendid trout fishing (be sure and get your
State fishing licenses before you start) or take
the numberless interesting one-day trips to
nearby lakes and peaks.

~The party will return via Ten Lake Basin
and Yosemite Creek, leaving Yosemite the
afternoon of August 9th and arriving in San
Francisco and Los Angeles the morning of
August 10th.

TWO WEEKS PARTY

This party will leave San Francisco and Los
Angeles on the regular trains the evening of
July 25th, arriving in Yosemite the 26th, stay-
ing at any of the regular camps that night.
The pack train will be at the Le Conte Memo-
rial Lodge the morning of the 27th and the
members of the party should see that their

dunnage bags are at the Lodge by 7 o’clock
a.m. at the latest. Each of the regular camps
will, upon request, see that the bags are de-
livered. Information can be obtained at the

Lodge the evening before or the morning
of the 27th.

OUTING DEPOSIT

The Outing Deposit will be $65.00 for the
main trip of four weeks, or $40.00 for two
weeks. The increase in price is rendered nec-
essary by the great advance in cost of provi-
sions and all material used on the trip.

Since the provisions and outfit must be
purchased for cash, and will have to be for-
warded several weeks prior to the main start,
it will be necessary for each person who de-
sires to take this trip to send the Secretary
of the Sierra Club the deposit of $65.00 for
the main trip or $40.00 for two weeks to cover
the expense, so as to reach him not later than
the 24th of May. Send amount by check,
money or express order, and payable to the
Secretary of the Sierra Club.

The deposit will in all probability, cover all
Club expenses so that no further assessment
need be made.

Since a large outlay will have to be made
several weeks in advance, the deposits of those
who find themselves unable to join the Out-
ing will be refunded only in case their places
are filled by the Committee from those who
make subsequent application or in case any

balance remains after paying all Outing ex-
penses, though there has been in the past no
difficulty in refunding, at least, the major por-
tion of the deposit.

DUNNAGE BAGS

No personal baggage will be accepted for
transportation on the pack-train unless packed
in dunnage bags of dimensions and shapes as
follows: Cylindrical canvas bags not to ex-
ceed, when packed, three feet in length and
eighteen inches in diameter, plainly marked
with the names and home addresses of their
respective owners. These should be painted
on the bags in large letters. Each person is
allowed one bag only.

Weight of each individual’s personal bag-
gage when packed in bag is not to exceed
thirty-five pounds.

SADDLE HORSES

A few saddle horses will be available for
use. The charge per animal for the entire
trip, including its care, will probably be $45.00.
The Club assumes no responsibility of any
sort for these, but has consented to their use
by members of the party who may wish to
ride. If you wish to engage an animal for the
trip, let us know at once and one will be or-
dered for you.

PERSONAL OUTFIT

Each member of the party must provide his
own personal effects.

THE ESSENTIALS

1. Sleeping Outfit. This should consist of
a sleeping bag made by doubling two wool
comforters, so as to give the bag the great-
est length, and sewing securely together
across the bottom and two-thirds of the way
up the side. This bag should be lined and
covered with gingham or sateen, which should
project a foot or two beyond the top as a
loose flap. The wool comforters may be
sewed up into separate bags as indicated, and
one lined and the other covered. One bag
can then be slipped inside the other for ordi-
nary use and removed easily for knapsack
trips where economy of weight is desirable.
A tall person will require extra length com-
forters. Blankets are too heavy and cotton
comforters are not desirable.

A waterproof sheet or covering at least 6x6
feet should also be taken. Canvas and the or-
dinary rubber blanket are entirely too heavy
for this purpose. The most serviceable and sat-
isfactory material is waterproof silk. It is
strong, durable, perfectly waterproof, and very
light. A piece five yards in length, cut in half
and sewed together along one side, will make
a large sheet that will protect the sleeping bag
from the ground and form a covering as well.
Firms who advertise at the end of this an-
nouncement carry this very’ desirable material
and will fill orders by mail.

2. A tramping suit of stout material—cordu-
roy, denim, khaki, etc. One suit should suffice

for the entire trip. Men should have an extra
pair of khaki trousers or overalls, and an extra
light-weight flannel overshirt. Overcoats are
not taken, but each one should have a sweater.
If a coat is worn it should be made of khaki or
some light-weight material. Women should
have an extra, light-weight skirt and waist to
wear about camp. The skirts, especially the
tramping skirt, should be short and should
reach not many inches below the knee. Under
the skirt shorter knickerbockers of the same
color should be worn. These latter are essen-
tial for the more difficult mountain climbs
where skirts are dangerous to wear.

3. The underclothing should be such as one
would wear in average winter weather in Cali-
fornia—i. e., of medium weight, and one change
should be taken.

One of the Chinamen provided by the man-
‘agement will probably be able to do washing
at reasonable rates for those who may desire
it while in permanent camp.

4. Footwear is an all-important question.
One pair, at least, of stout, well-fitting, easy-
wearing shoes, with extra heavy soles contain-
ing hob-nails, is essential for tramping. These
should be thoroughly broken in before the
Outing. The wear and tear on footwear on
these trips is very great, and novices have fre-
quently had their trips nearly spoiled by un-
derestimating the necessity for stout shoes. A
light pair of shoes to wear about the camp
after the day’s tramp will be conducive to

comfort, such as tennis shoes or moccasins.

5. Leggings are recommended unless high
boots are worn, and women will find them de-
sirable for wearing about camp with light
shoes.

6. Several pairs of moderately heavy and
serviceable socks or stockings should be taken.
Experience has proven that if two pairs of me-
dium weight woolen socks are worn (or a
single pair of extra heavy weight) the feet will
not suffer from chafing and blistering. Women
will find a pair of stockings and a pair of boy’s
size woolen socks to serve the same purpose,
and this plan is highly recommended by women
who have done a great deal of tramping in the
mountains. Chamois skin heel protectors or
Johnson’s zinc oxide-adhesive plaster applied
in strips also serve as a protection against
chafing, and each member of the party should
be provided with a five-yard roll of l-inch tape
and a small package of cotton.

7. Any sort of light broad-brimmed hat can
be worn. Large blanket safety pins have been

found desirable to use in place of hat pins by
the women.

8. Toilet articles, soap and towels.

9. A very fine mesh mosquito head-net and
heavy gloves, preferably gauntlet, are neces-
sary.

10. For those who desire to climb moun-
tains, colored glasses or goggles are essential.
Women should also carry heavy, dark veils to
protect the face from snow-burn and actor’s
grease paint is one of the best protections. ©

11. It is essential that each member of the
party, unless provided with large pockets, take
a small lunch-bag with shoulder-strap for use
on daily trips.

12. Canteen, drinking cup, and bathing-suit
are desirable articles, though not absolute
necessities.

13. Tents are not essential and are seldom
used to sleep in. Several women may combine
and take a tent, using it as a dressing-room. A
light weight 7x7 A-tent, with ridge rope,
without poles or pins, or any other form of
small tent, is recommended. This tent must be
included in the prescribed limit and must be
packed in the three-foot dunnage bag, unless
ordered of the Secretary of the Club before
May 20th, in which event it will be sent in with
the Club tents. Such order must be accom-
panied with $5.00 to cover rental and cost of
transportation.

A piece of dark-green percaline or silesia
cloth, about six feet in width and 20 feet in
length, strung up as an enclosure with heavy
cord is an admirable substitute for a dressing-
tent, and weighs but 2% pounds. Several
women can combine and take one of these.

14. A pocket roll facilitates the care and
packing of one’s effects. It should be made of
denim or drilling, as follows: A piece three
feet square is first taken as a back, and three
box-plaited pockets, each of a foot deep, and
one above the other and extending the entire
width, are securely sewed to the back and

bound with tape. The upper pocket can be di-
vided into three divisions to hold small arti-
cles. All these pockets can be closed with flaps
or tied with tapes. Into this roll all one’s be-
longings except bedding can be packed, and it
can be arranged with eyelet and cord and hung
to a tree when in camp.

15. Dunnage bag three feet long and
eighteen inches in diameter when packed.
Each member must have a bag of this charac-
ter, and these dimensions must not be ex-,
ceeded. The carrying of this bag from place
to place while in camp will be facilitated by
having canvas handles riveted or sewed on
bottom and side of bag. The owner’s name and
home address in full must be painted on each
bag in large letters, and each bag must be
tagged with the special Sierra Club tag.

16. For those purposing to. take arduous
side-trips, a durable knapsack or pack harness
is necessary. |

17. It will be desirable to have two or three
candles, and if each one will bring a small
Chinese lantern the display will add to the at-
tractiveness of the camp-fires.

To properly pack one’s outfit, the bedding
should be laid on the ground, extended full
length and folded so as not to be more than
three feet in width. On one end of the bedding
lay the packed pocket roll and then roll it up
inside of the bedding. Fasten the entire roll
with a stout cord or straps and pull the dun-
nage bag over it.

CHECK LIST AND WEIGHTS
PERSONAL OUTFIT

IN order that members of the party may have
a more definite idea of what to take and the ap-
proximate weights of the various articles, the
following list has been carefully compiled:

Sleeping bag— ‘ Lbs. zs.
Wool comfort or eiderdown bag 8 8 O
Sheet of waterproof silk, 6x7 ft. 1 10

Total 9 10

Clothing in addition to what is worn—

Sweater 1 8
Pajamas or nightgown 0 14
1 suit underclothing 1 2
Light pair shoes 2 0
6 bandanas 0 8
. Men Women
1 pair trousers 1 skirt l 8
1 overshirt 1 waist 0 10
6 pair socks 6 pair stockings 1 0
“Total 9

Miscellaneous—
Toilet articles 2 0
Towels—1 bath, 2 face 1 4.
Knapsack or pack harness 1 6
Pocket roll (denim) 1 Z
Dunnage bag Z 0
Candles and lantern 0 8
Wotal 8 4

This is a liberal allowance and makes a grand
total of about 27 pounds, leaving a small bal-
ance for cloth enclosure, fishing tackle, writing |
and sewing outfit, etc.

Keep the weight as much below the pre-
scribed limit as possible.

RAILROAD AND OTHER EXPENSES

The expense of the trip will be as follows:
For those leaving San Francisco:

(1) Outing deposit: (4 weeks)=2 =a $65.00
(2) Round-trip fare, San Franeisco ‘to
Yosemite 22.2. 3 ee 21.60
(3) Pullman berth ($2.20 each way,
lower) sec: ee 4.40
(4) Meals enroute...:. 2 eee 2.00
Total wi... 2 eee =$78:00-

Los Angeles members will pay $35.10 for
their round-trip tickets and the Pullman fare
is the same as from San Francisco: $2.20
lower, $1.76 upper, each way.

Mr. Phil S. Bernays, 315 W. Third Street,

Los Angeles, will give the members from
southern California necessary information.

Mail addressed care Sierra Club, Yosemite,
Cal., will be brought to the party, and mail
will be sent out at frequent intervals and a
telephone in the Parsons Memorial Lodge in
the Meadows will enable anyone to keep in
touch with outside affairs.

OUTING COMMITTEE,
Per WM. E. COLBY,
Chairman.
Sierra Club, 402 Mills Building, San Fran-
cisco.
12

ADVERTISERS IN SIERRA CLUB
BULLETIN

OUTING EQUIPMENT

THE ELLERY ARMS COMPANY
583-585 Market St., San Francisco
Outing Equipment

H. C. GOLCHER CO.
508 Market St., San Francisco
Outing Equipment

W. A. PLUMMER MFG. COMPANY
Pine and Front Sts., San Francisco
Tents and Canvas Goods

A. G. SPALDING & BROS.
156 Geary St., San Francisco
416 14th St., Oakland
Outing Equipment

THE SPIRO COMPANY
307-309-311 Market St., San Francisco
1127 Broadway, Oakland
Outing Equipment

DEHYDRATED VEGETABLES

All the Vegetables used by the Sierra Club
on their outings are put up by
E. CLEMENS HORST CoO.
235 Pine St., San Francisco

PHOTOGRAPHIC SUPPLIES

GEO. H. & HENRY KAHN
34 Kearny St., San Francisco
Kodaks Pedometers Field Glasses

MARSH & COMPANY
712 Market St., San Francisco
Kodaks and Photo Supplies

W. DAVIS & SONS
333 Market St., San Francisco
Outing Equipment
Knapsacks, Blankets, Shoes, Etc.

GROCERIES

GOLDBERG, BOWEN & CO.
242 Sutter St., San Francisco

INSURANCE.
WILLIAM T. GOLDSBOROUGH
234 Bush Street, San Francisco
Insurance of All Kinds

BOOKS

HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY
4 Park St., Boston, Mass.
Books of Interest to Sierra Club Members

OUR CLUB PIN,
above size, in oxidized silver or
antique bronze, $1.00.
In 14k rose gold, $2.50.

For sale at Club office,
402 Mills Building, San Francisco

and by

Mr. P. S. Bernays, 315 W. 3rd St.,
Los Angeles, Cal.

HELP TO PREVENT
FOREST FIRES

EVERY traveler or camper in forest regions)
is urged to take the greatest precaution against
the starting of forest fires. A match, cigarette
or cigarstub tossed thoughtlessly away, a
camp-fire left smouldering, may cause injury)
and distress beyond calculation.

Precautions with small fires will prevent big
ones. All that is required is exercise of the
same care with fire in forest regions that one)
takes without question in his own home or in)
a city. Before you leave a camp-fire, even for
a short time, be sure it is out. The law re
quires it, and imposes a heavy penalty on any
one leaving a fire that is not absolutely put
out. Notify the nearest U. S. Forest Ranger
or State Fire Warden of any forest fire you
see or hear of. ;

Also aid wherever possible in the preserva-
tion of wild life and discourage the wasteful |
gathering of wild flowers.

PLEASE OBSERVE ALL THE RULES
OF THE PARK.

SIERRA CLUB
402 MILLS BUILDING
_ SAN FRANCISCO™

Members are urged to deal with our advertisers

Fo HORST’S
Evaporated Vegetables

Perfected Process

Food value, flavor and texture unimpaired.
Great’ saving in weight and space.

IDEAL FOR CAMPING

Fresh or canned vegetables weigh from ten to twenty
times that of HORST ’S EVAPORATED.

As good as fresh vegetables—and better than canned.
Sold only in sealed tins—absolutely weatherproof.

At sporting goods stores and groceries.

E. CLEMENS HORST COMPANY

235 PINESTREET:SAN FRANCISCO

ON A HIKE—10 Will Need

: IT WILL SERVE YOU FOR
ag a aor
A | | i C a Omeler Ape a pan ne

YOU HAVE WALKED
A Field Glass PLEASURE OF Phe

We Also Do HOG a Printing

THE QUALITY KIND—FOR THE ONE WHO KNOWS

GEO. H. & Ae ES )
HENRY KAHN & CO.
Opticians &F Photo Supplies
54 GEARY ST. and 590 MARKET ST.,SAN FRANCISCO

When dealing with our advertisers mention the Bulletin

Bache oN
nt
t

985-85 MARKET S
SAN FRANCISCO, CAL

me SIGN" OF QUALITY
The ‘Been There’

| Outing Goods Store

Devoted exclusively to the needs of sportsmen and
sportswomen—with 38 years of progressive camp
experience to assist

OUR SUITS ARE IN EXCLUSIVE: SIY¥igs

Fashioned with “character” from standard gov-
ernment grade khaki to the famous auto woolen—
appropriate, practical and fairly priced

ELLERY HIKING BOOTS GIVE GENUINE
COMFORT

They also are of our own creation, possessing
leather, shape and construction which have made
them “standard” to the royalty of the trail

LEARN WHAT ELLERY QUALITY, SERVICE AND
PRICE MEANS a
Impossible to enumerate the hundreds of seasonable articles ae
that cannot be bought elsewhere, so we invite your inspection, o hi
with the reminder that attention to detail has Yan
made our establishment eds,

The Largest Outing Supply House in America

ka Complete outing goods catalogue sent free on request 8 2,

QUALITY

'
‘
a
’
y
i
‘
. ’
,
\
\
-
’
t
4
\
.
‘ ‘
’
eee
'

ni od Ty naney dep Al
Aan T Weed el " v ‘ sarpseedppe Apes y Sorina Agu”
Va Wie

Ait owe! Ay 1 0 anwindQe
f ; LL TWA el | Sia 2. a ia ween assinanh het” geuge> Thwart

be a WH é A ~<A La
, wont,

oh |

ag ¥ PARGe aaa . 5

inal LTT alt \ " & ba Te Ahm a?

Pb do*At UA Ra,, ay LU Woon >>
. NuupebiAARuay’ ‘Noe Se > 23 a5 925, PL Ln MU. ~ a

Wy gett) MY anrnans. Sa
“jee aaAsanannn ‘ cnn, ihe
at tty Linge states Se
.Y Hi V7 OK , RRMeresy
Se ANiMiON ttiieg og, ©
“. 484 =, { ee ETT TITTY les “AA ayewonrdl, | bey

. 7 4D

arriaaapense res Benet:

| et phy! anran dys ne ih =a yaaa “ta . -

a 5 2 ea On AVO 94s ~* | me
bet ebe aage at ena meeaaananaaaannr AE agate NE, AU
. 5 . acral tia Nie Hadneebeenen LT | il dL | a4, Res hittin
AWA Mon sat a f wa re se pe N aN

I] nt . Sean IAQ Hil rt ARRAS Apemaanese cea’ 5 AMARA, WEA SS : .
~ wh i ididd ee = BRERA. ek | ' \we Do

fe on Nin vty Pins. hola COU Tod
| Ac

oon rT) Priel ls
wont Aagaggph? 22e0al gygg ges SUMUNID AE Sly SANMMNiaa Sa: "984,

Munansetbaar AA” OOS SAT TOF a) APr ha \ wn agate A

1 / nar. afar”
Mayne! TPIT TTT ttre nnassanats | oO MO

ar ee. Q- a

Deel. sace ®. te
SPR Ae gc amp * ral | | etd ye: ‘at
is oi MAAMAMAR~ a. eT. Gan)
moe | YD ial « ai..| abl i Lge ha
“ anit A Bag “Madea Mhustnag. Naa an hPnas.. Non Wel ae Nasa, § tin.
UY be r “as Yaar asnares 3A. “Wn temas ake ekae 2 Tuny B
f©& te is LAA an Anas? | | * ae ao, Ray. &e
Uw? & “iy -
Dorma Ae Anny (7 i isi olal ae Ra Wey Aig ie
ape Sena wr i ee Nara oa Nqp
4 RA: sn, ‘a | uf onaasll LCA _aanetes Aina th ) N, Shan fj
fal +f ; sitna Ange mente panama Mi Ain
2 me A... B .
: mT | AANA thtechag oT anew Ny - a ae:
7. x sr ' oa em NN a. '
THE TTT FORA ™ aan’ he Bienes bark .
pA! <# “aie gv ry |
‘| 4 Trl se a LULL arn BUN ~\a* aL ie, Pe gat
te | | naa ett man eanteveres if Lyf ME
LLL ETO RL LTTE it aiatat oleae Nas Deen Barapa,
: tne ‘sae ‘Miaannag A AAA AM A | ae WT
PYLE by Malet Dave BaP
- ~ “AY j A (RA ua
ae "
7 me aL leah

maaan! | | |] 1
| <A

wennanseatite Ata? liste aa neta
(a - 7A 4™ 4 a

ial. aly pbiBaciaiiy Anusha. VN Aa ym Oy Ti | \) " NLA ‘pal,

a To Nags aie” PE ET L |

WYN A a “ap Rene Pay

Aaanar
ctl ol vie) aha, ‘ bane rf
amanaaibalinaa e e AA Ma iT) J agi
+ a Tr Aa IND
face ea, ager { Seer NNN AAN Ayr apana..- po wa ARAM IANA sth NORA ngaet
rs YT} hs yrs «7 JEG be ws =9Ne VA Ay j = LITT ara
CTE HE canmenta setters see
Rae Tae OL a aagap
‘yy mas «a a ee Be

yr
[fae p

MII

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES

Ly 2 === 5 (CD Cn Saar Laan dah sighs
SS deh, ha Mavi anatsaqe
A — ~A-gArarr Ae Peres ‘4 ae |
= asapanpe hee” A ih mil “Ae “Wy @Ag Hl
| ==> ~OE pa } ah “4 aan aw inbae ean “Swng a
= Wthhel Tee Haar aan’ Ras He inte oP
brant MbreeRRaiecicuctonnaapenne net? nesngtet 8, tg ay ty
. A: Nape a*"he a | aN baa litt é ke LETT | The TT) PoE ts Maa _| at OM
A Ng tere \ Rais, Oe Read guu-ba \ ', lappy." ¥ macheliace "s-2ry- Oy
. lala) /T1L) 1.1 Way Ween ee gy
iho uae nnn eta 2 oan Zh
ew own toen a) Catena Nite + wy nN EANAaa!

Re hte ae NT. Wa at
hee, we cts AMttinnnadns coarse se OF ARR

a ee
i 40

A atts
en aie! | SS nee¥S cqgig ves

j usta shea

aia

>’ wa

fate «2. ».*f r
+ neers Mapes ine a | ~* |
| as {OS eae ‘gv e ; i. ae L,
| biyayynnabrey Yor “yaay Mgses: 3 ge Essay: : Ai y lalalals y
ren Nel THLE EL null
— ' i arr anna’ Wanner aga, 3 Sor 2 Poa ae
Ser S§953) GareeAN Aya dante yuntse Sy. AA mcwuttttins: ag rq al
NY ! Ms * ‘a . é ~sN ; me ore, oy
' Qantas ~ NaH ry Wing: aN aD IWeVeyey : Rag: — aa’ s, Ny of

Ty) revby yen LETT] Sys a
hams? yy ~ ‘Anal, yar? eT NL

Aoyiag
Q
se “QB iesc Gadawareea Bal Rey Ape vraneyssace ,' tas." Pia WA
We Pi iy ; yp AP PSP RIOR OAT” Sen Pa eee Meas, ee Ri’

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Sierra Club bulletin"

See other formats